From 81304798ee736c467839c779c9ca5dca48db7bea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Thomas E. Dickey" Date: Sun, 27 Jun 2021 01:21:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] ncurses 6.2 - patch 20210626 + add configure option --disable-root-access, which tells ncurses to disallow most file-opens by setuid processes. + use default colors in pccon "op" -TD + correct rmacs/smacs in aaa+dec, aaa+rv -TD + add hpterm-color2 and hp98550-color (Martin Trusler) + regenerate man-html documentation. --- INSTALL | 6 +- MANIFEST | 1 + NEWS | 10 +- VERSION | 2 +- configure | 4877 ++++++++++---------- configure.in | 19 +- dist.mk | 4 +- doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html | 22 +- doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html | 70 +- doc/html/man/clear.1.html | 84 +- doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html | 128 +- doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html | 60 +- doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html | 156 +- doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html | 60 +- doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html | 62 +- doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html | 58 +- doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html | 426 +- doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html | 30 +- doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html | 66 +- doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html | 56 +- doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html | 114 +- doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html | 164 +- doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html | 70 +- doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html | 324 +- doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html | 36 +- doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html | 50 +- doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html | 34 +- doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html | 92 +- doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html | 122 +- doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html | 130 +- doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html | 188 +- doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html | 142 +- doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html | 44 +- doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html | 32 +- doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html | 58 +- doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html | 64 +- doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html | 64 +- doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html | 190 +- doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html | 218 +- doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html | 26 +- doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html | 54 +- doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html | 36 +- doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html | 52 +- doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html | 50 +- doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html | 54 +- doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html | 152 +- doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html | 60 +- doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html | 50 +- doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html | 186 +- doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html | 30 +- doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html | 116 +- doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html | 118 +- doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html | 54 +- doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html | 156 +- doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html | 32 +- doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html | 100 +- doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html | 96 +- doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html | 116 +- doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html | 64 +- doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html | 40 +- doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html | 176 +- doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html | 338 +- doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html | 96 +- doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html | 198 +- doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html | 454 +- doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html | 62 +- doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html | 72 +- doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html | 144 +- doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html | 248 +- doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html | 116 +- doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html | 150 +- doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html | 54 +- doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html | 20 +- doc/html/man/form.3x.html | 232 +- doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html | 34 +- doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html | 26 +- doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html | 88 +- doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html | 60 +- doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html | 54 +- doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html | 78 +- doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html | 44 +- doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html | 38 +- doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html | 58 +- doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html | 48 +- doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html | 28 +- doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html | 106 +- doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html | 102 +- doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html | 64 +- doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html | 46 +- doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html | 34 +- doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html | 46 +- doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html | 64 +- doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html | 48 +- doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html | 34 +- doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html | 28 +- doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html | 34 +- doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html | 54 +- doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html | 338 +- doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html | 36 +- doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html | 16 +- doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html | 20 +- doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html | 26 +- doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html | 36 +- doc/html/man/menu.3x.html | 206 +- doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html | 66 +- doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html | 34 +- doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html | 80 +- doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html | 46 +- doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html | 64 +- doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html | 58 +- doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html | 46 +- doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html | 46 +- doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html | 46 +- doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html | 50 +- doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html | 52 +- doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html | 34 +- doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html | 52 +- doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html | 28 +- doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html | 54 +- doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html | 66 +- doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html | 30 +- doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html | 46 +- doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html | 44 +- doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html | 28 +- doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html | 42 +- doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html | 20 +- doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html | 1468 +++--- doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html | 42 +- doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html | 62 +- doc/html/man/panel.3x.html | 166 +- doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html | 80 +- doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html | 130 +- doc/html/man/tabs.1.html | 102 +- doc/html/man/term.5.html | 136 +- doc/html/man/term.7.html | 54 +- doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html | 102 +- doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html | 1026 ++-- doc/html/man/tic.1m.html | 290 +- doc/html/man/toe.1m.html | 68 +- doc/html/man/tput.1.html | 444 +- doc/html/man/tset.1.html | 260 +- doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html | 144 +- doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html | 26 +- include/nc_access.h | 79 + include/ncurses_defs | 3 +- misc/terminfo.src | 114 +- ncurses/base/lib_screen.c | 10 +- ncurses/curses.priv.h | 14 +- ncurses/tinfo/access.c | 91 +- ncurses/tinfo/read_entry.c | 4 +- ncurses/tinfo/read_termcap.c | 4 +- ncurses/tinfo/write_entry.c | 6 +- ncurses/trace/lib_trace.c | 5 +- package/debian-mingw/changelog | 4 +- package/debian-mingw64/changelog | 4 +- package/debian/changelog | 4 +- package/mingw-ncurses.nsi | 4 +- package/mingw-ncurses.spec | 2 +- package/ncurses.map | 4 +- package/ncurses.spec | 2 +- package/ncurses.sym | 5 +- package/ncursest.map | 4 +- package/ncursest.spec | 2 +- package/ncursest.sym | 5 +- package/ncursestw.map | 4 +- package/ncursestw.sym | 5 +- package/ncursesw.map | 4 +- package/ncursesw.sym | 5 +- progs/progs.priv.h | 5 +- progs/reset_cmd.c | 4 +- progs/tic.c | 8 +- progs/toe.c | 4 +- 172 files changed, 10283 insertions(+), 9987 deletions(-) create mode 100644 include/nc_access.h diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL index 8ea212e6..c9402e70 100644 --- a/INSTALL +++ b/INSTALL @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ -- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written -- -- authorization. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --- $Id: INSTALL,v 1.230 2021/06/17 21:11:08 tom Exp $ +-- $Id: INSTALL,v 1.231 2021/06/26 21:02:02 tom Exp $ --------------------------------------------------------------------- How to install Ncurses/Terminfo on your system --------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -475,6 +475,10 @@ CONFIGURE OPTIONS: filesystems. This option adds a 1-second sleep to help those tools avoid unnecessary relinking during the install process. + --disable-root-access + Compile with environment restriction, so most file-access is limited + when running via a setuid/setgid application. + --disable-root-environ Compile with environment restriction, so certain environment variables are not available when running as root, or via a setuid/setgid diff --git a/MANIFEST b/MANIFEST index 1dbfb96b..9407467f 100644 --- a/MANIFEST +++ b/MANIFEST @@ -553,6 +553,7 @@ ./include/edit_cfg.sh ./include/hashed_db.h ./include/headers +./include/nc_access.h ./include/nc_alloc.h ./include/nc_mingw.h ./include/nc_panel.h diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS index 4b1e7d3c..e970b34c 100644 --- a/NEWS +++ b/NEWS @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ -- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written -- -- authorization. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --- $Id: NEWS,v 1.3676 2021/06/19 19:09:22 tom Exp $ +-- $Id: NEWS,v 1.3678 2021/06/26 20:47:31 tom Exp $ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This is a log of changes that ncurses has gone through since Zeyd started @@ -46,6 +46,14 @@ See the AUTHORS file for the corresponding full names. Changes through 1.9.9e did not credit all contributions; it is not possible to add this information. +20210626 + + add configure option --disable-root-access, which tells ncurses to + disallow most file-opens by setuid processes. + + use default colors in pccon "op" -TD + + correct rmacs/smacs in aaa+dec, aaa+rv -TD + + add hpterm-color2 and hp98550-color (Martin Trusler) + + regenerate man-html documentation. + 20210619 + improve configure-macro used for dependencies of --disable-leaks such as --with-valgrind diff --git a/VERSION b/VERSION index c54fc1f1..b0b6b873 100644 --- a/VERSION +++ b/VERSION @@ -1 +1 @@ -5:0:10 6.2 20210619 +5:0:10 6.2 20210626 diff --git a/configure b/configure index e8d96edb..5074c7ca 100755 --- a/configure +++ b/configure @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #! /bin/sh -# From configure.in Revision: 1.730 . +# From configure.in Revision: 1.733 . # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by Autoconf 2.52.20210509. # @@ -783,7 +783,8 @@ Fine-Tuning Your Configuration: --enable-getcap fast termcap load, no xrefs to terminfo --enable-getcap-cache cache translated termcaps in ~/.terminfo --disable-home-terminfo drop ~/.terminfo from terminfo search-path - --disable-root-environ restrict environment when running as root + --disable-root-environ restrict root use of ncurses environment variables + --disable-root-access restrict file-access when running setuid --enable-symlinks make tic use symbolic links not hard links --enable-broken_linker compile with broken-linker support code --enable-bsdpad recognize BSD-style prefix padding @@ -1067,7 +1068,7 @@ if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then fi for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then - { echo "$as_me:1070: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1071: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} cat "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" @@ -1078,7 +1079,7 @@ if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special # files actually), so we avoid doing that. if test -f "$cache_file"; then - { echo "$as_me:1081: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1082: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;; @@ -1086,7 +1087,7 @@ echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} esac fi else - { echo "$as_me:1089: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1090: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi @@ -1102,21 +1103,21 @@ for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value" case "$ac_old_set,$ac_new_set" in set,) - { echo "$as_me:1105: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1106: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) - { echo "$as_me:1109: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1110: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then - { echo "$as_me:1115: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1116: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:1117: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1118: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5 echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:1119: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1120: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5 echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: fi;; @@ -1135,9 +1136,9 @@ echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;} fi done if "$ac_cache_corrupted"; then - { echo "$as_me:1138: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1139: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} - { { echo "$as_me:1140: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1141: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -1166,10 +1167,10 @@ esac echo "#! $SHELL" >conftest.sh echo "exit 0" >>conftest.sh chmod +x conftest.sh -if { (echo "$as_me:1169: PATH=\".;.\"; conftest.sh") >&5 +if { (echo "$as_me:1170: PATH=\".;.\"; conftest.sh") >&5 (PATH=".;."; conftest.sh) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:1172: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1173: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then ac_path_separator=';' else @@ -1186,7 +1187,7 @@ for ac_prog in ggrep grep do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:1189: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1190: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_GREP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1201,7 +1202,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_GREP="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:1204: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1205: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -1209,10 +1210,10 @@ fi fi GREP=$ac_cv_prog_GREP if test -n "$GREP"; then - echo "$as_me:1212: result: $GREP" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1213: result: $GREP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$GREP" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:1215: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1216: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -1220,7 +1221,7 @@ fi done test -n "$GREP" || GREP=": " -echo "$as_me:1223: checking for egrep" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1224: checking for egrep" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1232,7 +1233,7 @@ else do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:1235: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1236: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1249,7 +1250,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:1252: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1253: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -1260,10 +1261,10 @@ fi EGREP=$ac_cv_path_EGREP if test -n "$EGREP"; then - echo "$as_me:1263: result: $EGREP" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1264: result: $EGREP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$EGREP" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:1266: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1267: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -1271,12 +1272,12 @@ fi done test -n "$EGREP" || EGREP=": " - test "x$ac_cv_path_EGREP" = "x:" && { { echo "$as_me:1274: error: cannot find workable egrep" >&5 + test "x$ac_cv_path_EGREP" = "x:" && { { echo "$as_me:1275: error: cannot find workable egrep" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find workable egrep" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi fi -echo "$as_me:1279: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1280: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6 EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" @@ -1286,11 +1287,11 @@ NCURSES_PATCH="`${EGREP-egrep} '^NCURSES_PATCH[ ]*=' "$srcdir/dist.mk" | sed -e cf_cv_abi_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR} cf_cv_rel_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}.${NCURSES_MINOR} cf_cv_timestamp=`date` -echo "$as_me:1289: result: Configuring NCURSES $cf_cv_rel_version ABI $cf_cv_abi_version ($cf_cv_timestamp)" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1290: result: Configuring NCURSES $cf_cv_rel_version ABI $cf_cv_abi_version ($cf_cv_timestamp)" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}Configuring NCURSES $cf_cv_rel_version ABI $cf_cv_abi_version ($cf_cv_timestamp)" >&6 if test -f "$srcdir/VERSION" ; then - echo "$as_me:1293: checking for package version" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1294: checking for package version" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for package version... $ECHO_C" >&6 # if there are not enough fields, cut returns the last one... @@ -1302,39 +1303,39 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking for package version... $ECHO_C" >&6 VERSION="$cf_field1" VERSION_MAJOR=`echo "$cf_field2" | sed -e 's/\..*//'` - test -z "$VERSION_MAJOR" && { { echo "$as_me:1305: error: missing major-version" >&5 + test -z "$VERSION_MAJOR" && { { echo "$as_me:1306: error: missing major-version" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: missing major-version" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } VERSION_MINOR=`echo "$cf_field2" | sed -e 's/^[^.]*\.//' -e 's/-.*//'` - test -z "$VERSION_MINOR" && { { echo "$as_me:1310: error: missing minor-version" >&5 + test -z "$VERSION_MINOR" && { { echo "$as_me:1311: error: missing minor-version" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: missing minor-version" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - echo "$as_me:1314: result: ${VERSION_MAJOR}.${VERSION_MINOR}" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1315: result: ${VERSION_MAJOR}.${VERSION_MINOR}" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}${VERSION_MAJOR}.${VERSION_MINOR}" >&6 - echo "$as_me:1317: checking for package patch date" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1318: checking for package patch date" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for package patch date... $ECHO_C" >&6 VERSION_PATCH=`echo "$cf_field3" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-//'` case .$VERSION_PATCH in (.) - { { echo "$as_me:1322: error: missing patch-date $VERSION_PATCH" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1323: error: missing patch-date $VERSION_PATCH" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: missing patch-date $VERSION_PATCH" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; (.[0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:1329: error: illegal patch-date $VERSION_PATCH" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1330: error: illegal patch-date $VERSION_PATCH" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: illegal patch-date $VERSION_PATCH" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; esac - echo "$as_me:1334: result: $VERSION_PATCH" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1335: result: $VERSION_PATCH" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$VERSION_PATCH" >&6 else - { { echo "$as_me:1337: error: did not find $srcdir/VERSION" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1338: error: did not find $srcdir/VERSION" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: did not find $srcdir/VERSION" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -1342,19 +1343,19 @@ fi # show the actual data that we have for versions: test -n "$verbose" && echo " ABI VERSION $VERSION" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:1345: testing ABI VERSION $VERSION ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:1346: testing ABI VERSION $VERSION ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " VERSION_MAJOR $VERSION_MAJOR" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:1349: testing VERSION_MAJOR $VERSION_MAJOR ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:1350: testing VERSION_MAJOR $VERSION_MAJOR ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " VERSION_MINOR $VERSION_MINOR" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:1353: testing VERSION_MINOR $VERSION_MINOR ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:1354: testing VERSION_MINOR $VERSION_MINOR ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " VERSION_PATCH $VERSION_PATCH" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:1357: testing VERSION_PATCH $VERSION_PATCH ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:1358: testing VERSION_PATCH $VERSION_PATCH ..." 1>&5 cf_PACKAGE=NCURSES PACKAGE=ncurses @@ -1378,7 +1379,7 @@ test -z "$cf_cv_rel_version" && cf_cv_rel_version=0.0 # Check whether --with-rel-version or --without-rel-version was given. if test "${with_rel_version+set}" = set; then withval="$with_rel_version" - { echo "$as_me:1381: WARNING: overriding release version $cf_cv_rel_version to $withval" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1382: WARNING: overriding release version $cf_cv_rel_version to $withval" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: overriding release version $cf_cv_rel_version to $withval" >&2;} cf_cv_rel_version=$withval fi; @@ -1391,13 +1392,13 @@ if test -n "$NCURSES_MAJOR" ; then ([0-9]*) ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:1394: error: Release major-version is not a number: $NCURSES_MAJOR" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1395: error: Release major-version is not a number: $NCURSES_MAJOR" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Release major-version is not a number: $NCURSES_MAJOR" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; esac else - { { echo "$as_me:1400: error: Release major-version value is empty" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1401: error: Release major-version value is empty" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Release major-version value is empty" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -1407,13 +1408,13 @@ if test -n "$NCURSES_MINOR" ; then ([0-9]*) ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:1410: error: Release minor-version is not a number: $NCURSES_MINOR" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1411: error: Release minor-version is not a number: $NCURSES_MINOR" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Release minor-version is not a number: $NCURSES_MINOR" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; esac else - { { echo "$as_me:1416: error: Release minor-version value is empty" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1417: error: Release minor-version value is empty" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Release minor-version value is empty" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -1426,7 +1427,7 @@ if test "${with_abi_version+set}" = set; then if test "x$cf_cv_abi_version" != "x$withval" then - { echo "$as_me:1429: WARNING: overriding ABI version $cf_cv_abi_version to $withval" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1430: WARNING: overriding ABI version $cf_cv_abi_version to $withval" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: overriding ABI version $cf_cv_abi_version to $withval" >&2;} case "$cf_cv_rel_version" in (5.*) @@ -1445,13 +1446,13 @@ if test -n "$cf_cv_abi_version" ; then ([0-9]*) ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:1448: error: ABI version is not a number: $cf_cv_abi_version" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1449: error: ABI version is not a number: $cf_cv_abi_version" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: ABI version is not a number: $cf_cv_abi_version" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; esac else - { { echo "$as_me:1454: error: ABI version value is empty" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1455: error: ABI version value is empty" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: ABI version value is empty" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -1482,7 +1483,7 @@ for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then - { { echo "$as_me:1485: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1486: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -1492,11 +1493,11 @@ ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # This should be Cygnus configure. # Make sure we can run config.sub. $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || - { { echo "$as_me:1495: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1496: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -echo "$as_me:1499: checking build system type" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1500: checking build system type" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking build system type... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1505,23 +1506,23 @@ else test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" && ac_cv_build_alias=`$ac_config_guess` test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" && - { { echo "$as_me:1508: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1509: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ac_cv_build=`$ac_config_sub "$ac_cv_build_alias"` || - { { echo "$as_me:1512: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed." >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1513: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi -echo "$as_me:1517: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1518: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_build" >&6 build=$ac_cv_build build_cpu=`echo "$ac_cv_build" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` build_vendor=`echo "$ac_cv_build" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` build_os=`echo "$ac_cv_build" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` -echo "$as_me:1524: checking host system type" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1525: checking host system type" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking host system type... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1530,12 +1531,12 @@ else test -z "$ac_cv_host_alias" && ac_cv_host_alias=$ac_cv_build_alias ac_cv_host=`$ac_config_sub "$ac_cv_host_alias"` || - { { echo "$as_me:1533: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1534: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi -echo "$as_me:1538: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1539: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_host" >&6 host=$ac_cv_host host_cpu=`echo "$ac_cv_host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` @@ -1543,7 +1544,7 @@ host_vendor=`echo "$ac_cv_host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo "$ac_cv_host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` if test -f "$srcdir/config.guess" || test -f "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess" ; then - echo "$as_me:1546: checking target system type" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1547: checking target system type" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking target system type... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_target+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1552,12 +1553,12 @@ else test "x$ac_cv_target_alias" = "x" && ac_cv_target_alias=$ac_cv_host_alias ac_cv_target=`$ac_config_sub "$ac_cv_target_alias"` || - { { echo "$as_me:1555: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_target_alias failed" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1556: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_target_alias failed" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_target_alias failed" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi -echo "$as_me:1560: result: $ac_cv_target" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1561: result: $ac_cv_target" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_target" >&6 target=$ac_cv_target target_cpu=`echo "$ac_cv_target" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` @@ -1589,13 +1590,13 @@ else fi test -z "$system_name" && system_name="$cf_cv_system_name" -test -n "$cf_cv_system_name" && echo "$as_me:1592: result: Configuring for $cf_cv_system_name" >&5 +test -n "$cf_cv_system_name" && echo "$as_me:1593: result: Configuring for $cf_cv_system_name" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}Configuring for $cf_cv_system_name" >&6 if test ".$system_name" != ".$cf_cv_system_name" ; then - echo "$as_me:1596: result: Cached system name ($system_name) does not agree with actual ($cf_cv_system_name)" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1597: result: Cached system name ($system_name) does not agree with actual ($cf_cv_system_name)" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}Cached system name ($system_name) does not agree with actual ($cf_cv_system_name)" >&6 - { { echo "$as_me:1598: error: \"Please remove config.cache and try again.\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1599: error: \"Please remove config.cache and try again.\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: \"Please remove config.cache and try again.\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -1603,7 +1604,7 @@ fi # Check whether --with-system-type or --without-system-type was given. if test "${with_system_type+set}" = set; then withval="$with_system_type" - { echo "$as_me:1606: WARNING: overriding system type to $withval" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:1607: WARNING: overriding system type to $withval" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: overriding system type to $withval" >&2;} cf_cv_system_name=$withval host_os=$withval @@ -1614,7 +1615,7 @@ fi; cf_user_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" ### Default install-location -echo "$as_me:1617: checking for fgrep" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1618: checking for fgrep" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for fgrep... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_FGREP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1626,7 +1627,7 @@ else do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:1629: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1630: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_FGREP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1643,7 +1644,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:1646: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1647: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -1654,10 +1655,10 @@ fi FGREP=$ac_cv_path_FGREP if test -n "$FGREP"; then - echo "$as_me:1657: result: $FGREP" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1658: result: $FGREP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$FGREP" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:1660: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1661: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -1665,16 +1666,16 @@ fi done test -n "$FGREP" || FGREP=": " - test "x$ac_cv_path_FGREP" = "x:" && { { echo "$as_me:1668: error: cannot find workable fgrep" >&5 + test "x$ac_cv_path_FGREP" = "x:" && { { echo "$as_me:1669: error: cannot find workable fgrep" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find workable fgrep" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi fi -echo "$as_me:1673: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1674: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6 FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP" -echo "$as_me:1677: checking for prefix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1678: checking for prefix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for prefix... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE" ; then case "$cf_cv_system_name" in @@ -1686,11 +1687,11 @@ if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE" ; then ;; esac fi -echo "$as_me:1689: result: $prefix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1690: result: $prefix" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$prefix" >&6 if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE" ; then -echo "$as_me:1693: checking for default include-directory" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1694: checking for default include-directory" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for default include-directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 test -n "$verbose" && echo 1>&6 for cf_symbol in \ @@ -1713,7 +1714,7 @@ do fi test -n "$verbose" && echo " tested $cf_dir" 1>&6 done -echo "$as_me:1716: result: $includedir" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1717: result: $includedir" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$includedir" >&6 fi @@ -1776,7 +1777,7 @@ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:1779: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1780: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1791,7 +1792,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:1794: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1795: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -1799,10 +1800,10 @@ fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then - echo "$as_me:1802: result: $CC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1803: result: $CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:1805: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1806: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -1815,7 +1816,7 @@ if test -z "$CC"; then do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:1818: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1819: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -1830,7 +1831,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:1833: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1834: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -1838,10 +1839,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - echo "$as_me:1841: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1842: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:1844: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1845: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -1851,32 +1852,32 @@ done CC=$ac_ct_CC fi -test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:1854: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" >&5 +test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:1855: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } # Provide some information about the compiler. -echo "$as_me:1859:" \ +echo "$as_me:1860:" \ "checking for C compiler version" >&5 ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo "$2"` -{ (eval echo "$as_me:1862: \"$ac_compiler --version &5\"") >&5 +{ (eval echo "$as_me:1863: \"$ac_compiler --version &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler --version &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:1865: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1866: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } -{ (eval echo "$as_me:1867: \"$ac_compiler -v &5\"") >&5 +{ (eval echo "$as_me:1868: \"$ac_compiler -v &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler -v &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:1870: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1871: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } -{ (eval echo "$as_me:1872: \"$ac_compiler -V &5\"") >&5 +{ (eval echo "$as_me:1873: \"$ac_compiler -V &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler -V &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:1875: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1876: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 1879 "configure" +#line 1880 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -1892,13 +1893,13 @@ ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. -echo "$as_me:1895: checking for C compiler default output" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1896: checking for C compiler default output" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output... $ECHO_C" >&6 ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *"conftest[^"]*"//'` -if { (eval echo "$as_me:1898: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:1899: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:1901: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1902: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then # Find the output, starting from the most likely. This scheme is # not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last @@ -1921,34 +1922,34 @@ done else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 -{ { echo "$as_me:1924: error: C compiler cannot create executables" >&5 +{ { echo "$as_me:1925: error: C compiler cannot create executables" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables" >&2;} { (exit 77); exit 77; }; } fi ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext -echo "$as_me:1930: result: $ac_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1931: result: $ac_file" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6 # Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -echo "$as_me:1935: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1936: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6 # FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 # If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then if { ac_try='./$ac_file' - { (eval echo "$as_me:1941: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:1942: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:1944: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1945: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else - { { echo "$as_me:1951: error: cannot run C compiled programs. + { { echo "$as_me:1952: error: cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'." >&2;} @@ -1956,24 +1957,24 @@ If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'." >&2;} fi fi fi -echo "$as_me:1959: result: yes" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1960: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 rm -f a.out a.exe "conftest$ac_cv_exeext" ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save # Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -echo "$as_me:1966: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1967: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6 -echo "$as_me:1968: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1969: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6 -echo "$as_me:1971: checking for executable suffix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1972: checking for executable suffix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for executable suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if { (eval echo "$as_me:1973: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:1974: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:1976: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:1977: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will @@ -1989,25 +1990,25 @@ for ac_file in `(ls conftest.exe; ls conftest; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do esac done else - { { echo "$as_me:1992: error: cannot compute EXEEXT: cannot compile and link" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:1993: error: cannot compute EXEEXT: cannot compile and link" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute EXEEXT: cannot compile and link" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi rm -f "conftest$ac_cv_exeext" -echo "$as_me:1998: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 +echo "$as_me:1999: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6 rm -f "conftest.$ac_ext" EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT -echo "$as_me:2004: checking for object suffix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2005: checking for object suffix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for object suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2010 "configure" +#line 2011 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -2019,10 +2020,10 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2022: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2023: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2025: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2026: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do case $ac_file in @@ -2034,24 +2035,24 @@ done else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 -{ { echo "$as_me:2037: error: cannot compute OBJEXT: cannot compile" >&5 +{ { echo "$as_me:2038: error: cannot compute OBJEXT: cannot compile" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute OBJEXT: cannot compile" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_cv_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:2044: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2045: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6 OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT -echo "$as_me:2048: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2049: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2054 "configure" +#line 2055 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -2066,16 +2067,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2069: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2070: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2072: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2073: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2075: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2076: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2078: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2079: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_compiler_gnu=yes else @@ -2087,19 +2088,19 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi -echo "$as_me:2090: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2091: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6 GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes` ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS CFLAGS="-g" -echo "$as_me:2096: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2097: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2102 "configure" +#line 2103 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -2111,16 +2112,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2114: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2115: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2117: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2118: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2120: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2121: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2123: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2124: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else @@ -2130,7 +2131,7 @@ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:2133: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2134: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6 if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS @@ -2157,16 +2158,16 @@ cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF #endif _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2160: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2161: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2163: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2164: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2166: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2167: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2169: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2170: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then for ac_declaration in \ ''\ @@ -2178,7 +2179,7 @@ if { (eval echo "$as_me:2160: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 'void exit (int);' do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2181 "configure" +#line 2182 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include $ac_declaration @@ -2191,16 +2192,16 @@ exit (42); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2194: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2195: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2197: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2198: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2200: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2201: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2203: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2204: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -2210,7 +2211,7 @@ continue fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2213 "configure" +#line 2214 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_declaration int @@ -2222,16 +2223,16 @@ exit (42); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2225: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2226: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2228: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2229: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2231: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2232: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2234: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2235: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then break else @@ -2261,11 +2262,11 @@ ac_main_return="return" GCC_VERSION=none if test "$GCC" = yes ; then - echo "$as_me:2264: checking version of $CC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2265: checking version of $CC" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking version of $CC... $ECHO_C" >&6 GCC_VERSION="`${CC} --version 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^.*(GCC[^)]*) //' -e 's/^.*(Debian[^)]*) //' -e 's/^[^0-9.]*//' -e 's/[^0-9.].*//'`" test -z "$GCC_VERSION" && GCC_VERSION=unknown - echo "$as_me:2268: result: $GCC_VERSION" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2269: result: $GCC_VERSION" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$GCC_VERSION" >&6 fi @@ -2274,12 +2275,12 @@ INTEL_COMPILER=no if test "$GCC" = yes ; then case "$host_os" in (linux*|gnu*) - echo "$as_me:2277: checking if this is really Intel C compiler" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2278: checking if this is really Intel C compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if this is really Intel C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -no-gcc" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2282 "configure" +#line 2283 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -2296,16 +2297,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2299: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2300: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2302: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2303: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2305: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2306: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2308: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2309: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then INTEL_COMPILER=yes cf_save_CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS -we147" @@ -2316,7 +2317,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS" - echo "$as_me:2319: result: $INTEL_COMPILER" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2320: result: $INTEL_COMPILER" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$INTEL_COMPILER" >&6 ;; esac @@ -2325,11 +2326,11 @@ fi CLANG_COMPILER=no if test "$GCC" = yes ; then - echo "$as_me:2328: checking if this is really Clang C compiler" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2329: checking if this is really Clang C compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if this is really Clang C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2332 "configure" +#line 2333 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -2346,16 +2347,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2349: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2350: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2352: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2353: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2355: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2356: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2358: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2359: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then CLANG_COMPILER=yes @@ -2365,7 +2366,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS" - echo "$as_me:2368: result: $CLANG_COMPILER" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2369: result: $CLANG_COMPILER" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CLANG_COMPILER" >&6 fi @@ -2374,30 +2375,30 @@ CLANG_VERSION=none if test "x$CLANG_COMPILER" = "xyes" ; then case "$CC" in (c[1-9][0-9]|*/c[1-9][0-9]) - { echo "$as_me:2377: WARNING: replacing broken compiler alias $CC" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:2378: WARNING: replacing broken compiler alias $CC" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: replacing broken compiler alias $CC" >&2;} CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's%.*/%%'`" CC=clang ;; esac - echo "$as_me:2384: checking version of $CC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2385: checking version of $CC" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking version of $CC... $ECHO_C" >&6 CLANG_VERSION="`$CC --version 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^.*(CLANG[^)]*) //' -e 's/^.*(Debian[^)]*) //' -e 's/^[^0-9.]*//' -e 's/[^0-9.].*//'`" test -z "$CLANG_VERSION" && CLANG_VERSION=unknown - echo "$as_me:2388: result: $CLANG_VERSION" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2389: result: $CLANG_VERSION" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CLANG_VERSION" >&6 for cf_clang_opt in \ -Qunused-arguments \ -Wno-error=implicit-function-declaration do - echo "$as_me:2395: checking if option $cf_clang_opt works" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2396: checking if option $cf_clang_opt works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if option $cf_clang_opt works... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $cf_clang_opt" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2400 "configure" +#line 2401 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -2411,16 +2412,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2414: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2415: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2417: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2418: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2420: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2421: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2423: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2424: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_clang_optok=yes @@ -2431,13 +2432,13 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_clang_optok=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:2434: result: $cf_clang_optok" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2435: result: $cf_clang_optok" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_clang_optok" >&6 CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS" if test "$cf_clang_optok" = yes; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " adding option $cf_clang_opt" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:2440: testing adding option $cf_clang_opt ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:2441: testing adding option $cf_clang_opt ..." 1>&5 test -n "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS="$CFLAGS " CFLAGS="${CFLAGS}$cf_clang_opt" @@ -2446,7 +2447,7 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:2440: testing adding option $cf_clang_opt ..." 1>&5 done fi -echo "$as_me:2449: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2450: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -2454,7 +2455,7 @@ else ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2457 "configure" +#line 2458 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #include @@ -2503,16 +2504,16 @@ for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIO do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2506: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2507: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2509: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2510: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:2512: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:2513: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:2515: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2516: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg break @@ -2529,10 +2530,10 @@ fi case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in x|xno) - echo "$as_me:2532: result: none needed" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2533: result: none needed" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;; *) - echo "$as_me:2535: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2536: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6 CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;; esac @@ -2540,13 +2541,13 @@ esac # This should have been defined by AC_PROG_CC : "${CC:=cc}" -echo "$as_me:2543: checking \$CFLAGS variable" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2544: checking \$CFLAGS variable" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking \$CFLAGS variable... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "x$CFLAGS" in (*-[IUD]*) - echo "$as_me:2547: result: broken" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2548: result: broken" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}broken" >&6 - { echo "$as_me:2549: WARNING: your environment uses the CFLAGS variable to hold CPPFLAGS options" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:2550: WARNING: your environment uses the CFLAGS variable to hold CPPFLAGS options" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: your environment uses the CFLAGS variable to hold CPPFLAGS options" >&2;} cf_flags="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS= @@ -2654,18 +2655,18 @@ fi done ;; (*) - echo "$as_me:2657: result: ok" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2658: result: ok" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}ok" >&6 ;; esac -echo "$as_me:2662: checking \$CC variable" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2663: checking \$CC variable" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking \$CC variable... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "$CC" in (*[\ \ ]-*) - echo "$as_me:2666: result: broken" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2667: result: broken" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}broken" >&6 - { echo "$as_me:2668: WARNING: your environment uses the CC variable to hold CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS options" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:2669: WARNING: your environment uses the CC variable to hold CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS options" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: your environment uses the CC variable to hold CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS options" >&2;} # humor him... cf_prog=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/ / /g' -e 's/[ ]* / /g' -e 's/[ ]*[ ]-[^ ].*//'` @@ -2782,19 +2783,19 @@ fi done test -n "$verbose" && echo " resulting CC: '$CC'" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:2785: testing resulting CC: '$CC' ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:2786: testing resulting CC: '$CC' ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " resulting CFLAGS: '$CFLAGS'" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:2789: testing resulting CFLAGS: '$CFLAGS' ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:2790: testing resulting CFLAGS: '$CFLAGS' ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " resulting CPPFLAGS: '$CPPFLAGS'" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:2793: testing resulting CPPFLAGS: '$CPPFLAGS' ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:2794: testing resulting CPPFLAGS: '$CPPFLAGS' ..." 1>&5 ;; (*) - echo "$as_me:2797: result: ok" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2798: result: ok" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}ok" >&6 ;; esac @@ -2805,7 +2806,7 @@ ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5' ac_link='$CC -o "conftest$ac_exeext" $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS "conftest.$ac_ext" $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" -echo "$as_me:2808: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2809: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6 # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then @@ -2826,18 +2827,18 @@ do # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2829 "configure" +#line 2830 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include Syntax error _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2834: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2835: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:2840: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2841: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -2860,17 +2861,17 @@ rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers # can be detected and how. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2863 "configure" +#line 2864 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2867: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2868: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:2873: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2874: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -2907,7 +2908,7 @@ fi else ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi -echo "$as_me:2910: result: $CPP" >&5 +echo "$as_me:2911: result: $CPP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6 ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes @@ -2917,18 +2918,18 @@ do # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2920 "configure" +#line 2921 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include Syntax error _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2925: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2926: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:2931: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2932: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -2951,17 +2952,17 @@ rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers # can be detected and how. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 2954 "configure" +#line 2955 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:2958: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:2959: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:2964: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:2965: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -2989,7 +2990,7 @@ rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else - { { echo "$as_me:2992: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:2993: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -3002,14 +3003,14 @@ ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" if test $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu = yes; then - echo "$as_me:3005: checking whether $CC needs -traditional" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3006: checking whether $CC needs -traditional" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC needs -traditional... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 3012 "configure" +#line 3013 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int Autoconf = TIOCGETP; @@ -3024,7 +3025,7 @@ rm -rf conftest* if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 3027 "configure" +#line 3028 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int Autoconf = TCGETA; @@ -3037,14 +3038,14 @@ rm -rf conftest* fi fi -echo "$as_me:3040: result: $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3041: result: $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&6 if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = yes; then CC="$CC -traditional" fi fi -echo "$as_me:3047: checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3048: checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_prog_CC_c_o+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -3059,15 +3060,15 @@ CF_EOF # We do the test twice because some compilers refuse to overwrite an # existing .o file with -o, though they will create one. ac_try='$CC $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5' -if { (eval echo "$as_me:3062: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:3063: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3065: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3066: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && - test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { (eval echo "$as_me:3067: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { (eval echo "$as_me:3068: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3070: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3071: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then eval cf_cv_prog_CC_c_o=yes @@ -3078,10 +3079,10 @@ rm -rf ./conftest* fi if test "$cf_cv_prog_CC_c_o" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:3081: result: yes" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3082: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:3084: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3085: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -3095,7 +3096,7 @@ else (*) LDPATH=$PATH:/sbin:/usr/sbin # Extract the first word of "ldconfig", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ldconfig; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:3098: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3099: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_LDCONFIG+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -3112,7 +3113,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_LDCONFIG="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:3115: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3116: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -3123,10 +3124,10 @@ fi LDCONFIG=$ac_cv_path_LDCONFIG if test -n "$LDCONFIG"; then - echo "$as_me:3126: result: $LDCONFIG" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3127: result: $LDCONFIG" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$LDCONFIG" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:3129: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3130: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -3134,7 +3135,7 @@ fi esac fi -echo "$as_me:3137: checking if you want to ensure bool is consistent with C++" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3138: checking if you want to ensure bool is consistent with C++" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to ensure bool is consistent with C++... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-cxx or --without-cxx was given. @@ -3144,7 +3145,7 @@ if test "${with_cxx+set}" = set; then else cf_with_cxx=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:3147: result: $cf_with_cxx" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3148: result: $cf_with_cxx" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_cxx" >&6 if test "X$cf_with_cxx" = Xno ; then CXX="" @@ -3162,7 +3163,7 @@ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:3165: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3166: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_CXX+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -3177,7 +3178,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_CXX="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:3180: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3181: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -3185,10 +3186,10 @@ fi fi CXX=$ac_cv_prog_CXX if test -n "$CXX"; then - echo "$as_me:3188: result: $CXX" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3189: result: $CXX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CXX" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:3191: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3192: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -3201,7 +3202,7 @@ if test -z "$CXX"; then do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:3204: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3205: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -3216,7 +3217,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:3219: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3220: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -3224,10 +3225,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_CXX=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then - echo "$as_me:3227: result: $ac_ct_CXX" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3228: result: $ac_ct_CXX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CXX" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:3230: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3231: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -3239,32 +3240,32 @@ test -n "$ac_ct_CXX" || ac_ct_CXX="g++" fi # Provide some information about the compiler. -echo "$as_me:3242:" \ +echo "$as_me:3243:" \ "checking for C++ compiler version" >&5 ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2` -{ (eval echo "$as_me:3245: \"$ac_compiler --version &5\"") >&5 +{ (eval echo "$as_me:3246: \"$ac_compiler --version &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler --version &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3248: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3249: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } -{ (eval echo "$as_me:3250: \"$ac_compiler -v &5\"") >&5 +{ (eval echo "$as_me:3251: \"$ac_compiler -v &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler -v &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3253: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3254: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } -{ (eval echo "$as_me:3255: \"$ac_compiler -V &5\"") >&5 +{ (eval echo "$as_me:3256: \"$ac_compiler -V &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler -V &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3258: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3259: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } -echo "$as_me:3261: checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3262: checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 3267 "configure" +#line 3268 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -3279,16 +3280,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:3282: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:3283: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3285: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3286: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:3288: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:3289: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3291: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3292: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_compiler_gnu=yes else @@ -3300,19 +3301,19 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi -echo "$as_me:3303: result: $ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3304: result: $ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&6 GXX=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes` ac_test_CXXFLAGS=${CXXFLAGS+set} ac_save_CXXFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS CXXFLAGS="-g" -echo "$as_me:3309: checking whether $CXX accepts -g" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3310: checking whether $CXX accepts -g" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CXX accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 3315 "configure" +#line 3316 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -3324,16 +3325,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:3327: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:3328: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3330: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3331: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:3333: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:3334: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3336: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3337: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes else @@ -3343,7 +3344,7 @@ ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:3346: result: $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3347: result: $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&6 if test "$ac_test_CXXFLAGS" = set; then CXXFLAGS=$ac_save_CXXFLAGS @@ -3370,7 +3371,7 @@ for ac_declaration in \ 'void exit (int);' do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 3373 "configure" +#line 3374 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include $ac_declaration @@ -3383,16 +3384,16 @@ exit (42); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:3386: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:3387: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3389: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3390: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:3392: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:3393: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3395: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3396: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -3402,7 +3403,7 @@ continue fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 3405 "configure" +#line 3406 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_declaration int @@ -3414,16 +3415,16 @@ exit (42); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:3417: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:3418: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3420: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3421: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:3423: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:3424: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3426: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3427: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then break else @@ -3457,7 +3458,7 @@ ac_main_return="return" then # Several of the C++ configurations do not work, particularly when # cross-compiling (20140913 -TD) - echo "$as_me:3460: checking if $CXX works" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3461: checking if $CXX works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if $CXX works... $ECHO_C" >&6 save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" @@ -3465,7 +3466,7 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking if $CXX works... $ECHO_C" >&6 CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I${cf_includedir}" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 3468 "configure" +#line 3469 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -3482,16 +3483,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:3485: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:3486: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3488: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3489: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:3491: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:3492: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:3494: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3495: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cxx_works=yes else @@ -3502,11 +3503,11 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" - echo "$as_me:3505: result: $cf_cxx_works" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3506: result: $cf_cxx_works" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cxx_works" >&6 if test "x$cf_cxx_works" = xno then - { echo "$as_me:3509: WARNING: Ignore $CXX, since it cannot compile hello-world." >&5 + { echo "$as_me:3510: WARNING: Ignore $CXX, since it cannot compile hello-world." >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Ignore $CXX, since it cannot compile hello-world." >&2;} cf_with_cxx=no; CXX=""; GXX=""; fi @@ -3522,7 +3523,7 @@ ac_main_return="return" if test "$CXX" = "g++" ; then # Extract the first word of "g++", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy g++; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:3525: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3526: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_CXX+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -3539,7 +3540,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_CXX="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:3542: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3543: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -3550,17 +3551,17 @@ fi CXX=$ac_cv_path_CXX if test -n "$CXX"; then - echo "$as_me:3553: result: $CXX" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3554: result: $CXX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CXX" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:3556: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3557: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi fi case "x$CXX" in (x|xg++) - { echo "$as_me:3563: WARNING: You don't have any C++ compiler, too bad" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:3564: WARNING: You don't have any C++ compiler, too bad" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: You don't have any C++ compiler, too bad" >&2;} cf_with_cxx=no; CXX=""; GXX=""; ;; @@ -3569,7 +3570,7 @@ fi GXX_VERSION=none if test "$GXX" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:3572: checking version of ${CXX:-g++}" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3573: checking version of ${CXX:-g++}" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking version of ${CXX:-g++}... $ECHO_C" >&6 GXX_VERSION="`${CXX:-g++} --version| sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^.*(GCC) //' -e 's/^[^0-9.]*//' -e 's/[^0-9.].*//'`" if test -z "$GXX_VERSION" @@ -3577,7 +3578,7 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking version of ${CXX:-g++}... $ECHO_C" >&6 GXX_VERSION=unknown GXX=no fi - echo "$as_me:3580: result: $GXX_VERSION" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3581: result: $GXX_VERSION" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$GXX_VERSION" >&6 fi @@ -3585,12 +3586,12 @@ case "$GXX_VERSION" in ([1-9][0-9].*) ;; (1.*|2.[0-6]*) - { echo "$as_me:3588: WARNING: templates do not work" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:3589: WARNING: templates do not work" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: templates do not work" >&2;} ;; esac -echo "$as_me:3593: checking if you want to build C++ binding and demo" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3594: checking if you want to build C++ binding and demo" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build C++ binding and demo... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-cxx-binding or --without-cxx-binding was given. @@ -3600,15 +3601,15 @@ if test "${with_cxx_binding+set}" = set; then else cf_with_cxx_binding=$cf_with_cxx fi; -echo "$as_me:3603: result: $cf_with_cxx_binding" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3604: result: $cf_with_cxx_binding" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_cxx_binding" >&6 -echo "$as_me:3606: checking if you want to build with Ada" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3607: checking if you want to build with Ada" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build with Ada... $ECHO_C" >&6 -echo "$as_me:3608: result: $cf_with_ada" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3609: result: $cf_with_ada" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_ada" >&6 -echo "$as_me:3611: checking if you want to install terminal database" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3612: checking if you want to install terminal database" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to install terminal database... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-db-install or --disable-db-install was given. @@ -3618,10 +3619,10 @@ if test "${enable_db_install+set}" = set; then else cf_with_db_install=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:3621: result: $cf_with_db_install" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3622: result: $cf_with_db_install" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_db_install" >&6 -echo "$as_me:3624: checking if you want to install manpages" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3625: checking if you want to install manpages" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to install manpages... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-manpages or --without-manpages was given. @@ -3631,10 +3632,10 @@ if test "${with_manpages+set}" = set; then else cf_with_manpages=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:3634: result: $cf_with_manpages" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3635: result: $cf_with_manpages" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_manpages" >&6 -echo "$as_me:3637: checking if you want to build programs such as tic" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3638: checking if you want to build programs such as tic" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build programs such as tic... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-progs or --without-progs was given. @@ -3644,18 +3645,18 @@ if test "${with_progs+set}" = set; then else cf_with_progs=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:3647: result: $cf_with_progs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3648: result: $cf_with_progs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_progs" >&6 if test -f "$srcdir/tack/tack.h" ; then if test "x$cross_compiling" = xyes ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " ignoring tack because we are cross-compiling" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:3654: testing ignoring tack because we are cross-compiling ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:3655: testing ignoring tack because we are cross-compiling ..." 1>&5 cf_with_tack=no else - echo "$as_me:3658: checking if you want to build the tack program" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3659: checking if you want to build the tack program" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build the tack program... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-tack or --without-tack was given. @@ -3665,14 +3666,14 @@ if test "${with_tack+set}" = set; then else cf_with_tack=$cf_with_progs fi; - echo "$as_me:3668: result: $cf_with_tack" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3669: result: $cf_with_tack" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_tack" >&6 fi else cf_with_tack=no fi -echo "$as_me:3675: checking if you want to build test-programs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3676: checking if you want to build test-programs" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build test-programs... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-tests or --without-tests was given. @@ -3682,10 +3683,10 @@ if test "${with_tests+set}" = set; then else cf_with_tests=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:3685: result: $cf_with_tests" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3686: result: $cf_with_tests" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_tests" >&6 -echo "$as_me:3688: checking if you wish to install curses.h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3689: checking if you wish to install curses.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you wish to install curses.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-curses-h or --without-curses-h was given. @@ -3695,7 +3696,7 @@ if test "${with_curses_h+set}" = set; then else with_curses_h=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:3698: result: $with_curses_h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3699: result: $with_curses_h" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_curses_h" >&6 modules_to_build="ncurses" @@ -3720,7 +3721,7 @@ for ac_prog in mawk gawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:3723: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3724: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -3735,7 +3736,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:3738: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3739: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -3743,17 +3744,17 @@ fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then - echo "$as_me:3746: result: $AWK" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3747: result: $AWK" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$AWK" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:3749: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3750: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi test -n "$AWK" && break done -test -z "$AWK" && { { echo "$as_me:3756: error: No awk program found" >&5 +test -z "$AWK" && { { echo "$as_me:3757: error: No awk program found" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: No awk program found" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } @@ -3769,7 +3770,7 @@ echo "$as_me: error: No awk program found" >&2;} # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. -echo "$as_me:3772: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3773: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then @@ -3818,7 +3819,7 @@ fi INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi -echo "$as_me:3821: result: $INSTALL" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3822: result: $INSTALL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6 # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. @@ -3843,7 +3844,7 @@ for ac_prog in lint cppcheck splint do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:3846: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3847: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_LINT+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -3858,7 +3859,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_LINT="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:3861: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3862: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -3866,10 +3867,10 @@ fi fi LINT=$ac_cv_prog_LINT if test -n "$LINT"; then - echo "$as_me:3869: result: $LINT" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3870: result: $LINT" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$LINT" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:3872: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3873: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -3882,18 +3883,18 @@ case "x$LINT" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:3885: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3886: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ln -s works... $ECHO_C" >&6 LN_S=$as_ln_s if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then - echo "$as_me:3889: result: yes" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3890: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:3892: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 + echo "$as_me:3893: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no, using $LN_S" >&6 fi -echo "$as_me:3896: checking if $LN_S -f options work" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3897: checking if $LN_S -f options work" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if $LN_S -f options work... $ECHO_C" >&6 rm -f conf$$.src conf$$dst @@ -3905,12 +3906,12 @@ else cf_prog_ln_sf=no fi rm -f conf$$.dst conf$$src -echo "$as_me:3908: result: $cf_prog_ln_sf" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3909: result: $cf_prog_ln_sf" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_prog_ln_sf" >&6 test "$cf_prog_ln_sf" = yes && LN_S="$LN_S -f" -echo "$as_me:3913: checking for long file names" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3914: checking for long file names" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for long file names... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sys_long_file_names+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -3949,7 +3950,7 @@ for ac_dir in . $ac_tmpdirs `eval echo "$prefix/lib" "$exec_prefix/lib"` ; do rm -rf "$ac_xdir" 2>/dev/null done fi -echo "$as_me:3952: result: $ac_cv_sys_long_file_names" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3953: result: $ac_cv_sys_long_file_names" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sys_long_file_names" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_sys_long_file_names" = yes; then @@ -3968,7 +3969,7 @@ if test "${with_config_suffix+set}" = set; then withval="$with_config_suffix" case "x$withval" in (xyes|xno) - { echo "$as_me:3971: WARNING: expected a value for config-suffix option" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:3972: WARNING: expected a value for config-suffix option" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: expected a value for config-suffix option" >&2;} ;; (*) cf_config_suffix="$withval" @@ -3978,7 +3979,7 @@ fi; # If we find pkg-config, check if we should install the ".pc" files. -echo "$as_me:3981: checking if you want to use pkg-config" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3982: checking if you want to use pkg-config" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use pkg-config... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-pkg-config or --without-pkg-config was given. @@ -3988,7 +3989,7 @@ if test "${with_pkg_config+set}" = set; then else cf_pkg_config=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:3991: result: $cf_pkg_config" >&5 +echo "$as_me:3992: result: $cf_pkg_config" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_pkg_config" >&6 case "$cf_pkg_config" in @@ -4000,7 +4001,7 @@ case "$cf_pkg_config" in if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4003: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4004: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4017,7 +4018,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:4020: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4021: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -4028,10 +4029,10 @@ fi PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then - echo "$as_me:4031: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4032: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$PKG_CONFIG" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4034: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4035: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4040,7 +4041,7 @@ if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4043: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4044: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4057,7 +4058,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:4060: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4061: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -4069,10 +4070,10 @@ fi ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then - echo "$as_me:4072: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4073: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4075: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4076: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4115,24 +4116,24 @@ case ".$PKG_CONFIG" in PKG_CONFIG=`echo "$PKG_CONFIG" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:4118: error: expected a pathname, not \"$PKG_CONFIG\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:4119: error: expected a pathname, not \"$PKG_CONFIG\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$PKG_CONFIG\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; esac elif test "x$cf_pkg_config" != xno ; then - { echo "$as_me:4125: WARNING: pkg-config is not installed" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:4126: WARNING: pkg-config is not installed" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: pkg-config is not installed" >&2;} fi case "$PKG_CONFIG" in (no|none|yes) - echo "$as_me:4131: checking for pkg-config library directory" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4132: checking for pkg-config library directory" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for pkg-config library directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 ;; (*) - echo "$as_me:4135: checking for $PKG_CONFIG library directory" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4136: checking for $PKG_CONFIG library directory" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $PKG_CONFIG library directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 ;; esac @@ -4187,18 +4188,18 @@ case x$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR in test -n "$verbose" && echo " list..." 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:4190: testing list... ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:4191: testing list... ..." 1>&5 for cf_config in $cf_search_path do test -n "$verbose" && echo " checking $cf_config/pkgconfig" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:4196: testing checking $cf_config/pkgconfig ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:4197: testing checking $cf_config/pkgconfig ..." 1>&5 if test -d "$cf_config/pkgconfig" then PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR=$cf_config/pkgconfig - echo "$as_me:4201: checking done" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4202: checking done" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking done... $ECHO_C" >&6 break fi @@ -4209,16 +4210,16 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking done... $ECHO_C" >&6 esac if test "x$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR" != xno ; then - echo "$as_me:4212: result: $PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4213: result: $PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR" >&6 fi if test "x$PKG_CONFIG" != xnone then - echo "$as_me:4218: checking if we should install .pc files for $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4219: checking if we should install .pc files for $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should install .pc files for $PKG_CONFIG... $ECHO_C" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4221: checking if we should install .pc files" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4222: checking if we should install .pc files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should install .pc files... $ECHO_C" >&6 fi @@ -4229,7 +4230,7 @@ if test "${enable_pc_files+set}" = set; then else enable_pc_files=no fi; -echo "$as_me:4232: result: $enable_pc_files" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4233: result: $enable_pc_files" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_pc_files" >&6 if test "x$enable_pc_files" != xno @@ -4237,7 +4238,7 @@ then MAKE_PC_FILES= case "x$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR" in (xno|xyes) - { echo "$as_me:4240: WARNING: no PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR was found" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:4241: WARNING: no PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR was found" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: no PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR was found" >&2;} ;; (*) @@ -4267,7 +4268,7 @@ case ".$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR" in PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR=`echo "$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:4270: error: expected a pathname, not \"$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:4271: error: expected a pathname, not \"$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -4281,7 +4282,7 @@ fi if test -z "$MAKE_PC_FILES" then - echo "$as_me:4284: checking for suffix to add to pc-files" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4285: checking for suffix to add to pc-files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix to add to pc-files... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-pc-suffix or --without-pc-suffix was given. @@ -4296,13 +4297,13 @@ if test "${with_pc_suffix+set}" = set; then esac fi; test -z "$PC_MODULE_SUFFIX" && PC_MODULE_SUFFIX=none - echo "$as_me:4299: result: $PC_MODULE_SUFFIX" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4300: result: $PC_MODULE_SUFFIX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$PC_MODULE_SUFFIX" >&6 test "$PC_MODULE_SUFFIX" = none && PC_MODULE_SUFFIX= fi -echo "$as_me:4305: checking if we should assume mixed-case filenames" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4306: checking if we should assume mixed-case filenames" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should assume mixed-case filenames... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-mixed-case or --disable-mixed-case was given. @@ -4312,11 +4313,11 @@ if test "${enable_mixed_case+set}" = set; then else enable_mixedcase=auto fi; -echo "$as_me:4315: result: $enable_mixedcase" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4316: result: $enable_mixedcase" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_mixedcase" >&6 if test "$enable_mixedcase" = "auto" ; then -echo "$as_me:4319: checking if filesystem supports mixed-case filenames" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4320: checking if filesystem supports mixed-case filenames" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if filesystem supports mixed-case filenames... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_mixedcase+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4343,7 +4344,7 @@ else fi fi -echo "$as_me:4346: result: $cf_cv_mixedcase" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4347: result: $cf_cv_mixedcase" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_mixedcase" >&6 test "$cf_cv_mixedcase" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -4362,7 +4363,7 @@ EOF fi # do this after mixed-case option (tags/TAGS is not as important as tic). -echo "$as_me:4365: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4366: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}... $ECHO_C" >&6 set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,./+-,__p_,'` if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then @@ -4382,11 +4383,11 @@ fi rm -f conftest.make fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then - echo "$as_me:4385: result: yes" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4386: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 SET_MAKE= else - echo "$as_me:4389: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4390: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi @@ -4395,7 +4396,7 @@ for ac_prog in exctags ctags do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4398: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4399: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_CTAGS+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4410,7 +4411,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_CTAGS="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:4413: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4414: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4418,10 +4419,10 @@ fi fi CTAGS=$ac_cv_prog_CTAGS if test -n "$CTAGS"; then - echo "$as_me:4421: result: $CTAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4422: result: $CTAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CTAGS" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4424: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4425: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4432,7 +4433,7 @@ for ac_prog in exetags etags do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4435: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4436: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ETAGS+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4447,7 +4448,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ETAGS="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:4450: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4451: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4455,10 +4456,10 @@ fi fi ETAGS=$ac_cv_prog_ETAGS if test -n "$ETAGS"; then - echo "$as_me:4458: result: $ETAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4459: result: $ETAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ETAGS" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4461: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4462: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4467,7 +4468,7 @@ done # Extract the first word of "${CTAGS:-ctags}", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${CTAGS:-ctags}; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4470: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4471: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_MAKE_LOWER_TAGS+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4482,7 +4483,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_MAKE_LOWER_TAGS="yes" -echo "$as_me:4485: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4486: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4491,17 +4492,17 @@ fi fi MAKE_LOWER_TAGS=$ac_cv_prog_MAKE_LOWER_TAGS if test -n "$MAKE_LOWER_TAGS"; then - echo "$as_me:4494: result: $MAKE_LOWER_TAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4495: result: $MAKE_LOWER_TAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$MAKE_LOWER_TAGS" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4497: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4498: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi if test "$cf_cv_mixedcase" = yes ; then # Extract the first word of "${ETAGS:-etags}", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ETAGS:-etags}; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4504: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4505: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_MAKE_UPPER_TAGS+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4516,7 +4517,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_MAKE_UPPER_TAGS="yes" -echo "$as_me:4519: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4520: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4525,10 +4526,10 @@ fi fi MAKE_UPPER_TAGS=$ac_cv_prog_MAKE_UPPER_TAGS if test -n "$MAKE_UPPER_TAGS"; then - echo "$as_me:4528: result: $MAKE_UPPER_TAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4529: result: $MAKE_UPPER_TAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$MAKE_UPPER_TAGS" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4531: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4532: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4548,7 +4549,7 @@ else MAKE_LOWER_TAGS="#" fi -echo "$as_me:4551: checking for makeflags variable" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4552: checking for makeflags variable" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for makeflags variable... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_makeflags+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4578,7 +4579,7 @@ CF_EOF ;; (*) -echo "${as_me:-configure}:4581: testing given option \"$cf_option\",no match \"$cf_result\" ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:4582: testing given option \"$cf_option\",no match \"$cf_result\" ..." 1>&5 ;; esac @@ -4586,13 +4587,13 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:4581: testing given option \"$cf_option\",no match \"$ rm -f cf_makeflags.tmp fi -echo "$as_me:4589: result: $cf_cv_makeflags" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4590: result: $cf_cv_makeflags" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_makeflags" >&6 if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4595: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4596: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4607,7 +4608,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" -echo "$as_me:4610: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4611: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4615,10 +4616,10 @@ fi fi RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - echo "$as_me:4618: result: $RANLIB" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4619: result: $RANLIB" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4621: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4622: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4627,7 +4628,7 @@ if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4630: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4631: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4642,7 +4643,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" -echo "$as_me:4645: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4646: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4651,10 +4652,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - echo "$as_me:4654: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4655: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4657: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4658: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4666,7 +4667,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ld", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ld; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4669: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4670: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_LD+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4681,7 +4682,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_LD="${ac_tool_prefix}ld" -echo "$as_me:4684: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4685: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4689,10 +4690,10 @@ fi fi LD=$ac_cv_prog_LD if test -n "$LD"; then - echo "$as_me:4692: result: $LD" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4693: result: $LD" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$LD" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4695: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4696: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4701,7 +4702,7 @@ if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LD"; then ac_ct_LD=$LD # Extract the first word of "ld", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ld; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4704: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4705: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LD+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4716,7 +4717,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LD="ld" -echo "$as_me:4719: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4720: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4725,10 +4726,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_LD=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LD if test -n "$ac_ct_LD"; then - echo "$as_me:4728: result: $ac_ct_LD" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4729: result: $ac_ct_LD" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_LD" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4731: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4732: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4740,7 +4741,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4743: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4744: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4755,7 +4756,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" -echo "$as_me:4758: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4759: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4763,10 +4764,10 @@ fi fi AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR if test -n "$AR"; then - echo "$as_me:4766: result: $AR" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4767: result: $AR" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4769: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4770: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4775,7 +4776,7 @@ if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then ac_ct_AR=$AR # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4778: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4779: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4790,7 +4791,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" -echo "$as_me:4793: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4794: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4799,10 +4800,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then - echo "$as_me:4802: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4803: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4805: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4806: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4814,7 +4815,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nm", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nm; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4817: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4818: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_NM+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4829,7 +4830,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_NM="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" -echo "$as_me:4832: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4833: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4837,10 +4838,10 @@ fi fi NM=$ac_cv_prog_NM if test -n "$NM"; then - echo "$as_me:4840: result: $NM" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4841: result: $NM" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$NM" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4843: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4844: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4849,7 +4850,7 @@ if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NM"; then ac_ct_NM=$NM # Extract the first word of "nm", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy nm; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4852: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4853: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NM+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4864,7 +4865,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NM="nm" -echo "$as_me:4867: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4868: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4873,10 +4874,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_NM=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NM if test -n "$ac_ct_NM"; then - echo "$as_me:4876: result: $ac_ct_NM" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4877: result: $ac_ct_NM" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_NM" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4879: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4880: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4888,7 +4889,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4891: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4892: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4903,7 +4904,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" -echo "$as_me:4906: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4907: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4911,10 +4912,10 @@ fi fi AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR if test -n "$AR"; then - echo "$as_me:4914: result: $AR" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4915: result: $AR" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4917: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4918: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4923,7 +4924,7 @@ if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then ac_ct_AR=$AR # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:4926: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4927: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4938,7 +4939,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" -echo "$as_me:4941: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4942: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -4947,10 +4948,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then - echo "$as_me:4950: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4951: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:4953: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:4954: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -4959,7 +4960,7 @@ else AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" fi -echo "$as_me:4962: checking for options to update archives" >&5 +echo "$as_me:4963: checking for options to update archives" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for options to update archives... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_ar_flags+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -4996,13 +4997,13 @@ else rm -f conftest.a cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:5003: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:5005: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5006: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } ; then echo "$AR $ARFLAGS $cf_ar_flags conftest.a conftest.$ac_cv_objext" >&5 $AR $ARFLAGS "$cf_ar_flags" conftest.a "conftest.$ac_cv_objext" 2>&5 1>/dev/null @@ -5013,7 +5014,7 @@ EOF else test -n "$verbose" && echo " cannot compile test-program" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:5016: testing cannot compile test-program ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:5017: testing cannot compile test-program ..." 1>&5 break fi @@ -5023,7 +5024,7 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:5016: testing cannot compile test-program ..." 1>&5 esac fi -echo "$as_me:5026: result: $cf_cv_ar_flags" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5027: result: $cf_cv_ar_flags" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_ar_flags" >&6 if test -n "$ARFLAGS" ; then @@ -5034,7 +5035,7 @@ else ARFLAGS=$cf_cv_ar_flags fi -echo "$as_me:5037: checking if you have specified an install-prefix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5038: checking if you have specified an install-prefix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you have specified an install-prefix... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-install-prefix or --without-install-prefix was given. @@ -5047,7 +5048,7 @@ if test "${with_install_prefix+set}" = set; then ;; esac fi; -echo "$as_me:5050: result: $DESTDIR" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5051: result: $DESTDIR" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$DESTDIR" >&6 ############################################################################### @@ -5082,7 +5083,7 @@ else do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:5085: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5086: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_BUILD_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -5097,7 +5098,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_BUILD_CC="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:5100: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5101: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -5105,10 +5106,10 @@ fi fi BUILD_CC=$ac_cv_prog_BUILD_CC if test -n "$BUILD_CC"; then - echo "$as_me:5108: result: $BUILD_CC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5109: result: $BUILD_CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_CC" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:5111: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5112: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -5117,12 +5118,12 @@ done test -n "$BUILD_CC" || BUILD_CC="none" fi; - echo "$as_me:5120: checking for native build C compiler" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5121: checking for native build C compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for native build C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 - echo "$as_me:5122: result: $BUILD_CC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5123: result: $BUILD_CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_CC" >&6 - echo "$as_me:5125: checking for native build C preprocessor" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5126: checking for native build C preprocessor" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for native build C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-build-cpp or --without-build-cpp was given. @@ -5132,10 +5133,10 @@ if test "${with_build_cpp+set}" = set; then else BUILD_CPP='${BUILD_CC} -E' fi; - echo "$as_me:5135: result: $BUILD_CPP" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5136: result: $BUILD_CPP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_CPP" >&6 - echo "$as_me:5138: checking for native build C flags" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5139: checking for native build C flags" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for native build C flags... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-build-cflags or --without-build-cflags was given. @@ -5143,10 +5144,10 @@ if test "${with_build_cflags+set}" = set; then withval="$with_build_cflags" BUILD_CFLAGS="$withval" fi; - echo "$as_me:5146: result: $BUILD_CFLAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5147: result: $BUILD_CFLAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_CFLAGS" >&6 - echo "$as_me:5149: checking for native build C preprocessor-flags" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5150: checking for native build C preprocessor-flags" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for native build C preprocessor-flags... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-build-cppflags or --without-build-cppflags was given. @@ -5154,10 +5155,10 @@ if test "${with_build_cppflags+set}" = set; then withval="$with_build_cppflags" BUILD_CPPFLAGS="$withval" fi; - echo "$as_me:5157: result: $BUILD_CPPFLAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5158: result: $BUILD_CPPFLAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_CPPFLAGS" >&6 - echo "$as_me:5160: checking for native build linker-flags" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5161: checking for native build linker-flags" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for native build linker-flags... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-build-ldflags or --without-build-ldflags was given. @@ -5165,10 +5166,10 @@ if test "${with_build_ldflags+set}" = set; then withval="$with_build_ldflags" BUILD_LDFLAGS="$withval" fi; - echo "$as_me:5168: result: $BUILD_LDFLAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5169: result: $BUILD_LDFLAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_LDFLAGS" >&6 - echo "$as_me:5171: checking for native build linker-libraries" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5172: checking for native build linker-libraries" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for native build linker-libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-build-libs or --without-build-libs was given. @@ -5176,7 +5177,7 @@ if test "${with_build_libs+set}" = set; then withval="$with_build_libs" BUILD_LIBS="$withval" fi; - echo "$as_me:5179: result: $BUILD_LIBS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5180: result: $BUILD_LIBS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_LIBS" >&6 # this assumes we're on Unix. @@ -5186,7 +5187,7 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_LIBS" >&6 : ${BUILD_CC:='${CC}'} if { test "$BUILD_CC" = "$CC" || test "$BUILD_CC" = '${CC}'; } ; then - { { echo "$as_me:5189: error: Cross-build requires two compilers. + { { echo "$as_me:5190: error: Cross-build requires two compilers. Use --with-build-cc to specify the native compiler." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cross-build requires two compilers. Use --with-build-cc to specify the native compiler." >&2;} @@ -5211,7 +5212,7 @@ fi ### shared, for example. cf_list_models="" -echo "$as_me:5214: checking if libtool -version-number should be used" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5215: checking if libtool -version-number should be used" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if libtool -version-number should be used... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-libtool-version or --disable-libtool-version was given. @@ -5228,7 +5229,7 @@ else cf_libtool_version=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:5231: result: $cf_libtool_version" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5232: result: $cf_libtool_version" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_libtool_version" >&6 if test "$cf_libtool_version" = yes ; then @@ -5237,25 +5238,25 @@ else LIBTOOL_VERSION="-version-info" case "x$VERSION" in (x) - { echo "$as_me:5240: WARNING: VERSION was not set" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:5241: WARNING: VERSION was not set" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: VERSION was not set" >&2;} ;; (x*.*.*) ABI_VERSION="$VERSION" test -n "$verbose" && echo " ABI_VERSION: $ABI_VERSION" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:5247: testing ABI_VERSION: $ABI_VERSION ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:5248: testing ABI_VERSION: $ABI_VERSION ..." 1>&5 ;; (x*:*:*) ABI_VERSION=`echo "$VERSION" | sed -e 's/:/./g'` test -n "$verbose" && echo " ABI_VERSION: $ABI_VERSION" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:5254: testing ABI_VERSION: $ABI_VERSION ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:5255: testing ABI_VERSION: $ABI_VERSION ..." 1>&5 ;; (*) - { echo "$as_me:5258: WARNING: unexpected VERSION value: $VERSION" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:5259: WARNING: unexpected VERSION value: $VERSION" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: unexpected VERSION value: $VERSION" >&2;} ;; esac @@ -5277,7 +5278,7 @@ LIB_LINK='${CC}' LIB_INSTALL= LIB_UNINSTALL= -echo "$as_me:5280: checking if you want to build libraries with libtool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5281: checking if you want to build libraries with libtool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build libraries with libtool... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-libtool or --without-libtool was given. @@ -5287,7 +5288,7 @@ if test "${with_libtool+set}" = set; then else with_libtool=no fi; -echo "$as_me:5290: result: $with_libtool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5291: result: $with_libtool" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_libtool" >&6 if test "$with_libtool" != "no"; then @@ -5318,7 +5319,7 @@ case ".$with_libtool" in with_libtool=`echo "$with_libtool" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:5321: error: expected a pathname, not \"$with_libtool\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:5322: error: expected a pathname, not \"$with_libtool\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$with_libtool\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -5331,7 +5332,7 @@ esac do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:5334: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5335: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_LIBTOOL+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -5346,7 +5347,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_LIBTOOL="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:5349: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5350: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -5354,10 +5355,10 @@ fi fi LIBTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_LIBTOOL if test -n "$LIBTOOL"; then - echo "$as_me:5357: result: $LIBTOOL" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5358: result: $LIBTOOL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$LIBTOOL" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:5360: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5361: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -5370,7 +5371,7 @@ if test -z "$LIBTOOL"; then do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:5373: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5374: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIBTOOL+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -5385,7 +5386,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIBTOOL="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:5388: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5389: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -5393,10 +5394,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_LIBTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIBTOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_LIBTOOL"; then - echo "$as_me:5396: result: $ac_ct_LIBTOOL" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5397: result: $ac_ct_LIBTOOL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_LIBTOOL" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:5399: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5400: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -5427,7 +5428,7 @@ unset LIBTOOL do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:5430: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5431: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_LIBTOOL+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -5442,7 +5443,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_LIBTOOL="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:5445: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5446: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -5450,10 +5451,10 @@ fi fi LIBTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_LIBTOOL if test -n "$LIBTOOL"; then - echo "$as_me:5453: result: $LIBTOOL" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5454: result: $LIBTOOL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$LIBTOOL" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:5456: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5457: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -5466,7 +5467,7 @@ if test -z "$LIBTOOL"; then do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:5469: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5470: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIBTOOL+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -5481,7 +5482,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIBTOOL="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:5484: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5485: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -5489,10 +5490,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_LIBTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIBTOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_LIBTOOL"; then - echo "$as_me:5492: result: $ac_ct_LIBTOOL" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5493: result: $ac_ct_LIBTOOL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_LIBTOOL" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:5495: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5496: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -5514,7 +5515,7 @@ test -z "$cf_cv_libtool_version" && unset cf_cv_libtool_version fi fi if test -z "$LIBTOOL" ; then - { { echo "$as_me:5517: error: Cannot find libtool" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:5518: error: Cannot find libtool" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot find libtool" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -5530,7 +5531,7 @@ echo "$as_me: error: Cannot find libtool" >&2;} if test -n "$LIBTOOL" && test "$LIBTOOL" != none then - echo "$as_me:5533: checking version of $LIBTOOL" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5534: checking version of $LIBTOOL" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking version of $LIBTOOL... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test -n "$LIBTOOL" && test "$LIBTOOL" != none @@ -5541,7 +5542,7 @@ else fi test -z "$cf_cv_libtool_version" && unset cf_cv_libtool_version - echo "$as_me:5544: result: $cf_cv_libtool_version" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5545: result: $cf_cv_libtool_version" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_libtool_version" >&6 if test -n "$cf_cv_libtool_version" then @@ -5550,18 +5551,18 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_libtool_version" >&6 (*...GNU-libtool...*) ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:5553: error: This is not GNU libtool" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:5554: error: This is not GNU libtool" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: This is not GNU libtool" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; esac else - { { echo "$as_me:5559: error: No version found for $LIBTOOL" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:5560: error: No version found for $LIBTOOL" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: No version found for $LIBTOOL" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi else - { { echo "$as_me:5564: error: GNU libtool has not been found" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:5565: error: GNU libtool has not been found" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: GNU libtool has not been found" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -5597,7 +5598,7 @@ cf_list_models="$cf_list_models libtool" else -echo "$as_me:5600: checking if you want to build shared libraries" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5601: checking if you want to build shared libraries" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-shared or --without-shared was given. @@ -5607,11 +5608,11 @@ if test "${with_shared+set}" = set; then else with_shared=no fi; -echo "$as_me:5610: result: $with_shared" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5611: result: $with_shared" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_shared" >&6 test "x$with_shared" = "xyes" && cf_list_models="$cf_list_models shared" -echo "$as_me:5614: checking if you want to build static libraries" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5615: checking if you want to build static libraries" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build static libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-normal or --without-normal was given. @@ -5621,11 +5622,11 @@ if test "${with_normal+set}" = set; then else with_normal=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:5624: result: $with_normal" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5625: result: $with_normal" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_normal" >&6 test "x$with_normal" = "xyes" && cf_list_models="$cf_list_models normal" -echo "$as_me:5628: checking if you want to build debug libraries" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5629: checking if you want to build debug libraries" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build debug libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-debug or --without-debug was given. @@ -5635,11 +5636,11 @@ if test "${with_debug+set}" = set; then else with_debug=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:5638: result: $with_debug" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5639: result: $with_debug" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_debug" >&6 test "x$with_debug" = "xyes" && cf_list_models="$cf_list_models debug" -echo "$as_me:5642: checking if you want to build profiling libraries" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5643: checking if you want to build profiling libraries" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build profiling libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-profile or --without-profile was given. @@ -5649,7 +5650,7 @@ if test "${with_profile+set}" = set; then else with_profile=no fi; -echo "$as_me:5652: result: $with_profile" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5653: result: $with_profile" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_profile" >&6 test "x$with_profile" = "xyes" && cf_list_models="$cf_list_models profile" @@ -5657,7 +5658,7 @@ fi if test "X$cf_with_cxx_binding" != Xno; then if test "x$with_shared" = "xyes"; then -echo "$as_me:5660: checking if you want to build C++ shared libraries" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5661: checking if you want to build C++ shared libraries" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build C++ shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-cxx-shared or --without-cxx-shared was given. @@ -5667,26 +5668,26 @@ if test "${with_cxx_shared+set}" = set; then else with_shared_cxx=no fi; -echo "$as_me:5670: result: $with_shared_cxx" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5671: result: $with_shared_cxx" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_shared_cxx" >&6 fi fi ############################################################################### -echo "$as_me:5677: checking for specified models" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5678: checking for specified models" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for specified models... $ECHO_C" >&6 test -z "$cf_list_models" && cf_list_models=normal test "$with_libtool" != "no" && cf_list_models=libtool -echo "$as_me:5681: result: $cf_list_models" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5682: result: $cf_list_models" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_list_models" >&6 ### Use the first model as the default, and save its suffix for use in building ### up test-applications. -echo "$as_me:5686: checking for default model" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5687: checking for default model" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for default model... $ECHO_C" >&6 DFT_LWR_MODEL=`echo "$cf_list_models" | $AWK '{print $1}'` -echo "$as_me:5689: result: $DFT_LWR_MODEL" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5690: result: $DFT_LWR_MODEL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$DFT_LWR_MODEL" >&6 DFT_UPR_MODEL=`echo "$DFT_LWR_MODEL" | sed y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%` @@ -5700,7 +5701,7 @@ LIB_NAME=ncurses LIB_DIR=../lib LIB_2ND=../../lib -echo "$as_me:5703: checking if you want to have a library-prefix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5704: checking if you want to have a library-prefix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to have a library-prefix... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-lib-prefix or --without-lib-prefix was given. @@ -5710,7 +5711,7 @@ if test "${with_lib_prefix+set}" = set; then else with_lib_prefix=auto fi; -echo "$as_me:5713: result: $with_lib_prefix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5714: result: $with_lib_prefix" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_lib_prefix" >&6 if test "$with_lib_prefix" = auto @@ -5741,19 +5742,19 @@ fi LIB_SUFFIX= - echo "$as_me:5744: checking for PATH separator" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5745: checking for PATH separator" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for PATH separator... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "$cf_cv_system_name" in (os2*) PATH_SEPARATOR=';' ;; (*) ${PATH_SEPARATOR:=':'} ;; esac - echo "$as_me:5751: result: $PATH_SEPARATOR" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5752: result: $PATH_SEPARATOR" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$PATH_SEPARATOR" >&6 ############################################################################### -echo "$as_me:5756: checking if you want to build a separate terminfo library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5757: checking if you want to build a separate terminfo library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build a separate terminfo library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-termlib or --without-termlib was given. @@ -5763,10 +5764,10 @@ if test "${with_termlib+set}" = set; then else with_termlib=no fi; -echo "$as_me:5766: result: $with_termlib" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5767: result: $with_termlib" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_termlib" >&6 -echo "$as_me:5769: checking if you want to build a separate tic library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5770: checking if you want to build a separate tic library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build a separate tic library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-ticlib or --without-ticlib was given. @@ -5776,7 +5777,7 @@ if test "${with_ticlib+set}" = set; then else with_ticlib=no fi; -echo "$as_me:5779: result: $with_ticlib" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5780: result: $with_ticlib" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_ticlib" >&6 if test X"$CC_G_OPT" = X"" ; then @@ -5789,7 +5790,7 @@ if test X"$CXX_G_OPT" = X"" ; then test -n "$GXX" && test "x${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g}" != xyes && CXX_G_OPT='' fi -echo "$as_me:5792: checking for default loader flags" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5793: checking for default loader flags" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for default loader flags... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "$DFT_LWR_MODEL" in (libtool) LD_MODEL='' ;; @@ -5798,13 +5799,13 @@ case "$DFT_LWR_MODEL" in (profile) LD_MODEL='-pg';; (shared) LD_MODEL='' ;; esac -echo "$as_me:5801: result: $LD_MODEL" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5802: result: $LD_MODEL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$LD_MODEL" >&6 case "$DFT_LWR_MODEL" in (shared) -echo "$as_me:5807: checking if rpath option should be used" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5808: checking if rpath option should be used" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if rpath option should be used... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-rpath or --disable-rpath was given. @@ -5814,10 +5815,10 @@ if test "${enable_rpath+set}" = set; then else cf_cv_enable_rpath=no fi; -echo "$as_me:5817: result: $cf_cv_enable_rpath" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5818: result: $cf_cv_enable_rpath" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_enable_rpath" >&6 -echo "$as_me:5820: checking if shared libraries should be relinked during install" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5821: checking if shared libraries should be relinked during install" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if shared libraries should be relinked during install... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-relink or --disable-relink was given. @@ -5827,7 +5828,7 @@ if test "${enable_relink+set}" = set; then else cf_cv_do_relink=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:5830: result: $cf_cv_do_relink" >&5 +echo "$as_me:5831: result: $cf_cv_do_relink" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_do_relink" >&6 ;; esac @@ -5838,7 +5839,7 @@ rel_builddir=.. LD_RPATH_OPT= if test "x$cf_cv_enable_rpath" != xno then - echo "$as_me:5841: checking for an rpath option" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5842: checking for an rpath option" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for an rpath option... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "$cf_cv_system_name" in (irix*) @@ -5869,12 +5870,12 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking for an rpath option... $ECHO_C" >&6 (*) ;; esac - echo "$as_me:5872: result: $LD_RPATH_OPT" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5873: result: $LD_RPATH_OPT" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$LD_RPATH_OPT" >&6 case "x$LD_RPATH_OPT" in (x-R*) - echo "$as_me:5877: checking if we need a space after rpath option" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5878: checking if we need a space after rpath option" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we need a space after rpath option... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_LIBS="$LIBS" @@ -5895,7 +5896,7 @@ done LIBS="$cf_add_libs" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 5898 "configure" +#line 5899 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -5907,16 +5908,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:5910: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:5911: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:5913: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5914: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:5916: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:5917: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:5919: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5920: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_rpath_space=no else @@ -5926,7 +5927,7 @@ cf_rpath_space=yes fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS="$cf_save_LIBS" - echo "$as_me:5929: result: $cf_rpath_space" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5930: result: $cf_rpath_space" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_rpath_space" >&6 test "$cf_rpath_space" = yes && LD_RPATH_OPT="$LD_RPATH_OPT " ;; @@ -5948,7 +5949,7 @@ fi cf_ld_rpath_opt= test "$cf_cv_enable_rpath" = yes && cf_ld_rpath_opt="$LD_RPATH_OPT" - echo "$as_me:5951: checking if release/abi version should be used for shared libs" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5952: checking if release/abi version should be used for shared libs" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if release/abi version should be used for shared libs... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-shlib-version or --without-shlib-version was given. @@ -5963,9 +5964,9 @@ if test "${with_shlib_version+set}" = set; then cf_cv_shlib_version=$withval ;; (*) - echo "$as_me:5966: result: $withval" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5967: result: $withval" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$withval" >&6 - { { echo "$as_me:5968: error: option value must be one of: rel, abi, or auto" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:5969: error: option value must be one of: rel, abi, or auto" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: option value must be one of: rel, abi, or auto" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -5974,7 +5975,7 @@ echo "$as_me: error: option value must be one of: rel, abi, or auto" >&2;} else cf_cv_shlib_version=auto fi; - echo "$as_me:5977: result: $cf_cv_shlib_version" >&5 + echo "$as_me:5978: result: $cf_cv_shlib_version" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_shlib_version" >&6 cf_cv_rm_so_locs=no @@ -5997,14 +5998,14 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_shlib_version" >&6 if test "$cf_try_fPIC" = yes then - echo "$as_me:6000: checking which $CC option to use" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6001: checking which $CC option to use" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking which $CC option to use... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" for CC_SHARED_OPTS in -fPIC -fpic '' do CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS $CC_SHARED_OPTS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 6007 "configure" +#line 6008 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -6016,16 +6017,16 @@ int x = 1 } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:6019: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:6020: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6022: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6023: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:6025: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:6026: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6028: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6029: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then break else @@ -6034,7 +6035,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" done - echo "$as_me:6037: result: $CC_SHARED_OPTS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6038: result: $CC_SHARED_OPTS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CC_SHARED_OPTS" >&6 CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS" fi @@ -6105,7 +6106,7 @@ CF_EOF MK_SHARED_LIB='${CC} ${LDFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} -dynamiclib -install_name ${libdir}/`basename $@` -compatibility_version ${ABI_VERSION} -current_version ${ABI_VERSION} -o $@' test "$cf_cv_shlib_version" = auto && cf_cv_shlib_version=abi cf_cv_shlib_version_infix=yes - echo "$as_me:6108: checking if ld -search_paths_first works" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6109: checking if ld -search_paths_first works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld -search_paths_first works... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_ldflags_search_paths_first+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -6114,7 +6115,7 @@ else cf_save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 6117 "configure" +#line 6118 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -6126,16 +6127,16 @@ int i; } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:6129: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:6130: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6132: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6133: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:6135: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:6136: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6138: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6139: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_ldflags_search_paths_first=yes else @@ -6146,7 +6147,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LDFLAGS=$cf_save_LDFLAGS fi -echo "$as_me:6149: result: $cf_cv_ldflags_search_paths_first" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6150: result: $cf_cv_ldflags_search_paths_first" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_ldflags_search_paths_first" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_ldflags_search_paths_first" = yes; then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" @@ -6485,7 +6486,7 @@ CF_EOF do CFLAGS="$cf_shared_opts $cf_save_CFLAGS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 6488 "configure" +#line 6489 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -6497,16 +6498,16 @@ printf("Hello\\n"); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:6500: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:6501: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6503: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6504: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:6506: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:6507: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6509: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6510: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then break else @@ -6543,7 +6544,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" test "$cf_cv_do_symlinks" = no && cf_cv_do_symlinks=yes ;; (*) - { echo "$as_me:6546: WARNING: ignored --with-shlib-version" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:6547: WARNING: ignored --with-shlib-version" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: ignored --with-shlib-version" >&2;} ;; esac @@ -6553,7 +6554,7 @@ echo "$as_me: WARNING: ignored --with-shlib-version" >&2;} if test -n "$cf_try_cflags" then cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { @@ -6565,18 +6566,18 @@ EOF for cf_opt in $cf_try_cflags do CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS -$cf_opt" - echo "$as_me:6568: checking if CFLAGS option -$cf_opt works" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6569: checking if CFLAGS option -$cf_opt works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if CFLAGS option -$cf_opt works... $ECHO_C" >&6 - if { (eval echo "$as_me:6570: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:6571: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6573: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6574: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then - echo "$as_me:6575: result: yes" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6576: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 cf_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" else - echo "$as_me:6579: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6580: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi done @@ -6591,17 +6592,17 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 test -n "$verbose" && echo " CC_SHARED_OPTS: $CC_SHARED_OPTS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:6594: testing CC_SHARED_OPTS: $CC_SHARED_OPTS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:6595: testing CC_SHARED_OPTS: $CC_SHARED_OPTS ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:6598: testing MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:6599: testing MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB ..." 1>&5 for model in $cf_list_models ; do case "$model" in (libtool) -echo "$as_me:6604: checking for additional libtool options" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6605: checking for additional libtool options" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for additional libtool options... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-libtool-opts or --without-libtool-opts was given. @@ -6611,7 +6612,7 @@ if test "${with_libtool_opts+set}" = set; then else with_libtool_opts=no fi; -echo "$as_me:6614: result: $with_libtool_opts" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6615: result: $with_libtool_opts" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_libtool_opts" >&6 case .$with_libtool_opts in @@ -6622,7 +6623,7 @@ case .$with_libtool_opts in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:6625: checking if exported-symbols file should be used" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6626: checking if exported-symbols file should be used" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if exported-symbols file should be used... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-export-syms or --without-export-syms was given. @@ -6637,7 +6638,7 @@ then with_export_syms='${top_srcdir}/package/${PACKAGE}.sym' fi -echo "$as_me:6640: result: $with_export_syms" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6641: result: $with_export_syms" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_export_syms" >&6 if test "x$with_export_syms" != xno then @@ -6648,15 +6649,15 @@ fi ;; (shared) if test "$CC_SHARED_OPTS" = "unknown"; then - { { echo "$as_me:6651: error: Shared libraries are not supported in this version" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:6652: error: Shared libraries are not supported in this version" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Shared libraries are not supported in this version" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi # workaround for inept transition to PIE vs PIC... - echo "$as_me:6656: checking if current CFLAGS link properly" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6657: checking if current CFLAGS link properly" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if current CFLAGS link properly... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 6659 "configure" +#line 6660 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -6668,16 +6669,16 @@ printf("Hello work\\n"); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:6671: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:6672: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6674: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6675: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:6677: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:6678: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6680: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6681: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cflags_work=yes else @@ -6686,18 +6687,18 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_cflags_work=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:6689: result: $cf_cflags_work" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6690: result: $cf_cflags_work" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cflags_work" >&6 if test "$cf_cflags_work" = no then test -n "$verbose" && echo " try to work around by appending shared-options" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:6695: testing try to work around by appending shared-options ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:6696: testing try to work around by appending shared-options ..." 1>&5 CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $CC_SHARED_OPTS" fi -echo "$as_me:6700: checking if versioned-symbols file should be used" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6701: checking if versioned-symbols file should be used" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if versioned-symbols file should be used... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-versioned-syms or --without-versioned-syms was given. @@ -6715,18 +6716,18 @@ case "x$with_versioned_syms" in (xno) ;; (x/*) - test -f "$with_versioned_syms" || { { echo "$as_me:6718: error: expected a filename: $with_versioned_syms" >&5 + test -f "$with_versioned_syms" || { { echo "$as_me:6719: error: expected a filename: $with_versioned_syms" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a filename: $with_versioned_syms" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; (*) - test -f "$with_versioned_syms" || { { echo "$as_me:6723: error: expected a filename: $with_versioned_syms" >&5 + test -f "$with_versioned_syms" || { { echo "$as_me:6724: error: expected a filename: $with_versioned_syms" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a filename: $with_versioned_syms" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } with_versioned_syms=`pwd`/"$with_versioned_syms" ;; esac -echo "$as_me:6729: result: $with_versioned_syms" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6730: result: $with_versioned_syms" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_versioned_syms" >&6 RESULTING_SYMS= @@ -6742,7 +6743,7 @@ then MK_SHARED_LIB=`echo "$MK_SHARED_LIB" | sed -e "s%-Wl,%\\${VERSIONED_SYMS} -Wl,%"` test -n "$verbose" && echo " MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:6745: testing MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:6746: testing MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB ..." 1>&5 ;; (*-dy\ *) @@ -6750,11 +6751,11 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:6745: testing MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB ..." 1>&5 MK_SHARED_LIB=`echo "$MK_SHARED_LIB" | sed -e "s%-dy%\\${VERSIONED_SYMS} -dy%"` test -n "$verbose" && echo " MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:6753: testing MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:6754: testing MK_SHARED_LIB: $MK_SHARED_LIB ..." 1>&5 ;; (*) - { echo "$as_me:6757: WARNING: this system does not support versioned-symbols" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:6758: WARNING: this system does not support versioned-symbols" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: this system does not support versioned-symbols" >&2;} ;; esac @@ -6766,7 +6767,7 @@ echo "$as_me: WARNING: this system does not support versioned-symbols" >&2;} # symbols. if test "x$VERSIONED_SYMS" != "x" then - echo "$as_me:6769: checking if wildcards can be used to selectively omit symbols" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6770: checking if wildcards can be used to selectively omit symbols" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if wildcards can be used to selectively omit symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6 WILDCARD_SYMS=no @@ -6803,7 +6804,7 @@ local: } submodule_1.0; EOF cat >conftest.$ac_ext <&5 + echo "$as_me:6838: result: $WILDCARD_SYMS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$WILDCARD_SYMS" >&6 rm -f conftest.* fi @@ -6847,7 +6848,7 @@ done ### Checks for special libraries, must be done up-front. SHLIB_LIST="" -echo "$as_me:6850: checking if you want to link with the GPM mouse library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6851: checking if you want to link with the GPM mouse library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to link with the GPM mouse library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-gpm or --without-gpm was given. @@ -6857,27 +6858,27 @@ if test "${with_gpm+set}" = set; then else with_gpm=maybe fi; -echo "$as_me:6860: result: $with_gpm" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6861: result: $with_gpm" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_gpm" >&6 if test "$with_gpm" != no ; then - echo "$as_me:6864: checking for gpm.h" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6865: checking for gpm.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for gpm.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_gpm_h+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 6870 "configure" +#line 6871 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:6874: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:6875: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:6880: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6881: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -6896,7 +6897,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:6899: result: $ac_cv_header_gpm_h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6900: result: $ac_cv_header_gpm_h" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_gpm_h" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_header_gpm_h" = yes; then @@ -6907,7 +6908,7 @@ EOF if test "$with_gpm" != yes && test "$with_gpm" != maybe ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " assuming we really have GPM library" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:6910: testing assuming we really have GPM library ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:6911: testing assuming we really have GPM library ..." 1>&5 cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_LIBGPM 1 @@ -6915,7 +6916,7 @@ EOF with_gpm=yes else - echo "$as_me:6918: checking for Gpm_Open in -lgpm" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6919: checking for Gpm_Open in -lgpm" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for Gpm_Open in -lgpm... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Open+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -6923,7 +6924,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lgpm $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 6926 "configure" +#line 6927 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -6942,16 +6943,16 @@ Gpm_Open (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:6945: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:6946: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6948: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6949: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:6951: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:6952: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:6954: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6955: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Open=yes else @@ -6962,18 +6963,18 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:6965: result: $ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Open" >&5 +echo "$as_me:6966: result: $ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Open" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Open" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Open" = yes; then with_gpm=yes else if test "$with_gpm" = maybe; then - { echo "$as_me:6972: WARNING: Cannot link with GPM library" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:6973: WARNING: Cannot link with GPM library" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cannot link with GPM library" >&2;} with_gpm=no else - { { echo "$as_me:6976: error: Cannot link with GPM library" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:6977: error: Cannot link with GPM library" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot link with GPM library" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -6984,7 +6985,7 @@ fi else - test "$with_gpm" != maybe && { echo "$as_me:6987: WARNING: Cannot find GPM header" >&5 + test "$with_gpm" != maybe && { echo "$as_me:6988: WARNING: Cannot find GPM header" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cannot find GPM header" >&2;} with_gpm=no @@ -6993,7 +6994,7 @@ fi fi if test "$with_gpm" != no ; then - echo "$as_me:6996: checking if you want to load GPM dynamically" >&5 + echo "$as_me:6997: checking if you want to load GPM dynamically" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to load GPM dynamically... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-dlsym or --without-dlsym was given. @@ -7003,18 +7004,18 @@ if test "${with_dlsym+set}" = set; then else with_dlsym=yes fi; - echo "$as_me:7006: result: $with_dlsym" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7007: result: $with_dlsym" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_dlsym" >&6 if test "x$with_dlsym" = xyes ; then cf_have_dlsym=no -echo "$as_me:7011: checking for dlsym" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7012: checking for dlsym" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlsym... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_dlsym+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7017 "configure" +#line 7018 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define dlsym autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -7045,16 +7046,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7048: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7049: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7051: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7052: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:7054: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:7055: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7057: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7058: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_dlsym=yes else @@ -7064,14 +7065,14 @@ ac_cv_func_dlsym=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:7067: result: $ac_cv_func_dlsym" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7068: result: $ac_cv_func_dlsym" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_dlsym" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_func_dlsym" = yes; then cf_have_dlsym=yes else cf_have_libdl=no -echo "$as_me:7074: checking for dlsym in -ldl" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7075: checking for dlsym in -ldl" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlsym in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlsym+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -7079,7 +7080,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7082 "configure" +#line 7083 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -7098,16 +7099,16 @@ dlsym (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7101: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7102: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7104: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7105: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:7107: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:7108: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7110: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7111: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_dl_dlsym=yes else @@ -7118,7 +7119,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:7121: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlsym" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7122: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlsym" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlsym" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlsym" = yes; then @@ -7147,10 +7148,10 @@ done LIBS="$cf_add_libs" } - echo "$as_me:7150: checking whether able to link to dl*() functions" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7151: checking whether able to link to dl*() functions" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether able to link to dl*() functions... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7153 "configure" +#line 7154 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -7168,16 +7169,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7171: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7172: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7174: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7175: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:7177: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:7178: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7180: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7181: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -7188,15 +7189,15 @@ else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 - { { echo "$as_me:7191: error: Cannot link test program for libdl" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:7192: error: Cannot link test program for libdl" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot link test program for libdl" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:7196: result: ok" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7197: result: ok" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}ok" >&6 else - { { echo "$as_me:7199: error: Cannot find dlsym function" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:7200: error: Cannot find dlsym function" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot find dlsym function" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -7204,12 +7205,12 @@ fi if test "x$with_gpm" != xyes ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " assuming soname for gpm is $with_gpm" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:7207: testing assuming soname for gpm is $with_gpm ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:7208: testing assuming soname for gpm is $with_gpm ..." 1>&5 cf_cv_gpm_soname="$with_gpm" else -echo "$as_me:7212: checking for soname of gpm library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7213: checking for soname of gpm library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for soname of gpm library... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gpm_soname+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -7243,15 +7244,15 @@ for cf_add_1lib in $cf_add_0lib; do done LIBS="$cf_add_libs" - if { (eval echo "$as_me:7246: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:7247: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7249: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7250: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } ; then - if { (eval echo "$as_me:7251: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:7252: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7254: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7255: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } ; then cf_cv_gpm_soname="`ldd \"conftest$ac_exeext\" 2>/dev/null | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's, .*$,,' | ${FGREP-fgrep} libgpm.`" test -z "$cf_cv_gpm_soname" && cf_cv_gpm_soname=unknown @@ -7262,7 +7263,7 @@ LIBS="$cf_save_LIBS" fi fi -echo "$as_me:7265: result: $cf_cv_gpm_soname" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7266: result: $cf_cv_gpm_soname" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gpm_soname" >&6 fi @@ -7330,7 +7331,7 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_LIBGPM 1 EOF -echo "$as_me:7333: checking for Gpm_Wgetch in -lgpm" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7334: checking for Gpm_Wgetch in -lgpm" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for Gpm_Wgetch in -lgpm... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Wgetch+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -7338,7 +7339,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lgpm $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7341 "configure" +#line 7342 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -7357,16 +7358,16 @@ Gpm_Wgetch (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7360: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7361: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7363: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7364: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:7366: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:7367: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7369: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7370: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Wgetch=yes else @@ -7377,11 +7378,11 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:7380: result: $ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Wgetch" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7381: result: $ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Wgetch" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Wgetch" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_gpm_Gpm_Wgetch" = yes; then -echo "$as_me:7384: checking if GPM is weakly bound to curses library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7385: checking if GPM is weakly bound to curses library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if GPM is weakly bound to curses library... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_check_gpm_wgetch+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -7405,15 +7406,15 @@ CF_EOF # to rely on the static library, noting that some packagers may not # include it. LIBS="-static -lgpm -dynamic $LIBS" - if { (eval echo "$as_me:7408: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:7409: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7411: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7412: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } ; then - if { (eval echo "$as_me:7413: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:7414: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7416: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7417: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } ; then cf_cv_check_gpm_wgetch="`nm \"conftest$ac_exeext\" | ${EGREP-egrep} '\' | ${EGREP-egrep} '\<[vVwW]\>'`" test -n "$cf_cv_check_gpm_wgetch" && cf_cv_check_gpm_wgetch=yes @@ -7425,11 +7426,11 @@ CF_EOF fi fi -echo "$as_me:7428: result: $cf_cv_check_gpm_wgetch" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7429: result: $cf_cv_check_gpm_wgetch" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_check_gpm_wgetch" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_check_gpm_wgetch" != yes ; then - { echo "$as_me:7432: WARNING: GPM library is already linked with curses - read the FAQ" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:7433: WARNING: GPM library is already linked with curses - read the FAQ" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: GPM library is already linked with curses - read the FAQ" >&2;} fi @@ -7437,7 +7438,7 @@ fi fi -echo "$as_me:7440: checking if you want to use PCRE2 for regular-expressions" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7441: checking if you want to use PCRE2 for regular-expressions" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use PCRE2 for regular-expressions... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-pcre2 or --without-pcre2 was given. @@ -7446,7 +7447,7 @@ if test "${with_pcre2+set}" = set; then fi; test -z "$with_pcre2" && with_pcre2=no -echo "$as_me:7449: result: $with_pcre2" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7450: result: $with_pcre2" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_pcre2" >&6 if test "x$with_pcre2" != xno ; then @@ -7457,17 +7458,17 @@ if test "x$with_pcre2" != xno ; then if test "$PKG_CONFIG" != none && "$PKG_CONFIG" --exists "$cf_with_pcre2"; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " found package $cf_with_pcre2" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:7460: testing found package $cf_with_pcre2 ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:7461: testing found package $cf_with_pcre2 ..." 1>&5 cf_pkgconfig_incs="`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags "$cf_with_pcre2" 2>/dev/null`" cf_pkgconfig_libs="`$PKG_CONFIG --libs "$cf_with_pcre2" 2>/dev/null`" test -n "$verbose" && echo " package $cf_with_pcre2 CFLAGS: $cf_pkgconfig_incs" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:7466: testing package $cf_with_pcre2 CFLAGS: $cf_pkgconfig_incs ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:7467: testing package $cf_with_pcre2 CFLAGS: $cf_pkgconfig_incs ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " package $cf_with_pcre2 LIBS: $cf_pkgconfig_libs" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:7470: testing package $cf_with_pcre2 LIBS: $cf_pkgconfig_libs ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:7471: testing package $cf_with_pcre2 LIBS: $cf_pkgconfig_libs ..." 1>&5 cf_fix_cppflags=no cf_new_cflags= @@ -7591,7 +7592,7 @@ else fi done - cf_with_pcre2_ok=yes || { { echo "$as_me:7594: error: Cannot find PCRE2 library" >&5 + cf_with_pcre2_ok=yes || { { echo "$as_me:7595: error: Cannot find PCRE2 library" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot find PCRE2 library" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } @@ -7604,7 +7605,7 @@ EOF (*pcre2-posix*|*pcreposix*) ;; (*) - echo "$as_me:7607: checking for regcomp in -lpcre2-posix" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7608: checking for regcomp in -lpcre2-posix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for regcomp in -lpcre2-posix... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_pcre2_posix_regcomp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -7612,7 +7613,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lpcre2-posix $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7615 "configure" +#line 7616 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -7631,16 +7632,16 @@ regcomp (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7634: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7635: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7637: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7638: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:7640: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:7641: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7643: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7644: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_pcre2_posix_regcomp=yes else @@ -7651,7 +7652,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:7654: result: $ac_cv_lib_pcre2_posix_regcomp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7655: result: $ac_cv_lib_pcre2_posix_regcomp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pcre2_posix_regcomp" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_pcre2_posix_regcomp" = yes; then @@ -7672,7 +7673,7 @@ done LIBS="$cf_add_libs" else - echo "$as_me:7675: checking for regcomp in -lpcreposix" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7676: checking for regcomp in -lpcreposix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for regcomp in -lpcreposix... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_pcreposix_regcomp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -7680,7 +7681,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lpcreposix $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7683 "configure" +#line 7684 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -7699,16 +7700,16 @@ regcomp (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7702: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7703: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7705: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7706: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:7708: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:7709: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7711: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7712: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_pcreposix_regcomp=yes else @@ -7719,7 +7720,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:7722: result: $ac_cv_lib_pcreposix_regcomp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7723: result: $ac_cv_lib_pcreposix_regcomp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pcreposix_regcomp" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_pcreposix_regcomp" = yes; then @@ -7740,7 +7741,7 @@ done LIBS="$cf_add_libs" else - { { echo "$as_me:7743: error: Cannot find PCRE2 POSIX library" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:7744: error: Cannot find PCRE2 POSIX library" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot find PCRE2 POSIX library" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -7755,23 +7756,23 @@ fi for ac_header in pcre2posix.h pcreposix.h do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:7758: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7759: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7764 "configure" +#line 7765 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7768: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7769: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:7774: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7775: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -7790,7 +7791,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:7793: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7794: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h </dev/null ; then -echo "$as_me:7807: checking if you want to use sysmouse" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7808: checking if you want to use sysmouse" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use sysmouse... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-sysmouse or --without-sysmouse was given. @@ -7816,7 +7817,7 @@ else fi; if test "$cf_with_sysmouse" != no ; then cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7819 "configure" +#line 7820 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -7839,16 +7840,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7842: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7843: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7845: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7846: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:7848: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:7849: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7851: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7852: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_with_sysmouse=yes else @@ -7858,7 +7859,7 @@ cf_with_sysmouse=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:7861: result: $cf_with_sysmouse" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7862: result: $cf_with_sysmouse" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_sysmouse" >&6 test "$cf_with_sysmouse" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -7868,7 +7869,7 @@ EOF fi # pretend that ncurses==ncursesw==ncursest -echo "$as_me:7871: checking if you want to disable library suffixes" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7872: checking if you want to disable library suffixes" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to disable library suffixes... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-lib-suffixes or --disable-lib-suffixes was given. @@ -7885,13 +7886,13 @@ else disable_lib_suffixes=no fi; -echo "$as_me:7888: result: $disable_lib_suffixes" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7889: result: $disable_lib_suffixes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$disable_lib_suffixes" >&6 ### If we're building with rpath, try to link non-standard libs that way too. if test "$DFT_LWR_MODEL" = "shared" && test "x$cf_cv_enable_rpath" != xno; then -echo "$as_me:7894: checking if rpath-hack should be disabled" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7895: checking if rpath-hack should be disabled" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if rpath-hack should be disabled... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-rpath-hack or --disable-rpath-hack was given. @@ -7909,22 +7910,22 @@ else fi; if test "x$enable_rpath_hack" = xno; then cf_disable_rpath_hack=yes; else cf_disable_rpath_hack=no; fi -echo "$as_me:7912: result: $cf_disable_rpath_hack" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7913: result: $cf_disable_rpath_hack" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_disable_rpath_hack" >&6 if test "$enable_rpath_hack" = yes ; then -echo "$as_me:7917: checking for updated LDFLAGS" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7918: checking for updated LDFLAGS" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for updated LDFLAGS... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test -n "$LD_RPATH_OPT" ; then - echo "$as_me:7920: result: maybe" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7921: result: maybe" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}maybe" >&6 for ac_prog in ldd do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:7927: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7928: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_cf_ldd_prog+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -7939,7 +7940,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_cf_ldd_prog="$ac_prog" -echo "$as_me:7942: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:7943: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -7947,10 +7948,10 @@ fi fi cf_ldd_prog=$ac_cv_prog_cf_ldd_prog if test -n "$cf_ldd_prog"; then - echo "$as_me:7950: result: $cf_ldd_prog" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7951: result: $cf_ldd_prog" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_ldd_prog" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:7953: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7954: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -7964,7 +7965,7 @@ test -n "$cf_ldd_prog" || cf_ldd_prog="no" cf_rpath_oops= cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 7967 "configure" +#line 7968 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -7976,16 +7977,16 @@ printf("Hello"); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:7979: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:7980: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7982: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7983: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:7985: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:7986: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:7988: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7989: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_rpath_oops=`"$cf_ldd_prog" "conftest$ac_exeext" | ${FGREP-fgrep} ' not found' | sed -e 's% =>.*$%%' |sort | uniq` cf_rpath_list=`"$cf_ldd_prog" "conftest$ac_exeext" | ${FGREP-fgrep} / | sed -e 's%^.*[ ]/%/%' -e 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%' |sort | uniq` @@ -8013,7 +8014,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" then test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...adding -L$cf_rpath_dir/lib to LDFLAGS for $cf_rpath_src" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8016: testing ...adding -L$cf_rpath_dir/lib to LDFLAGS for $cf_rpath_src ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8017: testing ...adding -L$cf_rpath_dir/lib to LDFLAGS for $cf_rpath_src ..." 1>&5 LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$cf_rpath_dir/lib" break @@ -8025,11 +8026,11 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:8016: testing ...adding -L$cf_rpath_dir/lib to LDFLAGS test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...checking EXTRA_LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8028: testing ...checking EXTRA_LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8029: testing ...checking EXTRA_LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...checking LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8032: testing ...checking LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8033: testing ...checking LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 cf_rpath_dst= for cf_rpath_src in $LDFLAGS @@ -8066,7 +8067,7 @@ do then test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...Filter $cf_rpath_src ->$cf_rpath_tmp" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8069: testing ...Filter $cf_rpath_src ->$cf_rpath_tmp ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8070: testing ...Filter $cf_rpath_src ->$cf_rpath_tmp ..." 1>&5 EXTRA_LDFLAGS="$cf_rpath_tmp $EXTRA_LDFLAGS" fi @@ -8079,11 +8080,11 @@ LDFLAGS=$cf_rpath_dst test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...checked LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8082: testing ...checked LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8083: testing ...checked LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...checking LIBS $LIBS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8086: testing ...checking LIBS $LIBS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8087: testing ...checking LIBS $LIBS ..." 1>&5 cf_rpath_dst= for cf_rpath_src in $LIBS @@ -8120,7 +8121,7 @@ do then test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...Filter $cf_rpath_src ->$cf_rpath_tmp" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8123: testing ...Filter $cf_rpath_src ->$cf_rpath_tmp ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8124: testing ...Filter $cf_rpath_src ->$cf_rpath_tmp ..." 1>&5 EXTRA_LDFLAGS="$cf_rpath_tmp $EXTRA_LDFLAGS" fi @@ -8133,14 +8134,14 @@ LIBS=$cf_rpath_dst test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...checked LIBS $LIBS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8136: testing ...checked LIBS $LIBS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8137: testing ...checked LIBS $LIBS ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " ...checked EXTRA_LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8140: testing ...checked EXTRA_LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8141: testing ...checked EXTRA_LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 else - echo "$as_me:8143: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8144: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -8154,7 +8155,7 @@ fi EXTRA_PKG_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS" if test -n "$EXTRA_PKG_LDFLAGS" then - echo "$as_me:8157: checking if you want to disable extra LDFLAGS for package-scripts" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8158: checking if you want to disable extra LDFLAGS for package-scripts" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to disable extra LDFLAGS for package-scripts... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-pkg-ldflags or --disable-pkg-ldflags was given. @@ -8171,7 +8172,7 @@ else disable_pkg_ldflags=no fi; - echo "$as_me:8174: result: $disable_pkg_ldflags" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8175: result: $disable_pkg_ldflags" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$disable_pkg_ldflags" >&6 test "$disable_pkg_ldflags" = yes && EXTRA_PKG_LDFLAGS= fi @@ -8179,7 +8180,7 @@ fi ############################################################################### ### use option --with-extra-suffix to append suffix to headers and libraries -echo "$as_me:8182: checking if you wish to append extra suffix to header/library paths" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8183: checking if you wish to append extra suffix to header/library paths" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you wish to append extra suffix to header/library paths... $ECHO_C" >&6 EXTRA_SUFFIX= @@ -8198,11 +8199,11 @@ if test "${with_extra_suffix+set}" = set; then esac fi; -echo "$as_me:8201: result: $EXTRA_SUFFIX" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8202: result: $EXTRA_SUFFIX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$EXTRA_SUFFIX" >&6 ### use option --disable-overwrite to leave out the link to -lcurses -echo "$as_me:8205: checking if you wish to install ncurses overwriting curses" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8206: checking if you wish to install ncurses overwriting curses" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you wish to install ncurses overwriting curses... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-overwrite or --disable-overwrite was given. @@ -8212,10 +8213,10 @@ if test "${enable_overwrite+set}" = set; then else if test "$prefix" = "/usr" ; then with_overwrite=yes; else with_overwrite=no; fi fi; -echo "$as_me:8215: result: $with_overwrite" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8216: result: $with_overwrite" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_overwrite" >&6 -echo "$as_me:8218: checking if external terminfo-database is used" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8219: checking if external terminfo-database is used" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if external terminfo-database is used... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-database or --disable-database was given. @@ -8225,7 +8226,7 @@ if test "${enable_database+set}" = set; then else use_database=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:8228: result: $use_database" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8229: result: $use_database" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$use_database" >&6 case "$host_os" in @@ -8241,7 +8242,7 @@ NCURSES_USE_DATABASE=0 if test "$use_database" != no ; then NCURSES_USE_DATABASE=1 - echo "$as_me:8244: checking which terminfo source-file will be installed" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8245: checking which terminfo source-file will be installed" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking which terminfo source-file will be installed... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-database or --without-database was given. @@ -8249,10 +8250,10 @@ if test "${with_database+set}" = set; then withval="$with_database" TERMINFO_SRC=$withval fi; - echo "$as_me:8252: result: $TERMINFO_SRC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8253: result: $TERMINFO_SRC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$TERMINFO_SRC" >&6 - echo "$as_me:8255: checking whether to use hashed database instead of directory/tree" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8256: checking whether to use hashed database instead of directory/tree" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use hashed database instead of directory/tree... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-hashed-db or --without-hashed-db was given. @@ -8262,13 +8263,13 @@ if test "${with_hashed_db+set}" = set; then else with_hashed_db=no fi; - echo "$as_me:8265: result: $with_hashed_db" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8266: result: $with_hashed_db" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_hashed_db" >&6 else with_hashed_db=no fi -echo "$as_me:8271: checking for list of fallback descriptions" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8272: checking for list of fallback descriptions" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for list of fallback descriptions... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-fallbacks or --without-fallbacks was given. @@ -8278,7 +8279,7 @@ if test "${with_fallbacks+set}" = set; then else with_fallback= fi; -echo "$as_me:8281: result: $with_fallback" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8282: result: $with_fallback" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_fallback" >&6 case ".$with_fallback" in @@ -8286,7 +8287,7 @@ case ".$with_fallback" in FALLBACK_LIST= ;; (.yes) - { echo "$as_me:8289: WARNING: expected a list of terminal descriptions" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:8290: WARNING: expected a list of terminal descriptions" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: expected a list of terminal descriptions" >&2;} ;; (*) @@ -8302,7 +8303,7 @@ esac if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}tic", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}tic; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:8305: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8306: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_TIC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -8317,7 +8318,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_TIC="${ac_tool_prefix}tic" -echo "$as_me:8320: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8321: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -8325,10 +8326,10 @@ fi fi TIC=$ac_cv_prog_TIC if test -n "$TIC"; then - echo "$as_me:8328: result: $TIC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8329: result: $TIC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$TIC" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:8331: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8332: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -8337,7 +8338,7 @@ if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_TIC"; then ac_ct_TIC=$TIC # Extract the first word of "tic", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy tic; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:8340: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8341: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_TIC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -8352,7 +8353,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_TIC="tic" -echo "$as_me:8355: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8356: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -8360,10 +8361,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_TIC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_TIC if test -n "$ac_ct_TIC"; then - echo "$as_me:8363: result: $ac_ct_TIC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8364: result: $ac_ct_TIC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_TIC" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:8366: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8367: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -8375,7 +8376,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}infocmp", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}infocmp; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:8378: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8379: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_INFOCMP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -8390,7 +8391,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_INFOCMP="${ac_tool_prefix}infocmp" -echo "$as_me:8393: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8394: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -8398,10 +8399,10 @@ fi fi INFOCMP=$ac_cv_prog_INFOCMP if test -n "$INFOCMP"; then - echo "$as_me:8401: result: $INFOCMP" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8402: result: $INFOCMP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$INFOCMP" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:8404: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8405: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -8410,7 +8411,7 @@ if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_INFOCMP"; then ac_ct_INFOCMP=$INFOCMP # Extract the first word of "infocmp", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy infocmp; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:8413: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8414: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_INFOCMP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -8425,7 +8426,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_INFOCMP="infocmp" -echo "$as_me:8428: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8429: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -8433,10 +8434,10 @@ fi fi ac_ct_INFOCMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_INFOCMP if test -n "$ac_ct_INFOCMP"; then - echo "$as_me:8436: result: $ac_ct_INFOCMP" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8437: result: $ac_ct_INFOCMP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_INFOCMP" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:8439: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8440: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -8451,10 +8452,10 @@ then # Check whether --with-tic-path or --without-tic-path was given. if test "${with_tic_path+set}" = set; then withval="$with_tic_path" - echo "$as_me:8454: checking for tic program for fallbacks" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8455: checking for tic program for fallbacks" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for tic program for fallbacks... $ECHO_C" >&6 TIC=$withval - echo "$as_me:8457: result: $TIC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8458: result: $TIC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$TIC" >&6 if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then @@ -8482,7 +8483,7 @@ case ".$TIC" in TIC=`echo "$TIC" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:8485: error: expected a pathname, not \"$TIC\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:8486: error: expected a pathname, not \"$TIC\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$TIC\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -8495,7 +8496,7 @@ for ac_prog in $TIC tic do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:8498: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8499: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_TIC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -8512,7 +8513,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_TIC="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:8515: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8516: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -8523,10 +8524,10 @@ fi TIC=$ac_cv_path_TIC if test -n "$TIC"; then - echo "$as_me:8526: result: $TIC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8527: result: $TIC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$TIC" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:8529: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8530: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -8585,7 +8586,7 @@ IFS="$cf_save_ifs" if test -n "$cf_path_prog" ; then -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8588: testing defining path for ${cf_path_prog} ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8589: testing defining path for ${cf_path_prog} ..." 1>&5 cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + { echo "$as_me:8604: WARNING: no tic program found for fallbacks" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: no tic program found for fallbacks" >&2;} fi @@ -8609,10 +8610,10 @@ fi; # Check whether --with-infocmp-path or --without-infocmp-path was given. if test "${with_infocmp_path+set}" = set; then withval="$with_infocmp_path" - echo "$as_me:8612: checking for infocmp program for fallbacks" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8613: checking for infocmp program for fallbacks" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for infocmp program for fallbacks... $ECHO_C" >&6 INFOCMP=$withval - echo "$as_me:8615: result: $INFOCMP" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8616: result: $INFOCMP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$INFOCMP" >&6 if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then @@ -8640,7 +8641,7 @@ case ".$INFOCMP" in INFOCMP=`echo "$INFOCMP" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:8643: error: expected a pathname, not \"$INFOCMP\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:8644: error: expected a pathname, not \"$INFOCMP\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$INFOCMP\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -8653,7 +8654,7 @@ for ac_prog in $INFOCMP infocmp do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:8656: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8657: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_INFOCMP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -8670,7 +8671,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_INFOCMP="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:8673: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8674: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -8681,10 +8682,10 @@ fi INFOCMP=$ac_cv_path_INFOCMP if test -n "$INFOCMP"; then - echo "$as_me:8684: result: $INFOCMP" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8685: result: $INFOCMP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$INFOCMP" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:8687: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8688: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -8743,7 +8744,7 @@ IFS="$cf_save_ifs" if test -n "$cf_path_prog" ; then -echo "${as_me:-configure}:8746: testing defining path for ${cf_path_prog} ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:8747: testing defining path for ${cf_path_prog} ..." 1>&5 cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + { echo "$as_me:8762: WARNING: no infocmp program found for fallbacks" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: no infocmp program found for fallbacks" >&2;} fi @@ -8768,7 +8769,7 @@ fi; test -z "$INFOCMP" && FALLBACK_LIST= if test -z "$FALLBACK_LIST" then - { echo "$as_me:8771: WARNING: ignoring fallback option because tic/infocmp are not available" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:8772: WARNING: ignoring fallback option because tic/infocmp are not available" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: ignoring fallback option because tic/infocmp are not available" >&2;} fi fi @@ -8776,7 +8777,7 @@ fi USE_FALLBACKS= test -z "$FALLBACK_LIST" && USE_FALLBACKS="#" -echo "$as_me:8779: checking if you want modern xterm or antique" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8780: checking if you want modern xterm or antique" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want modern xterm or antique... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-xterm-new or --without-xterm-new was given. @@ -8790,11 +8791,11 @@ case "$with_xterm_new" in (no) with_xterm_new=xterm-old;; (*) with_xterm_new=xterm-new;; esac -echo "$as_me:8793: result: $with_xterm_new" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8794: result: $with_xterm_new" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_xterm_new" >&6 WHICH_XTERM=$with_xterm_new -echo "$as_me:8797: checking if xterm backspace sends BS or DEL" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8798: checking if xterm backspace sends BS or DEL" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if xterm backspace sends BS or DEL... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-xterm-kbs or --without-xterm-kbs was given. @@ -8815,7 +8816,7 @@ case x$with_xterm_kbs in with_xterm_kbs=$withval ;; esac -echo "$as_me:8818: result: $with_xterm_kbs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8819: result: $with_xterm_kbs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_xterm_kbs" >&6 XTERM_KBS=$with_xterm_kbs @@ -8825,7 +8826,7 @@ if test "$use_database" = no ; then MAKE_TERMINFO="#" else -echo "$as_me:8828: checking for list of terminfo directories" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8829: checking for list of terminfo directories" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for list of terminfo directories... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-terminfo-dirs or --without-terminfo-dirs was given. @@ -8865,7 +8866,7 @@ case ".$cf_src_path" in cf_src_path=`echo "$cf_src_path" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:8868: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_src_path\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:8869: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_src_path\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_src_path\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -8888,7 +8889,7 @@ case "x$cf_dst_eval" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:8891: result: $TERMINFO_DIRS" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8892: result: $TERMINFO_DIRS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$TERMINFO_DIRS" >&6 test -n "$TERMINFO_DIRS" && cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + { echo "$as_me:8901: WARNING: ignoring non-directory/file TERMINFO value" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: ignoring non-directory/file TERMINFO value" >&2;} unset TERMINFO ;; esac -echo "$as_me:8906: checking for default terminfo directory" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8907: checking for default terminfo directory" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for default terminfo directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-default-terminfo-dir or --without-default-terminfo-dir was given. @@ -8939,7 +8940,7 @@ case ".$withval" in withval=`echo "$withval" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:8942: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:8943: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -8948,7 +8949,7 @@ esac fi eval TERMINFO="$withval" -echo "$as_me:8951: result: $TERMINFO" >&5 +echo "$as_me:8952: result: $TERMINFO" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$TERMINFO" >&6 cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:8963: checking if big-core option selected" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if big-core option selected... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-big-core or --disable-big-core was given. @@ -8971,7 +8972,7 @@ else with_big_core=no else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 8974 "configure" +#line 8975 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -8985,15 +8986,15 @@ int main() { } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:8988: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:8989: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:8991: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8992: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:8993: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:8994: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:8996: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8997: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then with_big_core=yes else @@ -9005,7 +9006,7 @@ fi rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi fi; -echo "$as_me:9008: result: $with_big_core" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9009: result: $with_big_core" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_big_core" >&6 test "x$with_big_core" = "xyes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -9015,7 +9016,7 @@ EOF ### ISO C only guarantees 512-char strings, we have tables which load faster ### when constructed using "big" strings. More than the C compiler, the awk ### program is a limit on most vendor UNIX systems. Check that we can build. -echo "$as_me:9018: checking if big-strings option selected" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9019: checking if big-strings option selected" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if big-strings option selected... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-big-strings or --disable-big-strings was given. @@ -9039,14 +9040,14 @@ else esac fi; -echo "$as_me:9042: result: $with_big_strings" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9043: result: $with_big_strings" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_big_strings" >&6 USE_BIG_STRINGS=0 test "x$with_big_strings" = "xyes" && USE_BIG_STRINGS=1 ### use option --enable-termcap to compile in the termcap fallback support -echo "$as_me:9049: checking if you want termcap-fallback support" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9050: checking if you want termcap-fallback support" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want termcap-fallback support... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-termcap or --disable-termcap was given. @@ -9056,14 +9057,14 @@ if test "${enable_termcap+set}" = set; then else with_termcap=no fi; -echo "$as_me:9059: result: $with_termcap" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9060: result: $with_termcap" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_termcap" >&6 NCURSES_USE_TERMCAP=0 if test "x$with_termcap" != "xyes" ; then if test "$use_database" = no ; then if test -z "$with_fallback" ; then - { { echo "$as_me:9066: error: You have disabled the database w/o specifying fallbacks" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:9067: error: You have disabled the database w/o specifying fallbacks" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: You have disabled the database w/o specifying fallbacks" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -9076,13 +9077,13 @@ EOF else if test "$with_ticlib" != no ; then - { { echo "$as_me:9079: error: Options --with-ticlib and --enable-termcap cannot be combined" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:9080: error: Options --with-ticlib and --enable-termcap cannot be combined" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Options --with-ticlib and --enable-termcap cannot be combined" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi NCURSES_USE_TERMCAP=1 - echo "$as_me:9085: checking for list of termcap files" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9086: checking for list of termcap files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for list of termcap files... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-termpath or --without-termpath was given. @@ -9122,7 +9123,7 @@ case ".$cf_src_path" in cf_src_path=`echo "$cf_src_path" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:9125: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_src_path\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:9126: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_src_path\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_src_path\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -9145,7 +9146,7 @@ case "x$cf_dst_eval" in ;; esac - echo "$as_me:9148: result: $TERMPATH" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9149: result: $TERMPATH" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$TERMPATH" >&6 test -n "$TERMPATH" && cat >>confdefs.h <>confdefs.h <&5 + echo "$as_me:9157: checking if fast termcap-loader is needed" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if fast termcap-loader is needed... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-getcap or --disable-getcap was given. @@ -9163,14 +9164,14 @@ if test "${enable_getcap+set}" = set; then else with_getcap=no fi; - echo "$as_me:9166: result: $with_getcap" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9167: result: $with_getcap" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_getcap" >&6 test "x$with_getcap" = "xyes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define USE_GETCAP 1 EOF - echo "$as_me:9173: checking if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9174: checking if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-getcap-cache or --disable-getcap-cache was given. @@ -9180,7 +9181,7 @@ if test "${enable_getcap_cache+set}" = set; then else with_getcap_cache=no fi; - echo "$as_me:9183: result: $with_getcap_cache" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9184: result: $with_getcap_cache" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_getcap_cache" >&6 test "x$with_getcap_cache" = "xyes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -9190,7 +9191,7 @@ EOF fi ### Use option --disable-home-terminfo to completely remove ~/.terminfo -echo "$as_me:9193: checking if ~/.terminfo is wanted" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9194: checking if ~/.terminfo is wanted" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if ~/.terminfo is wanted... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-home-terminfo or --disable-home-terminfo was given. @@ -9200,15 +9201,15 @@ if test "${enable_home_terminfo+set}" = set; then else with_home_terminfo=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:9203: result: $with_home_terminfo" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9204: result: $with_home_terminfo" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_home_terminfo" >&6 test "x$with_home_terminfo" = "xyes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define USE_HOME_TERMINFO 1 EOF -echo "$as_me:9210: checking if you want to use restricted environment when running as root" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use restricted environment when running as root... $ECHO_C" >&6 +echo "$as_me:9211: checking if you want to permit root to use ncurses environment variables" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to permit root to use ncurses environment variables... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-root-environ or --disable-root-environ was given. if test "${enable_root_environ+set}" = set; then @@ -9217,13 +9218,30 @@ if test "${enable_root_environ+set}" = set; then else with_root_environ=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:9220: result: $with_root_environ" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9221: result: $with_root_environ" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_root_environ" >&6 test "x$with_root_environ" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define USE_ROOT_ENVIRON 1 EOF +echo "$as_me:9228: checking if you want to permit setuid programs to access all files" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to permit setuid programs to access all files... $ECHO_C" >&6 + +# Check whether --enable-root-environ or --disable-root-environ was given. +if test "${enable_root_environ+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_root_environ" + with_root_access=$enableval +else + with_root_access=yes +fi; +echo "$as_me:9238: result: $with_root_access" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$with_root_access" >&6 +test "x$with_root_access" = xyes && +cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define USE_ROOT_ACCESS 1 +EOF + ### Use option --enable-symlinks to make tic use symlinks, not hard links ### to reduce storage requirements for the terminfo database. @@ -9232,23 +9250,23 @@ unistd.h \ do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:9235: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9253: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9241 "configure" +#line 9259 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9245: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:9263: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:9251: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9269: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -9267,7 +9285,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:9270: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9288: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:9303: checking for $ac_func" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9291 "configure" +#line 9309 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define $ac_func autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -9319,16 +9337,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9322: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:9340: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9325: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9343: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:9328: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:9346: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9331: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9349: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else @@ -9338,7 +9356,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:9341: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9359: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:9376: checking for $ac_func" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9364 "configure" +#line 9382 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define $ac_func autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -9392,16 +9410,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9395: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:9413: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9398: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9416: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:9401: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:9419: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9404: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9422: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else @@ -9411,7 +9429,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:9414: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9432: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + echo "$as_me:9443: checking if link/symlink functions work" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if link/symlink functions work... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_link_funcs+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -9435,7 +9453,7 @@ else eval 'ac_cv_func_'$cf_func'=error' else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9438 "configure" +#line 9456 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -9473,15 +9491,15 @@ int main(void) _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9476: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:9494: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9479: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9497: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:9481: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:9499: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9484: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9502: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_link_funcs="$cf_cv_link_funcs $cf_func" @@ -9499,7 +9517,7 @@ fi test -z "$cf_cv_link_funcs" && cf_cv_link_funcs=no fi -echo "$as_me:9502: result: $cf_cv_link_funcs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9520: result: $cf_cv_link_funcs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_link_funcs" >&6 test "$ac_cv_func_link" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -9519,7 +9537,7 @@ with_symlinks=no # soft links (symbolic links) are useful for some systems where hard links do # not work, or to make it simpler to copy terminfo trees around. if test "x$ac_cv_func_symlink" = xyes ; then - echo "$as_me:9522: checking if tic should use symbolic links" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9540: checking if tic should use symbolic links" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if tic should use symbolic links... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-symlinks or --disable-symlinks was given. @@ -9529,21 +9547,21 @@ if test "${enable_symlinks+set}" = set; then else with_symlinks=no fi; - echo "$as_me:9532: result: $with_symlinks" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9550: result: $with_symlinks" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_symlinks" >&6 fi # If we have hard links and did not choose to use soft links instead, there is # no reason to make this choice optional - use the hard links. if test "$with_symlinks" = no ; then - echo "$as_me:9539: checking if tic should use hard links" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9557: checking if tic should use hard links" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if tic should use hard links... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "x$ac_cv_func_link" = xyes ; then with_links=yes else with_links=no fi - echo "$as_me:9546: result: $with_links" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9564: result: $with_links" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_links" >&6 fi @@ -9559,7 +9577,7 @@ EOF ### use option --enable-broken-linker to force on use of broken-linker support -echo "$as_me:9562: checking if you want broken-linker support code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9580: checking if you want broken-linker support code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want broken-linker support code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-broken_linker or --disable-broken_linker was given. @@ -9569,7 +9587,7 @@ if test "${enable_broken_linker+set}" = set; then else with_broken_linker=no fi; -echo "$as_me:9572: result: $with_broken_linker" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9590: result: $with_broken_linker" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_broken_linker" >&6 : "${BROKEN_LINKER:=0}" @@ -9583,7 +9601,7 @@ EOF fi ### use option --enable-bsdpad to have tputs process BSD-style prefix padding -echo "$as_me:9586: checking if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9604: checking if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-bsdpad or --disable-bsdpad was given. @@ -9593,7 +9611,7 @@ if test "${enable_bsdpad+set}" = set; then else with_bsdpad=no fi; -echo "$as_me:9596: result: $with_bsdpad" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9614: result: $with_bsdpad" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_bsdpad" >&6 test "x$with_bsdpad" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -9612,14 +9630,14 @@ NCURSES_WINT_T=0 # Check to define _XOPEN_SOURCE "automatically" CPPFLAGS_before_XOPEN="$CPPFLAGS" -echo "$as_me:9615: checking if the POSIX test-macros are already defined" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9633: checking if the POSIX test-macros are already defined" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if the POSIX test-macros are already defined... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_posix_visible+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9622 "configure" +#line 9640 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -9638,16 +9656,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9641: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:9659: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9644: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9662: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:9647: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:9665: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9650: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9668: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_posix_visible=no else @@ -9658,7 +9676,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:9661: result: $cf_cv_posix_visible" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9679: result: $cf_cv_posix_visible" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_posix_visible" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_posix_visible" = no; then @@ -9703,14 +9721,14 @@ case "$host_os" in cf_gnu_xopen_source=$cf_XOPEN_SOURCE -echo "$as_me:9706: checking if this is the GNU C library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9724: checking if this is the GNU C library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if this is the GNU C library... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gnu_library+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9713 "configure" +#line 9731 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -9729,16 +9747,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9732: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:9750: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9735: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9753: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:9738: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:9756: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9741: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9759: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_gnu_library=yes else @@ -9749,7 +9767,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:9752: result: $cf_cv_gnu_library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9770: result: $cf_cv_gnu_library" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnu_library" >&6 if test x$cf_cv_gnu_library = xyes; then @@ -9757,7 +9775,7 @@ if test x$cf_cv_gnu_library = xyes; then # With glibc 2.19 (13 years after this check was begun), _DEFAULT_SOURCE # was changed to help a little. newlib incorporated the change about 4 # years later. - echo "$as_me:9760: checking if _DEFAULT_SOURCE can be used as a basis" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9778: checking if _DEFAULT_SOURCE can be used as a basis" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if _DEFAULT_SOURCE can be used as a basis... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gnu_library_219+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -9769,7 +9787,7 @@ else CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}-D_DEFAULT_SOURCE" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9772 "configure" +#line 9790 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -9788,16 +9806,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9791: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:9809: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9794: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9812: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:9797: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:9815: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9800: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9818: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_gnu_library_219=yes else @@ -9809,12 +9827,12 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CPPFLAGS="$cf_save" fi -echo "$as_me:9812: result: $cf_cv_gnu_library_219" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9830: result: $cf_cv_gnu_library_219" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnu_library_219" >&6 if test "x$cf_cv_gnu_library_219" = xyes; then cf_save="$CPPFLAGS" - echo "$as_me:9817: checking if _XOPEN_SOURCE=$cf_gnu_xopen_source works with _DEFAULT_SOURCE" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9835: checking if _XOPEN_SOURCE=$cf_gnu_xopen_source works with _DEFAULT_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if _XOPEN_SOURCE=$cf_gnu_xopen_source works with _DEFAULT_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gnu_dftsrc_219+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -9919,7 +9937,7 @@ if test -n "$cf_new_extra_cppflags" ; then fi cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9922 "configure" +#line 9940 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -9939,16 +9957,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9942: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:9960: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9945: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9963: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:9948: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:9966: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9951: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9969: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_gnu_dftsrc_219=yes else @@ -9959,7 +9977,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:9962: result: $cf_cv_gnu_dftsrc_219" >&5 +echo "$as_me:9980: result: $cf_cv_gnu_dftsrc_219" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnu_dftsrc_219" >&6 test "x$cf_cv_gnu_dftsrc_219" = "xyes" || CPPFLAGS="$cf_save" else @@ -9968,14 +9986,14 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnu_dftsrc_219" >&6 if test "x$cf_cv_gnu_dftsrc_219" != xyes; then - echo "$as_me:9971: checking if we must define _GNU_SOURCE" >&5 + echo "$as_me:9989: checking if we must define _GNU_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we must define _GNU_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gnu_source+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 9978 "configure" +#line 9996 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -9990,16 +10008,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:9993: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10011: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:9996: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10014: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:9999: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10017: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10002: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10020: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_gnu_source=no else @@ -10106,7 +10124,7 @@ if test -n "$cf_new_extra_cppflags" ; then fi cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10109 "configure" +#line 10127 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -10121,16 +10139,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10124: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10142: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10127: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10145: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10130: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10148: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10133: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10151: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_gnu_source=no else @@ -10145,12 +10163,12 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:10148: result: $cf_cv_gnu_source" >&5 +echo "$as_me:10166: result: $cf_cv_gnu_source" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnu_source" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_gnu_source" = yes then - echo "$as_me:10153: checking if we should also define _DEFAULT_SOURCE" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10171: checking if we should also define _DEFAULT_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should also define _DEFAULT_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_default_source+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -10160,7 +10178,7 @@ else CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}-D_GNU_SOURCE" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10163 "configure" +#line 10181 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -10175,16 +10193,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10178: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10196: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10181: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10199: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10184: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10202: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10187: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10205: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_default_source=no else @@ -10195,7 +10213,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:10198: result: $cf_cv_default_source" >&5 +echo "$as_me:10216: result: $cf_cv_default_source" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_default_source" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_default_source" = yes then @@ -10232,16 +10250,16 @@ cf_trim_CPPFLAGS=`echo "$cf_save_CPPFLAGS" | \ sed -e 's/-[UD]'"_POSIX_C_SOURCE"'\(=[^ ]*\)\?[ ]/ /g' \ -e 's/-[UD]'"_POSIX_C_SOURCE"'\(=[^ ]*\)\?$//g'` -echo "$as_me:10235: checking if we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE" >&5 +echo "$as_me:10253: checking if we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_posix_c_source+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else -echo "${as_me:-configure}:10241: testing if the symbol is already defined go no further ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:10259: testing if the symbol is already defined go no further ..." 1>&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10244 "configure" +#line 10262 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -10256,16 +10274,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10259: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10277: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10262: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10280: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10265: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10283: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10268: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10286: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_posix_c_source=no else @@ -10286,7 +10304,7 @@ cf_want_posix_source=no esac if test "$cf_want_posix_source" = yes ; then cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10289 "configure" +#line 10307 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -10301,16 +10319,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10304: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10322: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10307: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10325: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10310: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10328: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10313: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10331: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -10321,7 +10339,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "${as_me:-configure}:10324: testing ifdef from value $cf_POSIX_C_SOURCE ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:10342: testing ifdef from value $cf_POSIX_C_SOURCE ..." 1>&5 CFLAGS="$cf_trim_CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$cf_trim_CPPFLAGS" @@ -10329,10 +10347,10 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:10324: testing ifdef from value $cf_POSIX_C_SOURCE ... test -n "$CPPFLAGS" && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS " CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}$cf_cv_posix_c_source" -echo "${as_me:-configure}:10332: testing if the second compile does not leave our definition intact error ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:10350: testing if the second compile does not leave our definition intact error ..." 1>&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10335 "configure" +#line 10353 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -10347,16 +10365,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10350: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10368: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10353: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10371: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10356: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10374: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10359: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10377: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -10372,7 +10390,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:10375: result: $cf_cv_posix_c_source" >&5 +echo "$as_me:10393: result: $cf_cv_posix_c_source" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_posix_c_source" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_posix_c_source" != no ; then @@ -10489,7 +10507,7 @@ fi # cf_cv_posix_visible # OpenBSD 6.x has broken locale support, both compile-time and runtime. # see https://www.mail-archive.com/bugs@openbsd.org/msg13200.html # Abusing the conformance level is a workaround. - { echo "$as_me:10492: WARNING: this system does not provide usable locale support" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:10510: WARNING: this system does not provide usable locale support" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: this system does not provide usable locale support" >&2;} cf_xopen_source="-D_BSD_SOURCE" cf_XOPEN_SOURCE=700 @@ -10521,14 +10539,14 @@ echo "$as_me: WARNING: this system does not provide usable locale support" >&2;} ;; (*) -echo "$as_me:10524: checking if we should define _XOPEN_SOURCE" >&5 +echo "$as_me:10542: checking if we should define _XOPEN_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should define _XOPEN_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_xopen_source+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10531 "configure" +#line 10549 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -10547,16 +10565,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10550: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10568: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10553: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10571: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10556: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10574: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10559: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10577: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_xopen_source=no else @@ -10568,7 +10586,7 @@ cf_save="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}-D_XOPEN_SOURCE=$cf_XOPEN_SOURCE" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10571 "configure" +#line 10589 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -10587,16 +10605,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10590: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10608: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10593: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10611: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10596: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10614: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10599: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10617: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_xopen_source=no else @@ -10611,7 +10629,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:10614: result: $cf_cv_xopen_source" >&5 +echo "$as_me:10632: result: $cf_cv_xopen_source" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_xopen_source" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_xopen_source" != no ; then @@ -10741,16 +10759,16 @@ cf_trim_CPPFLAGS=`echo "$cf_save_CPPFLAGS" | \ sed -e 's/-[UD]'"_POSIX_C_SOURCE"'\(=[^ ]*\)\?[ ]/ /g' \ -e 's/-[UD]'"_POSIX_C_SOURCE"'\(=[^ ]*\)\?$//g'` -echo "$as_me:10744: checking if we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE" >&5 +echo "$as_me:10762: checking if we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_posix_c_source+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else -echo "${as_me:-configure}:10750: testing if the symbol is already defined go no further ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:10768: testing if the symbol is already defined go no further ..." 1>&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10753 "configure" +#line 10771 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -10765,16 +10783,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10768: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10786: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10771: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10789: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10774: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10792: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10777: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10795: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_posix_c_source=no else @@ -10795,7 +10813,7 @@ cf_want_posix_source=no esac if test "$cf_want_posix_source" = yes ; then cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10798 "configure" +#line 10816 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -10810,16 +10828,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10813: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10831: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10816: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10834: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10819: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10837: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10822: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10840: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -10830,7 +10848,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "${as_me:-configure}:10833: testing ifdef from value $cf_POSIX_C_SOURCE ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:10851: testing ifdef from value $cf_POSIX_C_SOURCE ..." 1>&5 CFLAGS="$cf_trim_CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$cf_trim_CPPFLAGS" @@ -10838,10 +10856,10 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:10833: testing ifdef from value $cf_POSIX_C_SOURCE ... test -n "$CPPFLAGS" && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS " CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}$cf_cv_posix_c_source" -echo "${as_me:-configure}:10841: testing if the second compile does not leave our definition intact error ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:10859: testing if the second compile does not leave our definition intact error ..." 1>&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 10844 "configure" +#line 10862 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -10856,16 +10874,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:10859: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:10877: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10862: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10880: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:10865: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:10883: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:10868: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:10886: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -10881,7 +10899,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:10884: result: $cf_cv_posix_c_source" >&5 +echo "$as_me:10902: result: $cf_cv_posix_c_source" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_posix_c_source" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_posix_c_source" != no ; then @@ -11075,7 +11093,7 @@ done if test -n "$cf_new_cflags" ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " add to \$CFLAGS $cf_new_cflags" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:11078: testing add to \$CFLAGS $cf_new_cflags ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:11096: testing add to \$CFLAGS $cf_new_cflags ..." 1>&5 test -n "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS="$CFLAGS " CFLAGS="${CFLAGS}$cf_new_cflags" @@ -11085,7 +11103,7 @@ fi if test -n "$cf_new_cppflags" ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " add to \$CPPFLAGS $cf_new_cppflags" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:11088: testing add to \$CPPFLAGS $cf_new_cppflags ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:11106: testing add to \$CPPFLAGS $cf_new_cppflags ..." 1>&5 test -n "$CPPFLAGS" && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS " CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}$cf_new_cppflags" @@ -11095,7 +11113,7 @@ fi if test -n "$cf_new_extra_cppflags" ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " add to \$EXTRA_CPPFLAGS $cf_new_extra_cppflags" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:11098: testing add to \$EXTRA_CPPFLAGS $cf_new_extra_cppflags ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:11116: testing add to \$EXTRA_CPPFLAGS $cf_new_extra_cppflags ..." 1>&5 test -n "$EXTRA_CPPFLAGS" && EXTRA_CPPFLAGS="$EXTRA_CPPFLAGS " EXTRA_CPPFLAGS="${EXTRA_CPPFLAGS}$cf_new_extra_cppflags" @@ -11105,10 +11123,10 @@ fi fi if test -n "$cf_XOPEN_SOURCE" && test -z "$cf_cv_xopen_source" ; then - echo "$as_me:11108: checking if _XOPEN_SOURCE really is set" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11126: checking if _XOPEN_SOURCE really is set" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if _XOPEN_SOURCE really is set... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11111 "configure" +#line 11129 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -11123,16 +11141,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11126: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11144: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11129: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11147: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11132: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11150: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11135: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11153: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_XOPEN_SOURCE_set=yes else @@ -11141,12 +11159,12 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_XOPEN_SOURCE_set=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:11144: result: $cf_XOPEN_SOURCE_set" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11162: result: $cf_XOPEN_SOURCE_set" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_XOPEN_SOURCE_set" >&6 if test "$cf_XOPEN_SOURCE_set" = yes then cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11149 "configure" +#line 11167 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -11161,16 +11179,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11164: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11182: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11167: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11185: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11170: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11188: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11173: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11191: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_XOPEN_SOURCE_set_ok=yes else @@ -11181,19 +11199,19 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" if test "$cf_XOPEN_SOURCE_set_ok" = no then - { echo "$as_me:11184: WARNING: _XOPEN_SOURCE is lower than requested" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:11202: WARNING: _XOPEN_SOURCE is lower than requested" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: _XOPEN_SOURCE is lower than requested" >&2;} fi else -echo "$as_me:11189: checking if we should define _XOPEN_SOURCE" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11207: checking if we should define _XOPEN_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should define _XOPEN_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_xopen_source+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11196 "configure" +#line 11214 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -11212,16 +11230,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11215: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11233: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11218: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11236: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11221: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11239: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11224: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11242: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_xopen_source=no else @@ -11233,7 +11251,7 @@ cf_save="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}-D_XOPEN_SOURCE=$cf_XOPEN_SOURCE" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11236 "configure" +#line 11254 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -11252,16 +11270,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11255: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11273: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11258: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11276: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11261: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11279: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11264: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11282: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_xopen_source=no else @@ -11276,7 +11294,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:11279: result: $cf_cv_xopen_source" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11297: result: $cf_cv_xopen_source" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_xopen_source" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_xopen_source" != no ; then @@ -11399,14 +11417,14 @@ CPPFLAGS_after_XOPEN="$CPPFLAGS" # Work around breakage on OS X -echo "$as_me:11402: checking if SIGWINCH is defined" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11420: checking if SIGWINCH is defined" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if SIGWINCH is defined... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_define_sigwinch+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11409 "configure" +#line 11427 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -11421,23 +11439,23 @@ int x = SIGWINCH; (void)x } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11424: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11442: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11427: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11445: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11430: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11448: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11433: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11451: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_define_sigwinch=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11440 "configure" +#line 11458 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #undef _XOPEN_SOURCE @@ -11455,16 +11473,16 @@ int x = SIGWINCH; (void)x } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11458: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11476: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11461: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11479: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11464: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11482: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11467: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11485: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_define_sigwinch=maybe else @@ -11478,11 +11496,11 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:11481: result: $cf_cv_define_sigwinch" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11499: result: $cf_cv_define_sigwinch" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_define_sigwinch" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_define_sigwinch" = maybe ; then -echo "$as_me:11485: checking for actual SIGWINCH definition" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11503: checking for actual SIGWINCH definition" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for actual SIGWINCH definition... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_fixup_sigwinch+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -11493,7 +11511,7 @@ cf_sigwinch=32 while test "$cf_sigwinch" != 1 do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11496 "configure" +#line 11514 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #undef _XOPEN_SOURCE @@ -11515,16 +11533,16 @@ int x = SIGWINCH; (void)x } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11518: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11536: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11521: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11539: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11524: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11542: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11527: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11545: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_fixup_sigwinch=$cf_sigwinch break @@ -11538,7 +11556,7 @@ cf_sigwinch="`expr "$cf_sigwinch" - 1`" done fi -echo "$as_me:11541: result: $cf_cv_fixup_sigwinch" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11559: result: $cf_cv_fixup_sigwinch" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_fixup_sigwinch" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_fixup_sigwinch" != unknown ; then @@ -11548,13 +11566,13 @@ fi # Checks for CODESET support. -echo "$as_me:11551: checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11569: checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${am_cv_langinfo_codeset+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11557 "configure" +#line 11575 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -11566,16 +11584,16 @@ char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET); (void)cs } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11569: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11587: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11572: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11590: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11575: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11593: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11578: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11596: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes else @@ -11586,7 +11604,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:11589: result: $am_cv_langinfo_codeset" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11607: result: $am_cv_langinfo_codeset" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$am_cv_langinfo_codeset" >&6 if test "$am_cv_langinfo_codeset" = yes; then @@ -11600,7 +11618,7 @@ EOF NCURSES_OK_WCHAR_T= NCURSES_OK_WINT_T= -echo "$as_me:11603: checking if you want wide-character code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11621: checking if you want wide-character code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want wide-character code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-widec or --disable-widec was given. @@ -11610,7 +11628,7 @@ if test "${enable_widec+set}" = set; then else with_widec=no fi; -echo "$as_me:11613: result: $with_widec" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11631: result: $with_widec" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_widec" >&6 NCURSES_WCWIDTH_GRAPHICS=1 @@ -11634,23 +11652,23 @@ wctype.h \ do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:11637: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11655: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11643 "configure" +#line 11661 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11647: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11665: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:11653: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11671: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -11669,7 +11687,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:11672: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11690: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:11700: checking if wchar.h can be used as is" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if wchar.h can be used as is... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_wchar_h_okay+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11689 "configure" +#line 11707 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -11708,16 +11726,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11711: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11729: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11714: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11732: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11717: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11735: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11720: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11738: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_wchar_h_okay=yes else @@ -11727,16 +11745,16 @@ cf_cv_wchar_h_okay=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:11730: result: $cf_cv_wchar_h_okay" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11748: result: $cf_cv_wchar_h_okay" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_wchar_h_okay" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_wchar_h_okay" = no then -echo "$as_me:11736: checking if we must define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11754: checking if we must define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we must define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11739 "configure" +#line 11757 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -11752,16 +11770,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11755: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11773: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11758: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11776: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11761: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11779: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11764: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11782: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_result=no else @@ -11770,16 +11788,16 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_result=yes fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" -echo "$as_me:11773: result: $cf_result" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11791: result: $cf_result" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_result" >&6 if test "$cf_result" = yes ; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED" elif test "x" != "x" ; then - echo "$as_me:11779: checking checking for compatible value versus " >&5 + echo "$as_me:11797: checking checking for compatible value versus " >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking checking for compatible value versus ... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11782 "configure" +#line 11800 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -11795,16 +11813,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11798: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11816: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11801: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11819: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11804: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11822: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11807: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11825: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_result=yes else @@ -11813,7 +11831,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_result=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:11816: result: $cf_result" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11834: result: $cf_result" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_result" >&6 if test "$cf_result" = no ; then # perhaps we can override it - try... @@ -11823,7 +11841,7 @@ fi fi -echo "$as_me:11826: checking if wcwidth agrees graphics are single-width" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11844: checking if wcwidth agrees graphics are single-width" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if wcwidth agrees graphics are single-width... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_wcwidth_graphics+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -11894,7 +11912,7 @@ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then cf_cv_wcwidth_graphics=unknown else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11897 "configure" +#line 11915 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -11938,15 +11956,15 @@ main(void) _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:11941: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:11959: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11944: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11962: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:11946: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:11964: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:11949: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:11967: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_wcwidth_graphics=yes else @@ -11959,7 +11977,7 @@ rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftes fi fi -echo "$as_me:11962: result: $cf_cv_wcwidth_graphics" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11980: result: $cf_cv_wcwidth_graphics" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_wcwidth_graphics" >&6 test "$cf_cv_wcwidth_graphics" = no && NCURSES_WCWIDTH_GRAPHICS=0 @@ -11970,13 +11988,13 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_wcwidth_graphics" >&6 for ac_func in putwc btowc wctob mbtowc wctomb mblen mbrlen mbrtowc wcsrtombs mbsrtowcs wcstombs mbstowcs do as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:11973: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo "$as_me:11991: checking for $ac_func" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 11979 "configure" +#line 11997 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define $ac_func autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -12007,16 +12025,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12010: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12028: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12013: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12031: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12016: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12034: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12019: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12037: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else @@ -12026,7 +12044,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:12029: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12047: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:12062: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12050 "configure" +#line 12068 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12054: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12072: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:12060: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12078: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -12076,7 +12094,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:12079: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12097: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:12107: checking for multibyte character support" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for multibyte character support... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_utf8_lib+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -12094,7 +12112,7 @@ else cf_save_LIBS="$LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12097 "configure" +#line 12115 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12112,16 +12130,16 @@ putwc(0,0); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12115: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12133: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12118: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12136: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12121: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12139: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12124: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12142: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_utf8_lib=yes else @@ -12133,12 +12151,12 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_cv_header_path_utf8= cf_cv_library_path_utf8= -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12136: testing Starting FIND_LINKAGE(utf8,) ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12154: testing Starting FIND_LINKAGE(utf8,) ..." 1>&5 cf_save_LIBS="$LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12141 "configure" +#line 12159 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12151,16 +12169,16 @@ putwc(0,0); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12154: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12172: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12157: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12175: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12160: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12178: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12163: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12181: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_find_linkage_utf8=yes @@ -12174,7 +12192,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 LIBS="-lutf8 $cf_save_LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12177 "configure" +#line 12195 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12187,16 +12205,16 @@ putwc(0,0); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12190: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12208: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12193: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12211: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12196: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12214: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12199: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12217: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_find_linkage_utf8=yes @@ -12213,9 +12231,9 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " find linkage for utf8 library" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12216: testing find linkage for utf8 library ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12234: testing find linkage for utf8 library ..." 1>&5 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12218: testing Searching for headers in FIND_LINKAGE(utf8,) ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12236: testing Searching for headers in FIND_LINKAGE(utf8,) ..." 1>&5 cf_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" cf_test_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" @@ -12306,7 +12324,7 @@ cf_search="$cf_search $cf_header_path_list" if test -d "$cf_cv_header_path_utf8" ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... testing $cf_cv_header_path_utf8" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12309: testing ... testing $cf_cv_header_path_utf8 ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12327: testing ... testing $cf_cv_header_path_utf8 ..." 1>&5 CPPFLAGS="$cf_save_CPPFLAGS" @@ -12314,7 +12332,7 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:12309: testing ... testing $cf_cv_header_path_utf8 ... CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}-I$cf_cv_header_path_utf8" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12317 "configure" +#line 12335 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12327,21 +12345,21 @@ putwc(0,0); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12330: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12348: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12333: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12351: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12336: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12354: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12339: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12357: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... found utf8 headers in $cf_cv_header_path_utf8" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12344: testing ... found utf8 headers in $cf_cv_header_path_utf8 ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12362: testing ... found utf8 headers in $cf_cv_header_path_utf8 ..." 1>&5 cf_cv_find_linkage_utf8=maybe cf_test_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" @@ -12359,7 +12377,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" if test "$cf_cv_find_linkage_utf8" = maybe ; then -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12362: testing Searching for utf8 library in FIND_LINKAGE(utf8,) ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12380: testing Searching for utf8 library in FIND_LINKAGE(utf8,) ..." 1>&5 cf_save_LIBS="$LIBS" cf_save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" @@ -12434,13 +12452,13 @@ cf_search="$cf_library_path_list $cf_search" if test -d "$cf_cv_library_path_utf8" ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... testing $cf_cv_library_path_utf8" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12437: testing ... testing $cf_cv_library_path_utf8 ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12455: testing ... testing $cf_cv_library_path_utf8 ..." 1>&5 CPPFLAGS="$cf_test_CPPFLAGS" LIBS="-lutf8 $cf_save_LIBS" LDFLAGS="$cf_save_LDFLAGS -L$cf_cv_library_path_utf8" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12443 "configure" +#line 12461 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12453,21 +12471,21 @@ putwc(0,0); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12456: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12474: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12459: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12477: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12462: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12480: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12465: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12483: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... found utf8 library in $cf_cv_library_path_utf8" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12470: testing ... found utf8 library in $cf_cv_library_path_utf8 ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12488: testing ... found utf8 library in $cf_cv_library_path_utf8 ..." 1>&5 cf_cv_find_linkage_utf8=yes cf_cv_library_file_utf8="-lutf8" @@ -12509,7 +12527,7 @@ fi fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:12512: result: $cf_cv_utf8_lib" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12530: result: $cf_cv_utf8_lib" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_utf8_lib" >&6 # HAVE_LIBUTF8_H is used by ncurses if curses.h is shared between @@ -12547,7 +12565,7 @@ if test -n "$cf_cv_header_path_utf8" ; then CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}-I$cf_add_incdir" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12550 "configure" +#line 12568 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -12559,16 +12577,16 @@ printf("Hello") } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12562: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12580: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12565: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12583: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12568: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12586: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12571: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12589: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -12585,7 +12603,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" if test "$cf_have_incdir" = no ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12588: testing adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12606: testing adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path ..." 1>&5 CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$cf_add_incdir" @@ -12621,7 +12639,7 @@ if test -n "$cf_cv_library_path_utf8" ; then if test "$cf_have_libdir" = no ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:12624: testing adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:12642: testing adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path ..." 1>&5 LDFLAGS="-L$cf_add_libdir $LDFLAGS" fi @@ -12653,14 +12671,14 @@ fi fi # This is needed on Tru64 5.0 to declare mbstate_t -echo "$as_me:12656: checking if we must include wchar.h to declare mbstate_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12674: checking if we must include wchar.h to declare mbstate_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we must include wchar.h to declare mbstate_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_mbstate_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12663 "configure" +#line 12681 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12678,23 +12696,23 @@ mbstate_t state } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12681: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12699: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12684: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12702: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12687: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12705: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12690: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12708: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_mbstate_t=no else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12697 "configure" +#line 12715 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12713,16 +12731,16 @@ mbstate_t value } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12716: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12734: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12719: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12737: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12722: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12740: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12725: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12743: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_mbstate_t=yes else @@ -12734,7 +12752,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:12737: result: $cf_cv_mbstate_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12755: result: $cf_cv_mbstate_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_mbstate_t" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_mbstate_t" = yes ; then @@ -12752,14 +12770,14 @@ if test "$cf_cv_mbstate_t" = unknown ; then fi # This is needed on Tru64 5.0 to declare wchar_t -echo "$as_me:12755: checking if we must include wchar.h to declare wchar_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12773: checking if we must include wchar.h to declare wchar_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we must include wchar.h to declare wchar_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_wchar_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12762 "configure" +#line 12780 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12777,23 +12795,23 @@ wchar_t state } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12780: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12798: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12783: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12801: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12786: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12804: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12789: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12807: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_wchar_t=no else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12796 "configure" +#line 12814 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12812,16 +12830,16 @@ wchar_t value } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12815: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12833: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12818: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12836: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12821: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12839: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12824: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12842: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_wchar_t=yes else @@ -12833,7 +12851,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:12836: result: $cf_cv_wchar_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12854: result: $cf_cv_wchar_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_wchar_t" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_wchar_t" = yes ; then @@ -12856,14 +12874,14 @@ if test "$cf_cv_wchar_t" != unknown ; then fi # This is needed on Tru64 5.0 to declare wint_t -echo "$as_me:12859: checking if we must include wchar.h to declare wint_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12877: checking if we must include wchar.h to declare wint_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we must include wchar.h to declare wint_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_wint_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12866 "configure" +#line 12884 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12881,23 +12899,23 @@ wint_t state } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12884: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12902: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12887: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12905: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12890: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12908: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12893: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12911: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_wint_t=no else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 12900 "configure" +#line 12918 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -12916,16 +12934,16 @@ wint_t value } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:12919: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:12937: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12922: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12940: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:12925: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:12943: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:12928: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:12946: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_wint_t=yes else @@ -12937,7 +12955,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:12940: result: $cf_cv_wint_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12958: result: $cf_cv_wint_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_wint_t" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_wint_t" = yes ; then @@ -12969,7 +12987,7 @@ EOF fi ### use option --disable-lp64 to allow long chtype -echo "$as_me:12972: checking whether to enable _LP64 definition in curses.h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:12990: checking whether to enable _LP64 definition in curses.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to enable _LP64 definition in curses.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-lp64 or --disable-lp64 was given. @@ -12979,7 +12997,7 @@ if test "${enable_lp64+set}" = set; then else with_lp64=$cf_dft_with_lp64 fi; -echo "$as_me:12982: result: $with_lp64" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13000: result: $with_lp64" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_lp64" >&6 if test "x$with_lp64" = xyes ; then @@ -12995,7 +13013,7 @@ if test "${enable_largefile+set}" = set; then fi; if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then - echo "$as_me:12998: checking for special C compiler options needed for large files" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13016: checking for special C compiler options needed for large files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for special C compiler options needed for large files... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -13007,7 +13025,7 @@ else # IRIX 6.2 and later do not support large files by default, # so use the C compiler's -n32 option if that helps. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13010 "configure" +#line 13028 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. @@ -13027,16 +13045,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13030: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13048: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13033: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13051: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13036: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13054: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13039: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13057: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then break else @@ -13046,16 +13064,16 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" CC="$CC -n32" rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13049: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13067: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13052: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13070: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13055: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13073: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13058: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13076: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=' -n32'; break else @@ -13069,13 +13087,13 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" rm -f "conftest.$ac_ext" fi fi -echo "$as_me:13072: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13090: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" != no; then CC=$CC$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC fi - echo "$as_me:13078: checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13096: checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -13083,7 +13101,7 @@ else while :; do ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=no cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13086 "configure" +#line 13104 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. @@ -13103,16 +13121,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13106: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13124: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13109: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13127: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13112: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13130: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13115: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13133: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then break else @@ -13121,7 +13139,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13124 "configure" +#line 13142 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 #include @@ -13142,16 +13160,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13145: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13163: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13148: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13166: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13151: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13169: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13154: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13172: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=64; break else @@ -13162,7 +13180,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" break done fi -echo "$as_me:13165: result: $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13183: result: $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" != no; then @@ -13172,7 +13190,7 @@ EOF fi rm -rf conftest* - echo "$as_me:13175: checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13193: checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sys_large_files+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -13180,7 +13198,7 @@ else while :; do ac_cv_sys_large_files=no cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13183 "configure" +#line 13201 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. @@ -13200,16 +13218,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13203: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13221: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13206: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13224: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13209: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13227: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13212: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13230: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then break else @@ -13218,7 +13236,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13221 "configure" +#line 13239 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define _LARGE_FILES 1 #include @@ -13239,16 +13257,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13242: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13260: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13245: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13263: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13248: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13266: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13251: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13269: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_sys_large_files=1; break else @@ -13259,7 +13277,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" break done fi -echo "$as_me:13262: result: $ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13280: result: $ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_sys_large_files" != no; then @@ -13272,7 +13290,7 @@ rm -rf conftest* fi if test "$enable_largefile" != no ; then - echo "$as_me:13275: checking for _LARGEFILE_SOURCE value needed for large files" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13293: checking for _LARGEFILE_SOURCE value needed for large files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for _LARGEFILE_SOURCE value needed for large files... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sys_largefile_source+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -13280,7 +13298,7 @@ else while :; do ac_cv_sys_largefile_source=no cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13283 "configure" +#line 13301 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -13292,16 +13310,16 @@ return !fseeko; } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13295: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13313: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13298: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13316: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13301: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13319: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13304: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13322: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then break else @@ -13310,7 +13328,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13313 "configure" +#line 13331 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #include @@ -13323,16 +13341,16 @@ return !fseeko; } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13326: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13344: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13329: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13347: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13332: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13350: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13335: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13353: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_sys_largefile_source=1; break else @@ -13343,7 +13361,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" break done fi -echo "$as_me:13346: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_source" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13364: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_source" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sys_largefile_source" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_source" != no; then @@ -13357,13 +13375,13 @@ rm -rf conftest* # We used to try defining _XOPEN_SOURCE=500 too, to work around a bug # in glibc 2.1.3, but that breaks too many other things. # If you want fseeko and ftello with glibc, upgrade to a fixed glibc. -echo "$as_me:13360: checking for fseeko" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13378: checking for fseeko" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for fseeko... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_fseeko+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13366 "configure" +#line 13384 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -13375,16 +13393,16 @@ return fseeko && fseeko (stdin, 0, 0); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13378: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13396: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13381: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13399: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13384: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13402: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13387: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13405: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_fseeko=yes else @@ -13394,7 +13412,7 @@ ac_cv_func_fseeko=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:13397: result: $ac_cv_func_fseeko" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13415: result: $ac_cv_func_fseeko" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_fseeko" >&6 if test $ac_cv_func_fseeko = yes; then @@ -13433,14 +13451,14 @@ fi fi - echo "$as_me:13436: checking whether to use struct dirent64" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13454: checking whether to use struct dirent64" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use struct dirent64... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_struct_dirent64+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13443 "configure" +#line 13461 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #pragma GCC diagnostic error "-Wincompatible-pointer-types" @@ -13463,16 +13481,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13466: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13484: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13469: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13487: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13472: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13490: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13475: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13493: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_struct_dirent64=yes else @@ -13483,7 +13501,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:13486: result: $cf_cv_struct_dirent64" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13504: result: $cf_cv_struct_dirent64" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_struct_dirent64" >&6 test "$cf_cv_struct_dirent64" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -13493,7 +13511,7 @@ EOF fi ### use option --disable-tparm-varargs to make tparm() conform to X/Open -echo "$as_me:13496: checking if you want tparm not to use X/Open fixed-parameter list" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13514: checking if you want tparm not to use X/Open fixed-parameter list" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want tparm not to use X/Open fixed-parameter list... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-tparm-varargs or --disable-tparm-varargs was given. @@ -13503,14 +13521,14 @@ if test "${enable_tparm_varargs+set}" = set; then else with_tparm_varargs=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:13506: result: $with_tparm_varargs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13524: result: $with_tparm_varargs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_tparm_varargs" >&6 NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS=0 test "x$with_tparm_varargs" = xyes && NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS=1 ### use option --disable-tic-depends to make libtic not explicitly depend on ncurses/ncursesw if test "$with_ticlib" != no ; then -echo "$as_me:13513: checking if you want tic library to use explicit dependency on ncurses$LIB_SUFFIX library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13531: checking if you want tic library to use explicit dependency on ncurses$LIB_SUFFIX library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want tic library to use explicit dependency on ncurses$LIB_SUFFIX library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-tic-depends or --disable-tic-depends was given. @@ -13520,14 +13538,14 @@ if test "${enable_tic_depends+set}" = set; then else with_tic_depends=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:13523: result: $with_tic_depends" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13541: result: $with_tic_depends" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_tic_depends" >&6 else with_tic_depends=no fi ### use option --disable-wattr-macros to suppress wattr* macros from curses.h -echo "$as_me:13530: checking if you want to suppress wattr* macros to help with ncurses5/ncurses6 transition" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13548: checking if you want to suppress wattr* macros to help with ncurses5/ncurses6 transition" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to suppress wattr* macros to help with ncurses5/ncurses6 transition... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-wattr-macros or --disable-wattr-macros was given. @@ -13539,15 +13557,15 @@ else fi; if [ "x$with_wattr_macros" != xyes ]; then NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS=0 - echo "$as_me:13542: result: yes" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13560: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 else NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS=1 - echo "$as_me:13546: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13564: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi -echo "$as_me:13550: checking for X11 rgb file" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13568: checking for X11 rgb file" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11 rgb file... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-x11-rgb or --without-x11-rgb was given. @@ -13611,7 +13629,7 @@ case ".$cf_path" in cf_path=`echo "$cf_path" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:13614: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_path\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:13632: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_path\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$cf_path\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -13619,7 +13637,7 @@ esac fi -echo "$as_me:13622: result: $RGB_PATH" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13640: result: $RGB_PATH" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$RGB_PATH" >&6 cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:13654: checking for type of bool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type of bool... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-bool or --without-bool was given. @@ -13643,10 +13661,10 @@ if test "${with_bool+set}" = set; then else NCURSES_BOOL=auto fi; -echo "$as_me:13646: result: $NCURSES_BOOL" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13664: result: $NCURSES_BOOL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$NCURSES_BOOL" >&6 -echo "$as_me:13649: checking for alternate terminal capabilities file" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13667: checking for alternate terminal capabilities file" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for alternate terminal capabilities file... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-caps or --without-caps was given. @@ -13657,11 +13675,11 @@ else TERMINFO_CAPS=Caps fi; test -f "${srcdir}/include/${TERMINFO_CAPS}" || TERMINFO_CAPS=Caps -echo "$as_me:13660: result: $TERMINFO_CAPS" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13678: result: $TERMINFO_CAPS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$TERMINFO_CAPS" >&6 ### use option --with-chtype to override chtype's type -echo "$as_me:13664: checking for type of chtype" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13682: checking for type of chtype" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type of chtype... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-chtype or --without-chtype was given. @@ -13671,11 +13689,11 @@ if test "${with_chtype+set}" = set; then else NCURSES_CHTYPE=$cf_dft_chtype fi; -echo "$as_me:13674: result: $NCURSES_CHTYPE" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13692: result: $NCURSES_CHTYPE" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$NCURSES_CHTYPE" >&6 ### use option --with-ospeed to override ospeed's type -echo "$as_me:13678: checking for type of ospeed" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13696: checking for type of ospeed" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type of ospeed... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-ospeed or --without-ospeed was given. @@ -13685,11 +13703,11 @@ if test "${with_ospeed+set}" = set; then else NCURSES_OSPEED=short fi; -echo "$as_me:13688: result: $NCURSES_OSPEED" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13706: result: $NCURSES_OSPEED" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$NCURSES_OSPEED" >&6 ### use option --with-mmask-t to override mmask_t's type -echo "$as_me:13692: checking for type of mmask_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13710: checking for type of mmask_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type of mmask_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-mmask-t or --without-mmask-t was given. @@ -13699,11 +13717,11 @@ if test "${with_mmask_t+set}" = set; then else NCURSES_MMASK_T=$cf_dft_mmask_t fi; -echo "$as_me:13702: result: $NCURSES_MMASK_T" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13720: result: $NCURSES_MMASK_T" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$NCURSES_MMASK_T" >&6 ### use option --with-ccharw-max to override CCHARW_MAX size -echo "$as_me:13706: checking for size CCHARW_MAX" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13724: checking for size CCHARW_MAX" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for size CCHARW_MAX... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-ccharw-max or --without-ccharw-max was given. @@ -13713,16 +13731,16 @@ if test "${with_ccharw_max+set}" = set; then else NCURSES_CCHARW_MAX=5 fi; -echo "$as_me:13716: result: $NCURSES_CCHARW_MAX" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13734: result: $NCURSES_CCHARW_MAX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$NCURSES_CCHARW_MAX" >&6 -echo "$as_me:13719: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13737: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13725 "configure" +#line 13743 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #include @@ -13730,13 +13748,13 @@ else #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13733: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13751: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:13739: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13757: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -13758,7 +13776,7 @@ rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13761 "configure" +#line 13779 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -13776,7 +13794,7 @@ fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13779 "configure" +#line 13797 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -13797,7 +13815,7 @@ if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then : else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13800 "configure" +#line 13818 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) @@ -13823,15 +13841,15 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13826: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13844: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13829: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13847: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13831: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13849: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13834: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13852: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -13844,7 +13862,7 @@ rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftes fi fi fi -echo "$as_me:13847: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13865: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6 if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then @@ -13860,28 +13878,28 @@ for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:13863: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13881: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13869 "configure" +#line 13887 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13875: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13893: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13878: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13896: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13881: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13899: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13884: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13902: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" else @@ -13891,7 +13909,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_Header=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:13894: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13912: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:13922: checking for signed char" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for signed char... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_type_signed_char+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13910 "configure" +#line 13928 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -13922,16 +13940,16 @@ if (sizeof (signed char)) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13925: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13943: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13928: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13946: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13931: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13949: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13934: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13952: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_type_signed_char=yes else @@ -13941,10 +13959,10 @@ ac_cv_type_signed_char=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:13944: result: $ac_cv_type_signed_char" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13962: result: $ac_cv_type_signed_char" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_signed_char" >&6 -echo "$as_me:13947: checking size of signed char" >&5 +echo "$as_me:13965: checking size of signed char" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking size of signed char... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sizeof_signed_char+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -13953,7 +13971,7 @@ else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then # Depending upon the size, compute the lo and hi bounds. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13956 "configure" +#line 13974 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -13965,21 +13983,21 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (signed char)) >= 0)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13968: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:13986: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13971: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13989: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:13974: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:13992: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13977: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:13995: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_lo=0 ac_mid=0 while :; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 13982 "configure" +#line 14000 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -13991,16 +14009,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (signed char)) <= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:13994: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:14012: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:13997: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:14015: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:14000: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:14018: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:14003: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:14021: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_hi=$ac_mid; break else @@ -14016,7 +14034,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 ac_hi=-1 ac_mid=-1 while :; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 14019 "configure" +#line 14037 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -14028,16 +14046,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (signed char)) >= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:14031: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:14049: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:14034: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:14052: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:14037: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:14055: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:14040: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:14058: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_lo=$ac_mid; break else @@ -14053,7 +14071,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" while test "x$ac_lo" != "x$ac_hi"; do ac_mid=`expr '(' "$ac_hi" - "$ac_lo" ')' / 2 + "$ac_lo"` cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 14056 "configure" +#line 14074 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -14065,16 +14083,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (signed char)) <= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:14068: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:14086: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:14071: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:14089: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:14074: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:14092: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:14077: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:14095: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_hi=$ac_mid else @@ -14087,12 +14105,12 @@ done ac_cv_sizeof_signed_char=$ac_lo else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then - { { echo "$as_me:14090: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:14108: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 14095 "configure" +#line 14113 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -14108,15 +14126,15 @@ fclose (f); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:14111: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:14129: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:14114: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:14132: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:14116: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:14134: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:14119: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:14137: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_sizeof_signed_char=`cat conftest.val` else @@ -14132,7 +14150,7 @@ else ac_cv_sizeof_signed_char=0 fi fi -echo "$as_me:14135: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_signed_char" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14153: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_signed_char" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sizeof_signed_char" >&6 cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:14164: checking if you want to use signed Boolean array in term.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use signed Boolean array in term.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-signed-char or --disable-signed-char was given. @@ -14153,12 +14171,12 @@ if test "${enable_signed_char+set}" = set; then else with_signed_char=no fi; -echo "$as_me:14156: result: $with_signed_char" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14174: result: $with_signed_char" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_signed_char" >&6 test "x$with_signed_char" != xyes && NCURSES_SBOOL="char" ### use option --with-tparm-arg to override tparm's argument type -echo "$as_me:14161: checking for type of tparm args" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14179: checking for type of tparm args" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type of tparm args... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-tparm-arg or --without-tparm-arg was given. @@ -14168,11 +14186,11 @@ if test "${with_tparm_arg+set}" = set; then else NCURSES_TPARM_ARG=$cf_dft_tparm_arg fi; -echo "$as_me:14171: result: $NCURSES_TPARM_ARG" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14189: result: $NCURSES_TPARM_ARG" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$NCURSES_TPARM_ARG" >&6 ### Enable compiling-in rcs id's -echo "$as_me:14175: checking if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14193: checking if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-rcs-ids or --without-rcs-ids was given. @@ -14182,7 +14200,7 @@ if test "${with_rcs_ids+set}" = set; then else with_rcs_ids=no fi; -echo "$as_me:14185: result: $with_rcs_ids" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14203: result: $with_rcs_ids" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_rcs_ids" >&6 test "x$with_rcs_ids" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -14191,7 +14209,7 @@ EOF ############################################################################### -echo "$as_me:14194: checking format of man-pages" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14212: checking format of man-pages" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking format of man-pages... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-manpage-format or --without-manpage-format was given. @@ -14280,14 +14298,14 @@ case "$MANPAGE_FORMAT" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:14283: result: $MANPAGE_FORMAT" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14301: result: $MANPAGE_FORMAT" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$MANPAGE_FORMAT" >&6 if test -n "$cf_unknown" ; then - { echo "$as_me:14286: WARNING: Unexpected manpage-format $cf_unknown" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:14304: WARNING: Unexpected manpage-format $cf_unknown" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unexpected manpage-format $cf_unknown" >&2;} fi -echo "$as_me:14290: checking for manpage renaming" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14308: checking for manpage renaming" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for manpage renaming... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-manpage-renames or --without-manpage-renames was given. @@ -14315,7 +14333,7 @@ if test "$MANPAGE_RENAMES" != no ; then if test -f "$srcdir/man/$MANPAGE_RENAMES" ; then MANPAGE_RENAMES=`cd "$srcdir/man" && pwd`/$MANPAGE_RENAMES elif test ! -f "$MANPAGE_RENAMES" ; then - { { echo "$as_me:14318: error: not a filename: $MANPAGE_RENAMES" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:14336: error: not a filename: $MANPAGE_RENAMES" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: not a filename: $MANPAGE_RENAMES" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -14329,10 +14347,10 @@ echo "$as_me: error: not a filename: $MANPAGE_RENAMES" >&2;} fi fi -echo "$as_me:14332: result: $MANPAGE_RENAMES" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14350: result: $MANPAGE_RENAMES" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$MANPAGE_RENAMES" >&6 -echo "$as_me:14335: checking if manpage aliases will be installed" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14353: checking if manpage aliases will be installed" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if manpage aliases will be installed... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-manpage-aliases or --without-manpage-aliases was given. @@ -14343,7 +14361,7 @@ else MANPAGE_ALIASES=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:14346: result: $MANPAGE_ALIASES" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14364: result: $MANPAGE_ALIASES" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$MANPAGE_ALIASES" >&6 case "x$LN_S" in @@ -14357,7 +14375,7 @@ esac MANPAGE_SYMLINKS=no if test "$MANPAGE_ALIASES" = yes ; then -echo "$as_me:14360: checking if manpage symlinks should be used" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14378: checking if manpage symlinks should be used" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if manpage symlinks should be used... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-manpage-symlinks or --without-manpage-symlinks was given. @@ -14370,17 +14388,17 @@ fi; if test "$$cf_use_symlinks" = no; then if test "$MANPAGE_SYMLINKS" = yes ; then - { echo "$as_me:14373: WARNING: cannot make symlinks" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:14391: WARNING: cannot make symlinks" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: cannot make symlinks" >&2;} MANPAGE_SYMLINKS=no fi fi -echo "$as_me:14379: result: $MANPAGE_SYMLINKS" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14397: result: $MANPAGE_SYMLINKS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$MANPAGE_SYMLINKS" >&6 fi -echo "$as_me:14383: checking for manpage tbl" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14401: checking for manpage tbl" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for manpage tbl... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-manpage-tbl or --without-manpage-tbl was given. @@ -14391,7 +14409,7 @@ else MANPAGE_TBL=no fi; -echo "$as_me:14394: result: $MANPAGE_TBL" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14412: result: $MANPAGE_TBL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$MANPAGE_TBL" >&6 if test "$prefix" = "NONE" ; then @@ -14724,7 +14742,7 @@ chmod 755 "$cf_edit_man" ############################################################################### ### Note that some functions (such as const) are normally disabled anyway. -echo "$as_me:14727: checking if you want to build with function extensions" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14745: checking if you want to build with function extensions" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build with function extensions... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-ext-funcs or --disable-ext-funcs was given. @@ -14734,7 +14752,7 @@ if test "${enable_ext_funcs+set}" = set; then else with_ext_funcs=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:14737: result: $with_ext_funcs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14755: result: $with_ext_funcs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_ext_funcs" >&6 if test "x$with_ext_funcs" = xyes ; then NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS=1 @@ -14794,7 +14812,7 @@ else GENERATED_EXT_FUNCS= fi -echo "$as_me:14797: checking if you want to build with SCREEN extensions" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14815: checking if you want to build with SCREEN extensions" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build with SCREEN extensions... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-sp-funcs or --disable-sp-funcs was given. @@ -14804,7 +14822,7 @@ if test "${enable_sp_funcs+set}" = set; then else with_sp_funcs=$cf_dft_ext_spfuncs fi; -echo "$as_me:14807: result: $with_sp_funcs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14825: result: $with_sp_funcs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_sp_funcs" >&6 if test "x$with_sp_funcs" = xyes ; then NCURSES_SP_FUNCS=1 @@ -14823,7 +14841,7 @@ else GENERATED_SP_FUNCS= fi -echo "$as_me:14826: checking if you want to build with terminal-driver" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14844: checking if you want to build with terminal-driver" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to build with terminal-driver... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-term-driver or --disable-term-driver was given. @@ -14833,7 +14851,7 @@ if test "${enable_term_driver+set}" = set; then else with_term_driver=no fi; -echo "$as_me:14836: result: $with_term_driver" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14854: result: $with_term_driver" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_term_driver" >&6 if test "x$with_term_driver" = xyes ; then @@ -14842,19 +14860,19 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF if test "x$with_termlib" != xno ; then - { { echo "$as_me:14845: error: The term-driver option conflicts with the termlib option" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:14863: error: The term-driver option conflicts with the termlib option" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: The term-driver option conflicts with the termlib option" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi if test "x$with_sp_funcs" != xyes ; then - { { echo "$as_me:14850: error: The term-driver option relies upon sp-funcs" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:14868: error: The term-driver option relies upon sp-funcs" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: The term-driver option relies upon sp-funcs" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi fi ### use option --enable-const to turn on use of const beyond that in XSI. -echo "$as_me:14857: checking for extended use of const keyword" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14875: checking for extended use of const keyword" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for extended use of const keyword... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-const or --disable-const was given. @@ -14864,7 +14882,7 @@ if test "${enable_const+set}" = set; then else with_ext_const=$cf_dft_ext_const fi; -echo "$as_me:14867: result: $with_ext_const" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14885: result: $with_ext_const" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_ext_const" >&6 NCURSES_CONST='/*nothing*/' if test "x$with_ext_const" = xyes ; then @@ -14872,7 +14890,7 @@ if test "x$with_ext_const" = xyes ; then fi ### use option --enable-ext-colors to turn on use of colors beyond 16. -echo "$as_me:14875: checking if you want to use extended colors" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14893: checking if you want to use extended colors" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use extended colors... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-ext-colors or --disable-ext-colors was given. @@ -14882,12 +14900,12 @@ if test "${enable_ext_colors+set}" = set; then else with_ext_colors=$cf_dft_ext_colors fi; -echo "$as_me:14885: result: $with_ext_colors" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14903: result: $with_ext_colors" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_ext_colors" >&6 NCURSES_EXT_COLORS=0 if test "x$with_ext_colors" = xyes ; then if test "x$with_widec" != xyes ; then - { echo "$as_me:14890: WARNING: This option applies only to wide-character library" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:14908: WARNING: This option applies only to wide-character library" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: This option applies only to wide-character library" >&2;} else # cannot be ABI 5 since it changes sizeof(cchar_t) @@ -14897,7 +14915,7 @@ if test "${with_abi_version+set}" != set; then (5.*) cf_cv_rel_version=6.0 cf_cv_abi_version=6 - { echo "$as_me:14900: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:14918: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&2;} ;; esac @@ -14925,7 +14943,7 @@ EOF fi ### use option --enable-ext-mouse to modify coding to support 5-button mice -echo "$as_me:14928: checking if you want to use extended mouse encoding" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14946: checking if you want to use extended mouse encoding" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use extended mouse encoding... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-ext-mouse or --disable-ext-mouse was given. @@ -14935,7 +14953,7 @@ if test "${enable_ext_mouse+set}" = set; then else with_ext_mouse=$cf_dft_ext_mouse fi; -echo "$as_me:14938: result: $with_ext_mouse" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14956: result: $with_ext_mouse" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_ext_mouse" >&6 NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION=1 if test "x$with_ext_mouse" = xyes ; then @@ -14946,7 +14964,7 @@ if test "${with_abi_version+set}" != set; then (5.*) cf_cv_rel_version=6.0 cf_cv_abi_version=6 - { echo "$as_me:14949: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:14967: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&2;} ;; esac @@ -14955,7 +14973,7 @@ fi fi ### use option --enable-ext-putwin to turn on extended screendumps -echo "$as_me:14958: checking if you want to use extended putwin/screendump" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14976: checking if you want to use extended putwin/screendump" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use extended putwin/screendump... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-ext-putwin or --disable-ext-putwin was given. @@ -14965,7 +14983,7 @@ if test "${enable_ext_putwin+set}" = set; then else with_ext_putwin=$cf_dft_ext_putwin fi; -echo "$as_me:14968: result: $with_ext_putwin" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14986: result: $with_ext_putwin" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_ext_putwin" >&6 if test "x$with_ext_putwin" = xyes ; then @@ -14975,7 +14993,7 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:14978: checking if you want \$NCURSES_NO_PADDING code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:14996: checking if you want \$NCURSES_NO_PADDING code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want \$NCURSES_NO_PADDING code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-no-padding or --disable-no-padding was given. @@ -14985,7 +15003,7 @@ if test "${enable_no_padding+set}" = set; then else with_no_padding=$with_ext_funcs fi; -echo "$as_me:14988: result: $with_no_padding" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15006: result: $with_no_padding" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_no_padding" >&6 test "x$with_no_padding" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -14993,7 +15011,7 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF ### use option --enable-sigwinch to turn on use of SIGWINCH logic -echo "$as_me:14996: checking if you want SIGWINCH handler" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15014: checking if you want SIGWINCH handler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want SIGWINCH handler... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-sigwinch or --disable-sigwinch was given. @@ -15003,7 +15021,7 @@ if test "${enable_sigwinch+set}" = set; then else with_sigwinch=$with_ext_funcs fi; -echo "$as_me:15006: result: $with_sigwinch" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15024: result: $with_sigwinch" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_sigwinch" >&6 test "x$with_sigwinch" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -15011,7 +15029,7 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF ### use option --enable-tcap-names to allow user to define new capabilities -echo "$as_me:15014: checking if you want user-definable terminal capabilities like termcap" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15032: checking if you want user-definable terminal capabilities like termcap" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want user-definable terminal capabilities like termcap... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-tcap-names or --disable-tcap-names was given. @@ -15021,14 +15039,14 @@ if test "${enable_tcap_names+set}" = set; then else with_tcap_names=$with_ext_funcs fi; -echo "$as_me:15024: result: $with_tcap_names" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15042: result: $with_tcap_names" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_tcap_names" >&6 NCURSES_XNAMES=0 test "x$with_tcap_names" = xyes && NCURSES_XNAMES=1 ############################################################################## -echo "$as_me:15031: checking if you want to link with the pthread library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15049: checking if you want to link with the pthread library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to link with the pthread library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-pthread or --without-pthread was given. @@ -15038,27 +15056,27 @@ if test "${with_pthread+set}" = set; then else with_pthread=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15041: result: $with_pthread" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15059: result: $with_pthread" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_pthread" >&6 if test "$with_pthread" != no ; then - echo "$as_me:15045: checking for pthread.h" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15063: checking for pthread.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_pthread_h+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 15051 "configure" +#line 15069 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:15055: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:15073: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:15061: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15079: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -15077,7 +15095,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:15080: result: $ac_cv_header_pthread_h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15098: result: $ac_cv_header_pthread_h" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_pthread_h" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_header_pthread_h" = yes; then @@ -15087,7 +15105,7 @@ EOF for cf_lib_pthread in pthread c_r do - echo "$as_me:15090: checking if we can link with the $cf_lib_pthread library" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15108: checking if we can link with the $cf_lib_pthread library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we can link with the $cf_lib_pthread library... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_LIBS="$LIBS" @@ -15108,7 +15126,7 @@ done LIBS="$cf_add_libs" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 15111 "configure" +#line 15129 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -15125,16 +15143,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:15128: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:15146: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15131: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15149: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:15134: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:15152: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15137: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15155: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then with_pthread=yes else @@ -15144,7 +15162,7 @@ with_pthread=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS="$cf_save_LIBS" - echo "$as_me:15147: result: $with_pthread" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15165: result: $with_pthread" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_pthread" >&6 test "$with_pthread" = yes && break done @@ -15172,7 +15190,7 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF else - { { echo "$as_me:15175: error: Cannot link with pthread library" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:15193: error: Cannot link with pthread library" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot link with pthread library" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -15182,13 +15200,13 @@ fi fi if test "x$with_pthread" != xno; then - echo "$as_me:15185: checking for pthread_kill" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15203: checking for pthread_kill" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_kill... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_pthread_kill+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 15191 "configure" +#line 15209 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define pthread_kill autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -15219,16 +15237,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:15222: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:15240: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15225: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15243: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:15228: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:15246: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15231: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15249: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_pthread_kill=yes else @@ -15238,11 +15256,11 @@ ac_cv_func_pthread_kill=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:15241: result: $ac_cv_func_pthread_kill" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15259: result: $ac_cv_func_pthread_kill" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_pthread_kill" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_func_pthread_kill" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:15245: checking if you want to allow EINTR in wgetch with pthreads" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15263: checking if you want to allow EINTR in wgetch with pthreads" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to allow EINTR in wgetch with pthreads... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-pthreads-eintr or --disable-pthreads-eintr was given. @@ -15252,7 +15270,7 @@ if test "${enable_pthreads_eintr+set}" = set; then else use_pthreads_eintr=no fi; - echo "$as_me:15255: result: $use_pthreads_eintr" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15273: result: $use_pthreads_eintr" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$use_pthreads_eintr" >&6 if test "x$use_pthreads_eintr" = xyes ; then @@ -15263,7 +15281,7 @@ EOF fi fi - echo "$as_me:15266: checking if you want to use weak-symbols for pthreads" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15284: checking if you want to use weak-symbols for pthreads" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use weak-symbols for pthreads... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-weak-symbols or --disable-weak-symbols was given. @@ -15273,18 +15291,18 @@ if test "${enable_weak_symbols+set}" = set; then else use_weak_symbols=no fi; - echo "$as_me:15276: result: $use_weak_symbols" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15294: result: $use_weak_symbols" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$use_weak_symbols" >&6 if test "x$use_weak_symbols" = xyes ; then -echo "$as_me:15280: checking if $CC supports weak symbols" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15298: checking if $CC supports weak symbols" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if $CC supports weak symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_weak_symbols+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 15287 "configure" +#line 15305 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -15310,16 +15328,16 @@ weak_symbol(fopen); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:15313: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:15331: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15316: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15334: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:15319: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:15337: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15322: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15340: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_weak_symbols=yes else @@ -15330,7 +15348,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:15333: result: $cf_cv_weak_symbols" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15351: result: $cf_cv_weak_symbols" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_weak_symbols" >&6 else @@ -15380,7 +15398,7 @@ fi # opaque outside of that, so there is no --enable-opaque option. We can use # this option without --with-pthreads, but this will be always set for # pthreads. -echo "$as_me:15383: checking if you want reentrant code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15401: checking if you want reentrant code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want reentrant code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-reentrant or --disable-reentrant was given. @@ -15390,7 +15408,7 @@ if test "${enable_reentrant+set}" = set; then else with_reentrant=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15393: result: $with_reentrant" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15411: result: $with_reentrant" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_reentrant" >&6 if test "x$with_reentrant" = xyes ; then cf_cv_enable_reentrant=1 @@ -15478,7 +15496,7 @@ if test "${with_abi_version+set}" != set; then (5.*) cf_cv_rel_version=6.0 cf_cv_abi_version=6 - { echo "$as_me:15481: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:15499: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: overriding ABI version to $cf_cv_abi_version" >&2;} ;; esac @@ -15490,7 +15508,7 @@ else NCURSES_SIZE_T=short fi -echo "$as_me:15493: checking if you want opaque curses-library structures" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15511: checking if you want opaque curses-library structures" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want opaque curses-library structures... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-opaque-curses or --disable-opaque-curses was given. @@ -15512,16 +15530,16 @@ else test "$cf_cv_enable_reentrant" = 1 || enable_opaque_curses=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15515: result: $enable_opaque_curses" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15533: result: $enable_opaque_curses" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_opaque_curses" >&6 test "$cf_cv_enable_reentrant" = 1 && \ test "$enable_opaque_curses" = no && \ -{ { echo "$as_me:15520: error: reentrant configuration requires opaque library" >&5 +{ { echo "$as_me:15538: error: reentrant configuration requires opaque library" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: reentrant configuration requires opaque library" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -echo "$as_me:15524: checking if you want opaque form-library structures" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15542: checking if you want opaque form-library structures" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want opaque form-library structures... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-opaque-form or --disable-opaque-form was given. @@ -15531,10 +15549,10 @@ if test "${enable_opaque_form+set}" = set; then else enable_opaque_form=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15534: result: $enable_opaque_form" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15552: result: $enable_opaque_form" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_opaque_form" >&6 -echo "$as_me:15537: checking if you want opaque menu-library structures" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15555: checking if you want opaque menu-library structures" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want opaque menu-library structures... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-opaque-menu or --disable-opaque-menu was given. @@ -15544,10 +15562,10 @@ if test "${enable_opaque_menu+set}" = set; then else enable_opaque_menu=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15547: result: $enable_opaque_menu" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15565: result: $enable_opaque_menu" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_opaque_menu" >&6 -echo "$as_me:15550: checking if you want opaque panel-library structures" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15568: checking if you want opaque panel-library structures" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want opaque panel-library structures... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-opaque-panel or --disable-opaque-panel was given. @@ -15557,7 +15575,7 @@ if test "${enable_opaque_panel+set}" = set; then else enable_opaque_panel=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15560: result: $enable_opaque_panel" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15578: result: $enable_opaque_panel" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_opaque_panel" >&6 NCURSES_OPAQUE=0; test "$enable_opaque_curses" = yes && NCURSES_OPAQUE=1 @@ -15567,7 +15585,7 @@ NCURSES_OPAQUE_PANEL=0; test "$enable_opaque_panel" = yes && NCURSES_OPAQUE_PAN ### Allow using a different wrap-prefix if test "$cf_cv_enable_reentrant" != 0 || test "$BROKEN_LINKER" = 1 ; then - echo "$as_me:15570: checking for prefix used to wrap public variables" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15588: checking for prefix used to wrap public variables" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for prefix used to wrap public variables... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-wrap-prefix or --without-wrap-prefix was given. @@ -15577,7 +15595,7 @@ if test "${with_wrap_prefix+set}" = set; then else NCURSES_WRAP_PREFIX=_nc_ fi; - echo "$as_me:15580: result: $NCURSES_WRAP_PREFIX" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15598: result: $NCURSES_WRAP_PREFIX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$NCURSES_WRAP_PREFIX" >&6 else NCURSES_WRAP_PREFIX=_nc_ @@ -15590,7 +15608,7 @@ EOF ############################################################################### # These options are relatively safe to experiment with. -echo "$as_me:15593: checking if you want all development code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15611: checking if you want all development code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want all development code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-develop or --without-develop was given. @@ -15600,11 +15618,11 @@ if test "${with_develop+set}" = set; then else with_develop=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15603: result: $with_develop" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15621: result: $with_develop" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_develop" >&6 ### use option --enable-hard-tabs to turn on use of hard-tabs optimize -echo "$as_me:15607: checking if you want hard-tabs code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15625: checking if you want hard-tabs code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want hard-tabs code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-hard-tabs or --disable-hard-tabs was given. @@ -15614,7 +15632,7 @@ if test "${enable_hard_tabs+set}" = set; then else enable_hard_tabs=$with_develop fi; -echo "$as_me:15617: result: $enable_hard_tabs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15635: result: $enable_hard_tabs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_hard_tabs" >&6 test "x$enable_hard_tabs" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -15622,7 +15640,7 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF ### use option --enable-xmc-glitch to turn on use of magic-cookie optimize -echo "$as_me:15625: checking if you want limited support for xmc" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15643: checking if you want limited support for xmc" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want limited support for xmc... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-xmc-glitch or --disable-xmc-glitch was given. @@ -15632,7 +15650,7 @@ if test "${enable_xmc_glitch+set}" = set; then else enable_xmc_glitch=$with_develop fi; -echo "$as_me:15635: result: $enable_xmc_glitch" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15653: result: $enable_xmc_glitch" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_xmc_glitch" >&6 test "x$enable_xmc_glitch" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -15642,7 +15660,7 @@ EOF ############################################################################### # These are just experimental, probably should not be in a package: -echo "$as_me:15645: checking if you do not want to assume colors are white-on-black" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15663: checking if you do not want to assume colors are white-on-black" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you do not want to assume colors are white-on-black... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-assumed-color or --disable-assumed-color was given. @@ -15652,7 +15670,7 @@ if test "${enable_assumed_color+set}" = set; then else with_assumed_color=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:15655: result: $with_assumed_color" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15673: result: $with_assumed_color" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_assumed_color" >&6 test "x$with_assumed_color" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -15660,7 +15678,7 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF ### use option --enable-hashmap to turn on use of hashmap scrolling logic -echo "$as_me:15663: checking if you want hashmap scrolling-optimization code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15681: checking if you want hashmap scrolling-optimization code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want hashmap scrolling-optimization code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-hashmap or --disable-hashmap was given. @@ -15670,7 +15688,7 @@ if test "${enable_hashmap+set}" = set; then else with_hashmap=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:15673: result: $with_hashmap" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15691: result: $with_hashmap" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_hashmap" >&6 test "x$with_hashmap" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -15678,7 +15696,7 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF ### use option --enable-colorfgbg to turn on use of $COLORFGBG environment -echo "$as_me:15681: checking if you want colorfgbg code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15699: checking if you want colorfgbg code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want colorfgbg code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-colorfgbg or --disable-colorfgbg was given. @@ -15688,7 +15706,7 @@ if test "${enable_colorfgbg+set}" = set; then else with_colorfgbg=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15691: result: $with_colorfgbg" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15709: result: $with_colorfgbg" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_colorfgbg" >&6 test "x$with_colorfgbg" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -15696,7 +15714,7 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF ### use option --enable-fvisibility to turn on use of gcc-specific feature -echo "$as_me:15699: checking if you want to use gcc -fvisibility option" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15717: checking if you want to use gcc -fvisibility option" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use gcc -fvisibility option... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-fvisibility or --disable-fvisibility was given. @@ -15706,14 +15724,14 @@ if test "${enable_fvisibility+set}" = set; then else cf_with_fvisibility=no fi; -echo "$as_me:15709: result: $cf_with_fvisibility" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15727: result: $cf_with_fvisibility" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_fvisibility" >&6 NCURSES_IMPEXP= NCURSES_CXX_IMPEXP= if test "x$cf_with_fvisibility" = xyes; then -echo "$as_me:15716: checking if $CC -fvisibility=hidden option works" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15734: checking if $CC -fvisibility=hidden option works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if $CC -fvisibility=hidden option works... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -15722,7 +15740,7 @@ else cf_save_cflags="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fvisibility=hidden" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 15725 "configure" +#line 15743 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" __attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) int somefunc() {return 42;} @@ -15738,16 +15756,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:15741: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:15759: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15744: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15762: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:15747: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:15765: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15750: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15768: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden=yes else @@ -15759,7 +15777,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CFLAGS=$cf_save_cflags fi -echo "$as_me:15762: result: $cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15780: result: $cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden" >&6 if test "x$cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden" = xyes @@ -15874,7 +15892,7 @@ ac_link='$CXX -o "conftest$ac_exeext" $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS "conftest.$ac ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" -echo "$as_me:15877: checking if $CXX -fvisibility=hidden option works" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15895: checking if $CXX -fvisibility=hidden option works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if $CXX -fvisibility=hidden option works... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden2+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -15883,7 +15901,7 @@ else cf_save_cflags="$CXXFLAGS" CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -fvisibility=hidden" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 15886 "configure" +#line 15904 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" __attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) int somefunc() {return 42;} @@ -15899,16 +15917,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:15902: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:15920: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15905: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15923: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:15908: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:15926: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:15911: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:15929: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden2=yes else @@ -15920,7 +15938,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CXXFLAGS=$cf_save_cflags fi -echo "$as_me:15923: result: $cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden2" >&5 +echo "$as_me:15941: result: $cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden2" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden2" >&6 if test "x$cf_cv_fvisibility_hidden2" = xyes @@ -16043,7 +16061,7 @@ ac_main_return="return" fi ### use option --enable-interop to turn on use of bindings used for interop -echo "$as_me:16046: checking if you want interop bindings" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16064: checking if you want interop bindings" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want interop bindings... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-interop or --disable-interop was given. @@ -16053,13 +16071,13 @@ if test "${enable_interop+set}" = set; then else with_exp_interop=$cf_dft_interop fi; -echo "$as_me:16056: result: $with_exp_interop" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16074: result: $with_exp_interop" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_exp_interop" >&6 NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS=0 test "x$with_exp_interop" = xyes && NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS=1 -echo "$as_me:16062: checking if you want experimental safe-sprintf code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16080: checking if you want experimental safe-sprintf code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want experimental safe-sprintf code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-safe-sprintf or --disable-safe-sprintf was given. @@ -16069,13 +16087,13 @@ if test "${enable_safe_sprintf+set}" = set; then else with_safe_sprintf=no fi; -echo "$as_me:16072: result: $with_safe_sprintf" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16090: result: $with_safe_sprintf" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_safe_sprintf" >&6 ### use option --disable-scroll-hints to turn off use of scroll-hints scrolling logic # when hashmap is used scroll hints are useless if test "$with_hashmap" = no ; then -echo "$as_me:16078: checking if you want to experiment without scrolling-hints code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16096: checking if you want to experiment without scrolling-hints code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to experiment without scrolling-hints code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-scroll-hints or --disable-scroll-hints was given. @@ -16085,7 +16103,7 @@ if test "${enable_scroll_hints+set}" = set; then else with_scroll_hints=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:16088: result: $with_scroll_hints" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16106: result: $with_scroll_hints" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_scroll_hints" >&6 test "x$with_scroll_hints" = xyes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -16094,7 +16112,7 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:16097: checking if you want wgetch-events code" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16115: checking if you want wgetch-events code" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want wgetch-events code... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-wgetch-events or --disable-wgetch-events was given. @@ -16104,7 +16122,7 @@ if test "${enable_wgetch_events+set}" = set; then else with_wgetch_events=no fi; -echo "$as_me:16107: result: $with_wgetch_events" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16125: result: $with_wgetch_events" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_wgetch_events" >&6 if test "x$with_wgetch_events" = xyes ; then @@ -16119,7 +16137,7 @@ fi case "$cf_cv_system_name" in (*mingw32*|*mingw64*|*-msvc*) - echo "$as_me:16122: checking if you want experimental-Windows driver" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16140: checking if you want experimental-Windows driver" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want experimental-Windows driver... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-exp-win32 or --disable-exp-win32 was given. @@ -16129,7 +16147,7 @@ if test "${enable_exp_win32+set}" = set; then else with_exp_win32=no fi; - echo "$as_me:16132: result: $with_exp_win32" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16150: result: $with_exp_win32" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_exp_win32" >&6 if test "x$with_exp_win32" = xyes then @@ -16155,7 +16173,7 @@ esac ### use option --disable-echo to suppress full display compiling commands -echo "$as_me:16158: checking if you want to see long compiling messages" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16176: checking if you want to see long compiling messages" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to see long compiling messages... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-echo or --disable-echo was given. @@ -16189,7 +16207,7 @@ else ECHO_CC='' fi; -echo "$as_me:16192: result: $enableval" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16210: result: $enableval" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enableval" >&6 if test "x$enable_echo" = xyes; then @@ -16202,7 +16220,7 @@ fi # --disable-stripping is used for debugging -echo "$as_me:16205: checking if you want to install stripped executables" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16223: checking if you want to install stripped executables" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to install stripped executables... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-stripping or --disable-stripping was given. @@ -16219,7 +16237,7 @@ else enable_stripping=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:16222: result: $enable_stripping" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16240: result: $enable_stripping" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_stripping" >&6 if test "$enable_stripping" = yes @@ -16230,7 +16248,7 @@ else fi : "${INSTALL:=install}" -echo "$as_me:16233: checking if install accepts -p option" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16251: checking if install accepts -p option" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if install accepts -p option... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_install_p+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -16261,10 +16279,10 @@ else rm -rf ./conftest* fi -echo "$as_me:16264: result: $cf_cv_install_p" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16282: result: $cf_cv_install_p" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_install_p" >&6 -echo "$as_me:16267: checking if install needs to be told about ownership" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16285: checking if install needs to be told about ownership" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if install needs to be told about ownership... $ECHO_C" >&6 case `$ac_config_guess` in (*minix) @@ -16275,7 +16293,7 @@ case `$ac_config_guess` in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:16278: result: $with_install_o" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16296: result: $with_install_o" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_install_o" >&6 if test "x$with_install_o" = xyes then @@ -16300,7 +16318,7 @@ fi ### use option --enable-warnings to turn on all gcc warnings -echo "$as_me:16303: checking if you want to use C11 _Noreturn feature" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16321: checking if you want to use C11 _Noreturn feature" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use C11 _Noreturn feature... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-stdnoreturn or --disable-stdnoreturn was given. @@ -16317,17 +16335,17 @@ else enable_stdnoreturn=no fi; -echo "$as_me:16320: result: $enable_stdnoreturn" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16338: result: $enable_stdnoreturn" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_stdnoreturn" >&6 if test $enable_stdnoreturn = yes; then -echo "$as_me:16324: checking for C11 _Noreturn feature" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16342: checking for C11 _Noreturn feature" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for C11 _Noreturn feature... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_c11_noreturn+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 16330 "configure" +#line 16348 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -16344,16 +16362,16 @@ if (feof(stdin)) giveup() } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:16347: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:16365: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16350: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16368: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:16353: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:16371: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16356: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16374: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_c11_noreturn=yes else @@ -16364,7 +16382,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:16367: result: $cf_cv_c11_noreturn" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16385: result: $cf_cv_c11_noreturn" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_c11_noreturn" >&6 else cf_cv_c11_noreturn=no, @@ -16394,7 +16412,7 @@ then (*-Werror=*) test -n "$verbose" && echo " repairing CFLAGS: $CFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16397: testing repairing CFLAGS: $CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16415: testing repairing CFLAGS: $CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 cf_temp_flags= for cf_temp_scan in $CFLAGS @@ -16417,11 +16435,11 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:16397: testing repairing CFLAGS: $CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 CFLAGS="$cf_temp_flags" test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... fixed $CFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16420: testing ... fixed $CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16438: testing ... fixed $CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16424: testing ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16442: testing ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 ;; esac @@ -16433,7 +16451,7 @@ then (*-Werror=*) test -n "$verbose" && echo " repairing CPPFLAGS: $CPPFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16436: testing repairing CPPFLAGS: $CPPFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16454: testing repairing CPPFLAGS: $CPPFLAGS ..." 1>&5 cf_temp_flags= for cf_temp_scan in $CPPFLAGS @@ -16456,11 +16474,11 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:16436: testing repairing CPPFLAGS: $CPPFLAGS ..." 1>&5 CPPFLAGS="$cf_temp_flags" test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... fixed $CPPFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16459: testing ... fixed $CPPFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16477: testing ... fixed $CPPFLAGS ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16463: testing ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16481: testing ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 ;; esac @@ -16472,7 +16490,7 @@ then (*-Werror=*) test -n "$verbose" && echo " repairing LDFLAGS: $LDFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16475: testing repairing LDFLAGS: $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16493: testing repairing LDFLAGS: $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 cf_temp_flags= for cf_temp_scan in $LDFLAGS @@ -16495,17 +16513,17 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:16475: testing repairing LDFLAGS: $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 LDFLAGS="$cf_temp_flags" test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... fixed $LDFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16498: testing ... fixed $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16516: testing ... fixed $LDFLAGS ..." 1>&5 test -n "$verbose" && echo " ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16502: testing ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16520: testing ... extra $EXTRA_CFLAGS ..." 1>&5 ;; esac fi -echo "$as_me:16508: checking if you want to turn on gcc warnings" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16526: checking if you want to turn on gcc warnings" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to turn on gcc warnings... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-warnings or --disable-warnings was given. @@ -16522,7 +16540,7 @@ else enable_warnings=no fi; -echo "$as_me:16525: result: $enable_warnings" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16543: result: $enable_warnings" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_warnings" >&6 if test "$enable_warnings" = "yes" then @@ -16546,7 +16564,7 @@ do done cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 16549 "configure" +#line 16567 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -16561,26 +16579,26 @@ String foo = malloc(1); free((void*)foo) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:16564: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:16582: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16567: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16585: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:16570: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:16588: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16573: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16591: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then -echo "$as_me:16576: checking for X11/Xt const-feature" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16594: checking for X11/Xt const-feature" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11/Xt const-feature... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_const_x_string+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 16583 "configure" +#line 16601 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define _CONST_X_STRING /* X11R7.8 (perhaps) */ @@ -16597,16 +16615,16 @@ String foo = malloc(1); *foo = 0 } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:16600: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:16618: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16603: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16621: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:16606: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:16624: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16609: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16627: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_const_x_string=no @@ -16621,7 +16639,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:16624: result: $cf_cv_const_x_string" >&5 +echo "$as_me:16642: result: $cf_cv_const_x_string" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_const_x_string" >&6 LIBS="$cf_save_LIBS_CF_CONST_X_STRING" @@ -16650,7 +16668,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi cat > "conftest.$ac_ext" <&5 + { echo "$as_me:16687: checking for $CC warning options..." >&5 echo "$as_me: checking for $CC warning options..." >&6;} cf_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" EXTRA_CFLAGS="$EXTRA_CFLAGS -Wall" @@ -16682,12 +16700,12 @@ echo "$as_me: checking for $CC warning options..." >&6;} wd981 do CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS $EXTRA_CFLAGS -$cf_opt" - if { (eval echo "$as_me:16685: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:16703: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16688: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16706: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then - test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:16690: result: ... -$cf_opt" >&5 + test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:16708: result: ... -$cf_opt" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}... -$cf_opt" >&6 EXTRA_CFLAGS="$EXTRA_CFLAGS -$cf_opt" fi @@ -16695,7 +16713,7 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}... -$cf_opt" >&6 CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS" elif test "$GCC" = yes && test "$GCC_VERSION" != "unknown" then - { echo "$as_me:16698: checking for $CC warning options..." >&5 + { echo "$as_me:16716: checking for $CC warning options..." >&5 echo "$as_me: checking for $CC warning options..." >&6;} cf_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" cf_warn_CONST="" @@ -16718,12 +16736,12 @@ echo "$as_me: checking for $CC warning options..." >&6;} Wundef Wno-inline $cf_gcc_warnings $cf_warn_CONST Wno-unknown-pragmas Wswitch-enum do CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS $EXTRA_CFLAGS -$cf_opt" - if { (eval echo "$as_me:16721: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:16739: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16724: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16742: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then - test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:16726: result: ... -$cf_opt" >&5 + test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:16744: result: ... -$cf_opt" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}... -$cf_opt" >&6 case "$cf_opt" in (Winline) @@ -16731,7 +16749,7 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}... -$cf_opt" >&6 ([34].*) test -n "$verbose" && echo " feature is broken in gcc $GCC_VERSION" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16734: testing feature is broken in gcc $GCC_VERSION ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16752: testing feature is broken in gcc $GCC_VERSION ..." 1>&5 continue;; esac @@ -16741,7 +16759,7 @@ echo "${as_me:-configure}:16734: testing feature is broken in gcc $GCC_VERSION . ([12].*) test -n "$verbose" && echo " feature is broken in gcc $GCC_VERSION" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:16744: testing feature is broken in gcc $GCC_VERSION ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:16762: testing feature is broken in gcc $GCC_VERSION ..." 1>&5 continue;; esac @@ -16774,10 +16792,10 @@ cat > conftest.i <&5 + { echo "$as_me:16795: checking for $CC __attribute__ directives..." >&5 echo "$as_me: checking for $CC __attribute__ directives..." >&6;} cat > "conftest.$ac_ext" <&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:16847: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16832: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16850: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then - test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:16834: result: ... $cf_attribute" >&5 + test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:16852: result: ... $cf_attribute" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}... $cf_attribute" >&6 cat conftest.h >>confdefs.h case "$cf_attribute" in @@ -16903,12 +16921,12 @@ INTEL_CPLUSPLUS=no if test "$GCC" = yes ; then case "$host_os" in (linux*|gnu*) - echo "$as_me:16906: checking if this is really Intel C++ compiler" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16924: checking if this is really Intel C++ compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if this is really Intel C++ compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_CFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS" CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -no-gcc" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 16911 "configure" +#line 16929 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -16925,16 +16943,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:16928: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:16946: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16931: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16949: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:16934: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:16952: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16937: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16955: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then INTEL_CPLUSPLUS=yes cf_save_CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS -we147" @@ -16945,7 +16963,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CXXFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS" - echo "$as_me:16948: result: $INTEL_CPLUSPLUS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16966: result: $INTEL_CPLUSPLUS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$INTEL_CPLUSPLUS" >&6 ;; esac @@ -16954,11 +16972,11 @@ fi CLANG_CPLUSPLUS=no if test "$GCC" = yes ; then - echo "$as_me:16957: checking if this is really Clang C++ compiler" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16975: checking if this is really Clang C++ compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if this is really Clang C++ compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_CFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 16961 "configure" +#line 16979 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -16975,16 +16993,16 @@ make an error } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:16978: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:16996: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16981: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:16999: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:16984: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:17002: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:16987: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17005: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then CLANG_CPLUSPLUS=yes @@ -16994,7 +17012,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CXXFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS" - echo "$as_me:16997: result: $CLANG_CPLUSPLUS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17015: result: $CLANG_CPLUSPLUS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CLANG_CPLUSPLUS" >&6 fi @@ -17003,30 +17021,30 @@ CLANG_VERSION=none if test "x$CLANG_CPLUSPLUS" = "xyes" ; then case "$CC" in (c[1-9][0-9]|*/c[1-9][0-9]) - { echo "$as_me:17006: WARNING: replacing broken compiler alias $CC" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:17024: WARNING: replacing broken compiler alias $CC" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: replacing broken compiler alias $CC" >&2;} CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's%.*/%%'`" CC=clang ;; esac - echo "$as_me:17013: checking version of $CC" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17031: checking version of $CC" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking version of $CC... $ECHO_C" >&6 CLANG_VERSION="`$CC --version 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^.*(CLANG[^)]*) //' -e 's/^.*(Debian[^)]*) //' -e 's/^[^0-9.]*//' -e 's/[^0-9.].*//'`" test -z "$CLANG_VERSION" && CLANG_VERSION=unknown - echo "$as_me:17017: result: $CLANG_VERSION" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17035: result: $CLANG_VERSION" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CLANG_VERSION" >&6 for cf_clang_opt in \ -Qunused-arguments \ -Wno-error=implicit-function-declaration do - echo "$as_me:17024: checking if option $cf_clang_opt works" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17042: checking if option $cf_clang_opt works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if option $cf_clang_opt works... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $cf_clang_opt" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17029 "configure" +#line 17047 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -17040,16 +17058,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17043: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17061: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17046: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17064: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:17049: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:17067: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17052: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17070: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_clang_optok=yes @@ -17060,13 +17078,13 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_clang_optok=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:17063: result: $cf_clang_optok" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17081: result: $cf_clang_optok" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_clang_optok" >&6 CFLAGS="$cf_save_CFLAGS" if test "$cf_clang_optok" = yes; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " adding option $cf_clang_opt" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:17069: testing adding option $cf_clang_opt ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:17087: testing adding option $cf_clang_opt ..." 1>&5 test -n "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS="$CFLAGS " CFLAGS="${CFLAGS}$cf_clang_opt" @@ -17083,7 +17101,7 @@ ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5 + { echo "$as_me:17122: checking for $CC warning options..." >&5 echo "$as_me: checking for $CC warning options..." >&6;} cf_save_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS" EXTRA_CXXFLAGS="-Wall" @@ -17118,12 +17136,12 @@ echo "$as_me: checking for $CC warning options..." >&6;} wd981 do CXXFLAGS="$cf_save_CXXFLAGS $EXTRA_CXXFLAGS -$cf_opt" - if { (eval echo "$as_me:17121: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:17139: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17124: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17142: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then - test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:17126: result: ... -$cf_opt" >&5 + test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:17144: result: ... -$cf_opt" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}... -$cf_opt" >&6 EXTRA_CXXFLAGS="$EXTRA_CXXFLAGS -$cf_opt" fi @@ -17132,7 +17150,7 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}... -$cf_opt" >&6 elif test "$GXX" = yes then - { echo "$as_me:17135: checking for $CXX warning options..." >&5 + { echo "$as_me:17153: checking for $CXX warning options..." >&5 echo "$as_me: checking for $CXX warning options..." >&6;} cf_save_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS" EXTRA_CXXFLAGS="-W -Wall" @@ -17162,16 +17180,16 @@ echo "$as_me: checking for $CXX warning options..." >&6;} Wundef $cf_gxx_extra_warnings Wno-unused do CXXFLAGS="$cf_save_CXXFLAGS $EXTRA_CXXFLAGS -Werror -$cf_opt" - if { (eval echo "$as_me:17165: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:17183: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17168: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17186: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then - test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:17170: result: ... -$cf_opt" >&5 + test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:17188: result: ... -$cf_opt" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}... -$cf_opt" >&6 EXTRA_CXXFLAGS="$EXTRA_CXXFLAGS -$cf_opt" else - test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:17174: result: ... no -$cf_opt" >&5 + test -n "$verbose" && echo "$as_me:17192: result: ... no -$cf_opt" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}... no -$cf_opt" >&6 fi done @@ -17189,7 +17207,7 @@ ac_main_return="return" fi fi -echo "$as_me:17192: checking if you want to work around bogus compiler/loader warnings" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17210: checking if you want to work around bogus compiler/loader warnings" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to work around bogus compiler/loader warnings... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-string-hacks or --disable-string-hacks was given. @@ -17199,7 +17217,7 @@ if test "${enable_string_hacks+set}" = set; then else enable_string_hacks=no fi; -echo "$as_me:17202: result: $enable_string_hacks" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17220: result: $enable_string_hacks" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_string_hacks" >&6 if test "x$enable_string_hacks" = "xyes"; then @@ -17208,15 +17226,15 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define USE_STRING_HACKS 1 EOF - { echo "$as_me:17211: WARNING: enabling string-hacks to work around bogus compiler/loader warnings" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:17229: WARNING: enabling string-hacks to work around bogus compiler/loader warnings" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: enabling string-hacks to work around bogus compiler/loader warnings" >&2;} - echo "$as_me:17213: checking for strlcat" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17231: checking for strlcat" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for strlcat... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_strlcat+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17219 "configure" +#line 17237 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define strlcat autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -17247,16 +17265,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17250: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17268: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17253: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17271: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:17256: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:17274: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17259: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17277: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_strlcat=yes else @@ -17266,7 +17284,7 @@ ac_cv_func_strlcat=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:17269: result: $ac_cv_func_strlcat" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17287: result: $ac_cv_func_strlcat" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_strlcat" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_func_strlcat" = yes; then @@ -17276,7 +17294,7 @@ EOF else - echo "$as_me:17279: checking for strlcat in -lbsd" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17297: checking for strlcat in -lbsd" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for strlcat in -lbsd... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_bsd_strlcat+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -17284,7 +17302,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lbsd $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17287 "configure" +#line 17305 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -17303,16 +17321,16 @@ strlcat (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17306: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17324: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17309: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17327: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:17312: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:17330: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17315: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17333: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_bsd_strlcat=yes else @@ -17323,7 +17341,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:17326: result: $ac_cv_lib_bsd_strlcat" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17344: result: $ac_cv_lib_bsd_strlcat" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_bsd_strlcat" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_bsd_strlcat" = yes; then @@ -17346,23 +17364,23 @@ LIBS="$cf_add_libs" for ac_header in bsd/string.h do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:17349: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17367: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17355 "configure" +#line 17373 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17359: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17377: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:17365: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17383: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -17381,7 +17399,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:17384: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17402: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:17423: checking for $ac_func" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17411 "configure" +#line 17429 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define $ac_func autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -17439,16 +17457,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17442: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17460: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17445: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17463: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:17448: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:17466: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17451: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17469: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else @@ -17458,7 +17476,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:17461: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17479: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:17492: checking if you want to enable runtime assertions" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to enable runtime assertions... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-assertions or --disable-assertions was given. @@ -17481,7 +17499,7 @@ if test "${enable_assertions+set}" = set; then else with_assertions=no fi; -echo "$as_me:17484: result: $with_assertions" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17502: result: $with_assertions" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_assertions" >&6 if test -n "$GCC" then @@ -17497,7 +17515,7 @@ fi ### use option --disable-leaks to suppress "permanent" leaks, for testing -echo "$as_me:17500: checking if you want to use dmalloc for testing" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17518: checking if you want to use dmalloc for testing" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use dmalloc for testing... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-dmalloc or --without-dmalloc was given. @@ -17519,7 +17537,7 @@ EOF else with_dmalloc= fi; -echo "$as_me:17522: result: ${with_dmalloc:-no}" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17540: result: ${with_dmalloc:-no}" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}${with_dmalloc:-no}" >&6 case ".$with_cflags" in @@ -17633,23 +17651,23 @@ fi esac if test "$with_dmalloc" = yes ; then - echo "$as_me:17636: checking for dmalloc.h" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17654: checking for dmalloc.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for dmalloc.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_dmalloc_h+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17642 "configure" +#line 17660 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17646: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17664: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:17652: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17670: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -17668,11 +17686,11 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:17671: result: $ac_cv_header_dmalloc_h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17689: result: $ac_cv_header_dmalloc_h" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_dmalloc_h" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_header_dmalloc_h" = yes; then -echo "$as_me:17675: checking for dmalloc_debug in -ldmalloc" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17693: checking for dmalloc_debug in -ldmalloc" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for dmalloc_debug in -ldmalloc... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_dmalloc_dmalloc_debug+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -17680,7 +17698,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldmalloc $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17683 "configure" +#line 17701 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -17699,16 +17717,16 @@ dmalloc_debug (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17702: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17720: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17705: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17723: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:17708: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:17726: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17711: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17729: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_dmalloc_dmalloc_debug=yes else @@ -17719,7 +17737,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:17722: result: $ac_cv_lib_dmalloc_dmalloc_debug" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17740: result: $ac_cv_lib_dmalloc_dmalloc_debug" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dmalloc_dmalloc_debug" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_dmalloc_dmalloc_debug" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:17755: checking if you want to use dbmalloc for testing" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use dbmalloc for testing... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-dbmalloc or --without-dbmalloc was given. @@ -17756,7 +17774,7 @@ EOF else with_dbmalloc= fi; -echo "$as_me:17759: result: ${with_dbmalloc:-no}" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17777: result: ${with_dbmalloc:-no}" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}${with_dbmalloc:-no}" >&6 case ".$with_cflags" in @@ -17870,23 +17888,23 @@ fi esac if test "$with_dbmalloc" = yes ; then - echo "$as_me:17873: checking for dbmalloc.h" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17891: checking for dbmalloc.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for dbmalloc.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_dbmalloc_h+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17879 "configure" +#line 17897 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17883: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17901: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:17889: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17907: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -17905,11 +17923,11 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:17908: result: $ac_cv_header_dbmalloc_h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17926: result: $ac_cv_header_dbmalloc_h" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_dbmalloc_h" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_header_dbmalloc_h" = yes; then -echo "$as_me:17912: checking for debug_malloc in -ldbmalloc" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17930: checking for debug_malloc in -ldbmalloc" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for debug_malloc in -ldbmalloc... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_dbmalloc_debug_malloc+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -17917,7 +17935,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldbmalloc $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 17920 "configure" +#line 17938 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -17936,16 +17954,16 @@ debug_malloc (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:17939: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:17957: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17942: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17960: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:17945: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:17963: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:17948: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:17966: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_dbmalloc_debug_malloc=yes else @@ -17956,7 +17974,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:17959: result: $ac_cv_lib_dbmalloc_debug_malloc" >&5 +echo "$as_me:17977: result: $ac_cv_lib_dbmalloc_debug_malloc" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dbmalloc_debug_malloc" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_dbmalloc_debug_malloc" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:17992: checking if you want to use valgrind for testing" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to use valgrind for testing... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-valgrind or --without-valgrind was given. @@ -17993,7 +18011,7 @@ EOF else with_valgrind= fi; -echo "$as_me:17996: result: ${with_valgrind:-no}" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18014: result: ${with_valgrind:-no}" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}${with_valgrind:-no}" >&6 case ".$with_cflags" in @@ -18106,7 +18124,7 @@ fi ;; esac -echo "$as_me:18109: checking if you want to perform memory-leak testing" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18127: checking if you want to perform memory-leak testing" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if you want to perform memory-leak testing... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-leaks or --disable-leaks was given. @@ -18117,7 +18135,7 @@ else enable_leaks=yes fi; if test "x$enable_leaks" = xno; then with_no_leaks=yes; else with_no_leaks=no; fi -echo "$as_me:18120: result: $with_no_leaks" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18138: result: $with_no_leaks" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_no_leaks" >&6 if test "$enable_leaks" = no ; then @@ -18169,7 +18187,7 @@ case "$CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:18172: checking whether to add trace feature to all models" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18190: checking whether to add trace feature to all models" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to add trace feature to all models... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-trace or --without-trace was given. @@ -18179,7 +18197,7 @@ if test "${with_trace+set}" = set; then else cf_with_trace=$cf_all_traces fi; -echo "$as_me:18182: result: $cf_with_trace" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18200: result: $cf_with_trace" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_with_trace" >&6 if test "x$cf_with_trace" = xyes ; then @@ -18293,7 +18311,7 @@ else ADA_TRACE=FALSE fi -echo "$as_me:18296: checking if we want to use GNAT projects" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18314: checking if we want to use GNAT projects" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we want to use GNAT projects... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-gnat-projects or --disable-gnat-projects was given. @@ -18310,7 +18328,7 @@ else enable_gnat_projects=yes fi; -echo "$as_me:18313: result: $enable_gnat_projects" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18331: result: $enable_gnat_projects" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_gnat_projects" >&6 ### Checks for libraries. @@ -18324,13 +18342,13 @@ case "$cf_cv_system_name" in # Note: WINVER may be a problem with Windows 10 ;; (*) -echo "$as_me:18327: checking for gettimeofday" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18345: checking for gettimeofday" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for gettimeofday... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_gettimeofday+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18333 "configure" +#line 18351 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define gettimeofday autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -18361,16 +18379,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18364: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18382: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18367: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18385: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18370: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18388: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18373: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18391: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_gettimeofday=yes else @@ -18380,7 +18398,7 @@ ac_cv_func_gettimeofday=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:18383: result: $ac_cv_func_gettimeofday" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18401: result: $ac_cv_func_gettimeofday" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_gettimeofday" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_func_gettimeofday" = yes; then @@ -18390,7 +18408,7 @@ EOF else -echo "$as_me:18393: checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18411: checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -18398,7 +18416,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lbsd $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18401 "configure" +#line 18419 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -18417,16 +18435,16 @@ gettimeofday (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18420: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18438: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18423: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18441: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18426: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18444: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18429: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18447: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday=yes else @@ -18437,7 +18455,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:18440: result: $ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18458: result: $ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday" = yes; then @@ -18467,14 +18485,14 @@ fi ;; esac -echo "$as_me:18470: checking if -lm needed for math functions" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18488: checking if -lm needed for math functions" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if -lm needed for math functions... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_need_libm+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18477 "configure" +#line 18495 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -18490,16 +18508,16 @@ double x = rand(); printf("result = %g\\n", pow(sin(x),x)) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18493: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18511: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18496: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18514: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18499: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18517: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18502: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18520: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_need_libm=no else @@ -18509,7 +18527,7 @@ cf_cv_need_libm=yes fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:18512: result: $cf_cv_need_libm" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18530: result: $cf_cv_need_libm" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_need_libm" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_need_libm" = yes then @@ -18517,13 +18535,13 @@ MATH_LIB=-lm fi ### Checks for header files. -echo "$as_me:18520: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18538: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18526 "configure" +#line 18544 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #include @@ -18531,13 +18549,13 @@ else #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18534: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18552: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:18540: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18558: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -18559,7 +18577,7 @@ rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18562 "configure" +#line 18580 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -18577,7 +18595,7 @@ fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18580 "configure" +#line 18598 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -18598,7 +18616,7 @@ if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then : else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18601 "configure" +#line 18619 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) @@ -18624,15 +18642,15 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18627: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18645: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18630: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18648: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18632: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18650: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18635: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18653: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -18645,7 +18663,7 @@ rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftes fi fi fi -echo "$as_me:18648: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18666: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6 if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then @@ -18658,13 +18676,13 @@ fi ac_header_dirent=no for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h; do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:18661: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18679: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18667 "configure" +#line 18685 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #include <$ac_hdr> @@ -18679,16 +18697,16 @@ return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18682: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18700: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18685: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18703: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18688: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18706: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18691: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18709: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" else @@ -18698,7 +18716,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_Header=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:18701: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18719: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + echo "$as_me:18732: checking for opendir in -ldir" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for opendir in -ldir... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -18719,7 +18737,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldir $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18722 "configure" +#line 18740 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -18738,16 +18756,16 @@ opendir (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18741: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18759: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18744: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18762: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18747: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18765: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18750: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18768: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir=yes else @@ -18758,14 +18776,14 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:18761: result: $ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18779: result: $ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir" = yes; then LIBS="$LIBS -ldir" fi else - echo "$as_me:18768: checking for opendir in -lx" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18786: checking for opendir in -lx" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for opendir in -lx... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_x_opendir+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -18773,7 +18791,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lx $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18776 "configure" +#line 18794 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -18792,16 +18810,16 @@ opendir (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18795: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18813: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18798: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18816: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18801: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18819: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18804: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18822: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_x_opendir=yes else @@ -18812,7 +18830,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:18815: result: $ac_cv_lib_x_opendir" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18833: result: $ac_cv_lib_x_opendir" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_x_opendir" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_x_opendir" = yes; then LIBS="$LIBS -lx" @@ -18820,13 +18838,13 @@ fi fi -echo "$as_me:18823: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18841: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_time+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18829 "configure" +#line 18847 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #include @@ -18842,16 +18860,16 @@ return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18845: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18863: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18848: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18866: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18851: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18869: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18854: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18872: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_header_time=yes else @@ -18861,7 +18879,7 @@ ac_cv_header_time=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:18864: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18882: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_time" >&6 if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then @@ -18876,7 +18894,7 @@ cf_regex_libs= case "$host_os" in (mingw*) # -lsystre -ltre -lintl -liconv - echo "$as_me:18879: checking for regcomp in -lsystre" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18897: checking for regcomp in -lsystre" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for regcomp in -lsystre... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_systre_regcomp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -18884,7 +18902,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lsystre $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18887 "configure" +#line 18905 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -18903,16 +18921,16 @@ regcomp (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18906: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18924: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18909: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18927: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18912: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18930: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18915: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18933: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_systre_regcomp=yes else @@ -18923,11 +18941,11 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:18926: result: $ac_cv_lib_systre_regcomp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18944: result: $ac_cv_lib_systre_regcomp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_systre_regcomp" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_systre_regcomp" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:18930: checking for libiconv_open in -liconv" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18948: checking for libiconv_open in -liconv" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for libiconv_open in -liconv... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv_open+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -18935,7 +18953,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-liconv $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 18938 "configure" +#line 18956 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -18954,16 +18972,16 @@ libiconv_open (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:18957: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:18975: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18960: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18978: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:18963: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:18981: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:18966: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:18984: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv_open=yes else @@ -18974,7 +18992,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:18977: result: $ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv_open" >&5 +echo "$as_me:18995: result: $ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv_open" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv_open" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv_open" = yes; then @@ -18996,7 +19014,7 @@ LIBS="$cf_add_libs" fi - echo "$as_me:18999: checking for libintl_gettext in -lintl" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19017: checking for libintl_gettext in -lintl" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for libintl_gettext in -lintl... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_intl_libintl_gettext+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -19004,7 +19022,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19007 "configure" +#line 19025 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -19023,16 +19041,16 @@ libintl_gettext (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19026: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19044: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19029: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19047: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19032: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19050: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19035: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19053: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_intl_libintl_gettext=yes else @@ -19043,7 +19061,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:19046: result: $ac_cv_lib_intl_libintl_gettext" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19064: result: $ac_cv_lib_intl_libintl_gettext" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_intl_libintl_gettext" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_intl_libintl_gettext" = yes; then @@ -19065,7 +19083,7 @@ LIBS="$cf_add_libs" fi - echo "$as_me:19068: checking for tre_regcomp in -ltre" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19086: checking for tre_regcomp in -ltre" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for tre_regcomp in -ltre... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_tre_tre_regcomp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -19073,7 +19091,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ltre $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19076 "configure" +#line 19094 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -19092,16 +19110,16 @@ tre_regcomp (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19095: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19113: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19098: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19116: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19101: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19119: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19104: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19122: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_tre_tre_regcomp=yes else @@ -19112,7 +19130,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:19115: result: $ac_cv_lib_tre_tre_regcomp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19133: result: $ac_cv_lib_tre_tre_regcomp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_tre_tre_regcomp" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_tre_tre_regcomp" = yes; then @@ -19154,7 +19172,7 @@ LIBS="$cf_add_libs" else - echo "$as_me:19157: checking for regcomp in -lgnurx" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19175: checking for regcomp in -lgnurx" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for regcomp in -lgnurx... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_gnurx_regcomp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -19162,7 +19180,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lgnurx $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19165 "configure" +#line 19183 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -19181,16 +19199,16 @@ regcomp (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19184: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19202: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19187: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19205: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19190: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19208: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19193: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19211: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_gnurx_regcomp=yes else @@ -19201,7 +19219,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:19204: result: $ac_cv_lib_gnurx_regcomp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19222: result: $ac_cv_lib_gnurx_regcomp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_gnurx_regcomp" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_gnurx_regcomp" = yes; then @@ -19229,13 +19247,13 @@ fi ;; (*) cf_regex_libs="regex re" - echo "$as_me:19232: checking for regcomp" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19250: checking for regcomp" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for regcomp... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_regcomp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19238 "configure" +#line 19256 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define regcomp autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -19266,16 +19284,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19269: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19287: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19272: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19290: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19275: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19293: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19278: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19296: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_regcomp=yes else @@ -19285,7 +19303,7 @@ ac_cv_func_regcomp=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:19288: result: $ac_cv_func_regcomp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19306: result: $ac_cv_func_regcomp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_regcomp" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_func_regcomp" = yes; then cf_regex_func=regcomp @@ -19294,7 +19312,7 @@ else for cf_regex_lib in $cf_regex_libs do as_ac_Lib=`echo "ac_cv_lib_$cf_regex_lib''_regcomp" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:19297: checking for regcomp in -l$cf_regex_lib" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19315: checking for regcomp in -l$cf_regex_lib" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for regcomp in -l$cf_regex_lib... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Lib+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -19302,7 +19320,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-l$cf_regex_lib $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19305 "configure" +#line 19323 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -19321,16 +19339,16 @@ regcomp (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19324: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19342: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19327: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19345: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19330: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19348: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19333: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19351: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_Lib=yes" else @@ -19341,7 +19359,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:19344: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Lib"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19362: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Lib"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Lib"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Lib"'}'`" = yes; then @@ -19373,13 +19391,13 @@ fi esac if test "$cf_regex_func" = no ; then - echo "$as_me:19376: checking for compile" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19394: checking for compile" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for compile... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_compile+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19382 "configure" +#line 19400 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define compile autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -19410,16 +19428,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19413: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19431: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19416: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19434: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19419: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19437: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19422: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19440: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_compile=yes else @@ -19429,13 +19447,13 @@ ac_cv_func_compile=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:19432: result: $ac_cv_func_compile" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19450: result: $ac_cv_func_compile" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_compile" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_func_compile" = yes; then cf_regex_func=compile else - echo "$as_me:19438: checking for compile in -lgen" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19456: checking for compile in -lgen" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for compile in -lgen... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_gen_compile+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -19443,7 +19461,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lgen $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19446 "configure" +#line 19464 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -19462,16 +19480,16 @@ compile (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19465: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19483: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19468: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19486: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19471: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19489: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19474: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19492: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_gen_compile=yes else @@ -19482,7 +19500,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:19485: result: $ac_cv_lib_gen_compile" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19503: result: $ac_cv_lib_gen_compile" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_gen_compile" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_gen_compile" = yes; then @@ -19510,11 +19528,11 @@ fi fi if test "$cf_regex_func" = no ; then - { echo "$as_me:19513: WARNING: cannot find regular expression library" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:19531: WARNING: cannot find regular expression library" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: cannot find regular expression library" >&2;} fi -echo "$as_me:19517: checking for regular-expression headers" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19535: checking for regular-expression headers" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for regular-expression headers... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_regex_hdrs+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -19526,7 +19544,7 @@ case "$cf_regex_func" in for cf_regex_hdr in regexp.h regexpr.h do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19529 "configure" +#line 19547 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$cf_regex_hdr> int @@ -19543,16 +19561,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19546: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19564: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19549: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19567: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19552: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19570: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19555: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19573: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_regex_hdrs=$cf_regex_hdr @@ -19569,7 +19587,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" for cf_regex_hdr in regex.h do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19572 "configure" +#line 19590 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #include <$cf_regex_hdr> @@ -19589,16 +19607,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19592: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19610: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19595: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19613: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19598: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19616: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19601: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19619: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_regex_hdrs=$cf_regex_hdr @@ -19614,11 +19632,11 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" esac fi -echo "$as_me:19617: result: $cf_cv_regex_hdrs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19635: result: $cf_cv_regex_hdrs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_regex_hdrs" >&6 case "$cf_cv_regex_hdrs" in - (no) { echo "$as_me:19621: WARNING: no regular expression header found" >&5 + (no) { echo "$as_me:19639: WARNING: no regular expression header found" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: no regular expression header found" >&2;} ;; (regex.h) cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -19656,23 +19674,23 @@ wctype.h \ do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:19659: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19677: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19665 "configure" +#line 19683 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19669: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19687: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:19675: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19693: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -19691,7 +19709,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:19694: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19712: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:19725: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19713 "configure" +#line 19731 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19717: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19735: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:19723: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19741: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -19739,7 +19757,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:19742: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19760: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:19770: checking for header declaring getopt variables" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for header declaring getopt variables... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_getopt_header+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -19759,7 +19777,7 @@ cf_cv_getopt_header=none for cf_header in stdio.h stdlib.h unistd.h getopt.h do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19762 "configure" +#line 19780 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$cf_header> @@ -19772,16 +19790,16 @@ int x = optind; char *y = optarg; (void)x; (void)y } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19775: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19793: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19778: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19796: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19781: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19799: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19784: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19802: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_getopt_header=$cf_header break @@ -19793,7 +19811,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" done fi -echo "$as_me:19796: result: $cf_cv_getopt_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19814: result: $cf_cv_getopt_header" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_getopt_header" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_getopt_header" != none ; then @@ -19810,14 +19828,14 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:19813: checking if external environ is declared" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19831: checking if external environ is declared" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if external environ is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_dcl_environ+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19820 "configure" +#line 19838 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H @@ -19833,16 +19851,16 @@ int x = (int) environ } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19836: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19854: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19839: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19857: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19842: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19860: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19845: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19863: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_dcl_environ=yes else @@ -19853,7 +19871,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:19856: result: $cf_cv_dcl_environ" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19874: result: $cf_cv_dcl_environ" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_dcl_environ" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_dcl_environ" = no ; then @@ -19868,14 +19886,14 @@ fi # It's possible (for near-UNIX clones) that the data doesn't exist -echo "$as_me:19871: checking if external environ exists" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19889: checking if external environ exists" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if external environ exists... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_have_environ+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19878 "configure" +#line 19896 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #undef environ @@ -19890,16 +19908,16 @@ environ = 2 } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19893: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19911: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19896: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19914: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19899: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19917: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19902: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19920: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_have_environ=yes else @@ -19910,7 +19928,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:19913: result: $cf_cv_have_environ" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19931: result: $cf_cv_have_environ" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_have_environ" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_have_environ" = yes ; then @@ -19923,13 +19941,13 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:19926: checking for getenv" >&5 +echo "$as_me:19944: checking for getenv" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for getenv... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_getenv+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19932 "configure" +#line 19950 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define getenv autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -19960,16 +19978,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:19963: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:19981: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19966: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19984: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:19969: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:19987: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:19972: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:19990: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_getenv=yes else @@ -19979,19 +19997,19 @@ ac_cv_func_getenv=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:19982: result: $ac_cv_func_getenv" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20000: result: $ac_cv_func_getenv" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_getenv" >&6 for ac_func in putenv setenv strdup do as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:19988: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20006: checking for $ac_func" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 19994 "configure" +#line 20012 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define $ac_func autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -20022,16 +20040,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20025: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20043: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20028: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20046: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20031: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20049: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20034: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20052: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else @@ -20041,7 +20059,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:20044: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20062: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:20072: checking if getenv returns consistent values" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if getenv returns consistent values... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_consistent_getenv+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -20061,7 +20079,7 @@ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then cf_cv_consistent_getenv=unknown else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20064 "configure" +#line 20082 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -20170,15 +20188,15 @@ int main(void) _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20173: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20191: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20176: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20194: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20178: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20196: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20181: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20199: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_consistent_getenv=yes else @@ -20191,7 +20209,7 @@ rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftes fi fi -echo "$as_me:20194: result: $cf_cv_consistent_getenv" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20212: result: $cf_cv_consistent_getenv" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_consistent_getenv" >&6 if test "x$cf_cv_consistent_getenv" = xno @@ -20206,18 +20224,18 @@ fi if test "x$cf_cv_consistent_getenv" = xno && \ test "x$cf_with_trace" = xyes then - { echo "$as_me:20209: WARNING: The NCURSES_TRACE environment variable is not supported with this configuration" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:20227: WARNING: The NCURSES_TRACE environment variable is not supported with this configuration" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: The NCURSES_TRACE environment variable is not supported with this configuration" >&2;} fi -echo "$as_me:20213: checking if sys/time.h works with sys/select.h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20231: checking if sys/time.h works with sys/select.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if sys/time.h works with sys/select.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_sys_time_select+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20220 "configure" +#line 20238 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -20237,16 +20255,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20240: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20258: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20243: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20261: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20246: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20264: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20249: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20267: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_sys_time_select=yes else @@ -20258,7 +20276,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:20261: result: $cf_cv_sys_time_select" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20279: result: $cf_cv_sys_time_select" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_sys_time_select" >&6 test "$cf_cv_sys_time_select" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -20273,13 +20291,13 @@ ac_link='$CC -o "conftest$ac_exeext" $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS "conftest.$ac_ex ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" -echo "$as_me:20276: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20294: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20282 "configure" +#line 20300 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -20337,16 +20355,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20340: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20358: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20343: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20361: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20346: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20364: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20349: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20367: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_c_const=yes else @@ -20356,7 +20374,7 @@ ac_cv_c_const=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:20359: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20377: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_const" >&6 if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then @@ -20366,7 +20384,7 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:20369: checking for inline" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20387: checking for inline" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -20374,7 +20392,7 @@ else ac_cv_c_inline=no for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20377 "configure" +#line 20395 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #ifndef __cplusplus static $ac_kw int static_foo () {return 0; } @@ -20383,16 +20401,16 @@ $ac_kw int foo () {return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20386: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20404: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20389: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20407: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20392: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20410: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20395: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20413: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break else @@ -20403,7 +20421,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" done fi -echo "$as_me:20406: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20424: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6 case $ac_cv_c_inline in inline | yes) ;; @@ -20429,7 +20447,7 @@ if test "$ac_cv_c_inline" != no ; then : elif test "$GCC" = yes then - echo "$as_me:20432: checking if $CC supports options to tune inlining" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20450: checking if $CC supports options to tune inlining" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if $CC supports options to tune inlining... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gcc_inline+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -20438,7 +20456,7 @@ else cf_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS CFLAGS="$CFLAGS --param max-inline-insns-single=1200" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20441 "configure" +#line 20459 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" inline int foo(void) { return 1; } int @@ -20450,16 +20468,16 @@ ${cf_cv_main_return:-return} foo() } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20453: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20471: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20456: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20474: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20459: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20477: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20462: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20480: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_gcc_inline=yes else @@ -20471,7 +20489,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" CFLAGS=$cf_save_CFLAGS fi -echo "$as_me:20474: result: $cf_cv_gcc_inline" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20492: result: $cf_cv_gcc_inline" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gcc_inline" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_gcc_inline" = yes ; then @@ -20577,7 +20595,7 @@ fi fi fi -echo "$as_me:20580: checking for signal global datatype" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20598: checking for signal global datatype" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for signal global datatype... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_sig_atomic_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -20589,7 +20607,7 @@ else "int" do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20592 "configure" +#line 20610 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -20613,16 +20631,16 @@ signal(SIGINT, handler); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20616: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20634: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20619: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20637: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20622: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20640: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20625: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20643: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_sig_atomic_t=$cf_type else @@ -20636,7 +20654,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:20639: result: $cf_cv_sig_atomic_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20657: result: $cf_cv_sig_atomic_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_sig_atomic_t" >&6 test "$cf_cv_sig_atomic_t" != no && cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:20666: checking for type of chtype" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type of chtype... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_typeof_chtype+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -20655,7 +20673,7 @@ else cf_cv_typeof_chtype=long else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20658 "configure" +#line 20676 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define WANT_BITS 31 @@ -20690,15 +20708,15 @@ int main(void) _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20693: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20711: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20696: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20714: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20698: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20716: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20701: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20719: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_typeof_chtype=`cat cf_test.out` else @@ -20713,7 +20731,7 @@ fi fi -echo "$as_me:20716: result: $cf_cv_typeof_chtype" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20734: result: $cf_cv_typeof_chtype" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_typeof_chtype" >&6 cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:20746: checking if unsigned literals are legal" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if unsigned literals are legal... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_unsigned_literals+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20735 "configure" +#line 20753 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -20744,16 +20762,16 @@ long x = 1L + 1UL + 1U + 1 } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20747: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20765: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20750: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20768: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20753: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20771: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20756: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20774: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_unsigned_literals=yes else @@ -20765,7 +20783,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:20768: result: $cf_cv_unsigned_literals" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20786: result: $cf_cv_unsigned_literals" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_unsigned_literals" >&6 cf_cv_1UL="1" @@ -20781,14 +20799,14 @@ test "$cf_cv_typeof_mmask_t" = unsigned && cf_cv_typeof_mmask_t="" ### Checks for external-data -echo "$as_me:20784: checking if external errno is declared" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20802: checking if external errno is declared" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if external errno is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_dcl_errno+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20791 "configure" +#line 20809 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H @@ -20806,16 +20824,16 @@ int x = (int) errno; (void)x } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20809: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20827: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20812: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20830: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20815: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20833: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20818: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20836: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_dcl_errno=yes else @@ -20826,7 +20844,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:20829: result: $cf_cv_dcl_errno" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20847: result: $cf_cv_dcl_errno" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_dcl_errno" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_dcl_errno" = no ; then @@ -20841,14 +20859,14 @@ fi # It's possible (for near-UNIX clones) that the data doesn't exist -echo "$as_me:20844: checking if external errno exists" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20862: checking if external errno exists" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if external errno exists... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_have_errno+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20851 "configure" +#line 20869 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #undef errno @@ -20863,16 +20881,16 @@ errno = 2 } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20866: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20884: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20869: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20887: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20872: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20890: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20875: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20893: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_have_errno=yes else @@ -20883,7 +20901,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:20886: result: $cf_cv_have_errno" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20904: result: $cf_cv_have_errno" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_have_errno" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_have_errno" = yes ; then @@ -20896,7 +20914,7 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:20899: checking if data-only library module links" >&5 +echo "$as_me:20917: checking if data-only library module links" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if data-only library module links... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_link_dataonly+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -20904,20 +20922,20 @@ else rm -f conftest.a cat >conftest.$ac_ext <&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:20928: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20913: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20931: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } ; then mv conftest.o data.o && \ ( $AR $ARFLAGS conftest.a data.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null fi rm -f conftest.$ac_ext data.o cat >conftest.$ac_ext <&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:20951: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20936: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20954: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then mv conftest.o func.o && \ ( $AR $ARFLAGS conftest.a func.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null @@ -20946,7 +20964,7 @@ EOF cf_cv_link_dataonly=unknown else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 20949 "configure" +#line 20967 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int main(void) @@ -20957,15 +20975,15 @@ else _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:20960: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:20978: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20963: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20981: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:20965: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:20983: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:20968: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:20986: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_link_dataonly=yes else @@ -20980,7 +20998,7 @@ fi fi -echo "$as_me:20983: result: $cf_cv_link_dataonly" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21001: result: $cf_cv_link_dataonly" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_link_dataonly" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_link_dataonly" = no ; then @@ -21009,6 +21027,7 @@ select \ setbuf \ setbuffer \ setenv \ +setfsuid \ setvbuf \ sigaction \ sigvec \ @@ -21023,13 +21042,13 @@ vsnprintf \ do as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:21026: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21045: checking for $ac_func" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21032 "configure" +#line 21051 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define $ac_func autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -21060,16 +21079,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21063: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21082: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21066: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21085: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21069: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21088: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21072: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21091: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else @@ -21079,7 +21098,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21082: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21101: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + { { echo "$as_me:21113: error: getopt is required for building programs" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: getopt is required for building programs" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -21100,7 +21119,7 @@ if test "x$with_safe_sprintf" = xyes then if test "x$ac_cv_func_vsnprintf" = xyes then - { echo "$as_me:21103: WARNING: will use vsnprintf instead of safe-sprintf option" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:21122: WARNING: will use vsnprintf instead of safe-sprintf option" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: will use vsnprintf instead of safe-sprintf option" >&2;} else @@ -21113,14 +21132,14 @@ fi if test "x$with_getcap" = "xyes" ; then -echo "$as_me:21116: checking for terminal-capability database functions" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21135: checking for terminal-capability database functions" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for terminal-capability database functions... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_cgetent+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21123 "configure" +#line 21142 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -21140,16 +21159,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21143: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21162: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21146: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21165: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21149: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21168: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21152: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21171: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_cgetent=yes else @@ -21160,7 +21179,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21163: result: $cf_cv_cgetent" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21182: result: $cf_cv_cgetent" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_cgetent" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_cgetent" = yes @@ -21170,14 +21189,14 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_BSD_CGETENT 1 EOF -echo "$as_me:21173: checking if cgetent uses const parameter" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21192: checking if cgetent uses const parameter" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if cgetent uses const parameter... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_cgetent_const+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21180 "configure" +#line 21199 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #pragma GCC diagnostic error "-Wincompatible-pointer-types-discards-qualifiers" @@ -21200,16 +21219,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21203: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21222: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21206: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21225: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21209: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21228: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21212: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21231: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_cgetent_const=yes else @@ -21220,7 +21239,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21223: result: $cf_cv_cgetent_const" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21242: result: $cf_cv_cgetent_const" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_cgetent_const" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_cgetent_const" = yes then @@ -21234,14 +21253,14 @@ fi fi -echo "$as_me:21237: checking for isascii" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21256: checking for isascii" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for isascii... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_have_isascii+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21244 "configure" +#line 21263 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -21253,16 +21272,16 @@ int x = isascii(' ') } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21256: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21275: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21259: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21278: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21262: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21281: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21265: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21284: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_have_isascii=yes else @@ -21273,7 +21292,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21276: result: $cf_cv_have_isascii" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21295: result: $cf_cv_have_isascii" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_have_isascii" >&6 test "$cf_cv_have_isascii" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -21281,10 +21300,10 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF EOF if test "$ac_cv_func_sigaction" = yes; then -echo "$as_me:21284: checking whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21303: checking whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21287 "configure" +#line 21306 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -21298,16 +21317,16 @@ struct sigaction act } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21301: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21320: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21304: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21323: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21307: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21326: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21310: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21329: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then sigact_bad=no else @@ -21315,7 +21334,7 @@ else cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21318 "configure" +#line 21337 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define _POSIX_SOURCE @@ -21330,16 +21349,16 @@ struct sigaction act } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21333: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21352: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21336: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21355: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21339: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21358: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21342: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21361: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then sigact_bad=yes @@ -21355,11 +21374,11 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" -echo "$as_me:21358: result: $sigact_bad" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21377: result: $sigact_bad" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$sigact_bad" >&6 fi -echo "$as_me:21362: checking if nanosleep really works" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21381: checking if nanosleep really works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if nanosleep really works... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_func_nanosleep+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -21369,7 +21388,7 @@ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then cf_cv_func_nanosleep=unknown else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21372 "configure" +#line 21391 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -21394,15 +21413,15 @@ int main(void) { _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21397: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21416: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21400: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21419: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21402: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21421: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21405: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21424: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_func_nanosleep=yes else @@ -21414,7 +21433,7 @@ fi rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi fi -echo "$as_me:21417: result: $cf_cv_func_nanosleep" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21436: result: $cf_cv_func_nanosleep" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_func_nanosleep" >&6 test "$cf_cv_func_nanosleep" = "yes" && @@ -21431,23 +21450,23 @@ sys/termio.h \ do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:21434: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21453: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21440 "configure" +#line 21459 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21444: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21463: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:21450: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21469: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -21466,7 +21485,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21469: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21488: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + echo "$as_me:21505: checking whether termios.h needs _POSIX_SOURCE" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether termios.h needs _POSIX_SOURCE... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21489 "configure" +#line 21508 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -21498,16 +21517,16 @@ struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag = 1; (void)x } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21501: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21520: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21504: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21523: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21507: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21526: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21510: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21529: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then termios_bad=no else @@ -21515,7 +21534,7 @@ else cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21518 "configure" +#line 21537 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define _POSIX_SOURCE @@ -21529,16 +21548,16 @@ struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag = 2; (void)x } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21532: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21551: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21535: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21554: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21538: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21557: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21541: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21560: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then termios_bad=unknown else @@ -21554,19 +21573,19 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:21557: result: $termios_bad" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21576: result: $termios_bad" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$termios_bad" >&6 fi fi -echo "$as_me:21562: checking for tcgetattr" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21581: checking for tcgetattr" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for tcgetattr... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_have_tcgetattr+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21569 "configure" +#line 21588 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -21594,16 +21613,16 @@ tcgetattr(1, &foo); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21597: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21616: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21600: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21619: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21603: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21622: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21606: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21625: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_have_tcgetattr=yes else @@ -21613,21 +21632,21 @@ cf_cv_have_tcgetattr=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21616: result: $cf_cv_have_tcgetattr" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21635: result: $cf_cv_have_tcgetattr" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_have_tcgetattr" >&6 test "$cf_cv_have_tcgetattr" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_TCGETATTR 1 EOF -echo "$as_me:21623: checking for vsscanf function or workaround" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21642: checking for vsscanf function or workaround" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for vsscanf function or workaround... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_func_vsscanf+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21630 "configure" +#line 21649 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -21643,16 +21662,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21646: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21665: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21649: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21668: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21652: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21671: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21655: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21674: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_func_vsscanf=vsscanf else @@ -21660,7 +21679,7 @@ else cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21663 "configure" +#line 21682 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -21682,16 +21701,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21685: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21704: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21688: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21707: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21691: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21710: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21694: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21713: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_func_vsscanf=vfscanf else @@ -21699,7 +21718,7 @@ else cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21702 "configure" +#line 21721 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -21721,16 +21740,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21724: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21743: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21727: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21746: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21730: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21749: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21733: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21752: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_func_vsscanf=_doscan else @@ -21745,7 +21764,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21748: result: $cf_cv_func_vsscanf" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21767: result: $cf_cv_func_vsscanf" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_func_vsscanf" >&6 case "$cf_cv_func_vsscanf" in @@ -21771,23 +21790,23 @@ unistd.h \ do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:21774: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21793: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21780 "configure" +#line 21799 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21784: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21803: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:21790: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21809: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -21806,7 +21825,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21809: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21828: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:21838: checking for working mkstemp" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for working mkstemp... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_func_mkstemp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -21827,7 +21846,7 @@ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then cf_cv_func_mkstemp=maybe else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21830 "configure" +#line 21849 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -21868,15 +21887,15 @@ int main(void) _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21871: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21890: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21874: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21893: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21876: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21895: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21879: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21898: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_func_mkstemp=yes @@ -21891,16 +21910,16 @@ rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftes fi fi -echo "$as_me:21894: result: $cf_cv_func_mkstemp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21913: result: $cf_cv_func_mkstemp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_func_mkstemp" >&6 if test "x$cf_cv_func_mkstemp" = xmaybe ; then - echo "$as_me:21897: checking for mkstemp" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21916: checking for mkstemp" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for mkstemp... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_mkstemp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21903 "configure" +#line 21922 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define mkstemp autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -21931,16 +21950,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:21934: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:21953: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21937: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21956: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:21940: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:21959: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:21943: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21962: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_mkstemp=yes else @@ -21950,7 +21969,7 @@ ac_cv_func_mkstemp=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:21953: result: $ac_cv_func_mkstemp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:21972: result: $ac_cv_func_mkstemp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_mkstemp" >&6 fi @@ -21971,21 +21990,21 @@ else fi if test "x$cross_compiling" = xyes ; then - { echo "$as_me:21974: WARNING: cross compiling: assume setvbuf params not reversed" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:21993: WARNING: cross compiling: assume setvbuf params not reversed" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: cross compiling: assume setvbuf params not reversed" >&2;} else - echo "$as_me:21977: checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed" >&5 + echo "$as_me:21996: checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then - { { echo "$as_me:21983: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:22002: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 21988 "configure" +#line 22007 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include /* If setvbuf has the reversed format, exit 0. */ @@ -22002,15 +22021,15 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22005: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22024: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22008: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22027: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22010: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22029: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22013: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22032: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed=yes else @@ -22023,7 +22042,7 @@ rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftes fi rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core fi -echo "$as_me:22026: result: $ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22045: result: $ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed" >&6 if test $ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed = yes; then @@ -22034,13 +22053,13 @@ EOF fi fi -echo "$as_me:22037: checking for intptr_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22056: checking for intptr_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for intptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_type_intptr_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22043 "configure" +#line 22062 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -22055,16 +22074,16 @@ if (sizeof (intptr_t)) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22058: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22077: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22061: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22080: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22064: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22083: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22067: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22086: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_type_intptr_t=yes else @@ -22074,7 +22093,7 @@ ac_cv_type_intptr_t=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22077: result: $ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22096: result: $ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_type_intptr_t" = yes; then : @@ -22086,13 +22105,13 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:22089: checking for ssize_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22108: checking for ssize_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for ssize_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_type_ssize_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22095 "configure" +#line 22114 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -22107,16 +22126,16 @@ if (sizeof (ssize_t)) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22110: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22129: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22113: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22132: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22116: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22135: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22119: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22138: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_type_ssize_t=yes else @@ -22126,7 +22145,7 @@ ac_cv_type_ssize_t=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22129: result: $ac_cv_type_ssize_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22148: result: $ac_cv_type_ssize_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_ssize_t" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_type_ssize_t" = yes; then : @@ -22138,14 +22157,14 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:22141: checking for type sigaction_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22160: checking for type sigaction_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type sigaction_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_type_sigaction+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22148 "configure" +#line 22167 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -22158,16 +22177,16 @@ sigaction_t x } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22161: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22180: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22164: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22183: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22167: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22186: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22170: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22189: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_type_sigaction=yes else @@ -22178,14 +22197,14 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22181: result: $cf_cv_type_sigaction" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22200: result: $cf_cv_type_sigaction" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_type_sigaction" >&6 test "$cf_cv_type_sigaction" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_TYPE_SIGACTION 1 EOF -echo "$as_me:22188: checking declaration of size-change" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22207: checking declaration of size-change" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking declaration of size-change... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_sizechange+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -22206,7 +22225,7 @@ do fi cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22209 "configure" +#line 22228 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H @@ -22256,16 +22275,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22259: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22278: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22262: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22281: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22265: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22284: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22268: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22287: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_sizechange=yes else @@ -22284,7 +22303,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" done fi -echo "$as_me:22287: result: $cf_cv_sizechange" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22306: result: $cf_cv_sizechange" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_sizechange" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_sizechange" != no ; then @@ -22302,13 +22321,13 @@ EOF esac fi -echo "$as_me:22305: checking for memmove" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22324: checking for memmove" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for memmove... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_memmove+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22311 "configure" +#line 22330 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define memmove autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -22339,16 +22358,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22342: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22361: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22345: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22364: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22348: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22367: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22351: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22370: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_memmove=yes else @@ -22358,19 +22377,19 @@ ac_cv_func_memmove=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22361: result: $ac_cv_func_memmove" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22380: result: $ac_cv_func_memmove" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_memmove" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_func_memmove" = yes; then : else -echo "$as_me:22367: checking for bcopy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22386: checking for bcopy" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for bcopy... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_bcopy+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22373 "configure" +#line 22392 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define bcopy autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -22401,16 +22420,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22404: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22423: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22407: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22426: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22410: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22429: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22413: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22432: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_bcopy=yes else @@ -22420,11 +22439,11 @@ ac_cv_func_bcopy=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22423: result: $ac_cv_func_bcopy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22442: result: $ac_cv_func_bcopy" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_bcopy" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_func_bcopy" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:22427: checking if bcopy does overlapping moves" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22446: checking if bcopy does overlapping moves" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if bcopy does overlapping moves... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_good_bcopy+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -22434,7 +22453,7 @@ else cf_cv_good_bcopy=unknown else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22437 "configure" +#line 22456 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int main(void) { @@ -22448,15 +22467,15 @@ int main(void) { _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22451: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22470: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22454: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22473: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22456: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22475: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22459: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22478: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_good_bcopy=yes else @@ -22469,7 +22488,7 @@ rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftes fi fi -echo "$as_me:22472: result: $cf_cv_good_bcopy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22491: result: $cf_cv_good_bcopy" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_good_bcopy" >&6 else @@ -22496,13 +22515,13 @@ tty >/dev/null 2>&1 || { for ac_func in posix_openpt do as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:22499: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22518: checking for $ac_func" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22505 "configure" +#line 22524 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define $ac_func autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -22533,16 +22552,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22536: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22555: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22539: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22558: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22542: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22561: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22545: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22564: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else @@ -22552,7 +22571,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22555: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22574: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:22584: checking if poll really works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if poll really works... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_working_poll+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -22572,7 +22591,7 @@ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then cf_cv_working_poll=unknown else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22575 "configure" +#line 22594 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -22624,15 +22643,15 @@ int main(void) { } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22627: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22646: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22630: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22649: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22632: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22651: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22635: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22654: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_working_poll=yes else @@ -22644,21 +22663,21 @@ fi rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi fi -echo "$as_me:22647: result: $cf_cv_working_poll" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22666: result: $cf_cv_working_poll" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_working_poll" >&6 test "$cf_cv_working_poll" = "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_WORKING_POLL 1 EOF -echo "$as_me:22654: checking for va_copy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22673: checking for va_copy" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for va_copy... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_have_va_copy+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22661 "configure" +#line 22680 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -22675,16 +22694,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22678: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22697: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22681: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22700: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22684: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22703: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22687: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22706: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_have_va_copy=yes else @@ -22694,7 +22713,7 @@ cf_cv_have_va_copy=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22697: result: $cf_cv_have_va_copy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22716: result: $cf_cv_have_va_copy" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_have_va_copy" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_have_va_copy" = yes; @@ -22706,14 +22725,14 @@ EOF else # !cf_cv_have_va_copy -echo "$as_me:22709: checking for __va_copy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22728: checking for __va_copy" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for __va_copy... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_have___va_copy+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22716 "configure" +#line 22735 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -22730,16 +22749,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22733: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22752: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22736: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22755: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22739: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22758: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22742: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22761: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_have___va_copy=yes else @@ -22749,7 +22768,7 @@ cf_cv_have___va_copy=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22752: result: $cf_cv_have___va_copy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22771: result: $cf_cv_have___va_copy" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_have___va_copy" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_have___va_copy" = yes @@ -22761,14 +22780,14 @@ EOF else # !cf_cv_have___va_copy -echo "$as_me:22764: checking for __builtin_va_copy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22783: checking for __builtin_va_copy" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for __builtin_va_copy... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_have___builtin_va_copy+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22771 "configure" +#line 22790 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -22785,16 +22804,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22788: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22807: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22791: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22810: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22794: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22813: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22797: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22816: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_have___builtin_va_copy=yes else @@ -22804,7 +22823,7 @@ cf_cv_have___builtin_va_copy=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22807: result: $cf_cv_have___builtin_va_copy" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22826: result: $cf_cv_have___builtin_va_copy" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_have___builtin_va_copy" >&6 test "$cf_cv_have___builtin_va_copy" = yes && @@ -22822,14 +22841,14 @@ case "${cf_cv_have_va_copy}${cf_cv_have___va_copy}${cf_cv_have___builtin_va_copy ;; (*) - echo "$as_me:22825: checking if we can simply copy va_list" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22844: checking if we can simply copy va_list" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we can simply copy va_list... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_pointer_va_list+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22832 "configure" +#line 22851 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -22846,16 +22865,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22849: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22868: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22852: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22871: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22855: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22874: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22858: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22877: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_pointer_va_list=yes else @@ -22865,19 +22884,19 @@ cf_cv_pointer_va_list=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22868: result: $cf_cv_pointer_va_list" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22887: result: $cf_cv_pointer_va_list" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_pointer_va_list" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_pointer_va_list" = no then - echo "$as_me:22873: checking if we can copy va_list indirectly" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22892: checking if we can copy va_list indirectly" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we can copy va_list indirectly... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_array_va_list+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22880 "configure" +#line 22899 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -22894,16 +22913,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22897: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22916: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22900: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22919: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22903: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22922: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22906: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22925: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_array_va_list=yes else @@ -22913,7 +22932,7 @@ cf_cv_array_va_list=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22916: result: $cf_cv_array_va_list" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22935: result: $cf_cv_array_va_list" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_array_va_list" >&6 test "$cf_cv_array_va_list" = yes && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -22924,13 +22943,13 @@ EOF ;; esac -echo "$as_me:22927: checking for pid_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22946: checking for pid_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for pid_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_type_pid_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22933 "configure" +#line 22952 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -22945,16 +22964,16 @@ if (sizeof (pid_t)) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22948: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:22967: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22951: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22970: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:22954: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:22973: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:22957: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:22976: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_type_pid_t=yes else @@ -22964,7 +22983,7 @@ ac_cv_type_pid_t=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:22967: result: $ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:22986: result: $ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_type_pid_t" = yes; then : @@ -22979,23 +22998,23 @@ fi for ac_header in unistd.h vfork.h do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:22982: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23001: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 22988 "configure" +#line 23007 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:22992: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23011: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:22998: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23017: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -23014,7 +23033,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:23017: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23036: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:23049: checking for $ac_func" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23036 "configure" +#line 23055 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #define $ac_func autoconf_temporary #include /* least-intrusive standard header which defines gcc2 __stub macros */ @@ -23064,16 +23083,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23067: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23086: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23070: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23089: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23073: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23092: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23076: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23095: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else @@ -23083,7 +23102,7 @@ eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:23086: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23105: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_var"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + echo "$as_me:23117: checking for working fork" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for working fork... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_fork_works+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -23118,15 +23137,15 @@ else } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23121: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23140: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23124: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23143: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23126: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23145: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23129: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23148: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_fork_works=yes else @@ -23138,7 +23157,7 @@ fi rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi fi -echo "$as_me:23141: result: $ac_cv_func_fork_works" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23160: result: $ac_cv_func_fork_works" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_fork_works" >&6 fi @@ -23152,12 +23171,12 @@ if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork_works" = xcross; then ac_cv_func_fork_works=yes ;; esac - { echo "$as_me:23155: WARNING: CROSS: Result $ac_cv_func_fork_works guessed due to cross-compiling." >&5 + { echo "$as_me:23174: WARNING: CROSS: Result $ac_cv_func_fork_works guessed due to cross-compiling." >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: CROSS: Result $ac_cv_func_fork_works guessed due to cross-compiling." >&2;} fi ac_cv_func_vfork_works=$ac_cv_func_vfork if test "x$ac_cv_func_vfork" = xyes; then - echo "$as_me:23160: checking for working vfork" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23179: checking for working vfork" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for working vfork... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_func_vfork_works+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -23166,7 +23185,7 @@ else ac_cv_func_vfork_works=cross else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23169 "configure" +#line 23188 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Thanks to Paul Eggert for this test. */ #include @@ -23263,15 +23282,15 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23266: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23285: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23269: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23288: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23271: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23290: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23274: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23293: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_func_vfork_works=yes else @@ -23283,13 +23302,13 @@ fi rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi fi -echo "$as_me:23286: result: $ac_cv_func_vfork_works" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23305: result: $ac_cv_func_vfork_works" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_vfork_works" >&6 fi; if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork_works" = xcross; then ac_cv_func_vfork_works=ac_cv_func_vfork - { echo "$as_me:23292: WARNING: CROSS: Result $ac_cv_func_vfork_works guessed due to cross-compiling." >&5 + { echo "$as_me:23311: WARNING: CROSS: Result $ac_cv_func_vfork_works guessed due to cross-compiling." >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: CROSS: Result $ac_cv_func_vfork_works guessed due to cross-compiling." >&2;} fi @@ -23314,7 +23333,7 @@ EOF fi -echo "$as_me:23317: checking if fopen accepts explicit binary mode" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23336: checking if fopen accepts explicit binary mode" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if fopen accepts explicit binary mode... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_fopen_bin_r+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -23324,7 +23343,7 @@ else cf_cv_fopen_bin_r=unknown else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23327 "configure" +#line 23346 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -23357,15 +23376,15 @@ int main(void) { _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23360: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23379: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23363: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23382: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23365: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23384: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23368: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23387: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_fopen_bin_r=yes else @@ -23378,7 +23397,7 @@ rm -f core ./core.* ./*.core "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftes fi fi -echo "$as_me:23381: result: $cf_cv_fopen_bin_r" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23400: result: $cf_cv_fopen_bin_r" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_fopen_bin_r" >&6 test "x$cf_cv_fopen_bin_r" != xno && cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF @@ -23387,7 +23406,7 @@ EOF # special check for test/ditto.c -echo "$as_me:23390: checking for openpty in -lutil" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23409: checking for openpty in -lutil" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for openpty in -lutil... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_lib_util_openpty+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -23395,7 +23414,7 @@ else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lutil $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23398 "configure" +#line 23417 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ @@ -23414,16 +23433,16 @@ openpty (); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23417: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23436: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23420: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23439: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23423: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23442: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23426: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23445: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_lib_util_openpty=yes else @@ -23434,7 +23453,7 @@ fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi -echo "$as_me:23437: result: $ac_cv_lib_util_openpty" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23456: result: $ac_cv_lib_util_openpty" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_util_openpty" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_lib_util_openpty" = yes; then cf_cv_lib_util=yes @@ -23442,7 +23461,7 @@ else cf_cv_lib_util=no fi -echo "$as_me:23445: checking for openpty header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23464: checking for openpty header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for openpty header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_func_openpty+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -23469,7 +23488,7 @@ LIBS="$cf_add_libs" for cf_header in pty.h libutil.h util.h do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23472 "configure" +#line 23491 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$cf_header> @@ -23486,16 +23505,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23489: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23508: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23492: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23511: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23495: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23514: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23498: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23517: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_func_openpty=$cf_header @@ -23513,7 +23532,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS="$cf_save_LIBS" fi -echo "$as_me:23516: result: $cf_cv_func_openpty" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23535: result: $cf_cv_func_openpty" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_func_openpty" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_func_openpty" != no ; then @@ -23586,7 +23605,7 @@ if test -n "$with_hashed_db/include" ; then CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}-I$cf_add_incdir" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23589 "configure" +#line 23608 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -23598,16 +23617,16 @@ printf("Hello") } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23601: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23620: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23604: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23623: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23607: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23626: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23610: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23629: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -23624,7 +23643,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" if test "$cf_have_incdir" = no ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:23627: testing adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:23646: testing adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path ..." 1>&5 CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$cf_add_incdir" @@ -23660,7 +23679,7 @@ if test -n "$with_hashed_db/lib" ; then if test "$cf_have_libdir" = no ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:23663: testing adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:23682: testing adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path ..." 1>&5 LDFLAGS="-L$cf_add_libdir $LDFLAGS" fi @@ -23671,7 +23690,7 @@ fi else case "$with_hashed_db" in (./*|../*|/*) - { echo "$as_me:23674: WARNING: no such directory $with_hashed_db" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:23693: WARNING: no such directory $with_hashed_db" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: no such directory $with_hashed_db" >&2;} ;; (*) @@ -23743,7 +23762,7 @@ if test -n "$cf_item" ; then CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}-I$cf_add_incdir" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23746 "configure" +#line 23765 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include int @@ -23755,16 +23774,16 @@ printf("Hello") } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23758: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23777: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23761: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23780: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23764: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23783: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23767: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23786: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then : else @@ -23781,7 +23800,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" if test "$cf_have_incdir" = no ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:23784: testing adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:23803: testing adding $cf_add_incdir to include-path ..." 1>&5 CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$cf_add_incdir" @@ -23861,7 +23880,7 @@ if test -n "$cf_item" ; then if test "$cf_have_libdir" = no ; then test -n "$verbose" && echo " adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:23864: testing adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:23883: testing adding $cf_add_libdir to library-path ..." 1>&5 LDFLAGS="-L$cf_add_libdir $LDFLAGS" fi @@ -23878,23 +23897,23 @@ fi fi esac -echo "$as_me:23881: checking for db.h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23900: checking for db.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for db.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_db_h+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23887 "configure" +#line 23906 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23891: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23910: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:23897: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23916: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag @@ -23913,11 +23932,11 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:23916: result: $ac_cv_header_db_h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23935: result: $ac_cv_header_db_h" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_db_h" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_header_db_h" = yes; then -echo "$as_me:23920: checking for version of db" >&5 +echo "$as_me:23939: checking for version of db" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for version of db... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_hashed_db_version+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -23928,10 +23947,10 @@ cf_cv_hashed_db_version=unknown for cf_db_version in 1 2 3 4 5 6 do -echo "${as_me:-configure}:23931: testing checking for db version $cf_db_version ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:23950: testing checking for db version $cf_db_version ..." 1>&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 23934 "configure" +#line 23953 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default @@ -23961,16 +23980,16 @@ DBT *foo = 0 } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:23964: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:23983: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23967: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23986: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:23970: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:23989: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:23973: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:23992: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_hashed_db_version=$cf_db_version @@ -23984,16 +24003,16 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" done fi -echo "$as_me:23987: result: $cf_cv_hashed_db_version" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24006: result: $cf_cv_hashed_db_version" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_hashed_db_version" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_hashed_db_version" = unknown ; then - { { echo "$as_me:23991: error: Cannot determine version of db" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:24010: error: Cannot determine version of db" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot determine version of db" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else -echo "$as_me:23996: checking for db libraries" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24015: checking for db libraries" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for db libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_hashed_db_libs+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -24023,10 +24042,10 @@ LIBS="$cf_add_libs" fi -echo "${as_me:-configure}:24026: testing checking for library $cf_db_libs ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:24045: testing checking for library $cf_db_libs ..." 1>&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24029 "configure" +#line 24048 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default @@ -24081,16 +24100,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24084: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24103: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24087: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24106: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24090: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24109: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24093: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24112: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then if test -n "$cf_db_libs" ; then @@ -24110,11 +24129,11 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" done fi -echo "$as_me:24113: result: $cf_cv_hashed_db_libs" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24132: result: $cf_cv_hashed_db_libs" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_hashed_db_libs" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_hashed_db_libs" = unknown ; then - { { echo "$as_me:24117: error: Cannot determine library for db" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:24136: error: Cannot determine library for db" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot determine library for db" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } elif test "$cf_cv_hashed_db_libs" != default ; then @@ -24140,7 +24159,7 @@ fi else - { { echo "$as_me:24143: error: Cannot find db.h" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:24162: error: Cannot find db.h" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: Cannot find db.h" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } @@ -24155,7 +24174,7 @@ fi # Just in case, check if the C compiler has a bool type. -echo "$as_me:24158: checking if we should include stdbool.h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24177: checking if we should include stdbool.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should include stdbool.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_header_stdbool_h+set}" = set; then @@ -24163,7 +24182,7 @@ if test "${cf_cv_header_stdbool_h+set}" = set; then else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24166 "configure" +#line 24185 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -24175,23 +24194,23 @@ bool foo = false } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24178: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24197: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24181: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24200: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24184: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24203: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24187: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24206: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_header_stdbool_h=0 else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24194 "configure" +#line 24213 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #ifndef __BEOS__ @@ -24207,16 +24226,16 @@ bool foo = false } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24210: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24229: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24213: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24232: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24216: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24235: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24219: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24238: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_header_stdbool_h=1 else @@ -24230,13 +24249,13 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi if test "$cf_cv_header_stdbool_h" = 1 -then echo "$as_me:24233: result: yes" >&5 +then echo "$as_me:24252: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 -else echo "$as_me:24235: result: no" >&5 +else echo "$as_me:24254: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi -echo "$as_me:24239: checking for builtin bool type" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24258: checking for builtin bool type" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for builtin bool type... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_cc_bool_type+set}" = set; then @@ -24244,7 +24263,7 @@ if test "${cf_cv_cc_bool_type+set}" = set; then else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24247 "configure" +#line 24266 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -24259,16 +24278,16 @@ bool x = false } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24262: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24281: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24265: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24284: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24268: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24287: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24271: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24290: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_cc_bool_type=1 else @@ -24281,9 +24300,9 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi if test "$cf_cv_cc_bool_type" = 1 -then echo "$as_me:24284: result: yes" >&5 +then echo "$as_me:24303: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 -else echo "$as_me:24286: result: no" >&5 +else echo "$as_me:24305: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -24300,10 +24319,10 @@ if test -n "$GXX" ; then cf_save="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $CXXLIBS" - echo "$as_me:24303: checking if we already have C++ library" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24322: checking if we already have C++ library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we already have C++ library... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24306 "configure" +#line 24325 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -24317,16 +24336,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24320: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24339: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24323: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24342: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24326: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24345: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24329: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24348: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_have_libstdcpp=yes else @@ -24335,7 +24354,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_have_libstdcpp=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:24338: result: $cf_have_libstdcpp" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24357: result: $cf_have_libstdcpp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_have_libstdcpp" >&6 LIBS="$cf_save" @@ -24354,7 +24373,7 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_have_libstdcpp" >&6 ;; esac - echo "$as_me:24357: checking for library $cf_stdcpp_libname" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24376: checking for library $cf_stdcpp_libname" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for library $cf_stdcpp_libname... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_libstdcpp+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -24380,7 +24399,7 @@ done LIBS="$cf_add_libs" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24383 "configure" +#line 24402 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -24394,16 +24413,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24397: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24416: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24400: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24419: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24403: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24422: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24406: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24425: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_libstdcpp=yes else @@ -24415,7 +24434,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS="$cf_save" fi -echo "$as_me:24418: result: $cf_cv_libstdcpp" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24437: result: $cf_cv_libstdcpp" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_libstdcpp" >&6 test "$cf_cv_libstdcpp" = yes && { cf_add_libs="$CXXLIBS" @@ -24437,7 +24456,7 @@ CXXLIBS="$cf_add_libs" fi fi - echo "$as_me:24440: checking whether $CXX understands -c and -o together" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24459: checking whether $CXX understands -c and -o together" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CXX understands -c and -o together... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_prog_CXX_c_o+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -24452,15 +24471,15 @@ CF_EOF # We do the test twice because some compilers refuse to overwrite an # existing .o file with -o, though they will create one. ac_try='$CXX $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5' -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24455: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24474: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24458: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24477: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && - test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { (eval echo "$as_me:24460: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { (eval echo "$as_me:24479: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24463: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24482: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; then eval cf_cv_prog_CXX_c_o=yes @@ -24471,10 +24490,10 @@ rm -rf ./conftest* fi if test "$cf_cv_prog_CXX_c_o" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:24474: result: yes" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24493: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:24477: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24496: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -24494,7 +24513,7 @@ case "$cf_cv_system_name" in ;; esac if test "$GXX" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:24497: checking for lib$cf_gpp_libname" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24516: checking for lib$cf_gpp_libname" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for lib$cf_gpp_libname... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save="$LIBS" @@ -24515,7 +24534,7 @@ done LIBS="$cf_add_libs" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24518 "configure" +#line 24537 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$cf_gpp_libname/builtin.h> @@ -24529,16 +24548,16 @@ two_arg_error_handler_t foo2 = lib_error_handler } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24532: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24551: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24535: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24554: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24538: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24557: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24541: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24560: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cxx_library=yes @@ -24575,7 +24594,7 @@ else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24578 "configure" +#line 24597 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -24589,16 +24608,16 @@ two_arg_error_handler_t foo2 = lib_error_handler } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24592: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24611: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24595: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24614: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24598: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24617: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24601: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24620: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cxx_library=yes @@ -24631,7 +24650,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" LIBS="$cf_save" - echo "$as_me:24634: result: $cf_cxx_library" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24653: result: $cf_cxx_library" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cxx_library" >&6 fi @@ -24647,7 +24666,7 @@ ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o "conftest$ac_exeext" $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS "conftest.$ac_ext" $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" -echo "$as_me:24650: checking how to run the C++ preprocessor" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24669: checking how to run the C++ preprocessor" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C++ preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test -z "$CXXCPP"; then if test "${ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP+set}" = set; then @@ -24664,18 +24683,18 @@ do # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24667 "configure" +#line 24686 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include Syntax error _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24672: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24691: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:24678: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24697: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag @@ -24698,17 +24717,17 @@ rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers # can be detected and how. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24701 "configure" +#line 24720 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24705: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24724: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:24711: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24730: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag @@ -24745,7 +24764,7 @@ fi else ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP fi -echo "$as_me:24748: result: $CXXCPP" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24767: result: $CXXCPP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CXXCPP" >&6 ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes @@ -24755,18 +24774,18 @@ do # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24758 "configure" +#line 24777 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include Syntax error _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24763: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24782: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:24769: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24788: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag @@ -24789,17 +24808,17 @@ rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers # can be detected and how. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24792 "configure" +#line 24811 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24796: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24815: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:24802: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24821: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag @@ -24827,7 +24846,7 @@ rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else - { { echo "$as_me:24830: error: C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:24849: error: C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi @@ -24842,23 +24861,23 @@ ac_main_return="return" for ac_header in typeinfo do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:24845: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24864: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24851 "configure" +#line 24870 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24855: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24874: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:24861: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24880: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag @@ -24877,7 +24896,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:24880: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24899: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:24912: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24899 "configure" +#line 24918 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24903: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24922: \"$ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext"\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp "conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? $EGREP -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:24909: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24928: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag @@ -24925,7 +24944,7 @@ else fi rm -f conftest.err "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:24928: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 +echo "$as_me:24947: result: `eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" >&6 if test "`eval echo '${'"$as_ac_Header"'}'`" = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <&5 + echo "$as_me:24958: checking if iostream uses std-namespace" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if iostream uses std-namespace... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24942 "configure" +#line 24961 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -24956,16 +24975,16 @@ cerr << "testing" << endl; } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:24959: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:24978: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24962: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24981: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:24965: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:24984: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:24968: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24987: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_iostream_namespace=yes else @@ -24974,7 +24993,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cf_iostream_namespace=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" - echo "$as_me:24977: result: $cf_iostream_namespace" >&5 + echo "$as_me:24996: result: $cf_iostream_namespace" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_iostream_namespace" >&6 if test "$cf_iostream_namespace" = yes ; then @@ -24985,7 +25004,7 @@ EOF fi fi -echo "$as_me:24988: checking if we should include stdbool.h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25007: checking if we should include stdbool.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if we should include stdbool.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_header_stdbool_h+set}" = set; then @@ -24993,7 +25012,7 @@ if test "${cf_cv_header_stdbool_h+set}" = set; then else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 24996 "configure" +#line 25015 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" int @@ -25005,23 +25024,23 @@ bool foo = false } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25008: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25027: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25011: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25030: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25014: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25033: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25017: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25036: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_header_stdbool_h=0 else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25024 "configure" +#line 25043 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #ifndef __BEOS__ @@ -25037,16 +25056,16 @@ bool foo = false } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25040: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25059: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25043: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25062: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25046: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25065: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25049: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25068: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_header_stdbool_h=1 else @@ -25060,13 +25079,13 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi if test "$cf_cv_header_stdbool_h" = 1 -then echo "$as_me:25063: result: yes" >&5 +then echo "$as_me:25082: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 -else echo "$as_me:25065: result: no" >&5 +else echo "$as_me:25084: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi -echo "$as_me:25069: checking for builtin bool type" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25088: checking for builtin bool type" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for builtin bool type... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_builtin_bool+set}" = set; then @@ -25074,7 +25093,7 @@ if test "${cf_cv_builtin_bool+set}" = set; then else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25077 "configure" +#line 25096 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25089,16 +25108,16 @@ bool x = false } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25092: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25111: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25095: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25114: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25098: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25117: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25101: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25120: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_builtin_bool=1 else @@ -25111,19 +25130,19 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi if test "$cf_cv_builtin_bool" = 1 -then echo "$as_me:25114: result: yes" >&5 +then echo "$as_me:25133: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 -else echo "$as_me:25116: result: no" >&5 +else echo "$as_me:25135: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi -echo "$as_me:25120: checking for bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25139: checking for bool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for bool... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_type_bool+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25126 "configure" +#line 25145 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25159,16 +25178,16 @@ if (sizeof (bool)) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25162: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25181: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25165: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25184: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25168: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25187: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25171: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25190: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_type_bool=yes else @@ -25178,10 +25197,10 @@ ac_cv_type_bool=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:25181: result: $ac_cv_type_bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25200: result: $ac_cv_type_bool" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_bool" >&6 -echo "$as_me:25184: checking size of bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25203: checking size of bool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking size of bool... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sizeof_bool+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -25190,7 +25209,7 @@ else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then # Depending upon the size, compute the lo and hi bounds. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25193 "configure" +#line 25212 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25223,21 +25242,21 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (bool)) >= 0)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25226: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25245: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25229: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25248: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25232: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25251: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25235: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25254: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_lo=0 ac_mid=0 while :; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25240 "configure" +#line 25259 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25270,16 +25289,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (bool)) <= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25273: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25292: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25276: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25295: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25279: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25298: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25282: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25301: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_hi=$ac_mid; break else @@ -25295,7 +25314,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 ac_hi=-1 ac_mid=-1 while :; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25298 "configure" +#line 25317 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25328,16 +25347,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (bool)) >= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25331: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25350: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25334: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25353: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25337: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25356: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25340: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25359: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_lo=$ac_mid; break else @@ -25353,7 +25372,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" while test "x$ac_lo" != "x$ac_hi"; do ac_mid=`expr '(' "$ac_hi" - "$ac_lo" ')' / 2 + "$ac_lo"` cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25356 "configure" +#line 25375 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25386,16 +25405,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (bool)) <= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25389: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25408: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25392: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25411: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25395: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25414: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25398: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25417: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_hi=$ac_mid else @@ -25408,12 +25427,12 @@ done ac_cv_sizeof_bool=$ac_lo else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then - { { echo "$as_me:25411: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:25430: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25416 "configure" +#line 25435 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25450,15 +25469,15 @@ fclose (f); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25453: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25472: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25456: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25475: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25458: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25477: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25461: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25480: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_sizeof_bool=`cat conftest.val` else @@ -25474,13 +25493,13 @@ else ac_cv_sizeof_bool=0 fi fi -echo "$as_me:25477: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25496: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_bool" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sizeof_bool" >&6 cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:25502: checking for type of bool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type of bool... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_type_of_bool+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -25499,7 +25518,7 @@ else else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25502 "configure" +#line 25521 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25541,15 +25560,15 @@ int main(void) _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25544: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25563: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25547: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25566: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25549: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25568: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25552: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25571: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_type_of_bool=`cat cf_test.out` if test -z "$cf_cv_type_of_bool"; then @@ -25566,19 +25585,19 @@ fi rm -f cf_test.out fi -echo "$as_me:25569: result: $cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25588: result: $cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_type_of_bool" = unknown ; then case .$NCURSES_BOOL in (.auto|.) NCURSES_BOOL=unsigned;; esac - { echo "$as_me:25576: WARNING: Assuming $NCURSES_BOOL for type of bool" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:25595: WARNING: Assuming $NCURSES_BOOL for type of bool" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Assuming $NCURSES_BOOL for type of bool" >&2;} cf_cv_type_of_bool=$NCURSES_BOOL fi -echo "$as_me:25581: checking for special defines needed for etip.h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25600: checking for special defines needed for etip.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for special defines needed for etip.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 cf_save_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS" cf_result="none" @@ -25596,7 +25615,7 @@ do test -n "$cf_math" && CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -DETIP_NEEDS_${cf_math}" test -n "$cf_excp" && CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -DETIP_NEEDS_${cf_excp}" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25599 "configure" +#line 25618 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25610,16 +25629,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25613: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25632: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25616: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25635: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25619: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25638: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25622: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25641: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then test -n "$cf_math" && cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:25662: result: $cf_result" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_result" >&6 CXXFLAGS="$cf_save_CXXFLAGS" if test -n "$CXX"; then -echo "$as_me:25648: checking if $CXX accepts parameter initialization" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25667: checking if $CXX accepts parameter initialization" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if $CXX accepts parameter initialization... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_cpp_param_init+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -25662,7 +25681,7 @@ ac_main_return="return" cf_cv_cpp_param_init=unknown else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25665 "configure" +#line 25684 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" class TEST { @@ -25681,15 +25700,15 @@ int main(void) { } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25684: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25703: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25687: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25706: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25689: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25708: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25692: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25711: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_cpp_param_init=yes else @@ -25708,7 +25727,7 @@ ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" fi -echo "$as_me:25711: result: $cf_cv_cpp_param_init" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25730: result: $cf_cv_cpp_param_init" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_cpp_param_init" >&6 fi test "$cf_cv_cpp_param_init" = yes && @@ -25718,7 +25737,7 @@ EOF if test -n "$CXX"; then -echo "$as_me:25721: checking if $CXX accepts static_cast" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25740: checking if $CXX accepts static_cast" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if $CXX accepts static_cast... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_cpp_static_cast+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -25732,7 +25751,7 @@ ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25735 "configure" +#line 25754 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" class NCursesPanel @@ -25776,16 +25795,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25779: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25798: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25782: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25801: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25785: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25804: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25788: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25807: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_cpp_static_cast=yes else @@ -25803,7 +25822,7 @@ ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu ac_main_return="return" fi -echo "$as_me:25806: result: $cf_cv_cpp_static_cast" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25825: result: $cf_cv_cpp_static_cast" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_cpp_static_cast" >&6 fi @@ -25852,13 +25871,13 @@ else else if test "$cf_cv_header_stdbool_h" = 1 ; then -echo "$as_me:25855: checking for bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25874: checking for bool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for bool... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_type_bool+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25861 "configure" +#line 25880 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25894,16 +25913,16 @@ if (sizeof (bool)) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25897: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25916: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25900: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25919: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25903: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25922: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25906: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25925: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_type_bool=yes else @@ -25913,10 +25932,10 @@ ac_cv_type_bool=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:25916: result: $ac_cv_type_bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25935: result: $ac_cv_type_bool" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_bool" >&6 -echo "$as_me:25919: checking size of bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:25938: checking size of bool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking size of bool... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sizeof_bool+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -25925,7 +25944,7 @@ else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then # Depending upon the size, compute the lo and hi bounds. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25928 "configure" +#line 25947 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -25958,21 +25977,21 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (bool)) >= 0)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:25961: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:25980: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25964: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25983: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:25967: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:25986: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:25970: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:25989: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_lo=0 ac_mid=0 while :; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 25975 "configure" +#line 25994 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -26005,16 +26024,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (bool)) <= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:26008: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:26027: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26011: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26030: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:26014: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:26033: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26017: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26036: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_hi=$ac_mid; break else @@ -26030,7 +26049,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 ac_hi=-1 ac_mid=-1 while :; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 26033 "configure" +#line 26052 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -26063,16 +26082,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (bool)) >= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:26066: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:26085: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26069: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26088: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:26072: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:26091: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26075: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26094: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_lo=$ac_mid; break else @@ -26088,7 +26107,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" while test "x$ac_lo" != "x$ac_hi"; do ac_mid=`expr '(' "$ac_hi" - "$ac_lo" ')' / 2 + "$ac_lo"` cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 26091 "configure" +#line 26110 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -26121,16 +26140,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (bool)) <= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:26124: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:26143: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26127: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26146: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:26130: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:26149: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26133: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26152: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_hi=$ac_mid else @@ -26143,12 +26162,12 @@ done ac_cv_sizeof_bool=$ac_lo else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then - { { echo "$as_me:26146: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:26165: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 26151 "configure" +#line 26170 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -26185,15 +26204,15 @@ fclose (f); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:26188: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:26207: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26191: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26210: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:26193: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:26212: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26196: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26215: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_sizeof_bool=`cat conftest.val` else @@ -26209,13 +26228,13 @@ else ac_cv_sizeof_bool=0 fi fi -echo "$as_me:26212: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26231: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_bool" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sizeof_bool" >&6 cat >>confdefs.h <&5 +echo "$as_me:26237: checking for type of bool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for type of bool... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_type_of_bool+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -26234,7 +26253,7 @@ else else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 26237 "configure" +#line 26256 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #include @@ -26276,15 +26295,15 @@ int main(void) _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:26279: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:26298: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26282: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26301: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:26284: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:26303: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:26287: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26306: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then cf_cv_type_of_bool=`cat cf_test.out` if test -z "$cf_cv_type_of_bool"; then @@ -26301,26 +26320,26 @@ fi rm -f cf_test.out fi -echo "$as_me:26304: result: $cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26323: result: $cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_type_of_bool" = unknown ; then case .$NCURSES_BOOL in (.auto|.) NCURSES_BOOL=unsigned;; esac - { echo "$as_me:26311: WARNING: Assuming $NCURSES_BOOL for type of bool" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:26330: WARNING: Assuming $NCURSES_BOOL for type of bool" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Assuming $NCURSES_BOOL for type of bool" >&2;} cf_cv_type_of_bool=$NCURSES_BOOL fi else - echo "$as_me:26317: checking for fallback type of bool" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26336: checking for fallback type of bool" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for fallback type of bool... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "$host_cpu" in (i?86) cf_cv_type_of_bool=char ;; (*) cf_cv_type_of_bool=int ;; esac - echo "$as_me:26323: result: $cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26342: result: $cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_type_of_bool" >&6 fi fi @@ -26349,7 +26368,7 @@ if test -f "${srcdir}/Ada95/Makefile.in" ; then if test "$cf_with_ada" != "no" ; then if test "$with_libtool" != "no"; then - { echo "$as_me:26352: WARNING: libtool does not support Ada - disabling feature" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:26371: WARNING: libtool does not support Ada - disabling feature" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: libtool does not support Ada - disabling feature" >&2;} cf_with_ada=no fi @@ -26366,7 +26385,7 @@ cf_upper_prog_gnat=`echo "${cf_prog_gnat}" | sed y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./- unset cf_TEMP_gnat # Extract the first word of "$cf_prog_gnat", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $cf_prog_gnat; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:26369: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26388: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_path_cf_TEMP_gnat+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -26383,7 +26402,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then ac_cv_path_cf_TEMP_gnat="$ac_dir/$ac_word" - echo "$as_me:26386: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26405: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break fi done @@ -26395,10 +26414,10 @@ fi cf_TEMP_gnat=$ac_cv_path_cf_TEMP_gnat if test -n "$cf_TEMP_gnat"; then - echo "$as_me:26398: result: $cf_TEMP_gnat" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26417: result: $cf_TEMP_gnat" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_TEMP_gnat" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:26401: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26420: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -26408,7 +26427,7 @@ fi unset cf_cv_gnat_version unset cf_TEMP_gnat -echo "$as_me:26411: checking for $cf_prog_gnat version" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26430: checking for $cf_prog_gnat version" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $cf_prog_gnat version... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gnat_version+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -26419,7 +26438,7 @@ cf_cv_gnat_version=`$cf_prog_gnat --version 2>&1 | \ sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/[^0-9 \.]//g' -e 's/^[ ]*//' -e 's/ .*//'` fi -echo "$as_me:26422: result: $cf_cv_gnat_version" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26441: result: $cf_cv_gnat_version" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnat_version" >&6 test -z "$cf_cv_gnat_version" && cf_cv_gnat_version=no eval cf_TEMP_gnat=$cf_cv_gnat_version; unset cf_cv_gnat_version @@ -26448,7 +26467,7 @@ else cd conftest.src for cf_gprconfig in Ada C do - echo "$as_me:26451: checking for gprconfig name for $cf_gprconfig" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26470: checking for gprconfig name for $cf_gprconfig" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for gprconfig name for $cf_gprconfig... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "$cf_gprconfig" = C then @@ -26467,10 +26486,10 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking for gprconfig name for $cf_gprconfig... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test -n "$cf_gprconfig_value" then eval "cf_ada_config_$cf_gprconfig=$cf_gprconfig_value" - echo "$as_me:26470: result: $cf_gprconfig_value" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26489: result: $cf_gprconfig_value" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_gprconfig_value" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:26473: result: missing" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26492: result: missing" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}missing" >&6 cf_ada_config="#" break @@ -26483,7 +26502,7 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}missing" >&6 if test "x$cf_ada_config" != "x#" then -echo "$as_me:26486: checking for gnat version" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26505: checking for gnat version" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for gnat version... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gnat_version+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -26494,7 +26513,7 @@ cf_cv_gnat_version=`${cf_ada_make:-gnatmake} --version 2>&1 | \ sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/[^0-9 \.]//g' -e 's/^[ ]*//' -e 's/ .*//'` fi -echo "$as_me:26497: result: $cf_cv_gnat_version" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26516: result: $cf_cv_gnat_version" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnat_version" >&6 test -z "$cf_cv_gnat_version" && cf_cv_gnat_version=no @@ -26503,7 +26522,7 @@ case "$cf_cv_gnat_version" in cf_cv_prog_gnat_correct=yes ;; (*) - { echo "$as_me:26506: WARNING: Unsupported GNAT version $cf_cv_gnat_version. We require 3.11 or better. Disabling Ada95 binding." >&5 + { echo "$as_me:26525: WARNING: Unsupported GNAT version $cf_cv_gnat_version. We require 3.11 or better. Disabling Ada95 binding." >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unsupported GNAT version $cf_cv_gnat_version. We require 3.11 or better. Disabling Ada95 binding." >&2;} cf_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no ;; @@ -26511,7 +26530,7 @@ esac # Extract the first word of "m4", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy m4; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:26514: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26533: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_M4_exists+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -26526,7 +26545,7 @@ for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue ac_cv_prog_M4_exists="yes" -echo "$as_me:26529: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26548: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5 break done @@ -26535,20 +26554,20 @@ fi fi M4_exists=$ac_cv_prog_M4_exists if test -n "$M4_exists"; then - echo "$as_me:26538: result: $M4_exists" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26557: result: $M4_exists" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$M4_exists" >&6 else - echo "$as_me:26541: result: no" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26560: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi if test "$ac_cv_prog_M4_exists" = no; then cf_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no - { echo "$as_me:26547: WARNING: Ada95 binding required program m4 not found. Ada95 binding disabled" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:26566: WARNING: Ada95 binding required program m4 not found. Ada95 binding disabled" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Ada95 binding required program m4 not found. Ada95 binding disabled" >&2;} fi if test "$cf_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:26551: checking if GNAT works" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26570: checking if GNAT works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if GNAT works... $ECHO_C" >&6 rm -rf ./conftest* ./*~conftest* @@ -26576,7 +26595,7 @@ else fi rm -rf ./conftest* ./*~conftest* - echo "$as_me:26579: result: $cf_cv_prog_gnat_correct" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26598: result: $cf_cv_prog_gnat_correct" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_prog_gnat_correct" >&6 fi else @@ -26588,7 +26607,7 @@ fi ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnatpn" - echo "$as_me:26591: checking optimization options for ADAFLAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26610: checking optimization options for ADAFLAGS" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking optimization options for ADAFLAGS... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "$CFLAGS" in (*-g*) @@ -26605,10 +26624,10 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking optimization options for ADAFLAGS... $ECHO_C" >&6 ;; esac - echo "$as_me:26608: result: $ADAFLAGS" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26627: result: $ADAFLAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ADAFLAGS" >&6 -echo "$as_me:26611: checking if GNATPREP supports -T option" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26630: checking if GNATPREP supports -T option" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if GNATPREP supports -T option... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gnatprep_opt_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -26618,11 +26637,11 @@ cf_cv_gnatprep_opt_t=no gnatprep -T 2>/dev/null >/dev/null && cf_cv_gnatprep_opt_t=yes fi -echo "$as_me:26621: result: $cf_cv_gnatprep_opt_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26640: result: $cf_cv_gnatprep_opt_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnatprep_opt_t" >&6 test "$cf_cv_gnatprep_opt_t" = yes && GNATPREP_OPTS="-T $GNATPREP_OPTS" -echo "$as_me:26625: checking if GNAT supports generics" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26644: checking if GNAT supports generics" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if GNAT supports generics... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "$cf_cv_gnat_version" in (3.1[1-9]*|3.[2-9]*|[4-9].*|[1-9][0-9].[0-9]*|20[0-9][0-9]) @@ -26632,7 +26651,7 @@ case "$cf_cv_gnat_version" in cf_gnat_generics=no ;; esac -echo "$as_me:26635: result: $cf_gnat_generics" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26654: result: $cf_gnat_generics" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_gnat_generics" >&6 if test "$cf_gnat_generics" = yes @@ -26644,7 +26663,7 @@ else cf_generic_objects= fi -echo "$as_me:26647: checking if GNAT supports SIGINT" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26666: checking if GNAT supports SIGINT" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if GNAT supports SIGINT... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_gnat_sigint+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -26692,7 +26711,7 @@ fi rm -rf ./conftest* ./*~conftest* fi -echo "$as_me:26695: result: $cf_cv_gnat_sigint" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26714: result: $cf_cv_gnat_sigint" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_gnat_sigint" >&6 if test "$cf_cv_gnat_sigint" = yes ; then @@ -26705,7 +26724,7 @@ cf_gnat_libraries=no cf_gnat_projects=no if test "$enable_gnat_projects" != no ; then -echo "$as_me:26708: checking if GNAT supports project files" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26727: checking if GNAT supports project files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if GNAT supports project files... $ECHO_C" >&6 case "$cf_cv_gnat_version" in (3.[0-9]*) @@ -26768,15 +26787,15 @@ CF_EOF esac ;; esac -echo "$as_me:26771: result: $cf_gnat_projects" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26790: result: $cf_gnat_projects" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_gnat_projects" >&6 fi # enable_gnat_projects if test "$cf_gnat_projects" = yes then - echo "$as_me:26777: checking if GNAT supports libraries" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26796: checking if GNAT supports libraries" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if GNAT supports libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 - echo "$as_me:26779: result: $cf_gnat_libraries" >&5 + echo "$as_me:26798: result: $cf_gnat_libraries" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_gnat_libraries" >&6 fi @@ -26796,7 +26815,7 @@ then then USE_GNAT_MAKE_GPR="" else - { echo "$as_me:26799: WARNING: use old makefile rules since tools are missing" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:26818: WARNING: use old makefile rules since tools are missing" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: use old makefile rules since tools are missing" >&2;} fi fi @@ -26808,7 +26827,7 @@ else USE_GNAT_LIBRARIES="#" fi -echo "$as_me:26811: checking for ada-compiler" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26830: checking for ada-compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for ada-compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-ada-compiler or --without-ada-compiler was given. @@ -26819,12 +26838,12 @@ else cf_ada_compiler=gnatmake fi; -echo "$as_me:26822: result: $cf_ada_compiler" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26841: result: $cf_ada_compiler" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_ada_compiler" >&6 cf_ada_package=terminal_interface -echo "$as_me:26827: checking for ada-include" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26846: checking for ada-include" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for ada-include... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-ada-include or --without-ada-include was given. @@ -26860,7 +26879,7 @@ case ".$withval" in withval=`echo "$withval" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:26863: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:26882: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -26869,10 +26888,10 @@ esac fi eval ADA_INCLUDE="$withval" -echo "$as_me:26872: result: $ADA_INCLUDE" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26891: result: $ADA_INCLUDE" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ADA_INCLUDE" >&6 -echo "$as_me:26875: checking for ada-objects" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26894: checking for ada-objects" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for ada-objects... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-ada-objects or --without-ada-objects was given. @@ -26908,7 +26927,7 @@ case ".$withval" in withval=`echo "$withval" | sed -e s%NONE%$cf_path_syntax%` ;; (*) - { { echo "$as_me:26911: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:26930: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: expected a pathname, not \"$withval\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; @@ -26917,10 +26936,10 @@ esac fi eval ADA_OBJECTS="$withval" -echo "$as_me:26920: result: $ADA_OBJECTS" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26939: result: $ADA_OBJECTS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ADA_OBJECTS" >&6 -echo "$as_me:26923: checking if an Ada95 shared-library should be built" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26942: checking if an Ada95 shared-library should be built" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if an Ada95 shared-library should be built... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-ada-sharedlib or --without-ada-sharedlib was given. @@ -26930,14 +26949,14 @@ if test "${with_ada_sharedlib+set}" = set; then else with_ada_sharedlib=no fi; -echo "$as_me:26933: result: $with_ada_sharedlib" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26952: result: $with_ada_sharedlib" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$with_ada_sharedlib" >&6 if test "x$with_ada_sharedlib" != xno then if test "x$cf_gnat_projects" != xyes then - { echo "$as_me:26940: WARNING: disabling shared-library since GNAT projects are not supported" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:26959: WARNING: disabling shared-library since GNAT projects are not supported" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: disabling shared-library since GNAT projects are not supported" >&2;} with_ada_sharedlib=no fi @@ -26957,7 +26976,7 @@ fi # allow the Ada binding to be renamed -echo "$as_me:26960: checking for ada-libname" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26979: checking for ada-libname" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for ada-libname... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-ada-libname or --without-ada-libname was given. @@ -26973,7 +26992,7 @@ case "x$ADA_LIBNAME" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:26976: result: $ADA_LIBNAME" >&5 +echo "$as_me:26995: result: $ADA_LIBNAME" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ADA_LIBNAME" >&6 fi @@ -26984,13 +27003,13 @@ fi # do this "late" to avoid conflict with header-checks if test "x$with_widec" = xyes ; then - echo "$as_me:26987: checking for wchar_t" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27006: checking for wchar_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for wchar_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_type_wchar_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 26993 "configure" +#line 27012 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -27005,16 +27024,16 @@ if (sizeof (wchar_t)) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:27008: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:27027: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27011: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27030: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:27014: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:27033: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27017: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27036: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_type_wchar_t=yes else @@ -27024,10 +27043,10 @@ ac_cv_type_wchar_t=no fi rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" fi -echo "$as_me:27027: result: $ac_cv_type_wchar_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27046: result: $ac_cv_type_wchar_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_wchar_t" >&6 -echo "$as_me:27030: checking size of wchar_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27049: checking size of wchar_t" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking size of wchar_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_sizeof_wchar_t+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -27036,7 +27055,7 @@ else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then # Depending upon the size, compute the lo and hi bounds. cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 27039 "configure" +#line 27058 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -27048,21 +27067,21 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (wchar_t)) >= 0)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:27051: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:27070: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27054: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27073: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:27057: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:27076: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27060: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27079: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_lo=0 ac_mid=0 while :; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 27065 "configure" +#line 27084 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -27074,16 +27093,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (wchar_t)) <= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:27077: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:27096: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27080: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27099: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:27083: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:27102: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27086: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27105: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_hi=$ac_mid; break else @@ -27099,7 +27118,7 @@ cat "conftest.$ac_ext" >&5 ac_hi=-1 ac_mid=-1 while :; do cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 27102 "configure" +#line 27121 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -27111,16 +27130,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (wchar_t)) >= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:27114: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:27133: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27117: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27136: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:27120: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:27139: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27123: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27142: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_lo=$ac_mid; break else @@ -27136,7 +27155,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest.$ac_ext" while test "x$ac_lo" != "x$ac_hi"; do ac_mid=`expr '(' "$ac_hi" - "$ac_lo" ')' / 2 + "$ac_lo"` cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 27139 "configure" +#line 27158 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -27148,16 +27167,16 @@ int _array_ [1 - 2 * !((sizeof (wchar_t)) <= $ac_mid)] } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:27151: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:27170: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27154: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27173: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest.$ac_objext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:27157: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:27176: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27160: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27179: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_hi=$ac_mid else @@ -27170,12 +27189,12 @@ done ac_cv_sizeof_wchar_t=$ac_lo else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then - { { echo "$as_me:27173: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:27192: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run test program while cross compiling" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 27178 "configure" +#line 27197 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" $ac_includes_default int @@ -27191,15 +27210,15 @@ fclose (f); } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:27194: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:27213: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27197: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27216: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='"./conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:27199: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:27218: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27202: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27221: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then ac_cv_sizeof_wchar_t=`cat conftest.val` else @@ -27215,7 +27234,7 @@ else ac_cv_sizeof_wchar_t=0 fi fi -echo "$as_me:27218: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_wchar_t" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27237: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_wchar_t" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_sizeof_wchar_t" >&6 cat >>confdefs.h <&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:27231: testing test failed (assume 2) ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:27250: testing test failed (assume 2) ..." 1>&5 sed /SIZEOF_WCHAR_T/d confdefs.h >confdefs.tmp mv confdefs.tmp confdefs.h @@ -27246,7 +27265,7 @@ fi ### chooses to split module lists into libraries. ### ### (see CF_LIB_RULES). -echo "$as_me:27249: checking for library subsets" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27268: checking for library subsets" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for library subsets... $ECHO_C" >&6 LIB_SUBSETS= @@ -27300,7 +27319,7 @@ fi test "x$with_widec" = xyes && LIB_SUBSETS="${LIB_SUBSETS}+widechar" test "x$with_ext_funcs" = xyes && LIB_SUBSETS="${LIB_SUBSETS}+ext_funcs" -echo "$as_me:27303: result: $LIB_SUBSETS" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27322: result: $LIB_SUBSETS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$LIB_SUBSETS" >&6 ### Construct the list of include-directories to be generated @@ -27331,7 +27350,7 @@ elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then fi ### Build up pieces for makefile rules -echo "$as_me:27334: checking default library suffix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27353: checking default library suffix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking default library suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6 case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in @@ -27342,10 +27361,10 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking default library suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6 (shared) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='' ;; esac test -n "$LIB_SUFFIX" && DFT_ARG_SUFFIX="${LIB_SUFFIX}${DFT_ARG_SUFFIX}" -echo "$as_me:27345: result: $DFT_ARG_SUFFIX" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27364: result: $DFT_ARG_SUFFIX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$DFT_ARG_SUFFIX" >&6 -echo "$as_me:27348: checking default library-dependency suffix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27367: checking default library-dependency suffix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking default library-dependency suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6 case X$DFT_LWR_MODEL in @@ -27428,10 +27447,10 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking default library-dependency suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6 DFT_LIB_SUFFIX="${LIB_SUFFIX}${EXTRA_SUFFIX}${DFT_LIB_SUFFIX}" DFT_DEP_SUFFIX="${LIB_SUFFIX}${EXTRA_SUFFIX}${DFT_DEP_SUFFIX}" fi -echo "$as_me:27431: result: $DFT_DEP_SUFFIX" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27450: result: $DFT_DEP_SUFFIX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$DFT_DEP_SUFFIX" >&6 -echo "$as_me:27434: checking default object directory" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27453: checking default object directory" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking default object directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in @@ -27447,11 +27466,11 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking default object directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='obj_s' ;; esac esac -echo "$as_me:27450: result: $DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27469: result: $DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR" >&6 if test "x$cf_with_cxx" = xyes ; then -echo "$as_me:27454: checking c++ library-dependency suffix" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27473: checking c++ library-dependency suffix" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking c++ library-dependency suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "$with_libtool" != "no"; then # libtool thinks it can make c++ shared libraries (perhaps only g++) @@ -27544,7 +27563,7 @@ else fi fi -echo "$as_me:27547: result: $CXX_LIB_SUFFIX" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27566: result: $CXX_LIB_SUFFIX" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CXX_LIB_SUFFIX" >&6 fi @@ -27720,19 +27739,19 @@ fi if test -n "$LDFLAGS_STATIC" && test -n "$LDFLAGS_SHARED" then - echo "$as_me:27723: checking if linker supports switching between static/dynamic" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27742: checking if linker supports switching between static/dynamic" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking if linker supports switching between static/dynamic... $ECHO_C" >&6 rm -f libconftest.a cat >conftest.$ac_ext < int cf_ldflags_static(FILE *fp) { return fflush(fp); } EOF - if { (eval echo "$as_me:27732: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + if { (eval echo "$as_me:27751: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27735: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27754: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } ; then ( $AR $ARFLAGS libconftest.a conftest.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null ( eval $RANLIB libconftest.a ) 2>&5 >/dev/null @@ -27743,10 +27762,10 @@ EOF LIBS="$LDFLAGS_STATIC -L`pwd` -lconftest $LDFLAGS_DYNAMIC $LIBS" cat >"conftest.$ac_ext" <<_ACEOF -#line 27746 "configure" +#line 27765 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" -#line 27749 "configure" +#line 27768 "configure" #include int cf_ldflags_static(FILE *fp); @@ -27761,16 +27780,16 @@ main (void) } _ACEOF rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" -if { (eval echo "$as_me:27764: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:27783: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27767: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27786: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); } && { ac_try='test -s "conftest$ac_exeext"' - { (eval echo "$as_me:27770: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + { (eval echo "$as_me:27789: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:27773: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27792: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit "$ac_status"); }; }; then # some linkers simply ignore the -dynamic @@ -27793,7 +27812,7 @@ rm -f "conftest.$ac_objext" "conftest$ac_exeext" "conftest.$ac_ext" rm -f libconftest.* LIBS="$cf_save_LIBS" - echo "$as_me:27796: result: $cf_ldflags_static" >&5 + echo "$as_me:27815: result: $cf_ldflags_static" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_ldflags_static" >&6 if test "$cf_ldflags_static" != yes @@ -27809,7 +27828,7 @@ fi ;; esac -echo "$as_me:27812: checking where we will install curses.h" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27831: checking where we will install curses.h" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking where we will install curses.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 includesubdir= @@ -27819,7 +27838,7 @@ if test "$with_overwrite" = no && \ then includesubdir="/ncurses${USE_LIB_SUFFIX}" fi -echo "$as_me:27822: result: ${includedir}${includesubdir}" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27841: result: ${includedir}${includesubdir}" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}${includedir}${includesubdir}" >&6 ### Resolve a conflict between normal and wide-curses by forcing applications @@ -27827,7 +27846,7 @@ echo "${ECHO_T}${includedir}${includesubdir}" >&6 if test "$with_overwrite" != no ; then if test "$NCURSES_LIBUTF8" = 1 ; then NCURSES_LIBUTF8='defined(HAVE_LIBUTF8_H)' - { echo "$as_me:27830: WARNING: Wide-character applications must define HAVE_LIBUTF8_H to include curses.h" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:27849: WARNING: Wide-character applications must define HAVE_LIBUTF8_H to include curses.h" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Wide-character applications must define HAVE_LIBUTF8_H to include curses.h" >&2;} fi fi @@ -27855,7 +27874,7 @@ EOF # pkgsrc uses these -echo "$as_me:27858: checking for desired basename for form library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27877: checking for desired basename for form library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for desired basename for form library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-form-libname or --without-form-libname was given. @@ -27875,10 +27894,10 @@ case "x$FORM_NAME" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:27878: result: $FORM_NAME" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27897: result: $FORM_NAME" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$FORM_NAME" >&6 -echo "$as_me:27881: checking for desired basename for menu library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27900: checking for desired basename for menu library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for desired basename for menu library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-menu-libname or --without-menu-libname was given. @@ -27898,10 +27917,10 @@ case "x$MENU_NAME" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:27901: result: $MENU_NAME" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27920: result: $MENU_NAME" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$MENU_NAME" >&6 -echo "$as_me:27904: checking for desired basename for panel library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27923: checking for desired basename for panel library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for desired basename for panel library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-panel-libname or --without-panel-libname was given. @@ -27921,10 +27940,10 @@ case "x$PANEL_NAME" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:27924: result: $PANEL_NAME" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27943: result: $PANEL_NAME" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$PANEL_NAME" >&6 -echo "$as_me:27927: checking for desired basename for cxx library" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27946: checking for desired basename for cxx library" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for desired basename for cxx library... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --with-cxx-libname or --without-cxx-libname was given. @@ -27944,13 +27963,13 @@ case "x$CXX_NAME" in ;; esac -echo "$as_me:27947: result: $CXX_NAME" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27966: result: $CXX_NAME" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CXX_NAME" >&6 ### Construct the list of subdirectories for which we'll customize makefiles ### with the appropriate compile-rules. -echo "$as_me:27953: checking for src modules" >&5 +echo "$as_me:27972: checking for src modules" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for src modules... $ECHO_C" >&6 # dependencies and linker-arguments for test-programs @@ -28019,7 +28038,7 @@ eval TEST_ROOT="\$${cf_map_lib_basename}_NAME" fi fi done -echo "$as_me:28022: result: $cf_cv_src_modules" >&5 +echo "$as_me:28041: result: $cf_cv_src_modules" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_src_modules" >&6 TEST_ARGS="-L${LIB_DIR} $TEST_ARGS" @@ -28180,7 +28199,7 @@ case "$cf_cv_system_name" in (*-D_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED*) test -n "$verbose" && echo " moving _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED to work around g++ problem" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:28183: testing moving _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED to work around g++ problem ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:28202: testing moving _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED to work around g++ problem ..." 1>&5 CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED" CPPFLAGS=`echo "x$CPPFLAGS" | sed -e 's/^.//' -e 's/-D_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED//'` @@ -28191,7 +28210,7 @@ esac # Help to automatically enable the extended curses features when using either # the *-config or the ".pc" files by adding defines. -echo "$as_me:28194: checking for defines to add to ncurses${USE_CFG_SUFFIX}-config script" >&5 +echo "$as_me:28213: checking for defines to add to ncurses${USE_CFG_SUFFIX}-config script" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for defines to add to ncurses${USE_CFG_SUFFIX}-config script... $ECHO_C" >&6 PKG_CFLAGS= for cf_loop1 in $CPPFLAGS_after_XOPEN @@ -28207,7 +28226,7 @@ do done test "$cf_found" = no && PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS $cf_loop1" done -echo "$as_me:28210: result: $PKG_CFLAGS" >&5 +echo "$as_me:28229: result: $PKG_CFLAGS" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$PKG_CFLAGS" >&6 # AC_CHECK_SIZEOF demands a literal parameter, no variables. So we do this. @@ -28268,7 +28287,7 @@ then cf_filter_syms=$cf_dft_filter_syms test -n "$verbose" && echo " will map symbols to ABI=$cf_cv_abi_version" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:28271: testing will map symbols to ABI=$cf_cv_abi_version ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:28290: testing will map symbols to ABI=$cf_cv_abi_version ..." 1>&5 fi @@ -28295,7 +28314,7 @@ fi # This is used for the *-config script and *.pc data files. -echo "$as_me:28298: checking for linker search path" >&5 +echo "$as_me:28317: checking for linker search path" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for linker search path... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${cf_cv_ld_searchpath+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -28343,7 +28362,7 @@ then cf_pathlist="$cf_pathlist /lib /usr/lib" ;; (*) - { echo "$as_me:28346: WARNING: problem with Solaris architecture" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:28365: WARNING: problem with Solaris architecture" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: problem with Solaris architecture" >&2;} ;; esac @@ -28384,7 +28403,7 @@ done test -z "$cf_cv_ld_searchpath" && cf_cv_ld_searchpath=/usr/lib fi -echo "$as_me:28387: result: $cf_cv_ld_searchpath" >&5 +echo "$as_me:28406: result: $cf_cv_ld_searchpath" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cf_cv_ld_searchpath" >&6 LD_SEARCHPATH=`echo "$cf_cv_ld_searchpath"|sed -e 's/ /|/g'` @@ -28474,7 +28493,7 @@ DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H : "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" -{ echo "$as_me:28477: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +{ echo "$as_me:28496: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} cat >"$CONFIG_STATUS" <<_ACEOF #! $SHELL @@ -28653,7 +28672,7 @@ cat >>"$CONFIG_STATUS" <<\EOF echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;; --he | --h) # Conflict between --help and --header - { { echo "$as_me:28656: error: ambiguous option: $1 + { { echo "$as_me:28675: error: ambiguous option: $1 Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1 Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} @@ -28672,7 +28691,7 @@ Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} ac_need_defaults=false;; # This is an error. - -*) { { echo "$as_me:28675: error: unrecognized option: $1 + -*) { { echo "$as_me:28694: error: unrecognized option: $1 Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} @@ -28797,7 +28816,7 @@ do "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; "default" ) CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS default" ;; "include/ncurses_cfg.h" ) CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS include/ncurses_cfg.h:include/ncurses_cfg.hin" ;; - *) { { echo "$as_me:28800: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 + *) { { echo "$as_me:28819: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; esac @@ -29307,7 +29326,7 @@ done; } esac if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then - { echo "$as_me:29310: creating $ac_file" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:29329: creating $ac_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} rm -f "$ac_file" fi @@ -29325,7 +29344,7 @@ echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} -) echo $tmp/stdin ;; [\\/$]*) # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:) - test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:29328: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 + test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:29347: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } echo $f;; @@ -29338,7 +29357,7 @@ echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} echo "$srcdir/$f" else # /dev/null tree - { { echo "$as_me:29341: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:29360: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi;; @@ -29354,7 +29373,7 @@ cat >>"$CONFIG_STATUS" <<\EOF if test -n "$ac_seen"; then ac_used=`grep '@datarootdir@' "$ac_item"` if test -z "$ac_used"; then - { echo "$as_me:29357: WARNING: datarootdir was used implicitly but not set: + { echo "$as_me:29376: WARNING: datarootdir was used implicitly but not set: $ac_seen" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: datarootdir was used implicitly but not set: $ac_seen" >&2;} @@ -29363,7 +29382,7 @@ $ac_seen" >&2;} fi ac_seen=`grep '${datarootdir}' "$ac_item"` if test -n "$ac_seen"; then - { echo "$as_me:29366: WARNING: datarootdir was used explicitly but not set: + { echo "$as_me:29385: WARNING: datarootdir was used explicitly but not set: $ac_seen" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: datarootdir was used explicitly but not set: $ac_seen" >&2;} @@ -29400,7 +29419,7 @@ s,@INSTALL@,$ac_INSTALL,;t t ac_init=`${EGREP-egrep} '[ ]*'$ac_name'[ ]*=' "$ac_file"` if test -z "$ac_init"; then ac_seen=`echo "$ac_seen" |sed -e 's,^,'$ac_file':,'` - { echo "$as_me:29403: WARNING: Variable $ac_name is used but was not set: + { echo "$as_me:29422: WARNING: Variable $ac_name is used but was not set: $ac_seen" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Variable $ac_name is used but was not set: $ac_seen" >&2;} @@ -29411,7 +29430,7 @@ $ac_seen" >&2;} ${EGREP-egrep} -n '@[A-Z_][A-Z_0-9]+@' "$ac_file" >>$tmp/out if test -s $tmp/out; then ac_seen=`sed -e 's,^,'$ac_file':,' < $tmp/out` - { echo "$as_me:29414: WARNING: Some variables may not be substituted: + { echo "$as_me:29433: WARNING: Some variables may not be substituted: $ac_seen" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: Some variables may not be substituted: $ac_seen" >&2;} @@ -29460,7 +29479,7 @@ for ac_file in : $CONFIG_HEADERS; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue * ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;; esac - test x"$ac_file" != x- && { echo "$as_me:29463: creating $ac_file" >&5 + test x"$ac_file" != x- && { echo "$as_me:29482: creating $ac_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the @@ -29471,7 +29490,7 @@ echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} -) echo $tmp/stdin ;; [\\/$]*) # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:) - test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:29474: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 + test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:29493: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } echo $f;; @@ -29484,7 +29503,7 @@ echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} echo "$srcdir/$f" else # /dev/null tree - { { echo "$as_me:29487: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 + { { echo "$as_me:29506: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi;; @@ -29542,7 +29561,7 @@ cat >>"$CONFIG_STATUS" <<\EOF rm -f $tmp/in if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then if cmp -s "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" 2>/dev/null; then - { echo "$as_me:29545: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 + { echo "$as_me:29564: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} else ac_dir=`$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ @@ -29929,7 +29948,7 @@ cf_ITEM=`echo "$cf_item" | sed y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQ (cygdll|msysdll|mingw|msvcdll) test "x$with_shared_cxx" = xno && test -n "$verbose" && echo " overriding CXX_MODEL to SHARED" 1>&6 -echo "${as_me:-configure}:29932: testing overriding CXX_MODEL to SHARED ..." 1>&5 +echo "${as_me:-configure}:29951: testing overriding CXX_MODEL to SHARED ..." 1>&5 with_shared_cxx=yes ;; diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in index 7d8e6953..2388f5e8 100644 --- a/configure.in +++ b/configure.in @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ dnl*************************************************************************** dnl dnl Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1995-on dnl -dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.730 2021/04/17 22:22:17 tom Exp $ +dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.733 2021/06/26 23:10:42 tom Exp $ dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. dnl dnl For additional information, see @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ dnl https://invisible-island.net/autoconf/my-autoconf.html dnl dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_PREREQ(2.52.20210101) -AC_REVISION($Revision: 1.730 $) +AC_REVISION($Revision: 1.733 $) AC_INIT(ncurses/base/lib_initscr.c) AC_CONFIG_HEADER(include/ncurses_cfg.h:include/ncurses_cfg.hin) @@ -844,13 +844,21 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(home-terminfo, AC_MSG_RESULT($with_home_terminfo) test "x$with_home_terminfo" = "xyes" && AC_DEFINE(USE_HOME_TERMINFO,1,[Define to 1 if $HOME/.terminfo feature is wanted]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING(if you want to use restricted environment when running as root) +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if you want to permit root to use ncurses environment variables) AC_ARG_ENABLE(root-environ, - [ --disable-root-environ restrict environment when running as root], + [ --disable-root-environ restrict root use of ncurses environment variables], [with_root_environ=$enableval], [with_root_environ=yes]) AC_MSG_RESULT($with_root_environ) -test "x$with_root_environ" = xyes && AC_DEFINE(USE_ROOT_ENVIRON,1,[Define to 1 if environment should be restricted for root user]) +test "x$with_root_environ" = xyes && AC_DEFINE(USE_ROOT_ENVIRON,1,[Define to 1 if root is allowed to use ncurses environment]) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if you want to permit setuid programs to access all files) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(root-environ, + [ --disable-root-access restrict file-access when running setuid], + [with_root_access=$enableval], + [with_root_access=yes]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_root_access) +test "x$with_root_access" = xyes && AC_DEFINE(USE_ROOT_ACCESS,1,[Define to 1 if setuid is allowed all file-access]) ### Use option --enable-symlinks to make tic use symlinks, not hard links ### to reduce storage requirements for the terminfo database. @@ -1792,6 +1800,7 @@ select \ setbuf \ setbuffer \ setenv \ +setfsuid \ setvbuf \ sigaction \ sigvec \ diff --git a/dist.mk b/dist.mk index e233407d..8e493e3c 100644 --- a/dist.mk +++ b/dist.mk @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ # use or other dealings in this Software without prior written # # authorization. # ############################################################################## -# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.1421 2021/06/19 13:03:39 tom Exp $ +# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.1422 2021/06/26 11:41:07 tom Exp $ # Makefile for creating ncurses distributions. # # This only needs to be used directly as a makefile by developers, but @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ SHELL = /bin/sh # These define the major/minor/patch versions of ncurses. NCURSES_MAJOR = 6 NCURSES_MINOR = 2 -NCURSES_PATCH = 20210619 +NCURSES_PATCH = 20210626 # We don't append the patch to the version, since this only applies to releases VERSION = $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR) diff --git a/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html b/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html index 75d457a1..1e57e049 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html +++ b/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

ADACURSES 1 User Commands

-ADACURSES(1)                     User Commands                    ADACURSES(1)
+ADACURSES(1)                     User Commands                    ADACURSES(1)
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

SYNOPSIS

-       adacurses6-config [options]
+       adacurses6-config [options]

DESCRIPTION

@@ -60,20 +60,20 @@

OPTIONS

-       --cflags
+       --cflags
               echos the gnat (Ada  compiler)  flags  needed  to  compile  with
               AdaCurses.
 
-       --libs echos the gnat libraries needed to link with AdaCurses.
+       --libs echos the gnat libraries needed to link with AdaCurses.
 
-       --version
+       --version
               echos  the  release+patchdate  version  of the ncurses libraries
               used to configure and build AdaCurses.
 
-       --help prints a list of the adacurses6-config script's options.
+       --help prints a list of the adacurses6-config script's options.
 
-       If no options are given, adacurses6-config prints  the  combination  of
-       --cflags and --libs that gnatmake expects (see example).
+       If no options are given, adacurses6-config prints  the  combination  of
+       --cflags and --libs that gnatmake expects (see example).

EXAMPLE

@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3X)
+       curses(3x)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                                  ADACURSES(1)
+                                                                  ADACURSES(1)
    diff --git a/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html index 78146fa6..3eb9e2c5 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html +++ b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html @@ -35,49 +35,49 @@ -@CAPTOINFO@ 1M +captoinfo 1m -

    @CAPTOINFO@ 1M

    +

    captoinfo 1m

    -captoinfo(1M)                                                    captoinfo(1M)
+captoinfo(1m)                                                    captoinfo(1m)

    NAME

    -       captoinfo - convert a termcap description into a terminfo description
+       captoinfo - convert a termcap description into a terminfo description

    SYNOPSIS

    -       captoinfo [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file ...
+       captoinfo [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file ...

    DESCRIPTION

    -       captoinfo  looks in each given text file for termcap descriptions.  For
-       each one found,  an  equivalent  terminfo  description  is  written  to
-       standard  output.   Termcap  tc capabilities are translated directly to
-       terminfo use capabilities.
-
-       If no file is given, then the environment variable TERMCAP is used  for
-       the  filename  or entry.  If TERMCAP is a full pathname to a file, only
-       the terminal whose name is specified in the environment  variable  TERM
-       is  extracted  from  that file.  If the environment variable TERMCAP is
-       not set, then the file /usr/share/terminfo is read.
-
-       -v   print out tracing information on standard  error  as  the  program
+       captoinfo  looks in each given text file for termcap descriptions.  For
+       each one found,  an  equivalent  terminfo  description  is  written  to
+       standard  output.   Termcap  tc capabilities are translated directly to
+       terminfo use capabilities.
+
+       If no file is given, then the environment variable TERMCAP is used  for
+       the  filename  or entry.  If TERMCAP is a full pathname to a file, only
+       the terminal whose name is specified in the environment  variable  TERM
+       is  extracted  from  that file.  If the environment variable TERMCAP is
+       not set, then the file /usr/share/terminfo is read.
+
+       -v   print out tracing information on standard  error  as  the  program
             runs.
 
-       -V   print  out the version of the program in use on standard error and
+       -V   print  out the version of the program in use on standard error and
             exit.
 
-       -1   cause the fields to print out  one  to  a  line.   Otherwise,  the
+       -1   cause the fields to print out  one  to  a  line.   Otherwise,  the
             fields  will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60
             characters.
 
-       -w   change the output to width characters.
+       -w   change the output to width characters.

    FILES

    @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

    TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES

            Some obsolete nonstandard capabilities will automatically be translated
-       into  standard  (SVr4/XSI  Curses)  terminfo capabilities by captoinfo.
+       into  standard  (SVr4/XSI  Curses)  terminfo capabilities by captoinfo.
        Whenever one of these automatic translations is done, the program  will
        issue an notification to stderr, inviting the user to check that it has
        not mistakenly translated a completely unknown  and  random  capability
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@
        GG    acs magic cookie count
 
        If   the   single-line  capabilities  occur  in  an  entry,  they  will
-       automatically  be  composed  into  an  acsc  string.   The  double-line
-       capabilities and GG are discarded with a warning message.
+       automatically  be  composed  into  an  acsc  string.   The  double-line
+       capabilities and GG are discarded with a warning message.
 
        IBM's  AIX  has  a  terminfo  facility descended from SVr1 terminfo but
        incompatible with the SVr4 format.  The following  AIX  extensions  are
@@ -172,34 +172,34 @@
        font2   s2ds
        font3   s3ds
 
-       Additionally,  the AIX box1 capability will be automatically translated
-       to an acsc string.
+       Additionally,  the AIX box1 capability will be automatically translated
+       to an acsc string.
 
        Hewlett-Packard's terminfo library supports  two  nonstandard  terminfo
-       capabilities  meml  (memory lock) and memu (memory unlock).  These will
+       capabilities  meml  (memory lock) and memu (memory unlock).  These will
        be discarded with a warning message.

    NOTES

    -       This utility is actually a link to tic(1M), running in  -I  mode.   You
-       can use other tic options such as -f and  -x.
+       This utility is actually a link to tic(1m), running in  -I  mode.   You
+       can use other tic options such as -f and  -x.
 
        The  verbose option is not identical to SVr4's.  Under SVr4, instead of
-       following the -v with a trace level n, you repeat it n times.
+       following the -v with a trace level n, you repeat it n times.

    PORTABILITY

    -       X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) describes tic  briefly,  but  omits  this
-       program.  SVr4 systems provide captoinfo as a separate application from
-       tic.
+       X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) describes tic  briefly,  but  omits  this
+       program.  SVr4 systems provide captoinfo as a separate application from
+       tic.
 
        NetBSD does not provide this application.

    SEE ALSO

    -       infocmp(1M), curses(3X), terminfo(5)
+       infocmp(1m), curses(3x), terminfo(5)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).

    AUTHOR

    @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 captoinfo(1M)
+                                                                 captoinfo(1m)
      diff --git a/doc/html/man/clear.1.html b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html index 8a32a74f..aa6e6d24 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/clear.1.html +++ b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html @@ -36,125 +36,125 @@ -@CLEAR@ 1 +clear 1 -

      @CLEAR@ 1

      +

      clear 1

      -clear(1)                    General Commands Manual                   clear(1)
+clear(1)                    General Commands Manual                   clear(1)

      NAME

      -       clear - clear the terminal screen
+       clear - clear the terminal screen

      SYNOPSIS

      -       clear [-Ttype] [-V] [-x]
+       clear [-Ttype] [-V] [-x]

      DESCRIPTION

      -       clear  clears your screen if this is possible, including its scrollback
-       buffer (if the extended "E3" capability is defined).   clear  looks  in
+       clear  clears your screen if this is possible, including its scrollback
+       buffer (if the extended "E3" capability is defined).   clear  looks  in
        the environment for the terminal type given by the environment variable
-       TERM, and then in the terminfo database to determine how to  clear  the
+       TERM, and then in the terminfo database to determine how to  clear  the
        screen.
 
-       clear  writes  to  the  standard output.  You can redirect the standard
-       output to a file (which  prevents  clear  from  actually  clearing  the
-       screen),  and  later  cat  the  file to the screen, clearing it at that
+       clear  writes  to  the  standard output.  You can redirect the standard
+       output to a file (which  prevents  clear  from  actually  clearing  the
+       screen),  and  later  cat  the  file to the screen, clearing it at that
        point.

      OPTIONS

      -       -T type
-            indicates  the  type  of  terminal.   Normally  this   option   is
+       -T type
+            indicates  the  type  of  terminal.   Normally  this   option   is
             unnecessary,  because  the  default  is taken from the environment
-            variable TERM.  If -T is specified, then the shell variables LINES
-            and COLUMNS will also be ignored.
+            variable TERM.  If -T is specified, then the shell variables LINES
+            and COLUMNS will also be ignored.
 
-       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
+       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
             exits.  The options are as follows:
 
-       -x   do not attempt to clear the terminal's scrollback buffer using the
+       -x   do not attempt to clear the terminal's scrollback buffer using the
             extended "E3" capability.

      HISTORY

      -       A  clear  command  appeared  in 2.79BSD dated February 24, 1979.  Later
+       A  clear  command  appeared  in 2.79BSD dated February 24, 1979.  Later
        that was provided in Unix 8th edition (1985).
 
-       AT&T adapted a different BSD program  (tset)  to  make  a  new  command
-       (tput),  and used this to replace the clear command with a shell script
-       which calls tput clear, e.g.,
+       AT&T adapted a different BSD program  (tset)  to  make  a  new  command
+       (tput),  and used this to replace the clear command with a shell script
+       which calls tput clear, e.g.,
 
            /usr/bin/tput ${1:+-T$1} clear 2> /dev/null
            exit
 
-       In 1989, when Keith Bostic revised the BSD  tput  command  to  make  it
-       similar  to  the  AT&T  tput,  he  added  a  shell script for the clear
+       In 1989, when Keith Bostic revised the BSD  tput  command  to  make  it
+       similar  to  the  AT&T  tput,  he  added  a  shell script for the clear
        command:
 
            exec tput clear
 
        The remainder of the script in each case is a copyright notice.
 
-       The ncurses clear command began in 1995 by adapting  the  original  BSD
-       clear command (with terminfo, of course).
+       The ncurses clear command began in 1995 by adapting  the  original  BSD
+       clear command (with terminfo, of course).
 
-       The E3 extension came later:
+       The E3 extension came later:
 
-       o   In  June  1999, xterm provided an extension to the standard control
+       o   In  June  1999, xterm provided an extension to the standard control
            sequence for clearing the screen.  Rather than  clearing  just  the
            visible part of the screen using
 
                printf '\033[2J'
 
-           one could clear the scrollback using
+           one could clear the scrollback using
 
-               printf '\033[3J'
+               printf '\033[3J'
 
-           This  is  documented  in  XTerm  Control  Sequences  as  a  feature
+           This  is  documented  in  XTerm  Control  Sequences  as  a  feature
            originating with xterm.
 
-       o   A few other terminal developers adopted the feature, e.g., PuTTY in
+       o   A few other terminal developers adopted the feature, e.g., PuTTY in
            2006.
 
-       o   In  April  2011, a Red Hat developer submitted a patch to the Linux
+       o   In  April  2011, a Red Hat developer submitted a patch to the Linux
            kernel, modifying its console driver to do  the  same  thing.   The
            Linux  change,  part  of  the  3.0  release, did not mention xterm,
            although it was cited in the Red Hat bug report (#683733) which led
            to the change.
 
-       o   Again,  a  few  other terminal developers adopted the feature.  But
-           the next relevant step was a change to the clear program in 2013 to
+       o   Again,  a  few  other terminal developers adopted the feature.  But
+           the next relevant step was a change to the clear program in 2013 to
            incorporate this extension.
 
-       o   In  2013,  the E3 extension was overlooked in tput with the "clear"
-           parameter.  That was addressed in  2016  by  reorganizing  tput  to
-           share its logic with clear and tset.
+       o   In  2013,  the E3 extension was overlooked in tput with the "clear"
+           parameter.  That was addressed in  2016  by  reorganizing  tput  to
+           share its logic with clear and tset.

      PORTABILITY

              Neither IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open  Group  Base  Specifications  Issue  7
        (POSIX.1-2008) nor X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents tset or reset.
 
-       The latter documents tput, which could be used to replace this  utility
+       The latter documents tput, which could be used to replace this  utility
        either  via  a shell script or by an alias (such as a symbolic link) to
-       run tput as clear.
+       run tput as clear.

      SEE ALSO

      -       tput(1), terminfo(5)
+       tput(1), terminfo(5)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                                      clear(1)
+                                                                      clear(1)
        diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html index 770f8d61..b71fc03f 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html @@ -34,76 +34,76 @@ -curs_add_wch 3X +curs_add_wch 3x -

        curs_add_wch 3X

        +

        curs_add_wch 3x

        -curs_add_wch(3X)                                              curs_add_wch(3X)
+curs_add_wch(3x)                                              curs_add_wch(3x)

        NAME

        -       add_wch, wadd_wch, mvadd_wch, mvwadd_wch, echo_wchar, wecho_wchar - add
-       a complex character and rendition to a curses window, then advance  the
+       add_wch, wadd_wch, mvadd_wch, mvwadd_wch, echo_wchar, wecho_wchar - add
+       a complex character and rendition to a curses window, then advance  the
        cursor

        SYNOPSIS

        -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int add_wch( const cchar_t *wch );
-       int wadd_wch( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch );
-       int mvadd_wch( int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch );
-       int mvwadd_wch( WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch );
+       int add_wch( const cchar_t *wch );
+       int wadd_wch( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch );
+       int mvadd_wch( int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch );
+       int mvwadd_wch( WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch );
 
-       int echo_wchar( const cchar_t *wch );
-       int wecho_wchar( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch );
+       int echo_wchar( const cchar_t *wch );
+       int wecho_wchar( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch );

        DESCRIPTION

        add_wch

        -       The  add_wch,  wadd_wch,  mvadd_wch,  and  mvwadd_wch functions put the
-       complex character wch into the given window at  its  current  position,
+       The  add_wch,  wadd_wch,  mvadd_wch,  and  mvwadd_wch functions put the
+       complex character wch into the given window at  its  current  position,
        which  is then advanced.  These functions perform wrapping and special-
        character processing as follows:
 
-       o   If wch refers to a spacing character, then any  previous  character
-           at  that  location is removed.  A new character specified by wch is
-           placed at that location  with  rendition  specified  by  wch.   The
+       o   If wch refers to a spacing character, then any  previous  character
+           at  that  location is removed.  A new character specified by wch is
+           placed at that location  with  rendition  specified  by  wch.   The
            cursor then advances to the next spacing character on the screen.
 
-       o   If  wch  refers to a non-spacing character, all previous characters
-           at that location are preserved.  The non-spacing characters of  wch
+       o   If  wch  refers to a non-spacing character, all previous characters
+           at that location are preserved.  The non-spacing characters of  wch
            are  added  to  the  spacing  complex  character, and the rendition
-           specified by wch is ignored.
+           specified by wch is ignored.
 
-       o   If the character part of wch is a tab, newline, backspace or  other
+       o   If the character part of wch is a tab, newline, backspace or  other
            control character, the window is updated and the cursor moves as if
-           addch were called.
+           addch were called.

        echo_wchar

        -       The echo_wchar function is functionally equivalent to a call to add_wch
-       followed  by  a  call  to  refresh(3X).   Similarly, the wecho_wchar is
-       functionally equivalent to a call to wadd_wch followed  by  a  call  to
-       wrefresh.   The  knowledge that only a single character is being output
+       The echo_wchar function is functionally equivalent to a call to add_wch
+       followed  by  a  call  to  refresh(3x).   Similarly, the wecho_wchar is
+       functionally equivalent to a call to wadd_wch followed  by  a  call  to
+       wrefresh.   The  knowledge that only a single character is being output
        is  taken  into  consideration  and,  for  non-control  characters,   a
-       considerable  performance  gain  might  be  seen  by  using  the *echo*
+       considerable  performance  gain  might  be  seen  by  using  the *echo*
        functions instead of their equivalents.

        Line Graphics

        -       Like addch(3X), addch_wch accepts symbols which make it simple to  draw
+       Like addch(3x), addch_wch accepts symbols which make it simple to  draw
        lines  and  other  frequently  used  special characters.  These symbols
-       correspond to the same VT100 line-drawing set as addch(3X).
+       correspond to the same VT100 line-drawing set as addch(3x).
 
-       ACS               Unicode    ASCII     acsc    Glyph
-       Name              Default    Default   char    Name
+       ACS               Unicode    ASCII     acsc    Glyph
+       Name              Default    Default   char    Name
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        WACS_BLOCK        0x25ae     #         0       solid square block
        WACS_BOARD        0x2592     #         h       board of squares
@@ -140,10 +140,10 @@
        WACS_VLINE        0x2502     |         x       vertical line
 
        The wide-character configuration of ncurses also  defines  symbols  for
-       thick lines (acsc "J" to "V"):
+       thick lines (acsc "J" to "V"):
 
-       ACS               Unicode   ASCII     acsc    Glyph
-       Name              Default   Default   char    Name
+       ACS               Unicode   ASCII     acsc    Glyph
+       Name              Default   Default   char    Name
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        WACS_T_BTEE       0x253b    +         V       thick tee pointing up
        WACS_T_HLINE      0x2501    -         Q       thick horizontal line
@@ -157,10 +157,10 @@
        WACS_T_URCORNER   0x2513    +         K       thick upper right corner
        WACS_T_VLINE      0x2503    |         X       thick vertical line
 
-       and for double-lines (acsc "A" to "I"):
+       and for double-lines (acsc "A" to "I"):
 
-       ACS               Unicode   ASCII     acsc    Glyph
-       Name              Default   Default   char    Name
+       ACS               Unicode   ASCII     acsc    Glyph
+       Name              Default   Default   char    Name
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        WACS_D_BTEE       0x2569    +         H       double tee pointing up
        WACS_D_HLINE      0x2550    -         R       double horizontal line
@@ -179,40 +179,40 @@
        details).   Here are its descriptions for the normal, thick, and double
        horizontal lines:
 
-       o   U+2500 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL
+       o   U+2500 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL
 
-       o   U+2501 BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY HORIZONTAL
+       o   U+2501 BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY HORIZONTAL
 
-       o   U+2550 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL
+       o   U+2550 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL

        RETURN VALUE

        -       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
 
        X/Open does not  define  any  error  conditions.   This  implementation
        returns an error
 
-       o   if the window pointer is null or
+       o   if the window pointer is null or
 
-       o   if it is not possible to add a complete character in the window.
+       o   if it is not possible to add a complete character in the window.
 
        The latter may be due to different causes:
 
-       o   If  scrollok is not enabled, writing a character at the lower right
+       o   If  scrollok is not enabled, writing a character at the lower right
            margin succeeds.  However, an error is returned because it  is  not
            possible to wrap to a new line
 
-       o   If  an error is detected when converting a multibyte character to a
+       o   If  an error is detected when converting a multibyte character to a
            sequence of bytes, or if it is not  possible  to  add  all  of  the
            resulting bytes in the window, an error is returned.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

        NOTES

        -       Note that add_wch, mvadd_wch, mvwadd_wch, and echo_wchar may be macros.
+       Note that add_wch, mvadd_wch, mvwadd_wch, and echo_wchar may be macros.

        PORTABILITY

        @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@
        POSIX locale.
 
        X/Open  Curses  makes it clear that the WACS_ symbols should be defined
-       as a pointer to cchar_t data, e.g., in the discussion of border_set.  A
+       as a pointer to cchar_t data, e.g., in the discussion of border_set.  A
        few implementations are problematic:
 
-       o   NetBSD curses defines the symbols as a wchar_t within a cchar_t.
+       o   NetBSD curses defines the symbols as a wchar_t within a cchar_t.
 
-       o   HPUX curses equates some of the ACS_ symbols to the analogous WACS_
-           symbols  as  if  the  ACS_  symbols  were  wide  characters.    The
+       o   HPUX curses equates some of the ACS_ symbols to the analogous WACS_
+           symbols  as  if  the  ACS_  symbols  were  wide  characters.    The
            misdefined  symbols  are the arrows and other symbols which are not
            used for line-drawing.
 
@@ -237,33 +237,33 @@
        providing new definitions which are not in the SVr4 implementations.
 
        Not  all  Unicode-capable  terminals  provide  support  for VT100-style
-       alternate character  sets  (i.e.,  the  acsc  capability),  with  their
+       alternate character  sets  (i.e.,  the  acsc  capability),  with  their
        corresponding  line-drawing  characters.  X/Open Curses did not address
        the  aspect  of  integrating  Unicode  with  line-drawing   characters.
        Existing  implementations  of Unix curses (AIX, HPUX, Solaris) use only
-       the acsc character-mapping to provide this feature.  As a result, those
+       the acsc character-mapping to provide this feature.  As a result, those
        implementations  can  only  use  single-byte  line-drawing  characters.
        Ncurses 5.3 (2002) provided a table of Unicode values  to  solve  these
        problems.  NetBSD curses incorporated that table in 2010.
 
        In  this  implementation,  the  Unicode  values are used instead of the
-       terminal description's acsc mapping as discussed in ncurses(3X) for the
-       environment  variable  NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS.   In contrast, for the same
-       cases, the line-drawing characters described in curs_addch(3X) will use
+       terminal description's acsc mapping as discussed in ncurses(3x) for the
+       environment  variable  NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS.   In contrast, for the same
+       cases, the line-drawing characters described in curs_addch(3x) will use
        only the ASCII default values.
 
        Having  Unicode available does not solve all of the problems with line-
        drawing for curses:
 
-       o   The closest Unicode equivalents to the VT100 graphics  S1,  S3,  S7
-           and  S9 frequently are not displayed at the regular intervals which
+       o   The closest Unicode equivalents to the VT100 graphics  S1,  S3,  S7
+           and  S9 frequently are not displayed at the regular intervals which
            the terminal used.
 
-       o   The lantern is a special case.  It originated with  the  AT&T  4410
+       o   The lantern is a special case.  It originated with  the  AT&T  4410
            terminal  in the early 1980s.  There is no accessible documentation
            depicting the lantern symbol on the AT&T terminal.
 
-           Lacking documentation, most readers assume that a storm lantern was
+           Lacking documentation, most readers assume that a storm lantern was
            intended.  But there are several possibilities, all with problems.
 
            Unicode  6.0  (2010)  does provide two lantern symbols: U+1F383 and
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
            since  they  lie  outside the BMP and as a result are not generally
            available in terminals.  They are not storm lanterns, in any case.
 
-           Most storm lanterns have a tapering glass chimney (to guard against
+           Most storm lanterns have a tapering glass chimney (to guard against
            tipping); some have a wire grid protecting the chimney.
 
            For  the  tapering  appearance,   U+2603 was adequate.  In use on a
@@ -285,12 +285,12 @@

        SEE ALSO

        -       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X), curs_attr(3X), curs_clear(3X),
-       curs_outopts(3X), curs_refresh(3X), putwc(3)
+       curses(3x), curs_addch(3x), curs_attr(3x), curs_clear(3x),
+       curs_outopts(3x), curs_refresh(3x), putwc(3)
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_add_wch(3X)
+                                                              curs_add_wch(3x)
          diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html index c3f2ca1a..deb49e13 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html @@ -34,78 +34,78 @@ -curs_add_wchstr 3X +curs_add_wchstr 3x -

          curs_add_wchstr 3X

          +

          curs_add_wchstr 3x

          -curs_add_wchstr(3X)                                        curs_add_wchstr(3X)
+curs_add_wchstr(3x)                                        curs_add_wchstr(3x)

          NAME

          -       add_wchstr, add_wchnstr, wadd_wchstr, wadd_wchnstr, mvadd_wchstr,
-       mvadd_wchnstr, mvwadd_wchstr, mvwadd_wchnstr - add an array of complex
+       add_wchstr, add_wchnstr, wadd_wchstr, wadd_wchnstr, mvadd_wchstr,
+       mvadd_wchnstr, mvwadd_wchstr, mvwadd_wchnstr - add an array of complex
        characters (and attributes) to a curses window

          SYNOPSIS

          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW * win, const cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW * win, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
+       int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wchstr);
+       int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
+       int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW * win, const cchar_t *wchstr);
+       int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW * win, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
 
-       int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
+       int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr);
+       int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
+       int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr);
+       int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);

          DESCRIPTION

                  These  functions copy the (null-terminated) array of complex characters
-       wchstr into the window image structure starting at the  current  cursor
-       position.   The four functions with n as the last argument copy at most
-       n elements, but no more than will fit on the line.  If  n=-1  then  the
+       wchstr into the window image structure starting at the  current  cursor
+       position.   The four functions with n as the last argument copy at most
+       n elements, but no more than will fit on the line.  If  n=-1  then  the
        whole  array  is  copied, to the maximum number of characters that will
        fit on the line.
 
-       The window cursor is not advanced.  These functions  work  faster  than
-       waddnstr.  On the other hand:
+       The window cursor is not advanced.  These functions  work  faster  than
+       waddnstr.  On the other hand:
 
-       o   they  do  not perform checking (such as for the newline, backspace,
+       o   they  do  not perform checking (such as for the newline, backspace,
            or carriage return characters),
 
-       o   they do not advance the current cursor position,
+       o   they do not advance the current cursor position,
 
-       o   they do not expand other control characters to ^-escapes, and
+       o   they do not expand other control characters to ^-escapes, and
 
-       o   they truncate the string if it crosses  the  right  margin,  rather
+       o   they truncate the string if it crosses  the  right  margin,  rather
            than wrapping it around to the new line.
 
-       These  functions  end  successfully  on encountering a null cchar_t, or
+       These  functions  end  successfully  on encountering a null cchar_t, or
        when they have filled the current line.  If a complex character  cannot
        completely  fit  at  the end of the current line, the remaining columns
        are filled with the background character and rendition.

          RETURN VALUE

          -       All functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
+       All functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  implementation  re-
        turns an error if the window pointer is null.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

          NOTES

          -       All functions except wadd_wchnstr may be macros.
+       All functions except wadd_wchnstr may be macros.

          PORTABILITY

          @@ -113,14 +113,14 @@

          SEE ALSO

          -       curses(3X), curs_addwstr(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_addwstr(3x).
 
        Comparable  functions in the narrow-character (ncurses) library are de-
-       scribed in curs_addchstr(3X).
+       scribed in curs_addchstr(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                           curs_add_wchstr(3X)
+                                                           curs_add_wchstr(3x)
            diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html index 8bdcec1c..b19e72ef 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html @@ -35,84 +35,84 @@ -curs_addch 3X +curs_addch 3x -

            curs_addch 3X

            +

            curs_addch 3x

            -curs_addch(3X)                                                  curs_addch(3X)
+curs_addch(3x)                                                  curs_addch(3x)

            NAME

            -       addch, waddch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar - add a character
-       (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
+       addch, waddch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar - add a character
+       (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor

            SYNOPSIS

            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int addch(const chtype ch);
-       int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
-       int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch);
-       int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch);
+       int addch(const chtype ch);
+       int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+       int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch);
+       int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch);
 
-       int echochar(const chtype ch);
-       int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+       int echochar(const chtype ch);
+       int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);

            DESCRIPTION

            Adding characters

            -       The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the  character  ch
+       The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the  character  ch
        into  the  given  window  at its current window position, which is then
-       advanced.  They are  analogous  to  putchar(3)  in  stdio(3).   If  the
+       advanced.  They are  analogous  to  putchar(3)  in  stdio(3).   If  the
        advance is at the right margin:
 
-       o   The cursor automatically wraps to the beginning of the next line.
+       o   The cursor automatically wraps to the beginning of the next line.
 
-       o   At  the  bottom of the current scrolling region, and if scrollok is
+       o   At  the  bottom of the current scrolling region, and if scrollok is
            enabled, the scrolling region is scrolled up one line.
 
-       o   If scrollok is not enabled, writing a character at the lower  right
+       o   If scrollok is not enabled, writing a character at the lower  right
            margin  succeeds.   However, an error is returned because it is not
            possible to wrap to a new line
 
-       If ch is a tab, newline, carriage return or backspace,  the  cursor  is
+       If ch is a tab, newline, carriage return or backspace,  the  cursor  is
        moved appropriately within the window:
 
-       o   Backspace  moves the cursor one character left; at the left edge of
+       o   Backspace  moves the cursor one character left; at the left edge of
            a window it does nothing.
 
-       o   Carriage return moves the cursor to the window left margin  on  the
+       o   Carriage return moves the cursor to the window left margin  on  the
            current line.
 
-       o   Newline  does  a clrtoeol, then moves the cursor to the window left
+       o   Newline  does  a clrtoeol, then moves the cursor to the window left
            margin on the next line, scrolling the window if on the last line.
 
-       o   Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column.  The tab interval
-           may be altered by setting the TABSIZE variable.
+       o   Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column.  The tab interval
+           may be altered by setting the TABSIZE variable.
 
-       If  ch  is  any  other nonprintable character, it is drawn in printable
-       form, i.e., the ^X notation used by unctrl(3X).   Calling  winch  after
+       If  ch  is  any  other nonprintable character, it is drawn in printable
+       form, i.e., the ^X notation used by unctrl(3x).   Calling  winch  after
        adding  a  nonprintable character does not return the character itself,
        but instead returns the printable representation of the character.
 
        Video attributes can be combined with a character  argument  passed  to
-       addch  or  related  functions by logical-ORing them into the character.
+       addch  or  related  functions by logical-ORing them into the character.
        (Thus, text, including attributes, can be  copied  from  one  place  to
-       another  using  inch(3X)  and  addch.)   See the curs_attr(3X) page for
+       another  using  inch(3x)  and  addch.)   See the curs_attr(3x) page for
        values of predefined video attribute constants  that  can  be  usefully
        OR'ed into characters.

            Echoing characters

            -       The  echochar  and wechochar routines are equivalent to a call to addch
-       followed by a call to refresh(3X), or a call to waddch  followed  by  a
-       call  to wrefresh.  The knowledge that only a single character is being
+       The  echochar  and wechochar routines are equivalent to a call to addch
+       followed by a call to refresh(3x), or a call to waddch  followed  by  a
+       call  to wrefresh.  The knowledge that only a single character is being
        output  is  used  and,  for  non-control  characters,  a   considerable
        performance  gain  may be seen by using these routines instead of their
        equivalents.
@@ -120,16 +120,16 @@

            Line Graphics

                    The following variables may be used to add line drawing  characters  to
-       the  screen  with  routines of the addch family.  The default character
-       listed below is used if the acsc capability does not define a terminal-
+       the  screen  with  routines of the addch family.  The default character
+       listed below is used if the acsc capability does not define a terminal-
        specific   replacement   for   it,   or  if  the  terminal  and  locale
        configuration requires  Unicode  but  the  library  is  unable  to  use
        Unicode.
 
        The names are taken from VT100 nomenclature.
 
-       ACS            ACS       acsc   Glyph
-       Name           Default   char   Name
+       ACS            ACS       acsc   Glyph
+       Name           Default   char   Name
        ---------------------------------------------------------
        ACS_BLOCK      #         0      solid square block
        ACS_BOARD      #         h      board of squares
@@ -166,29 +166,29 @@

            RETURN VALUE

            -       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success (the
-       SVr4 manuals specify only "an  integer  value  other  than  ERR")  upon
+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success (the
+       SVr4 manuals specify only "an  integer  value  other  than  ERR")  upon
        successful  completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine
        descriptions.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.
 
        If it is not  possible  to  add  a  complete  character,  an  error  is
        returned:
 
-       o   If  scrollok is not enabled, writing a character at the lower right
+       o   If  scrollok is not enabled, writing a character at the lower right
            margin succeeds.  However, an error is returned because it  is  not
            possible to wrap to a new line
 
-       o   If  an error is detected when converting a multibyte character to a
+       o   If  an error is detected when converting a multibyte character to a
            sequence of bytes, or if it is not  possible  to  add  all  of  the
            resulting bytes in the window, an error is returned.

            NOTES

            -       Note that addch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, and echochar may be macros.
+       Note that addch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, and echochar may be macros.

            PORTABILITY

            @@ -198,107 +198,107 @@

            ACS Symbols

            -       X/Open Curses states that the ACS_ definitions are char constants.  For
-       the  wide-character  implementation  (see  curs_add_wch),   there   are
-       analogous   WACS_   definitions  which  are  cchar_t  constants.   Some
+       X/Open Curses states that the ACS_ definitions are char constants.  For
+       the  wide-character  implementation  (see  curs_add_wch),   there   are
+       analogous   WACS_   definitions  which  are  cchar_t  constants.   Some
        implementations are problematic:
 
-       o   Some implementations define the ACS symbols to a constant (such  as
+       o   Some implementations define the ACS symbols to a constant (such  as
            Solaris), while others define those to entries in an array.
 
-           This  implementation uses an array acs_map, as done in SVr4 curses.
-           NetBSD also uses an array, actually named _acs_char, with a #define
+           This  implementation uses an array acs_map, as done in SVr4 curses.
+           NetBSD also uses an array, actually named _acs_char, with a #define
            for compatibility.
 
-       o   HPUX curses equates some of the ACS_ symbols to the analogous WACS_
-           symbols  as  if  the  ACS_  symbols  were  wide  characters.    The
+       o   HPUX curses equates some of the ACS_ symbols to the analogous WACS_
+           symbols  as  if  the  ACS_  symbols  were  wide  characters.    The
            misdefined  symbols  are the arrows and other symbols which are not
            used for line-drawing.
 
-       o   X/Open Curses (issues 2 through 7) has a  typographical  error  for
-           the  ACS_LANTERN  symbol,  equating  its  "VT100+  Character"  to I
+       o   X/Open Curses (issues 2 through 7) has a  typographical  error  for
+           the  ACS_LANTERN  symbol,  equating  its  "VT100+  Character"  to I
            (capital I), while the header files for SVr4 curses and the various
-           implementations use i (lowercase).
+           implementations use i (lowercase).
 
            None  of the terminal descriptions on Unix platforms use uppercase-
-           I,  except  for  Solaris  (i.e.,  screen's  terminal   description,
+           I,  except  for  Solaris  (i.e.,  screen's  terminal   description,
            apparently  based on the X/Open documentation around 1995).  On the
-           other hand, the terminal description gs6300 (AT&T PC6300 with EMOTS
+           other hand, the terminal description gs6300 (AT&T PC6300 with EMOTS
            Terminal Emulator) uses lowercase-i.
 
        Some  ACS  symbols  (ACS_S3,  ACS_S7,  ACS_LEQUAL,  ACS_GEQUAL, ACS_PI,
        ACS_NEQUAL, ACS_STERLING) were not documented in any publicly  released
-       System  V.   However,  many  publicly  available terminfos include acsc
+       System  V.   However,  many  publicly  available terminfos include acsc
        strings in which their key characters (pryz{|})  are  embedded,  and  a
        second-hand  list  of  their  character descriptions has come to light.
-       The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for ncurses(3X).
+       The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for ncurses(3x).
 
-       The displayed values for the ACS_ and WACS_ constants depend on
+       The displayed values for the ACS_ and WACS_ constants depend on
 
-       o   the library configuration, i.e., ncurses versus ncursesw, where the
+       o   the library configuration, i.e., ncurses versus ncursesw, where the
            latter  is  capable  of displaying Unicode while the former is not,
            and
 
-       o   whether the locale uses UTF-8 encoding.
+       o   whether the locale uses UTF-8 encoding.
 
        In certain cases,  the  terminal  is  unable  to  display  line-drawing
        characters   except   by   using   UTF-8   (see   the   discussion   of
-       NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS in ncurses(3X)).
+       NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS in ncurses(3x)).

            Character Set

            -       X/Open Curses assumes that the parameter passed to  waddch  contains  a
-       single  character.   As  discussed in curs_attr(3X), that character may
+       X/Open Curses assumes that the parameter passed to  waddch  contains  a
+       single  character.   As  discussed in curs_attr(3x), that character may
        have been more than eight bits in an SVr3 or SVr4  implementation,  but
        in  the  X/Open Curses model, the details are not given.  The important
        distinction between SVr4 curses and X/Open  Curses  is  that  the  non-
        character  information  (attributes  and  color) was separated from the
-       character information which is packed in a chtype to pass to waddch.
+       character information which is packed in a chtype to pass to waddch.
 
-       In this implementation,  chtype  holds  an  eight-bit  character.   But
+       In this implementation,  chtype  holds  an  eight-bit  character.   But
        ncurses  allows  multibyte  characters  to be passed in a succession of
-       calls to waddch.  The other implementations do not do this; a  call  to
-       waddch  passes  exactly  one  character which may be rendered as one or
+       calls to waddch.  The other implementations do not do this; a  call  to
+       waddch  passes  exactly  one  character which may be rendered as one or
        more cells on the screen depending on whether it is printable.
 
        Depending on the locale settings, ncurses will inspect the byte  passed
-       in  each  call  to waddch, and check if the latest call will continue a
-       multibyte sequence.  When a character is complete, ncurses displays the
+       in  each  call  to waddch, and check if the latest call will continue a
+       multibyte sequence.  When a character is complete, ncurses displays the
        character and moves to the next position in the screen.
 
        If  the  calling  application  interrupts  the succession of bytes in a
-       multibyte character by moving the current location (e.g., using wmove),
+       multibyte character by moving the current location (e.g., using wmove),
        ncurses discards the partially built character, starting over again.
 
        For  portability  to  other  implementations,  do  not  rely  upon this
        behavior:
 
-       o   check if a character can be represented as a  single  byte  in  the
-           current locale before attempting call waddch, and
+       o   check if a character can be represented as a  single  byte  in  the
+           current locale before attempting call waddch, and
 
-       o   call wadd_wch for characters which cannot be handled by waddch.
+       o   call wadd_wch for characters which cannot be handled by waddch.

            TABSIZE

            -       The  TABSIZE  variable  is  implemented  in  SVr4 and other versions of
-       curses, but is not part of X/Open curses  (see  curs_variables(3X)  for
+       The  TABSIZE  variable  is  implemented  in  SVr4 and other versions of
+       curses, but is not part of X/Open curses  (see  curs_variables(3x)  for
        more details).
 
-       If ch is a carriage return, the cursor is moved to the beginning of the
+       If ch is a carriage return, the cursor is moved to the beginning of the
        current row of the window.  This is true of other implementations,  but
        is not documented.

            SEE ALSO

            -       curses(3X),      curs_attr(3X),      curs_clear(3X),     curs_inch(3X),
-       curs_outopts(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_variables(3X), putc(3).
+       curses(3x),      curs_attr(3x),      curs_clear(3x),     curs_inch(3x),
+       curs_outopts(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_variables(3x), putc(3).
 
        Comparable functions  in  the  wide-character  (ncursesw)  library  are
-       described in curs_add_wch(3X).
+       described in curs_add_wch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_addch(3X)
+                                                                curs_addch(3x)
              diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html index 5b37fc44..78abdeb9 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html @@ -34,72 +34,72 @@ -curs_addchstr 3X +curs_addchstr 3x -

              curs_addchstr 3X

              +

              curs_addchstr 3x

              -curs_addchstr(3X)                                            curs_addchstr(3X)
+curs_addchstr(3x)                                            curs_addchstr(3x)

              NAME

              -       addchstr, addchnstr, waddchstr, waddchnstr, mvaddchstr, mvaddchnstr,
-       mvwaddchstr, mvwaddchnstr - add a string of characters (and attributes)
-       to a curses window
+       addchstr, addchnstr, waddchstr, waddchnstr, mvaddchstr, mvaddchnstr,
+       mvwaddchstr, mvwaddchnstr - add a string of characters (and attributes)
+       to a curses window

              SYNOPSIS

              -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int addchstr(const chtype *chstr);
-       int addchnstr(const chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr);
-       int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int addchstr(const chtype *chstr);
+       int addchnstr(const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr);
+       int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr, int n);
 
-       int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);
-       int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);
-       int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);
+       int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);
+       int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);

              DESCRIPTION

              -       These  functions copy the (null-terminated) chstr array into the window
+       These  functions copy the (null-terminated) chstr array into the window
        image structure starting at the  current  cursor  position.   The  four
-       functions  with  n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no
-       more than will fit on the line.   If  n=-1  then  the  whole  array  is
+       functions  with  n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no
+       more than will fit on the line.   If  n=-1  then  the  whole  array  is
        copied, to the maximum number of characters that will fit on the line.
 
-       The  window  cursor  is not advanced.  These functions work faster than
-       waddnstr.  On the other hand:
+       The  window  cursor  is not advanced.  These functions work faster than
+       waddnstr.  On the other hand:
 
-       o   they do not perform checking (such as for the  newline,  backspace,
+       o   they do not perform checking (such as for the  newline,  backspace,
            or carriage return characters),
 
-       o   they do not advance the current cursor position,
+       o   they do not advance the current cursor position,
 
-       o   they do not expand other control characters to ^-escapes, and
+       o   they do not expand other control characters to ^-escapes, and
 
-       o   they  truncate  the  string  if it crosses the right margin, rather
+       o   they  truncate  the  string  if it crosses the right margin, rather
            than wrapping it around to the new line.

              RETURN VALUE

              -       All functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
+       All functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  implementation  re-
        turns an error if the window pointer is null.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

              NOTES

              -       All functions except waddchnstr may be macros.
+       All functions except waddchnstr may be macros.

              PORTABILITY

              @@ -107,14 +107,14 @@

              SEE ALSO

              -       curses(3X), curs_addstr(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_addstr(3x).
 
        Comparable  functions  in the wide-character (ncursesw) library are de-
-       scribed in curs_add_wchstr(3X).
+       scribed in curs_add_wchstr(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_addchstr(3X)
+                                                             curs_addchstr(3x)
                diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html index 06f61337..71abb99e 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html @@ -34,79 +34,79 @@ -curs_addstr 3X +curs_addstr 3x -

                curs_addstr 3X

                +

                curs_addstr 3x

                -curs_addstr(3X)                                                curs_addstr(3X)
+curs_addstr(3x)                                                curs_addstr(3x)

                NAME

                -       addstr, addnstr, waddstr, waddnstr, mvaddstr, mvaddnstr, mvwaddstr,
-       mvwaddnstr - add a string of characters to a curses window and advance
+       addstr, addnstr, waddstr, waddnstr, mvaddstr, mvaddnstr, mvwaddstr,
+       mvwaddnstr - add a string of characters to a curses window and advance
        cursor

                SYNOPSIS

                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int addstr(const char *str);
-       int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
-       int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
-       int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+       int addstr(const char *str);
+       int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
+       int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+       int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
 
-       int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
-       int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
-       int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
-       int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);

                DESCRIPTION

                -       These functions write the (null-terminated) character string str on the
-       given window.  It is similar to calling waddch once for  each  byte  in
+       These functions write the (null-terminated) character string str on the
+       given window.  It is similar to calling waddch once for  each  byte  in
        the string.
 
-       The mv functions perform cursor movement once, before writing any char-
+       The mv functions perform cursor movement once, before writing any char-
        acters.  Thereafter, the cursor is advanced as a side-effect of writing
        to the window.
 
-       The  four  functions with n as the last argument write at most n bytes,
-       or until a terminating null is reached.  If n is -1,  then  the  entire
+       The  four  functions with n as the last argument write at most n bytes,
+       or until a terminating null is reached.  If n is -1,  then  the  entire
        string will be added.

                RETURN VALUE

                -       All functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
+       All functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
 
        X/Open  does  not define any error conditions.  This implementation re-
        turns an error
 
-       o   if the window pointer is null or
+       o   if the window pointer is null or
 
-       o   if the string pointer is null or
+       o   if the string pointer is null or
 
-       o   if the corresponding calls to waddch return an error.
+       o   if the corresponding calls to waddch return an error.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
-       the window pointer is null.  If an error is returned by the  wmove,  no
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       the window pointer is null.  If an error is returned by the  wmove,  no
        characters are added to the window.
 
-       If  an  error  is  returned  by waddch (e.g., because the window is not
+       If  an  error  is  returned  by waddch (e.g., because the window is not
        large enough, or an illegal byte sequence was detected)  only  part  of
        the  string  may be added.  Aside from that, there is a special case in
-       waddch where an error may be  returned  after  successfully  writing  a
-       character  to  the lower-right corner of a window when scrollok is dis-
+       waddch where an error may be  returned  after  successfully  writing  a
+       character  to  the lower-right corner of a window when scrollok is dis-
        abled.

                NOTES

                -       All of these functions except waddnstr may be macros.
+       All of these functions except waddnstr may be macros.

                PORTABILITY

                @@ -114,11 +114,11 @@

                SEE ALSO

                -       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_addch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_addstr(3X)
+                                                               curs_addstr(3x)
                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html index 5f41a0c7..52852069 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html @@ -34,72 +34,72 @@ -curs_addwstr 3X +curs_addwstr 3x -

                  curs_addwstr 3X

                  +

                  curs_addwstr 3x

                  -curs_addwstr(3X)                                              curs_addwstr(3X)
+curs_addwstr(3x)                                              curs_addwstr(3x)

                  NAME

                  -       addwstr, addnwstr, waddwstr, waddnwstr, mvaddwstr, mvaddnwstr,
-       mvwaddwstr, mvwaddnwstr - add a string of wide characters to a curses
+       addwstr, addnwstr, waddwstr, waddnwstr, mvaddwstr, mvaddnwstr,
+       mvwaddwstr, mvwaddnwstr - add a string of wide characters to a curses
        window and advance cursor

                  SYNOPSIS

                  -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
+       int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
+       int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
 
-       int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+       int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+       int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);

                  DESCRIPTION

                  -       These  functions  write the characters of the (null-terminated) wchar_t
-       character string wstr on the given window.  It is similar to construct-
-       ing a cchar_t for each wchar_t in the string, then calling wadd_wch for
-       the resulting cchar_t.
+       These  functions  write the characters of the (null-terminated) wchar_t
+       character string wstr on the given window.  It is similar to construct-
+       ing a cchar_t for each wchar_t in the string, then calling wadd_wch for
+       the resulting cchar_t.
 
-       The mv functions perform cursor movement once, before writing any char-
+       The mv functions perform cursor movement once, before writing any char-
        acters.  Thereafter, the cursor is advanced as a side-effect of writing
        to the window.
 
-       The four functions with n as the last argument write at most n  wchar_t
-       characters,  or  until a terminating null is reached.  If n is -1, then
+       The four functions with n as the last argument write at most n  wchar_t
+       characters,  or  until a terminating null is reached.  If n is -1, then
        the entire string will be added.

                  RETURN VALUE

                  -       All functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
+       All functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  implementation  re-
        turns an error
 
-       o   if the window pointer is null or
+       o   if the window pointer is null or
 
-       o   if the string pointer is null or
+       o   if the string pointer is null or
 
-       o   if the corresponding calls to wadd_wch return an error.
+       o   if the corresponding calls to wadd_wch return an error.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                  NOTES

                  -       All of these functions except waddnwstr may be macros.
+       All of these functions except waddnwstr may be macros.

                  PORTABILITY

                  @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@

                  SEE ALSO

                  -       curses(3X), curs_add_wch(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_add_wch(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_addwstr(3X)
+                                                              curs_addwstr(3x)
                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html index fbd5aa32..13ead711 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html @@ -56,220 +56,220 @@ -curs_attr 3X +curs_attr 3x -

                    curs_attr 3X

                    +

                    curs_attr 3x

                    -curs_attr(3X)                                                    curs_attr(3X)
+curs_attr(3x)                                                    curs_attr(3x)

                    NAME

                    -       attr_get, wattr_get, attr_set, wattr_set, attr_off, wattr_off, attr_on,
-       wattr_on, attroff, wattroff, attron, wattron, attrset, wattrset, chgat,
-       wchgat, mvchgat, mvwchgat, color_set, wcolor_set, standend, wstandend,
-       standout, wstandout - curses character and window attribute control
+       attr_get, wattr_get, attr_set, wattr_set, attr_off, wattr_off, attr_on,
+       wattr_on, attroff, wattroff, attron, wattron, attrset, wattrset, chgat,
+       wchgat, mvchgat, mvwchgat, color_set, wcolor_set, standend, wstandend,
+       standout, wstandout - curses character and window attribute control
        routines

                    SYNOPSIS

                    -       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *pair, void *opts);
-       int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *pair, void *opts);
-       int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts);
-       int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts);
-
-       int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
-       int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
-       int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
-       int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
-
-       int attroff(int attrs);
-       int wattroff(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
-       int attron(int attrs);
-       int wattron(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
-       int attrset(int attrs);
-       int wattrset(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
-
-       int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short pair, const void *opts);
-       int wchgat(WINDOW *win,
-             int n, attr_t attr, short pair, const void *opts);
-       int mvchgat(int y, int x,
-             int n, attr_t attr, short pair, const void *opts);
-       int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,
-             int n, attr_t attr, short pair, const void *opts);
-
-       int color_set(short pair, void* opts);
-       int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short pair, void* opts);
-
-       int standend(void);
-       int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
-       int standout(void);
-       int wstandout(WINDOW *win);
+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *pair, void *opts);
+       int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *pair, void *opts);
+       int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts);
+       int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts);
+
+       int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+       int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+       int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+       int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+
+       int attroff(int attrs);
+       int wattroff(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+       int attron(int attrs);
+       int wattron(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+       int attrset(int attrs);
+       int wattrset(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+
+       int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short pair, const void *opts);
+       int wchgat(WINDOW *win,
+             int n, attr_t attr, short pair, const void *opts);
+       int mvchgat(int y, int x,
+             int n, attr_t attr, short pair, const void *opts);
+       int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,
+             int n, attr_t attr, short pair, const void *opts);
+
+       int color_set(short pair, void* opts);
+       int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short pair, void* opts);
+
+       int standend(void);
+       int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
+       int standout(void);
+       int wstandout(WINDOW *win);

                    DESCRIPTION

                            These  routines  manipulate the current attributes of the named window,
        which then apply to all characters that are  written  into  the  window
-       with  waddch,  waddstr  and  wprintw.  Attributes are a property of the
+       with  waddch,  waddstr  and  wprintw.  Attributes are a property of the
        character, and move with the character through any  scrolling  and  in-
        sert/delete  line/character  operations.   To the extent possible, they
        are displayed as appropriate modifications to the graphic rendition  of
        characters put on the screen.
 
        These  routines do not affect the attributes used when erasing portions
-       of the window.  See curs_bkgd(3X) for functions which  modify  the  at-
+       of the window.  See curs_bkgd(3x) for functions which  modify  the  at-
        tributes used for erasing and clearing.
 
-       Routines  which  do  not have a WINDOW* parameter apply to stdscr.  For
-       example, attr_set is the stdscr variant of wattr_set.
+       Routines  which  do  not have a WINDOW* parameter apply to stdscr.  For
+       example, attr_set is the stdscr variant of wattr_set.

                    Window attributes

                            There are two sets of functions:
 
-       o   functions for manipulating the window attributes  and  color:  wat-
-           tr_set and wattr_get.
+       o   functions for manipulating the window attributes  and  color:  wat-
+           tr_set and wattr_get.
 
-       o   functions  for manipulating only the window attributes (not color):
-           wattr_on and wattr_off.
+       o   functions  for manipulating only the window attributes (not color):
+           wattr_on and wattr_off.
 
-       The wattr_set function sets the current attributes of the given  window
-       to attrs, with color specified by pair.
+       The wattr_set function sets the current attributes of the given  window
+       to attrs, with color specified by pair.
 
-       Use wattr_get to retrieve attributes for the given window.
+       Use wattr_get to retrieve attributes for the given window.
 
-       Use  attr_on  and  wattr_on  to turn on window attributes, i.e., values
-       OR'd together in attr, without affecting  other  attributes.   Use  at-
-       tr_off  and  wattr_off to turn off window attributes, again values OR'd
-       together in attr, without affecting other attributes.
+       Use  attr_on  and  wattr_on  to turn on window attributes, i.e., values
+       OR'd together in attr, without affecting  other  attributes.   Use  at-
+       tr_off  and  wattr_off to turn off window attributes, again values OR'd
+       together in attr, without affecting other attributes.

                    Legacy window attributes

                    -       The X/Open window attribute routines which set or get, turn on  or  off
+       The X/Open window attribute routines which set or get, turn on  or  off
        are extensions of older routines which assume that color pairs are OR'd
        into the attribute parameter.  These newer routines use similar  names,
-       because X/Open simply added an underscore (_) for the newer names.
+       because X/Open simply added an underscore (_) for the newer names.
 
-       The int datatype used in the legacy routines is treated as if it is the
-       same size as chtype (used by addch(3X)).  It holds the common video at-
+       The int datatype used in the legacy routines is treated as if it is the
+       same size as chtype (used by addch(3x)).  It holds the common video at-
        tributes  (such  as  bold,  reverse),  as well as a few bits for color.
-       Those bits correspond to the A_COLOR symbol.  The COLOR_PAIR macro pro-
+       Those bits correspond to the A_COLOR symbol.  The COLOR_PAIR macro pro-
        vides  a value which can be OR'd into the attribute parameter.  For ex-
-       ample, as long as that value fits into the  A_COLOR  mask,  then  these
+       ample, as long as that value fits into the  A_COLOR  mask,  then  these
        calls produce similar results:
 
-           attrset(A_BOLD | COLOR_PAIR(pair));
-           attr_set(A_BOLD, pair, NULL);
+           attrset(A_BOLD | COLOR_PAIR(pair));
+           attr_set(A_BOLD, pair, NULL);
 
-       However, if the value does not fit, then the COLOR_PAIR macro uses only
-       the bits that fit.  For example, because in ncurses A_COLOR  has  eight
-       (8) bits, then COLOR_PAIR(259) is 4 (i.e., 259 is 4 more than the limit
+       However, if the value does not fit, then the COLOR_PAIR macro uses only
+       the bits that fit.  For example, because in ncurses A_COLOR  has  eight
+       (8) bits, then COLOR_PAIR(259) is 4 (i.e., 259 is 4 more than the limit
        255).
 
-       The PAIR_NUMBER macro extracts a pair number from an int  (or  chtype).
-       For  example,  the input and output values in these statements would be
+       The PAIR_NUMBER macro extracts a pair number from an int  (or  chtype).
+       For  example,  the input and output values in these statements would be
        the same:
 
-           int value = A_BOLD | COLOR_PAIR(input);
-           int output = PAIR_NUMBER(value);
+           int value = A_BOLD | COLOR_PAIR(input);
+           int output = PAIR_NUMBER(value);
 
-       The attrset routine is a legacy feature predating SVr4 curses but  kept
+       The attrset routine is a legacy feature predating SVr4 curses but  kept
        in X/Open Curses for the same reason that SVr4 curses kept it: compati-
        bility.
 
-       The remaining attr* functions operate exactly  like  the  corresponding
-       attr_*  functions,  except  that they take arguments of type int rather
-       than attr_t.
+       The remaining attr* functions operate exactly  like  the  corresponding
+       attr_*  functions,  except  that they take arguments of type int rather
+       than attr_t.
 
-       There is no corresponding attrget function as such  in  X/Open  Curses,
-       although ncurses provides getattrs (see curs_legacy(3X)).
+       There is no corresponding attrget function as such  in  X/Open  Curses,
+       although ncurses provides getattrs (see curs_legacy(3x)).

                    Change character rendition

                    -       The  routine  chgat changes the attributes of a given number of charac-
-       ters starting at the current cursor location of stdscr.   It  does  not
+       The  routine  chgat changes the attributes of a given number of charac-
+       ters starting at the current cursor location of stdscr.   It  does  not
        update  the cursor and does not perform wrapping.  A character count of
        -1 or greater than the remaining  window  width  means  to  change  at-
-       tributes  all the way to the end of the current line.  The wchgat func-
-       tion generalizes this to any window; the mvwchgat function does a  cur-
+       tributes  all the way to the end of the current line.  The wchgat func-
+       tion generalizes this to any window; the mvwchgat function does a  cur-
        sor move before acting.
 
-       In  these  functions, the color pair argument is a color-pair index (as
-       in the first argument of init_pair, see curs_color(3X)).
+       In  these  functions, the color pair argument is a color-pair index (as
+       in the first argument of init_pair, see curs_color(3x)).

                    Change window color

                    -       The routine color_set sets the current color of the given window to the
-       foreground/background  combination  described by the color pair parame-
+       The routine color_set sets the current color of the given window to the
+       foreground/background  combination  described by the color pair parame-
        ter.

                    Standout

                    -       The routine standout is the same as  attron(A_STANDOUT).   The  routine
-       standend  is  the  same as attrset(A_NORMAL) or attrset(0), that is, it
+       The routine standout is the same as  attron(A_STANDOUT).   The  routine
+       standend  is  the  same as attrset(A_NORMAL) or attrset(0), that is, it
        turns off all attributes.
 
        X/Open does not mark these "restricted", because
 
-       o   they have well established legacy use, and
+       o   they have well established legacy use, and
 
-       o   there is no ambiguity about the way the attributes  might  be  com-
+       o   there is no ambiguity about the way the attributes  might  be  com-
            bined with a color pair.

                    VIDEO ATTRIBUTES

                    -       The following video attributes, defined in <curses.h>, can be passed to
-       the routines attron, attroff, and attrset, or OR'd with the  characters
-       passed to addch (see curs_addch(3X)).
+       The following video attributes, defined in <curses.h>, can be passed to
+       the routines attron, attroff, and attrset, or OR'd with the  characters
+       passed to addch (see curs_addch(3x)).
 
-              Name           Description
+              Name           Description
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
-              A_NORMAL       Normal display (no highlight)
-              A_STANDOUT     Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
-              A_UNDERLINE    Underlining
-              A_REVERSE      Reverse video
-              A_BLINK        Blinking
-              A_DIM          Half bright
-              A_BOLD         Extra bright or bold
-              A_PROTECT      Protected mode
-              A_INVIS        Invisible or blank mode
-              A_ALTCHARSET   Alternate character set
-              A_ITALIC       Italics (non-X/Open extension)
-              A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask to extract a character
-              A_COLOR        Bit-mask to extract a color (legacy routines)
-
-       These  video  attributes are supported by attr_on and related functions
-       (which also support the attributes recognized by attron, etc.):
-
-              Name            Description
+              A_NORMAL       Normal display (no highlight)
+              A_STANDOUT     Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+              A_UNDERLINE    Underlining
+              A_REVERSE      Reverse video
+              A_BLINK        Blinking
+              A_DIM          Half bright
+              A_BOLD         Extra bright or bold
+              A_PROTECT      Protected mode
+              A_INVIS        Invisible or blank mode
+              A_ALTCHARSET   Alternate character set
+              A_ITALIC       Italics (non-X/Open extension)
+              A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask to extract a character
+              A_COLOR        Bit-mask to extract a color (legacy routines)
+
+       These  video  attributes are supported by attr_on and related functions
+       (which also support the attributes recognized by attron, etc.):
+
+              Name            Description
               -----------------------------------------
-              WA_HORIZONTAL   Horizontal highlight
-              WA_LEFT         Left highlight
-              WA_LOW          Low highlight
-              WA_RIGHT        Right highlight
-              WA_TOP          Top highlight
-              WA_VERTICAL     Vertical highlight
+              WA_HORIZONTAL   Horizontal highlight
+              WA_LEFT         Left highlight
+              WA_LOW          Low highlight
+              WA_RIGHT        Right highlight
+              WA_TOP          Top highlight
+              WA_VERTICAL     Vertical highlight
 
        The return values of many of these routines are  not  meaningful  (they
        are  implemented  as macro-expanded assignments and simply return their
        argument).  The SVr4 manual page claims (falsely) that  these  routines
-       always return 1.
+       always return 1.

                    NOTES

                            These functions may be macros:
 
-              attroff,  wattroff, attron, wattron, attrset, wattrset, standend
-              and standout.
+              attroff,  wattroff, attron, wattron, attrset, wattrset, standend
+              and standout.
 
        Color pair values can only be OR'd with attributes if the  pair  number
-       is less than 256.  The alternate functions such as color_set can pass a
+       is less than 256.  The alternate functions such as color_set can pass a
        color pair value directly.  However, ncurses ABI 4 and 5 simply OR this
        value  within  the  alternate functions.  You must use ncurses ABI 6 to
        support more than 256 color pairs.
@@ -279,54 +279,54 @@
        X/Open Curses is largely based  on  SVr4  curses,  adding  support  for
        "wide-characters"  (not  specific to Unicode).  Some of the X/Open dif-
        ferences from SVr4 curses address the way video attributes can  be  ap-
-       plied  to  wide-characters.   But aside from that, attrset and attr_set
+       plied  to  wide-characters.   But aside from that, attrset and attr_set
        are similar.  SVr4 curses provided the basic features for  manipulating
        video  attributes.  However, earlier versions of curses provided a part
        of these features.
 
        As seen in 2.8BSD, curses assumed 7-bit characters,  using  the  eighth
-       bit  of  a byte to represent the standout feature (often implemented as
+       bit  of  a byte to represent the standout feature (often implemented as
        bold and/or reverse video).  The BSD curses library provided  functions
-       standout  and  standend which were carried along into X/Open Curses due
+       standout  and  standend which were carried along into X/Open Curses due
        to their pervasive use in legacy applications.
 
        Some terminals in the 1980s  could  support  a  variety  of  video  at-
        tributes,  although the BSD curses library could do nothing with those.
-       System V (1983) provided an improved curses library.  It defined the A_
+       System V (1983) provided an improved curses library.  It defined the A_
        symbols  for  use  by  applications to manipulate the other attributes.
        There are few useful references for the chronology.
 
-       Goodheart's book UNIX Curses Explained (1991)  describes  SVr3  (1987),
+       Goodheart's book UNIX Curses Explained (1991)  describes  SVr3  (1987),
        commenting on several functions:
 
-       o   the  attron,  attroff, attrset functions (and most of the functions
+       o   the  attron,  attroff, attrset functions (and most of the functions
            found in SVr4 but not in BSD curses) were introduced by System V,
 
-       o   the alternate character set feature with A_ALTCHARSET was added  in
-           SVr2 and improved in SVr3 (by adding acs_map[]),
+       o   the alternate character set feature with A_ALTCHARSET was added  in
+           SVr2 and improved in SVr3 (by adding acs_map[]),
 
-       o   start_color  and  related color-functions were introduced by System
+       o   start_color  and  related color-functions were introduced by System
            V.3.2,
 
-       o   pads, soft-keys were added in SVr3, and
+       o   pads, soft-keys were added in SVr3, and
 
-       Goodheart did not mention the background character or the cchar_t type.
-       Those are respectively SVr4 and X/Open features.  He did mention the A_
+       Goodheart did not mention the background character or the cchar_t type.
+       Those are respectively SVr4 and X/Open features.  He did mention the A_
        constants, but did not indicate their values.  Those were not the  same
        in different systems, even for those marked as System V.
 
        Different  Unix  systems  used  different  sizes  for the bit-fields in
-       chtype for characters and colors, and took into account  the  different
+       chtype for characters and colors, and took into account  the  different
        integer sizes (32-bit versus 64-bit).
 
-       This  table  showing  the number of bits for A_COLOR and A_CHARTEXT was
+       This  table  showing  the number of bits for A_COLOR and A_CHARTEXT was
        gleaned from the curses header files for various operating systems  and
        architectures.   The inferred architecture and notes reflect the format
        and size of the defined constants as well as clues such as  the  alter-
        nate  character  set implementation.  A 32-bit library can be used on a
        64-bit system, but not necessarily the reverse.
 
-              Year   System        Arch    Color   Char   Notes
+              Year   System        Arch    Color   Char   Notes
               ----------------------------------------------------------------
               1992   Solaris 5.2   32      6       17     SVr4 curses
               1992   HPUX 9        32      no      8      SVr2 curses
@@ -339,181 +339,181 @@
               1996   OSF/1 r4      32      6       16     X/Open curses
 
               1997   HP-UX 11.00   32      6       8      X/Open curses
-              2000   U/Win         32/64   7/31    16     uses chtype
+              2000   U/Win         32/64   7/31    16     uses chtype
 
        Notes:
 
           Regarding HP-UX,
 
-          o   HP-UX 10.20 (1996) added support for 64-bit  PA-RISC  processors
+          o   HP-UX 10.20 (1996) added support for 64-bit  PA-RISC  processors
               in 1996.
 
-          o   HP-UX  10.30 (1997) marked "curses_colr" obsolete.  That version
+          o   HP-UX  10.30 (1997) marked "curses_colr" obsolete.  That version
               of curses was dropped with HP-UX 11.30 in 2006.
 
           Regarding OSF/1 (and Tru64),
 
-          o   These used 64-bit hardware.  Like ncurses, the OSF/1 curses  in-
+          o   These used 64-bit hardware.  Like ncurses, the OSF/1 curses  in-
               terface is not customized for 32-bit and 64-bit versions.
 
-          o   Unlike other systems which evolved from AT&T code, OSF/1 provid-
+          o   Unlike other systems which evolved from AT&T code, OSF/1 provid-
               ed a new implementation for X/Open curses.
 
           Regarding Solaris,
 
-          o   The initial release of Solaris was in 1992.
+          o   The initial release of Solaris was in 1992.
 
-          o   The xpg4 (X/Open) curses was developed by MKS from 1990 to 1995.
+          o   The xpg4 (X/Open) curses was developed by MKS from 1990 to 1995.
               Sun's copyright began in 1996.
 
-          o   Sun updated the X/Open curses interface after 64-bit support was
+          o   Sun updated the X/Open curses interface after 64-bit support was
               introduced in 1997, but did not modify the  SVr4  curses  inter-
               face.
 
           Regarding U/Win,
 
-          o   Development  of  the  curses  library  began in 1991, stopped in
+          o   Development  of  the  curses  library  began in 1991, stopped in
               2000.
 
-          o   Color support was added in 1998.
+          o   Color support was added in 1998.
 
-          o   The library uses only chtype (no cchar_t).
+          o   The library uses only chtype (no cchar_t).
 
        Once X/Open curses was adopted in the mid-1990s, the  constraint  of  a
-       32-bit interface with many colors and wide-characters for chtype became
-       a moot point.  The cchar_t structure (whose size and  members  are  not
+       32-bit interface with many colors and wide-characters for chtype became
+       a moot point.  The cchar_t structure (whose size and  members  are  not
        specified in X/Open Curses) could be extended as needed.
 
        Other interfaces are rarely used now:
 
-       o   BSD  curses was improved slightly in 1993/1994 using Keith Bostic's
-           modification to make the library 8-bit clean  for  nvi.   He  moved
-           standout attribute to a structure member.
+       o   BSD  curses was improved slightly in 1993/1994 using Keith Bostic's
+           modification to make the library 8-bit clean  for  nvi.   He  moved
+           standout attribute to a structure member.
 
            The  resulting  4.4BSD curses was replaced by ncurses over the next
            ten years.
 
-       o   U/Win is rarely used now.
+       o   U/Win is rarely used now.

                    EXTENSIONS

                    -       This implementation provides the A_ITALIC attribute for terminals which
-       have  the  enter_italics_mode (sitm) and exit_italics_mode (ritm) capa-
+       This implementation provides the A_ITALIC attribute for terminals which
+       have  the  enter_italics_mode (sitm) and exit_italics_mode (ritm) capa-
        bilities.  Italics are not mentioned in X/Open Curses.  Unlike the oth-
-       er  video attributes, A_ITALIC is unrelated to the set_attributes capa-
-       bilities.  This implementation makes the  assumption  that  exit_attri-
-       bute_mode may also reset italics.
+       er  video attributes, A_ITALIC is unrelated to the set_attributes capa-
+       bilities.  This implementation makes the  assumption  that  exit_attri-
+       bute_mode may also reset italics.
 
-       Each  of  the functions added by XSI Curses has a parameter opts, which
+       Each  of  the functions added by XSI Curses has a parameter opts, which
        X/Open Curses still (after more than twenty  years)  documents  as  re-
-       served for future use, saying that it should be NULL.  This implementa-
+       served for future use, saying that it should be NULL.  This implementa-
        tion uses that parameter in ABI 6 for the functions which have a color-
-       pair parameter to support extended color pairs:
+       pair parameter to support extended color pairs:
 
-       o   For  functions  which modify the color, e.g., wattr_set, if opts is
-           set it is treated as a pointer to int, and used to  set  the  color
-           pair instead of the short pair parameter.
+       o   For  functions  which modify the color, e.g., wattr_set, if opts is
+           set it is treated as a pointer to int, and used to  set  the  color
+           pair instead of the short pair parameter.
 
-       o   For functions which retrieve the color, e.g., wattr_get, if opts is
-           set it is treated as a pointer to int, and  used  to  retrieve  the
-           color pair as an int value, in addition retrieving it via the stan-
-           dard pointer to short parameter.
+       o   For functions which retrieve the color, e.g., wattr_get, if opts is
+           set it is treated as a pointer to int, and  used  to  retrieve  the
+           color pair as an int value, in addition retrieving it via the stan-
+           dard pointer to short parameter.
 
-       The remaining functions which have opts, but do not  manipulate  color,
-       e.g., wattr_on and wattr_off are not used by this implementation except
-       to check that they are NULL.
+       The remaining functions which have opts, but do not  manipulate  color,
+       e.g., wattr_on and wattr_off are not used by this implementation except
+       to check that they are NULL.

                    PORTABILITY

                            These functions are supported in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  The
-       standard  defined  the dedicated type for highlights, attr_t, which was
-       not defined in SVr4 curses.  The functions taking attr_t arguments were
+       standard  defined  the dedicated type for highlights, attr_t, which was
+       not defined in SVr4 curses.  The functions taking attr_t arguments were
        not supported under SVr4.
 
        Very old versions of this library did not force an update of the screen
-       when changing the attributes.  Use touchwin  to  force  the  screen  to
+       when changing the attributes.  Use touchwin  to  force  the  screen  to
        match the updated attributes.
 
        The  XSI  Curses standard states that whether the traditional functions
-       attron/attroff/attrset can manipulate attributes  other  than  A_BLINK,
-       A_BOLD,  A_DIM, A_REVERSE, A_STANDOUT, or A_UNDERLINE is "unspecified".
+       attron/attroff/attrset can manipulate attributes  other  than  A_BLINK,
+       A_BOLD,  A_DIM, A_REVERSE, A_STANDOUT, or A_UNDERLINE is "unspecified".
        Under this implementation as well as SVr4 curses, these functions  cor-
-       rectly  manipulate  all  other  highlights (specifically, A_ALTCHARSET,
-       A_PROTECT, and A_INVIS).
+       rectly  manipulate  all  other  highlights (specifically, A_ALTCHARSET,
+       A_PROTECT, and A_INVIS).
 
        XSI Curses added these entry points:
 
-              attr_get, attr_on, attr_off, attr_set, wattr_on, wattr_off, wat-
-              tr_get, wattr_set
+              attr_get, attr_on, attr_off, attr_set, wattr_on, wattr_off, wat-
+              tr_get, wattr_set
 
        The  new  functions are intended to work with a new series of highlight
-       macros prefixed with WA_.  The older macros have direct counterparts in
+       macros prefixed with WA_.  The older macros have direct counterparts in
        the newer set of names:
 
-              Name            Description
+              Name            Description
               ------------------------------------------------------------
-              WA_NORMAL       Normal display (no highlight)
-              WA_STANDOUT     Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
-              WA_UNDERLINE    Underlining
-              WA_REVERSE      Reverse video
-              WA_BLINK        Blinking
-              WA_DIM          Half bright
-              WA_BOLD         Extra bright or bold
-              WA_ALTCHARSET   Alternate character set
+              WA_NORMAL       Normal display (no highlight)
+              WA_STANDOUT     Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+              WA_UNDERLINE    Underlining
+              WA_REVERSE      Reverse video
+              WA_BLINK        Blinking
+              WA_DIM          Half bright
+              WA_BOLD         Extra bright or bold
+              WA_ALTCHARSET   Alternate character set
 
        XSI  curses  does not assign values to these symbols, nor does it state
        whether or not they are related to the similarly-named A_NORMAL, etc.:
 
-       o   The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair  of  corresponding
-           A_  and  WA_-using functions operates on the same current-highlight
+       o   The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair  of  corresponding
+           A_  and  WA_-using functions operates on the same current-highlight
            information.
 
-       o   However, in some implementations, those symbols have unrelated val-
+       o   However, in some implementations, those symbols have unrelated val-
            ues.
 
-           For example, the Solaris xpg4 (X/Open) curses declares attr_t to be
-           an unsigned short integer (16-bits), while chtype is a unsigned in-
-           teger  (32-bits).   The WA_ symbols in this case are different from
-           the A_ symbols because they are used for a smaller  datatype  which
-           does not represent A_CHARTEXT or A_COLOR.
+           For example, the Solaris xpg4 (X/Open) curses declares attr_t to be
+           an unsigned short integer (16-bits), while chtype is a unsigned in-
+           teger  (32-bits).   The WA_ symbols in this case are different from
+           the A_ symbols because they are used for a smaller  datatype  which
+           does not represent A_CHARTEXT or A_COLOR.
 
            In this implementation (as in many others), the values happen to be
-           the same because it simplifies copying information  between  chtype
-           and cchar_t variables.
+           the same because it simplifies copying information  between  chtype
+           and cchar_t variables.
 
-       The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new highlights A_HORI-
-       ZONTAL, A_LEFT, A_LOW, A_RIGHT, A_TOP,  A_VERTICAL  (and  corresponding
-       WA_  macros  for  each).  As of August 2013, no known terminal provides
-       these highlights (i.e., via the sgr1 capability).
+       The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new highlights A_HORI-
+       ZONTAL, A_LEFT, A_LOW, A_RIGHT, A_TOP,  A_VERTICAL  (and  corresponding
+       WA_  macros  for  each).  As of August 2013, no known terminal provides
+       these highlights (i.e., via the sgr1 capability).

                    RETURN VALUE

                    -       All routines return the integer OK on success, or ERR on failure.
+       All routines return the integer OK on success, or ERR on failure.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 
        This implementation
 
-       o   returns an error if the window pointer is null.
+       o   returns an error if the window pointer is null.
 
-       o   returns an error if the color pair parameter for wcolor_set is out-
+       o   returns an error if the color pair parameter for wcolor_set is out-
            side the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1.
 
-       o   does  not  return an error if either of the parameters of wattr_get
-           used for retrieving attribute or color-pair values is NULL.
+       o   does  not  return an error if either of the parameters of wattr_get
+           used for retrieving attribute or color-pair values is NULL.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                    SEE ALSO

                    -       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X), curs_addstr(3X), curs_bkgd(3X),
-       curs_printw(3X), curs_variables(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_addch(3x), curs_addstr(3x), curs_bkgd(3x),
+       curs_printw(3x), curs_variables(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                 curs_attr(3X)
+                                                                 curs_attr(3x)
                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html index 3fd2b44e..f48c1742 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html @@ -34,59 +34,59 @@ -curs_beep 3X +curs_beep 3x -

                      curs_beep 3X

                      +

                      curs_beep 3x

                      -curs_beep(3X)                                                    curs_beep(3X)
+curs_beep(3x)                                                    curs_beep(3x)

                      NAME

                      -       beep, flash - curses bell and screen flash routines
+       beep, flash - curses bell and screen flash routines

                      SYNOPSIS

                      -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int beep(void);
-       int flash(void);
+       int beep(void);
+       int flash(void);

                      DESCRIPTION

                      -       The  beep  and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user.  The
-       routine beep sounds an audible alarm  on  the  terminal,  if  possible;
-       otherwise  it  flashes  the  screen  (visible bell).  The routine flash
+       The  beep  and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user.  The
+       routine beep sounds an audible alarm  on  the  terminal,  if  possible;
+       otherwise  it  flashes  the  screen  (visible bell).  The routine flash
        flashes the screen, and if that is not possible, sounds the alert.   If
        neither  alert is possible, nothing happens.  Nearly all terminals have
        an audible alert (bell or beep), but only some can flash the screen.

                      RETURN VALUE

                      -       These routines return OK if they succeed in beeping  or  flashing,  ERR
+       These routines return OK if they succeed in beeping  or  flashing,  ERR
        otherwise.

                      EXTENSIONS

                      -       SVr4's  beep  and  flash  routines  always  returned  OK, so it was not
+       SVr4's  beep  and  flash  routines  always  returned  OK, so it was not
        possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.

                      PORTABILITY

                              These functions are described in the  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue  4.
-       Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return OK.
+       Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return OK.

                      SEE ALSO

                      -       curses(3X)
+       curses(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                 curs_beep(3X)
+                                                                 curs_beep(3x)
                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html index 3e640ba3..be9dc1e1 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html @@ -34,43 +34,43 @@ -curs_bkgd 3X +curs_bkgd 3x -

                        curs_bkgd 3X

                        +

                        curs_bkgd 3x

                        -curs_bkgd(3X)                                                    curs_bkgd(3X)
+curs_bkgd(3x)                                                    curs_bkgd(3x)

                        NAME

                        -       bkgdset,  wbkgdset,  bkgd,  wbkgd,  getbkgd  - curses window background
+       bkgdset,  wbkgdset,  bkgd,  wbkgd,  getbkgd  - curses window background
        manipulation routines

                        SYNOPSIS

                        -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       void bkgdset(chtype ch);
-       void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+       void bkgdset(chtype ch);
+       void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
 
-       int bkgd(chtype ch);
-       int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+       int bkgd(chtype ch);
+       int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
 
-       chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);
+       chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);

                        DESCRIPTION

                        bkgdset

                        -       The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines  manipulate  the  background  of  the
-       named  window.   The  window  background  is a chtype consisting of any
+       The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines  manipulate  the  background  of  the
+       named  window.   The  window  background  is a chtype consisting of any
        combination of attributes  (i.e.,  rendition)  and  a  character.   The
        attribute part of the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank
-       characters that are written into the  window  with  waddch.   Both  the
+       characters that are written into the  window  with  waddch.   Both  the
        character  and  attribute parts of the background are combined with the
        blank characters.  The background becomes a property of  the  character
        and  moves  with  the character through any scrolling and insert/delete
@@ -82,20 +82,20 @@

                        bkgd

                        -       The bkgd and wbkgd functions set the background property of the current
+       The bkgd and wbkgd functions set the background property of the current
        or  specified  window  and  then  apply this setting to every character
        position in that window.  According to  X/Open  Curses,  it  should  do
        this:
 
-       o   The  rendition  of  every character on the screen is changed to the
+       o   The  rendition  of  every character on the screen is changed to the
            new background rendition.
 
-       o   Wherever the former background character appears, it is changed  to
+       o   Wherever the former background character appears, it is changed  to
            the new background character.
 
        Neither  X/Open Curses nor the SVr4 manual pages give details about the
-       way the rendition of characters on the screen is updated when  bkgd  or
-       wbkgd is used to change the background character.
+       way the rendition of characters on the screen is updated when  bkgd  or
+       wbkgd is used to change the background character.
 
        This  implementation,  like  SVr4 curses, does not store the background
        and window attribute contributions to each cell separately.  It updates
@@ -103,22 +103,22 @@
        colors contained in the background.   For  each  cell  in  the  window,
        whether or not it is blank:
 
-       o   The  library  first  compares  the character, and if it matches the
+       o   The  library  first  compares  the character, and if it matches the
            current character part of the background, it replaces that with the
            new background character.
 
-       o   The  library  then  checks  if the cell uses color, i.e., its color
+       o   The  library  then  checks  if the cell uses color, i.e., its color
            pair value is nonzero.  If not, it simply replaces  the  attributes
            and  color  pair  in  the  cell  with those from the new background
            character.
 
-       o   If the cell uses color, and that matches the color in  the  current
+       o   If the cell uses color, and that matches the color in  the  current
            background, the library removes attributes which may have come from
            the current background and adds attributes from the new background.
            It  finishes  by  setting  the  cell  to use the color from the new
            background.
 
-       o   If the cell uses color, and that does not match the  color  in  the
+       o   If the cell uses color, and that does not match the  color  in  the
            current   background,   the  library  updates  only  the  non-color
            attributes, first removing those  which  may  have  come  from  the
            current  background,  and  then  adding  attributes  from  the  new
@@ -127,32 +127,32 @@
        If the background's character value is zero, a space is assumed.
 
        If the terminal does not support  color,  or  if  color  has  not  been
-       started   with   start_color,  the  new  background  character's  color
+       started   with   start_color,  the  new  background  character's  color
        attribute will be ignored.

                        getbkgd

                        -       The getbkgd function returns  the  given  window's  current  background
+       The getbkgd function returns  the  given  window's  current  background
        character/attribute pair.

                        RETURN VALUE

                                These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  It
-       specifies that bkgd and wbkgd return  ERR  on  failure,  but  gives  no
+       specifies that bkgd and wbkgd return  ERR  on  failure,  but  gives  no
        failure conditions.
 
-       The  routines  bkgd and wbkgd return the integer OK, unless the library
+       The  routines  bkgd and wbkgd return the integer OK, unless the library
        has not been initialized.
 
-       In contrast, the SVr4.0 manual says bkgd and wbkgd may return OK "or  a
-       non-negative  integer  if  immedok  is set", which refers to the return
-       value from wrefresh (used to implement the immediate repainting).   The
-       SVr4  curses  wrefresh  returns the number of characters written to the
+       In contrast, the SVr4.0 manual says bkgd and wbkgd may return OK "or  a
+       non-negative  integer  if  immedok  is set", which refers to the return
+       value from wrefresh (used to implement the immediate repainting).   The
+       SVr4  curses  wrefresh  returns the number of characters written to the
        screen during the refresh.  This implementation does not do that.

                        NOTES

                        -       Note that bkgdset and bkgd may be macros.
+       Note that bkgdset and bkgd may be macros.
 
        X/Open Curses mentions that the character part of the  background  must
        be  a  single-byte  value.   This  implementation, like SVr4, checks to
@@ -166,11 +166,11 @@

                        SEE ALSO

                        -       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X), curs_attr(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_addch(3x), curs_attr(3x), curs_outopts(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                 curs_bkgd(3X)
+                                                                 curs_bkgd(3x)
                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html index 4e86eeee..8e60e213 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html @@ -34,44 +34,44 @@ -curs_bkgrnd 3X +curs_bkgrnd 3x -

                          curs_bkgrnd 3X

                          +

                          curs_bkgrnd 3x

                          -curs_bkgrnd(3X)                                                curs_bkgrnd(3X)
+curs_bkgrnd(3x)                                                curs_bkgrnd(3x)

                          NAME

                          -       bkgrnd,  wbkgrnd, bkgrndset, wbkgrndset, getbkgrnd, wgetbkgrnd - curses
+       bkgrnd,  wbkgrnd, bkgrndset, wbkgrndset, getbkgrnd, wgetbkgrnd - curses
        window complex background manipulation routines

                          SYNOPSIS

                          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int bkgrnd( const cchar_t *wch);
-       int wbkgrnd( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+       int bkgrnd( const cchar_t *wch);
+       int wbkgrnd( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
 
-       void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch );
-       void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+       void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch );
+       void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
 
-       int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch);
-       int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
+       int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch);
+       int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);

                          DESCRIPTION

                          bkgrndset

                          -       The bkgrndset and wbkgrndset routines manipulate the background of  the
-       named  window.   The  window  background is a cchar_t consisting of any
+       The bkgrndset and wbkgrndset routines manipulate the background of  the
+       named  window.   The  window  background is a cchar_t consisting of any
        combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and  a  complex  character.
        The  attribute part of the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-
-       blank characters that are written into the window  with  waddch.   Both
+       blank characters that are written into the window  with  waddch.   Both
        the  character  and attribute parts of the background are combined with
        the blank  characters.   The  background  becomes  a  property  of  the
        character  and  moves  with  the  character  through  any scrolling and
@@ -83,40 +83,40 @@

                          bkgrnd

                          -       The bkgrnd and wbkgrnd functions set the  background  property  of  the
+       The bkgrnd and wbkgrnd functions set the  background  property  of  the
        current  or  specified  window  and  then  apply  this setting to every
        character position in that window:
 
-       o   The rendition of every character on the screen is  changed  to  the
+       o   The rendition of every character on the screen is  changed  to  the
            new background rendition.
 
-       o   Wherever  the former background character appears, it is changed to
+       o   Wherever  the former background character appears, it is changed to
            the new background character.

                          getbkgrnd

                          -       The getbkgrnd function returns the given  window's  current  background
-       character/attribute  pair  via  the  wch  pointer.  If the given window
+       The getbkgrnd function returns the given  window's  current  background
+       character/attribute  pair  via  the  wch  pointer.  If the given window
        pointer is null, the character is not updated (but no error returned).

                          NOTES

                          -       Note that bkgrnd, bkgrndset, and getbkgrnd may be macros.
+       Note that bkgrnd, bkgrndset, and getbkgrnd may be macros.
 
        X/Open Curses does not provide details on how the rendition is changed.
        This  implementation follows the approach used in SVr4 curses, which is
-       explained in the manual page for wbkgd.
+       explained in the manual page for wbkgd.

                          RETURN VALUE

                          -       The bkgrndset and wbkgrndset routines do not return a value.
+       The bkgrndset and wbkgrndset routines do not return a value.
 
-       Upon successful completion, the other functions return OK.   Otherwise,
-       they return ERR:
+       Upon successful completion, the other functions return OK.   Otherwise,
+       they return ERR:
 
-       o   A null window pointer is treated as an error.
+       o   A null window pointer is treated as an error.
 
-       o   A null character pointer is treated as an error.
+       o   A null character pointer is treated as an error.

                          PORTABILITY

                          @@ -125,11 +125,11 @@

                          SEE ALSO

                          -       curses(3X), curs_bkgd(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_bkgd(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_bkgrnd(3X)
+                                                               curs_bkgrnd(3x)
                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html index 7f10ac14..e70367df 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html @@ -34,117 +34,117 @@ -curs_border 3X +curs_border 3x -

                            curs_border 3X

                            +

                            curs_border 3x

                            -curs_border(3X)                                                curs_border(3X)
+curs_border(3x)                                                curs_border(3x)

                            NAME

                            -       border, wborder, box, hline, whline, vline, wvline, mvhline, mvwhline,
-       mvvline, mvwvline - create curses borders, horizontal and vertical
+       border, wborder, box, hline, whline, vline, wvline, mvhline, mvwhline,
+       mvvline, mvwvline - create curses borders, horizontal and vertical
        lines

                            SYNOPSIS

                            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
-                  chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
-       int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs,
-                   chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr,
-                   chtype bl, chtype br);
+       int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
+                  chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
+       int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs,
+                   chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr,
+                   chtype bl, chtype br);
 
-       int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
+       int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
 
-       int hline(chtype ch, int n);
-       int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
-       int vline(chtype ch, int n);
-       int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+       int hline(chtype ch, int n);
+       int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+       int vline(chtype ch, int n);
+       int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
 
-       int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
-       int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
-       int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
-       int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);

                            DESCRIPTION

                            -       The  border,  wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a
+       The  border,  wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a
        window.  Other than the window, each argument is a character  with  at-
        tributes:
 
-              ls - left side,
-              rs - right side,
-              ts - top side,
-              bs - bottom side,
-              tl - top left-hand corner,
-              tr - top right-hand corner,
-              bl - bottom left-hand corner, and
-              br - bottom right-hand corner.
+              ls - left side,
+              rs - right side,
+              ts - top side,
+              bs - bottom side,
+              tl - top left-hand corner,
+              tr - top right-hand corner,
+              bl - bottom left-hand corner, and
+              br - bottom right-hand corner.
 
        If  any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding default val-
-       ues (defined in curses.h) are used instead:
-
-              ACS_VLINE,
-              ACS_VLINE,
-              ACS_HLINE,
-              ACS_HLINE,
-              ACS_ULCORNER,
-              ACS_URCORNER,
-              ACS_LLCORNER,
-              ACS_LRCORNER.
-
-       box(win, verch, horch) is a shorthand for  the  following  call:  wbor-
-       der(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0, 0).
-
-       The  hline  and whline functions draw a horizontal (left to right) line
-       using ch starting at the current cursor position in  the  window.   The
-       current  cursor position is not changed.  The line is at most n charac-
+       ues (defined in curses.h) are used instead:
+
+              ACS_VLINE,
+              ACS_VLINE,
+              ACS_HLINE,
+              ACS_HLINE,
+              ACS_ULCORNER,
+              ACS_URCORNER,
+              ACS_LLCORNER,
+              ACS_LRCORNER.
+
+       box(win, verch, horch) is a shorthand for  the  following  call:  wbor-
+       der(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0, 0).
+
+       The  hline  and whline functions draw a horizontal (left to right) line
+       using ch starting at the current cursor position in  the  window.   The
+       current  cursor position is not changed.  The line is at most n charac-
        ters long, or as many as fit into the window.
 
-       The vline and wvline functions draw a vertical (top to bottom) line us-
-       ing ch starting at the current cursor position in the window.  The cur-
-       rent cursor position is not changed.  The line is at most n  characters
+       The vline and wvline functions draw a vertical (top to bottom) line us-
+       ing ch starting at the current cursor position in the window.  The cur-
+       rent cursor position is not changed.  The line is at most n  characters
        long, or as many as fit into the window.

                            RETURN VALUE

                            -       All  routines return the integer OK.  The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-
-       negative integer if immedok is set", but this appears to be an error.
+       All  routines return the integer OK.  The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-
+       negative integer if immedok is set", but this appears to be an error.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  implementation  re-
        turns an error if the window pointer is null.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                            NOTES

                            -       The  borders  generated  by these functions are inside borders (this is
+       The  borders  generated  by these functions are inside borders (this is
        also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is not documented).
 
-       Note that border and box may be macros.
+       Note that border and box may be macros.

                            PORTABILITY

                                    These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  The
-       standard  specifies  that  they return ERR on failure, but specifies no
+       standard  specifies  that  they return ERR on failure, but specifies no
        error conditions.

                            SEE ALSO

                            -       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_outopts(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_border(3X)
+                                                               curs_border(3x)
                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html index cfc89bfe..fad5c0ef 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html @@ -34,134 +34,134 @@ -curs_border_set 3X +curs_border_set 3x -

                              curs_border_set 3X

                              +

                              curs_border_set 3x

                              -curs_border_set(3X)                                        curs_border_set(3X)
+curs_border_set(3x)                                        curs_border_set(3x)

                              NAME

                              -       border_set, wborder_set, box_set, hline_set, whline_set, mvhline_set,
-       mvwhline_set, vline_set, wvline_set, mvvline_set, mvwvline_set - create
-       curses borders or lines using complex characters and renditions
+       border_set, wborder_set, box_set, hline_set, whline_set, mvhline_set,
+       mvwhline_set, vline_set, wvline_set, mvvline_set, mvwvline_set - create
+       curses borders or lines using complex characters and renditions

                              SYNOPSIS

                              -       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int border_set(
-          const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
-          const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
-          const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
-          const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br );
-       int wborder_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
-          const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
-          const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
-          const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
-       int box_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          const cchar_t *verch,
-          const cchar_t *horch);
-       int hline_set(
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int whline_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int mvhline_set(
-          int y, int x,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int mvwhline_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          int y, int x,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int vline_set(
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int wvline_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int mvvline_set(
-          int y, int x,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int mvwvline_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          int y, int x,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int border_set(
+          const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
+          const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
+          const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
+          const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br );
+       int wborder_set(
+          WINDOW *win,
+          const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
+          const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
+          const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
+          const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
+       int box_set(
+          WINDOW *win,
+          const cchar_t *verch,
+          const cchar_t *horch);
+       int hline_set(
+          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+       int whline_set(
+          WINDOW *win,
+          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+       int mvhline_set(
+          int y, int x,
+          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+       int mvwhline_set(
+          WINDOW *win,
+          int y, int x,
+          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+       int vline_set(
+          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+       int wvline_set(
+          WINDOW *win,
+          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+       int mvvline_set(
+          int y, int x,
+          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+       int mvwvline_set(
+          WINDOW *win,
+          int y, int x,
+          const cchar_t *wch, int n);

                              DESCRIPTION

                              -       The border_set and wborder_set functions draw a border around the edges
+       The border_set and wborder_set functions draw a border around the edges
        of the current or specified window.  These functions do not change  the
        cursor position, and do not wrap.
 
        Other  than  the  window, each argument is a complex character with at-
        tributes:
-              ls - left side,
-              rs - right side,
-              ts - top side,
-              bs - bottom side,
-              tl - top left-hand corner,
-              tr - top right-hand corner,
-              bl - bottom left-hand corner, and
-              br - bottom right-hand corner.
+              ls - left side,
+              rs - right side,
+              ts - top side,
+              bs - bottom side,
+              tl - top left-hand corner,
+              tr - top right-hand corner,
+              bl - bottom left-hand corner, and
+              br - bottom right-hand corner.
 
        If any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding default  val-
-       ues (defined in curses.h) are used instead:
-              WACS_VLINE,
-              WACS_VLINE,
-              WACS_HLINE,
-              WACS_HLINE,
-              WACS_ULCORNER,
-              WACS_URCORNER,
-              WACS_LLCORNER, and
-              WACS_LRCORNER.
-
-       box_set(win, verch, horch); is a shorthand for the following call:
-
-       wborder_set(win, verch, verch,
-           horch, horch, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
-
-       The  *line_set functions use wch to draw a line starting at the current
-       cursor position in the window.  The line is at most n  characters  long
+       ues (defined in curses.h) are used instead:
+              WACS_VLINE,
+              WACS_VLINE,
+              WACS_HLINE,
+              WACS_HLINE,
+              WACS_ULCORNER,
+              WACS_URCORNER,
+              WACS_LLCORNER, and
+              WACS_LRCORNER.
+
+       box_set(win, verch, horch); is a shorthand for the following call:
+
+       wborder_set(win, verch, verch,
+           horch, horch, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+
+       The  *line_set functions use wch to draw a line starting at the current
+       cursor position in the window.  The line is at most n  characters  long
        or  as many as fit into the window.  The current cursor position is not
        changed.
 
-       The hline_set, mvhline_set, mvwhline_set, and whline_set functions draw
+       The hline_set, mvhline_set, mvwhline_set, and whline_set functions draw
        a line proceeding toward the last column of the same line.
 
-       The vline_set, mvvline_set, mvwvline_set, and wvline_set functions draw
+       The vline_set, mvvline_set, mvwvline_set, and wvline_set functions draw
        a line proceeding toward the last line of the window.

                              NOTES

                              -       Note  that  border_set,  hline_set,  mvhline_set,  mvvline_set,   mvwh-
-       line_set, mvwvline_set, and vline_set may be macros.
+       Note  that  border_set,  hline_set,  mvhline_set,  mvvline_set,   mvwh-
+       line_set, mvwvline_set, and vline_set may be macros.

                              RETURN VALUE

                              -       Upon successful completion, these functions return OK.  Otherwise, they
-       return ERR.
+       Upon successful completion, these functions return OK.  Otherwise, they
+       return ERR.
 
        Functions using a window parameter return an error if it is null.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                              SEE ALSO

                              -       ncurses(3X), curs_add_wch(3X), curs_border(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+       ncurses(3x), curs_add_wch(3x), curs_border(3x), curs_outopts(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                           curs_border_set(3X)
+                                                           curs_border_set(3x)
                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html index 82491d36..a6e94410 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html @@ -34,105 +34,105 @@ -curs_clear 3X +curs_clear 3x -

                                curs_clear 3X

                                +

                                curs_clear 3x

                                -curs_clear(3X)                                                  curs_clear(3X)
+curs_clear(3x)                                                  curs_clear(3x)

                                NAME

                                -       erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, wclrtobot, clrtoeol, wclrtoeol
-       - clear all or part of a curses window
+       erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, wclrtobot, clrtoeol, wclrtoeol
+       - clear all or part of a curses window

                                SYNOPSIS

                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int erase(void);
-       int werase(WINDOW *win);
+       int erase(void);
+       int werase(WINDOW *win);
 
-       int clear(void);
-       int wclear(WINDOW *win);
+       int clear(void);
+       int wclear(WINDOW *win);
 
-       int clrtobot(void);
-       int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
+       int clrtobot(void);
+       int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
 
-       int clrtoeol(void);
-       int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);
+       int clrtoeol(void);
+       int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);

                                DESCRIPTION

                                -       The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the win-
+       The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the win-
        dow, clearing the screen.
 
-       The  clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also
-       call clearok, so that the screen is cleared completely on the next call
-       to wrefresh for that window and repainted from scratch.
+       The  clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also
+       call clearok, so that the screen is cleared completely on the next call
+       to wrefresh for that window and repainted from scratch.
 
-       The clrtobot and wclrtobot routines erase from the cursor to the end of
+       The clrtobot and wclrtobot routines erase from the cursor to the end of
        screen.  That is, they erase all lines below the cursor in the  window.
        Also,  the  current  line  to  the  right  of the cursor, inclusive, is
        erased.
 
-       The clrtoeol and wclrtoeol routines erase the current line to the right
+       The clrtoeol and wclrtoeol routines erase the current line to the right
        of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the current line.
 
        Blanks created by erasure have the current background rendition (as set
-       by wbkgdset) merged into them.
+       by wbkgdset) merged into them.

                                RETURN VALUE

                                -       All routines return the integer OK on success and ERR on failure.
+       All routines return the integer OK on success and ERR on failure.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation,
 
-       o   functions using a window pointer parameter return an error if it is
+       o   functions using a window pointer parameter return an error if it is
            null
 
-       o   wclrtoeol returns an error if the cursor position is about to wrap.
+       o   wclrtoeol returns an error if the cursor position is about to wrap.

                                NOTES

                                -       Note  that  erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, and clrtoeol may be
+       Note  that  erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, and clrtoeol may be
        macros.

                                PORTABILITY

                                        These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  The
-       standard  specifies  that  they return ERR on failure, but specifies no
+       standard  specifies  that  they return ERR on failure, but specifies no
        error conditions.
 
        The SVr4.0 manual says that these functions could return  "a  non-nega-
-       tive  integer if immedok is set", referring to the return-value of wre-
-       fresh.  In that implementation, wrefresh would return a  count  of  the
+       tive  integer if immedok is set", referring to the return-value of wre-
+       fresh.  In that implementation, wrefresh would return a  count  of  the
        number of characters written to the terminal.
 
        Some  historic  curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature,
-       the ability to do the equivalent of clearok(..., 1)  by  saying  touch-
-       win(stdscr) or clear(stdscr).  This will not work under ncurses.
+       the ability to do the equivalent of clearok(..., 1)  by  saying  touch-
+       win(stdscr) or clear(stdscr).  This will not work under ncurses.
 
        This implementation, and others such as Solaris, sets the current posi-
-       tion to 0,0 after erasing via werase and wclear.  That fact is not doc-
+       tion to 0,0 after erasing via werase and wclear.  That fact is not doc-
        umented  in  other  implementations, and may not be true of implementa-
        tions which were not derived from SVr4 source.
 
        Not obvious from the description, most implementations clear the screen
-       after  wclear  even  for  a subwindow or derived window.  If you do not
-       want to clear the screen during the next wrefresh, use werase instead.
+       after  wclear  even  for  a subwindow or derived window.  If you do not
+       want to clear the screen during the next wrefresh, use werase instead.

                                SEE ALSO

                                -       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_variables(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_outopts(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_variables(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_clear(3X)
+                                                                curs_clear(3x)
                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html index 28e8d17f..71fa2749 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html @@ -34,128 +34,128 @@ -curs_color 3X +curs_color 3x -

                                  curs_color 3X

                                  +

                                  curs_color 3x

                                  -curs_color(3X)                                                  curs_color(3X)
+curs_color(3x)                                                  curs_color(3x)

                                  NAME

                                  -       start_color, has_colors, can_change_color, init_pair, init_color,
-       init_extended_pair, init_extended_color, color_content, pair_content,
-       extended_color_content, extended_pair_content, reset_color_pairs,
-       COLOR_PAIR, PAIR_NUMBER - curses color manipulation routines
+       start_color, has_colors, can_change_color, init_pair, init_color,
+       init_extended_pair, init_extended_color, color_content, pair_content,
+       extended_color_content, extended_pair_content, reset_color_pairs,
+       COLOR_PAIR, PAIR_NUMBER - curses color manipulation routines

                                  SYNOPSIS

                                  -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int start_color(void);
+       int start_color(void);
 
-       bool has_colors(void);
-       bool can_change_color(void);
+       bool has_colors(void);
+       bool can_change_color(void);
 
-       int init_pair(short pair, short f, short b);
-       int init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b);
+       int init_pair(short pair, short f, short b);
+       int init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b);
        /* extensions */
-       int init_extended_pair(int pair, int f, int b);
-       int init_extended_color(int color, int r, int g, int b);
+       int init_extended_pair(int pair, int f, int b);
+       int init_extended_color(int color, int r, int g, int b);
 
-       int color_content(short color, short *r, short *g, short *b);
-       int pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b);
+       int color_content(short color, short *r, short *g, short *b);
+       int pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b);
        /* extensions */
-       int extended_color_content(int color, int *r, int *g, int *b);
-       int extended_pair_content(int pair, int *f, int *b);
+       int extended_color_content(int color, int *r, int *g, int *b);
+       int extended_pair_content(int pair, int *f, int *b);
 
        /* extensions */
-       void reset_color_pairs(void);
+       void reset_color_pairs(void);
 
-       int COLOR_PAIR(int n);
-       PAIR_NUMBER(attrs);
+       int COLOR_PAIR(int n);
+       PAIR_NUMBER(attrs);

                                  DESCRIPTION

                                  Overview

                                  -       curses supports color attributes on terminals with that capability.  To
-       use  these  routines  start_color  must  be called, usually right after
-       initscr.  Colors are always used in pairs (referred to as color-pairs).
+       curses supports color attributes on terminals with that capability.  To
+       use  these  routines  start_color  must  be called, usually right after
+       initscr.  Colors are always used in pairs (referred to as color-pairs).
        A  color-pair  consists  of  a  foreground color (for characters) and a
        background color (for the blank field on which the characters are  dis-
        played).   A  programmer  initializes  a  color-pair  with  the routine
-       init_pair.  After it has been initialized, COLOR_PAIR(n) can be used to
+       init_pair.  After it has been initialized, COLOR_PAIR(n) can be used to
        convert the pair to a video attribute.
 
        If  a  terminal is capable of redefining colors, the programmer can use
-       the routine init_color to change the definition of a color.   The  rou-
-       tines  has_colors  and can_change_color return TRUE or FALSE, depending
+       the routine init_color to change the definition of a color.   The  rou-
+       tines  has_colors  and can_change_color return TRUE or FALSE, depending
        on whether the terminal has color capabilities and whether the program-
-       mer can change the colors.  The routine color_content allows a program-
+       mer can change the colors.  The routine color_content allows a program-
        mer to extract the amounts of red, green, and  blue  components  in  an
-       initialized  color.   The  routine  pair_content allows a programmer to
+       initialized  color.   The  routine  pair_content allows a programmer to
        find out how a given color-pair is currently defined.

                                  Color Rendering

                                  -       The curses library combines these inputs to produce  the  actual  fore-
+       The curses library combines these inputs to produce  the  actual  fore-
        ground and background colors shown on the screen:
 
-       o   per-character video attributes (e.g., via waddch),
+       o   per-character video attributes (e.g., via waddch),
 
-       o   the window attribute (e.g., by wattrset), and
+       o   the window attribute (e.g., by wattrset), and
 
-       o   the background character (e.g., wbkgdset).
+       o   the background character (e.g., wbkgdset).
 
        Per-character and window attributes are usually set by a parameter con-
        taining video attributes including a color pair value.  Some  functions
-       such as wattr_set use a separate parameter which is the color pair num-
+       such as wattr_set use a separate parameter which is the color pair num-
        ber.
 
        The background character is a special case:  it  includes  a  character
-       value, just as if it were passed to waddch.
+       value, just as if it were passed to waddch.
 
-       The  curses library does the actual work of combining these color pairs
-       in an internal function called from waddch:
+       The  curses library does the actual work of combining these color pairs
+       in an internal function called from waddch:
 
-       o   If the parameter passed to waddch is blank, and it uses the special
+       o   If the parameter passed to waddch is blank, and it uses the special
            color pair 0,
 
-           o   curses next checks the window attribute.
+           o   curses next checks the window attribute.
 
-           o   If  the window attribute does not use color pair 0, curses uses
+           o   If  the window attribute does not use color pair 0, curses uses
                the color pair from the window attribute.
 
-           o   Otherwise, curses uses the background character.
+           o   Otherwise, curses uses the background character.
 
-       o   If the parameter passed to waddch is not blank, or it does not  use
-           the  special  color  pair 0, curses prefers the color pair from the
+       o   If the parameter passed to waddch is not blank, or it does not  use
+           the  special  color  pair 0, curses prefers the color pair from the
            parameter, if it is nonzero.  Otherwise, it tries the window attri-
            bute next, and finally the background character.
 
-       Some  curses  functions such as wprintw call waddch.  Those do not com-
+       Some  curses  functions such as wprintw call waddch.  Those do not com-
        bine its parameter with a color pair.  Consequently those calls use on-
        ly the window attribute or the background character.

                                  CONSTANTS

                                  -       In <curses.h> the following macros are defined.  These are the standard
-       colors (ISO-6429).  curses also assumes that COLOR_BLACK is the default
+       In <curses.h> the following macros are defined.  These are the standard
+       colors (ISO-6429).  curses also assumes that COLOR_BLACK is the default
        background color for all terminals.
 
-             COLOR_BLACK
-             COLOR_RED
-             COLOR_GREEN
-             COLOR_YELLOW
-             COLOR_BLUE
-             COLOR_MAGENTA
-             COLOR_CYAN
-             COLOR_WHITE
+             COLOR_BLACK
+             COLOR_RED
+             COLOR_GREEN
+             COLOR_YELLOW
+             COLOR_BLUE
+             COLOR_MAGENTA
+             COLOR_CYAN
+             COLOR_WHITE
 
        Some  terminals  support  more than the eight (8) "ANSI" colors.  There
        are no standard names for those additional colors.
@@ -164,257 +164,257 @@

                                  VARIABLES

                                  COLORS

                                  -       is initialized by start_color to the maximum number of colors the  ter-
+       is initialized by start_color to the maximum number of colors the  ter-
        minal can support.

                                  COLOR_PAIRS

                                  -       is  initialized by start_color to the maximum number of color pairs the
+       is  initialized by start_color to the maximum number of color pairs the
        terminal can support.

                                  FUNCTIONS

                                  start_color

                                  -       The start_color routine requires no arguments.  It must  be  called  if
+       The start_color routine requires no arguments.  It must  be  called  if
        the  programmer wants to use colors, and before any other color manipu-
        lation routine is called.  It is good practice  to  call  this  routine
-       right after initscr.  start_color does this:
+       right after initscr.  start_color does this:
 
-       o   It  initializes  two  global variables, COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS (re-
+       o   It  initializes  two  global variables, COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS (re-
            spectively defining the maximum number of  colors  and  color-pairs
            the terminal can support).
 
-       o   It  initializes  the special color pair 0 to the default foreground
+       o   It  initializes  the special color pair 0 to the default foreground
            and background colors.  No other color pairs are initialized.
 
-       o   It restores the colors on the terminal to the values they had  when
+       o   It restores the colors on the terminal to the values they had  when
            the terminal was just turned on.
 
-       o   If  the  terminal supports the initc (initialize_color) capability,
-           start_color initializes its internal table  representing  the  red,
+       o   If  the  terminal supports the initc (initialize_color) capability,
+           start_color initializes its internal table  representing  the  red,
            green, and blue components of the color palette.
 
            The components depend on whether the terminal uses CGA (aka "ANSI")
-           or HLS (i.e.,  the  hls  (hue_lightness_saturation)  capability  is
+           or HLS (i.e.,  the  hls  (hue_lightness_saturation)  capability  is
            set).   The  table  is  initialized  first  for  eight basic colors
            (black, red, green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white),  using
            weights that depend upon the CGA/HLS choice.  For "ANSI" colors the
-           weights are 680 or 0 depending on whether  the  corresponding  red,
-           green,  or  blue component is used or not.  That permits using 1000
+           weights are 680 or 0 depending on whether  the  corresponding  red,
+           green,  or  blue component is used or not.  That permits using 1000
            to represent bold/bright colors.  After the  initial  eight  colors
            (if  the  terminal  supports more than eight colors) the components
-           are initialized using the same pattern, but with weights  of  1000.
-           SVr4 uses a similar scheme, but uses 1000 for the components of the
+           are initialized using the same pattern, but with weights  of  1000.
+           SVr4 uses a similar scheme, but uses 1000 for the components of the
            initial eight colors.
 
-           start_color does not attempt to set the terminal's color palette to
-           match its built-in table.  An application may use init_color to al-
+           start_color does not attempt to set the terminal's color palette to
+           match its built-in table.  An application may use init_color to al-
            ter the internal table along with the terminal's color.
 
        These limits apply to color values and  color  pairs.   Values  outside
        these limits are not legal, and may result in a runtime error:
 
-       o   COLORS  corresponds to the terminal database's max_colors capabili-
-           ty, (see terminfo(5)).
+       o   COLORS  corresponds to the terminal database's max_colors capabili-
+           ty, (see terminfo(5)).
 
-       o   color values are expected to be in the range 0 to COLORS-1,  inclu-
-           sive (including 0 and COLORS-1).
+       o   color values are expected to be in the range 0 to COLORS-1,  inclu-
+           sive (including 0 and COLORS-1).
 
-       o   a  special  color value -1 is used in certain extended functions to
-           denote the default color (see use_default_colors(3X)).
+       o   a  special  color value -1 is used in certain extended functions to
+           denote the default color (see use_default_colors(3x)).
 
-       o   COLOR_PAIRS corresponds to the terminal database's max_pairs  capa-
-           bility, (see terminfo(5)).
+       o   COLOR_PAIRS corresponds to the terminal database's max_pairs  capa-
+           bility, (see terminfo(5)).
 
-       o   legal color pair values are in the range 1 to COLOR_PAIRS-1, inclu-
+       o   legal color pair values are in the range 1 to COLOR_PAIRS-1, inclu-
            sive.
 
-       o   color pair 0 is special; it denotes "no color".
+       o   color pair 0 is special; it denotes "no color".
 
-           Color pair 0 is assumed to be white on black, but is actually what-
+           Color pair 0 is assumed to be white on black, but is actually what-
            ever  the terminal implements before color is initialized.  It can-
            not be modified by the application.

                                  has_colors

                                  -       The has_colors routine requires no arguments.  It returns TRUE  if  the
-       terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it returns FALSE.  This rou-
+       The has_colors routine requires no arguments.  It returns TRUE  if  the
+       terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it returns FALSE.  This rou-
        tine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.  For example, a
        programmer  can  use  it  to  decide whether to use color or some other
        video attribute.

                                  can_change_color

                                  -       The can_change_color routine requires no arguments.  It returns TRUE if
+       The can_change_color routine requires no arguments.  It returns TRUE if
        the  terminal  supports colors and can change their definitions; other,
-       it returns FALSE.  This routine facilitates  writing  terminal-indepen-
+       it returns FALSE.  This routine facilitates  writing  terminal-indepen-
        dent programs.

                                  init_pair

                                  -       The init_pair routine changes the definition of a color-pair.  It takes
+       The init_pair routine changes the definition of a color-pair.  It takes
        three arguments: the number of the color-pair to be changed, the  fore-
        ground color number, and the background color number.  For portable ap-
        plications:
 
-       o   The first argument must be a legal color pair  value.   If  default
-           colors are used (see use_default_colors(3X)) the upper limit is ad-
+       o   The first argument must be a legal color pair  value.   If  default
+           colors are used (see use_default_colors(3x)) the upper limit is ad-
            justed to allow for extra pairs which use a default color in  fore-
            ground and/or background.
 
-       o   The second and third arguments must be legal color values.
+       o   The second and third arguments must be legal color values.
 
        If  the  color-pair was previously initialized, the screen is refreshed
        and all occurrences of that color-pair are changed to the  new  defini-
        tion.
 
-       As  an  extension,  ncurses  allows you to set color pair 0 via the as-
-       sume_default_colors(3X) routine, or to specify the use of default  col-
-       ors  (color  number  -1) if you first invoke the use_default_colors(3X)
+       As  an  extension,  ncurses  allows you to set color pair 0 via the as-
+       sume_default_colors(3x) routine, or to specify the use of default  col-
+       ors  (color  number  -1) if you first invoke the use_default_colors(3x)
        routine.

                                  init_extended_pair

                                  -       Because init_pair uses signed shorts for its  parameters,  that  limits
+       Because init_pair uses signed shorts for its  parameters,  that  limits
        color-pairs  and  color-values to 32767 on modern hardware.  The exten-
-       sion init_extended_pair uses ints for the color-pair  and  color-value,
+       sion init_extended_pair uses ints for the color-pair  and  color-value,
        allowing a larger number of colors to be supported.

                                  init_color

                                  -       The  init_color  routine  changes  the definition of a color.  It takes
+       The  init_color  routine  changes  the definition of a color.  It takes
        four arguments: the number of the color to be changed followed by three
        RGB values (for the amounts of red, green, and blue components).
 
-       o   The  first argument must be a legal color value; default colors are
-           not allowed here.  (See the section Colors for  the  default  color
+       o   The  first argument must be a legal color value; default colors are
+           not allowed here.  (See the section Colors for  the  default  color
            index.)
 
-       o   Each  of  the  last  three arguments must be a value in the range 0
-           through 1000.
+       o   Each  of  the  last  three arguments must be a value in the range 0
+           through 1000.
 
-       When init_color is used, all occurrences of that color  on  the  screen
+       When init_color is used, all occurrences of that color  on  the  screen
        immediately change to the new definition.

                                  init_extended_color

                                  -       Because  init_color  uses signed shorts for its parameters, that limits
+       Because  init_color  uses signed shorts for its parameters, that limits
        color-values and their red, green, and blue components to 32767 on mod-
-       ern hardware.  The extension init_extended_color uses ints for the col-
+       ern hardware.  The extension init_extended_color uses ints for the col-
        or value and for setting the red, green, and blue components,  allowing
        a larger number of colors to be supported.

                                  color_content

                                  -       The color_content routine gives programmers a way to find the intensity
+       The color_content routine gives programmers a way to find the intensity
        of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components in a color.   It  requires
-       four  arguments:  the  color  number, and three addresses of shorts for
+       four  arguments:  the  color  number, and three addresses of shorts for
        storing the information about the amounts of red, green, and blue  com-
        ponents in the given color.
 
-       o   The  first  argument  must  be a legal color value, i.e., 0 through
-           COLORS-1, inclusive.
+       o   The  first  argument  must  be a legal color value, i.e., 0 through
+           COLORS-1, inclusive.
 
-       o   The values that are stored at the addresses pointed to by the  last
-           three  arguments  are  in  the  range 0 (no component) through 1000
+       o   The values that are stored at the addresses pointed to by the  last
+           three  arguments  are  in  the  range 0 (no component) through 1000
            (maximum amount of component), inclusive.

                                  extended_color_content

                                  -       Because color_content uses signed shorts for its parameters, that  lim-
+       Because color_content uses signed shorts for its parameters, that  lim-
        its  color-values and their red, green, and blue components to 32767 on
-       modern hardware.  The extension extended_color_content  uses  ints  for
+       modern hardware.  The extension extended_color_content  uses  ints  for
        the  color value and for returning the red, green, and blue components,
        allowing a larger number of colors to be supported.

                                  pair_content

                                  -       The pair_content routine allows programmers to find out what  colors  a
+       The pair_content routine allows programmers to find out what  colors  a
        given  color-pair consists of.  It requires three arguments: the color-
-       pair number, and two addresses of shorts for storing the foreground and
+       pair number, and two addresses of shorts for storing the foreground and
        the background color numbers.
 
-       o   The  first argument must be a legal color value, i.e., in the range
-           1 through COLOR_PAIRS-1, inclusive.
+       o   The  first argument must be a legal color value, i.e., in the range
+           1 through COLOR_PAIRS-1, inclusive.
 
-       o   The values that are stored at the addresses pointed to by the  sec-
-           ond  and  third arguments are in the range 0 through COLORS, inclu-
+       o   The values that are stored at the addresses pointed to by the  sec-
+           ond  and  third arguments are in the range 0 through COLORS, inclu-
            sive.

                                  extended_pair_content

                                  -       Because pair_content uses signed shorts for its parameters, that limits
+       Because pair_content uses signed shorts for its parameters, that limits
        color-pair and color-values to 32767 on modern hardware.  The extension
-       extended_pair_content uses ints for the color pair  and  for  returning
+       extended_pair_content uses ints for the color pair  and  for  returning
        the  foreground and background colors, allowing a larger number of col-
        ors to be supported.

                                  reset_color_pairs

                                  -       The extension reset_color_pairs tells ncurses to  discard  all  of  the
-       color-pair  information  which was set with init_pair.  It also touches
+       The extension reset_color_pairs tells ncurses to  discard  all  of  the
+       color-pair  information  which was set with init_pair.  It also touches
        the current- and standard-screens, allowing an  application  to  switch
        color palettes rapidly.

                                  PAIR_NUMBER

                                  -       PAIR_NUMBER(attrs)  extracts  the  color value from its attrs parameter
+       PAIR_NUMBER(attrs)  extracts  the  color value from its attrs parameter
        and returns it as a color pair number.

                                  COLOR_PAIR

                                  -       Its inverse COLOR_PAIR(n) converts a color pair number to an attribute.
+       Its inverse COLOR_PAIR(n) converts a color pair number to an attribute.
        Attributes  can  hold color pairs in the range 0 to 255.  If you need a
-       color pair larger than that, you must use functions  such  as  attr_set
+       color pair larger than that, you must use functions  such  as  attr_set
        (which  pass  the  color  pair as a separate parameter) rather than the
-       legacy functions such as attrset.
+       legacy functions such as attrset.

                                  RETURN VALUE

                                  -       The routines can_change_color and has_colors return TRUE or FALSE.
+       The routines can_change_color and has_colors return TRUE or FALSE.
 
-       All other routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK  (SVr4
-       specifies  only "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful com-
+       All other routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK  (SVr4
+       specifies  only "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful com-
        pletion.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  SVr4 does document some error con-
        ditions which apply in general:
 
-       o   This implementation will return ERR on attempts to use color values
-           outside the range 0 to COLORS-1 (except for the default colors  ex-
-           tension), or use color pairs outside the range 0 to COLOR_PAIRS-1.
+       o   This implementation will return ERR on attempts to use color values
+           outside the range 0 to COLORS-1 (except for the default colors  ex-
+           tension), or use color pairs outside the range 0 to COLOR_PAIRS-1.
 
-           Color values used in init_color must be in the range 0 to 1000.
+           Color values used in init_color must be in the range 0 to 1000.
 
            An  error  is  returned  from all functions if the terminal has not
            been initialized.
 
-           An error is returned from secondary functions such as init_pair  if
-           start_color was not called.
+           An error is returned from secondary functions such as init_pair  if
+           start_color was not called.
 
-       o   SVr4  does much the same, except that it returns ERR from pair_con-
-           tent if the pair was not initialized using init_pairs  and  it  re-
-           turns  ERR  from  color_content  if  the  terminal does not support
+       o   SVr4  does much the same, except that it returns ERR from pair_con-
+           tent if the pair was not initialized using init_pairs  and  it  re-
+           turns  ERR  from  color_content  if  the  terminal does not support
            changing colors.
 
-           This implementation does not return ERR for either case.
+           This implementation does not return ERR for either case.
 
        Specific functions make additional checks:
 
-          init_color
+          init_color
                returns an error if the terminal does not support this feature,
-               e.g.,  if  the  initialize_color  capability is absent from the
+               e.g.,  if  the  initialize_color  capability is absent from the
                terminal description.
 
-          start_color
+          start_color
                returns an error if the color table cannot be allocated.

                                  NOTES

                                  -       In the ncurses implementation, there is  a  separate  color  activation
-       flag,  color palette, color pairs table, and associated COLORS and COL-
-       OR_PAIRS counts for each screen; the start_color function only  affects
+       In the ncurses implementation, there is  a  separate  color  activation
+       flag,  color palette, color pairs table, and associated COLORS and COL-
+       OR_PAIRS counts for each screen; the start_color function only  affects
        the current screen.  The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with
        this in mind, and historical implementations may use  a  single  shared
        color palette.
@@ -422,57 +422,57 @@
        Setting  an  implicit  background  color  via a color pair affects only
        character cells that a character write  operation  explicitly  touches.
        To  change the background color used when parts of a window are blanked
-       by erasing or scrolling operations, see curs_bkgd(3X).
+       by erasing or scrolling operations, see curs_bkgd(3x).
 
        Several caveats apply on older x86 machines  (e.g.,  i386,  i486)  with
        VGA-compatible graphics:
 
-       o   COLOR_YELLOW  is  actually  brown.  To get yellow, use COLOR_YELLOW
-           combined with the A_BOLD attribute.
+       o   COLOR_YELLOW  is  actually  brown.  To get yellow, use COLOR_YELLOW
+           combined with the A_BOLD attribute.
 
-       o   The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the background  to  go
+       o   The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the background  to  go
            bright.  This often fails to work, and even some cards for which it
            mostly works (such as the Paradise and compatibles)  do  the  wrong
            thing  when  you try to set a bright "yellow" background (you get a
            blinking yellow foreground instead).
 
-       o   Color RGB values are not settable.
+       o   Color RGB values are not settable.

                                  PORTABILITY

                                  -       This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maximums for  COLORS
-       and COLOR_PAIRS.
+       This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maximums for  COLORS
+       and COLOR_PAIRS.
 
-       The  init_pair  routine accepts negative values of foreground and back-
-       ground color to support the use_default_colors(3X) extension, but  only
+       The  init_pair  routine accepts negative values of foreground and back-
+       ground color to support the use_default_colors(3x) extension, but  only
        if that routine has been first invoked.
 
-       The assumption that COLOR_BLACK is the default background color for all
-       terminals can be modified using  the  assume_default_colors(3X)  exten-
+       The assumption that COLOR_BLACK is the default background color for all
+       terminals can be modified using  the  assume_default_colors(3x)  exten-
        sion.
 
        This  implementation checks the pointers, e.g., for the values returned
-       by color_content and pair_content, and will treat those as optional pa-
+       by color_content and pair_content, and will treat those as optional pa-
        rameters when null.
 
        X/Open  Curses  does  not  specify a limit for the number of colors and
-       color pairs which a terminal can support.  However, in its use of short
+       color pairs which a terminal can support.  However, in its use of short
        for  the  parameters,  it carries over SVr4's implementation detail for
        the compiled terminfo database, which uses signed 16-bit numbers.  This
        implementation  provides extended versions of those functions which use
-       short parameters, allowing applications to use larger color- and  pair-
+       short parameters, allowing applications to use larger color- and  pair-
        numbers.
 
-       The reset_color_pairs function is an extension of ncurses.
+       The reset_color_pairs function is an extension of ncurses.

                                  SEE ALSO

                                  -       curses(3X),  curs_initscr(3X),  curs_attr(3X),  curs_variables(3X), de-
-       fault_colors(3X)
+       curses(3x),  curs_initscr(3x),  curs_attr(3x),  curs_variables(3x), de-
+       fault_colors(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_color(3X)
+                                                                curs_color(3x)
                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html index 28dc7595..31c163ad 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html @@ -34,67 +34,67 @@ -curs_delch 3X +curs_delch 3x -

                                    curs_delch 3X

                                    +

                                    curs_delch 3x

                                    -curs_delch(3X)                                                  curs_delch(3X)
+curs_delch(3x)                                                  curs_delch(3x)

                                    NAME

                                    -       delch, wdelch, mvdelch, mvwdelch - delete character under the cursor in
-       a curses window
+       delch, wdelch, mvdelch, mvwdelch - delete character under the cursor in
+       a curses window

                                    SYNOPSIS

                                    -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int delch(void);
-       int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
-       int mvdelch(int y, int x);
-       int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       int delch(void);
+       int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
+       int mvdelch(int y, int x);
+       int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);

                                    DESCRIPTION

                                            These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to
        the  right  of  the  cursor  on the same line are moved to the left one
        position and the last character on the line is  filled  with  a  blank.
-       The  cursor  position  does  not  change  (after  moving  to  y,  x, if
+       The  cursor  position  does  not  change  (after  moving  to  y,  x, if
        specified).  (This does not imply use of the hardware delete  character
        feature.)

                                    RETURN VALUE

                                    -       All  routines  return  the  integer  ERR  upon  failure and an OK (SVr4
-       specifies only "an integer  value  other  than  ERR")  upon  successful
+       All  routines  return  the  integer  ERR  upon  failure and an OK (SVr4
+       specifies only "an integer  value  other  than  ERR")  upon  successful
        completion.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                    NOTES

                                    -       Note that delch, mvdelch, and mvwdelch may be macros.
+       Note that delch, mvdelch, and mvwdelch may be macros.

                                    PORTABILITY

                                            These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  The
-       standard specifies that they return ERR on failure,  but  specifies  no
+       standard specifies that they return ERR on failure,  but  specifies  no
        error conditions.

                                    SEE ALSO

                                    -       curses(3X)
+       curses(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_delch(3X)
+                                                                curs_delch(3x)
                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html index ceb23940..e2cdde03 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html @@ -34,55 +34,55 @@ -curs_deleteln 3X +curs_deleteln 3x -

                                      curs_deleteln 3X

                                      +

                                      curs_deleteln 3x

                                      -curs_deleteln(3X)                                            curs_deleteln(3X)
+curs_deleteln(3x)                                            curs_deleteln(3x)

                                      NAME

                                      -       deleteln,  wdeleteln, insdelln, winsdelln, insertln, winsertln - delete
-       and insert lines in a curses window
+       deleteln,  wdeleteln, insdelln, winsdelln, insertln, winsertln - delete
+       and insert lines in a curses window

                                      SYNOPSIS

                                      -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int deleteln(void);
-       int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
+       int deleteln(void);
+       int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
 
-       int insdelln(int n);
-       int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
+       int insdelln(int n);
+       int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
 
-       int insertln(void);
-       int winsertln(WINDOW *win);
+       int insertln(void);
+       int winsertln(WINDOW *win);

                                      DESCRIPTION

                                      -       The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in
+       The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in
        the  window;  all  lines  below the current line are moved up one line.
        The bottom line of the window is cleared.  The cursor position does not
        change.
 
-       The  insdelln  and  winsdelln  routines, for positive n, insert n lines
-       into the specified window above the current line.  The n  bottom  lines
-       are  lost.  For negative n, delete n lines (starting with the one under
-       the cursor), and move the remaining lines up.  The bottom n  lines  are
+       The  insdelln  and  winsdelln  routines, for positive n, insert n lines
+       into the specified window above the current line.  The n  bottom  lines
+       are  lost.  For negative n, delete n lines (starting with the one under
+       the cursor), and move the remaining lines up.  The bottom n  lines  are
        cleared.  The current cursor position remains the same.
 
-       The  insertln  and  winsertln  routines  insert  a blank line above the
+       The  insertln  and  winsertln  routines  insert  a blank line above the
        current line and the bottom line is lost.

                                      RETURN VALUE

                                      -       All routines return the integer  ERR  upon  failure  and  an  OK  (SVr4
-       specifies  only  "an  integer  value  other  than ERR") upon successful
+       All routines return the integer  ERR  upon  failure  and  an  OK  (SVr4
+       specifies  only  "an  integer  value  other  than ERR") upon successful
        completion.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementation,  if  the
@@ -91,25 +91,25 @@

                                      PORTABILITY

                                              These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  The
-       standard specifies that they return ERR on failure,  but  specifies  no
+       standard specifies that they return ERR on failure,  but  specifies  no
        error conditions.

                                      NOTES

                                      -       Note that all but winsdelln may be macros.
+       Note that all but winsdelln may be macros.
 
        These  routines do not require a hardware line delete or insert feature
        in  the  terminal.   In  fact,  they  will  not   use   hardware   line
-       delete/insert  unless  idlok(...,  TRUE)  has  been  set on the current
+       delete/insert  unless  idlok(...,  TRUE)  has  been  set on the current
        window.

                                      SEE ALSO

                                      -       curses(3X)
+       curses(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_deleteln(3X)
+                                                             curs_deleteln(3x)
                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html index aab9a40c..1a84cf6c 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ -curs_extend 3X +curs_extend 3x -

                                        curs_extend 3X

                                        +

                                        curs_extend 3x

                                        -curs_extend(3X)                                                curs_extend(3X)
+curs_extend(3x)                                                curs_extend(3x)

                                        NAME

                                        -       curses_version, use_extended_names - miscellaneous curses extensions
+       curses_version, use_extended_names - miscellaneous curses extensions

                                        SYNOPSIS

                                        -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       const char * curses_version(void);
-       int use_extended_names(bool enable);
+       const char * curses_version(void);
+       int use_extended_names(bool enable);

                                        DESCRIPTION

                                        @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@

                                        curses_version

                                        -       Use curses_version to get the version number, including patch level  of
+       Use curses_version to get the version number, including patch level  of
        the library, prefixed by "ncurses", e.g.,
 
-              ncurses 5.0.19991023
+              ncurses 5.0.19991023

                                        use_extended_names

                                        -       The   use_extended_names   function   controls   whether   the  calling
+       The   use_extended_names   function   controls   whether   the  calling
        application is able to use user-defined or nonstandard names which  may
        be  compiled  into  the terminfo description, i.e., via the terminfo or
        termcap interfaces.  Normally these names are available for use,  since
-       the essential decision is made by using the -x option of tic to compile
+       the essential decision is made by using the -x option of tic to compile
        extended terminal definitions.  However you can disable this feature to
        ensure compatibility with other implementations of curses.

                                        RETURN VALUE

                                        -       curses_version  returns a pointer to static memory; you should not free
+       curses_version  returns a pointer to static memory; you should not free
        this in your application.
 
-       use_extended_names returns the previous state,  allowing  you  to  save
+       use_extended_names returns the previous state,  allowing  you  to  save
        this and restore it.
 
 
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@

                                        SEE ALSO

                                        -       curs_getch(3X),    curs_mouse(3X),    curs_print(3X),    curs_util(3X),
-       default_colors(3X),    define_key(3X),     keybound(3X),     keyok(3X),
-       resizeterm(3X), wresize(3X).
+       curs_getch(3x),    curs_mouse(3x),    curs_print(3x),    curs_util(3x),
+       default_colors(3x),    define_key(3x),     keybound(3x),     keyok(3x),
+       resizeterm(3x), wresize(3x).

                                        AUTHOR

                                        @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_extend(3X)
+                                                               curs_extend(3x)
                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html index 718a9723..232e8a26 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html @@ -34,56 +34,56 @@ -curs_get_wch 3X +curs_get_wch 3x -

                                          curs_get_wch 3X

                                          +

                                          curs_get_wch 3x

                                          -curs_get_wch(3X)                                              curs_get_wch(3X)
+curs_get_wch(3x)                                              curs_get_wch(3x)

                                          NAME

                                          -       get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch, mvwget_wch, unget_wch - get (or push
+       get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch, mvwget_wch, unget_wch - get (or push
        back) a wide character from curses terminal keyboard

                                          SYNOPSIS

                                          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int get_wch(wint_t *wch);
-       int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch);
-       int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
-       int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
+       int get_wch(wint_t *wch);
+       int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch);
+       int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
+       int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
 
-       int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch);
+       int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch);

                                          DESCRIPTION

                                          wget_wch

                                          -       The get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch, and mvwget_wch functions read a char-
+       The get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch, and mvwget_wch functions read a char-
        acter  from  the terminal associated with the current or specified win-
-       dow.  In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value  ERR  is  re-
+       dow.  In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value  ERR  is  re-
        turned.   In delay mode, the program waits until the system passes text
-       through to the program.  Depending on the setting of  cbreak,  this  is
+       through to the program.  Depending on the setting of  cbreak,  this  is
        after one character (cbreak mode), or after the first newline (nocbreak
        mode).  In half-delay mode, the program waits until the  user  types  a
        character or the specified timeout interval has elapsed.
 
-       Unless  noecho has been set, these routines echo the character into the
+       Unless  noecho has been set, these routines echo the character into the
        designated window.
 
        If the window is not a pad and has been moved  or  modified  since  the
-       last call to wrefresh, wrefresh will be called before another character
+       last call to wrefresh, wrefresh will be called before another character
        is read.
 
-       If keypad is enabled, these functions respond  to  the  pressing  of  a
-       function key by setting the object pointed to by wch to the keycode as-
-       signed to the function key, and returning KEY_CODE_YES.  If a character
+       If keypad is enabled, these functions respond  to  the  pressing  of  a
+       function key by setting the object pointed to by wch to the keycode as-
+       signed to the function key, and returning KEY_CODE_YES.  If a character
        (such  as  escape) that could be the beginning of a function key is re-
        ceived, curses sets a timer.  If the remainder of the sequence does ar-
        rive  within  the designated time, curses passes through the character;
@@ -92,66 +92,66 @@
        escape key and the time the escape is returned to the program.
 
        The keycodes returned by these functions are the same as those returned
-       by wgetch:
+       by wgetch:
 
-       o   The  predefined  function  keys  are listed in <curses.h> as macros
+       o   The  predefined  function  keys  are listed in <curses.h> as macros
            with values outside the range of 8-bit characters.  Their names be-
-           gin with KEY_.
+           gin with KEY_.
 
-       o   Other  (user-defined)  function keys which may be defined using de-
-           fine_key(3X) have no names, but also are expected  to  have  values
+       o   Other  (user-defined)  function keys which may be defined using de-
+           fine_key(3x) have no names, but also are expected  to  have  values
            outside the range of 8-bit characters.

                                          unget_wch

                                          -       The unget_wch function pushes the wide character wch back onto the head
+       The unget_wch function pushes the wide character wch back onto the head
        of the input queue, so the wide character is returned by the next  call
-       to  get_wch.  The pushback of one character is guaranteed.  If the pro-
-       gram calls unget_wch too many times  without  an  intervening  call  to
-       get_wch, the operation may fail.
+       to  get_wch.  The pushback of one character is guaranteed.  If the pro-
+       gram calls unget_wch too many times  without  an  intervening  call  to
+       get_wch, the operation may fail.
 
-       Unlike ungetch and wgetch, unget_wch cannot distinguish special charac-
-       ters returned by wget_wch from ordinary characters.  An application can
-       push  special  keys  which it may read via wget_wch by checking for the
-       KEY_CODE_YES result, and using ungetch for those special keys.
+       Unlike ungetch and wgetch, unget_wch cannot distinguish special charac-
+       ters returned by wget_wch from ordinary characters.  An application can
+       push  special  keys  which it may read via wget_wch by checking for the
+       KEY_CODE_YES result, and using ungetch for those special keys.

                                          NOTES

                                          -       The header file  <curses.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <stdio.h>.
+       The header file  <curses.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <stdio.h>.
 
        Applications  should  not  define the escape key by itself as a single-
        character function.
 
-       When using get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch,  or  mvwget_wch,  applications
-       should not use nocbreak mode and echo mode at the same time.  Depending
+       When using get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch,  or  mvwget_wch,  applications
+       should not use nocbreak mode and echo mode at the same time.  Depending
        on the state of the tty driver when each character is typed,  the  pro-
        gram may produce undesirable results.
 
-       All functions except wget_wch and unget_wch may be macros.
+       All functions except wget_wch and unget_wch may be macros.

                                          RETURN VALUE

                                          -       When get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch, and mvwget_wch functions successful-
-       ly report the pressing of a function  key,  they  return  KEY_CODE_YES.
-       When they successfully report a wide character, they return OK.  Other-
-       wise, they return ERR.
+       When get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch, and mvwget_wch functions successful-
+       ly report the pressing of a function  key,  they  return  KEY_CODE_YES.
+       When they successfully report a wide character, they return OK.  Other-
+       wise, they return ERR.
 
-       Upon successful completion, unget_wch returns OK.  Otherwise, the func-
-       tion returns ERR.
+       Upon successful completion, unget_wch returns OK.  Otherwise, the func-
+       tion returns ERR.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                          SEE ALSO

                                          -       curses(3X),    curs_getch(3X),    curs_ins_wch(3X),    curs_inopts(3X),
-       curs_move(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+       curses(3x),    curs_getch(3x),    curs_ins_wch(3x),    curs_inopts(3x),
+       curs_move(3x), curs_refresh(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_get_wch(3X)
+                                                              curs_get_wch(3x)
                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html index 4c4dff65..8b781cc7 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html @@ -34,141 +34,141 @@ -curs_get_wstr 3X +curs_get_wstr 3x -

                                            curs_get_wstr 3X

                                            +

                                            curs_get_wstr 3x

                                            -curs_get_wstr(3X)                                            curs_get_wstr(3X)
+curs_get_wstr(3x)                                            curs_get_wstr(3x)

                                            NAME

                                            -       get_wstr, getn_wstr, wget_wstr, wgetn_wstr, mvget_wstr, mvgetn_wstr,
-       mvwget_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr - get an array of wide characters from a
+       get_wstr, getn_wstr, wget_wstr, wgetn_wstr, mvget_wstr, mvgetn_wstr,
+       mvwget_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr - get an array of wide characters from a
        curses terminal keyboard

                                            SYNOPSIS

                                            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr);
-       int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n);
-       int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr);
-       int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+       int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr);
+       int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n);
+       int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr);
+       int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n);
 
-       int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
-       int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
-       int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+       int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
+       int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+       int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
+       int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);

                                            DESCRIPTION

                                            -       The  effect  of  get_wstr is as though a series of calls to get_wch(3X)
+       The  effect  of  get_wstr is as though a series of calls to get_wch(3x)
        were made, until a newline, other end-of-line, or end-of-file condition
-       is  processed.  An end-of-file condition is represented by WEOF, as de-
-       fined in <wchar.h>.  The newline and end-of-line conditions are  repre-
-       sented  by  the  \n  wchar_t  value.   In all instances, the end of the
-       string is terminated by a null wchar_t.  The routine  places  resulting
-       values in the area pointed to by wstr.
+       is  processed.  An end-of-file condition is represented by WEOF, as de-
+       fined in <wchar.h>.  The newline and end-of-line conditions are  repre-
+       sented  by  the  \n  wchar_t  value.   In all instances, the end of the
+       string is terminated by a null wchar_t.  The routine  places  resulting
+       values in the area pointed to by wstr.
 
        The  user's  erase and kill characters are interpreted.  If keypad mode
-       is on for the window, KEY_LEFT and KEY_BACKSPACE  are  both  considered
+       is on for the window, KEY_LEFT and KEY_BACKSPACE  are  both  considered
        equivalent to the user's kill character.
 
-       Characters  input  are  echoed  only  if echo is currently on.  In that
+       Characters  input  are  echoed  only  if echo is currently on.  In that
        case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the previous character  (typi-
        cally a left motion).
 
-       The effect of wget_wstr is as though a series of calls to wget_wch were
+       The effect of wget_wstr is as though a series of calls to wget_wch were
        made.
 
-       The effect of mvget_wstr is as though a call to move and then a  series
-       of calls to get_wch were made.
+       The effect of mvget_wstr is as though a call to move and then a  series
+       of calls to get_wch were made.
 
-       The  effect  of mvwget_wstr is as though a call to wmove and then a se-
-       ries of calls to wget_wch were made.
+       The  effect  of mvwget_wstr is as though a call to wmove and then a se-
+       ries of calls to wget_wch were made.
 
-       The getn_wstr, mvgetn_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr, and wgetn_wstr functions  are
-       identical to the get_wstr, mvget_wstr, mvwget_wstr, and wget_wstr func-
-       tions, respectively, except that the *n_* versions read at most n char-
+       The getn_wstr, mvgetn_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr, and wgetn_wstr functions  are
+       identical to the get_wstr, mvget_wstr, mvwget_wstr, and wget_wstr func-
+       tions, respectively, except that the *n_* versions read at most n char-
        acters, letting the application prevent overflow of the input buffer.

                                            NOTES

                                            -       Using  get_wstr,  mvget_wstr,  mvwget_wstr, or wget_wstr to read a line
-       that overflows the array pointed to by wstr causes  undefined  results.
-       The use of getn_wstr, mvgetn_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr, or wgetn_wstr, respec-
+       Using  get_wstr,  mvget_wstr,  mvwget_wstr, or wget_wstr to read a line
+       that overflows the array pointed to by wstr causes  undefined  results.
+       The use of getn_wstr, mvgetn_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr, or wgetn_wstr, respec-
        tively, is recommended.
 
-       These functions cannot return KEY_ values because there is  no  way  to
-       distinguish a KEY_ value from a valid wchar_t value.
+       These functions cannot return KEY_ values because there is  no  way  to
+       distinguish a KEY_ value from a valid wchar_t value.
 
-       All of these routines except wgetn_wstr may be macros.
+       All of these routines except wgetn_wstr may be macros.

                                            RETURN VALUE

                                            -       All  of  these  functions return OK upon successful completion.  Other-
-       wise, they return ERR.
+       All  of  these  functions return OK upon successful completion.  Other-
+       wise, they return ERR.
 
        Functions using a window parameter return an error if it is null.
 
-              wgetn_wstr
-                   returns an error if the associated call to wget_wch failed.
+              wgetn_wstr
+                   returns an error if the associated call to wget_wch failed.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                            PORTABILITY

                                                    These functions are described in The Single Unix Specification, Version
-       2.   No  error conditions are defined.  This implementation returns ERR
-       if the window pointer is null, or if the lower-level wget_wch call  re-
-       turns  an ERR.  In the latter case, an ERR return without other data is
+       2.   No  error conditions are defined.  This implementation returns ERR
+       if the window pointer is null, or if the lower-level wget_wch call  re-
+       turns  an ERR.  In the latter case, an ERR return without other data is
        treated as an end-of-file condition, and the returned array contains  a
-       WEOF followed by a null wchar_t.
+       WEOF followed by a null wchar_t.
 
-       X/Open curses documented these functions to pass an array of wchar_t in
+       X/Open curses documented these functions to pass an array of wchar_t in
        1997, but that was an error because of this part of the description:
 
-              The effect of get_wstr() is as  though  a  series  of  calls  to
-              get_wch()  were  made,  until  a  newline character, end-of-line
+              The effect of get_wstr() is as  though  a  series  of  calls  to
+              get_wch()  were  made,  until  a  newline character, end-of-line
               character, or end-of-file character is processed.
 
-       The latter function  get_wch()  can  return  a  negative  value,  while
-       wchar_t  is  a  unsigned type.  All of the vendors implement this using
-       wint_t, following the standard.
+       The latter function  get_wch()  can  return  a  negative  value,  while
+       wchar_t  is  a  unsigned type.  All of the vendors implement this using
+       wint_t, following the standard.
 
        X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) is unclear regarding whether  the  termi-
-       nating null wchar_t value is counted in the length parameter n.  X/Open
-       Curses, Issue 7 revised the corresponding description  of  wgetnstr  to
-       address this issue.  The unrevised description of wget_nwstr can be in-
+       nating null wchar_t value is counted in the length parameter n.  X/Open
+       Curses, Issue 7 revised the corresponding description  of  wgetnstr  to
+       address this issue.  The unrevised description of wget_nwstr can be in-
        terpreted either way.  This implementation counts the terminator in the
        length.
 
-       X/Open  Curses  does  not specify what happens if the length n is nega-
+       X/Open  Curses  does  not specify what happens if the length n is nega-
        tive.
 
-       o   For analogy with wgetnstr, ncurses  6.2  uses  a  limit  (based  on
-           LINE_MAX).
+       o   For analogy with wgetnstr, ncurses  6.2  uses  a  limit  (based  on
+           LINE_MAX).
 
-       o   Some  other  implementations (such as Solaris xcurses) do the same,
+       o   Some  other  implementations (such as Solaris xcurses) do the same,
            while others (PDCurses) do not allow this.
 
-       o   NetBSD 7 curses imitates ncurses 6.1 in this regard, treating a  -1
+       o   NetBSD 7 curses imitates ncurses 6.1 in this regard, treating a  -1
            as an indefinite number of characters.

                                            SEE ALSO

                                            -       Functions: curses(3X), curs_get_wch(3X), curs_getstr(3X).
+       Functions: curses(3x), curs_get_wch(3x), curs_getstr(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_get_wstr(3X)
+                                                             curs_get_wstr(3x)
                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html index 0c78ef74..b749f029 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html @@ -34,77 +34,77 @@ -curs_getcchar 3X +curs_getcchar 3x -

                                              curs_getcchar 3X

                                              +

                                              curs_getcchar 3x

                                              -curs_getcchar(3X)                                            curs_getcchar(3X)
+curs_getcchar(3x)                                            curs_getcchar(3x)

                                              NAME

                                              -       getcchar,  setcchar  - Get a wide character string and rendition from a
-       cchar_t or set a cchar_t from a wide-character string
+       getcchar,  setcchar  - Get a wide character string and rendition from a
+       cchar_t or set a cchar_t from a wide-character string

                                              SYNOPSIS

                                              -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int getcchar(
-               const cchar_t *wcval,
-               wchar_t *wch,
-               attr_t *attrs,
-               short *color_pair,
-               void *opts );
+       int getcchar(
+               const cchar_t *wcval,
+               wchar_t *wch,
+               attr_t *attrs,
+               short *color_pair,
+               void *opts );
 
-       int setcchar(
-               cchar_t *wcval,
-               const wchar_t *wch,
-               const attr_t attrs,
-               short color_pair,
-               const void *opts );
+       int setcchar(
+               cchar_t *wcval,
+               const wchar_t *wch,
+               const attr_t attrs,
+               short color_pair,
+               const void *opts );

                                              DESCRIPTION

                                              getcchar

                                              -       The getcchar function gets a wide-character string and rendition from a
-       cchar_t  argument.   When  wch  is  not  a  null  pointer, the getcchar
+       The getcchar function gets a wide-character string and rendition from a
+       cchar_t  argument.   When  wch  is  not  a  null  pointer, the getcchar
        function does the following:
 
-       o   Extracts information from a cchar_t value wcval
+       o   Extracts information from a cchar_t value wcval
 
-       o   Stores the character attributes in the location pointed to by attrs
+       o   Stores the character attributes in the location pointed to by attrs
 
-       o   Stores the color-pair in the location pointed to by color_pair
+       o   Stores the color-pair in the location pointed to by color_pair
 
-       o   Stores the wide-character string, characters referenced  by  wcval,
-           into the array pointed to by wch.
+       o   Stores the wide-character string, characters referenced  by  wcval,
+           into the array pointed to by wch.
 
-       When wch is a null pointer, the getcchar function does the following:
+       When wch is a null pointer, the getcchar function does the following:
 
-       o   Obtains the number of wide characters pointed to by wcval
+       o   Obtains the number of wide characters pointed to by wcval
 
-       o   Does not change the data referenced by attrs or color_pair
+       o   Does not change the data referenced by attrs or color_pair

                                              setcchar

                                              -       The  setcchar  function initializes the location pointed to by wcval by
+       The  setcchar  function initializes the location pointed to by wcval by
        using:
 
-       o   The character attributes in attrs
+       o   The character attributes in attrs
 
-       o   The color pair in color_pair
+       o   The color pair in color_pair
 
-       o   The wide-character string pointed to by wch.  The  string  must  be
+       o   The wide-character string pointed to by wch.  The  string  must  be
            L'\0' terminated, contain at most one spacing character, which must
            be the first.
 
-           Up to CCHARW_MAX-1 nonspacing characters  may  follow.   Additional
+           Up to CCHARW_MAX-1 nonspacing characters  may  follow.   Additional
            nonspacing characters are ignored.
 
            The string may contain a single control character instead.  In that
@@ -112,55 +112,55 @@

                                              EXTENSIONS

                                              -       X/Open Curses documents the opts argument as reserved for  future  use,
+       X/Open Curses documents the opts argument as reserved for  future  use,
        saying  that  it must be null.  This implementation uses that parameter
        in ABI 6 for the functions which have a color-pair parameter to support
        extended color pairs:
 
-       o   For   functions  which modify the color, e.g., setcchar, if opts is
-           set it is treated as a pointer to int, and used to  set  the  color
-           pair instead of the short pair parameter.
+       o   For   functions  which modify the color, e.g., setcchar, if opts is
+           set it is treated as a pointer to int, and used to  set  the  color
+           pair instead of the short pair parameter.
 
-       o   For  functions which retrieve the color, e.g., getcchar, if opts is
-           set it is treated as a pointer to int, and  used  to  retrieve  the
-           color  pair  as  an  int  value,  in addition retrieving it via the
-           standard pointer to short parameter.
+       o   For  functions which retrieve the color, e.g., getcchar, if opts is
+           set it is treated as a pointer to int, and  used  to  retrieve  the
+           color  pair  as  an  int  value,  in addition retrieving it via the
+           standard pointer to short parameter.

                                              NOTES

                                              -       The wcval argument may be a value generated by a call to setcchar or by
-       a function that has a cchar_t output argument.  If wcval is constructed
+       The wcval argument may be a value generated by a call to setcchar or by
+       a function that has a cchar_t output argument.  If wcval is constructed
        by any other means, the effect is unspecified.

                                              RETURN VALUE

                                              -       When wch is a  null  pointer,  getcchar  returns  the  number  of  wide
-       characters referenced by wcval, including one for a trailing null.
+       When wch is a  null  pointer,  getcchar  returns  the  number  of  wide
+       characters referenced by wcval, including one for a trailing null.
 
-       When  wch  is  not  a null pointer, getcchar returns OK upon successful
-       completion, and ERR otherwise.
+       When  wch  is  not  a null pointer, getcchar returns OK upon successful
+       completion, and ERR otherwise.
 
-       Upon successful completion, setcchar returns OK.  Otherwise, it returns
-       ERR.
+       Upon successful completion, setcchar returns OK.  Otherwise, it returns
+       ERR.

                                              PORTABILITY

                                              -       The  CCHARW_MAX  symbol is specific to ncurses.  X/Open Curses does not
-       provide details for the layout of the cchar_t structure.  It tells what
+       The  CCHARW_MAX  symbol is specific to ncurses.  X/Open Curses does not
+       provide details for the layout of the cchar_t structure.  It tells what
        data are stored in it:
 
-       o   a spacing character (wchar_t, i.e., 32-bits).
+       o   a spacing character (wchar_t, i.e., 32-bits).
 
-       o   non-spacing characters (again, wchar_t's).
+       o   non-spacing characters (again, wchar_t's).
 
-       o   attributes  (at  least  16 bits, inferred from the various ACS- and
+       o   attributes  (at  least  16 bits, inferred from the various ACS- and
            WACS-flags).
 
-       o   color pair (at least 16 bits,  inferred  from  the  unsigned  short
+       o   color pair (at least 16 bits,  inferred  from  the  unsigned  short
            type).
 
        The non-spacing characters are optional, in the sense that zero or more
-       may be stored in a cchar_t.  XOpen/Curses specifies a limit:
+       may be stored in a cchar_t.  XOpen/Curses specifies a limit:
 
            Implementations may limit the number of non-spacing characters that
            can  be  associated with a spacing character, provided any limit is
@@ -168,16 +168,16 @@
 
        The Unix implementations at the time follow that limit:
 
-       o   AIX 4 and OSF1 4 use the same declaration with an array of  5  non-
-           spacing characters z and a single spacing character c.
+       o   AIX 4 and OSF1 4 use the same declaration with an array of  5  non-
+           spacing characters z and a single spacing character c.
 
-       o   HP-UX 10  uses  an  opaque  structure with 28 bytes, which is large
-           enough for the 6 wchar_t values.
+       o   HP-UX 10  uses  an  opaque  structure with 28 bytes, which is large
+           enough for the 6 wchar_t values.
 
-       o   Solaris xpg4 curses uses a single array of 6 wchar_t values.
+       o   Solaris xpg4 curses uses a single array of 6 wchar_t values.
 
-       This implementation's cchar_t was defined in 1995 using 5 for the total
-       of  spacing and non-spacing characters (CCHARW_MAX).  That was probably
+       This implementation's cchar_t was defined in 1995 using 5 for the total
+       of  spacing and non-spacing characters (CCHARW_MAX).  That was probably
        due to a misreading of the  AIX 4  header  files,  because  the  X/Open
        Curses  document  was  not generally available at that time.  Later (in
        2002), this detail was  overlooked  when  beginning  to  implement  the
@@ -192,11 +192,11 @@

                                              SEE ALSO

                                              -       Functions: curs_attr(3X), curs_color(3X), curses(3X), wcwidth(3).
+       Functions: curs_attr(3x), curs_color(3x), curses(3x), wcwidth(3).
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_getcchar(3X)
+                                                             curs_getcchar(3x)
                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html index d4729923..f9128494 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html @@ -35,95 +35,95 @@ -curs_getch 3X +curs_getch 3x -

                                                curs_getch 3X

                                                +

                                                curs_getch 3x

                                                -curs_getch(3X)                                                  curs_getch(3X)
+curs_getch(3x)                                                  curs_getch(3x)

                                                NAME

                                                -       getch, wgetch, mvgetch, mvwgetch, ungetch, has_key - get (or push back)
-       characters from curses terminal keyboard
+       getch, wgetch, mvgetch, mvwgetch, ungetch, has_key - get (or push back)
+       characters from curses terminal keyboard

                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int getch(void);
-       int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
+       int getch(void);
+       int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
 
-       int mvgetch(int y, int x);
-       int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       int mvgetch(int y, int x);
+       int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
 
-       int ungetch(int ch);
+       int ungetch(int ch);
 
        /* extension */
-       int has_key(int ch);
+       int has_key(int ch);

                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                Reading characters

                                                -       The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from
-       the window.  In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is
+       The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from
+       the window.  In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is
        returned.  In delay mode, the program waits  until  the  system  passes
-       text  through to the program.  Depending on the setting of cbreak, this
+       text  through to the program.  Depending on the setting of cbreak, this
        is after one character  (cbreak  mode),  or  after  the  first  newline
        (nocbreak mode).  In half-delay mode, the program waits until a charac-
        ter is typed or the specified timeout has been reached.
 
-       If echo is enabled, and the window is not a  pad,  then  the  character
+       If echo is enabled, and the window is not a  pad,  then  the  character
        will also be echoed into the designated window according to the follow-
        ing rules:
 
-       o   If the character is the current erase  character,  left  arrow,  or
+       o   If the character is the current erase  character,  left  arrow,  or
            backspace,  the  cursor  is  moved  one  space to the left and that
-           screen position is erased as if delch had been called.
+           screen position is erased as if delch had been called.
 
-       o   If the character value is any other KEY_ define, the user is alert-
-           ed with a beep call.
+       o   If the character value is any other KEY_ define, the user is alert-
+           ed with a beep call.
 
-       o   If  the character is a carriage-return, and if nl is enabled, it is
+       o   If  the character is a carriage-return, and if nl is enabled, it is
            translated to a line-feed after echoing.
 
-       o   Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
+       o   Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
 
        If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modified since the
-       last call to wrefresh, wrefresh will be called before another character
+       last call to wrefresh, wrefresh will be called before another character
        is read.

                                                Keypad mode

                                                -       If keypad is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the  token  for  that
+       If keypad is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the  token  for  that
        function key is returned instead of the raw characters:
 
-       o   The  predefined  function  keys  are listed in <curses.h> as macros
+       o   The  predefined  function  keys  are listed in <curses.h> as macros
            with values outside the range of 8-bit characters.  Their names be-
-           gin with KEY_.
+           gin with KEY_.
 
-       o   Other  (user-defined)  function keys which may be defined using de-
-           fine_key(3X) have no names, but also are expected  to  have  values
+       o   Other  (user-defined)  function keys which may be defined using de-
+           fine_key(3x) have no names, but also are expected  to  have  values
            outside the range of 8-bit characters.
 
        Thus,  a  variable  intended to hold the return value of a function key
        must be of short size or larger.
 
        When a character that could be the beginning of a function key  is  re-
-       ceived  (which, on modern terminals, means an escape character), curses
+       ceived  (which, on modern terminals, means an escape character), curses
        sets a timer.  If the remainder of the sequence does not come in within
        the  designated  time,  the character is passed through; otherwise, the
        function key value is returned.  For this reason, many terminals  expe-
        rience  a  delay between the time a user presses the escape key and the
        escape is returned to the program.
 
-       In ncurses, the timer normally expires after the value in ESCDELAY (see
-       curs_variables(3X)).   If notimeout is TRUE, the timer does not expire;
+       In ncurses, the timer normally expires after the value in ESCDELAY (see
+       curs_variables(3x)).   If notimeout is TRUE, the timer does not expire;
        it is an infinite (or very large) value.  Because function keys usually
        begin  with an escape character, the terminal may appear to hang in no-
        timeout mode after  pressing  the  escape  key  until  another  key  is
@@ -131,26 +131,26 @@

                                                Ungetting characters

                                                -       The  ungetch routine places ch back onto the input queue to be returned
-       by the next call to wgetch.  There is just one input queue for all win-
+       The  ungetch routine places ch back onto the input queue to be returned
+       by the next call to wgetch.  There is just one input queue for all win-
        dows.

                                                Predefined key-codes

                                                -       The following special keys are defined in <curses.h>.
+       The following special keys are defined in <curses.h>.
 
-       o   Except  for  the special case KEY_RESIZE, it is necessary to enable
-           keypad for getch to return these codes.
+       o   Except  for  the special case KEY_RESIZE, it is necessary to enable
+           keypad for getch to return these codes.
 
-       o   Not all of these are necessarily supported on any particular termi-
+       o   Not all of these are necessarily supported on any particular termi-
            nal.
 
-       o   The  naming  convention  may  seem obscure, with some apparent mis-
+       o   The  naming  convention  may  seem obscure, with some apparent mis-
            spellings (such as "RSUME" for "resume").  The names correspond  to
            the  long  terminfo capability names for the keys, and were defined
            long ago, in the 1980s.
 
-                  Name            Key name
+                  Name            Key name
                   -------------------------------------------------
                   KEY_BREAK       Break key
                   KEY_DOWN        The four arrow keys ...
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
                   KEY_BACKSPACE   Backspace
                   KEY_F0          Function keys; space for 64 keys
                                   is reserved.
-                  KEY_F(n)        For 0 <= n <= 63
+                  KEY_F(n)        For 0 <= n <= 63
                   KEY_DL          Delete line
                   KEY_IL          Insert line
                   KEY_DC          Delete character
@@ -250,53 +250,53 @@
        Keypad is arranged like this:
 
                                 +-----+------+-------+
-                                | A1  |  up  |  A3   |
+                                | A1  |  up  |  A3   |
                                 +-----+------+-------+
-                                |left |  B2  | right |
+                                |left |  B2  | right |
                                 +-----+------+-------+
-                                | C1  | down |  C3   |
+                                | C1  | down |  C3   |
                                 +-----+------+-------+
-       A few of these predefined values do not correspond to a real key:
+       A few of these predefined values do not correspond to a real key:
 
-       o   KEY_RESIZE  is  returned when the SIGWINCH signal has been detected
-           (see  initscr(3X)  and  resizeterm(3X)).   This  code  is  returned
-           whether or not keypad has been enabled.
+       o   KEY_RESIZE  is  returned when the SIGWINCH signal has been detected
+           (see  initscr(3x)  and  resizeterm(3x)).   This  code  is  returned
+           whether or not keypad has been enabled.
 
-       o   KEY_MOUSE  is returned for mouse-events (see curs_mouse(3X)).  This
-           code relies upon whether or not keypad(3X) has  been  enabled,  be-
-           cause  (e.g., with xterm mouse prototocol) ncurses must read escape
+       o   KEY_MOUSE  is returned for mouse-events (see curs_mouse(3x)).  This
+           code relies upon whether or not keypad(3x) has  been  enabled,  be-
+           cause  (e.g., with xterm mouse prototocol) ncurses must read escape
            sequences, just like a function key.

                                                Testing key-codes

                                                -       The has_key routine takes a key-code value from the above list, and re-
-       turns TRUE or FALSE according to whether the current terminal type rec-
+       The has_key routine takes a key-code value from the above list, and re-
+       turns TRUE or FALSE according to whether the current terminal type rec-
        ognizes a key with that value.
 
        The library also supports these extensions:
 
-          define_key
-               defines a key-code for a given string (see define_key(3X)).
+          define_key
+               defines a key-code for a given string (see define_key(3x)).
 
-          key_defined
+          key_defined
                checks if there is a key-code defined for a given  string  (see
-               key_defined(3X)).
+               key_defined(3x)).

                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                -       All  routines  return the integer ERR upon failure and an integer value
-       other than ERR (OK in the case of ungetch) upon successful completion.
+       All  routines  return the integer ERR upon failure and an integer value
+       other than ERR (OK in the case of ungetch) upon successful completion.
 
-          ungetch
-               returns ERR if there is no more room in the FIFO.
+          ungetch
+               returns ERR if there is no more room in the FIFO.
 
-          wgetch
-               returns ERR if the window pointer is null, or  if  its  timeout
+          wgetch
+               returns ERR if the window pointer is null, or  if  its  timeout
                expires without having any data, or if the execution was inter-
-               rupted by a signal (errno will be set to EINTR).
+               rupted by a signal (errno will be set to EINTR).
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.
 
 
@@ -305,85 +305,85 @@
        is  discouraged, as it will cause a delay of up to one second while the
        keypad code looks for a following function-key sequence.
 
-       Some keys may be the same as commonly used control keys, e.g.,  KEY_EN-
-       TER  versus control/M, KEY_BACKSPACE versus control/H.  Some curses im-
+       Some keys may be the same as commonly used control keys, e.g.,  KEY_EN-
+       TER  versus control/M, KEY_BACKSPACE versus control/H.  Some curses im-
        plementations may differ according to whether they treat these  control
        keys  specially  (and ignore the terminfo), or use the terminfo defini-
-       tions.  Ncurses uses the terminfo definition.  If it says that  KEY_EN-
-       TER is control/M, getch will return KEY_ENTER when you press control/M.
+       tions.  Ncurses uses the terminfo definition.  If it says that  KEY_EN-
+       TER is control/M, getch will return KEY_ENTER when you press control/M.
 
-       Generally,  KEY_ENTER denotes the character(s) sent by the Enter key on
+       Generally,  KEY_ENTER denotes the character(s) sent by the Enter key on
        the numeric keypad:
 
-       o   the terminal description lists the most useful keys,
+       o   the terminal description lists the most useful keys,
 
-       o   the Enter key on the regular keyboard is  already  handled  by  the
+       o   the Enter key on the regular keyboard is  already  handled  by  the
            standard ASCII characters for carriage-return and line-feed,
 
-       o   depending on whether nl or nonl was called, pressing "Enter" on the
+       o   depending on whether nl or nonl was called, pressing "Enter" on the
            regular keyboard may return either a carriage-return or  line-feed,
            and finally
 
-       o   "Enter or send" is the standard description for this key.
+       o   "Enter or send" is the standard description for this key.
 
-       When   using   getch,  wgetch,  mvgetch,  or  mvwgetch,  nocbreak  mode
-       (nocbreak) and echo mode (echo) should not be used at  the  same  time.
+       When   using   getch,  wgetch,  mvgetch,  or  mvwgetch,  nocbreak  mode
+       (nocbreak) and echo mode (echo) should not be used at  the  same  time.
        Depending  on the state of the tty driver when each character is typed,
        the program may produce undesirable results.
 
-       Note that getch, mvgetch, and mvwgetch may be macros.
+       Note that getch, mvgetch, and mvwgetch may be macros.
 
        Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined by  the  ex-
        tremely  function-key-rich  keyboard of the AT&T 7300, aka 3B1, aka Sa-
        fari 4.  Modern personal computers usually have only a small subset  of
        these.   IBM  PC-style  consoles  typically  support  little  more than
-       KEY_UP, KEY_DOWN, KEY_LEFT, KEY_RIGHT,  KEY_HOME,  KEY_END,  KEY_NPAGE,
-       KEY_PPAGE,  and  function  keys  1  through 12.  The Ins key is usually
-       mapped to KEY_IC.
+       KEY_UP, KEY_DOWN, KEY_LEFT, KEY_RIGHT,  KEY_HOME,  KEY_END,  KEY_NPAGE,
+       KEY_PPAGE,  and  function  keys  1  through 12.  The Ins key is usually
+       mapped to KEY_IC.

                                                PORTABILITY

                                                        The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue  4.
        They  read  single-byte  characters  only.  The standard specifies that
-       they return ERR on failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+       they return ERR on failure, but specifies no error conditions.
 
-       The echo behavior of these functions on  input  of  KEY_  or  backspace
+       The echo behavior of these functions on  input  of  KEY_  or  backspace
        characters  was not specified in the SVr4 documentation.  This descrip-
        tion is adopted from the XSI Curses standard.
 
-       The behavior of getch and friends in the presence of handled signals is
+       The behavior of getch and friends in the presence of handled signals is
        unspecified in the SVr4 and XSI Curses documentation.  Under historical
        curses implementations, it varied depending on  whether  the  operating
-       system's  implementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a read(2)
+       system's  implementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a read(2)
        call in progress or not, and also (in some  implementations)  depending
        on whether an input timeout or non-blocking mode has been set.
 
-       KEY_MOUSE is mentioned in XSI Curses, along with a few related terminfo
+       KEY_MOUSE is mentioned in XSI Curses, along with a few related terminfo
        capabilities, but no higher-level functions use the feature.   The  im-
        plementation in ncurses is an extension.
 
-       KEY_RESIZE is an extension first implemented for ncurses.  NetBSD curs-
+       KEY_RESIZE is an extension first implemented for ncurses.  NetBSD curs-
        es later added this extension.
 
        Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared  for  either
-       of  two  cases: (a) signal receipt does not interrupt getch; (b) signal
-       receipt interrupts getch and causes it to return ERR with errno set  to
-       EINTR.
+       of  two  cases: (a) signal receipt does not interrupt getch; (b) signal
+       receipt interrupts getch and causes it to return ERR with errno set  to
+       EINTR.
 
-       The  has_key function is unique to ncurses.  We recommend that any code
-       using it be conditionalized on the NCURSES_VERSION feature macro.
+       The  has_key function is unique to ncurses.  We recommend that any code
+       using it be conditionalized on the NCURSES_VERSION feature macro.

                                                SEE ALSO

                                                -       curses(3X), curs_inopts(3X), curs_mouse(3X),  curs_move(3X),  curs_out-
-       opts(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_variables(3X), resizeterm(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_inopts(3x), curs_mouse(3x),  curs_move(3x),  curs_out-
+       opts(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_variables(3x), resizeterm(3x).
 
        Comparable  functions  in the wide-character (ncursesw) library are de-
-       scribed in curs_get_wch(3X).
+       scribed in curs_get_wch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_getch(3X)
+                                                                curs_getch(3x)
                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html index 6979d654..3460ac7f 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html @@ -37,70 +37,70 @@ -curs_getstr 3X +curs_getstr 3x -

                                                  curs_getstr 3X

                                                  +

                                                  curs_getstr 3x

                                                  -curs_getstr(3X)                                                curs_getstr(3X)
+curs_getstr(3x)                                                curs_getstr(3x)

                                                  NAME

                                                  -       getstr, getnstr, wgetstr, wgetnstr, mvgetstr, mvgetnstr, mvwgetstr,
-       mvwgetnstr - accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
+       getstr, getnstr, wgetstr, wgetnstr, mvgetstr, mvgetnstr, mvwgetstr,
+       mvwgetnstr - accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                  -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int getstr(char *str);
-       int getnstr(char *str, int n);
-       int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
-       int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+       int getstr(char *str);
+       int getnstr(char *str, int n);
+       int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+       int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
 
-       int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
-       int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
-       int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
-       int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);

                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                  -       The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch,  until
+       The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch,  until
        a  newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is
        not included in the returned string).  The resulting value is placed in
-       the area pointed to by the character pointer str, followed by a NUL.
+       the area pointed to by the character pointer str, followed by a NUL.
 
-       The  getnstr  function reads from the stdscr default window.  The other
-       functions, such as wgetnstr, read from the window given as a parameter.
+       The  getnstr  function reads from the stdscr default window.  The other
+       functions, such as wgetnstr, read from the window given as a parameter.
 
-       getnstr reads at most n characters, thus preventing a possible overflow
+       getnstr reads at most n characters, thus preventing a possible overflow
        of  the input buffer.  Any attempt to enter more characters (other than
        the terminating newline or carriage return) causes  a  beep.   Function
        keys also cause a beep and are ignored.
 
-       The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted:
+       The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted:
 
-       o   The  erase  character (e.g., ^H) erases the character at the end of
+       o   The  erase  character (e.g., ^H) erases the character at the end of
            the buffer, moving the cursor to the left.
 
-           If keypad mode is on for the window, KEY_LEFT and KEY_BACKSPACE are
+           If keypad mode is on for the window, KEY_LEFT and KEY_BACKSPACE are
            both considered equivalent to the user's erase character.
 
-       o   The kill character (e.g., ^U) erases the entire buffer, leaving the
+       o   The kill character (e.g., ^U) erases the entire buffer, leaving the
            cursor at the beginning of the buffer.
 
-       Characters input are echoed only if echo  is  currently  on.   In  that
+       Characters input are echoed only if echo  is  currently  on.   In  that
        case,  backspace is echoed as deletion of the previous character (typi-
        cally a left motion).

                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                  -       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK (SVr4 speci-
-       fies  only  "an  integer value other than ERR") upon successful comple-
+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK (SVr4 speci-
+       fies  only  "an  integer value other than ERR") upon successful comple-
        tion.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.
@@ -108,118 +108,118 @@
        In this implementation, these functions return an error if  the  window
        pointer is null, or if its timeout expires without having any data.
 
-       This  implementation  provides an extension as well.  If a SIGWINCH in-
-       terrupts the function, it will return KEY_RESIZE rather than OK or ERR.
+       This  implementation  provides an extension as well.  If a SIGWINCH in-
+       terrupts the function, it will return KEY_RESIZE rather than OK or ERR.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                  NOTES

                                                  -       Note that getstr, mvgetstr, and mvwgetstr may be macros.
+       Note that getstr, mvgetstr, and mvwgetstr may be macros.

                                                  PORTABILITY

                                                          These functions are described in the  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue  4.
        They  read  single-byte  characters only.  The standard does not define
-       any error conditions.  This implementation returns ERR  if  the  window
-       pointer is null, or if the lower-level wgetch(3X) call returns an ERR.
+       any error conditions.  This implementation returns ERR  if  the  window
+       pointer is null, or if the lower-level wgetch(3x) call returns an ERR.
 
        SVr3  and  early  SVr4  curses  implementations did not reject function
        keys; the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that  "special  keys"  (such  as
-       function  keys, "home" key, "clear" key, etc.) are "interpreted", with-
+       function  keys, "home" key, "clear" key, etc.) are "interpreted", with-
        out giving details.  It lied.  In fact, the "character" value  appended
        to  the  string by those implementations was predictable but not useful
        (being, in fact, the low-order eight bits of the key's KEY_ value).
 
-       The functions getnstr, mvgetnstr, and mvwgetnstr were present  but  not
+       The functions getnstr, mvgetnstr, and mvwgetnstr were present  but  not
        documented in SVr4.
 
        X/Open Curses, Issue 5 (2007) stated that these functions "read at most
-       n bytes" but did not state whether the terminating NUL  is  counted  in
+       n bytes" but did not state whether the terminating NUL  is  counted  in
        that  limit.   X/Open  Curses,  Issue 7 (2009) changed that to say they
-       "read at most n-1 bytes" to allow for the terminating NUL.  As of 2018,
+       "read at most n-1 bytes" to allow for the terminating NUL.  As of 2018,
        some implementations do, some do not count it:
 
-       o   ncurses  6.1  and PDCurses do not count the NUL in the given limit,
+       o   ncurses  6.1  and PDCurses do not count the NUL in the given limit,
            while
 
-       o   Solaris SVr4 and NetBSD curses count the NUL as part of the limit.
+       o   Solaris SVr4 and NetBSD curses count the NUL as part of the limit.
 
-       o   Solaris xcurses provides both:  its  wide-character  wget_nstr  re-
-           serves a NUL, but its wgetnstr does not count the NUL consistently.
+       o   Solaris xcurses provides both:  its  wide-character  wget_nstr  re-
+           serves a NUL, but its wgetnstr does not count the NUL consistently.
 
-       In SVr4 curses, a negative value of n tells wgetnstr to assume that the
+       In SVr4 curses, a negative value of n tells wgetnstr to assume that the
        caller's buffer is large enough to hold the result, i.e., to  act  like
-       wgetstr.   X/Open  Curses does not mention this (or anything related to
-       negative or zero values of n), however  most  implementations  use  the
+       wgetstr.   X/Open  Curses does not mention this (or anything related to
+       negative or zero values of n), however  most  implementations  use  the
        feature, with different limits:
 
-       o   Solaris  SVr4  curses  and  PDCurses limit the result to 255 bytes.
+       o   Solaris  SVr4  curses  and  PDCurses limit the result to 255 bytes.
            Other Unix systems than Solaris are likely to use the same limit.
 
-       o   Solaris xcurses limits the result to LINE_MAX bytes.
+       o   Solaris xcurses limits the result to LINE_MAX bytes.
 
-       o   NetBSD 7 assumes no particular limit for the result  from  wgetstr.
-           However,  it  limits  the wgetnstr parameter n to ensure that it is
+       o   NetBSD 7 assumes no particular limit for the result  from  wgetstr.
+           However,  it  limits  the wgetnstr parameter n to ensure that it is
            greater than zero.
 
            A comment in NetBSD's source code states that this is specified  in
            SUSv2.
 
-       o   ncurses  (before  6.2)  assumes  no particular limit for the result
-           from wgetstr, and treats the n  parameter  of  wgetnstr  like  SVr4
+       o   ncurses  (before  6.2)  assumes  no particular limit for the result
+           from wgetstr, and treats the n  parameter  of  wgetnstr  like  SVr4
            curses.
 
-       o   ncurses  6.2  uses  LINE_MAX,  or a larger (system-dependent) value
-           which the sysconf function may provide.   If  neither  LINE_MAX  or
-           sysconf  is available, ncurses uses the POSIX value for LINE_MAX (a
+       o   ncurses  6.2  uses  LINE_MAX,  or a larger (system-dependent) value
+           which the sysconf function may provide.   If  neither  LINE_MAX  or
+           sysconf  is available, ncurses uses the POSIX value for LINE_MAX (a
            2048 byte limit).  In either case, it reserves a byte for the  ter-
            minating NUL.
 
-       Although  getnstr  is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, it also
+       Although  getnstr  is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, it also
        makes changes to the curses modes to allow simple editing of the  input
        buffer:
 
-       o   getnstr  saves  the  current  value of the nl, echo, raw and cbreak
-           modes, and sets nl, noecho, noraw, and cbreak.
+       o   getnstr  saves  the  current  value of the nl, echo, raw and cbreak
+           modes, and sets nl, noecho, noraw, and cbreak.
 
-           getnstr handles the echoing of characters, rather than  relying  on
+           getnstr handles the echoing of characters, rather than  relying  on
            the caller to set an appropriate mode.
 
-       o   It  also  obtains  the erase and kill characters from erasechar and
-           killchar, respectively.
+       o   It  also  obtains  the erase and kill characters from erasechar and
+           killchar, respectively.
 
-       o   On return, getnstr restores the modes to their previous values.
+       o   On return, getnstr restores the modes to their previous values.
 
        Other implementations differ in their treatment of special characters:
 
-       o   While they may set the echo mode, other implementations do not mod-
-           ify  the  raw mode, They may take the cbreak mode set by the caller
-           into account when deciding whether to handle echoing within getnstr
-           or as a side-effect of the getch calls.
+       o   While they may set the echo mode, other implementations do not mod-
+           ify  the  raw mode, They may take the cbreak mode set by the caller
+           into account when deciding whether to handle echoing within getnstr
+           or as a side-effect of the getch calls.
 
-       o   The original ncurses (as pcurses in 1986) set noraw and cbreak when
-           accepting input for getnstr.  That may have been done to make func-
+       o   The original ncurses (as pcurses in 1986) set noraw and cbreak when
+           accepting input for getnstr.  That may have been done to make func-
            tion- and cursor-keys work; it is not necessary with ncurses.
 
            Since  1995, ncurses has provided signal handlers for INTR and QUIT
-           (e.g., ^C or ^\).  With the noraw and cbreak  settings,  those  may
+           (e.g., ^C or ^\).  With the noraw and cbreak  settings,  those  may
            catch  a  signal  and stop the program, where other implementations
            allow one to enter those characters in the buffer.
 
-       o   Starting in 2021 (ncurses 6.3), getnstr sets raw, rather than noraw
-           and  cbreak for better compatibility with SVr4-curses, e.g., allow-
-           ing one to enter a ^C into the buffer.
+       o   Starting in 2021 (ncurses 6.3), getnstr sets raw, rather than noraw
+           and  cbreak for better compatibility with SVr4-curses, e.g., allow-
+           ing one to enter a ^C into the buffer.

                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                  -       curses(3X), curs_getch(3X), curs_termattrs(3X), curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_getch(3x), curs_termattrs(3x), curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_getstr(3X)
+                                                               curs_getstr(3x)
                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html index f3bc2424..385eb8ed 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html @@ -34,41 +34,41 @@ -curs_getyx 3X +curs_getyx 3x -

                                                    curs_getyx 3X

                                                    +

                                                    curs_getyx 3x

                                                    -curs_getyx(3X)                                                  curs_getyx(3X)
+curs_getyx(3x)                                                  curs_getyx(3x)

                                                    NAME

                                                    -       getyx,  getparyx,  getbegyx,  getmaxyx  -  get curses cursor and window
+       getyx,  getparyx,  getbegyx,  getmaxyx  -  get curses cursor and window
        coordinates

                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                    -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);

                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                    -       The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given  window
-       in the two integer variables y and x.
+       The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given  window
+       in the two integer variables y and x.
 
-       If  win  is  a  subwindow,  the  getparyx  macro  places  the beginning
+       If  win  is  a  subwindow,  the  getparyx  macro  places  the beginning
        coordinates of the subwindow relative to the  parent  window  into  two
-       integer variables y and x.  Otherwise, -1 is placed into y and x.
+       integer variables y and x.  Otherwise, -1 is placed into y and x.
 
-       Like  getyx,  the  getbegyx  and  getmaxyx  macros  store  the  current
+       Like  getyx,  the  getbegyx  and  getmaxyx  macros  store  the  current
        beginning coordinates and size of the specified window.
 
 
@@ -78,16 +78,16 @@

                                                    NOTES

                                                    -       All  of these interfaces are macros.  A "&" is not necessary before the
-       variables y and x.
+       All  of these interfaces are macros.  A "&" is not necessary before the
+       variables y and x.

                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                    -       The getyx, getparyx, getbegyx and getmaxyx macros are described in  the
+       The getyx, getparyx, getbegyx and getmaxyx macros are described in  the
        XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 
-       This  implementation also provides functions getbegx, getbegy, getcurx,
-       getcury, getmaxx, getmaxy, getparx and getpary for  compatibility  with
+       This  implementation also provides functions getbegx, getbegy, getcurx,
+       getcury, getmaxx, getmaxy, getparx and getpary for  compatibility  with
        older versions of curses.
 
        Although  X/Open  Curses  does  not  address this, many implementations
@@ -101,15 +101,15 @@
        example,  the  WINDOW._maxx and WINDOW._maxy values in ncurses have (at
        least  since  release  1.8.1)  differed  by   one   from   some   other
        implementations.   The  difference  is  hidden  by  means  of the macro
-       getmaxyx.
+       getmaxyx.

                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                    -       curses(3X), curs_legacy(3X), curs_opaque(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_legacy(3x), curs_opaque(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_getyx(3X)
+                                                                curs_getyx(3x)
                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html index a57c7f9e..71cee61d 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html @@ -34,47 +34,47 @@ -curs_in_wch 3X +curs_in_wch 3x -

                                                      curs_in_wch 3X

                                                      +

                                                      curs_in_wch 3x

                                                      -curs_in_wch(3X)                                                curs_in_wch(3X)
+curs_in_wch(3x)                                                curs_in_wch(3x)

                                                      NAME

                                                      -       in_wch,  mvin_wch, mvwin_wch, win_wch - extract a complex character and
+       in_wch,  mvin_wch, mvwin_wch, win_wch - extract a complex character and
        rendition from a window

                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                      -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval);
-       int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval);
+       int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval);
+       int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval);
 
-       int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
-       int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
+       int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
+       int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);

                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                              These functions extract the complex character and  rendition  from  the
-       current position in the named window into the cchar_t object referenced
+       current position in the named window into the cchar_t object referenced
        by wcval.

                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                              No errors are defined in the XSI Curses standard.  This  implementation
-       checks  for  null  pointers,  returns  ERR  in that case.  Also, the mv
-       routines check for error moving the cursor, returning ERR in that case.
-       Otherwise they return OK.
+       checks  for  null  pointers,  returns  ERR  in that case.  Also, the mv
+       routines check for error moving the cursor, returning ERR in that case.
+       Otherwise they return OK.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.
 
 
@@ -87,11 +87,11 @@

                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                      -       curses(3X), curs_inch(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_inch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_in_wch(3X)
+                                                               curs_in_wch(3x)
                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html index 19205551..748d073d 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html @@ -34,77 +34,77 @@ -curs_in_wchstr 3X +curs_in_wchstr 3x -

                                                        curs_in_wchstr 3X

                                                        +

                                                        curs_in_wchstr 3x

                                                        -curs_in_wchstr(3X)                                          curs_in_wchstr(3X)
+curs_in_wchstr(3x)                                          curs_in_wchstr(3x)

                                                        NAME

                                                        -       in_wchstr, in_wchnstr, win_wchstr, win_wchnstr, mvin_wchstr,
-       mvin_wchnstr, mvwin_wchstr, mvwin_wchnstr - get an array of complex
+       in_wchstr, in_wchnstr, win_wchstr, win_wchnstr, mvin_wchstr,
+       mvin_wchnstr, mvwin_wchstr, mvwin_wchnstr - get an array of complex
        characters and renditions from a curses window

                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                        -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
+       int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wchstr);
+       int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
+       int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wchstr);
+       int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
 
-       int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
+       int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr);
+       int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
+       int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr);
+       int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);

                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                        -       These functions return an array of complex characters in wchstr, start-
+       These functions return an array of complex characters in wchstr, start-
        ing at the current cursor position in  the  named  window.   Attributes
        (rendition) are stored with the characters.
 
-       The  in_wchnstr,  mvin_wchnstr,  mvwin_wchnstr and win_wchnstr fill the
-       array with at most n cchar_t elements.
+       The  in_wchnstr,  mvin_wchnstr,  mvwin_wchnstr and win_wchnstr fill the
+       array with at most n cchar_t elements.

                                                        NOTES

                                                        -       Note that all routines except win_wchnstr may be macros.
+       Note that all routines except win_wchnstr may be macros.
 
-       Reading a line that overflows the  array  pointed  to  by  wchstr  with
-       in_wchstr, mvin_wchstr, mvwin_wchstr or win_wchstr causes undefined re-
-       sults.  Therefore, the use of in_wchnstr, mvin_wchnstr,  mvwin_wchnstr,
-       or win_wchnstr is recommended.
+       Reading a line that overflows the  array  pointed  to  by  wchstr  with
+       in_wchstr, mvin_wchstr, mvwin_wchstr or win_wchstr causes undefined re-
+       sults.  Therefore, the use of in_wchnstr, mvin_wchnstr,  mvwin_wchnstr,
+       or win_wchnstr is recommended.

                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                        -       Upon successful completion, these functions return OK.  Otherwise, they
-       return ERR.
+       Upon successful completion, these functions return OK.  Otherwise, they
+       return ERR.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                The XSI Curses defines no error conditions.  This implementation checks
-       for null pointers, returning ERR in that case.
+       for null pointers, returning ERR in that case.

                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                        -       Functions: curses(3X), curs_in_wch(3X), curs_instr(3X), curs_inwstr(3X)
-       curs_inchstr(3X)
+       Functions: curses(3x), curs_in_wch(3x), curs_instr(3x), curs_inwstr(3x)
+       curs_inchstr(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                            curs_in_wchstr(3X)
+                                                            curs_in_wchstr(3x)
                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html index 339e2458..397664a1 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html @@ -35,58 +35,58 @@ -curs_inch 3X +curs_inch 3x -

                                                          curs_inch 3X

                                                          +

                                                          curs_inch 3x

                                                          -curs_inch(3X)                                                    curs_inch(3X)
+curs_inch(3x)                                                    curs_inch(3x)

                                                          NAME

                                                          -       inch,  winch,  mvinch,  mvwinch - get a character and attributes from a
-       curses window
+       inch,  winch,  mvinch,  mvwinch - get a character and attributes from a
+       curses window

                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       chtype inch(void);
-       chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
+       chtype inch(void);
+       chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
 
-       chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
-       chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
+       chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);

                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                          -       These routines return the character, of type  chtype,  at  the  current
+       These routines return the character, of type  chtype,  at  the  current
        position  in  the  named  window.   If  any attributes are set for that
        position, their values are OR'ed into the  value  returned.   Constants
-       defined  in <curses.h> can be used with the & (logical AND) operator to
+       defined  in <curses.h> can be used with the & (logical AND) operator to
        extract the character or attributes alone.

                                                          Attributes

                                                                  The following bit-masks may  be  AND-ed  with  characters  returned  by
-       winch.
+       winch.
 
-       A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask to extract character
-       A_ATTRIBUTES   Bit-mask to extract attributes
-       A_COLOR        Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
+       A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask to extract character
+       A_ATTRIBUTES   Bit-mask to extract attributes
+       A_COLOR        Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information

                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                  Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.
 
-       The  winch  function  does  not  return an error if the window contains
+       The  winch  function  does  not  return an error if the window contains
        characters larger than 8-bits (255).  Only the low-order 8 bits of  the
-       character are used by winch.
+       character are used by winch.

                                                          NOTES

                                                          @@ -99,41 +99,41 @@
        Very  old systems (before standardization) provide a different function
        with the same name:
 
-       o   The winch function was part of the  original  BSD  curses  library,
-           which   stored   a  7-bit  character  combined  with  the  standout
+       o   The winch function was part of the  original  BSD  curses  library,
+           which   stored   a  7-bit  character  combined  with  the  standout
            attribute.
 
-           In BSD curses, winch returned only the character  (as  an  integer)
-           with the standout attribute removed.
+           In BSD curses, winch returned only the character  (as  an  integer)
+           with the standout attribute removed.
 
-       o   System  V  curses  added support for several video attributes which
+       o   System  V  curses  added support for several video attributes which
            could be combined with characters in the window.
 
            Reflecting this improvement, the function was altered to return the
-           character combined with all video attributes in a chtype value.
+           character combined with all video attributes in a chtype value.
 
        X/Open Curses does not specify the size and layout of attributes, color
-       and character values in chtype; it is  implementation-dependent.   This
+       and character values in chtype; it is  implementation-dependent.   This
        implementation  uses 8 bits for character values.  An application using
        more bits,  e.g.,  a  Unicode  value,  should  use  the  wide-character
        equivalents to these functions.

                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                          -       curses(3X)
-            gives an overview of the WINDOW and chtype data types.
+       curses(3x)
+            gives an overview of the WINDOW and chtype data types.
 
-       curs_attr(3X)
+       curs_attr(3x)
             goes  into  more  detail,  pointing  out  portability problems and
-            constraints on the use of chtype for returning window information.
+            constraints on the use of chtype for returning window information.
 
-       curs_in_wch(3X)
+       curs_in_wch(3x)
             describes comparable functions for the  wide-character  (ncursesw)
             library.
 
 
 
-                                                                 curs_inch(3X)
+                                                                 curs_inch(3x)
                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html index 8b64d97b..c0f07400 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html @@ -34,67 +34,67 @@ -curs_inchstr 3X +curs_inchstr 3x -

                                                            curs_inchstr 3X

                                                            +

                                                            curs_inchstr 3x

                                                            -curs_inchstr(3X)                                              curs_inchstr(3X)
+curs_inchstr(3x)                                              curs_inchstr(3x)

                                                            NAME

                                                            -       inchstr, inchnstr, winchstr, winchnstr, mvinchstr, mvinchnstr,
-       mvwinchstr, mvwinchnstr - get a string of characters (and attributes)
-       from a curses window
+       inchstr, inchnstr, winchstr, winchnstr, mvinchstr, mvinchnstr,
+       mvwinchstr, mvwinchnstr - get a string of characters (and attributes)
+       from a curses window

                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int inchstr(chtype *chstr);
-       int inchnstr(chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr);
-       int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int inchstr(chtype *chstr);
+       int inchnstr(chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr);
+       int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr, int n);
 
-       int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
-       int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
-       int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
+       int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
+       int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);

                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                            -       These  routines  return  a  NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities,
+       These  routines  return  a  NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities,
        starting at the current cursor position in the named window and  ending
-       at  the  right  margin of the window.  The four functions with n as the
-       last argument, return a leading substring at  most  n  characters  long
-       (exclusive of the trailing (chtype)0).  Constants defined in <curses.h>
-       can be used with the & (logical AND) operator to extract the  character
-       or   the   attribute   alone  from  any  position  in  the  chstr  [see
-       curs_inch(3X)].
+       at  the  right  margin of the window.  The four functions with n as the
+       last argument, return a leading substring at  most  n  characters  long
+       (exclusive of the trailing (chtype)0).  Constants defined in <curses.h>
+       can be used with the & (logical AND) operator to extract the  character
+       or   the   attribute   alone  from  any  position  in  the  chstr  [see
+       curs_inch(3x)].

                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                            -       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an  integer  value
-       other than ERR upon successful completion (the number of characters re-
+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an  integer  value
+       other than ERR upon successful completion (the number of characters re-
        trieved, exclusive of the trailing 0).
 
        X/Open Curses defines no error conditions.  In this implementation:
 
-       o   If the win parameter is null, an error is returned,
+       o   If the win parameter is null, an error is returned,
 
-       o   If the chstr parameter is null, an error is returned,
+       o   If the chstr parameter is null, an error is returned,
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                            NOTES

                                                            -       Note that all routines except winchnstr may be macros.  SVr4  does  not
+       Note that all routines except winchnstr may be macros.  SVr4  does  not
        document whether the result string is zero-terminated; it does not doc-
        ument whether a length limit argument includes any trailing 0;  and  it
        does not document the meaning of the return value.
@@ -103,18 +103,18 @@

                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                    These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  It
        is no more specific than the SVr4 documentation on the trailing 0.   It
-       does specify that the successful return of the functions is OK.
+       does specify that the successful return of the functions is OK.

                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                            -       curses(3X), curs_inch(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_inch(3x).
 
        Comparable  functions  in the wide-character (ncursesw) library are de-
-       scribed in curs_in_wchstr(3X).
+       scribed in curs_in_wchstr(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_inchstr(3X)
+                                                              curs_inchstr(3x)
                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html index 839916a3..691d6848 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html @@ -34,130 +34,130 @@ -curs_initscr 3X +curs_initscr 3x -

                                                              curs_initscr 3X

                                                              +

                                                              curs_initscr 3x

                                                              -curs_initscr(3X)                                              curs_initscr(3X)
+curs_initscr(3x)                                              curs_initscr(3x)

                                                              NAME

                                                              -       initscr, newterm, endwin, isendwin, set_term, delscreen - curses screen
+       initscr, newterm, endwin, isendwin, set_term, delscreen - curses screen
        initialization and manipulation routines

                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                              -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       WINDOW *initscr(void);
-       int endwin(void);
+       WINDOW *initscr(void);
+       int endwin(void);
 
-       bool isendwin(void);
+       bool isendwin(void);
 
-       SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
-       SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
-       void delscreen(SCREEN* sp);
+       SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
+       SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
+       void delscreen(SCREEN* sp);

                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                              initscr

                                                              -       initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when  initializing
+       initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when  initializing
        a  program.   A few special routines sometimes need to be called before
-       it; these are slk_init(3X), filter, ripoffline, use_env.  For multiple-
-       terminal applications, newterm may be called before initscr.
+       it; these are slk_init(3x), filter, ripoffline, use_env.  For multiple-
+       terminal applications, newterm may be called before initscr.
 
-       The initscr code determines the terminal type and initializes all curs-
-       es data structures.  initscr also causes the first call to  refresh(3X)
-       to  clear  the  screen.  If errors occur, initscr writes an appropriate
+       The initscr code determines the terminal type and initializes all curs-
+       es data structures.  initscr also causes the first call to  refresh(3x)
+       to  clear  the  screen.  If errors occur, initscr writes an appropriate
        error message to standard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is  re-
-       turned to stdscr.
+       turned to stdscr.

                                                              newterm

                                                              -       A program that outputs to more than one terminal should use the newterm
-       routine for each terminal instead of initscr.  A program that needs  to
+       A program that outputs to more than one terminal should use the newterm
+       routine for each terminal instead of initscr.  A program that needs  to
        inspect capabilities, so it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode
        if the terminal cannot support a screen-oriented  program,  would  also
-       use newterm.  The routine newterm should be called once for each termi-
-       nal.  It returns a variable of type SCREEN * which should be saved as a
-       reference to that terminal.  newterm's arguments are
+       use newterm.  The routine newterm should be called once for each termi-
+       nal.  It returns a variable of type SCREEN * which should be saved as a
+       reference to that terminal.  newterm's arguments are
 
-       o   the type of the terminal to be used in place of $TERM,
+       o   the type of the terminal to be used in place of $TERM,
 
-       o   a file pointer for output to the terminal, and
+       o   a file pointer for output to the terminal, and
 
-       o   another file pointer for input from the terminal
+       o   another file pointer for input from the terminal
 
-       If the type parameter is NULL, $TERM will be used.
+       If the type parameter is NULL, $TERM will be used.

                                                              endwin

                                                              -       The  program  must also call endwin for each terminal being used before
-       exiting from curses.  If newterm is called more than once for the  same
+       The  program  must also call endwin for each terminal being used before
+       exiting from curses.  If newterm is called more than once for the  same
        terminal, the first terminal referred to must be the last one for which
-       endwin is called.
+       endwin is called.
 
-       A program should always call endwin before  exiting  or  escaping  from
-       curses mode temporarily.  This routine
+       A program should always call endwin before  exiting  or  escaping  from
+       curses mode temporarily.  This routine
 
-       o   resets colors to correspond with the default color pair 0,
+       o   resets colors to correspond with the default color pair 0,
 
-       o   moves the cursor to the lower left-hand corner of the screen,
+       o   moves the cursor to the lower left-hand corner of the screen,
 
-       o   clears  the  remainder of the line so that it uses the default col-
+       o   clears  the  remainder of the line so that it uses the default col-
            ors,
 
-       o   sets the cursor to normal visibility (see curs_set(3X)),
+       o   sets the cursor to normal visibility (see curs_set(3x)),
 
-       o   stops cursor-addressing mode using the exit_ca_mode terminal  capa-
+       o   stops cursor-addressing mode using the exit_ca_mode terminal  capa-
            bility,
 
-       o   restores tty modes (see reset_shell_mode(3X)).
+       o   restores tty modes (see reset_shell_mode(3x)).
 
-       Calling refresh(3X) or doupdate(3X) after a temporary escape causes the
+       Calling refresh(3x) or doupdate(3x) after a temporary escape causes the
        program to resume visual mode.

                                                              isendwin

                                                              -       The isendwin routine returns TRUE if endwin has been called without any
-       subsequent calls to wrefresh, and FALSE otherwise.
+       The isendwin routine returns TRUE if endwin has been called without any
+       subsequent calls to wrefresh, and FALSE otherwise.

                                                              set_term

                                                              -       The  set_term  routine  is  used to switch between different terminals.
-       The screen reference new becomes the new current terminal.  The  previ-
+       The  set_term  routine  is  used to switch between different terminals.
+       The screen reference new becomes the new current terminal.  The  previ-
        ous  terminal  is  returned  by  the routine.  This is the only routine
-       which manipulates SCREEN pointers; all other routines affect  only  the
+       which manipulates SCREEN pointers; all other routines affect  only  the
        current terminal.

                                                              delscreen

                                                              -       The  delscreen  routine  frees  storage associated with the SCREEN data
-       structure.  The endwin routine does not do this, so delscreen should be
-       called after endwin if a particular SCREEN is no longer needed.
+       The  delscreen  routine  frees  storage associated with the SCREEN data
+       structure.  The endwin routine does not do this, so delscreen should be
+       called after endwin if a particular SCREEN is no longer needed.

                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                              -       endwin returns the integer ERR upon failure and OK upon successful com-
+       endwin returns the integer ERR upon failure and OK upon successful com-
        pletion.
 
-       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
+       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-       o   endwin returns an error if the terminal was not initialized.
+       o   endwin returns an error if the terminal was not initialized.
 
-       o   newterm returns an error if it cannot allocate the data  structures
+       o   newterm returns an error if it cannot allocate the data  structures
            for  the  screen,  or  for the top-level windows within the screen,
-           i.e., curscr, newscr, or stdscr.
+           i.e., curscr, newscr, or stdscr.
 
-       o   set_term returns no error.
+       o   set_term returns no error.

                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                              @@ -166,88 +166,88 @@

                                                              Differences

                                                              -       X/Open  specifies that portable applications must not call initscr more
+       X/Open  specifies that portable applications must not call initscr more
        than once:
 
-       o   The portable way to use initscr is once only,  using  refresh  (see
-           curs_refresh(3X)) to restore the screen after endwin.
+       o   The portable way to use initscr is once only,  using  refresh  (see
+           curs_refresh(3x)) to restore the screen after endwin.
 
-       o   This implementation allows using initscr after endwin.
+       o   This implementation allows using initscr after endwin.
 
        Old versions of curses, e.g., BSD 4.4, may have returned a null pointer
-       from initscr when an error is detected, rather  than  exiting.   It  is
-       safe but redundant to check the return value of initscr in XSI Curses.
+       from initscr when an error is detected, rather  than  exiting.   It  is
+       safe but redundant to check the return value of initscr in XSI Curses.

                                                              Unset TERM Variable

                                                              -       If  the  TERM variable is missing or empty, initscr uses the value "un-
-       known", which normally corresponds to a terminal entry with the generic
-       (gn)  capability.   Generic  entries  are  detected  by  setupterm (see
-       curs_terminfo(3X)) and cannot be used for full-screen operation.  Other
+       If  the  TERM variable is missing or empty, initscr uses the value "un-
+       known", which normally corresponds to a terminal entry with the generic
+       (gn)  capability.   Generic  entries  are  detected  by  setupterm (see
+       curs_terminfo(3x)) and cannot be used for full-screen operation.  Other
        implementations may handle a missing/empty TERM variable differently.

                                                              Signal Handlers

                                                                      Quoting from X/Open Curses, section 3.1.1:
 
-            Curses  implementations  may  provide  for special handling of the
-            SIGINT, SIGQUIT  and  SIGTSTP  signals  if  their  disposition  is
-            SIG_DFL at the time initscr is called ...
+            Curses  implementations  may  provide  for special handling of the
+            SIGINT, SIGQUIT  and  SIGTSTP  signals  if  their  disposition  is
+            SIG_DFL at the time initscr is called ...
 
-            Any  special  handling  for these signals may remain in effect for
-            the life of the process or until the process changes the  disposi-
-            tion of the signal.
+            Any  special  handling  for these signals may remain in effect for
+            the life of the process or until the process changes the  disposi-
+            tion of the signal.
 
-            None  of the Curses functions are required to be safe with respect
-            to signals ...
+            None  of the Curses functions are required to be safe with respect
+            to signals ...
 
        This implementation establishes signal handlers during  initialization,
-       e.g., initscr or newterm.  Applications which must handle these signals
-       should set up the corresponding handlers  after  initializing  the  li-
+       e.g., initscr or newterm.  Applications which must handle these signals
+       should set up the corresponding handlers  after  initializing  the  li-
        brary:
 
-       SIGINT
-            The  handler  attempts to cleanup the screen on exit.  Although it
-            usually works as expected, there are limitations:
+       SIGINT
+            The  handler  attempts to cleanup the screen on exit.  Although it
+            usually works as expected, there are limitations:
 
-            o   Walking the SCREEN list is unsafe, since all  list  management
+            o   Walking the SCREEN list is unsafe, since all  list  management
                 is done without any signal blocking.
 
-            o   On systems which have REENTRANT turned on, set_term uses func-
+            o   On systems which have REENTRANT turned on, set_term uses func-
                 tions which could deadlock or misbehave in other ways.
 
-            o   endwin calls other functions, many of which use stdio or other
+            o   endwin calls other functions, many of which use stdio or other
                 library functions which are clearly unsafe.
 
-       SIGTERM
-            This  uses  the same handler as SIGINT, with the same limitations.
+       SIGTERM
+            This  uses  the same handler as SIGINT, with the same limitations.
             It is not mentioned in X/Open Curses, but  is  more  suitable  for
-            this purpose than SIGQUIT (which is used in debugging).
+            this purpose than SIGQUIT (which is used in debugging).
 
-       SIGTSTP
-            This  handles the stop signal, used in job control.  When resuming
+       SIGTSTP
+            This  handles the stop signal, used in job control.  When resuming
             the process,  this  implementation  discards  pending  input  with
-            flushinput  (see  curs_util(3X)), and repaints the screen assuming
+            flushinput  (see  curs_util(3x)), and repaints the screen assuming
             that it has been completely altered.  It also  updates  the  saved
-            terminal modes with def_shell_mode (see curs_kernel(3X)).
+            terminal modes with def_shell_mode (see curs_kernel(3x)).
 
-       SIGWINCH
+       SIGWINCH
             This  handles  the  window-size  changes which were ignored in the
             standardization efforts.  The handler sets a  (signal-safe)  vari-
-            able  which  is  later  tested in wgetch (see curs_getch(3X)).  If
-            keypad has been enabled for the corresponding window,  wgetch  re-
-            turns  the  key symbol KEY_RESIZE.  At the same time, wgetch calls
-            resizeterm to adjust the standard screen stdscr, and update  other
-            data such as LINES and COLS.
+            able  which  is  later  tested in wgetch (see curs_getch(3x)).  If
+            keypad has been enabled for the corresponding window,  wgetch  re-
+            turns  the  key symbol KEY_RESIZE.  At the same time, wgetch calls
+            resizeterm to adjust the standard screen stdscr, and update  other
+            data such as LINES and COLS.

                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                              -       curses(3X),  curs_kernel(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_slk(3X), curs_ter-
-       minfo(3X), curs_util(3X), curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x),  curs_kernel(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_slk(3x), curs_ter-
+       minfo(3x), curs_util(3x), curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_initscr(3X)
+                                                              curs_initscr(3x)
                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html index 1e68e6c2..cba08b07 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html @@ -34,57 +34,57 @@ -curs_inopts 3X +curs_inopts 3x -

                                                                curs_inopts 3X

                                                                +

                                                                curs_inopts 3x

                                                                -curs_inopts(3X)                                                curs_inopts(3X)
+curs_inopts(3x)                                                curs_inopts(3x)

                                                                NAME

                                                                -       cbreak, nocbreak, echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, keypad, meta, nl,
-       nonl, nodelay, notimeout, raw, noraw, qiflush, noqiflush, timeout,
-       wtimeout, typeahead - curses input options
+       cbreak, nocbreak, echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, keypad, meta, nl,
+       nonl, nodelay, notimeout, raw, noraw, qiflush, noqiflush, timeout,
+       wtimeout, typeahead - curses input options

                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int cbreak(void);
-       int nocbreak(void);
+       int cbreak(void);
+       int nocbreak(void);
 
-       int echo(void);
-       int noecho(void);
+       int echo(void);
+       int noecho(void);
 
-       int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
 
-       int nl(void);
-       int nonl(void);
+       int nl(void);
+       int nonl(void);
 
-       int raw(void);
-       int noraw(void);
+       int raw(void);
+       int noraw(void);
 
-       void qiflush(void);
-       void noqiflush(void);
+       void qiflush(void);
+       void noqiflush(void);
 
-       int halfdelay(int tenths);
-       void timeout(int delay);
-       void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
+       int halfdelay(int tenths);
+       void timeout(int delay);
+       void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
 
-       int typeahead(int fd);
+       int typeahead(int fd);

                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                -       The ncurses library provides several functions which let an application
+       The ncurses library provides several functions which let an application
        change the way input from the terminal is handled.   Some  are  global,
        applying to all windows.  Others apply only to a specific window.  Win-
        dow-specific settings are not automatically applied to new  or  derived
@@ -94,138 +94,138 @@

                                                                cbreak/nocbreak

                                                                        Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until  a  newline  or
-       carriage  return  is typed.  The cbreak routine disables line buffering
+       carriage  return  is typed.  The cbreak routine disables line buffering
        and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow control charac-
        ters  are  unaffected), making characters typed by the user immediately
-       available to the program.  The nocbreak routine returns the terminal to
+       available to the program.  The nocbreak routine returns the terminal to
        normal (cooked) mode.
 
-       Initially the terminal may or may not be in cbreak mode, as the mode is
-       inherited; therefore, a program should call cbreak or nocbreak  explic-
-       itly.   Most  interactive  programs  using  curses set the cbreak mode.
-       Note that cbreak overrides raw.  [See curs_getch(3X) for  a  discussion
-       of how these routines interact with echo and noecho.]
+       Initially the terminal may or may not be in cbreak mode, as the mode is
+       inherited; therefore, a program should call cbreak or nocbreak  explic-
+       itly.   Most  interactive  programs  using  curses set the cbreak mode.
+       Note that cbreak overrides raw.  [See curs_getch(3x) for  a  discussion
+       of how these routines interact with echo and noecho.]

                                                                echo/noecho

                                                                -       The  echo  and  noecho routines control whether characters typed by the
-       user are echoed by getch(3X) as they are typed.   Echoing  by  the  tty
-       driver  is  always  disabled,  but  initially getch is in echo mode, so
+       The  echo  and  noecho routines control whether characters typed by the
+       user are echoed by getch(3x) as they are typed.   Echoing  by  the  tty
+       driver  is  always  disabled,  but  initially getch is in echo mode, so
        characters typed are echoed.  Authors of most interactive programs pre-
        fer  to do their own echoing in a controlled area of the screen, or not
-       to echo at all, so  they  disable  echoing  by  calling  noecho.   [See
-       curs_getch(3X)  for  a  discussion  of how these routines interact with
-       cbreak and nocbreak.]
+       to echo at all, so  they  disable  echoing  by  calling  noecho.   [See
+       curs_getch(3x)  for  a  discussion  of how these routines interact with
+       cbreak and nocbreak.]

                                                                halfdelay

                                                                -       The halfdelay routine is used for half-delay mode, which is similar  to
-       cbreak mode in that characters typed by the user are immediately avail-
-       able to the program.  However, after blocking for tenths tenths of sec-
-       onds,  ERR  is returned if nothing has been typed.  The value of tenths
-       must be a number between 1 and 255.  Use nocbreak to  leave  half-delay
+       The halfdelay routine is used for half-delay mode, which is similar  to
+       cbreak mode in that characters typed by the user are immediately avail-
+       able to the program.  However, after blocking for tenths tenths of sec-
+       onds,  ERR  is returned if nothing has been typed.  The value of tenths
+       must be a number between 1 and 255.  Use nocbreak to  leave  half-delay
        mode.

                                                                intrflush

                                                                -       If  the  intrflush option is enabled (bf is TRUE), and an interrupt key
+       If  the  intrflush option is enabled (bf is TRUE), and an interrupt key
        is pressed on the keyboard (interrupt, break, quit), all output in  the
        tty  driver queue will be flushed, giving the effect of faster response
-       to the interrupt, but causing curses to have the wrong idea of what  is
-       on  the screen.  Disabling the option (bf is FALSE) prevents the flush.
+       to the interrupt, but causing curses to have the wrong idea of what  is
+       on  the screen.  Disabling the option (bf is FALSE) prevents the flush.
        The default for the option is inherited from the tty  driver  settings.
        The window argument is ignored.

                                                                keypad

                                                                -       The  keypad  option  enables the keypad of the user's terminal.  If en-
-       abled (bf is TRUE), the user can press a function key (such as an arrow
-       key)  and  wgetch(3X)  returns a single value representing the function
-       key, as in KEY_LEFT.  If disabled (bf is FALSE), curses does not  treat
+       The  keypad  option  enables the keypad of the user's terminal.  If en-
+       abled (bf is TRUE), the user can press a function key (such as an arrow
+       key)  and  wgetch(3x)  returns a single value representing the function
+       key, as in KEY_LEFT.  If disabled (bf is FALSE), curses does not  treat
        function keys specially and the program has to interpret the escape se-
        quences itself.  If the keypad in the terminal can be turned  on  (made
        to  transmit)  and  off  (made to work locally), turning on this option
-       causes the terminal keypad to be turned on when wgetch(3X)  is  called.
-       The default value for keypad is FALSE.
+       causes the terminal keypad to be turned on when wgetch(3x)  is  called.
+       The default value for keypad is FALSE.

                                                                meta

                                                                        Initially,  whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant bits on in-
-       put depends on the control mode of the tty driver [see termios(3)].  To
-       force  8  bits  to be returned, invoke meta(win, TRUE); this is equiva-
+       put depends on the control mode of the tty driver [see termios(3)].  To
+       force  8  bits  to be returned, invoke meta(win, TRUE); this is equiva-
        lent, under POSIX, to setting the CS8 flag on the terminal.  To force 7
-       bits to be returned, invoke meta(win, FALSE); this is equivalent, under
+       bits to be returned, invoke meta(win, FALSE); this is equivalent, under
        POSIX, to setting the CS7 flag on the terminal.  The  window  argument,
-       win, is always ignored.  If the terminfo capabilities smm (meta_on) and
-       rmm (meta_off) are defined for the terminal, smm is sent to the  termi-
-       nal  when  meta(win,  TRUE)  is  called  and rmm is sent when meta(win,
-       FALSE) is called.
+       win, is always ignored.  If the terminfo capabilities smm (meta_on) and
+       rmm (meta_off) are defined for the terminal, smm is sent to the  termi-
+       nal  when  meta(win,  TRUE)  is  called  and rmm is sent when meta(win,
+       FALSE) is called.

                                                                nl/nonl

                                                                -       The nl and nonl routines control whether the underlying display  device
+       The nl and nonl routines control whether the underlying display  device
        translates the return key into newline on input.

                                                                nodelay

                                                                -       The nodelay option causes getch to be a non-blocking call.  If no input
-       is ready, getch returns ERR.  If disabled (bf is  FALSE),  getch  waits
+       The nodelay option causes getch to be a non-blocking call.  If no input
+       is ready, getch returns ERR.  If disabled (bf is  FALSE),  getch  waits
        until a key is pressed.

                                                                notimeout

                                                                -       When  interpreting  an  escape  sequence, wgetch(3X) sets a timer while
-       waiting for the next character.  If  notimeout(win,  TRUE)  is  called,
-       then  wgetch  does  not  set a timer.  The purpose of the timeout is to
+       When  interpreting  an  escape  sequence, wgetch(3x) sets a timer while
+       waiting for the next character.  If  notimeout(win,  TRUE)  is  called,
+       then  wgetch  does  not  set a timer.  The purpose of the timeout is to
        differentiate between sequences received from a function key and  those
        typed by a user.

                                                                raw/noraw

                                                                -       The  raw and noraw routines place the terminal into or out of raw mode.
-       Raw mode is similar to cbreak mode, in that characters typed are  imme-
+       The  raw and noraw routines place the terminal into or out of raw mode.
+       Raw mode is similar to cbreak mode, in that characters typed are  imme-
        diately  passed  through to the user program.  The differences are that
        in raw mode, the interrupt, quit, suspend, and flow control  characters
        are  all  passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating a signal.
        The behavior of the BREAK key depends on other bits in the  tty  driver
-       that are not set by curses.
+       that are not set by curses.

                                                                qiflush/noqiflush

                                                                -       When  the  noqiflush  routine is used, normal flush of input and output
-       queues associated with the INTR, QUIT and SUSP characters will  not  be
-       done  [see  termios(3)].   When  qiflush  is called, the queues will be
+       When  the  noqiflush  routine is used, normal flush of input and output
+       queues associated with the INTR, QUIT and SUSP characters will  not  be
+       done  [see  termios(3)].   When  qiflush  is called, the queues will be
        flushed when these control characters are read.  You may want  to  call
-       noqiflush  in a signal handler if you want output to continue as though
+       noqiflush  in a signal handler if you want output to continue as though
        the interrupt had not occurred, after the handler exits.

                                                                timeout/wtimeout

                                                                -       The timeout and wtimeout routines set blocking or non-blocking read for
-       a  given  window.   If  delay is negative, blocking read is used (i.e.,
-       waits indefinitely for input).  If delay  is  zero,  then  non-blocking
-       read is used (i.e., read returns ERR if no input is waiting).  If delay
-       is positive, then read blocks for delay milliseconds, and  returns  ERR
+       The timeout and wtimeout routines set blocking or non-blocking read for
+       a  given  window.   If  delay is negative, blocking read is used (i.e.,
+       waits indefinitely for input).  If delay  is  zero,  then  non-blocking
+       read is used (i.e., read returns ERR if no input is waiting).  If delay
+       is positive, then read blocks for delay milliseconds, and  returns  ERR
        if  there  is  still  no input.  Hence, these routines provide the same
-       functionality as nodelay, plus the additional capability of being  able
-       to block for only delay milliseconds (where delay is positive).
+       functionality as nodelay, plus the additional capability of being  able
+       to block for only delay milliseconds (where delay is positive).

                                                                typeahead

                                                                -       The curses library does "line-breakout optimization" by looking for ty-
+       The curses library does "line-breakout optimization" by looking for ty-
        peahead periodically while updating the screen.  If input is found, and
-       it  is  coming  from  a  tty, the current update is postponed until re-
-       fresh(3X) or doupdate is called again.  This allows faster response  to
+       it  is  coming  from  a  tty, the current update is postponed until re-
+       fresh(3x) or doupdate is called again.  This allows faster response  to
        commands  typed in advance.  Normally, the input FILE pointer passed to
-       newterm, or stdin in the case that initscr was used, will be used to do
-       this typeahead checking.  The typeahead routine specifies that the file
-       descriptor fd is to be used to check for typeahead instead.  If  fd  is
+       newterm, or stdin in the case that initscr was used, will be used to do
+       this typeahead checking.  The typeahead routine specifies that the file
+       descriptor fd is to be used to check for typeahead instead.  If  fd  is
        -1, then no typeahead checking is done.

                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                -       All  routines  that  return  an  integer return ERR upon failure and OK
-       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful
+       All  routines  that  return  an  integer return ERR upon failure and OK
+       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful
        completion,  unless  otherwise  noted in the preceding routine descrip-
        tions.
 
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
        Any function will also return an error if the terminal was not initial-
        ized.  Also,
 
-              halfdelay
+              halfdelay
                    returns  an  error  if  its  parameter is outside the range
                    1..255.
 
@@ -246,36 +246,36 @@
        of  the  AT&T  curses  implementations, in that the echo bit is cleared
        when curses initializes the terminal state.  BSD curses  differed  from
        this  slightly;  it left the echo bit on at initialization, but the BSD
-       raw call turned it off as a side-effect.   For  best  portability,  set
-       echo  or noecho explicitly just after initialization, even if your pro-
+       raw call turned it off as a side-effect.   For  best  portability,  set
+       echo  or noecho explicitly just after initialization, even if your pro-
        gram remains in cooked mode.
 
-       The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on the  question  of  whether  raw
-       should  disable  the  CRLF translations controlled by nl and nonl.  BSD
+       The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on the  question  of  whether  raw
+       should  disable  the  CRLF translations controlled by nl and nonl.  BSD
        curses did turn off these translations; AT&T curses (at least  as  late
        as  SVr1)  did not.  We chose to do so, on the theory that a programmer
        requesting raw input wants a clean  (ideally  8-bit  clean)  connection
        that the operating system will not alter.
 
-       When keypad is first enabled, ncurses loads the key-definitions for the
+       When keypad is first enabled, ncurses loads the key-definitions for the
        current terminal description.  If the terminal description includes ex-
-       tended string capabilities, e.g., from using the -x option of tic, then
+       tended string capabilities, e.g., from using the -x option of tic, then
        ncurses also defines keys for the capabilities whose names  begin  with
        "k".  The corresponding keycodes are generated and (depending on previ-
        ous loads of terminal descriptions) may differ from one execution of  a
-       program to the next.  The generated keycodes are recognized by the key-
-       name function (which will then return a name beginning with "k"  denot-
+       program to the next.  The generated keycodes are recognized by the key-
+       name function (which will then return a name beginning with "k"  denot-
        ing  the terminfo capability name rather than "K", used for curses key-
-       names).  On the other hand, an application can use define_key to estab-
+       names).  On the other hand, an application can use define_key to estab-
        lish a specific keycode for a given string.  This makes it possible for
        an application to check for  an  extended  capability's  presence  with
-       tigetstr, and reassign the keycode to match its own needs.
+       tigetstr, and reassign the keycode to match its own needs.
 
-       Low-level applications can use tigetstr to obtain the definition of any
+       Low-level applications can use tigetstr to obtain the definition of any
        particular string capability.  Higher-level applications which use  the
-       curses  wgetch  and  similar functions to return keycodes rely upon the
+       curses  wgetch  and  similar functions to return keycodes rely upon the
        order in which the strings are loaded.  If more than one key definition
-       has  the  same  string  value, then wgetch can return only one keycode.
+       has  the  same  string  value, then wgetch can return only one keycode.
        Most curses implementations (including ncurses) load key definitions in
        the  order  defined  by the array of string capability names.  The last
        key to be loaded determines the keycode which  will  be  returned.   In
@@ -286,10 +286,10 @@

                                                                NOTES

                                                                -       Note that echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, meta, nl, nonl,  nodelay,
-       notimeout, noqiflush, qiflush, timeout, and wtimeout may be macros.
+       Note that echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, meta, nl, nonl,  nodelay,
+       notimeout, noqiflush, qiflush, timeout, and wtimeout may be macros.
 
-       The  noraw  and  nocbreak calls follow historical practice in that they
+       The  noraw  and  nocbreak calls follow historical practice in that they
        attempt to restore to normal ("cooked") mode from raw and cbreak  modes
        respectively.   Mixing raw/noraw and cbreak/nocbreak calls leads to tty
        driver control states that are hard to predict or understand; it is not
@@ -297,12 +297,12 @@

                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                -       curses(3X),   curs_getch(3X),   curs_initscr(3X),   curs_util(3X),  de-
-       fine_key(3X), termios(3)
+       curses(3x),   curs_getch(3x),   curs_initscr(3x),   curs_util(3x),  de-
+       fine_key(3x), termios(3)
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_inopts(3X)
+                                                               curs_inopts(3x)
                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html index 6dd267cf..65bfab0e 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html @@ -34,35 +34,35 @@ -curs_ins_wch 3X +curs_ins_wch 3x -

                                                                  curs_ins_wch 3X

                                                                  +

                                                                  curs_ins_wch 3x

                                                                  -curs_ins_wch(3X)                                              curs_ins_wch(3X)
+curs_ins_wch(3x)                                              curs_ins_wch(3x)

                                                                  NAME

                                                                  -       ins_wch,  mvins_wch,  mvwins_wch, wins_wch - insert a complex character
+       ins_wch,  mvins_wch,  mvwins_wch, wins_wch - insert a complex character
        and rendition into a window

                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                          #include <curses.h>
 
-       int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
-       int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+       int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
+       int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
 
-       int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
-       int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+       int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+       int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);

                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                  -       These routines, insert the complex character wch with rendition  before
+       These routines, insert the complex character wch with rendition  before
        the  character  under  the  cursor.  All characters to the right of the
        cursor are moved one space to the right, with the  possibility  of  the
        rightmost  character  on  the line being lost.  The insertion operation
@@ -70,10 +70,10 @@

                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                  -       If successful, these functions return OK.  If not, they return ERR.
+       If successful, these functions return OK.  If not, they return ERR.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.
 
 
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@

                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                  -       curses(3X), curs_insch(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_insch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_ins_wch(3X)
+                                                              curs_ins_wch(3x)
                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html index a5dac145..0aee76a0 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html @@ -34,53 +34,53 @@ -curs_ins_wstr 3X +curs_ins_wstr 3x -

                                                                    curs_ins_wstr 3X

                                                                    +

                                                                    curs_ins_wstr 3x

                                                                    -curs_ins_wstr(3X)                                            curs_ins_wstr(3X)
+curs_ins_wstr(3x)                                            curs_ins_wstr(3x)

                                                                    NAME

                                                                    -       ins_wstr, ins_nwstr, wins_wstr, wins_nwstr, mvins_wstr, mvins_nwstr,
-       mvwins_wstr, mvwins_nwstr - insert a wide-character string into a
+       ins_wstr, ins_nwstr, wins_wstr, wins_nwstr, mvins_wstr, mvins_nwstr,
+       mvwins_wstr, mvwins_nwstr - insert a wide-character string into a
        curses window

                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                    -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
+       int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
+       int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
 
-       int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+       int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+       int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);

                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                    -       These routines insert a wchar_t character string (as many characters as
+       These routines insert a wchar_t character string (as many characters as
        will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor.  All char-
        acters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possibil-
        ity of the rightmost characters on the line being lost.  No wrapping is
-       performed.   The cursor position does not change (after moving to y, x,
-       if specified).  The four routines with n as the last argument insert  a
-       leading  substring  of at most n wchar_t characters.  If n is less than
+       performed.   The cursor position does not change (after moving to y, x,
+       if specified).  The four routines with n as the last argument insert  a
+       leading  substring  of at most n wchar_t characters.  If n is less than
        1, the entire string is inserted.
 
-       If a character in wstr is a tab, newline, carriage return or backspace,
+       If a character in wstr is a tab, newline, carriage return or backspace,
        the  cursor  is  moved appropriately within the window.  A newline also
-       does a clrtoeol before moving.  Tabs are  considered  to  be  at  every
-       eighth column.  If a character in wstr is another control character, it
-       is drawn in the ^X notation.  Calling win_wch after  adding  a  control
+       does a clrtoeol before moving.  Tabs are  considered  to  be  at  every
+       eighth column.  If a character in wstr is another control character, it
+       is drawn in the ^X notation.  Calling win_wch after  adding  a  control
        character  (and moving to it, if necessary) does not return the control
        character, but instead returns a character in the  ^-representation  of
        the control character.
@@ -95,20 +95,20 @@

                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                    -       Upon successful completion, these functions return OK.  Otherwise, they
-       return ERR.
+       Upon successful completion, these functions return OK.  Otherwise, they
+       return ERR.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                    -       curses(3X), curs_insstr(3X), curs_in_wch(3X), curs_ins_wch(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_insstr(3x), curs_in_wch(3x), curs_ins_wch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_ins_wstr(3X)
+                                                             curs_ins_wstr(3x)
                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html index ad192dc3..c26261ec 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html @@ -34,35 +34,35 @@ -curs_insch 3X +curs_insch 3x -

                                                                      curs_insch 3X

                                                                      +

                                                                      curs_insch 3x

                                                                      -curs_insch(3X)                                                  curs_insch(3X)
+curs_insch(3x)                                                  curs_insch(3x)

                                                                      NAME

                                                                      -       insch,  winsch, mvinsch, mvwinsch - insert a character before cursor in
-       a curses window
+       insch,  winsch, mvinsch, mvwinsch - insert a character before cursor in
+       a curses window

                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                      -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int insch(chtype ch);
-       int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+       int insch(chtype ch);
+       int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
 
-       int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
-       int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+       int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+       int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);

                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                      -       These routines insert the character ch before the character  under  the
+       These routines insert the character ch before the character  under  the
        cursor.   All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space
        to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost  character  on  the
        line  being  lost.   The insertion operation does not change the cursor
@@ -70,13 +70,13 @@

                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                      -       All routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure  and  OK
-       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful
+       All routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure  and  OK
+       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful
        completion,  unless  otherwise   noted   in   the   preceding   routine
        descriptions.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.
 
 
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
        These  routines  do  not  necessarily  imply  use  of a hardware insert
        character feature.
 
-       Note that insch, mvinsch, and mvwinsch may be macros.
+       Note that insch, mvinsch, and mvwinsch may be macros.

                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                      @@ -92,14 +92,14 @@

                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                      -       curses(3X).
+       curses(3x).
 
        Comparable functions  in  the  wide-character  (ncursesw)  library  are
-       described in curs_ins_wch(3X).
+       described in curs_ins_wch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_insch(3X)
+                                                                curs_insch(3x)
                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html index 2d2032f2..aa32c317 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html @@ -34,34 +34,34 @@ -curs_insstr 3X +curs_insstr 3x -

                                                                        curs_insstr 3X

                                                                        +

                                                                        curs_insstr 3x

                                                                        -curs_insstr(3X)                                                curs_insstr(3X)
+curs_insstr(3x)                                                curs_insstr(3x)

                                                                        NAME

                                                                        -       insstr,  insnstr,  winsstr,  winsnstr,  mvinsstr, mvinsnstr, mvwinsstr,
-       mvwinsnstr - insert string before cursor in a curses window
+       insstr,  insnstr,  winsstr,  winsnstr,  mvinsstr, mvinsnstr, mvwinsstr,
+       mvwinsnstr - insert string before cursor in a curses window

                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                        -       #include <curses.h>
-       int insstr(const char *str);
-       int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
-       int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
-       int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+       #include <curses.h>
+       int insstr(const char *str);
+       int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
+       int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+       int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
 
-       int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
-       int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
-       int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
-       int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);

                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                        @@ -69,16 +69,16 @@
        fit on the line) before the character under the cursor.  All characters
        to the right of the cursor are shifted right with  the  possibility  of
        the  rightmost  characters on the line being lost.  The cursor position
-       does not change (after moving to y, x, if  specified).   The  functions
-       with  n  as  the  last argument insert a leading substring of at most n
-       characters.  If n<=0, then the entire string is inserted.
+       does not change (after moving to y, x, if  specified).   The  functions
+       with  n  as  the  last argument insert a leading substring of at most n
+       characters.  If n<=0, then the entire string is inserted.
 
-       Special characters are handled as in addch.
+       Special characters are handled as in addch.

                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                        -       All routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure  and  OK
-       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful
+       All routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure  and  OK
+       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful
        completion,  unless  otherwise   noted   in   the   preceding   routine
        descriptions.
 
@@ -87,30 +87,30 @@
        returned.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                                        NOTES

                                                                        -       Note that all but winsnstr may be macros.
+       Note that all but winsnstr may be macros.

                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                These  functions  are  described  in  the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4,
        which adds const qualifiers to the arguments.
 
-       The Single Unix  Specification,  Version  2  states  that  insnstr  and
-       winsnstr  perform  wrapping.  This is probably an error, since it makes
+       The Single Unix  Specification,  Version  2  states  that  insnstr  and
+       winsnstr  perform  wrapping.  This is probably an error, since it makes
        this group of  functions  inconsistent.   Also,  no  implementation  of
        curses documents this inconsistency.

                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                        -       curses(3X), curs_util(3X), curs_clear(3X), curs_inch(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_util(3x), curs_clear(3x), curs_inch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_insstr(3X)
+                                                               curs_insstr(3x)
                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html index 89ab99c1..b783e98f 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html @@ -34,62 +34,62 @@ -curs_instr 3X +curs_instr 3x -

                                                                          curs_instr 3X

                                                                          +

                                                                          curs_instr 3x

                                                                          -curs_instr(3X)                                                  curs_instr(3X)
+curs_instr(3x)                                                  curs_instr(3x)

                                                                          NAME

                                                                          -       instr,  innstr, winstr, winnstr, mvinstr, mvinnstr, mvwinstr, mvwinnstr
-       - get a string of characters from a curses window
+       instr,  innstr, winstr, winnstr, mvinstr, mvinnstr, mvwinstr, mvwinnstr
+       - get a string of characters from a curses window

                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int instr(char *str);
-       int innstr(char *str, int n);
-       int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
-       int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+       int instr(char *str);
+       int innstr(char *str, int n);
+       int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+       int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
 
-       int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
-       int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
-       int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
-       int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);

                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                          -       These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting
+       These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting
        at  the  current  cursor  position in the named window.  Attributes are
-       stripped from the characters.  The four functions with n  as  the  last
-       argument   return  a  leading  substring  at  most  n  characters  long
+       stripped from the characters.  The four functions with n  as  the  last
+       argument   return  a  leading  substring  at  most  n  characters  long
        (exclusive of the trailing NUL).

                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                          -       All of the  functions  return  ERR  upon  failure,  or  the  number  of
+       All of the  functions  return  ERR  upon  failure,  or  the  number  of
        characters actually read into the string.
 
        X/Open Curses defines no error conditions.  In this implementation:
 
-       o   If the win parameter is null, an error is returned,
+       o   If the win parameter is null, an error is returned,
 
-       o   If the chstr parameter is null, an error is returned,
+       o   If the chstr parameter is null, an error is returned,
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                                          NOTES

                                                                          -       Note that all routines except winnstr may be macros.
+       Note that all routines except winnstr may be macros.

                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                          @@ -97,16 +97,16 @@
        trailing NUL.
 
        The ncurses library extends the XSI description by allowing a  negative
-       value  for  n.  In this case, the functions return the string ending at
+       value  for  n.  In this case, the functions return the string ending at
        the right margin.

                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                          -       curses(3X).
+       curses(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_instr(3X)
+                                                                curs_instr(3x)
                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html index 7000e113..411094ff 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html @@ -34,75 +34,75 @@ -curs_inwstr 3X +curs_inwstr 3x -

                                                                            curs_inwstr 3X

                                                                            +

                                                                            curs_inwstr 3x

                                                                            -curs_inwstr(3X)                                                curs_inwstr(3X)
+curs_inwstr(3x)                                                curs_inwstr(3x)

                                                                            NAME

                                                                            -       inwstr,  innwstr,  winwstr,  winnwstr,  mvinwstr, mvinnwstr, mvwinwstr,
-       mvwinnwstr - get a string of wchar_t characters from a curses window
+       inwstr,  innwstr,  winwstr,  winnwstr,  mvinwstr, mvinnwstr, mvwinwstr,
+       mvwinnwstr - get a string of wchar_t characters from a curses window

                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr);
-       int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr);
-       int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr);
+       int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr);
+       int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
 
-       int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
+       int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+       int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
+       int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);

                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                            -       These routines return a string of  wchar_t  wide  characters  in  wstr,
+       These routines return a string of  wchar_t  wide  characters  in  wstr,
        extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window.
 
-       The  four  functions  with  n  as  the  last  argument return a leading
-       substring at most n characters long (exclusive of  the  trailing  NUL).
-       Transfer  stops  at  the  end of the current line, or when n characters
-       have been stored at the location referenced by wstr.
+       The  four  functions  with  n  as  the  last  argument return a leading
+       substring at most n characters long (exclusive of  the  trailing  NUL).
+       Transfer  stops  at  the  end of the current line, or when n characters
+       have been stored at the location referenced by wstr.
 
-       If the size  n  is  not  large  enough  to  store  a  complete  complex
+       If the size  n  is  not  large  enough  to  store  a  complete  complex
        character, an error is generated.

                                                                            NOTES

                                                                            -       All routines except winnwstr may be macros.
+       All routines except winnwstr may be macros.
 
        Each  cell  in  the  window  holds a complex character (i.e., base- and
        combining-characters)  together  with  attributes  and  color.    These
        functions  store  only  the  wide  characters,  ignoring attributes and
-       color.  Use in_wchstr to return the complex characters from a window.
+       color.  Use in_wchstr to return the complex characters from a window.

                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                            -       All routines return ERR upon failure.  Upon successful completion,  the
-       *inwstr routines return OK, and the *innwstr routines return the number
+       All routines return ERR upon failure.  Upon successful completion,  the
+       *inwstr routines return OK, and the *innwstr routines return the number
        of characters read into the string.
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                            -       curses(3X), curs_instr(3X), curs_in_wchstr(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_instr(3x), curs_in_wchstr(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_inwstr(3X)
+                                                               curs_inwstr(3x)
                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html index 334e5a9f..f042412c 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html @@ -34,177 +34,177 @@ -curs_kernel 3X +curs_kernel 3x -

                                                                              curs_kernel 3X

                                                                              +

                                                                              curs_kernel 3x

                                                                              -curs_kernel(3X)                                                curs_kernel(3X)
+curs_kernel(3x)                                                curs_kernel(3x)

                                                                              NAME

                                                                              -       def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode, reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode,
-       resetty, savetty, getsyx, setsyx, ripoffline, curs_set, napms - low-
-       level curses routines
+       def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode, reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode,
+       resetty, savetty, getsyx, setsyx, ripoffline, curs_set, napms - low-
+       level curses routines

                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                              -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int def_prog_mode(void);
-       int def_shell_mode(void);
+       int def_prog_mode(void);
+       int def_shell_mode(void);
 
-       int reset_prog_mode(void);
-       int reset_shell_mode(void);
+       int reset_prog_mode(void);
+       int reset_shell_mode(void);
 
-       int resetty(void);
-       int savetty(void);
+       int resetty(void);
+       int savetty(void);
 
-       void getsyx(int y, int x);
-       void setsyx(int y, int x);
+       void getsyx(int y, int x);
+       void setsyx(int y, int x);
 
-       int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
-       int curs_set(int visibility);
-       int napms(int ms);
+       int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
+       int curs_set(int visibility);
+       int napms(int ms);

                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                              -       The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabil-
+       The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabil-
        ities.  These routines typically are used inside library routines.

                                                                              def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode

                                                                              -       The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current terminal
-       modes as the "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state for
-       use by the reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode routines.  This is done
-       automatically  by initscr.  There is one such save area for each screen
-       context allocated by newterm.
+       The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current terminal
+       modes as the "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state for
+       use by the reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode routines.  This is done
+       automatically  by initscr.  There is one such save area for each screen
+       context allocated by newterm.

                                                                              reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode

                                                                              -       The reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode routines restore the  terminal
-       to  "program"  (in curses) or "shell" (out of curses) state.  These are
-       done automatically by endwin(3X) and, after an endwin, by doupdate,  so
+       The reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode routines restore the  terminal
+       to  "program"  (in curses) or "shell" (out of curses) state.  These are
+       done automatically by endwin(3x) and, after an endwin, by doupdate,  so
        they normally are not called.

                                                                              resetty, savetty

                                                                              -       The resetty and savetty routines save and restore the state of the ter-
-       minal modes.  savetty saves the current state in a buffer  and  resetty
-       restores the state to what it was at the last call to savetty.
+       The resetty and savetty routines save and restore the state of the ter-
+       minal modes.  savetty saves the current state in a buffer  and  resetty
+       restores the state to what it was at the last call to savetty.

                                                                              getsyx

                                                                              -       The  getsyx  routine  returns  the  current  coordinates of the virtual
-       screen cursor in y and x.  If leaveok is currently TRUE, then -1,-1  is
+       The  getsyx  routine  returns  the  current  coordinates of the virtual
+       screen cursor in y and x.  If leaveok is currently TRUE, then -1,-1  is
        returned.  If lines have been removed from the top of the screen, using
-       ripoffline, y and x include these lines; therefore, y and x  should  be
-       used only as arguments for setsyx.
+       ripoffline, y and x include these lines; therefore, y and x  should  be
+       used only as arguments for setsyx.
 
-       Few applications will use this feature, most use getyx instead.
+       Few applications will use this feature, most use getyx instead.

                                                                              setsyx

                                                                              -       The  setsyx routine sets the virtual screen cursor to y, x.  If y and x
-       are both -1, then leaveok is set.  The two routines getsyx  and  setsyx
-       are  designed to be used by a library routine, which manipulates curses
+       The  setsyx routine sets the virtual screen cursor to y, x.  If y and x
+       are both -1, then leaveok is set.  The two routines getsyx  and  setsyx
+       are  designed to be used by a library routine, which manipulates curses
        windows but does not want to change the current position  of  the  pro-
-       gram's cursor.  The library routine would call getsyx at the beginning,
-       do its manipulation of its own windows, do a wnoutrefresh on  its  win-
-       dows, call setsyx, and then call doupdate.
+       gram's cursor.  The library routine would call getsyx at the beginning,
+       do its manipulation of its own windows, do a wnoutrefresh on  its  win-
+       dows, call setsyx, and then call doupdate.
 
-       Few applications will use this feature, most use wmove instead.
+       Few applications will use this feature, most use wmove instead.

                                                                              ripoffline

                                                                              -       The  ripoffline  routine  provides  access  to  the  same facility that
-       slk_init [see curs_slk(3X)] uses to reduce  the  size  of  the  screen.
-       ripoffline  must be called before initscr or newterm is called, to pre-
+       The  ripoffline  routine  provides  access  to  the  same facility that
+       slk_init [see curs_slk(3x)] uses to reduce  the  size  of  the  screen.
+       ripoffline  must be called before initscr or newterm is called, to pre-
        pare these initial actions:
 
-       o   If line is positive, a line is removed from the top of stdscr.
+       o   If line is positive, a line is removed from the top of stdscr.
 
-       o   if line is negative, a line is removed from the bottom.
+       o   if line is negative, a line is removed from the bottom.
 
-       When the resulting initialization is done inside initscr,  the  routine
-       init (supplied by the user) is called with two arguments:
+       When the resulting initialization is done inside initscr,  the  routine
+       init (supplied by the user) is called with two arguments:
 
-       o   a window pointer to the one-line window that has been allocated and
+       o   a window pointer to the one-line window that has been allocated and
 
-       o   an integer with the number of columns in the window.
+       o   an integer with the number of columns in the window.
 
-       Inside  this  initialization  routine,  the integer variables LINES and
-       COLS (defined in <curses.h>) are not guaranteed to be accurate and wre-
-       fresh or doupdate must not be called.  It is allowable to call wnoutre-
-       fresh during the initialization routine.
+       Inside  this  initialization  routine,  the integer variables LINES and
+       COLS (defined in <curses.h>) are not guaranteed to be accurate and wre-
+       fresh or doupdate must not be called.  It is allowable to call wnoutre-
+       fresh during the initialization routine.
 
-       ripoffline can be called up to five times  before  calling  initscr  or
-       newterm.
+       ripoffline can be called up to five times  before  calling  initscr  or
+       newterm.

                                                                              curs_set

                                                                              -       The  curs_set  routine  sets  the cursor state to invisible, normal, or
-       very visible for visibility equal to 0, 1, or 2 respectively.   If  the
-       terminal  supports  the visibility requested, the previous cursor state
-       is returned; otherwise, ERR is returned.
+       The  curs_set  routine  sets  the cursor state to invisible, normal, or
+       very visible for visibility equal to 0, 1, or 2 respectively.   If  the
+       terminal  supports  the visibility requested, the previous cursor state
+       is returned; otherwise, ERR is returned.

                                                                              napms

                                                                              -       The napms routine is used to sleep for ms milliseconds.
+       The napms routine is used to sleep for ms milliseconds.

                                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                                              -       Except for curs_set, these routines always return OK.
+       Except for curs_set, these routines always return OK.
 
-       curs_set returns the previous cursor state, or  ERR  if  the  requested
-       visibility is not supported.
+       curs_set returns the previous cursor state, or  ERR  if  the  requested
+       visibility is not supported.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-       def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode, reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode
+       def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode, reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode
             return an error if the terminal was not initialized, or if the I/O
             call to obtain the terminal settings fails.
 
-       ripoffline
+       ripoffline
             returns an error if the maximum number of ripped-off lines exceeds
             the maximum (NRIPS = 5).

                                                                              NOTES

                                                                              -       Note that getsyx is a macro, so & is not necessary before the variables
-       y and x.
+       Note that getsyx is a macro, so & is not necessary before the variables
+       y and x.
 
-       Older SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of  curs_set  "is  cur-
+       Older SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of  curs_set  "is  cur-
        rently  incorrect".   This  implementation gets it right, but it may be
        unwise to count on the correctness of the return value anywhere else.
 
-       Both ncurses and SVr4 will call curs_set in endwin if curs_set has been
+       Both ncurses and SVr4 will call curs_set in endwin if curs_set has been
        called  to make the cursor other than normal, i.e., either invisible or
        very visible.  There is no way for ncurses  to  determine  the  initial
        cursor state to restore that.

                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                              -       The virtual screen functions setsyx and getsyx are not described in the
+       The virtual screen functions setsyx and getsyx are not described in the
        XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  All other functions are as described  in
        XSI Curses.
 
-       The  SVr4  documentation  describes  setsyx and getsyx as having return
+       The  SVr4  documentation  describes  setsyx and getsyx as having return
        type int.  This is misleading, as they are macros  with  no  documented
        semantics for the return value.

                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                              -       curses(3X),   curs_initscr(3X),   curs_outopts(3X),   curs_refresh(3X),
-       curs_scr_dump(3X), curs_slk(3X), curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x),   curs_initscr(3x),   curs_outopts(3x),   curs_refresh(3x),
+       curs_scr_dump(3x), curs_slk(3x), curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_kernel(3X)
+                                                               curs_kernel(3x)
                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html index 634ecc93..181060cb 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html @@ -34,75 +34,75 @@ -curs_legacy 3X +curs_legacy 3x -

                                                                                curs_legacy 3X

                                                                                +

                                                                                curs_legacy 3x

                                                                                -curs_legacy(3X)                                                curs_legacy(3X)
+curs_legacy(3x)                                                curs_legacy(3x)

                                                                                NAME

                                                                                -       curs_legacy - get curses cursor and window coordinates, attributes
+       curs_legacy - get curses cursor and window coordinates, attributes

                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int getattrs(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getattrs(const WINDOW *win);
 
-       int getbegx(const WINDOW *win);
-       int getbegy(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getbegx(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getbegy(const WINDOW *win);
 
-       int getcurx(const WINDOW *win);
-       int getcury(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getcurx(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getcury(const WINDOW *win);
 
-       int getmaxx(const WINDOW *win);
-       int getmaxy(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getmaxx(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getmaxy(const WINDOW *win);
 
-       int getparx(const WINDOW *win);
-       int getpary(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getparx(const WINDOW *win);
+       int getpary(const WINDOW *win);

                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                        These  legacy  functions  are  simpler  to  use  than the X/Open Curses
        functions:
 
-       o   The getattrs function returns the same attribute data as wattr_get.
+       o   The getattrs function returns the same attribute data as wattr_get.
 
-           However, getattrs returns an integer  (actually  a  chtype),  while
-           wattr_get  returns  the current color pair in a separate parameter.
+           However, getattrs returns an integer  (actually  a  chtype),  while
+           wattr_get  returns  the current color pair in a separate parameter.
            In the wide-character library configuration, color  pairs  may  not
-           fit into a chtype, so wattr_get is the only way to obtain the color
+           fit into a chtype, so wattr_get is the only way to obtain the color
            information.
 
-           Because getattrs returns the attributes in a single  parameter,  it
+           Because getattrs returns the attributes in a single  parameter,  it
            would  not  be possible for an application to distinguish that from
-           ERR (a -1).  If the window  parameter  is  null,  getattrs  returns
-           A_NORMAL (zero).
+           ERR (a -1).  If the window  parameter  is  null,  getattrs  returns
+           A_NORMAL (zero).
 
-       o   The getbegy and getbegx functions return the same data as getbegyx.
+       o   The getbegy and getbegx functions return the same data as getbegyx.
 
-       o   The getcury and getcurx functions return the same data as getyx.
+       o   The getcury and getcurx functions return the same data as getyx.
 
-       o   The getmaxy and getmaxx functions return the same data as getmaxyx.
+       o   The getmaxy and getmaxx functions return the same data as getmaxyx.
 
-       o   The getpary and getparx functions return the same data as getparyx.
+       o   The getpary and getparx functions return the same data as getparyx.

                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                -       Except  as  noted,  these  functions  return  an integer, or ERR if the
+       Except  as  noted,  these  functions  return  an integer, or ERR if the
        window parameter is null.

                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                        All of these interfaces are provided  as  macros  and  functions.   The
        macros   are   suppressed   (and  only  the  functions  provided)  when
-       NCURSES_OPAQUE is defined.  The standard forms such as  getyx  must  be
+       NCURSES_OPAQUE is defined.  The standard forms such as  getyx  must  be
        implemented  as  macros,  and  (in  this implementation) are defined in
        terms of the functions described here, to avoid  reliance  on  internal
        details of the WINDOW structure.
@@ -113,17 +113,17 @@
        implementations.  None of  those  implementations  checked  the  window
        parameter.
 
-       The  getattrs  function  and  macro  are  defined  to return a (signed)
+       The  getattrs  function  and  macro  are  defined  to return a (signed)
        integer  for  compatibility  with  those  implementations  although  an
        unsigned type would have been more appropriate.

                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                -       curses(3X), curs_getyx(3X), curs_opaque(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_getyx(3x), curs_opaque(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_legacy(3X)
+                                                               curs_legacy(3x)
                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html index f55ca60c..627bb726 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html @@ -34,33 +34,33 @@ -curs_memleaks 3X +curs_memleaks 3x -

                                                                                  curs_memleaks 3X

                                                                                  +

                                                                                  curs_memleaks 3x

                                                                                  -curs_memleaks(3X)                                            curs_memleaks(3X)
+curs_memleaks(3x)                                            curs_memleaks(3x)

                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                  -       exit_curses, exit_terminfo - curses memory-leak checking
+       exit_curses, exit_terminfo - curses memory-leak checking

                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                  -       #include <curses.h>
-       void exit_curses(int code);
+       #include <curses.h>
+       void exit_curses(int code);
 
-       #include <term.h>
-       void exit_terminfo(int code);
+       #include <term.h>
+       void exit_terminfo(int code);
 
        /* deprecated (intentionally not declared in curses.h or term.h) */
-       void _nc_freeall(void);
-       void _nc_free_and_exit(int code);
-       void _nc_free_tinfo(int code);
+       void _nc_freeall(void);
+       void _nc_free_and_exit(int code);
+       void _nc_free_tinfo(int code);

                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                  @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@
        ncurses library.
 
        Any implementation of curses must not free the memory associated with a
-       screen, since (even after calling endwin(3X)), it must be available for
-       use in the next call to refresh(3X).  There are also chunks  of  memory
+       screen, since (even after calling endwin(3x)), it must be available for
+       use in the next call to refresh(3x).  There are also chunks  of  memory
        held for performance reasons.  That makes it hard to analyze curses ap-
        plications for memory leaks.  When using the specially  configured  de-
        bugging version of the ncurses library, applications can call functions
@@ -79,29 +79,29 @@
        Some  of  the functions are named with a "_nc_" prefix because they are
        not intended for use in the non-debugging library:
 
-       _nc_freeall
+       _nc_freeall
             This frees (almost) all of the memory allocated by ncurses.
 
-       _nc_free_and_exit
-            This frees the memory allocated by ncurses (like _nc_freeall), and
-            exits the program.  It is preferred over _nc_freeall since some of
+       _nc_free_and_exit
+            This frees the memory allocated by ncurses (like _nc_freeall), and
+            exits the program.  It is preferred over _nc_freeall since some of
             that memory may be required to keep the application running.  Sim-
             ply exiting (with the given exit-code) is safer.
 
-       _nc_free_tinfo
+       _nc_free_tinfo
             Use  this  function  if only the low-level terminfo functions (and
-            corresponding library) are used.  Like _nc_free_and_exit, it exits
+            corresponding library) are used.  Like _nc_free_and_exit, it exits
             the program after freeing memory.
 
        The  functions  prefixed "_nc" are normally not available; they must be
-       configured into the library at build time using the --disable-leaks op-
+       configured into the library at build time using the --disable-leaks op-
        tion.   That compiles-in code that frees memory that normally would not
        be freed.
 
-       The exit_curses and exit_terminfo functions call _nc_free_and_exit  and
-       _nc_free_tinfo  if  the  library  is  configured to support memory-leak
+       The exit_curses and exit_terminfo functions call _nc_free_and_exit  and
+       _nc_free_tinfo  if  the  library  is  configured to support memory-leak
        checking.  If the library is  not  configured  to  support  memory-leak
-       checking, they simply call exit.
+       checking, they simply call exit.

                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                  @@ -114,11 +114,11 @@

                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                  -       curses(3X).
+       curses(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_memleaks(3X)
+                                                             curs_memleaks(3x)
                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html index 4da128bf..240f615d 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html @@ -35,58 +35,58 @@ -curs_mouse 3X +curs_mouse 3x -

                                                                                    curs_mouse 3X

                                                                                    +

                                                                                    curs_mouse 3x

                                                                                    -curs_mouse(3X)                                                  curs_mouse(3X)
+curs_mouse(3x)                                                  curs_mouse(3x)

                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                    -       has_mouse, getmouse, ungetmouse, mousemask, wenclose, mouse_trafo,
-       wmouse_trafo, mouseinterval - mouse interface through curses
+       has_mouse, getmouse, ungetmouse, mousemask, wenclose, mouse_trafo,
+       wmouse_trafo, mouseinterval - mouse interface through curses

                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                    -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
+       typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
 
-       typedef struct {
-           short id;         /* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
-           int x, y, z;      /* event coordinates */
-           mmask_t bstate;   /* button state bits */
-       } MEVENT;
+       typedef struct {
+           short id;         /* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
+           int x, y, z;      /* event coordinates */
+           mmask_t bstate;   /* button state bits */
+       } MEVENT;
 
-       bool has_mouse(void);
+       bool has_mouse(void);
 
-       int getmouse(MEVENT *event);
-       int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
+       int getmouse(MEVENT *event);
+       int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
 
-       mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);
+       mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);
 
-       bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
 
-       bool mouse_trafo(int* pY, int* pX, bool to_screen);
-       bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW* win,
-                         int* pY, int* pX, bool to_screen);
+       bool mouse_trafo(int* pY, int* pX, bool to_screen);
+       bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW* win,
+                         int* pY, int* pX, bool to_screen);
 
-       int mouseinterval(int erval);
+       int mouseinterval(int erval);

                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                    -       These functions provide an interface to mouse events from  ncurses(3X).
-       Mouse  events  are  represented  by  KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the
-       wgetch(3X) input stream.
+       These functions provide an interface to mouse events from  ncurses(3x).
+       Mouse  events  are  represented  by  KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the
+       wgetch(3x) input stream.

                                                                                    mousemask

                                                                                    -       To make mouse events visible, use the mousemask  function.   This  will
+       To make mouse events visible, use the mousemask  function.   This  will
        set  the  mouse events to be reported.  By default, no mouse events are
        reported.  The function will return a mask to  indicate  which  of  the
        specified  mouse events can be reported; on complete failure it returns
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

                                                                                    Mouse events

                                                                                            Here are the mouse event type masks which may be defined:
 
-       Name                     Description
+       Name                     Description
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        BUTTON1_PRESSED          mouse button 1 down
        BUTTON1_RELEASED         mouse button 1 up
@@ -144,117 +144,117 @@

                                                                                    getmouse

                                                                                            Once a class of mouse events has been made visible in a window, calling
-       the wgetch function on that window may return KEY_MOUSE as an indicator
+       the wgetch function on that window may return KEY_MOUSE as an indicator
        that a mouse event has been queued.  To read the event data and pop the
-       event off the queue, call getmouse.  This function will return OK if  a
-       mouse  event  is  actually  visible in the given window, ERR otherwise.
-       When getmouse returns OK, the data deposited as y and x  in  the  event
+       event off the queue, call getmouse.  This function will return OK if  a
+       mouse  event  is  actually  visible in the given window, ERR otherwise.
+       When getmouse returns OK, the data deposited as y and x  in  the  event
        structure  coordinates  will  be screen-relative character-cell coordi-
        nates.  The returned state mask will have exactly one bit set to  indi-
        cate the event type.  The corresponding data in the queue is marked in-
-       valid.  A subsequent call to getmouse will retrieve the next older item
+       valid.  A subsequent call to getmouse will retrieve the next older item
        from the queue.

                                                                                    ungetmouse

                                                                                    -       The  ungetmouse  function  behaves analogously to ungetch.  It pushes a
-       KEY_MOUSE event onto the input queue, and associates  with  that  event
+       The  ungetmouse  function  behaves analogously to ungetch.  It pushes a
+       KEY_MOUSE event onto the input queue, and associates  with  that  event
        the given state data and screen-relative character-cell coordinates.

                                                                                    wenclose

                                                                                    -       The  wenclose  function  tests  whether a given pair of screen-relative
+       The  wenclose  function  tests  whether a given pair of screen-relative
        character-cell coordinates is enclosed by  a  given  window,  returning
-       TRUE  if  it is and FALSE otherwise.  It is useful for determining what
+       TRUE  if  it is and FALSE otherwise.  It is useful for determining what
        subset of the screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.

                                                                                    wmouse_trafo

                                                                                    -       The wmouse_trafo function transforms a given pair of  coordinates  from
+       The wmouse_trafo function transforms a given pair of  coordinates  from
        stdscr-relative coordinates to coordinates relative to the given window
        or vice versa.  The resulting stdscr-relative coordinates are  not  al-
        ways  identical  to window-relative coordinates due to the mechanism to
        reserve lines on top or bottom of the screen for  other  purposes  (see
-       the ripoffline and slk_init(3X) calls, for example).
+       the ripoffline and slk_init(3x) calls, for example).
 
-       o   If the parameter to_screen is TRUE, the pointers pY, pX must refer-
-           ence the coordinates of a location inside the window win.  They are
+       o   If the parameter to_screen is TRUE, the pointers pY, pX must refer-
+           ence the coordinates of a location inside the window win.  They are
            converted  to  window-relative coordinates and returned through the
            pointers.  If the conversion was successful, the  function  returns
-           TRUE.
+           TRUE.
 
-       o   If one of the parameters was NULL or the location is not inside the
-           window, FALSE is returned.
+       o   If one of the parameters was NULL or the location is not inside the
+           window, FALSE is returned.
 
-       o   If to_screen is FALSE, the pointers pY, pX must  reference  window-
+       o   If to_screen is FALSE, the pointers pY, pX must  reference  window-
            relative  coordinates.  They are converted to stdscr-relative coor-
-           dinates if the window win encloses this point.  In  this  case  the
-           function returns TRUE.
+           dinates if the window win encloses this point.  In  this  case  the
+           function returns TRUE.
 
-       o   If  one  of  the  parameters is NULL or the point is not inside the
-           window, FALSE is returned.  The referenced coordinates are only re-
+       o   If  one  of  the  parameters is NULL or the point is not inside the
+           window, FALSE is returned.  The referenced coordinates are only re-
            placed  by the converted coordinates if the transformation was suc-
            cessful.

                                                                                    mouse_trafo

                                                                                    -       The mouse_trafo function performs the same translation as wmouse_trafo,
-       using stdscr for win.
+       The mouse_trafo function performs the same translation as wmouse_trafo,
+       using stdscr for win.

                                                                                    mouseinterval

                                                                                    -       The  mouseinterval  function  sets  the maximum time (in thousands of a
+       The  mouseinterval  function  sets  the maximum time (in thousands of a
        second) that can elapse between press and release events for them to be
-       recognized  as  a click.  Use mouseinterval(0) to disable click resolu-
-       tion.  This function returns the previous interval value.  Use mousein-
-       terval(-1)  to obtain the interval without altering it.  The default is
+       recognized  as  a click.  Use mouseinterval(0) to disable click resolu-
+       tion.  This function returns the previous interval value.  Use mousein-
+       terval(-1)  to obtain the interval without altering it.  The default is
        one sixth of a second.

                                                                                    has_mouse

                                                                                    -       The has_mouse function returns TRUE if the mouse driver has  been  suc-
+       The has_mouse function returns TRUE if the mouse driver has  been  suc-
        cessfully initialized.
 
        Note  that  mouse  events will be ignored when input is in cooked mode,
        and will cause an error beep when cooked mode is being simulated  in  a
-       window  by a function such as getstr that expects a linefeed for input-
+       window  by a function such as getstr that expects a linefeed for input-
        loop termination.

                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                    -       getmouse and ungetmouse return the integer ERR upon failure or OK  upon
+       getmouse and ungetmouse return the integer ERR upon failure or OK  upon
        successful completion:
 
-          getmouse
+          getmouse
                returns an error.
 
-          o   If  no mouse driver was initialized, or if the mask parameter is
+          o   If  no mouse driver was initialized, or if the mask parameter is
               zero,
 
-          o   It also returns an error if no more events remain in the queue.
+          o   It also returns an error if no more events remain in the queue.
 
-          ungetmouse
+          ungetmouse
                returns an error if the FIFO is full.
 
-       mousemask returns the mask of reportable events.
+       mousemask returns the mask of reportable events.
 
-       mouseinterval returns the previous interval value, unless the  terminal
+       mouseinterval returns the previous interval value, unless the  terminal
        was  not  initialized.   In  that case, it returns the maximum interval
        value (166).
 
-       wenclose and wmouse_trafo are boolean functions returning TRUE or FALSE
+       wenclose and wmouse_trafo are boolean functions returning TRUE or FALSE
        depending on their test result.

                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                    -       These  calls  were  designed for ncurses(3X), and are not found in SVr4
+       These  calls  were  designed for ncurses(3x), and are not found in SVr4
        curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses.
 
-       SVr4 curses had support for the mouse in a variant  of  xterm.   It  is
+       SVr4 curses had support for the mouse in a variant  of  xterm.   It  is
        mentioned in a few places, but with no supporting documentation:
 
-       o   the  "libcurses" manual page lists functions for this feature which
-           are prototyped in curses.h:
+       o   the  "libcurses" manual page lists functions for this feature which
+           are prototyped in curses.h:
 
                extern int mouse_set(long int);
                extern int mouse_on(long int);
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
                extern void wmouse_position(WINDOW *, int *, int *);
                extern unsigned long getmouse(void), getbmap(void);
 
-       o   the "terminfo" manual page lists capabilities for the feature
+       o   the "terminfo" manual page lists capabilities for the feature
 
                buttons           btns    BT       Number of buttons on the mouse
                get_mouse         getm    Gm       Curses should get button events
@@ -272,13 +272,13 @@
                mouse_info        minfo   Mi       Mouse status information
                req_mouse_pos     reqmp   RQ       Request mouse position report
 
-       o   the interface made assumptions (as does ncurses) about  the  escape
+       o   the interface made assumptions (as does ncurses) about  the  escape
            sequences sent to and received from the terminal.
 
-           For  instance the SVr4 curses library used the get_mouse capability
+           For  instance the SVr4 curses library used the get_mouse capability
            to tell the terminal which mouse  button  events  it  should  send,
            passing  the mouse-button bit-mask to the terminal.  Also, it could
-           ask the terminal where the mouse was using the req_mouse_pos  capa-
+           ask the terminal where the mouse was using the req_mouse_pos  capa-
            bility.
 
            Those  features required a terminal which had been modified to work
@@ -291,10 +291,10 @@
        use video terminals, making it unnecessary to be concerned  about  com-
        patibility with the escape sequences.
 
-       The feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION is provided so the preprocessor
+       The feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION is provided so the preprocessor
        can be used to test whether these features are present.  If the  inter-
-       face  is changed, the value of NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION will be increment-
-       ed.  These values for NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION may be specified when  con-
+       face  is changed, the value of NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION will be increment-
+       ed.  These values for NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION may be specified when  con-
        figuring ncurses:
 
           1  has definitions for reserved events.  The mask uses 28 bits.
@@ -302,25 +302,25 @@
           2  adds  definitions  for  button 5, removes the definitions for re-
              served events.  The mask uses 29 bits.
 
-       The order of the MEVENT structure members is not guaranteed.  Addition-
+       The order of the MEVENT structure members is not guaranteed.  Addition-
        al fields may be added to the structure in the future.
 
-       Under  ncurses(3X),  these  calls  are implemented using either xterm's
+       Under  ncurses(3x),  these  calls  are implemented using either xterm's
        built-in mouse-tracking API or platform-specific drivers including
 
-          o   Alessandro Rubini's gpm server
+          o   Alessandro Rubini's gpm server
 
-          o   FreeBSD sysmouse
+          o   FreeBSD sysmouse
 
-          o   OS/2 EMX
+          o   OS/2 EMX
 
        If you are using an unsupported configuration, mouse events will not be
-       visible  to  ncurses(3X) (and the mousemask function will always return
-       0).
+       visible  to  ncurses(3x) (and the mousemask function will always return
+       0).
 
-       If the terminfo entry contains a XM string, this is used in  the  xterm
+       If the terminfo entry contains a XM string, this is used in  the  xterm
        mouse  driver  to control the way the terminal is initialized for mouse
-       operation.  The default, if XM is not  found,  corresponds  to  private
+       operation.  The default, if XM is not  found,  corresponds  to  private
        mode 1000 of xterm:
 
           \E[?1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;
@@ -329,11 +329,11 @@
 
           \E[?1006;1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;
 
-       The  z  member in the event structure is not presently used.  It is in-
+       The  z  member in the event structure is not presently used.  It is in-
        tended for use with touch screens (which may be pressure-sensitive)  or
        with 3D-mice/trackballs/power gloves.
 
-       The  ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS  class  does  not  include REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION.
+       The  ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS  class  does  not  include REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION.
        They are distinct.  For example, in xterm,  wheel/scrolling  mice  send
        position  reports  as  a  sequence of presses of buttons 4 or 5 without
        matching button-releases.
@@ -341,31 +341,31 @@

                                                                                    BUGS

                                                                                            Mouse events under xterm will not in  fact  be  ignored  during  cooked
-       mode, if they have been enabled by mousemask.  Instead, the xterm mouse
+       mode, if they have been enabled by mousemask.  Instead, the xterm mouse
        report sequence will appear in the string read.
 
        Mouse events under xterm will not be detected  correctly  in  a  window
        with  its  keypad  bit  off, since they are interpreted as a variety of
-       function key.  Your terminfo  description  should  have  kmous  set  to
+       function key.  Your terminfo  description  should  have  kmous  set  to
        "\E[M"  (the  beginning  of  the response from xterm for mouse clicks).
-       Other values for kmous are permitted, but under  the  same  assumption,
+       Other values for kmous are permitted, but under  the  same  assumption,
        i.e., it is the beginning of the response.
 
        Because  there  are  no standard terminal responses that would serve to
-       identify terminals which support the xterm mouse protocol, ncurses  as-
-       sumes  that  if kmous is defined in the terminal description, or if the
+       identify terminals which support the xterm mouse protocol, ncurses  as-
+       sumes  that  if kmous is defined in the terminal description, or if the
        terminal description's primary  name  or  aliases  contain  the  string
-       "xterm", then the terminal may send mouse events.  The kmous capability
+       "xterm", then the terminal may send mouse events.  The kmous capability
        is checked first, allowing the use of newer xterm mouse protocols  such
        as xterm's private mode 1006.

                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                    -       curses(3X), curs_kernel(3X), curs_slk(3X), curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_kernel(3x), curs_slk(3x), curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_mouse(3X)
+                                                                curs_mouse(3x)
                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html index a99f0762..e2c69914 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html @@ -34,46 +34,46 @@ -curs_move 3X +curs_move 3x -

                                                                                      curs_move 3X

                                                                                      +

                                                                                      curs_move 3x

                                                                                      -curs_move(3X)                                                    curs_move(3X)
+curs_move(3x)                                                    curs_move(3x)

                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                      -       move, wmove - move curses window cursor
+       move, wmove - move curses window cursor

                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                      -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int move(int y, int x);
-       int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       int move(int y, int x);
+       int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);

                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                      -       These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and
-       column x.  This routine does not move the physical cursor of the termi-
-       nal until refresh(3X) is called.  The position specified is relative to
+       These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and
+       column x.  This routine does not move the physical cursor of the termi-
+       nal until refresh(3x) is called.  The position specified is relative to
        the upper left-hand corner of the window, which is (0,0).

                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                      -       These routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only  "an
-       integer value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+       These routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only  "an
+       integer value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
 
        Specifically, they return an error if the window pointer is null, or if
        the position is outside the window.

                                                                                      NOTES

                                                                                      -       Note that move may be a macro.
+       Note that move may be a macro.

                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                      @@ -81,11 +81,11 @@

                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                      -       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_refresh(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                 curs_move(3X)
+                                                                 curs_move(3x)
                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html index a08fffa8..3515909d 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html @@ -34,100 +34,100 @@ -curs_opaque 3X +curs_opaque 3x -

                                                                                        curs_opaque 3X

                                                                                        +

                                                                                        curs_opaque 3x

                                                                                        -curs_opaque(3X)                                                curs_opaque(3X)
+curs_opaque(3x)                                                curs_opaque(3x)

                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                        -       is_cleared, is_idlok, is_idcok, is_immedok, is_keypad, is_leaveok,
-       is_nodelay, is_notimeout, is_pad, is_scrollok, is_subwin, is_syncok,
-       wgetdelay, wgetparent, wgetscrreg - curses window properties
+       is_cleared, is_idlok, is_idcok, is_immedok, is_keypad, is_leaveok,
+       is_nodelay, is_notimeout, is_pad, is_scrollok, is_subwin, is_syncok,
+       wgetdelay, wgetparent, wgetscrreg - curses window properties

                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                        -       #include <curses.h>
-
-       bool is_cleared(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_idcok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_idlok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_immedok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_keypad(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_nodelay(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_notimeout(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_pad(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_scrollok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_subwin(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_syncok(const WINDOW *win);
-       WINDOW * wgetparent(const WINDOW *win);
-       int wgetdelay(const WINDOW *win);
-       int wgetscrreg(const WINDOW *win, int *top, int *bottom);
+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       bool is_cleared(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_idcok(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_idlok(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_immedok(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_keypad(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_nodelay(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_notimeout(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_pad(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_scrollok(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_subwin(const WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_syncok(const WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW * wgetparent(const WINDOW *win);
+       int wgetdelay(const WINDOW *win);
+       int wgetscrreg(const WINDOW *win, int *top, int *bottom);

                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                This  implementation  provides functions which return properties set in
-       the WINDOW structure, allowing it to be "opaque" if the  symbol  NCURS-
-       ES_OPAQUE is defined:
+       the WINDOW structure, allowing it to be "opaque" if the  symbol  NCURS-
+       ES_OPAQUE is defined:
 
-       is_cleared
-            returns the value set in clearok
+       is_cleared
+            returns the value set in clearok
 
-       is_idcok
-            returns the value set in idcok
+       is_idcok
+            returns the value set in idcok
 
-       is_idlok
-            returns the value set in idlok
+       is_idlok
+            returns the value set in idlok
 
-       is_immedok
-            returns the value set in immedok
+       is_immedok
+            returns the value set in immedok
 
-       is_keypad
-            returns the value set in keypad
+       is_keypad
+            returns the value set in keypad
 
-       is_leaveok
-            returns the value set in leaveok
+       is_leaveok
+            returns the value set in leaveok
 
-       is_nodelay
-            returns the value set in nodelay
+       is_nodelay
+            returns the value set in nodelay
 
-       is_notimeout
-            returns the value set in notimeout
+       is_notimeout
+            returns the value set in notimeout
 
-       is_pad
-            returns TRUE if the window is a pad i.e., created by newpad
+       is_pad
+            returns TRUE if the window is a pad i.e., created by newpad
 
-       is_scrollok
-            returns the value set in scrollok
+       is_scrollok
+            returns the value set in scrollok
 
-       is_subwin
-            returns TRUE if the window is a subwindow, i.e., created by subwin
-            or derwin
+       is_subwin
+            returns TRUE if the window is a subwindow, i.e., created by subwin
+            or derwin
 
-       is_syncok
-            returns the value set in syncok
+       is_syncok
+            returns the value set in syncok
 
-       wgetdelay
-            returns the delay timeout as set in wtimeout.
+       wgetdelay
+            returns the delay timeout as set in wtimeout.
 
-       wgetparent
+       wgetparent
             returns the parent WINDOW pointer for subwindows, or NULL for win-
             dows having no parent.
 
-       wgetscrreg
+       wgetscrreg
             returns the top and bottom rows for the scrolling margin as set in
-            wsetscrreg.
+            wsetscrreg.

                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                        -       These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.
+       These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.

                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                        @@ -142,11 +142,11 @@

                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                        -       curses(3X), curs_inopts(3X), curs_outopts(3X), curs_window(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_inopts(3x), curs_outopts(3x), curs_window(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_opaque(3X)
+                                                               curs_opaque(3x)
                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html index 27c9980e..819134c6 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html @@ -34,126 +34,126 @@ -curs_outopts 3X +curs_outopts 3x -

                                                                                          curs_outopts 3X

                                                                                          +

                                                                                          curs_outopts 3x

                                                                                          -curs_outopts(3X)                                              curs_outopts(3X)
+curs_outopts(3x)                                              curs_outopts(3x)

                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                          -       clearok, idlok, idcok, immedok, leaveok, setscrreg, wsetscrreg,
-       scrollok - curses output options
+       clearok, idlok, idcok, immedok, leaveok, setscrreg, wsetscrreg,
+       scrollok - curses output options

                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
 
-       int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
-       int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);
+       int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
+       int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);

                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                          -       These routines set options that change the style of output within curs-
-       es.   All  options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated.  It is
-       not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin(3X).
+       These routines set options that change the style of output within curs-
+       es.   All  options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated.  It is
+       not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin(3x).

                                                                                          clearok

                                                                                          -       If clearok is called with TRUE as argument, the next call  to  wrefresh
+       If clearok is called with TRUE as argument, the next call  to  wrefresh
        with this window will clear the screen completely and redraw the entire
        screen from scratch.  This is useful when the contents  of  the  screen
        are  uncertain, or in some cases for a more pleasing visual effect.  If
-       the win argument to clearok is the global  variable  curscr,  the  next
-       call  to  wrefresh  with any window causes the screen to be cleared and
+       the win argument to clearok is the global  variable  curscr,  the  next
+       call  to  wrefresh  with any window causes the screen to be cleared and
        repainted from scratch.

                                                                                          idlok

                                                                                          -       If idlok is called with TRUE as second argument, curses considers using
+       If idlok is called with TRUE as second argument, curses considers using
        the  hardware  insert/delete  line  feature  of  terminals so equipped.
-       Calling idlok with FALSE as second argument disables use of line inser-
+       Calling idlok with FALSE as second argument disables use of line inser-
        tion  and deletion.  This option should be enabled only if the applica-
        tion needs insert/delete line, for example, for a screen editor.  It is
        disabled by default because insert/delete line tends to be visually an-
        noying when used in applications where it is not really needed.  If in-
-       sert/delete line cannot be used, curses redraws the changed portions of
+       sert/delete line cannot be used, curses redraws the changed portions of
        all lines.

                                                                                          idcok

                                                                                          -       If idcok is called with FALSE as second argument, curses no longer con-
+       If idcok is called with FALSE as second argument, curses no longer con-
        siders  using the hardware insert/delete character feature of terminals
        so equipped.  Use of character insert/delete  is  enabled  by  default.
-       Calling  idcok with TRUE as second argument re-enables use of character
+       Calling  idcok with TRUE as second argument re-enables use of character
        insertion and deletion.

                                                                                          immedok

                                                                                          -       If immedok is called with TRUE as argument, any change  in  the  window
-       image, such as the ones caused by waddch, wclrtobot, wscrl, etc., auto-
-       matically cause a call to wrefresh.  However, it  may  degrade  perfor-
-       mance  considerably, due to repeated calls to wrefresh.  It is disabled
+       If immedok is called with TRUE as argument, any change  in  the  window
+       image, such as the ones caused by waddch, wclrtobot, wscrl, etc., auto-
+       matically cause a call to wrefresh.  However, it  may  degrade  perfor-
+       mance  considerably, due to repeated calls to wrefresh.  It is disabled
        by default.

                                                                                          leaveok

                                                                                                  Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the  location  of  the  window
-       cursor  being  refreshed.   The  leaveok option allows the cursor to be
+       cursor  being  refreshed.   The  leaveok option allows the cursor to be
        left wherever the update happens to leave it.  It is useful for  appli-
        cations  where  the  cursor  is not used, since it reduces the need for
        cursor motions.

                                                                                          scrollok

                                                                                          -       The scrollok option controls what happens when the cursor of  a  window
+       The scrollok option controls what happens when the cursor of  a  window
        is  moved  off  the edge of the window or scrolling region, either as a
        result of a newline action on the bottom line, or typing the last char-
-       acter of the last line.  If disabled, (bf is FALSE), the cursor is left
-       on the bottom line.  If enabled, (bf is TRUE), the window  is  scrolled
+       acter of the last line.  If disabled, (bf is FALSE), the cursor is left
+       on the bottom line.  If enabled, (bf is TRUE), the window  is  scrolled
        up one line (Note that to get the physical scrolling effect on the ter-
-       minal, it is also necessary to call idlok).
+       minal, it is also necessary to call idlok).

                                                                                          setscrreg/wsetscrreg

                                                                                          -       The setscrreg and wsetscrreg routines allow the application  programmer
-       to set a software scrolling region in a window.  The top and bot param-
+       The setscrreg and wsetscrreg routines allow the application  programmer
+       to set a software scrolling region in a window.  The top and bot param-
        eters are the line  numbers  of  the  top  and  bottom  margin  of  the
        scrolling region.  (Line 0 is the top line of the window.)  If this op-
-       tion and scrollok are enabled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin
+       tion and scrollok are enabled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin
        line causes all lines in the scrolling region to scroll one line in the
        direction of the first line.  Only the text of the window is  scrolled.
        (Note  that this has nothing to do with the use of a physical scrolling
-       region capability in the terminal, like that in the VT100.  If idlok is
+       region capability in the terminal, like that in the VT100.  If idlok is
        enabled and the terminal has either a scrolling region or insert/delete
        line capability, they will probably be used by the output routines.)

                                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                                          -       The functions setscrreg and wsetscrreg return OK upon success  and  ERR
+       The functions setscrreg and wsetscrreg return OK upon success  and  ERR
        upon  failure.  All other routines that return an integer always return
-       OK.
+       OK.
 
        X/Open Curses does not define any error conditions.
 
        In this implementation,
 
-       o   those functions that have a window pointer will return an error  if
+       o   those functions that have a window pointer will return an error  if
            the window pointer is null
 
-       o   wsetscrreg  returns  an error if the scrolling region limits extend
+       o   wsetscrreg  returns  an error if the scrolling region limits extend
            outside the window.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  implementation  re-
@@ -163,47 +163,47 @@

                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                  These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 
-       From the outset, ncurses used nl/nonl to control the conversion of new-
+       From the outset, ncurses used nl/nonl to control the conversion of new-
        lines to carriage return/line-feed on output as  well  as  input.   XSI
        Curses  documents only the use of these functions for input.  This dif-
-       ference arose from converting the  pcurses  source  (which  used  ioctl
-       calls  with  the sgttyb structure) to termios (i.e., the POSIX terminal
+       ference arose from converting the  pcurses  source  (which  used  ioctl
+       calls  with  the sgttyb structure) to termios (i.e., the POSIX terminal
        interface).  In the former, both input and output were controlled via a
-       single  option  CRMOD,  while the latter separates these features.  Be-
-       cause that conversion interferes with output optimization, nl/nonl were
+       single  option  CRMOD,  while the latter separates these features.  Be-
+       cause that conversion interferes with output optimization, nl/nonl were
        amended after ncurses 6.2 to eliminate their effect on output.
 
        Some  historic  curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature,
-       the ability to do the equivalent of clearok(..., 1)  by  saying  touch-
-       win(stdscr) or clear(stdscr).  This will not work under ncurses.
+       the ability to do the equivalent of clearok(..., 1)  by  saying  touch-
+       win(stdscr) or clear(stdscr).  This will not work under ncurses.
 
-       Earlier  System  V  curses implementations specified that with scrollok
+       Earlier  System  V  curses implementations specified that with scrollok
        enabled, any window modification triggering  a  scroll  also  forced  a
-       physical refresh.  XSI Curses does not require this, and ncurses avoids
-       doing it to perform better  vertical-motion  optimization  at  wrefresh
+       physical refresh.  XSI Curses does not require this, and ncurses avoids
+       doing it to perform better  vertical-motion  optimization  at  wrefresh
        time.
 
        The XSI Curses standard does not mention that the cursor should be made
-       invisible as a side-effect of leaveok.  SVr4 curses documentation  does
-       this,  but  the code does not.  Use curs_set to make the cursor invisi-
+       invisible as a side-effect of leaveok.  SVr4 curses documentation  does
+       this,  but  the code does not.  Use curs_set to make the cursor invisi-
        ble.

                                                                                          NOTES

                                                                                          -       Note that clearok, leaveok,  scrollok,  idcok,  and  setscrreg  may  be
+       Note that clearok, leaveok,  scrollok,  idcok,  and  setscrreg  may  be
        macros.
 
-       The immedok routine is useful for windows that are used as terminal em-
+       The immedok routine is useful for windows that are used as terminal em-
        ulators.

                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                          -       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X), curs_clear(3X), curs_initscr(3X),
-       curs_scroll(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_addch(3x), curs_clear(3x), curs_initscr(3x),
+       curs_scroll(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_outopts(3X)
+                                                              curs_outopts(3x)
                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html index 9a406fb2..31d8ed92 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html @@ -34,64 +34,64 @@ -curs_overlay 3X +curs_overlay 3x -

                                                                                            curs_overlay 3X

                                                                                            +

                                                                                            curs_overlay 3x

                                                                                            -curs_overlay(3X)                                              curs_overlay(3X)
+curs_overlay(3x)                                              curs_overlay(3x)

                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                            -       overlay, overwrite, copywin - overlay and manipulate overlapped curses
+       overlay, overwrite, copywin - overlay and manipulate overlapped curses
        windows

                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int overlay(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
-       int overwrite(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
-       int copywin(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin, int sminrow,
-             int smincol, int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow,
-             int dmaxcol, int overlay);
+       int overlay(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
+       int overwrite(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
+       int copywin(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin, int sminrow,
+             int smincol, int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow,
+             int dmaxcol, int overlay);

                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                            overlay, overwrite

                                                                                            -       The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin  on  top  of  dstwin.
-       scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where
-       the two windows overlap is copied.  The difference is that  overlay  is
-       non-destructive  (blanks  are not copied) whereas overwrite is destruc-
+       The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin  on  top  of  dstwin.
+       scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where
+       the two windows overlap is copied.  The difference is that  overlay  is
+       non-destructive  (blanks  are not copied) whereas overwrite is destruc-
        tive.

                                                                                            copywin

                                                                                            -       The copywin routine provides a finer granularity of  control  over  the
-       overlay  and overwrite routines.  As in the prefresh routine, a rectan-
-       gle is specified in the  destination  window,  (dminrow,  dmincol)  and
-       (dmaxrow, dmaxcol), and the upper-left-corner coordinates of the source
-       window, (sminrow, smincol).  If the  argument  overlay  is  true,  then
-       copying is non-destructive, as in overlay.
+       The copywin routine provides a finer granularity of  control  over  the
+       overlay  and overwrite routines.  As in the prefresh routine, a rectan-
+       gle is specified in the  destination  window,  (dminrow,  dmincol)  and
+       (dmaxrow, dmaxcol), and the upper-left-corner coordinates of the source
+       window, (sminrow, smincol).  If the  argument  overlay  is  true,  then
+       copying is non-destructive, as in overlay.

                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                            -       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4
-       only specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful  com-
+       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4
+       only specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful  com-
        pletion.
 
-       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementation, copywin,
-       overlay and overwrite return an error if either of the window  pointers
+       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementation, copywin,
+       overlay and overwrite return an error if either of the window  pointers
        are null, or if some part of the window would be placed off-screen.

                                                                                            NOTES

                                                                                            -       Note that overlay and overwrite may be macros.
+       Note that overlay and overwrite may be macros.

                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                            @@ -102,11 +102,11 @@

                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                            -       curses(3X), curs_pad(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_pad(3x), curs_refresh(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_overlay(3X)
+                                                              curs_overlay(3x)
                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html index bbcb6945..dbd8f635 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html @@ -34,42 +34,42 @@ -curs_pad 3X +curs_pad 3x -

                                                                                              curs_pad 3X

                                                                                              +

                                                                                              curs_pad 3x

                                                                                              -curs_pad(3X)                                                      curs_pad(3X)
+curs_pad(3x)                                                      curs_pad(3x)

                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                              -       newpad, subpad, prefresh, pnoutrefresh, pechochar, pecho_wchar - create
-       and display curses pads
+       newpad, subpad, prefresh, pnoutrefresh, pechochar, pecho_wchar - create
+       and display curses pads

                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                              -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
-       WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
-             int begin_y, int begin_x);
-       int prefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
-             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
-       int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
-             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
-       int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
-       int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch);
+       WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
+       WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       int prefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
+       int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
+       int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
+       int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch);

                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                              newpad

                                                                                              -       The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer  to  a  new  pad  data
-       structure  with  the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols.
+       The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer  to  a  new  pad  data
+       structure  with  the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols.
        A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the  screen
        size,  and  is not necessarily associated with a particular part of the
        screen.  Pads can be used when a large window is  needed,  and  only  a
@@ -77,162 +77,162 @@
        freshes of pads (e.g., from scrolling or echoing of input) do  not  oc-
        cur.
 
-       It  is  not  legal to call wrefresh with a pad as an argument; the rou-
-       tines prefresh or pnoutrefresh should be  called  instead.   Note  that
+       It  is  not  legal to call wrefresh with a pad as an argument; the rou-
+       tines prefresh or pnoutrefresh should be  called  instead.   Note  that
        these routines require additional parameters to specify the part of the
        pad to be displayed and the location on the screen to be used  for  the
        display.

                                                                                              subpad

                                                                                              -       The  subpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a subwindow within
-       a pad with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols.   Un-
-       like  subwin,  which uses screen coordinates, the window is at position
-       (begin_x, begin_y) on the pad.  The window is made in the middle of the
-       window  orig,  so  that changes made to one window affect both windows.
+       The  subpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a subwindow within
+       a pad with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols.   Un-
+       like  subwin,  which uses screen coordinates, the window is at position
+       (begin_x, begin_y) on the pad.  The window is made in the middle of the
+       window  orig,  so  that changes made to one window affect both windows.
        During the use of this routine, it will  often  be  necessary  to  call
-       touchwin or touchline on orig before calling prefresh.
+       touchwin or touchline on orig before calling prefresh.

                                                                                              prefresh, pnoutrefresh

                                                                                              -       The  prefresh  and  pnoutrefresh routines are analogous to wrefresh and
-       wnoutrefresh except that they relate to pads instead of  windows.   The
+       The  prefresh  and  pnoutrefresh routines are analogous to wrefresh and
+       wnoutrefresh except that they relate to pads instead of  windows.   The
        additional  parameters  are needed to indicate what part of the pad and
        screen are involved.
 
-       o   The pminrow and pmincol parameters specify the upper left-hand cor-
+       o   The pminrow and pmincol parameters specify the upper left-hand cor-
            ner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad.
 
-       o   The  sminrow,  smincol, smaxrow, and smaxcol parameters specify the
+       o   The  sminrow,  smincol, smaxrow, and smaxcol parameters specify the
            edges of the rectangle to be displayed on the screen.
 
        The lower right-hand corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad
        is calculated from the screen coordinates, since the rectangles must be
        the same size.  Both rectangles must be entirely contained within their
-       respective  structures.   Negative values of pminrow, pmincol, sminrow,
-       or smincol are treated as if they were zero.
+       respective  structures.   Negative values of pminrow, pmincol, sminrow,
+       or smincol are treated as if they were zero.

                                                                                              pechochar

                                                                                              -       The pechochar routine is functionally equivalent to  a  call  to  addch
-       followed  by a call to refresh(3X), a call to waddch followed by a call
-       to wrefresh, or a call to waddch followed by a call to  prefresh.   The
+       The pechochar routine is functionally equivalent to  a  call  to  addch
+       followed  by a call to refresh(3x), a call to waddch followed by a call
+       to wrefresh, or a call to waddch followed by a call to  prefresh.   The
        knowledge  that  only  a single character is being output is taken into
        consideration and, for non-control characters, a  considerable  perfor-
        mance  gain  might  be  seen  by  using these routines instead of their
-       equivalents.  In the case of pechochar, the last location of the pad on
-       the screen is reused for the arguments to prefresh.
+       equivalents.  In the case of pechochar, the last location of the pad on
+       the screen is reused for the arguments to prefresh.

                                                                                              pecho_wchar

                                                                                              -       The  pecho_wchar  function  is the analogous wide-character form of pe-
-       chochar.  It outputs one character to a pad and  immediately  refreshes
-       the pad.  It does this by a call to wadd_wch followed by a call to pre-
-       fresh.
+       The  pecho_wchar  function  is the analogous wide-character form of pe-
+       chochar.  It outputs one character to a pad and  immediately  refreshes
+       the pad.  It does this by a call to wadd_wch followed by a call to pre-
+       fresh.

                                                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                                                              -       Routines that return an integer return ERR upon failure  and  OK  (SVr4
-       only  specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful com-
+       Routines that return an integer return ERR upon failure  and  OK  (SVr4
+       only  specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful com-
        pletion.
 
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error, and  set  errno  to
-       ENOMEM.
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error, and  set  errno  to
+       ENOMEM.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-          prefresh and pnoutrefresh
+          prefresh and pnoutrefresh
                return an error if the window pointer is null, or if the window
                is not really a pad or if the  area  to  refresh  extends  off-
                screen or if the minimum coordinates are greater than the maxi-
                mum.
 
-          pechochar
+          pechochar
                returns an error if the window is not really a pad, and the as-
-               sociated call to wechochar returns an error.
+               sociated call to wechochar returns an error.
 
-          pecho_wchar
+          pecho_wchar
                returns an error if the window is not really a pad, and the as-
-               sociated call to wecho_wchar returns an error.
+               sociated call to wecho_wchar returns an error.

                                                                                              NOTES

                                                                                              -       Note that pechochar may be a macro.
+       Note that pechochar may be a macro.

                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                              -       BSD curses has no pad feature.
+       BSD curses has no pad feature.
 
-       SVr2 curses (1986) provided the newpad and related functions, document-
+       SVr2 curses (1986) provided the newpad and related functions, document-
        ing  them  in  a single line each.  SVr3 (1987) provided more extensive
        documentation.
 
-       The documentation does not explain the term pad.  However,  the  Apollo
-       Aegis workstation operating system supported a graphical pad feature:
+       The documentation does not explain the term pad.  However,  the  Apollo
+       Aegis workstation operating system supported a graphical pad feature:
 
-       o   These  graphical pads could be much larger than the computer's dis-
+       o   These  graphical pads could be much larger than the computer's dis-
            play.
 
-       o   The read-only output from a command could be scrolled back  to  in-
+       o   The read-only output from a command could be scrolled back  to  in-
            spect, and select text from the pad.
 
        The two uses may be related.
 
        The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these functions, without
        significant change from the SVr3 documentation.  It describes no  error
-       conditions.   The  behavior of subpad if the parent window is not a pad
+       conditions.   The  behavior of subpad if the parent window is not a pad
        is undocumented, and is not checked by the vendor Unix implementations:
 
-       o   SVr4 curses sets a flag in the WINDOW  structure  in  newpad  which
-           tells if the window is a pad.
+       o   SVr4 curses sets a flag in the WINDOW  structure  in  newpad  which
+           tells if the window is a pad.
 
-           However,  it  uses this information only in waddch (to decide if it
-           should call wrefresh) and wscrl (to avoid  scrolling  a  pad),  and
-           does  not  check  in  wrefresh  to ensure that the pad is refreshed
+           However,  it  uses this information only in waddch (to decide if it
+           should call wrefresh) and wscrl (to avoid  scrolling  a  pad),  and
+           does  not  check  in  wrefresh  to ensure that the pad is refreshed
            properly.
 
-       o   Solaris X/Open Curses checks if a window is a pad in  wnoutrefresh,
-           returning ERR in that case.
+       o   Solaris X/Open Curses checks if a window is a pad in  wnoutrefresh,
+           returning ERR in that case.
 
            However,  it only sets the flag for subwindows if the parent window
-           is a pad.  Its newpad function does not set this information.  Con-
+           is a pad.  Its newpad function does not set this information.  Con-
            sequently, the check will never fail.
 
-           It  makes no comparable check in pnoutrefresh, though interestingly
+           It  makes no comparable check in pnoutrefresh, though interestingly
            enough, a comment in the source code states  that  the  lack  of  a
            check was an MKS extension.
 
-       o   NetBSD  7 curses sets a flag in the WINDOW structure for newpad and
-           subpad, using this to help with the  distinction  between  wnoutre-
-           fresh and pnoutrefresh.
+       o   NetBSD  7 curses sets a flag in the WINDOW structure for newpad and
+           subpad, using this to help with the  distinction  between  wnoutre-
+           fresh and pnoutrefresh.
 
            It  does  not  check for the case where a subwindow is created in a
-           pad using subwin or derwin.
+           pad using subwin or derwin.
 
-           The dupwin function returns a regular  window  when  duplicating  a
-           pad.   Likewise,  getwin always returns a window, even if the saved
+           The dupwin function returns a regular  window  when  duplicating  a
+           pad.   Likewise,  getwin always returns a window, even if the saved
            data was from a pad.
 
        This implementation
 
-       o   sets a flag in the WINDOW structure for newpad and subpad,
+       o   sets a flag in the WINDOW structure for newpad and subpad,
 
-       o   allows a subwin or derwin call to succeed having a  pad  parent  by
+       o   allows a subwin or derwin call to succeed having a  pad  parent  by
            forcing the subwindow to be a pad,
 
-       o   checks  in  both  wnoutrefresh and pnoutrefresh to ensure that pads
+       o   checks  in  both  wnoutrefresh and pnoutrefresh to ensure that pads
            and windows are handled distinctly, and
 
-       o   ensures that dupwin and getwin treat pads  versus  windows  consis-
+       o   ensures that dupwin and getwin treat pads  versus  windows  consis-
            tently.

                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                              -       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_touch(3X), curs_addch(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_touch(3x), curs_addch(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                  curs_pad(3X)
+                                                                  curs_pad(3x)
                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html index 4c33df32..52f14913 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html @@ -34,33 +34,33 @@ -curs_print 3X +curs_print 3x -

                                                                                                curs_print 3X

                                                                                                +

                                                                                                curs_print 3x

                                                                                                -curs_print(3X)                                                  curs_print(3X)
+curs_print(3x)                                                  curs_print(3x)

                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                -       mcprint - ship binary data to printer
+       mcprint - ship binary data to printer

                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int mcprint(char *data, int len);
+       int mcprint(char *data, int len);

                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                -       This  function  uses  the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities, if they are
+       This  function  uses  the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities, if they are
        present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal.
 
-       Note that the mcprint code has no way  to  do  flow  control  with  the
+       Note that the mcprint code has no way  to  do  flow  control  with  the
        printer  or  to  know  how  much buffering it has.  Your application is
        responsible for keeping the rate of writes to  the  printer  below  its
        continuous  throughput  rate  (typically  about half of its nominal cps
@@ -70,9 +70,9 @@

                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                -       The mcprint function returns ERR if the  write  operation  aborted  for
-       some  reason.   In  this  case,  errno  will  contain  either  an error
-       associated with write(2) or one of the following:
+       The mcprint function returns ERR if the  write  operation  aborted  for
+       some  reason.   In  this  case,  errno  will  contain  either  an error
+       associated with write(2) or one of the following:
 
        ENODEV
             Capabilities for printer redirection do not exist.
@@ -80,25 +80,25 @@
        ENOMEM
             Couldn't allocate sufficient memory to buffer the printer write.
 
-       When mcprint succeeds, it returns the  number  of  characters  actually
+       When mcprint succeeds, it returns the  number  of  characters  actually
        sent to the printer.

                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                -       The mcprint call was designed for ncurses(3X), and is not found in SVr4
+       The mcprint call was designed for ncurses(3x), and is not found in SVr4
        curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses.

                                                                                                BUGS

                                                                                                -       Padding in the mc5p, mc4 and mc5 capabilities will not be interpreted.
+       Padding in the mc5p, mc4 and mc5 capabilities will not be interpreted.

                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                -       curses(3X)
+       curses(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_print(3X)
+                                                                curs_print(3x)
                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html index 203eb0e7..60282605 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html @@ -34,51 +34,51 @@ -curs_printw 3X +curs_printw 3x -

                                                                                                  curs_printw 3X

                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                  curs_printw 3x

                                                                                                  -curs_printw(3X)                                                curs_printw(3X)
+curs_printw(3x)                                                curs_printw(3x)

                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                  -       printw, wprintw, mvprintw, mvwprintw, vwprintw, vw_printw - print
-       formatted output in curses windows
+       printw, wprintw, mvprintw, mvwprintw, vwprintw, vw_printw - print
+       formatted output in curses windows

                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                  -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int printw(const char *fmt, ...);
-       int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
-       int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
-       int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
-       int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+       int printw(const char *fmt, ...);
+       int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
+       int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+       int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+       int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
 
        /* obsolete */
-       int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+       int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);

                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                  -       The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are  analogous  to
-       printf  [see printf(3)].  In effect, the string that would be output by
-       printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the given  win-
+       The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are  analogous  to
+       printf  [see printf(3)].  In effect, the string that would be output by
+       printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the given  win-
        dow.
 
-       The  vwprintw  and  vw_printw  routines  are  analogous to vprintf [see
-       printf(3)] and perform a wprintw using a variable argument  list.   The
-       third  argument  is a va_list, a pointer to a list of arguments, as de-
-       fined in <stdarg.h>.
+       The  vwprintw  and  vw_printw  routines  are  analogous to vprintf [see
+       printf(3)] and perform a wprintw using a variable argument  list.   The
+       third  argument  is a va_list, a pointer to a list of arguments, as de-
+       fined in <stdarg.h>.

                                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                  -       Routines that return an integer return ERR upon failure  and  OK  (SVr4
-       only  specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful com-
+       Routines that return an integer return ERR upon failure  and  OK  (SVr4
+       only  specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful com-
        pletion.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation,  an  error
@@ -87,12 +87,12 @@
        is null.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                                                                  HISTORY

                                                                                                  -       While printw was implemented in 4BSD, it was unused until 4.2BSD (which
+       While printw was implemented in 4BSD, it was unused until 4.2BSD (which
        used it in games).  That early version of curses was before the ANSI  C
        standard.   It  did not use <varargs.h>, though that was available.  In
        1991 (a couple of years after SVr4 was generally available,  and  after
@@ -101,48 +101,48 @@
        ment, BSD curses did not use function prototypes (or even declare func-
        tions) in the <curses.h> header until 1992.
 
-       SVr2 documented printw, wprintw  tersely  as  "printf  on  stdscr"  and
-       tersely as "printf on win", respectively.
+       SVr2 documented printw, wprintw  tersely  as  "printf  on  stdscr"  and
+       tersely as "printf on win", respectively.
 
-       SVr3  added  mvprintw,  and mvwprintw, with a three-line summary saying
-       that they were analogous to printf(3), explaining that the string which
-       would be output from printf(3) would instead be output using waddstr on
-       the given window.  SVr3 also added vwprintw, saying that the third  pa-
-       rameter  is a va_list, defined in <varargs.h>, and referring the reader
-       to the manual pages for varargs and vprintf for detailed descriptions.
+       SVr3  added  mvprintw,  and mvwprintw, with a three-line summary saying
+       that they were analogous to printf(3), explaining that the string which
+       would be output from printf(3) would instead be output using waddstr on
+       the given window.  SVr3 also added vwprintw, saying that the third  pa-
+       rameter  is a va_list, defined in <varargs.h>, and referring the reader
+       to the manual pages for varargs and vprintf for detailed descriptions.
 
-       SVr4 added  no  new  variations  of  printw,  but  provided  for  using
-       <varargs.h> or <stdarg.h> to define the va_list type.
+       SVr4 added  no  new  variations  of  printw,  but  provided  for  using
+       <varargs.h> or <stdarg.h> to define the va_list type.
 
-       X/Open  Curses  added  vw_printw  to replace vwprintw, stating that its
-       va_list definition requires <stdarg.h>.
+       X/Open  Curses  added  vw_printw  to replace vwprintw, stating that its
+       va_list definition requires <stdarg.h>.

                                                                                                  PORTABILITY

                                                                                                  -       In this implementation, vw_printw and vwprintw are equivalent, to  sup-
-       port legacy applications.  However, the latter (vwprintw) is obsolete:
+       In this implementation, vw_printw and vwprintw are equivalent, to  sup-
+       port legacy applications.  However, the latter (vwprintw) is obsolete:
 
-       o   The  XSI  Curses  standard, Issue 4 described these functions.  The
-           function vwprintw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be  replaced
-           by a function vw_printw using the <stdarg.h> interface.
+       o   The  XSI  Curses  standard, Issue 4 described these functions.  The
+           function vwprintw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be  replaced
+           by a function vw_printw using the <stdarg.h> interface.
 
-       o   The  Single Unix Specification, Version 2 states that vw_printw  is
-           preferred  to  vwprintw  since  the   latter   requires   including
-           <varargs.h>,  which  cannot be used in the same file as <stdarg.h>.
-           This implementation uses <stdarg.h> for both, because  that  header
-           is included in <curses.h>.
+       o   The  Single Unix Specification, Version 2 states that vw_printw  is
+           preferred  to  vwprintw  since  the   latter   requires   including
+           <varargs.h>,  which  cannot be used in the same file as <stdarg.h>.
+           This implementation uses <stdarg.h> for both, because  that  header
+           is included in <curses.h>.
 
-       o   X/Open  Curses, Issue 5 (December 2007) marked vwprintw (along with
-           vwscanw and the termcap interface) as withdrawn.
+       o   X/Open  Curses, Issue 5 (December 2007) marked vwprintw (along with
+           vwscanw and the termcap interface) as withdrawn.

                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                  -       curses(3X), curs_addstr(3X), curs_scanw(3X), curs_termcap(3X),
-       printf(3), vprintf(3).
+       curses(3x), curs_addstr(3x), curs_scanw(3x), curs_termcap(3x),
+       printf(3), vprintf(3).
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_printw(3X)
+                                                               curs_printw(3x)
                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html index e23ba88e..035591d0 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html @@ -34,132 +34,132 @@ -curs_refresh 3X +curs_refresh 3x -

                                                                                                    curs_refresh 3X

                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                    curs_refresh 3x

                                                                                                    -curs_refresh(3X)                                              curs_refresh(3X)
+curs_refresh(3x)                                              curs_refresh(3x)

                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                    -       doupdate, redrawwin, refresh, wnoutrefresh, wredrawln, wrefresh -
-       refresh curses windows and lines
+       doupdate, redrawwin, refresh, wnoutrefresh, wredrawln, wrefresh -
+       refresh curses windows and lines

                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                    -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int refresh(void);
-       int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
-       int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
-       int doupdate(void);
+       int refresh(void);
+       int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+       int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+       int doupdate(void);
 
-       int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
-       int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);
+       int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);

                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                    refresh/wrefresh

                                                                                                    -       The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and  doupdate)  must
+       The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and  doupdate)  must
        be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines mere-
-       ly manipulate data structures.  The routine wrefresh copies  the  named
-       window  to  the  physical  screen,  taking into account what is already
-       there to do optimizations.  The refresh routine is the same, using std-
-       scr as the default window.  Unless leaveok has been enabled, the physi-
+       ly manipulate data structures.  The routine wrefresh copies  the  named
+       window  to  the  physical  screen,  taking into account what is already
+       there to do optimizations.  The refresh routine is the same, using std-
+       scr as the default window.  Unless leaveok has been enabled, the physi-
        cal cursor of the terminal is left at the location of  the  cursor  for
        that window.

                                                                                                    wnoutrefresh/doupdate

                                                                                                    -       The wnoutrefresh and doupdate routines allow multiple updates with more
-       efficiency than wrefresh alone.  In addition to all the  window  struc-
-       tures,  curses  keeps  two  data  structures  representing the terminal
+       The wnoutrefresh and doupdate routines allow multiple updates with more
+       efficiency than wrefresh alone.  In addition to all the  window  struc-
+       tures,  curses  keeps  two  data  structures  representing the terminal
        screen:
 
-       o   a physical screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and
+       o   a physical screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and
 
-       o   a virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to  have  on
+       o   a virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to  have  on
            the screen.
 
-       The routine wrefresh works by
+       The routine wrefresh works by
 
-       o   first  calling  wnoutrefresh,  which copies the named window to the
-           virtual screen, and
+       o   first  calling  wnoutrefresh,  which copies the named window to the
+           virtual screen, and
 
-       o   then calling doupdate, which compares the  virtual  screen  to  the
-           physical screen and does the actual update.
+       o   then calling doupdate, which compares the  virtual  screen  to  the
+           physical screen and does the actual update.
 
        If the programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a series of
-       calls to wrefresh results in  alternating  calls  to  wnoutrefresh  and
-       doupdate,  causing  several  bursts  of output to the screen.  By first
-       calling wnoutrefresh for each window, it is then possible to call doup-
-       date  once,  resulting  in  only  one burst of output, with fewer total
+       calls to wrefresh results in  alternating  calls  to  wnoutrefresh  and
+       doupdate,  causing  several  bursts  of output to the screen.  By first
+       calling wnoutrefresh for each window, it is then possible to call doup-
+       date  once,  resulting  in  only  one burst of output, with fewer total
        characters transmitted and less CPU time used.
 
-       If the win argument to wrefresh is the physical screen (i.e., the glob-
-       al  variable  curscr),  the screen is immediately cleared and repainted
+       If the win argument to wrefresh is the physical screen (i.e., the glob-
+       al  variable  curscr),  the screen is immediately cleared and repainted
        from scratch.
 
        The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen" above is am-
-       biguous.   What actually happens is that all touched (changed) lines in
+       biguous.   What actually happens is that all touched (changed) lines in
        the window are copied to the virtual  screen.   This  affects  programs
        that use overlapping windows; it means that if two windows overlap, you
        can refresh them in either order and the overlap region will  be  modi-
        fied  only  when  it  is  explicitly  changed.  (But see the section on
-       PORTABILITY below for a warning about exploiting this behavior.)
+       PORTABILITY below for a warning about exploiting this behavior.)

                                                                                                    wredrawln/redrawwin

                                                                                                    -       The wredrawln routine indicates to curses that some  screen  lines  are
+       The wredrawln routine indicates to curses that some  screen  lines  are
        corrupted  and  should  be  thrown away before anything is written over
        them.  It touches the indicated lines (marking them changed).  The rou-
-       tine redrawwin touches the entire window.
+       tine redrawwin touches the entire window.

                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                    -       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4
-       only specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful  com-
+       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4
+       only specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful  com-
        pletion.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-          wnoutrefresh
+          wnoutrefresh
                returns  an error if the window pointer is null, or if the win-
                dow is really a pad.
 
-          wredrawln
-               returns an error if the associated call to touchln  returns  an
+          wredrawln
+               returns an error if the associated call to touchln  returns  an
                error.

                                                                                                    NOTES

                                                                                                    -       Note that refresh and redrawwin may be macros.
+       Note that refresh and redrawwin may be macros.

                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                            The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
 
-       Whether  wnoutrefresh  copies to the virtual screen the entire contents
+       Whether  wnoutrefresh  copies to the virtual screen the entire contents
        of a window or just its changed portions has never been well-documented
        in  historic  curses  versions (including SVr4).  It might be unwise to
        rely on either behavior in programs that might have to be  linked  with
-       other curses implementations.  Instead, you can do an explicit touchwin
-       before the wnoutrefresh call to guarantee an entire-contents copy  any-
+       other curses implementations.  Instead, you can do an explicit touchwin
+       before the wnoutrefresh call to guarantee an entire-contents copy  any-
        where.

                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                    -       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X) curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_outopts(3x) curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_refresh(3X)
+                                                              curs_refresh(3x)
                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html index 25b4a94b..d0114496 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html @@ -34,64 +34,64 @@ -curs_scanw 3X +curs_scanw 3x -

                                                                                                      curs_scanw 3X

                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                      curs_scanw 3x

                                                                                                      -curs_scanw(3X)                                                  curs_scanw(3X)
+curs_scanw(3x)                                                  curs_scanw(3x)

                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                      -       scanw, wscanw, mvscanw, mvwscanw, vwscanw, vw_scanw - convert formatted
-       input from a curses window
+       scanw, wscanw, mvscanw, mvwscanw, vwscanw, vw_scanw - convert formatted
+       input from a curses window

                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                      -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int scanw(const char *fmt, ...);
-       int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
-       int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
-       int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+       int scanw(const char *fmt, ...);
+       int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
+       int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+       int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
 
-       int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+       int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
 
        /* obsolete */
-       int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+       int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);

                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                      -       The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines  are  analogous  to  scanf  [see
-       scanf(3)].   The  effect  of  these  routines is as though wgetstr were
+       The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines  are  analogous  to  scanf  [see
+       scanf(3)].   The  effect  of  these  routines is as though wgetstr were
        called on the  window,  and  the  resulting  line  used  as  input  for
-       sscanf(3).   Fields which do not map to a variable in the fmt field are
+       sscanf(3).   Fields which do not map to a variable in the fmt field are
        lost.
 
-       The vwscanw and vw_scanw routines are  analogous  to  vscanf(3).   They
-       perform a wscanw using a variable argument list.  The third argument is
-       a va_list, a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in <stdarg.h>.
+       The vwscanw and vw_scanw routines are  analogous  to  vscanf(3).   They
+       perform a wscanw using a variable argument list.  The third argument is
+       a va_list, a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in <stdarg.h>.

                                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                      -       vwscanw returns ERR on failure and an integer equal to  the  number  of
+       vwscanw returns ERR on failure and an integer equal to  the  number  of
        fields scanned on success.
 
-       Applications  may  use the return value from the scanw, wscanw, mvscanw
-       and mvwscanw routines to determine the  number  of  fields  which  were
+       Applications  may  use the return value from the scanw, wscanw, mvscanw
+       and mvwscanw routines to determine the  number  of  fields  which  were
        mapped in the call.
 
        Functions  with  a  "mv"  prefix  first perform a cursor movement using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer is null.

                                                                                                      HISTORY

                                                                                                      -       While  scanw  was implemented in 4BSD, none of the BSD releases used it
+       While  scanw  was implemented in 4BSD, none of the BSD releases used it
        until 4.4BSD (in a game).  That early version of curses was before  the
        ANSI  C  standard.   It  did  not  use  <varargs.h>,  though  that  was
        available.  In 1991  (a  couple  of  years  after  SVr4  was  generally
@@ -100,57 +100,57 @@
        Even  with this improvement, BSD curses did not use function prototypes
        (or even declare functions) in the <curses.h> header until 1992.
 
-       SVr2 documented scanw, wscanw tersely as  "scanf  through  stdscr"  and
-       tersely as "scanf through win", respectively.
+       SVr2 documented scanw, wscanw tersely as  "scanf  through  stdscr"  and
+       tersely as "scanf through win", respectively.
 
-       SVr3 added mvscanw, and mvwscanw, with a three-line summary saying that
-       they were analogous to scanf(3), explaining that the string which would
-       be  output  from  scanf(3) would instead be output using waddstr on the
-       given window.  SVr3 also added vwscanw, saying that the third parameter
-       is  a  va_list, defined in <varargs.h>, and referring the reader to the
-       manual  pages  for  varargs  and  vprintf  for  detailed  descriptions.
-       (Because the SVr3 documentation does not mention vscanf, that reference
-       to vprintf may not be an error).
+       SVr3 added mvscanw, and mvwscanw, with a three-line summary saying that
+       they were analogous to scanf(3), explaining that the string which would
+       be  output  from  scanf(3) would instead be output using waddstr on the
+       given window.  SVr3 also added vwscanw, saying that the third parameter
+       is  a  va_list, defined in <varargs.h>, and referring the reader to the
+       manual  pages  for  varargs  and  vprintf  for  detailed  descriptions.
+       (Because the SVr3 documentation does not mention vscanf, that reference
+       to vprintf may not be an error).
 
-       SVr4  added  no  new  variations  of  scanw,  but  provided  for  using
-       <varargs.h> or <stdarg.h> to define the va_list type.
+       SVr4  added  no  new  variations  of  scanw,  but  provided  for  using
+       <varargs.h> or <stdarg.h> to define the va_list type.
 
-       X/Open  Curses  added  vw_scanw  to  replace  vwscanw, stating that its
-       va_list definition requires <stdarg.h>.
+       X/Open  Curses  added  vw_scanw  to  replace  vwscanw, stating that its
+       va_list definition requires <stdarg.h>.

                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                      -       In this implementation, vw_scanw and vwscanw are equivalent, to support
-       legacy applications.  However, the latter (vwscanw) is obsolete:
+       In this implementation, vw_scanw and vwscanw are equivalent, to support
+       legacy applications.  However, the latter (vwscanw) is obsolete:
 
-       o   The  XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 described these functions, noting
-           that the function vwscanw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is  to  be
-           replaced by a function vw_scanw using the <stdarg.h> interface.
+       o   The  XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 described these functions, noting
+           that the function vwscanw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is  to  be
+           replaced by a function vw_scanw using the <stdarg.h> interface.
 
-       o   The  Single  Unix Specification, Version 2 states that vw_scanw  is
-           preferred  to  vwscanw  since   the   latter   requires   including
-           <varargs.h>,  which  cannot be used in the same file as <stdarg.h>.
-           This implementation uses <stdarg.h> for both, because  that  header
-           is included in <curses.h>.
+       o   The  Single  Unix Specification, Version 2 states that vw_scanw  is
+           preferred  to  vwscanw  since   the   latter   requires   including
+           <varargs.h>,  which  cannot be used in the same file as <stdarg.h>.
+           This implementation uses <stdarg.h> for both, because  that  header
+           is included in <curses.h>.
 
-       o   X/Open  Curses,  Issue 5 (December 2007) marked vwscanw (along with
-           vwprintw and the termcap interface) as withdrawn.
+       o   X/Open  Curses,  Issue 5 (December 2007) marked vwscanw (along with
+           vwprintw and the termcap interface) as withdrawn.
 
        Both XSI and The Single Unix Specification, Version 2 state that  these
-       functions return ERR or OK.
+       functions return ERR or OK.
 
-       o   Since  the  underlying  scanf(3)  can  return  the  number of items
+       o   Since  the  underlying  scanf(3)  can  return  the  number of items
            scanned, and the SVr4 code was documented to use this feature, this
            is  probably  an  editing error which was introduced in XSI, rather
            than being done intentionally.
 
-       o   This implementation  returns  the  number  of  items  scanned,  for
+       o   This implementation  returns  the  number  of  items  scanned,  for
            compatibility  with  SVr4  curses.   As of 2018, NetBSD curses also
            returns the number of  items  scanned.   Both  ncurses  and  NetBSD
-           curses call vsscanf to scan the string, which returns EOF on error.
+           curses call vsscanf to scan the string, which returns EOF on error.
 
-       o   Portable  applications should only test if the return value is ERR,
-           since the OK value (zero) is likely to be misleading.
+       o   Portable  applications should only test if the return value is ERR,
+           since the OK value (zero) is likely to be misleading.
 
            One possible way to get useful results  would  be  to  use  a  "%n"
            conversion at the end of the format string to ensure that something
@@ -158,12 +158,12 @@

                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                      -       curses(3X), curs_getstr(3X), curs_printw(3X), curs_termcap(3X),
-       scanf(3).
+       curses(3x), curs_getstr(3x), curs_printw(3x), curs_termcap(3x),
+       scanf(3).
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_scanw(3X)
+                                                                curs_scanw(3x)
                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html index 597db7cc..9d901c62 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html @@ -34,91 +34,91 @@ -curs_scr_dump 3X +curs_scr_dump 3x -

                                                                                                        curs_scr_dump 3X

                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                        curs_scr_dump 3x

                                                                                                        -curs_scr_dump(3X)                                            curs_scr_dump(3X)
+curs_scr_dump(3x)                                            curs_scr_dump(3x)

                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                        -       scr_dump, scr_restore, scr_init, scr_set - read (write) a curses screen
+       scr_dump, scr_restore, scr_init, scr_set - read (write) a curses screen
        from (to) a file

                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                        -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int scr_dump(const char *filename);
-       int scr_restore(const char *filename);
-       int scr_init(const char *filename);
-       int scr_set(const char *filename);
+       int scr_dump(const char *filename);
+       int scr_restore(const char *filename);
+       int scr_init(const char *filename);
+       int scr_set(const char *filename);

                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                        -       The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the  virtual  screen
-       to the file filename.
+       The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the  virtual  screen
+       to the file filename.
 
-       The  scr_restore  routine  sets  the  virtual screen to the contents of
-       filename, which must have been written using scr_dump.  The  next  call
-       to  doupdate  restores  the physical screen to the way it looked in the
+       The  scr_restore  routine  sets  the  virtual screen to the contents of
+       filename, which must have been written using scr_dump.  The  next  call
+       to  doupdate  restores  the physical screen to the way it looked in the
        dump file.
 
-       The scr_init routine reads in the contents of filename and uses them to
-       initialize the curses data structures about what the terminal currently
-       has on its screen.  If the data is determined to be valid, curses bases
+       The scr_init routine reads in the contents of filename and uses them to
+       initialize the curses data structures about what the terminal currently
+       has on its screen.  If the data is determined to be valid, curses bases
        its  next update of the screen on this information rather than clearing
-       the screen and starting from scratch.  scr_init is used  after  initscr
-       or  a  system  call  to share the screen with another process which has
-       done a scr_dump after its endwin(3X) call.  The data  is  declared  in-
+       the screen and starting from scratch.  scr_init is used  after  initscr
+       or  a  system  call  to share the screen with another process which has
+       done a scr_dump after its endwin(3x) call.  The data  is  declared  in-
        valid
 
-       o   if the terminfo capabilities rmcup and nrrmc exist, also
+       o   if the terminfo capabilities rmcup and nrrmc exist, also
 
-       o   if  the  terminal  has been written to since the preceding scr_dump
+       o   if  the  terminal  has been written to since the preceding scr_dump
            call.
 
-       The scr_set routine is a combination of scr_restore and  scr_init.   It
-       tells the program that the information in filename is what is currently
+       The scr_set routine is a combination of scr_restore and  scr_init.   It
+       tells the program that the information in filename is what is currently
        on the screen, and also what the program wants on the screen.  This can
        be thought of as a screen inheritance function.
 
-       To  read  (write)  a window from (to) a file, use the getwin and putwin
-       routines [see curs_util(3X)].
+       To  read  (write)  a window from (to) a file, use the getwin and putwin
+       routines [see curs_util(3x)].

                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                        -       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK upon success.
+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK upon success.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation, each  will
        return an error if the file cannot be opened.

                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                        -       Note that scr_init, scr_set, and scr_restore may be macros.
+       Note that scr_init, scr_set, and scr_restore may be macros.

                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these functions (adding the
        const qualifiers).
 
-       The SVr4 docs merely say under scr_init that the dump data is also con-
+       The SVr4 docs merely say under scr_init that the dump data is also con-
        sidered invalid "if the time-stamp of the tty is old" but do not define
        "old".

                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                        -       curses(3X),    curs_initscr(3X),    curs_refresh(3X),    curs_util(3X),
-       scr_dump(5), system(3)
+       curses(3x),    curs_initscr(3x),    curs_refresh(3x),    curs_util(3x),
+       scr_dump(5), system(3)
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_scr_dump(3X)
+                                                             curs_scr_dump(3x)
                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html index f6fbcbb0..0cf24beb 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html @@ -34,57 +34,57 @@ -curs_scroll 3X +curs_scroll 3x -

                                                                                                          curs_scroll 3X

                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                          curs_scroll 3x

                                                                                                          -curs_scroll(3X)                                                curs_scroll(3X)
+curs_scroll(3x)                                                curs_scroll(3x)

                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                          -       scroll, scrl, wscrl - scroll a curses window
+       scroll, scrl, wscrl - scroll a curses window

                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int scroll(WINDOW *win);
+       int scroll(WINDOW *win);
 
-       int scrl(int n);
-       int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);
+       int scrl(int n);
+       int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);

                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                          -       The  scroll routine scrolls the window up one line.  This involves mov-
+       The  scroll routine scrolls the window up one line.  This involves mov-
        ing the lines in the window data structure.  As an optimization, if the
-       scrolling  region  of  the  window  is  the entire screen, the physical
-       screen may be scrolled at the same time.
+       scrolling  region  of  the  window  is  the entire screen, the physical
+       screen may be scrolled at the same time.
 
-       For positive n, the scrl and wscrl routines  scroll  the  window  up  n
-       lines  (line  i+n becomes i); otherwise scroll the window down n lines.
+       For positive n, the scrl and wscrl routines  scroll  the  window  up  n
+       lines  (line  i+n becomes i); otherwise scroll the window down n lines.
        This involves moving the lines in the window character image structure.
        The current cursor position is not changed.
 
-       For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via scrollok.
+       For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via scrollok.

                                                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                          -       These routines return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an
-       integer value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+       These routines return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an
+       integer value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.
 
        This implementation returns an error if the window pointer is null,  or
-       if scrolling is not enabled in the window, e.g., with scrollok.
+       if scrolling is not enabled in the window, e.g., with scrollok.

                                                                                                          NOTES

                                                                                                          -       Note that scrl and scroll may be macros.
+       Note that scrl and scroll may be macros.
 
        The  SVr4  documentation  says  that  the  optimization  of  physically
        scrolling immediately if the scroll region is the  entire  screen  "is"
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@

                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                          -       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_outopts(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_scroll(3X)
+                                                               curs_scroll(3x)
                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html index c1ec8075..1e4f954b 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html @@ -34,61 +34,61 @@ -curs_slk 3X +curs_slk 3x -

                                                                                                            curs_slk 3X

                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                            curs_slk 3x

                                                                                                            -curs_slk(3X)                                                      curs_slk(3X)
+curs_slk(3x)                                                      curs_slk(3x)

                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                            -       slk_init, slk_set, slk_wset, slk_refresh, slk_noutrefresh, slk_label,
-       slk_clear, slk_restore, slk_touch, slk_attron, slk_attrset,
-       slk_attroff, slk_attr_on, slk_attr_set, slk_attr_off, slk_attr,
-       slk_color, extended_slk_color - curses soft label routines
+       slk_init, slk_set, slk_wset, slk_refresh, slk_noutrefresh, slk_label,
+       slk_clear, slk_restore, slk_touch, slk_attron, slk_attrset,
+       slk_attroff, slk_attr_on, slk_attr_set, slk_attr_off, slk_attr,
+       slk_color, extended_slk_color - curses soft label routines

                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int slk_init(int fmt);
+       int slk_init(int fmt);
 
-       int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int fmt);
+       int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int fmt);
        /* extension */
-       int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int fmt);
+       int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int fmt);
 
-       char *slk_label(int labnum);
+       char *slk_label(int labnum);
 
-       int slk_refresh(void);
-       int slk_noutrefresh(void);
-       int slk_clear(void);
-       int slk_restore(void);
-       int slk_touch(void);
+       int slk_refresh(void);
+       int slk_noutrefresh(void);
+       int slk_clear(void);
+       int slk_restore(void);
+       int slk_touch(void);
 
-       int slk_attron(const chtype attrs);
-       int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs);
-       int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs);
-       int slk_attr_on(attr_t attrs, void* opts);
-       int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void * opts);
-       int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short pair, void* opts);
+       int slk_attron(const chtype attrs);
+       int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs);
+       int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs);
+       int slk_attr_on(attr_t attrs, void* opts);
+       int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void * opts);
+       int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short pair, void* opts);
 
-       attr_t slk_attr(void);
+       attr_t slk_attr(void);
 
-       int slk_color(short pair);
+       int slk_color(short pair);
        /* extension */
-       int extended_slk_color(int pair);
+       int extended_slk_color(int pair);

                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels  that
        exist on many terminals.  For those terminals that do not have soft la-
-       bels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing the size of
-       stdscr  and the variable LINES.  curses standardizes on eight labels of
+       bels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing the size of
+       stdscr  and the variable LINES.  curses standardizes on eight labels of
        up to eight characters each.  In addition to this, the  ncurses  imple-
        mentation  supports  a  mode where it simulates 12 labels of up to five
        characters each.  This is useful for PC-like enduser devices.   ncurses
@@ -97,110 +97,110 @@

                                                                                                            Initialization

                                                                                                            -       The slk_init routine must  be  called  before  initscr  or  newterm  is
-       called.   If  initscr eventually uses a line from stdscr to emulate the
-       soft labels, then fmt determines how the labels  are  arranged  on  the
+       The slk_init routine must  be  called  before  initscr  or  newterm  is
+       called.   If  initscr eventually uses a line from stdscr to emulate the
+       soft labels, then fmt determines how the labels  are  arranged  on  the
        screen:
 
-          0  indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of the labels.
+          0  indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of the labels.
 
-          1  indicates a 4-4 arrangement
+          1  indicates a 4-4 arrangement
 
-          2  indicates the PC-like 4-4-4 mode.
+          2  indicates the PC-like 4-4-4 mode.
 
-          3  is again the PC-like 4-4-4 mode, but in addition an index line is
+          3  is again the PC-like 4-4-4 mode, but in addition an index line is
              generated, helping the user to identify the key numbers easily.

                                                                                                            Labels

                                                                                                            -       The slk_set routine (and the slk_wset routine  for  the  wide-character
+       The slk_set routine (and the slk_wset routine  for  the  wide-character
        library) has three parameters:
 
-          labnum
-               is  the  label number, from 1 to 8 (12 for fmt in slk_init is 2
-               or 3);
+          labnum
+               is  the  label number, from 1 to 8 (12 for fmt in slk_init is 2
+               or 3);
 
-          label
-               is be the string to put on the label, up to eight (five for fmt
-               in  slk_init is 2 or 3) characters in length.  A null string or
+          label
+               is be the string to put on the label, up to eight (five for fmt
+               in  slk_init is 2 or 3) characters in length.  A null string or
                a null pointer sets up a blank label.
 
-          fmt  is either 0, 1, or 2, indicating whether the  label  is  to  be
+          fmt  is either 0, 1, or 2, indicating whether the  label  is  to  be
                left-justified,  centered,  or  right-justified,  respectively,
                within the label.
 
-       The slk_label routine returns the current label for label  number  lab-
-       num, with leading and trailing blanks stripped.
+       The slk_label routine returns the current label for label  number  lab-
+       num, with leading and trailing blanks stripped.

                                                                                                            Screen updates

                                                                                                            -       The slk_refresh and slk_noutrefresh routines correspond to the wrefresh
-       and wnoutrefresh routines.
+       The slk_refresh and slk_noutrefresh routines correspond to the wrefresh
+       and wnoutrefresh routines.
 
-       The slk_clear routine clears the soft labels from the screen.
+       The slk_clear routine clears the soft labels from the screen.
 
-       The slk_restore routine restores the soft labels to the screen after  a
-       slk_clear has been performed.
+       The slk_restore routine restores the soft labels to the screen after  a
+       slk_clear has been performed.
 
-       The  slk_touch routine forces all the soft labels to be output the next
-       time a slk_noutrefresh is performed.
+       The  slk_touch routine forces all the soft labels to be output the next
+       time a slk_noutrefresh is performed.

                                                                                                            Video attributes

                                                                                                            -       The slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attroff and slk_attr  routines  corre-
-       spond  to  attron,  attrset,  attroff and attr_get, respectively.  They
+       The slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attroff and slk_attr  routines  corre-
+       spond  to  attron,  attrset,  attroff and attr_get, respectively.  They
        have an effect only if soft labels are simulated on the bottom line  of
        the  screen.   The default highlight for soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in
        System V curses, which does not document this fact).

                                                                                                            Colors

                                                                                                            -       The slk_color routine corresponds to color_set.  It has an effect  only
+       The slk_color routine corresponds to color_set.  It has an effect  only
        if soft labels are simulated on the bottom line of the screen.
 
-       Because  slk_color  accepts  only short (signed 16-bit integer) values,
-       this implementation provides extended_slk_color which accepts an  inte-
+       Because  slk_color  accepts  only short (signed 16-bit integer) values,
+       this implementation provides extended_slk_color which accepts an  inte-
        ger value, e.g., 32-bits.

                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                            -       These  routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an
-       integer value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+       These  routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an
+       integer value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-          slk_attr
+          slk_attr
                returns the attribute used for the soft keys.
 
-          slk_attroff, slk_attron, slk_clear, slk_noutrefresh, slk_refresh,
-          slk_touch
+          slk_attroff, slk_attron, slk_clear, slk_noutrefresh, slk_refresh,
+          slk_touch
                return  an  error if the terminal or the softkeys were not ini-
                tialized.
 
-          slk_attrset
+          slk_attrset
                returns an error if the terminal or the softkeys were not  ini-
                tialized.
 
-          slk_attr_set
+          slk_attr_set
                returns  an error if the terminal or the softkeys were not ini-
                tialized, or the  color  pair  is  outside  the  range  0..COL-
                OR_PAIRS-1.
 
-          slk_color
+          slk_color
                returns  an error if the terminal or the softkeys were not ini-
                tialized, or the  color  pair  is  outside  the  range  0..COL-
                OR_PAIRS-1.
 
-          slk_init
+          slk_init
                returns  an  error if the format parameter is outside the range
                0..3.
 
-          slk_label
-               returns NULL on error.
+          slk_label
+               returns NULL on error.
 
-          slk_set
+          slk_set
                returns an error if the terminal or the softkeys were not  ini-
-               tialized, or the labnum parameter is outside the range of label
+               tialized, or the labnum parameter is outside the range of label
                counts, or if the format parameter is outside the  range  0..2,
                or if memory for the labels cannot be allocated.
 
@@ -231,18 +231,18 @@

                                                                                                            EXTENSIONS

                                                                                                            -       X/Open  Curses  documents the opts argument as reserved for future use,
+       X/Open  Curses  documents the opts argument as reserved for future use,
        saying that it must be null.  This implementation uses  that  parameter
        in ABI 6 for the functions which have a color-pair parameter to support
        extended color pairs.
 
-       For  functions  which modify the color, e.g., slk_attr_set, if opts  is
-       set  it  is  treated  as a pointer to int, and used to  set  the  color
-       pair instead of the short pair parameter.
+       For  functions  which modify the color, e.g., slk_attr_set, if opts  is
+       set  it  is  treated  as a pointer to int, and used to  set  the  color
+       pair instead of the short pair parameter.

                                                                                                            NOTES

                                                                                                            -       Most applications would use slk_noutrefresh because a wrefresh is like-
+       Most applications would use slk_noutrefresh because a wrefresh is like-
        ly to follow soon.
 
 
@@ -250,38 +250,38 @@
        The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4, described the soft-key functions,
        with some differences from SVr4 curses:
 
-       o   It added functions like the SVr4  attribute-manipulation  functions
-           slk_attron,  slk_attroff, slk_attrset, but which use attr_t parame-
-           ters (rather than chtype), along with a reserved opts parameter.
+       o   It added functions like the SVr4  attribute-manipulation  functions
+           slk_attron,  slk_attroff, slk_attrset, but which use attr_t parame-
+           ters (rather than chtype), along with a reserved opts parameter.
 
            Two of these new functions (unlike the SVr4 functions) have no pro-
-           vision for color: slk_attr_on and slk_attr_off.
+           vision for color: slk_attr_on and slk_attr_off.
 
-           The third function (slk_attr_set) has a color-pair parameter.
+           The third function (slk_attr_set) has a color-pair parameter.
 
-       o   It added const qualifiers to parameters (unnecessarily), and
+       o   It added const qualifiers to parameters (unnecessarily), and
 
-       o   It added slk_color.
+       o   It added slk_color.
 
-       The  format  codes  2  and 3 for slk_init and the function slk_attr are
+       The  format  codes  2  and 3 for slk_init and the function slk_attr are
        specific to ncurses.
 
        X/Open Curses does not specify a limit for the  number  of  colors  and
-       color pairs which a terminal can support.  However, in its use of short
+       color pairs which a terminal can support.  However, in its use of short
        for the parameters, it carries over SVr4's  implementation  detail  for
        the compiled terminfo database, which uses signed 16-bit numbers.  This
        implementation provides extended versions of those functions which  use
-       short  parameters, allowing applications to use larger color- and pair-
+       short  parameters, allowing applications to use larger color- and pair-
        numbers.

                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                            -       curses(3X),    curs_attr(3X),    curs_initscr(3X),    curs_refresh(3X),
-       curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x),    curs_attr(3x),    curs_initscr(3x),    curs_refresh(3x),
+       curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                  curs_slk(3X)
+                                                                  curs_slk(3x)
                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html index c8bed9b6..6e1b0fee 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html @@ -37,182 +37,182 @@ -curs_sp_funcs 3X +curs_sp_funcs 3x -

                                                                                                              curs_sp_funcs 3X

                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                              curs_sp_funcs 3x

                                                                                                              -curs_sp_funcs(3X)                                            curs_sp_funcs(3X)
+curs_sp_funcs(3x)                                            curs_sp_funcs(3x)

                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                              -       curs_sp_funcs - curses screen-pointer extension
+       curs_sp_funcs - curses screen-pointer extension

                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                              -       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int alloc_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fg, int bg);
-       int assume_default_colors_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fg, int bg);
-       int baudrate_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int beep_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       bool can_change_color_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int cbreak_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int color_content_sp(SCREEN* sp, short color, short* r, short* g, short* b);
-       int curs_set_sp(SCREEN* sp, int visibility);
-       int def_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int def_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-
-       int define_key_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char * definition, int keycode);
-       int delay_output_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ms);
-       int doupdate_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int echo_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int endwin_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       char erasechar_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int erasewchar_sp(SCREEN* sp, wchar_t *ch);
-       int extended_color_content_sp(SCREEN * sp, int color, int * r, int * g, int * b);
-       int extended_pair_content_sp(SCREEN* sp, int pair, int * fg, int * bg);
-       int extended_slk_color_sp(SCREEN* sp, int pair);
-
-       void filter_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int find_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fg, int bg);
-       int flash_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int flushinp_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int free_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, int pair);
-       int get_escdelay_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int getmouse_sp(SCREEN* sp, MEVENT* event);
-       WINDOW* getwin_sp(SCREEN* sp, FILE* filep);
-       int halfdelay_sp(SCREEN* sp, int tenths);
-       bool has_colors_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-
-       bool has_ic_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       bool has_il_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int has_key_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ch);
-       bool has_mouse_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int init_color_sp(SCREEN* sp, short color, short r, short g, short b);
-       int init_extended_color_sp(SCREEN* sp, int color, int r, int g, int b);
-       int init_extended_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, int pair, int fg, int bg);
-       int init_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, short pair, short fg, short bg);
-       int intrflush_sp(SCREEN* sp, WINDOW* win, bool bf);
-       bool is_term_resized_sp(SCREEN* sp, int lines, int columns);
-
-       bool isendwin_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int key_defined_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *definition);
-       char* keybound_sp(SCREEN* sp, int keycode, int count);
-       NCURSES_CONST char * keyname_sp(SCREEN* sp, int c);
-       int keyok_sp(SCREEN* sp, int keycode, bool enable);
-       char killchar_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int killwchar_sp(SCREEN* sp, wchar_t *ch);
-       char* longname_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int mcprint_sp(SCREEN* sp, char *data, int len);
-       int mouseinterval_sp(SCREEN* sp, int erval);
-
-       mmask_t mousemask_sp(SCREEN* sp, mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);
-       int mvcur_sp(SCREEN* sp, int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
-       int napms_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ms);
-       WINDOW* newpad_sp(SCREEN* sp, int nrows, int ncols);
-       SCREEN* new_prescr(void);
-       SCREEN* newterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
-       WINDOW* newwin_sp(SCREEN* sp, int nlines, int ncols, int begin_y, int begin_x);
-       int nl_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int nocbreak_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int noecho_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-
-       void nofilter_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int nonl_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       void noqiflush_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int noraw_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int pair_content_sp(SCREEN* sp, short pair, short* fg, short* bg);
-       void qiflush_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int raw_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int reset_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       void reset_color_pairs_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int reset_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-
-       int resetty_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int resize_term_sp(SCREEN* sp, int lines, int columns);
-       int resizeterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, int lines, int columns);
-       int ripoffline_sp(SCREEN* sp, int line, int (*init)(WINDOW* win, int fmt));
-       int savetty_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int scr_init_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *filename);
-       int scr_restore_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *filename);
-       int scr_set_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *filename);
-       int set_escdelay_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ms);
-       int set_tabsize_sp(SCREEN* sp, int cols);
-
-       int slk_attr_set_sp(SCREEN* sp, const attr_t attrs, short pair, void*opts);
-       int slk_attrset_sp(SCREEN* sp, const chtype a);
-       int slk_attroff_sp(SCREEN* sp, const chtype a);
-       int slk_attron_sp(SCREEN* sp, const chtype a);
-       attr_t slk_attr_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int slk_clear_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int slk_color_sp(SCREEN* sp, short pair);
-       int slk_init_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fmt);
-       char* slk_label_sp(SCREEN* sp, int labnum);
-       int slk_noutrefresh_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-
-       int slk_refresh_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int slk_restore_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int slk_set_sp(SCREEN* sp, int labnum, const char * label, int fmt);
-       int slk_touch_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int start_color_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       attr_t term_attrs_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       chtype termattrs_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       char* termname_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       int typeahead_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fd);
-       int unget_wch_sp(SCREEN* sp, const wchar_t wch);
-
-       int ungetch_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ch);
-       int ungetmouse_sp(SCREEN* sp,MEVENT * event);
-       int use_default_colors_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-       void use_env_sp(SCREEN* sp, bool bf);
-       int use_legacy_coding_sp(SCREEN* sp, int level);
-       void use_tioctl_sp(SCREEN *sp, bool bf);
-       int vid_attr_sp(SCREEN* sp, attr_t attrs, short pair, void * opts);
-       int vid_puts_sp(SCREEN* sp, attr_t attrs, short pair, void * opts, NCURSES_SP_OUTC putc);
-       int vidattr_sp(SCREEN* sp, chtype attrs);
-       int vidputs_sp(SCREEN* sp, chtype attrs, NCURSES_SP_OUTC putc);
-       wchar_t* wunctrl_sp(SCREEN* sp, cchar_t *ch);
-
-       #include <form.h>
-
-       FORM* new_form_sp(SCREEN* sp, FIELD **fields);
-
-       #include <menu.h>
-
-       MENU* new_menu_sp(SCREEN* sp, ITEM **items);
-
-       #include <panel.h>
-
-       PANEL* ceiling_panel(SCREEN* sp);
-       PANEL* ground_panel(SCREEN* sp);
-       void update_panels_sp(SCREEN* sp);
-
-       #include <term.h>
-
-       int del_curterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, TERMINAL *oterm);
-       int putp_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *str);
-       int restartterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, NCURSES_CONST char*term, int filedes, int *errret);
-       TERMINAL* set_curterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, TERMINAL*nterm);
-       int tgetent_sp(SCREEN* sp, char *bp, const char *name);
-       int tgetflag_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
-       int tgetnum_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
-       char* tgetstr_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname, char **area);
-       char* tgoto_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname, int col, int row);
-       int tigetflag_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
-       int tigetnum_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
-       char* tigetstr_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int alloc_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fg, int bg);
+       int assume_default_colors_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fg, int bg);
+       int baudrate_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int beep_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       bool can_change_color_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int cbreak_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int color_content_sp(SCREEN* sp, short color, short* r, short* g, short* b);
+       int curs_set_sp(SCREEN* sp, int visibility);
+       int def_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int def_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+
+       int define_key_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char * definition, int keycode);
+       int delay_output_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ms);
+       int doupdate_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int echo_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int endwin_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       char erasechar_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int erasewchar_sp(SCREEN* sp, wchar_t *ch);
+       int extended_color_content_sp(SCREEN * sp, int color, int * r, int * g, int * b);
+       int extended_pair_content_sp(SCREEN* sp, int pair, int * fg, int * bg);
+       int extended_slk_color_sp(SCREEN* sp, int pair);
+
+       void filter_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int find_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fg, int bg);
+       int flash_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int flushinp_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int free_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, int pair);
+       int get_escdelay_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int getmouse_sp(SCREEN* sp, MEVENT* event);
+       WINDOW* getwin_sp(SCREEN* sp, FILE* filep);
+       int halfdelay_sp(SCREEN* sp, int tenths);
+       bool has_colors_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+
+       bool has_ic_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       bool has_il_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int has_key_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ch);
+       bool has_mouse_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int init_color_sp(SCREEN* sp, short color, short r, short g, short b);
+       int init_extended_color_sp(SCREEN* sp, int color, int r, int g, int b);
+       int init_extended_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, int pair, int fg, int bg);
+       int init_pair_sp(SCREEN* sp, short pair, short fg, short bg);
+       int intrflush_sp(SCREEN* sp, WINDOW* win, bool bf);
+       bool is_term_resized_sp(SCREEN* sp, int lines, int columns);
+
+       bool isendwin_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int key_defined_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *definition);
+       char* keybound_sp(SCREEN* sp, int keycode, int count);
+       NCURSES_CONST char * keyname_sp(SCREEN* sp, int c);
+       int keyok_sp(SCREEN* sp, int keycode, bool enable);
+       char killchar_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int killwchar_sp(SCREEN* sp, wchar_t *ch);
+       char* longname_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int mcprint_sp(SCREEN* sp, char *data, int len);
+       int mouseinterval_sp(SCREEN* sp, int erval);
+
+       mmask_t mousemask_sp(SCREEN* sp, mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);
+       int mvcur_sp(SCREEN* sp, int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
+       int napms_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ms);
+       WINDOW* newpad_sp(SCREEN* sp, int nrows, int ncols);
+       SCREEN* new_prescr(void);
+       SCREEN* newterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
+       WINDOW* newwin_sp(SCREEN* sp, int nlines, int ncols, int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       int nl_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int nocbreak_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int noecho_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+
+       void nofilter_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int nonl_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       void noqiflush_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int noraw_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int pair_content_sp(SCREEN* sp, short pair, short* fg, short* bg);
+       void qiflush_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int raw_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int reset_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       void reset_color_pairs_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int reset_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+
+       int resetty_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int resize_term_sp(SCREEN* sp, int lines, int columns);
+       int resizeterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, int lines, int columns);
+       int ripoffline_sp(SCREEN* sp, int line, int (*init)(WINDOW* win, int fmt));
+       int savetty_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int scr_init_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *filename);
+       int scr_restore_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *filename);
+       int scr_set_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *filename);
+       int set_escdelay_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ms);
+       int set_tabsize_sp(SCREEN* sp, int cols);
+
+       int slk_attr_set_sp(SCREEN* sp, const attr_t attrs, short pair, void*opts);
+       int slk_attrset_sp(SCREEN* sp, const chtype a);
+       int slk_attroff_sp(SCREEN* sp, const chtype a);
+       int slk_attron_sp(SCREEN* sp, const chtype a);
+       attr_t slk_attr_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int slk_clear_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int slk_color_sp(SCREEN* sp, short pair);
+       int slk_init_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fmt);
+       char* slk_label_sp(SCREEN* sp, int labnum);
+       int slk_noutrefresh_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+
+       int slk_refresh_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int slk_restore_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int slk_set_sp(SCREEN* sp, int labnum, const char * label, int fmt);
+       int slk_touch_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int start_color_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       attr_t term_attrs_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       chtype termattrs_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       char* termname_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       int typeahead_sp(SCREEN* sp, int fd);
+       int unget_wch_sp(SCREEN* sp, const wchar_t wch);
+
+       int ungetch_sp(SCREEN* sp, int ch);
+       int ungetmouse_sp(SCREEN* sp,MEVENT * event);
+       int use_default_colors_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+       void use_env_sp(SCREEN* sp, bool bf);
+       int use_legacy_coding_sp(SCREEN* sp, int level);
+       void use_tioctl_sp(SCREEN *sp, bool bf);
+       int vid_attr_sp(SCREEN* sp, attr_t attrs, short pair, void * opts);
+       int vid_puts_sp(SCREEN* sp, attr_t attrs, short pair, void * opts, NCURSES_SP_OUTC putc);
+       int vidattr_sp(SCREEN* sp, chtype attrs);
+       int vidputs_sp(SCREEN* sp, chtype attrs, NCURSES_SP_OUTC putc);
+       wchar_t* wunctrl_sp(SCREEN* sp, cchar_t *ch);
+
+       #include <form.h>
+
+       FORM* new_form_sp(SCREEN* sp, FIELD **fields);
+
+       #include <menu.h>
+
+       MENU* new_menu_sp(SCREEN* sp, ITEM **items);
+
+       #include <panel.h>
+
+       PANEL* ceiling_panel(SCREEN* sp);
+       PANEL* ground_panel(SCREEN* sp);
+       void update_panels_sp(SCREEN* sp);
+
+       #include <term.h>
+
+       int del_curterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, TERMINAL *oterm);
+       int putp_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *str);
+       int restartterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, NCURSES_CONST char*term, int filedes, int *errret);
+       TERMINAL* set_curterm_sp(SCREEN* sp, TERMINAL*nterm);
+       int tgetent_sp(SCREEN* sp, char *bp, const char *name);
+       int tgetflag_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
+       int tgetnum_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
+       char* tgetstr_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname, char **area);
+       char* tgoto_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname, int col, int row);
+       int tigetflag_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
+       int tigetnum_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
+       char* tigetstr_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *capname);
        /* may instead use 9 long parameters */
-       char* tparm_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *str, ...);
-       int tputs_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *str, int affcnt, NCURSES_SP_OUTC putc);
+       char* tparm_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *str, ...);
+       int tputs_sp(SCREEN* sp, const char *str, int affcnt, NCURSES_SP_OUTC putc);
 
-       #include <unctrl.h>
+       #include <unctrl.h>
 
-       NCURSES_CONST char* unctrl_sp(SCREEN* sp, chtype c);
+       NCURSES_CONST char* unctrl_sp(SCREEN* sp, chtype c);

                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                              @@ -244,10 +244,10 @@
 
        new_prescr
             when  creating  a  new  screen,  the library uses static variables
-            which have been preset, e.g.,  by  use_env(3X),  filter(3X),  etc.
+            which have been preset, e.g.,  by  use_env(3x),  filter(3x),  etc.
             With  the  screen-pointer extension, there are situations where it
             must create a current screen before the unextended  library  does.
-            The  new_prescr function is used internally to handle these cases.
+            The  new_prescr function is used internally to handle these cases.
             It is also provided as an entrypoint to allow applications to cus-
             tomize the library initialization.
 
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
             extension is provided.
 
        NCURSES_SP_NAME
-            The new functions are named using the macro NCURSES_SP_NAME, which
+            The new functions are named using the macro NCURSES_SP_NAME, which
             hides the actual implementation.  Currently this adds a "_sp" suf-
             fix  to the name of the unextended function.  This manual page in-
             dexes the extensions showing the full name.   However  the  proper
@@ -271,26 +271,26 @@
 
        NCURSES_SP_OUTC
             This  is  a new function-pointer type to use in the screen-pointer
-            functions where an NCURSES_OUTC is used in the unextended library.
+            functions where an NCURSES_OUTC is used in the unextended library.
 
        NCURSES_OUTC
             This is a function-pointer type used for the cases where  a  func-
-            tion passes characters to the output stream, e.g., vidputs(3X).
+            tion passes characters to the output stream, e.g., vidputs(3x).

                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                      These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not supported on
        Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that any
-       code  depending  on  ncurses  extensions  be  conditioned  using NCURS-
-       ES_SP_FUNCS.
+       code  depending  on  ncurses  extensions  be  conditioned  using NCURS-
+       ES_SP_FUNCS.

                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                              -       curses(3X), curs_opaque(3X), curs_threads(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_opaque(3x), curs_threads(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_sp_funcs(3X)
+                                                             curs_sp_funcs(3x)
                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html index 5593ed0d..da6091c7 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html @@ -34,122 +34,122 @@ -curs_termattrs 3X +curs_termattrs 3x -

                                                                                                                curs_termattrs 3X

                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                curs_termattrs 3x

                                                                                                                -curs_termattrs(3X)                                          curs_termattrs(3X)
+curs_termattrs(3x)                                          curs_termattrs(3x)

                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                -       baudrate,  erasechar,  erasewchar, has_ic, has_il, killchar, killwchar,
-       longname, term_attrs, termattrs, termname -  curses  environment  query
+       baudrate,  erasechar,  erasewchar, has_ic, has_il, killchar, killwchar,
+       longname, term_attrs, termattrs, termname -  curses  environment  query
        routines

                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int baudrate(void);
-       char erasechar(void);
-       int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch);
-       bool has_ic(void);
-       bool has_il(void);
-       char killchar(void);
-       int killwchar(wchar_t *ch);
-       char *longname(void);
-       attr_t term_attrs(void);
-       chtype termattrs(void);
-       char *termname(void);
+       int baudrate(void);
+       char erasechar(void);
+       int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch);
+       bool has_ic(void);
+       bool has_il(void);
+       char killchar(void);
+       int killwchar(wchar_t *ch);
+       char *longname(void);
+       attr_t term_attrs(void);
+       chtype termattrs(void);
+       char *termname(void);

                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                baudrate

                                                                                                                -       The  baudrate  routine  returns  the output speed of the terminal.  The
-       number returned is in bits per second, for  example  9600,  and  is  an
+       The  baudrate  routine  returns  the output speed of the terminal.  The
+       number returned is in bits per second, for  example  9600,  and  is  an
        integer.

                                                                                                                erasechar, erasewchar

                                                                                                                -       The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase character.
+       The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase character.
 
-       The  erasewchar  routine  stores  the  current  erase  character in the
-       location referenced by ch.  If no erase character has been defined, the
-       routine fails and the location referenced by ch is not changed.
+       The  erasewchar  routine  stores  the  current  erase  character in the
+       location referenced by ch.  If no erase character has been defined, the
+       routine fails and the location referenced by ch is not changed.

                                                                                                                has_is, has_il

                                                                                                                -       The  has_ic  routine  is  true  if the terminal has insert- and delete-
+       The  has_ic  routine  is  true  if the terminal has insert- and delete-
        character capabilities.
 
-       The has_il routine is true if the terminal has insert- and  delete-line
+       The has_il routine is true if the terminal has insert- and  delete-line
        capabilities, or can simulate them using scrolling regions.  This might
        be used to determine if it would be appropriate  to  turn  on  physical
-       scrolling using scrollok.
+       scrolling using scrollok.

                                                                                                                killchar, killwchar

                                                                                                                -       The killchar routine returns the user's current line kill character.
+       The killchar routine returns the user's current line kill character.
 
-       The  killwchar  routine  stores  the current line-kill character in the
-       location referenced by ch.  If no line-kill character has been defined,
-       the routine fails and the location referenced by ch is not changed.
+       The  killwchar  routine  stores  the current line-kill character in the
+       location referenced by ch.  If no line-kill character has been defined,
+       the routine fails and the location referenced by ch is not changed.

                                                                                                                longname

                                                                                                                -       The  longname  routine  returns a pointer to a static area containing a
+       The  longname  routine  returns a pointer to a static area containing a
        verbose description of the current terminal.  The maximum length  of  a
        verbose  description  is  128 characters.  It is defined only after the
-       call to initscr or newterm.  The area is overwritten by  each  call  to
-       newterm  and  is not restored by set_term, so the value should be saved
-       between calls to newterm if longname is going to be used with  multiple
+       call to initscr or newterm.  The area is overwritten by  each  call  to
+       newterm  and  is not restored by set_term, so the value should be saved
+       between calls to newterm if longname is going to be used with  multiple
        terminals.

                                                                                                                termattrs, term_attrs

                                                                                                                        If  a  given  terminal  does  not  support  a  video  attribute that an
-       application program is trying to use, curses may substitute a different
-       video  attribute for it.  The termattrs and term_attrs functions return
-       a logical OR of all video attributes supported by the terminal using A_
-       and  WA_  constants  respectively.   This  information is useful when a
-       curses program needs  complete  control  over  the  appearance  of  the
+       application program is trying to use, curses may substitute a different
+       video  attribute for it.  The termattrs and term_attrs functions return
+       a logical OR of all video attributes supported by the terminal using A_
+       and  WA_  constants  respectively.   This  information is useful when a
+       curses program needs  complete  control  over  the  appearance  of  the
        screen.

                                                                                                                termname

                                                                                                                -       The termname routine returns the terminal name used by setupterm.
+       The termname routine returns the terminal name used by setupterm.

                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                -       longname and termname return NULL on error.
+       longname and termname return NULL on error.
 
-       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4
-       only specifies "an integer  value  other  than  ERR")  upon  successful
+       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4
+       only specifies "an integer  value  other  than  ERR")  upon  successful
        completion.

                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                -       Note that termattrs may be a macro.
+       Note that termattrs may be a macro.

                                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                        The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.  It changes
-       the return type of termattrs to the new type attr_t.  Most versions  of
-       curses truncate the result returned by termname to 14 characters.
+       the return type of termattrs to the new type attr_t.  Most versions  of
+       curses truncate the result returned by termname to 14 characters.

                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                -       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_initscr(3x), curs_outopts(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                            curs_termattrs(3X)
+                                                            curs_termattrs(3x)
                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html index e1dacb48..e3ed3202 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html @@ -34,50 +34,50 @@ -curs_termcap 3X +curs_termcap 3x -

                                                                                                                  curs_termcap 3X

                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                  curs_termcap 3x

                                                                                                                  -curs_termcap(3X)                                              curs_termcap(3X)
+curs_termcap(3x)                                              curs_termcap(3x)

                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                  -       PC, UP, BC, ospeed, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum, tgetstr, tgoto, tputs -
-       curses emulation of termcap
+       PC, UP, BC, ospeed, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum, tgetstr, tgoto, tputs -
+       curses emulation of termcap

                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                  -       #include <curses.h>
-       #include <term.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <term.h>
 
-       extern char PC;
-       extern char * UP;
-       extern char * BC;
-       extern short ospeed;
+       extern char PC;
+       extern char * UP;
+       extern char * BC;
+       extern short ospeed;
 
-       int tgetent(char *bp, const char *name);
-       int tgetflag(const char *id);
-       int tgetnum(const char *id);
-       char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area);
-       char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row);
-       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
+       int tgetent(char *bp, const char *name);
+       int tgetflag(const char *id);
+       int tgetnum(const char *id);
+       char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area);
+       char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row);
+       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));

                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                          These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs  that  use
-       the  termcap  library.  Their parameters are the same, but the routines
-       are emulated using the terminfo database.  Thus, they can only be  used
+       the  termcap  library.  Their parameters are the same, but the routines
+       are emulated using the terminfo database.  Thus, they can only be  used
        to  query  the  capabilities  of entries for which a terminfo entry has
        been compiled.

                                                                                                                  INITIALIZATION

                                                                                                                  -       The tgetent routine loads the entry for name.  It returns:
+       The tgetent routine loads the entry for name.  It returns:
 
           1  on success,
 
@@ -86,99 +86,99 @@
 
           -1 if the terminfo database could not be found.
 
-       This differs from the termcap library in two ways:
+       This differs from the termcap library in two ways:
 
-          o   The  emulation  ignores  the buffer pointer bp.  The termcap li-
+          o   The  emulation  ignores  the buffer pointer bp.  The termcap li-
               brary would store a copy of the terminal description in the area
               referenced  by this pointer.  However, ncurses stores its termi-
               nal descriptions in compiled binary form, which is not the  same
               thing.
 
-          o   There is a difference in return codes.  The termcap library does
-              not check if the terminal description is marked with the generic
+          o   There is a difference in return codes.  The termcap library does
+              not check if the terminal description is marked with the generic
               capability,  or  if the terminal description has cursor-address-
               ing.

                                                                                                                  CAPABILITY VALUES

                                                                                                                  -       The tgetflag routine gets the boolean entry for id, or zero  if  it  is
+       The tgetflag routine gets the boolean entry for id, or zero  if  it  is
        not available.
 
-       The  tgetnum  routine gets the numeric entry for id, or -1 if it is not
+       The  tgetnum  routine gets the numeric entry for id, or -1 if it is not
        available.
 
-       The tgetstr routine returns the string entry for id, or zero if  it  is
-       not  available.  Use tputs to output the returned string.  The area pa-
+       The tgetstr routine returns the string entry for id, or zero if  it  is
+       not  available.  Use tputs to output the returned string.  The area pa-
        rameter is used as follows:
 
-          o   It is assumed to be the address of a pointer to a buffer managed
+          o   It is assumed to be the address of a pointer to a buffer managed
               by the calling application.
 
-          o   However, ncurses checks to ensure that area is not NULL, and al-
+          o   However, ncurses checks to ensure that area is not NULL, and al-
               so that the resulting buffer pointer is  not  NULL.   If  either
-              check fails, the area parameter is ignored.
+              check fails, the area parameter is ignored.
 
-          o   If  the  checks succeed, ncurses also copies the return value to
-              the buffer pointed to by area, and the area value will be updat-
+          o   If  the  checks succeed, ncurses also copies the return value to
+              the buffer pointed to by area, and the area value will be updat-
               ed to point past the null ending this value.
 
-          o   The  return  value itself is an address in the terminal descrip-
+          o   The  return  value itself is an address in the terminal descrip-
               tion which is loaded into memory.
 
-       Only the first two characters of the id parameter of tgetflag,  tgetnum
-       and tgetstr are compared in lookups.
+       Only the first two characters of the id parameter of tgetflag,  tgetnum
+       and tgetstr are compared in lookups.

                                                                                                                  FORMATTING CAPABILITIES

                                                                                                                  -       The tgoto routine expands the given capability using the parameters.
+       The tgoto routine expands the given capability using the parameters.
 
-       o   Because  the  capability may have padding characters, the output of
-           tgoto should be passed to tputs rather than some other output func-
-           tion such as printf.
+       o   Because  the  capability may have padding characters, the output of
+           tgoto should be passed to tputs rather than some other output func-
+           tion such as printf.
 
-       o   While  tgoto is assumed to be used for the two-parameter cursor po-
+       o   While  tgoto is assumed to be used for the two-parameter cursor po-
            sitioning capability, termcap applications also use it for  single-
            parameter capabilities.
 
-           Doing this shows a quirk in tgoto: most hardware terminals use cur-
-           sor addressing with row first, but the original developers  of  the
-           termcap  interface  chose  to  put the column parameter first.  The
-           tgoto function swaps the order of parameters.  It  does  this  also
+           Doing this shows a quirk in tgoto: most hardware terminals use cur-
+           sor addressing with row first, but the original developers  of  the
+           termcap  interface  chose  to  put the column parameter first.  The
+           tgoto function swaps the order of parameters.  It  does  this  also
            for  calls  requiring  only  a single parameter.  In that case, the
            first parameter is merely a placeholder.
 
-       o   Normally the ncurses library is compiled with terminfo support.  In
-           that case, tgoto uses tparm(3X) (a more capable formatter).
+       o   Normally the ncurses library is compiled with terminfo support.  In
+           that case, tgoto uses tparm(3x) (a more capable formatter).
 
-           However,  tparm  is not a termcap feature, and portable termcap ap-
+           However,  tparm  is not a termcap feature, and portable termcap ap-
            plications should not rely upon its availability.
 
-       The tputs routine is described on the  curs_terminfo(3X)  manual  page.
+       The tputs routine is described on the  curs_terminfo(3x)  manual  page.
        It can retrieve capabilities by either termcap or terminfo name.

                                                                                                                  GLOBAL VARIABLES

                                                                                                                  -       The  variables PC, UP and BC are set by tgetent to the terminfo entry's
-       data for pad_char, cursor_up and backspace_if_not_bs, respectively.  UP
-       is  not used by ncurses.  PC is used in the tdelay_output function.  BC
-       is used in the tgoto emulation.  The variable ospeed is set by  ncurses
+       The  variables PC, UP and BC are set by tgetent to the terminfo entry's
+       data for pad_char, cursor_up and backspace_if_not_bs, respectively.  UP
+       is  not used by ncurses.  PC is used in the tdelay_output function.  BC
+       is used in the tgoto emulation.  The variable ospeed is set by  ncurses
        in a system-specific coding to reflect the terminal speed.

                                                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                          Except  where  explicitly noted, routines that return an integer return
-       ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an  integer  value  other
-       than ERR") upon successful completion.
+       ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an  integer  value  other
+       than ERR") upon successful completion.
 
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.

                                                                                                                  BUGS

                                                                                                                  -       If  you  call tgetstr to fetch ca or any other parameterized string, be
+       If  you  call tgetstr to fetch ca or any other parameterized string, be
        aware that it will be returned in terminfo notation, not the older  and
        not-quite-compatible termcap notation.  This will not cause problems if
-       all you do with it is call tgoto or tparm, which both expand  terminfo-
-       style  strings as terminfo.  (The tgoto function, if configured to sup-
+       all you do with it is call tgoto or tparm, which both expand  terminfo-
+       style  strings as terminfo.  (The tgoto function, if configured to sup-
        port termcap, will check if the  string  is  indeed  terminfo-style  by
        looking  for  "%p"  parameters or "$<..>" delays, and invoke a termcap-
        style parser if the string does not appear to be terminfo).
@@ -186,21 +186,21 @@
        Because terminfo conventions for representing padding in  string  capa-
        bilities differ from termcap's, users can be surprised:
 
-       o   tputs("50") in a terminfo system will put out a literal "50" rather
+       o   tputs("50") in a terminfo system will put out a literal "50" rather
            than busy-waiting for 50 milliseconds.
 
-       o   However, if ncurses is configured to support termcap, it  may  also
+       o   However, if ncurses is configured to support termcap, it  may  also
            have been configured to support the BSD-style padding.
 
-           In that case, tputs inspects strings passed to it, looking for dig-
+           In that case, tputs inspects strings passed to it, looking for dig-
            its at the beginning of the string.
 
-           tputs("50") in a termcap system may wait for 50 milliseconds rather
+           tputs("50") in a termcap system may wait for 50 milliseconds rather
            than put out a literal "50"
 
-       Note  that termcap has nothing analogous to terminfo's sgr string.  One
-       consequence of this is that termcap applications  assume  me  (terminfo
-       sgr0)  does not reset the alternate character set.  This implementation
+       Note  that termcap has nothing analogous to terminfo's sgr string.  One
+       consequence of this is that termcap applications  assume  me  (terminfo
+       sgr0)  does not reset the alternate character set.  This implementation
        checks for, and modifies the data shown to the termcap interface to ac-
        commodate termcap's limitation in this respect.
 
@@ -211,19 +211,19 @@
        These  functions  are  provided for supporting legacy applications, and
        should not be used in new programs:
 
-       o   The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.  Howev-
+       o   The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.  Howev-
            er,  they  are  marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may be removed in future
            versions.
 
-       o   X/Open Curses, Issue 5 (December 2007) marked the termcap interface
-           (along with vwprintw and vwscanw) as withdrawn.
+       o   X/Open Curses, Issue 5 (December 2007) marked the termcap interface
+           (along with vwprintw and vwscanw) as withdrawn.
 
        Neither  the  XSI Curses standard nor the SVr4 man pages documented the
-       return values of tgetent correctly, though all three were in  fact  re-
+       return values of tgetent correctly, though all three were in  fact  re-
        turned  ever  since SVr1.  In particular, an omission in the XSI Curses
-       documentation has been misinterpreted to mean that tgetent  returns  OK
-       or  ERR.  Because the purpose of these functions is to provide compati-
-       bility with the termcap library, that is a defect in XCurses, Issue  4,
+       documentation has been misinterpreted to mean that tgetent  returns  OK
+       or  ERR.  Because the purpose of these functions is to provide compati-
+       bility with the termcap library, that is a defect in XCurses, Issue  4,
        Version 2 rather than in ncurses.
 
 
@@ -231,28 +231,28 @@
        External variables are provided for support of certain termcap applica-
        tions.  However, termcap applications' use of those variables is poorly
        documented, e.g., not distinguishing between input and output.  In par-
-       ticular, some applications are reported to declare  and/or  modify  os-
-       peed.
+       ticular, some applications are reported to declare  and/or  modify  os-
+       peed.
 
-       The  comment that only the first two characters of the id parameter are
+       The  comment that only the first two characters of the id parameter are
        used escapes many application developers.  The original BSD 4.2 termcap
        library (and historical relics thereof) did not require a trailing null
-       NUL on the parameter name passed  to  tgetstr,  tgetnum  and  tgetflag.
+       NUL on the parameter name passed  to  tgetstr,  tgetnum  and  tgetflag.
        Some  applications  assume  that the termcap interface does not require
        the trailing NUL for the parameter name.  Taking into account these is-
        sues:
 
-       o   As  a  special  case,  tgetflag  matched against a single-character
+       o   As  a  special  case,  tgetflag  matched against a single-character
            identifier provided that was at the end of  the  terminal  descrip-
            tion.  You should not rely upon this behavior in portable programs.
            This implementation disallows matches against single-character  ca-
            pability names.
 
-       o   This  implementation  disallows  matches  by  the termcap interface
+       o   This  implementation  disallows  matches  by  the termcap interface
            against extended capability names which are longer than two charac-
            ters.
 
-       The BSD termcap function tgetent returns the text of a termcap entry in
+       The BSD termcap function tgetent returns the text of a termcap entry in
        the buffer passed as an argument.  This library  (like  other  terminfo
        implementations) does not store terminal descriptions as text.  It sets
        the buffer contents to a null-terminated string.
@@ -268,53 +268,53 @@
        was written several years before C was  standardized.   However,  there
        were two different termcap.h header files in the BSD sources:
 
-       o   One  was used internally by the jove editor in 2BSD through 4.4BSD.
+       o   One  was used internally by the jove editor in 2BSD through 4.4BSD.
            It defined global symbols for the termcap variables which it used.
 
-       o   The other appeared in 4.4BSD Lite Release 2 (mid-1993) as  part  of
-           libedit (also known as the editline library).  The CSRG source his-
-           tory shows that this was added in  mid-1992.   The  libedit  header
-           file  was used internally, as a convenience for compiling the edit-
-           line library.  It declared function prototypes, but no global vari-
+       o   The other appeared in 4.4BSD Lite Release 2 (mid-1993) as  part  of
+           libedit (also known as the editline library).  The CSRG source his-
+           tory shows that this was added in  mid-1992.   The  libedit  header
+           file  was used internally, as a convenience for compiling the edit-
+           line library.  It declared function prototypes, but no global vari-
            ables.
 
-       The  header  file from libedit was added to NetBSD's termcap library in
+       The  header  file from libedit was added to NetBSD's termcap library in
        mid-1994.
 
        Meanwhile, GNU termcap was under development, starting  in  1990.   The
        first  release  (termcap 1.0) in 1991 included a termcap.h header.  The
        second release (termcap 1.1) in September 1992 modified the  header  to
-       use const for the function prototypes in the header where one would ex-
+       use const for the function prototypes in the header where one would ex-
        pect the parameters to be read-only.  This was a difference versus  the
-       original  BSD  termcap.   The prototype for tputs also differed, but in
-       that instance, it was libedit which differed from BSD termcap.
+       original  BSD  termcap.   The prototype for tputs also differed, but in
+       that instance, it was libedit which differed from BSD termcap.
 
-       A copy of GNU termcap 1.3 was bundled with bash in mid-1993, to support
-       the readline library.
+       A copy of GNU termcap 1.3 was bundled with bash in mid-1993, to support
+       the readline library.
 
        A  termcap.h  file was provided in ncurses 1.8.1 (November 1993).  That
-       reflected influence by emacs (rather than jove) and GNU termcap:
+       reflected influence by emacs (rather than jove) and GNU termcap:
 
-       o   it provided declarations for a few global symbols used by emacs
+       o   it provided declarations for a few global symbols used by emacs
 
-       o   it provided function prototypes (using const).
+       o   it provided function prototypes (using const).
 
-       o   a prototype for tparam (a GNU termcap feature) was provided.
+       o   a prototype for tparam (a GNU termcap feature) was provided.
 
-       Later (in mid-1996) the tparam function was removed from ncurses.  As a
+       Later (in mid-1996) the tparam function was removed from ncurses.  As a
        result,  there are differences between any of the four implementations,
        which must be taken into account by programs which can  work  with  all
        termcap library interfaces.

                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                  -       curses(3X), putc(3), term_variables(3X), terminfo(5).
+       curses(3x), putc(3), term_variables(3x), terminfo(5).
 
        https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_termcap(3X)
+                                                              curs_termcap(3x)
                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html index 82ef775c..b54484cb 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html @@ -41,355 +41,355 @@ -curs_terminfo 3X +curs_terminfo 3x -

                                                                                                                    curs_terminfo 3X

                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                    curs_terminfo 3x

                                                                                                                    -curs_terminfo(3X)                                            curs_terminfo(3X)
+curs_terminfo(3x)                                            curs_terminfo(3x)

                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                    -       del_curterm, mvcur, putp, restartterm, set_curterm, setupterm,
-       tigetflag, tigetnum, tigetstr, tiparm, tparm, tputs, vid_attr,
-       vid_puts, vidattr, vidputs - curses interfaces to terminfo database
+       del_curterm, mvcur, putp, restartterm, set_curterm, setupterm,
+       tigetflag, tigetnum, tigetstr, tiparm, tparm, tputs, vid_attr,
+       vid_puts, vidattr, vidputs - curses interfaces to terminfo database

                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                    -       #include <curses.h>
-       #include <term.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <term.h>
 
-       TERMINAL *cur_term;
+       TERMINAL *cur_term;
 
-       const char * const boolnames[];
-       const char * const boolcodes[];
-       const char * const boolfnames[];
-       const char * const numnames[];
-       const char * const numcodes[];
-       const char * const numfnames[];
-       const char * const strnames[];
-       const char * const strcodes[];
-       const char * const strfnames[];
+       const char * const boolnames[];
+       const char * const boolcodes[];
+       const char * const boolfnames[];
+       const char * const numnames[];
+       const char * const numcodes[];
+       const char * const numfnames[];
+       const char * const strnames[];
+       const char * const strcodes[];
+       const char * const strfnames[];
 
-       int setupterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret);
-       TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm);
-       int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm);
-       int restartterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret);
+       int setupterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret);
+       TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm);
+       int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm);
+       int restartterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret);
 
-       char *tparm(const char *str, ...);
-       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
-       int putp(const char *str);
+       char *tparm(const char *str, ...);
+       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
+       int putp(const char *str);
 
-       int vidputs(chtype attrs, int (*putc)(int));
-       int vidattr(chtype attrs);
-       int vid_puts(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts, int (*putc)(int));
-       int vid_attr(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts);
+       int vidputs(chtype attrs, int (*putc)(int));
+       int vidattr(chtype attrs);
+       int vid_puts(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts, int (*putc)(int));
+       int vid_attr(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts);
 
-       int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
+       int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
 
-       int tigetflag(const char *capname);
-       int tigetnum(const char *capname);
-       char *tigetstr(const char *capname);
+       int tigetflag(const char *capname);
+       int tigetnum(const char *capname);
+       char *tigetstr(const char *capname);
 
-       char *tiparm(const char *str, ...);
+       char *tiparm(const char *str, ...);

                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                            These  low-level  routines must be called by programs that have to deal
-       directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabil-
+       directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabil-
        ities, such as programming function keys.  For all other functionality,
-       curses routines are more suitable and their use is recommended.
+       curses routines are more suitable and their use is recommended.
 
        None of these functions use  (or  are  aware  of)  multibyte  character
        strings such as UTF-8:
 
-       o   capability names use the POSIX portable character set
+       o   capability names use the POSIX portable character set
 
-       o   capability  string  values  have  no  associated encoding; they are
+       o   capability  string  values  have  no  associated encoding; they are
            strings of 8-bit characters.

                                                                                                                    Initialization

                                                                                                                    -       Initially, setupterm should be called.  The high-level curses functions
-       initscr  and  newterm call setupterm to initialize the low-level set of
-       terminal-dependent variables [listed in terminfo(5)].
+       Initially, setupterm should be called.  The high-level curses functions
+       initscr  and  newterm call setupterm to initialize the low-level set of
+       terminal-dependent variables [listed in terminfo(5)].
 
        Applications can use the terminal  capabilities  either  directly  (via
-       header  definitions),  or by special functions.  The header files curs-
-       es.h and term.h should be included (in this order) to get  the  defini-
+       header  definitions),  or by special functions.  The header files curs-
+       es.h and term.h should be included (in this order) to get  the  defini-
        tions for these strings, numbers, and flags.
 
-       The  terminfo  variables lines and columns are initialized by setupterm
+       The  terminfo  variables lines and columns are initialized by setupterm
        as follows:
 
-       o   If use_env(FALSE) has been called, values  for  lines  and  columns
-           specified in terminfo are used.
+       o   If use_env(FALSE) has been called, values  for  lines  and  columns
+           specified in terminfo are used.
 
-       o   Otherwise,  if  the  environment variables LINES and COLUMNS exist,
+       o   Otherwise,  if  the  environment variables LINES and COLUMNS exist,
            their values are used.  If these environment variables do not exist
            and  the program is running in a window, the current window size is
            used.  Otherwise, if the environment variables do  not  exist,  the
-           values for lines and columns specified in the terminfo database are
+           values for lines and columns specified in the terminfo database are
            used.
 
-       Parameterized strings should be passed  through  tparm  to  instantiate
-       them.   All  terminfo strings (including the output of tparm) should be
-       printed with tputs or putp.  Call reset_shell_mode to restore  the  tty
-       modes before exiting [see curs_kernel(3X)].
+       Parameterized strings should be passed  through  tparm  to  instantiate
+       them.   All  terminfo strings (including the output of tparm) should be
+       printed with tputs or putp.  Call reset_shell_mode to restore  the  tty
+       modes before exiting [see curs_kernel(3x)].
 
        Programs which use cursor addressing should
 
-       o   output enter_ca_mode upon startup and
+       o   output enter_ca_mode upon startup and
 
-       o   output exit_ca_mode before exiting.
+       o   output exit_ca_mode before exiting.
 
        Programs which execute shell subprocesses should
 
-       o   call  reset_shell_mode  and output exit_ca_mode before the shell is
+       o   call  reset_shell_mode  and output exit_ca_mode before the shell is
            called and
 
-       o   output enter_ca_mode and call reset_prog_mode after returning  from
+       o   output enter_ca_mode and call reset_prog_mode after returning  from
            the shell.
 
-       The  setupterm routine reads in the terminfo database, initializing the
-       terminfo structures, but does not  set  up  the  output  virtualization
-       structures used by curses.  These are its parameters:
+       The  setupterm routine reads in the terminfo database, initializing the
+       terminfo structures, but does not  set  up  the  output  virtualization
+       structures used by curses.  These are its parameters:
 
-          term is the terminal type, a character string.  If term is null, the
-               environment variable TERM is used.
+          term is the terminal type, a character string.  If term is null, the
+               environment variable TERM is used.
 
-          filedes
+          filedes
                is the file descriptor used for all output.
 
-          errret
+          errret
                points to an optional location where an error status can be re-
-               turned  to  the  caller.  If errret is not null, then setupterm
-               returns OK or ERR and stores a  status  value  in  the  integer
-               pointed  to by errret.  A return value of OK combined with sta-
-               tus of 1 in errret is normal.
+               turned  to  the  caller.  If errret is not null, then setupterm
+               returns OK or ERR and stores a  status  value  in  the  integer
+               pointed  to by errret.  A return value of OK combined with sta-
+               tus of 1 in errret is normal.
 
-               If ERR is returned, examine errret:
+               If ERR is returned, examine errret:
 
-               1    means that the terminal is hardcopy, cannot  be  used  for
+               1    means that the terminal is hardcopy, cannot  be  used  for
                     curses applications.
 
-                    setupterm  determines  if  the entry is a hardcopy type by
-                    checking the hc (hardcopy) capability.
+                    setupterm  determines  if  the entry is a hardcopy type by
+                    checking the hc (hardcopy) capability.
 
-               0    means that the terminal could not be found, or that it  is
+               0    means that the terminal could not be found, or that it  is
                     a  generic  type, having too little information for curses
                     applications to run.
 
-                    setupterm determines if the entry is  a  generic  type  by
-                    checking the gn (generic) capability.
+                    setupterm determines if the entry is  a  generic  type  by
+                    checking the gn (generic) capability.
 
-               -1   means that the terminfo database could not be found.
+               -1   means that the terminfo database could not be found.
 
-               If errret is null, setupterm prints an error message upon find-
+               If errret is null, setupterm prints an error message upon find-
                ing an error and exits.  Thus, the simplest call is:
 
-                     setupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);,
+                     setupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);,
 
-               which uses all the defaults and sends the output to stdout.
+               which uses all the defaults and sends the output to stdout.

                                                                                                                    The Terminal State

                                                                                                                    -       The setupterm routine stores its information about the  terminal  in  a
-       TERMINAL  structure  pointed to by the global variable cur_term.  If it
+       The setupterm routine stores its information about the  terminal  in  a
+       TERMINAL  structure  pointed to by the global variable cur_term.  If it
        detects an error, or decides that the terminal is unsuitable  (hardcopy
        or  generic),  it discards this information, making it not available to
        applications.
 
-       If setupterm is called repeatedly for the same terminal type,  it  will
+       If setupterm is called repeatedly for the same terminal type,  it  will
        reuse  the  information.   It maintains only one copy of a given termi-
        nal's capabilities in memory.  If it is called for  different  terminal
-       types,  setupterm  allocates new storage for each set of terminal capa-
+       types,  setupterm  allocates new storage for each set of terminal capa-
        bilities.
 
-       The set_curterm routine sets cur_term to nterm, and makes  all  of  the
-       terminfo  boolean,  numeric,  and  string variables use the values from
-       nterm.  It returns the old value of cur_term.
+       The set_curterm routine sets cur_term to nterm, and makes  all  of  the
+       terminfo  boolean,  numeric,  and  string variables use the values from
+       nterm.  It returns the old value of cur_term.
 
-       The del_curterm routine frees the space pointed to by oterm  and  makes
-       it available for further use.  If oterm is the same as cur_term, refer-
-       ences to any of the terminfo boolean,  numeric,  and  string  variables
-       thereafter  may  refer  to  invalid  memory locations until another se-
-       tupterm has been called.
+       The del_curterm routine frees the space pointed to by oterm  and  makes
+       it available for further use.  If oterm is the same as cur_term, refer-
+       ences to any of the terminfo boolean,  numeric,  and  string  variables
+       thereafter  may  refer  to  invalid  memory locations until another se-
+       tupterm has been called.
 
-       The restartterm routine is similar to  setupterm  and  initscr,  except
+       The restartterm routine is similar to  setupterm  and  initscr,  except
        that it is called after restoring memory to a previous state (for exam-
-       ple, when reloading a game saved as a core  image  dump).   restartterm
+       ple, when reloading a game saved as a core  image  dump).   restartterm
        assumes  that the windows and the input and output options are the same
        as when memory was saved, but the terminal type and baud  rate  may  be
-       different.   Accordingly,  restartterm  saves  various  tty state bits,
-       calls setupterm, and then restores the bits.
+       different.   Accordingly,  restartterm  saves  various  tty state bits,
+       calls setupterm, and then restores the bits.

                                                                                                                    Formatting Output

                                                                                                                    -       The tparm routine instantiates the string str with  parameters  pi.   A
-       pointer  is  returned to the result of str with the parameters applied.
+       The tparm routine instantiates the string str with  parameters  pi.   A
+       pointer  is  returned to the result of str with the parameters applied.
        Application developers should keep in mind these quirks of  the  inter-
        face:
 
-       o   Although  tparm's actual parameters may be integers or strings, the
-           prototype expects long (integer) values.
+       o   Although  tparm's actual parameters may be integers or strings, the
+           prototype expects long (integer) values.
 
-       o   Aside from the set_attributes (sgr) capability, most terminal capa-
+       o   Aside from the set_attributes (sgr) capability, most terminal capa-
            bilities require no more than one or two parameters.
 
-       o   Padding  information  is  ignored  by  tparm;  it is interpreted by
-           tputs.
+       o   Padding  information  is  ignored  by  tparm;  it is interpreted by
+           tputs.
 
-       o   The capability string is  null-terminated.   Use  "\200"  where  an
+       o   The capability string is  null-terminated.   Use  "\200"  where  an
            ASCII NUL is needed in the output.
 
-       tiparm  is  a  newer  form of tparm which uses <stdarg.h> rather than a
+       tiparm  is  a  newer  form of tparm which uses <stdarg.h> rather than a
        fixed-parameter list.  Its numeric parameters are integers (int) rather
        than longs.

                                                                                                                    Output Functions

                                                                                                                    -       The  tputs  routine  applies padding information (i.e., by interpreting
+       The  tputs  routine  applies padding information (i.e., by interpreting
        marker embedded in the terminfo capability such as  "$<5>"  as  5  mil-
-       liseconds) to the string str and outputs it:
+       liseconds) to the string str and outputs it:
 
-       o   The  str parameter must be a terminfo string variable or the return
-           value from tparm, tiparm, tgetstr, or tgoto.
+       o   The  str parameter must be a terminfo string variable or the return
+           value from tparm, tiparm, tgetstr, or tgoto.
 
-           The tgetstr and tgoto functions are part of the termcap  interface,
-           which  happens to share this function name with the terminfo inter-
+           The tgetstr and tgoto functions are part of the termcap  interface,
+           which  happens to share this function name with the terminfo inter-
            face.
 
-       o   affcnt is the number of lines affected, or 1 if not applicable.
+       o   affcnt is the number of lines affected, or 1 if not applicable.
 
-       o   putc is a putchar-like routine to which the characters are  passed,
+       o   putc is a putchar-like routine to which the characters are  passed,
            one at a time.
 
-       The  putp routine calls tputs(str, 1, putchar).  The output of putp al-
-       ways goes to stdout, rather than the filedes specified in setupterm.
+       The  putp routine calls tputs(str, 1, putchar).  The output of putp al-
+       ways goes to stdout, rather than the filedes specified in setupterm.
 
-       The vidputs routine displays the string on the terminal  in  the  video
-       attribute mode attrs, which is any combination of the attributes listed
-       in curses(3X).  The characters are passed to the  putchar-like  routine
-       putc.
+       The vidputs routine displays the string on the terminal  in  the  video
+       attribute mode attrs, which is any combination of the attributes listed
+       in curses(3x).  The characters are passed to the  putchar-like  routine
+       putc.
 
-       The vidattr routine is like the vidputs routine, except that it outputs
-       through putchar.
+       The vidattr routine is like the vidputs routine, except that it outputs
+       through putchar.
 
-       The vid_attr and vid_puts routines correspond to vidattr  and  vidputs,
+       The vid_attr and vid_puts routines correspond to vidattr  and  vidputs,
        respectively.   They  use a set of arguments for representing the video
        attributes plus color, i.e.,
 
-       o   attrs of type attr_t for the attributes and
+       o   attrs of type attr_t for the attributes and
 
-       o   pair of type short for the color-pair number.
+       o   pair of type short for the color-pair number.
 
-       The vid_attr and vid_puts routines are designed to  use  the  attribute
-       constants with the WA_ prefix.
+       The vid_attr and vid_puts routines are designed to  use  the  attribute
+       constants with the WA_ prefix.
 
-       X/Open  Curses  reserves  the opts argument for future use, saying that
+       X/Open  Curses  reserves  the opts argument for future use, saying that
        applications must provide a null pointer for that argument.  As an  ex-
-       tension,  this  implementation  allows  opts to be used as a pointer to
-       int, which overrides the pair (short) argument.
+       tension,  this  implementation  allows  opts to be used as a pointer to
+       int, which overrides the pair (short) argument.
 
-       The mvcur routine provides low-level cursor motion.   It  takes  effect
+       The mvcur routine provides low-level cursor motion.   It  takes  effect
        immediately (rather than at the next refresh).
 
-       While putp and mvcur are low-level functions which do not use the high-
-       level curses state, they are declared in <curses.h> because SystemV did
-       this (see HISTORY).
+       While putp and mvcur are low-level functions which do not use the high-
+       level curses state, they are declared in <curses.h> because SystemV did
+       this (see HISTORY).

                                                                                                                    Terminal Capability Functions

                                                                                                                    -       The  tigetflag,  tigetnum and tigetstr routines return the value of the
-       capability corresponding to the terminfo capname passed to  them,  such
-       as  xenl.  The capname for each capability is given in the table column
-       entitled capname code in the capabilities section of terminfo(5).
+       The  tigetflag,  tigetnum and tigetstr routines return the value of the
+       capability corresponding to the terminfo capname passed to  them,  such
+       as  xenl.  The capname for each capability is given in the table column
+       entitled capname code in the capabilities section of terminfo(5).
 
        These routines return special values to denote errors.
 
-       The tigetflag routine returns
+       The tigetflag routine returns
 
-       -1     if capname is not a boolean capability, or
+       -1     if capname is not a boolean capability, or
 
-       0      if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
+       0      if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
 
-       The tigetnum routine returns
+       The tigetnum routine returns
 
-       -2     if capname is not a numeric capability, or
+       -2     if capname is not a numeric capability, or
 
-       -1     if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
+       -1     if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
 
-       The tigetstr routine returns
+       The tigetstr routine returns
 
-       (char *)-1
-              if capname is not a string capability, or
+       (char *)-1
+              if capname is not a string capability, or
 
-       0      if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
+       0      if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.

                                                                                                                    Terminal Capability Names

                                                                                                                            These null-terminated arrays contain
 
-       o   the short terminfo names ("codes"),
+       o   the short terminfo names ("codes"),
 
-       o   the termcap names ("names"), and
+       o   the termcap names ("names"), and
 
-       o   the long terminfo names ("fnames")
+       o   the long terminfo names ("fnames")
 
-       for each of the predefined terminfo variables:
+       for each of the predefined terminfo variables:
 
-              const char *boolnames[], *boolcodes[], *boolfnames[]
-              const char *numnames[], *numcodes[], *numfnames[]
-              const char *strnames[], *strcodes[], *strfnames[]
+              const char *boolnames[], *boolcodes[], *boolfnames[]
+              const char *numnames[], *numcodes[], *numfnames[]
+              const char *strnames[], *strcodes[], *strfnames[]

                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                    -       Routines that return an integer return ERR upon failure  and  OK  (SVr4
-       only  specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful com-
+       Routines that return an integer return ERR upon failure  and  OK  (SVr4
+       only  specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful com-
        pletion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
 
-       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
+       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-          del_curterm
+          del_curterm
                returns an error if its terminal parameter is null.
 
-          putp calls tputs, returning the same error-codes.
+          putp calls tputs, returning the same error-codes.
 
-          restartterm
-               returns an error if the associated call to setupterm returns an
+          restartterm
+               returns an error if the associated call to setupterm returns an
                error.
 
-          setupterm
+          setupterm
                returns an error if it cannot allocate enough memory, or create
                the initial windows (stdscr, curscr, newscr).  Other error con-
                ditions are documented above.
 
-          tputs
+          tputs
                returns  an error if the string parameter is null.  It does not
-               detect I/O errors: X/Open states that tputs ignores the  return
-               value of the output function putc.
+               detect I/O errors: X/Open states that tputs ignores the  return
+               value of the output function putc.

                                                                                                                    Compatibility macros

                                                                                                                            This  implementation  provides a few macros for compatibility with sys-
-       tems  before  SVr4  (see  HISTORY).   Those  include  crmode,  fixterm,
-       gettmode, nocrmode, resetterm, saveterm, and setterm.
+       tems  before  SVr4  (see  HISTORY).   Those  include  crmode,  fixterm,
+       gettmode, nocrmode, resetterm, saveterm, and setterm.
 
-       In  SVr4,  those  are  found in <curses.h>, but except for setterm, are
-       likewise macros.  The one function, setterm, is mentioned in the manual
-       page.   The  manual page notes that the setterm routine was replaced by
-       setupterm, stating that the call:
+       In  SVr4,  those  are  found in <curses.h>, but except for setterm, are
+       likewise macros.  The one function, setterm, is mentioned in the manual
+       page.   The  manual page notes that the setterm routine was replaced by
+       setupterm, stating that the call:
 
-             setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)
+             setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)
 
-       provides the same functionality as setterm(term), and is not recommend-
+       provides the same functionality as setterm(term), and is not recommend-
        ed  for  new programs.  This implementation provides each of those sym-
        bols as macros for BSD compatibility,
 
@@ -398,13 +398,13 @@
        SVr2 introduced the terminfo feature.  Its programming manual mentioned
        these low-level functions:
 
-       Function    Description
+       Function    Description
        ------------------------------------------------------------
        fixterm     restore tty to "in curses" state
        gettmode    establish current tty modes
        mvcur       low level cursor motion
-       putp        utility  function that uses tputs to send char-
-                   acters via putchar.
+       putp        utility  function that uses tputs to send char-
+                   acters via putchar.
        resetterm   set tty modes to "out of curses" state
        resetty     reset tty flags to stored value
        saveterm    save current modes as "in curses" state
@@ -413,39 +413,39 @@
        setupterm   establish terminal with given type
        tparm       instantiate a string expression with parameters
        tputs       apply padding information to a string
-       vidattr     like vidputs, but outputs through putchar
+       vidattr     like vidputs, but outputs through putchar
        vidputs     output a string to put terminal in a  specified
                    video attribute mode
 
        The  programming  manual  also mentioned functions provided for termcap
        compatibility (commenting that they "may go away at a later date"):
 
-       Function   Description
+       Function   Description
        ------------------------------------------------
-       tgetent    look up termcap entry for given name
-       tgetflag   get boolean entry for given id
-       tgetnum    get numeric entry for given id
-       tgetstr    get string entry for given id
+       tgetent    look up termcap entry for given name
+       tgetflag   get boolean entry for given id
+       tgetnum    get numeric entry for given id
+       tgetstr    get string entry for given id
        tgoto      apply parameters to given capability
        tputs      apply padding to capability, calling
                   a function to put characters
 
-       Early  terminfo  programs  obtained capability values from the TERMINAL
-       structure initialized by setupterm.
+       Early  terminfo  programs  obtained capability values from the TERMINAL
+       structure initialized by setupterm.
 
        SVr3 extended terminfo by adding functions to retrieve capability  val-
        ues (like the termcap interface), and reusing tgoto and tputs:
 
-       Function    Description
+       Function    Description
        -------------------------------------------
-       tigetflag   get boolean entry for given id
-       tigetnum    get numeric entry for given id
-       tigetstr    get string entry for given id
+       tigetflag   get boolean entry for given id
+       tigetnum    get numeric entry for given id
+       tigetstr    get string entry for given id
 
        SVr3  also replaced several of the SVr2 terminfo functions which had no
        counterpart in the termcap interface, documenting them as obsolete:
 
-       Function    Replaced by
+       Function    Replaced by
        -----------------------------
        crmode      cbreak
        fixterm     reset_prog_mode
@@ -455,54 +455,54 @@
        saveterm    def_prog_mode
        setterm     setupterm
 
-       SVr3 kept the mvcur, vidattr and vidputs functions,  along  with  putp,
-       tparm  and  tputs.  The latter were needed to support padding, and han-
-       dling functions such as vidattr (which used more than the  two  parame-
-       ters supported by tgoto).
+       SVr3 kept the mvcur, vidattr and vidputs functions,  along  with  putp,
+       tparm  and  tputs.  The latter were needed to support padding, and han-
+       dling functions such as vidattr (which used more than the  two  parame-
+       ters supported by tgoto).
 
        SVr3  introduced  the functions for switching between terminal descrip-
-       tions, e.g., set_curterm.  The various global variables such  as  bool-
-       names were mentioned in the programming manual at this point.
+       tions, e.g., set_curterm.  The various global variables such  as  bool-
+       names were mentioned in the programming manual at this point.
 
-       SVr4 added the vid_attr and vid_puts functions.
+       SVr4 added the vid_attr and vid_puts functions.
 
        There are other low-level functions declared in the curses header files
        on Unix systems, but none were documented.  The functions marked "obso-
-       lete" remained in use by the Unix vi editor.
+       lete" remained in use by the Unix vi editor.

                                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                    Legacy functions

                                                                                                                    -       X/Open notes that vidattr and vidputs may be macros.
+       X/Open notes that vidattr and vidputs may be macros.
 
-       The  function setterm is not described by X/Open and must be considered
+       The  function setterm is not described by X/Open and must be considered
        non-portable.  All other functions are as described by X/Open.

                                                                                                                    Legacy data

                                                                                                                    -       setupterm copies the terminal name to the array ttytype.  This  is  not
+       setupterm copies the terminal name to the array ttytype.  This  is  not
        part of X/Open Curses, but is assumed by some applications.
 
        Other  implementions  may not declare the capability name arrays.  Some
        provide them without declaring them.  X/Open does not specify them.
 
-       Extended terminal capability names, e.g., as defined by tic -x, are not
+       Extended terminal capability names, e.g., as defined by tic -x, are not
        stored in the arrays described here.

                                                                                                                    Output buffering

                                                                                                                    -       Older  versions  of  ncurses assumed that the file descriptor passed to
-       setupterm from initscr or newterm uses buffered I/O, and would write to
+       Older  versions  of  ncurses assumed that the file descriptor passed to
+       setupterm from initscr or newterm uses buffered I/O, and would write to
        the  corresponding stream.  In addition to the limitation that the ter-
        minal was left in block-buffered mode on exit (like System  V  curses),
-       it  was  problematic  because  ncurses  did not allow a reliable way to
+       it  was  problematic  because  ncurses  did not allow a reliable way to
        cleanup on receiving SIGTSTP.
 
        The current version (ncurses6) uses output buffers managed directly  by
-       ncurses.  Some of the low-level functions described in this manual page
+       ncurses.  Some of the low-level functions described in this manual page
        write to the standard output.  They are not signal-safe.  The high-lev-
-       el functions in ncurses use alternate versions of these functions using
+       el functions in ncurses use alternate versions of these functions using
        the more reliable buffering scheme.
 
 
@@ -511,18 +511,18 @@
        rations,  which  were defined at the same time the C language was first
        standardized in the late 1980s.
 
-       o   X/Open Curses uses const  less  effectively  than  a  later  design
+       o   X/Open Curses uses const  less  effectively  than  a  later  design
            might,  in  some cases applying it needlessly to values are already
            constant, and in most cases overlooking parameters  which  normally
-           would  use const.  Using constant parameters for functions which do
-           not use const may prevent the program from compiling.  On the other
-           hand, writable strings are an obsolescent feature.
+           would  use const.  Using constant parameters for functions which do
+           not use const may prevent the program from compiling.  On the other
+           hand, writable strings are an obsolescent feature.
 
            As  an  extension,  this implementation can be configured to change
-           the function prototypes to use the const keyword.  The ncurses  ABI
+           the function prototypes to use the const keyword.  The ncurses  ABI
            6 enables this feature by default.
 
-       o   X/Open  Curses  prototypes tparm with a fixed number of parameters,
+       o   X/Open  Curses  prototypes tparm with a fixed number of parameters,
            rather than a variable argument list.
 
            This implementation uses a variable argument list, but can be  con-
@@ -531,51 +531,51 @@
            this purpose.
 
            In  response  to review comments by Thomas E. Dickey, X/Open Curses
-           Issue 7 proposed the tiparm function in mid-2009.
+           Issue 7 proposed the tiparm function in mid-2009.

                                                                                                                    Special TERM treatment

                                                                                                                            If configured to use the terminal-driver, e.g., for the MinGW port,
 
-       o   setupterm interprets a missing/empty TERM variable as  the  special
+       o   setupterm interprets a missing/empty TERM variable as  the  special
            value "unknown".
 
-       o   setupterm  allows explicit use of the the windows console driver by
+       o   setupterm  allows explicit use of the the windows console driver by
            checking if $TERM is set to "#win32con" or an abbreviation of  that
            string.

                                                                                                                    Other portability issues

                                                                                                                    -       In  System  V Release 4, set_curterm has an int return type and returns
-       OK or ERR.  We have chosen to implement the X/Open Curses semantics.
+       In  System  V Release 4, set_curterm has an int return type and returns
+       OK or ERR.  We have chosen to implement the X/Open Curses semantics.
 
-       In System V Release 4, the third argument of tputs  has  the  type  int
-       (*putc)(char).
+       In System V Release 4, the third argument of tputs  has  the  type  int
+       (*putc)(char).
 
        At  least one implementation of X/Open Curses (Solaris) returns a value
-       other than OK/ERR from tputs.  That returns the length of  the  string,
+       other than OK/ERR from tputs.  That returns the length of  the  string,
        and does no error-checking.
 
-       X/Open  notes  that after calling mvcur, the curses state may not match
+       X/Open  notes  that after calling mvcur, the curses state may not match
        the actual terminal state, and that an application should touch and re-
-       fresh the window before resuming normal curses calls.  Both ncurses and
-       System V Release 4 curses implement mvcur using the SCREEN  data  allo-
-       cated  in  either  initscr or newterm.  So though it is documented as a
-       terminfo function, mvcur is really a curses function which is not  well
+       fresh the window before resuming normal curses calls.  Both ncurses and
+       System V Release 4 curses implement mvcur using the SCREEN  data  allo-
+       cated  in  either  initscr or newterm.  So though it is documented as a
+       terminfo function, mvcur is really a curses function which is not  well
        specified.
 
-       X/Open  states that the old location must be given for mvcur.  This im-
+       X/Open  states that the old location must be given for mvcur.  This im-
        plementation allows the caller to use -1's for the old  ordinates.   In
        that case, the old location is unknown.

                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                    -       curses(3X),    curs_initscr(3X),   curs_kernel(3X),   curs_termcap(3X),
-       curs_variables(3X), term_variables(3X), putc(3), terminfo(5)
+       curses(3x),    curs_initscr(3x),   curs_kernel(3x),   curs_termcap(3x),
+       curs_variables(3x), term_variables(3x), putc(3), terminfo(5)
 
 
 
-                                                             curs_terminfo(3X)
+                                                             curs_terminfo(3x)
                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html index fc110ff4..2077b70f 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html @@ -36,51 +36,51 @@ -curs_threads 3X +curs_threads 3x -

                                                                                                                      curs_threads 3X

                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                      curs_threads 3x

                                                                                                                      -curs_threads(3X)                                              curs_threads(3X)
+curs_threads(3x)                                              curs_threads(3x)

                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                      -       curs_threads - curses thread support
+       curs_threads - curses thread support

                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                      -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       typedef int (*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW *, void *);
-       typedef int (*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN *, void *);
+       typedef int (*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW *, void *);
+       typedef int (*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN *, void *);
 
-       int get_escdelay(void);
-       int set_escdelay(int ms);
-       int set_tabsize(int cols);
+       int get_escdelay(void);
+       int set_escdelay(int ms);
+       int set_tabsize(int cols);
 
-       int use_screen(SCREEN *scr, NCURSES_SCREEN_CB func, void *data);
-       int use_window(WINDOW *win, NCURSES_WINDOW_CB func, void *data);
+       int use_screen(SCREEN *scr, NCURSES_SCREEN_CB func, void *data);
+       int use_window(WINDOW *win, NCURSES_WINDOW_CB func, void *data);

                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                              This  implementation  can  be configured to provide rudimentary support
        for multi-threaded applications.  This makes a  different  set  of  li-
-       braries, e.g., libncursest since the binary interfaces are different.
+       braries, e.g., libncursest since the binary interfaces are different.
 
        Rather  than  modify  the interfaces to pass a thread specifier to each
        function, it adds a few functions which can be used in  any  configura-
        tion  which  hide  the  mutex's needed to prevent concurrent use of the
        global variables when configured for threading.
 
-       In addition to forcing access to members of the WINDOW structure to  be
-       via  functions  (see curs_opaque(3X)), it makes functions of the common
+       In addition to forcing access to members of the WINDOW structure to  be
+       via  functions  (see curs_opaque(3x)), it makes functions of the common
        global variables, e.g., COLORS,  COLOR_PAIRS,  COLS,  ESCDELAY,  LINES,
        TABSIZE  curscr, newscr and ttytype.  Those variables are maintained as
-       read-only values, stored in the SCREEN structure.
+       read-only values, stored in the SCREEN structure.
 
        Even this is not enough to make a thread-safe application using curses.
        A multi-threaded application would be expected to have threads updating
@@ -90,14 +90,14 @@
        here address these special situations.
 
        The ESCDELAY and TABSIZE global variables are modified by some applica-
-       tions.  To modify them in any configuration, use  the  set_escdelay  or
-       set_tabsize functions.  Other global variables are not modifiable.
+       tions.  To modify them in any configuration, use  the  set_escdelay  or
+       set_tabsize functions.  Other global variables are not modifiable.
 
-       The get_escdelay function returns the value for ESCDELAY.
+       The get_escdelay function returns the value for ESCDELAY.
 
-       The  use_window and use_screen functions provide coarse granularity mu-
-       texes for their respective WINDOW and SCREEN parameters, and call a us-
-       er-supplied  function,  passing  it a data parameter, and returning the
+       The  use_window and use_screen functions provide coarse granularity mu-
+       texes for their respective WINDOW and SCREEN parameters, and call a us-
+       er-supplied  function,  passing  it a data parameter, and returning the
        value from the user-supplied function to the application.
 
 
@@ -106,22 +106,22 @@
        tered during operation.  In addition, they use data which is maintained
        within a hierarchy of scopes.
 
-          o   global data, e.g., used in the low-level terminfo or termcap in-
+          o   global data, e.g., used in the low-level terminfo or termcap in-
               terfaces.
 
-          o   terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to set_curterm.  The
+          o   terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to set_curterm.  The
               terminal data are initialized when screens are created.
 
-          o   screen data, e.g., associated with a call to newterm or initscr.
+          o   screen data, e.g., associated with a call to newterm or initscr.
 
-          o   window data, e.g., associated with a call to newwin  or  subwin.
+          o   window data, e.g., associated with a call to newwin  or  subwin.
               Windows  are  associated with screens.  Pads are not necessarily
               associated with a particular screen.
 
               Most curses applications operate on one or more windows within a
               single screen.
 
-          o   reentrant, i.e., it uses only the data passed as parameters.
+          o   reentrant, i.e., it uses only the data passed as parameters.
 
        This  table lists the scope of data used for each symbol in the ncurses
        library when it is configured to support threading:
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
             COLOR_PAIR              reentrant
             COLOR_PAIRS             screen (readonly)
             COLS                    screen (readonly)
-            ESCDELAY                screen (readonly, see set_escdelay)
+            ESCDELAY                screen (readonly, see set_escdelay)
             LINES                   screen (readonly)
             PAIR_NUMBER             reentrant
             PC                      global
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@

                                                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                      -       These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.
+       These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.

                                                                                                                      NOTES

                                                                                                                      @@ -604,11 +604,11 @@

                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                      -       curses(3X), curs_opaque(3X), curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_opaque(3x), curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                              curs_threads(3X)
+                                                              curs_threads(3x)
                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html index 7be2af03..7f7f9eeb 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html @@ -34,80 +34,80 @@ -curs_touch 3X +curs_touch 3x -

                                                                                                                        curs_touch 3X

                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                        curs_touch 3x

                                                                                                                        -curs_touch(3X)                                                  curs_touch(3X)
+curs_touch(3x)                                                  curs_touch(3x)

                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                        -       touchwin, touchline, untouchwin, wtouchln, is_linetouched,
-       is_wintouched - curses refresh control routines
+       touchwin, touchline, untouchwin, wtouchln, is_linetouched,
+       is_wintouched - curses refresh control routines

                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                        -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
+       int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
 
-       int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
-       int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
+       int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
 
-       int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
 
-       bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
-       bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);
+       bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
+       bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);

                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                        -       The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization  infor-
+       The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization  infor-
        mation about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending
        that the entire window has been drawn on.  This is sometimes  necessary
        when  using  overlapping  windows, since a change to one window affects
        the other window, but the records of which lines have been  changed  in
-       the other window do not reflect the change.  The routine touchline only
-       pretends that count lines have been changed, beginning with line start.
+       the other window do not reflect the change.  The routine touchline only
+       pretends that count lines have been changed, beginning with line start.
 
-       The untouchwin routine marks all lines in the window as unchanged since
-       the last call to wrefresh.
+       The untouchwin routine marks all lines in the window as unchanged since
+       the last call to wrefresh.
 
-       The  wtouchln  routine makes n lines in the window, starting at line y,
-       look as if they have (changed=1) or have not (changed=0)  been  changed
-       since the last call to wrefresh.
+       The  wtouchln  routine makes n lines in the window, starting at line y,
+       look as if they have (changed=1) or have not (changed=0)  been  changed
+       since the last call to wrefresh.
 
-       The is_linetouched and is_wintouched routines return TRUE if the speci-
-       fied line/window was modified since the last call to  wrefresh;  other-
-       wise  they  return  FALSE.   In addition, is_linetouched returns ERR if
-       line is not valid for the given window.
+       The is_linetouched and is_wintouched routines return TRUE if the speci-
+       fied line/window was modified since the last call to  wrefresh;  other-
+       wise  they  return  FALSE.   In addition, is_linetouched returns ERR if
+       line is not valid for the given window.

                                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                        -       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an  integer  value
-       other  than  ERR  upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted in
+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an  integer  value
+       other  than  ERR  upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted in
        the preceding routine descriptions.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-          is_linetouched
+          is_linetouched
                returns an error if the window pointer is null, or if the  line
                number is outside the window.
 
-               The constant ERR is distinct from TRUE and FALSE, which are the
+               The constant ERR is distinct from TRUE and FALSE, which are the
                normal return values of this function.   Because  the  function
-               returns a bool, returning ERR (which is neither TRUE nor FALSE)
+               returns a bool, returning ERR (which is neither TRUE nor FALSE)
                may not be supported by the compiler.
 
                To provide error-checking and also match  the  X/Open  function
-               prototype, the ERR is provided by a macro named is_linetouched.
-               The actual function returns FALSE when it detects an error.
+               prototype, the ERR is provided by a macro named is_linetouched.
+               The actual function returns FALSE when it detects an error.
 
-          wtouchln
+          wtouchln
                returns an error if the window pointer is null, or if the  line
                number is outside the window.
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
        These  functions  were  introduced  by SVr4.  The Solaris curses header
        file, for instance, defines both an actual function and macro for each.
        The  macros  give the same result as the actual functions.  SVr4 curses
-       does not check the window parameter win to ensure that it is not  NULL;
+       does not check the window parameter win to ensure that it is not  NULL;
        otherwise this implementation behaves the same as SVr4.
 
        The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions, but defines
@@ -124,15 +124,15 @@

                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                        -       All of these routines except wtouchln may be macros.
+       All of these routines except wtouchln may be macros.

                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                        -       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_variables(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_touch(3X)
+                                                                curs_touch(3x)
                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html index 5e8643d8..658be0e5 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html @@ -34,157 +34,157 @@ -curs_trace 3X +curs_trace 3x -

                                                                                                                          curs_trace 3X

                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                          curs_trace 3x

                                                                                                                          -curs_trace(3X)                                                  curs_trace(3X)
+curs_trace(3x)                                                  curs_trace(3x)

                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                          -       curses_trace, trace, _tracef, _traceattr, _traceattr2, _tracecchar_t,
-       _tracecchar_t2, _tracechar, _tracechtype, _tracechtype2, _nc_tracebits,
-       _tracedump, _tracemouse - curses debugging routines
+       curses_trace, trace, _tracef, _traceattr, _traceattr2, _tracecchar_t,
+       _tracecchar_t2, _tracechar, _tracechtype, _tracechtype2, _nc_tracebits,
+       _tracedump, _tracemouse - curses debugging routines

                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       unsigned curses_trace(const unsigned param);
+       unsigned curses_trace(const unsigned param);
 
-       void _tracef(const char *format, ...);
+       void _tracef(const char *format, ...);
 
-       char *_traceattr(attr_t attr);
-       char *_traceattr2(int buffer, chtype ch);
-       char *_tracecchar_t(const cchar_t *string);
-       char *_tracecchar_t2(int buffer, const cchar_t *string);
-       char *_tracechar(int ch);
-       char *_tracechtype(chtype ch);
-       char *_tracechtype2(int buffer, chtype ch);
+       char *_traceattr(attr_t attr);
+       char *_traceattr2(int buffer, chtype ch);
+       char *_tracecchar_t(const cchar_t *string);
+       char *_tracecchar_t2(int buffer, const cchar_t *string);
+       char *_tracechar(int ch);
+       char *_tracechtype(chtype ch);
+       char *_tracechtype2(int buffer, chtype ch);
 
-       void _tracedump(const char *label, WINDOW *win);
-       char *_nc_tracebits(void);
-       char *_tracemouse(const MEVENT *event);
+       void _tracedump(const char *label, WINDOW *win);
+       char *_nc_tracebits(void);
+       char *_tracemouse(const MEVENT *event);
 
        /* deprecated */
-       void trace(const unsigned int param);
+       void trace(const unsigned int param);

                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                          -       The curses trace routines are used for debugging the ncurses libraries,
+       The curses trace routines are used for debugging the ncurses libraries,
        as well as applications which use the ncurses libraries.  Some  limita-
        tions apply:
 
-       o   Aside from curses_trace, the other functions are normally available
-           only with the debugging library e.g., libncurses_g.a.
+       o   Aside from curses_trace, the other functions are normally available
+           only with the debugging library e.g., libncurses_g.a.
 
            All of the trace functions may be compiled into any model  (shared,
-           static, profile) by defining the symbol TRACE.
+           static, profile) by defining the symbol TRACE.
 
-       o   Additionally,  the  functions  which use cchar_t are only available
+       o   Additionally,  the  functions  which use cchar_t are only available
            with the wide-character configuration of the libraries.

                                                                                                                          Functions

                                                                                                                                  The principal parts of this interface are
 
-       o   curses_trace, which selectively enables different tracing features,
+       o   curses_trace, which selectively enables different tracing features,
            and
 
-       o   _tracef, which writes formatted data to the trace file.
+       o   _tracef, which writes formatted data to the trace file.
 
            The other functions either return a pointer to a string-area (allo-
            cated by the corresponding function), or return no value  (such  as
-           _tracedump,  which  implements  the  screen dump for TRACE_UPDATE).
+           _tracedump,  which  implements  the  screen dump for TRACE_UPDATE).
            The caller should not free these strings, since the  allocation  is
            reused on successive calls.  To work around the problem of a single
            string-area per  function,  some  use  a  buffer-number  parameter,
            telling the library to allocate additional string-areas.
 
-       The curses_trace function is always available, whether or not the other
+       The curses_trace function is always available, whether or not the other
        trace functions are available:
 
-       o   If tracing is available, calling curses_trace with a nonzero param-
+       o   If tracing is available, calling curses_trace with a nonzero param-
            eter updates the trace mask, and returns the previous trace mask.
 
            When the trace mask is nonzero, ncurses creates the file "trace" in
            the current directory for output.  If the file already  exists,  no
            tracing is done.
 
-       o   If tracing is not available, curses_trace returns zero (0).
+       o   If tracing is not available, curses_trace returns zero (0).

                                                                                                                          Trace Parameter

                                                                                                                                  The  trace  parameter  is  formed  by  OR'ing  values  from the list of
-       TRACE_xxx definitions in <curses.h>.  These include:
+       TRACE_xxx definitions in <curses.h>.  These include:
 
-       TRACE_DISABLE
+       TRACE_DISABLE
             turn off tracing by passing a zero parameter.
 
             The library flushes the output file, but retains an open  file-de-
             scriptor  to the trace file so that it can resume tracing later if
-            a nonzero parameter is passed to the curses_trace function.
+            a nonzero parameter is passed to the curses_trace function.
 
-       TRACE_TIMES
+       TRACE_TIMES
             trace user and system times of updates.
 
-       TRACE_TPUTS
-            trace tputs(3X) calls.
+       TRACE_TPUTS
+            trace tputs(3x) calls.
 
-       TRACE_UPDATE
+       TRACE_UPDATE
             trace update actions, old & new screens.
 
-       TRACE_MOVE
+       TRACE_MOVE
             trace cursor movement and scrolling.
 
-       TRACE_CHARPUT
+       TRACE_CHARPUT
             trace all character outputs.
 
-       TRACE_ORDINARY
+       TRACE_ORDINARY
             trace all update actions.  The old and  new  screen  contents  are
             written to the trace file for each refresh.
 
-       TRACE_CALLS
+       TRACE_CALLS
             trace  all curses calls.  The parameters for each call are traced,
             as well as return values.
 
-       TRACE_VIRTPUT
-            trace virtual character puts, i.e., calls to addch.
+       TRACE_VIRTPUT
+            trace virtual character puts, i.e., calls to addch.
 
-       TRACE_IEVENT
+       TRACE_IEVENT
             trace low-level input processing, including timeouts.
 
-       TRACE_BITS
+       TRACE_BITS
             trace state of TTY control bits.
 
-       TRACE_ICALLS
+       TRACE_ICALLS
             trace internal/nested calls.
 
-       TRACE_CCALLS
+       TRACE_CCALLS
             trace per-character calls.
 
-       TRACE_DATABASE
+       TRACE_DATABASE
             trace read/write of terminfo/termcap data.
 
-       TRACE_ATTRS
+       TRACE_ATTRS
             trace changes to video attributes and colors.
 
-       TRACE_MAXIMUM
+       TRACE_MAXIMUM
             maximum trace level, enables all of the separate trace features.
 
-       Some tracing features are enabled whenever the  curses_trace  parameter
+       Some tracing features are enabled whenever the  curses_trace  parameter
        is  nonzero.   Some features overlap.  The specific names are used as a
        guideline.

                                                                                                                          Initialization

                                                                                                                          -       These functions check the NCURSES_TRACE environment  variable,  to  set
-       the tracing feature as if curses_trace was called:
+       These functions check the NCURSES_TRACE environment  variable,  to  set
+       the tracing feature as if curses_trace was called:
 
            filter, initscr, new_prescr, newterm, nofilter, restartterm,
            ripoffline, setupterm, slk_init, tgetent, use_env,
@@ -192,19 +192,19 @@

                                                                                                                          Command-line Utilities

                                                                                                                          -       The  command-line  utilities  such  as  tic(1) provide a verbose option
-       which extends the set of messages written using the curses_trace  func-
-       tion.   Both  of  these  (-v  and  curses_trace)  use the same variable
-       (_nc_tracing), which determines the messages which are written.
+       The  command-line  utilities  such  as  tic(1) provide a verbose option
+       which extends the set of messages written using the curses_trace  func-
+       tion.   Both  of  these  (-v  and  curses_trace)  use the same variable
+       (_nc_tracing), which determines the messages which are written.
 
        Because the command-line utilities may  call  initialization  functions
-       such  as setupterm, tgetent or use_extended_names, some of their debug-
-       ging output may be directed to the trace file if the NCURSES_TRACE  en-
+       such  as setupterm, tgetent or use_extended_names, some of their debug-
+       ging output may be directed to the trace file if the NCURSES_TRACE  en-
        vironment variable is set:
 
-       o   messages produced in the utility are written to the standard error.
+       o   messages produced in the utility are written to the standard error.
 
-       o   messages produced by the underlying library are written to trace.
+       o   messages produced by the underlying library are written to trace.
 
        If  ncurses  is built without tracing, none of the latter are produced,
        and fewer diagnostics are provided by the command-line utilities.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

                                                                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                  Routines which return a value are designed to be used as parameters  to
-       the _tracef routine.
+       the _tracef routine.

                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                          @@ -220,14 +220,14 @@
        implementations are known to have similar features, but  they  are  not
        compatible with ncurses:
 
-       o   SVr4  provided  traceon  and traceoff, to control whether debugging
+       o   SVr4  provided  traceon  and traceoff, to control whether debugging
            information was written to the "trace" file.  While  the  functions
-           were  always  available, this feature was only enabled if DEBUG was
+           were  always  available, this feature was only enabled if DEBUG was
            defined when building the library.
 
            The SVr4 tracing feature is undocumented.
 
-       o   PDCurses provides traceon and traceoff, which (like SVr4)  are  al-
+       o   PDCurses provides traceon and traceoff, which (like SVr4)  are  al-
            ways  available, and enable tracing to the "trace" file only when a
            debug-library is built.
 
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@
            does not mention SVr4, but the functions'  inclusion  in  a  header
            file section labeled "Quasi-standard" hints at the origin.
 
-       o   NetBSD  does  not  provide functions for enabling/disabling traces.
-           It  uses  environment   variables   CURSES_TRACE_MASK   and   CURS-
-           ES_TRACE_FILE  to  determine  what is traced, and where the results
+       o   NetBSD  does  not  provide functions for enabling/disabling traces.
+           It  uses  environment   variables   CURSES_TRACE_MASK   and   CURS-
+           ES_TRACE_FILE  to  determine  what is traced, and where the results
            are written.  This is available only when a debug-library is built.
 
            The NetBSD tracing feature is undocumented.
@@ -248,16 +248,16 @@
 
            _nc_tracebits, _tracedump, _tracemouse
 
-       The  original  trace routine was deprecated because it often conflicted
+       The  original  trace routine was deprecated because it often conflicted
        with application names.

                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                          -       curses(3X).
+       curses(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                curs_trace(3X)
+                                                                curs_trace(3x)
                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html index 7d286ab3..7e61efad 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html @@ -35,262 +35,262 @@ -curs_util 3X +curs_util 3x -

                                                                                                                            curs_util 3X

                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                            curs_util 3x

                                                                                                                            -curs_util(3X)                                                    curs_util(3X)
+curs_util(3x)                                                    curs_util(3x)

                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                            -       delay_output, filter, flushinp, getwin, key_name, keyname, nofilter,
-       putwin, unctrl, use_env, use_tioctl, wunctrl - miscellaneous curses
+       delay_output, filter, flushinp, getwin, key_name, keyname, nofilter,
+       putwin, unctrl, use_env, use_tioctl, wunctrl - miscellaneous curses
        utility routines

                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       const char *unctrl(chtype c);
-       wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *c);
+       const char *unctrl(chtype c);
+       wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *c);
 
-       const char *keyname(int c);
-       const char *key_name(wchar_t w);
+       const char *keyname(int c);
+       const char *key_name(wchar_t w);
 
-       void filter(void);
-       void nofilter(void);
+       void filter(void);
+       void nofilter(void);
 
-       void use_env(bool f);
-       void use_tioctl(bool f);
+       void use_env(bool f);
+       void use_tioctl(bool f);
 
-       int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
-       WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
+       int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
+       WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
 
-       int delay_output(int ms);
-       int flushinp(void);
+       int delay_output(int ms);
+       int flushinp(void);

                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                            unctrl

                                                                                                                            -       The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable rep-
-       resentation of the character c, ignoring attributes.   Control  charac-
-       ters  are  displayed  in the ^X notation.  Printing characters are dis-
-       played as is.  The corresponding wunctrl returns a printable  represen-
+       The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable rep-
+       resentation of the character c, ignoring attributes.   Control  charac-
+       ters  are  displayed  in the ^X notation.  Printing characters are dis-
+       played as is.  The corresponding wunctrl returns a printable  represen-
        tation of a wide character.

                                                                                                                            keyname/key_name

                                                                                                                            -       The keyname routine returns a character string corresponding to the key
-       c:
+       The keyname routine returns a character string corresponding to the key
+       c:
 
-       o   Printable characters are displayed as themselves, e.g., a one-char-
+       o   Printable characters are displayed as themselves, e.g., a one-char-
            acter string containing the key.
 
-       o   Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation.
+       o   Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation.
 
-       o   DEL (character 127) is displayed as ^?.
+       o   DEL (character 127) is displayed as ^?.
 
-       o   Values  above 128 are either meta characters (if the screen has not
-           been initialized, or if meta(3X) has been called with a TRUE param-
-           eter),  shown  in the M-X notation, or are displayed as themselves.
+       o   Values  above 128 are either meta characters (if the screen has not
+           been initialized, or if meta(3x) has been called with a TRUE param-
+           eter),  shown  in the M-X notation, or are displayed as themselves.
            In the latter case, the values may not be printable;  this  follows
            the X/Open specification.
 
-       o   Values above 256 may be the names of the names of function keys.
+       o   Values above 256 may be the names of the names of function keys.
 
-       o   Otherwise  (if there is no corresponding name) the function returns
+       o   Otherwise  (if there is no corresponding name) the function returns
            null, to denote an error.  X/Open also lists an "UNKNOWN  KEY"  re-
            turn value, which some implementations return rather than null.
 
-       The  corresponding key_name returns a character string corresponding to
-       the wide-character value w.  The two functions do not return  the  same
+       The  corresponding key_name returns a character string corresponding to
+       the wide-character value w.  The two functions do not return  the  same
        set  of strings; the latter returns null where the former would display
        a meta character.

                                                                                                                            filter/nofilter

                                                                                                                            -       The filter routine, if used, must be called before initscr  or  newterm
-       are called.  Calling filter causes these changes in initialization:
+       The filter routine, if used, must be called before initscr  or  newterm
+       are called.  Calling filter causes these changes in initialization:
 
-       o   LINES is set to 1;
+       o   LINES is set to 1;
 
-       o   the  capabilities  clear,  cud1,  cud, cup, cuu1, cuu, vpa are dis-
+       o   the  capabilities  clear,  cud1,  cud, cup, cuu1, cuu, vpa are dis-
            abled;
 
-       o   the capability ed is disabled if bce is set;
+       o   the capability ed is disabled if bce is set;
 
-       o   and the home string is set to the value of cr.
+       o   and the home string is set to the value of cr.
 
-       The nofilter routine cancels the effect of  a  preceding  filter  call.
+       The nofilter routine cancels the effect of  a  preceding  filter  call.
        That  allows  the  caller to initialize a screen on a different device,
-       using a different value of $TERM.  The limitation  arises  because  the
-       filter routine modifies the in-memory copy of the terminal information.
+       using a different value of $TERM.  The limitation  arises  because  the
+       filter routine modifies the in-memory copy of the terminal information.

                                                                                                                            use_env

                                                                                                                            -       The  use_env  routine,  if  used,  should  be  called before initscr or
-       newterm are called (because those compute the screen size).   It  modi-
-       fies  the way ncurses treats environment variables when determining the
+       The  use_env  routine,  if  used,  should  be  called before initscr or
+       newterm are called (because those compute the screen size).   It  modi-
+       fies  the way ncurses treats environment variables when determining the
        screen size.
 
-       o   Normally ncurses looks first  at  the  terminal  database  for  the
+       o   Normally ncurses looks first  at  the  terminal  database  for  the
            screen size.
 
-           If  use_env  was called with FALSE for parameter, it stops here un-
-           less use_tioctl was also called with TRUE for parameter.
+           If  use_env  was called with FALSE for parameter, it stops here un-
+           less use_tioctl was also called with TRUE for parameter.
 
-       o   Then it asks for the screen size via operating  system  calls.   If
+       o   Then it asks for the screen size via operating  system  calls.   If
            successful, it overrides the values from the terminal database.
 
-       o   Finally  (unless  use_env was called with FALSE parameter), ncurses
-           examines the LINES or COLUMNS environment variables, using a  value
+       o   Finally  (unless  use_env was called with FALSE parameter), ncurses
+           examines the LINES or COLUMNS environment variables, using a  value
            in  those to override the results from the operating system or ter-
            minal database.
 
-           Ncurses also updates the screen size in response to  SIGWINCH,  un-
-           less overridden by the LINES or COLUMNS environment variables,
+           Ncurses also updates the screen size in response to  SIGWINCH,  un-
+           less overridden by the LINES or COLUMNS environment variables,

                                                                                                                            use_tioctl

                                                                                                                            -       The  use_tioctl  routine,  if  used, should be called before initscr or
-       newterm are called (because those  compute  the  screen  size).   After
-       use_tioctl  is  called  with  TRUE as an argument, ncurses modifies the
+       The  use_tioctl  routine,  if  used, should be called before initscr or
+       newterm are called (because those  compute  the  screen  size).   After
+       use_tioctl  is  called  with  TRUE as an argument, ncurses modifies the
        last step in its computation of screen size as follows:
 
-       o   checks if the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables are set to  a
+       o   checks if the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables are set to  a
            number greater than zero.
 
-       o   for  each,  ncurses  updates the corresponding environment variable
+       o   for  each,  ncurses  updates the corresponding environment variable
            with the value that it has obtained via operating  system  call  or
            from the terminal database.
 
-       o   ncurses  re-fetches  the value of the environment variables so that
+       o   ncurses  re-fetches  the value of the environment variables so that
            it is still the environment variables which set the screen size.
 
-       The use_env and use_tioctl routines combine as summarized here:
+       The use_env and use_tioctl routines combine as summarized here:
 
-           use_env   use_tioctl   Summary
+           use_env   use_tioctl   Summary
            ----------------------------------------------------------------
-           TRUE      FALSE        This is the default  behavior.   ncurses
+           TRUE      FALSE        This is the default  behavior.   ncurses
                                   uses operating system calls unless over-
                                   ridden by $LINES or $COLUMNS environment
                                   variables.
 
-           TRUE      TRUE         ncurses   updates  $LINES  and  $COLUMNS
+           TRUE      TRUE         ncurses   updates  $LINES  and  $COLUMNS
                                   based on operating system calls.
-           FALSE     TRUE         ncurses ignores $LINES and $COLUMNS, us-
+           FALSE     TRUE         ncurses ignores $LINES and $COLUMNS, us-
                                   es  operating  system  calls  to  obtain
                                   size.
-           FALSE     FALSE        ncurses relies on the terminal  database
+           FALSE     FALSE        ncurses relies on the terminal  database
                                   to determine size.

                                                                                                                            putwin/getwin

                                                                                                                            -       The  putwin routine writes all data associated with window (or pad) win
-       into the file to which filep points.  This information can be later re-
-       trieved using the getwin function.
+       The  putwin routine writes all data associated with window (or pad) win
+       into the file to which filep points.  This information can be later re-
+       trieved using the getwin function.
 
-       The  getwin  routine  reads  window  related data stored in the file by
-       putwin.  The routine then creates and initializes a  new  window  using
+       The  getwin  routine  reads  window  related data stored in the file by
+       putwin.  The routine then creates and initializes a  new  window  using
        that  data.   It  returns a pointer to the new window.  There are a few
        caveats:
 
-       o   the data written is a copy of the WINDOW structure, and its associ-
+       o   the data written is a copy of the WINDOW structure, and its associ-
            ated  character cells.  The format differs between the wide-charac-
-           ter (ncursesw) and non-wide (ncurses) libraries.  You can  transfer
+           ter (ncursesw) and non-wide (ncurses) libraries.  You can  transfer
            data between the two, however.
 
-       o   the  retrieved  window  is always created as a top-level window (or
+       o   the  retrieved  window  is always created as a top-level window (or
            pad), rather than a subwindow.
 
-       o   the window's character cells contain the color pair value, but  not
-           the  actual  color  numbers.   If cells in the retrieved window use
+       o   the window's character cells contain the color pair value, but  not
+           the  actual  color  numbers.   If cells in the retrieved window use
            color pairs which have not been created in  the  application  using
-           init_pair, they will not be colored when the window is refreshed.
+           init_pair, they will not be colored when the window is refreshed.

                                                                                                                            delay_output

                                                                                                                            -       The  delay_output  routine  inserts  an ms millisecond pause in output.
+       The  delay_output  routine  inserts  an ms millisecond pause in output.
        This routine should not be used extensively because padding  characters
        are  used  rather  than a CPU pause.  If no padding character is speci-
-       fied, this uses napms to perform the delay.
+       fied, this uses napms to perform the delay.

                                                                                                                            flushinp

                                                                                                                            -       The flushinp routine throws away any typeahead that has been  typed  by
+       The flushinp routine throws away any typeahead that has been  typed  by
        the user and has not yet been read by the program.

                                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                            -       Except  for  flushinp,  routines that return an integer return ERR upon
-       failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than  ERR")
+       Except  for  flushinp,  routines that return an integer return ERR upon
+       failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than  ERR")
        upon successful completion.
 
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
 
        X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-          flushinp
+          flushinp
                returns an error if the terminal was not initialized.
 
-          putwin
-               returns  an  error if the associated fwrite calls return an er-
+          putwin
+               returns  an  error if the associated fwrite calls return an er-
                ror.

                                                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                            filter

                                                                                                                            -       The SVr4 documentation describes the  action  of  filter  only  in  the
+       The SVr4 documentation describes the  action  of  filter  only  in  the
        vaguest  terms.   The  description  here is adapted from the XSI Curses
-       standard (which erroneously fails to describe the disabling of cuu).
+       standard (which erroneously fails to describe the disabling of cuu).

                                                                                                                            keyname

                                                                                                                            -       The keyname function may return the names of user-defined string  capa-
-       bilities  which  are defined in the terminfo entry via the -x option of
-       tic.  This implementation automatically assigns at run-time keycodes to
+       The keyname function may return the names of user-defined string  capa-
+       bilities  which  are defined in the terminfo entry via the -x option of
+       tic.  This implementation automatically assigns at run-time keycodes to
        user-defined  strings  which  begin  with  "k".   The keycodes start at
        KEY_MAX, but are not guaranteed to be the same value for different runs
        because  user-defined  codes  are merged from all terminal descriptions
-       which have been loaded.  The use_extended_names(3X)  function  controls
+       which have been loaded.  The use_extended_names(3x)  function  controls
        whether  this  data  is loaded when the terminal description is read by
        the library.

                                                                                                                            nofilter/use_tioctl

                                                                                                                            -       The nofilter and use_tioctl routines are  specific  to  ncurses.   They
+       The nofilter and use_tioctl routines are  specific  to  ncurses.   They
        were  not  supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It
-       is recommended that any code depending on ncurses extensions be  condi-
+       is recommended that any code depending on ncurses extensions be  condi-
        tioned using NCURSES_VERSION.

                                                                                                                            putwin/getwin

                                                                                                                            -       The putwin and getwin functions have several issues with portability:
+       The putwin and getwin functions have several issues with portability:
 
-       o   The  files  written  and read by these functions use an implementa-
+       o   The  files  written  and read by these functions use an implementa-
            tion-specific format.  Although the format is an obvious target for
            standardization, it has been overlooked.
 
            Interestingly  enough,  according to the copyright dates in Solaris
-           source, the functions (along with scr_init, etc.)  originated  with
+           source, the functions (along with scr_init, etc.)  originated  with
            the University of California, Berkeley (in 1982) and were later (in
            1988) incorporated into SVr4.  Oddly, there are no  such  functions
            in the 4.3BSD curses sources.
 
-       o   Most implementations simply dump the binary WINDOW structure to the
+       o   Most implementations simply dump the binary WINDOW structure to the
            file.  These include SVr4 curses, NetBSD and PDCurses, as  well  as
-           older ncurses versions.  This implementation (as well as the X/Open
+           older ncurses versions.  This implementation (as well as the X/Open
            variant of Solaris curses, dated 1995) uses textual dumps.
 
            The implementations which  use  binary  dumps  use  block-I/O  (the
-           fwrite  and  fread  functions).   Those  that use textual dumps use
+           fwrite  and  fread  functions).   Those  that use textual dumps use
            buffered-I/O.  A few applications may happen to write extra data in
            the  file  using these functions.  Doing that can run into problems
            mixing block- and buffered-I/O.  This  implementation  reduces  the
@@ -300,64 +300,64 @@

                                                                                                                            unctrl/wunctrl

                                                                                                                                    The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.  It  states
-       that unctrl and wunctrl will return a null pointer if unsuccessful, but
+       that unctrl and wunctrl will return a null pointer if unsuccessful, but
        does not define any error conditions.  This implementation  checks  for
        three cases:
 
-       o   the  parameter  is  a  7-bit  US-ASCII code.  This is the case that
+       o   the  parameter  is  a  7-bit  US-ASCII code.  This is the case that
            X/Open Curses documented.
 
-       o   the parameter is in the range 128-159, i.e., a C1 control code.  If
-           use_legacy_coding(3X)  has  been  called with a 2 parameter, unctrl
+       o   the parameter is in the range 128-159, i.e., a C1 control code.  If
+           use_legacy_coding(3x)  has  been  called with a 2 parameter, unctrl
            returns the parameter, i.e., a one-character string with the param-
            eter  as  the  first  character.  Otherwise, it returns "~@", "~A",
            etc., analogous to "^@", "^A", C0 controls.
 
-           X/Open Curses does not document whether unctrl can be called before
+           X/Open Curses does not document whether unctrl can be called before
            initializing curses.  This implementation permits that, and returns
            the "~@", etc., values in that case.
 
-       o   parameter values outside the 0 to 255 range.  unctrl returns a null
+       o   parameter values outside the 0 to 255 range.  unctrl returns a null
            pointer.
 
-       The strings returned by unctrl in this implementation are determined at
+       The strings returned by unctrl in this implementation are determined at
        compile time, showing C1 controls from the upper-128 codes with  a  "~"
        prefix  rather  than "^".  Other implementations have different conven-
        tions.  For example, they may show both sets of control characters with
        "^", and strip the parameter to 7 bits.  Or they may ignore C1 controls
        and treat all of the upper-128 codes as printable.  This implementation
        uses  8  bits  but  does  not modify the string to reflect locale.  The
-       use_legacy_coding(3X) function allows the caller to change  the  output
-       of unctrl.
+       use_legacy_coding(3x) function allows the caller to change  the  output
+       of unctrl.
 
-       Likewise,  the meta(3X) function allows the caller to change the output
-       of keyname, i.e., it determines whether to  use  the  "M-"  prefix  for
-       "meta"  keys  (codes  in  the  range 128 to 255).  Both use_legacy_cod-
-       ing(3X) and meta(3X) succeed only after curses is initialized.   X/Open
+       Likewise,  the meta(3x) function allows the caller to change the output
+       of keyname, i.e., it determines whether to  use  the  "M-"  prefix  for
+       "meta"  keys  (codes  in  the  range 128 to 255).  Both use_legacy_cod-
+       ing(3x) and meta(3x) succeed only after curses is initialized.   X/Open
        Curses  does  not  document  the  treatment  of codes 128 to 159.  When
-       treating them as "meta" keys (or if keyname is called before initializ-
+       treating them as "meta" keys (or if keyname is called before initializ-
        ing curses), this implementation returns strings "M-^@", "M-^A", etc.
 
-       X/Open Curses documents unctrl as declared in <unctrl.h>, which ncurses
-       does.  However, ncurses' <curses.h> includes <unctrl.h>,  matching  the
+       X/Open Curses documents unctrl as declared in <unctrl.h>, which ncurses
+       does.  However, ncurses' <curses.h> includes <unctrl.h>,  matching  the
        behavior of SVr4 curses.  Other implementations may not do that.

                                                                                                                            use_env/use_tioctl

                                                                                                                            -       If  ncurses  is  configured  to provide the sp-functions extension, the
-       state of use_env and use_tioctl may be  updated  before  creating  each
-       screen  rather  than  once  only  (curs_sp_funcs(3X)).  This feature of
-       use_env is not provided by other implementation of curses.
+       If  ncurses  is  configured  to provide the sp-functions extension, the
+       state of use_env and use_tioctl may be  updated  before  creating  each
+       screen  rather  than  once  only  (curs_sp_funcs(3x)).  This feature of
+       use_env is not provided by other implementation of curses.

                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                            -       curses(3X),   curs_initscr(3X),    curs_inopts(3X),    curs_kernel(3X),
-       curs_scr_dump(3X),  curs_sp_funcs(3X),  curs_variables(3X), legacy_cod-
-       ing(3X).
+       curses(3x),   curs_initscr(3x),    curs_inopts(3x),    curs_kernel(3x),
+       curs_scr_dump(3x),  curs_sp_funcs(3x),  curs_variables(3x), legacy_cod-
+       ing(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                                 curs_util(3X)
+                                                                 curs_util(3x)
                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html index 163c9189..471b3484 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html @@ -34,57 +34,57 @@ -curs_variables 3X +curs_variables 3x -

                                                                                                                              curs_variables 3X

                                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                                              curs_variables 3x

                                                                                                                              -curs_variables(3X)                                          curs_variables(3X)
+curs_variables(3x)                                          curs_variables(3x)

                                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                                              -       COLORS, COLOR_PAIRS, COLS, ESCDELAY, LINES, TABSIZE, curscr, newscr,
-       stdscr - curses global variables
+       COLORS, COLOR_PAIRS, COLS, ESCDELAY, LINES, TABSIZE, curscr, newscr,
+       stdscr - curses global variables

                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                              -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int COLOR_PAIRS;
-       int COLORS;
-       int COLS;
-       int ESCDELAY;
-       int LINES;
-       int TABSIZE;
-       WINDOW * curscr;
-       WINDOW * newscr;
-       WINDOW * stdscr;
+       int COLOR_PAIRS;
+       int COLORS;
+       int COLS;
+       int ESCDELAY;
+       int LINES;
+       int TABSIZE;
+       WINDOW * curscr;
+       WINDOW * newscr;
+       WINDOW * stdscr;

                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                              -       This page summarizes variables provided by the curses library.  A  more
-       complete description is given in the curses(3X) manual page.
+       This page summarizes variables provided by the curses library.  A  more
+       complete description is given in the curses(3x) manual page.
 
        Depending  on  the  configuration,  these  may  be actual variables, or
-       macros (see curs_threads(3X) and curs_opaque(3X)) which  provide  read-
-       only  access  to  curses's  state.  In either case, applications should
+       macros (see curs_threads(3x) and curs_opaque(3x)) which  provide  read-
+       only  access  to  curses's  state.  In either case, applications should
        treat them as read-only to avoid confusing the library.

                                                                                                                              COLOR_PAIRS

                                                                                                                                      After initializing curses, this variable contains the number  of  color
        pairs  which  the  terminal  can  support.  Usually the number of color
-       pairs will be the product COLORS*COLORS, however  this  is  not  always
+       pairs will be the product COLORS*COLORS, however  this  is  not  always
        true:
 
-       o   a few terminals use HLS colors, which do not follow this rule
+       o   a few terminals use HLS colors, which do not follow this rule
 
-       o   terminals  supporting  a  large number of colors are limited by the
-           number of color pairs that can be represented  in  a  signed  short
+       o   terminals  supporting  a  large number of colors are limited by the
+           number of color pairs that can be represented  in  a  signed  short
            value.
 
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
        This variable holds the number of milliseconds to wait after reading an
        escape character, to distinguish between an individual escape character
        entered on the keyboard from escape sequences sent by cursor- and func-
-       tion-keys (see curses(3X)).
+       tion-keys (see curses(3x)).

                                                                                                                              LINES

                                                                                                                              @@ -111,88 +111,88 @@

                                                                                                                              TABSIZE

                                                                                                                              -       This  variable  holds  the number of columns used by the curses library
+       This  variable  holds  the number of columns used by the curses library
        when converting a tab character to spaces as it adds the tab to a  win-
-       dow (see curs_addch(3X).
+       dow (see curs_addch(3x).

                                                                                                                              The Current Screen

                                                                                                                              -       This  implementation  of  curses uses a special window curscr to record
+       This  implementation  of  curses uses a special window curscr to record
        its updates to the terminal screen.
 
-       This is referred to as the "physical screen"  in  the  curs_refresh(3X)
-       and curs_outopts(3X) manual pages.
+       This is referred to as the "physical screen"  in  the  curs_refresh(3x)
+       and curs_outopts(3x) manual pages.

                                                                                                                              The New Screen

                                                                                                                              -       This  implementation of curses uses a special window newscr to hold up-
-       dates to the terminal screen before applying them to curscr.
+       This  implementation of curses uses a special window newscr to hold up-
+       dates to the terminal screen before applying them to curscr.
 
-       This is referred to as the "virtual  screen"  in  the  curs_kernel(3X),
-       curs_refresh(3X) and curs_outopts(3X) manual pages.
+       This is referred to as the "virtual  screen"  in  the  curs_kernel(3x),
+       curs_refresh(3x) and curs_outopts(3x) manual pages.

                                                                                                                              The Standard Screen

                                                                                                                              -       Upon  initializing curses, a default window called stdscr, which is the
+       Upon  initializing curses, a default window called stdscr, which is the
        size of the terminal screen, is created.   Many  curses  functions  use
        this window.

                                                                                                                              NOTES

                                                                                                                              -       The   curses  library  is  initialized  using  either  initscr(3X),  or
-       newterm(3X).
+       The   curses  library  is  initialized  using  either  initscr(3x),  or
+       newterm(3x).
 
-       If curses is configured to use separate curses/terminfo libraries, most
+       If curses is configured to use separate curses/terminfo libraries, most
        of these variables reside in the curses library.

                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                              -       TABSIZE  is  a feature of SVr4 curses which is not documented by X/Open
+       TABSIZE  is  a feature of SVr4 curses which is not documented by X/Open
        curses.
 
-       o   In SVr4 curses, TABSIZE is initially set from the terminal descrip-
-           tion's  init_tabs capability.  After that, it can be altered by the
+       o   In SVr4 curses, TABSIZE is initially set from the terminal descrip-
+           tion's  init_tabs capability.  After that, it can be altered by the
            applications using SVr4 curses.
 
-           SVr4 curses uses the current value of TABSIZE to compute the  posi-
-           tion  of  tabstops  for  updating both the virtual screen with add-
-           ch(3X) as well as the physical screen with mvcur(3X).
+           SVr4 curses uses the current value of TABSIZE to compute the  posi-
+           tion  of  tabstops  for  updating both the virtual screen with add-
+           ch(3x) as well as the physical screen with mvcur(3x).
 
-       o   This implementation uses the current value of TABSIZE only for  up-
-           dating  the  virtual screen.  It uses the terminal description's it
-           (init_tabs) capability for computing hardware tabs (i.e., tab stops
+       o   This implementation uses the current value of TABSIZE only for  up-
+           dating  the  virtual screen.  It uses the terminal description's it
+           (init_tabs) capability for computing hardware tabs (i.e., tab stops
            on the physical screen).
 
-       o   Other  implementations  differ.  For instance, NetBSD curses allows
-           TABSIZE to be set through an environment variable.  This  implemen-
+       o   Other  implementations  differ.  For instance, NetBSD curses allows
+           TABSIZE to be set through an environment variable.  This  implemen-
            tation does not.
 
-           NetBSD curses does not support hardware tabs; it uses the init_tabs
-           capability and the TABSIZE variable only for updating  the  virtual
+           NetBSD curses does not support hardware tabs; it uses the init_tabs
+           capability and the TABSIZE variable only for updating  the  virtual
            screen.
 
-       ESCDELAY is an extension in AIX curses:
+       ESCDELAY is an extension in AIX curses:
 
-       o   In AIX, the units for ESCDELAY are fifths of a millisecond.
+       o   In AIX, the units for ESCDELAY are fifths of a millisecond.
 
-       o   The default value for AIX's ESCDELAY is 0.1 seconds.
+       o   The default value for AIX's ESCDELAY is 0.1 seconds.
 
-       o   AIX  also enforces a limit of 10,000 seconds for ESCDELAY; this im-
+       o   AIX  also enforces a limit of 10,000 seconds for ESCDELAY; this im-
            plementation currently has no upper limit.
 
-       This implementation has long used ESCDELAY with units of  milliseconds,
+       This implementation has long used ESCDELAY with units of  milliseconds,
        making  it  impossible to be completely compatible with AIX.  Likewise,
        most users have either decided to override the value, or rely upon  its
        default value.

                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                              -       curses(3X),   curs_opaque(3X),   curs_terminfo(3X),   curs_threads(3X),
-       term_variables(3X), terminfo(5).
+       curses(3x),   curs_opaque(3x),   curs_terminfo(3x),   curs_threads(3x),
+       term_variables(3x), terminfo(5).
 
 
 
-                                                            curs_variables(3X)
+                                                            curs_variables(3x)
                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html index cbdcd134..3f4c9644 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html @@ -34,62 +34,62 @@ -curs_window 3X +curs_window 3x -

                                                                                                                                curs_window 3X

                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                curs_window 3x

                                                                                                                                -curs_window(3X)                                                curs_window(3X)
+curs_window(3x)                                                curs_window(3x)

                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                -       newwin, delwin, mvwin, subwin, derwin, mvderwin, dupwin, wsyncup,
-       syncok, wcursyncup, wsyncdown - create curses windows
+       newwin, delwin, mvwin, subwin, derwin, mvderwin, dupwin, wsyncup,
+       syncok, wcursyncup, wsyncdown - create curses windows

                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                -       #include <curses.h>
-
-       WINDOW *newwin(
-             int nlines, int ncols,
-             int begin_y, int begin_x);
-       int delwin(WINDOW *win);
-       int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig,
-             int nlines, int ncols,
-             int begin_y, int begin_x);
-       WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig,
-             int nlines, int ncols,
-             int begin_y, int begin_x);
-       int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int par_y, int par_x);
-       WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
-       void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
-       int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
-       void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);
+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       WINDOW *newwin(
+             int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       int delwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig,
+             int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig,
+             int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int par_y, int par_x);
+       WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
+       void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
+       int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
+       void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);

                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                newwin

                                                                                                                                -       Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window  with  the
+       Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window  with  the
        given  number  of lines and columns.  The upper left-hand corner of the
        window is at
-              line begin_y,
-              column begin_x
+              line begin_y,
+              column begin_x
 
-       If either nlines or ncols is zero, they default to
-              LINES - begin_y and
-              COLS - begin_x.
+       If either nlines or ncols is zero, they default to
+              LINES - begin_y and
+              COLS - begin_x.
 
-       A new full-screen window is created by calling newwin(0,0,0,0).
+       A new full-screen window is created by calling newwin(0,0,0,0).
 
        Regardless of the function  used  for  creating  a  new  window  (e.g.,
-       newwin, subwin, derwin, newpad), rather than a duplicate (with dupwin),
+       newwin, subwin, derwin, newpad), rather than a duplicate (with dupwin),
        all of the window modes are initialized to the default  values.   These
        functions set window modes after a window is created:
 
@@ -98,130 +98,130 @@

                                                                                                                                delwin

                                                                                                                                -       Calling delwin deletes the named window, freeing all memory  associated
+       Calling delwin deletes the named window, freeing all memory  associated
        with  it  (it does not actually erase the window's screen image).  Sub-
        windows must be deleted before the main window can be deleted.

                                                                                                                                mvwin

                                                                                                                                -       Calling mvwin moves the window so that the upper left-hand corner is at
-       position  (x,  y).   If  the  move would cause the window to be off the
+       Calling mvwin moves the window so that the upper left-hand corner is at
+       position  (x,  y).   If  the  move would cause the window to be off the
        screen, it is an error and the window is not moved.  Moving  subwindows
        is allowed, but should be avoided.

                                                                                                                                subwin

                                                                                                                                -       Calling  subwin  creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the
-       given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols.  The  window  is  at
-       position (begin_y, begin_x) on the screen.  The subwindow shares memory
-       with the window orig, so that changes made to one  window  will  affect
-       both  windows.  When using this routine, it is necessary to call touch-
-       win or touchline on orig before calling wrefresh on the subwindow.
+       Calling  subwin  creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the
+       given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols.  The  window  is  at
+       position (begin_y, begin_x) on the screen.  The subwindow shares memory
+       with the window orig, so that changes made to one  window  will  affect
+       both  windows.  When using this routine, it is necessary to call touch-
+       win or touchline on orig before calling wrefresh on the subwindow.

                                                                                                                                derwin

                                                                                                                                -       Calling derwin is the same as calling subwin, except that  begin_y  and
-       begin_x  are  relative to the origin of the window orig rather than the
+       Calling derwin is the same as calling subwin, except that  begin_y  and
+       begin_x  are  relative to the origin of the window orig rather than the
        screen.  There is no difference between the subwindows and the  derived
        windows.
 
-       Calling  mvderwin moves a derived window (or subwindow) inside its par-
+       Calling  mvderwin moves a derived window (or subwindow) inside its par-
        ent window.  The screen-relative  parameters  of  the  window  are  not
        changed.  This routine is used to display different parts of the parent
        window at the same physical position on the screen.

                                                                                                                                dupwin

                                                                                                                                -       Calling dupwin creates an exact duplicate of the window win.
+       Calling dupwin creates an exact duplicate of the window win.

                                                                                                                                wsyncup

                                                                                                                                -       Calling wsyncup touches all locations in  ancestors  of  win  that  are
-       changed  in  win.   If  syncok is called with second argument TRUE then
-       wsyncup is called automatically whenever there is a change in the  win-
+       Calling wsyncup touches all locations in  ancestors  of  win  that  are
+       changed  in  win.   If  syncok is called with second argument TRUE then
+       wsyncup is called automatically whenever there is a change in the  win-
        dow.

                                                                                                                                wsyncdown

                                                                                                                                -       The  wsyncdown  routine  touches  each  location  in  win that has been
-       touched in any of its ancestor windows.  This routine is called by wre-
-       fresh, so it should almost never be necessary to call it manually.
+       The  wsyncdown  routine  touches  each  location  in  win that has been
+       touched in any of its ancestor windows.  This routine is called by wre-
+       fresh, so it should almost never be necessary to call it manually.

                                                                                                                                wcursyncup

                                                                                                                                -       The  routine  wcursyncup updates the current cursor position of all the
+       The  routine  wcursyncup updates the current cursor position of all the
        ancestors of the window to reflect the current cursor position  of  the
        window.

                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                -       Routines that return an integer return the integer ERR upon failure and
-       OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than  ERR")  upon  suc-
+       Routines that return an integer return the integer ERR upon failure and
+       OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than  ERR")  upon  suc-
        cessful completion.
 
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
 
        X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation
 
-       delwin
+       delwin
             returns  an  error if the window pointer is null, or if the window
             is the parent of another window.
 
-       derwin
+       derwin
             returns an error if the parent window pointer is null, or  if  any
             of  its  ordinates  or dimensions is negative, or if the resulting
             window does not fit inside the parent window.
 
-       dupwin
+       dupwin
             returns an error if the window pointer is null.
 
             This implementation also maintains a list of windows,  and  checks
-            that  the pointer passed to delwin is one that it created, return-
+            that  the pointer passed to delwin is one that it created, return-
             ing an error if it was not..
 
-       mvderwin
+       mvderwin
             returns an error if the window pointer is null, or if some part of
             the window would be placed off-screen.
 
-       mvwin
+       mvwin
             returns  an  error if the window pointer is null, or if the window
             is really a pad, or if some part of the  window  would  be  placed
             off-screen.
 
-       newwin
+       newwin
             will  fail if either of its beginning ordinates is negative, or if
             either the number of lines or columns is negative.
 
-       syncok
+       syncok
             returns an error if the window pointer is null.
 
-       subwin
+       subwin
             returns an error if the parent window pointer is null, or  if  any
             of  its  ordinates  or dimensions is negative, or if the resulting
             window does not fit inside the parent window.
 
        The functions which return a window pointer may also fail if  there  is
        insufficient  memory  for  its data structures.  Any of these functions
-       will fail if the screen has not been initialized, i.e., with initscr or
-       newterm.
+       will fail if the screen has not been initialized, i.e., with initscr or
+       newterm.

                                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                                -       If  many small changes are made to the window, the wsyncup option could
+       If  many small changes are made to the window, the wsyncup option could
        degrade performance.
 
-       Note that syncok may be a macro.
+       Note that syncok may be a macro.

                                                                                                                                BUGS

                                                                                                                                -       The subwindow functions (subwin, derwin, mvderwin, wsyncup,  wsyncdown,
-       wcursyncup,  syncok)  are flaky, incompletely implemented, and not well
+       The subwindow functions (subwin, derwin, mvderwin, wsyncup,  wsyncdown,
+       wcursyncup,  syncok)  are flaky, incompletely implemented, and not well
        tested.
 
-       The System V curses documentation is very unclear  about  what  wsyncup
-       and  wsyncdown  actually do.  It seems to imply that they are only sup-
+       The System V curses documentation is very unclear  about  what  wsyncup
+       and  wsyncdown  actually do.  It seems to imply that they are only sup-
        posed to touch exactly  those  lines  that  are  affected  by  ancestor
-       changes.  The language here, and the behavior of the curses implementa-
+       changes.  The language here, and the behavior of the curses implementa-
        tion, is patterned on the XPG4 curses standard.  The weaker  XPG4  spec
        may result in slower updates.
 
@@ -231,11 +231,11 @@

                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                -       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_touch(3X), curs_variables(3X)
+       curses(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_touch(3x), curs_variables(3x)
 
 
 
-                                                               curs_window(3X)
+                                                               curs_window(3x)
                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html index a918b828..ca1403b8 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html @@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ -default_colors 3X +default_colors 3x -

                                                                                                                                  default_colors 3X

                                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                                  default_colors 3x

                                                                                                                                  -default_colors(3X)                                          default_colors(3X)
+default_colors(3x)                                          default_colors(3x)

                                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                                  -       use_default_colors,  assume_default_colors  -  use  terminal's  default
+       use_default_colors,  assume_default_colors  -  use  terminal's  default
        colors

                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                  -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int use_default_colors(void);
-       int assume_default_colors(int fg, int bg);
+       int use_default_colors(void);
+       int assume_default_colors(int fg, int bg);

                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                  -       The  use_default_colors   and   assume_default_colors   functions   are
+       The  use_default_colors   and   assume_default_colors   functions   are
        extensions  to  the  curses library.  They are used with terminals that
        support ISO 6429 color,  or  equivalent.   These  terminals  allow  the
        application  to reset color to an unspecified default value (e.g., with
@@ -69,51 +69,51 @@
        Applications that paint a colored background over the whole  screen  do
        not  take  advantage  of  SGR  39  and  SGR  49.  Some applications are
        designed to work with the default background,  using  colors  only  for
-       text.  For example, there are several implementations of the ls program
+       text.  For example, there are several implementations of the ls program
        which use colors to denote different file types or permissions.   These
        "color  ls"  programs  do  not necessarily modify the background color,
-       typically  using  only  the  setaf  terminfo  capability  to  set   the
+       typically  using  only  the  setaf  terminfo  capability  to  set   the
        foreground color.  Full-screen applications that use default colors can
        achieve similar visual effects.
 
-       The first function, use_default_colors  tells  the  curses  library  to
+       The first function, use_default_colors  tells  the  curses  library  to
        assign  terminal  default  foreground/background colors to color number
        -1.  So init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,-1) will initialize  pair  x  as  red  on
        default  background and init_pair(x,-1,COLOR_BLUE) will initialize pair
        x as default foreground on blue.
 
-       The other, assume_default_colors is  a  refinement  which  tells  which
+       The other, assume_default_colors is  a  refinement  which  tells  which
        colors  to  paint for color pair 0.  This function recognizes a special
        color number -1, which denotes the default terminal color.
 
        The following are equivalent:
-              use_default_colors();
-              assume_default_colors(-1,-1);
+              use_default_colors();
+              assume_default_colors(-1,-1);
 
        These are ncurses extensions.  For other curses implementations,  color
        number  -1  does  not  mean  anything,  just  as  for  ncurses before a
-       successful call of use_default_colors or assume_default_colors.
+       successful call of use_default_colors or assume_default_colors.
 
        Other curses implementations do not  allow  an  application  to  modify
        color  pair  0.  They assume that the background is COLOR_BLACK, but do
        not ensure that the color pair 0 is painted to  match  the  assumption.
-       If   your   application  does  not  use  either  use_default_colors  or
-       assume_default_colors ncurses will paint a white foreground (text) with
+       If   your   application  does  not  use  either  use_default_colors  or
+       assume_default_colors ncurses will paint a white foreground (text) with
        black background for color pair 0.

                                                                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                  -       These  functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
-       They will fail if either the terminal does not support the orig_pair or
-       orig_colors  capability.   If  the  initialize_pair  capability  is not
+       These  functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
+       They will fail if either the terminal does not support the orig_pair or
+       orig_colors  capability.   If  the  initialize_pair  capability  is not
        found, this causes an error as well.

                                                                                                                                  NOTES

                                                                                                                                  -       Associated with this extension, the init_pair function accepts negative
+       Associated with this extension, the init_pair function accepts negative
        arguments to specify default foreground or background colors.
 
-       The  use_default_colors  function  was added to support ded.  This is a
+       The  use_default_colors  function  was added to support ded.  This is a
        full-screen application which uses curses to manage only  part  of  the
        screen.  The bottom portion of the screen, which is of adjustable size,
        is left uncolored to display the results from shell commands.  The  top
@@ -124,10 +124,10 @@
        similar   programs)   provides   a  background  color  which  does  not
        necessarily correspond to any of the  ANSI  colors.   While  a  special
        terminfo  entry  could  be  constructed using nine colors, there was no
-       mechanism provided within curses to account for the  related  orig_pair
-       and back_color_erase capabilities.
+       mechanism provided within curses to account for the  related  orig_pair
+       and back_color_erase capabilities.
 
-       The  assume_default_colors  function  was  added  to  solve a different
+       The  assume_default_colors  function  was  added  to  solve a different
        problem: support for applications which would use environment variables
        and  other  configuration  to  bypass  curses' notion of the terminal's
        default colors, setting specific values.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                  -       ded(1), curs_color(3X).
+       ded(1), curs_color(3x).

                                                                                                                                  AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                  @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                            default_colors(3X)
+                                                            default_colors(3x)
                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html index 4563668f..edd87217 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html @@ -35,26 +35,26 @@ -define_key 3X +define_key 3x -

                                                                                                                                    define_key 3X

                                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                                    define_key 3x

                                                                                                                                    -define_key(3X)                                                  define_key(3X)
+define_key(3x)                                                  define_key(3x)

                                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                                    -       define_key - define a keycode
+       define_key - define a keycode

                                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                    -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int define_key(const char *definition, int keycode);
+       int define_key(const char *definition, int keycode);

                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                    @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@

                                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                            The keycode must  be  greater  than  zero,  and  the  string  non-null,
-       otherwise  ERR  is  returned.   ERR  may  also  be returned if there is
+       otherwise  ERR  is  returned.   ERR  may  also  be returned if there is
        insufficient memory to allocate the data to store the  definition.   If
-       no error is detected, OK is returned.
+       no error is detected, OK is returned.

                                                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                    @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                    -       keyok(3X), key_defined(3X).
+       keyok(3x), key_defined(3x).

                                                                                                                                    AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                    @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                define_key(3X)
+                                                                define_key(3x)
                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/form.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html index 31e5bcea..e32828b8 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html @@ -35,184 +35,184 @@ -form 3X +form 3x -

                                                                                                                                      form 3X

                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                      form 3x

                                                                                                                                      -form(3X)                                                              form(3X)
+form(3x)                                                              form(3x)

                                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                                      -       form - curses extension for programming forms
+       form - curses extension for programming forms

                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                      -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>

                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                      -       The form library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
+       The form library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
        form screens on character-cell terminals.  The library includes:  field
        routines, which create and modify form fields; and form routines, which
        group fields into forms,  display  forms  on  the  screen,  and  handle
        interaction with the user.
 
-       The  form  library uses the curses libraries.  To use the form library,
-       link with the options -lform -lcurses.
+       The  form  library uses the curses libraries.  To use the form library,
+       link with the options -lform -lcurses.
 
        Your program should set up the locale, e.g.,
 
-            setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+            setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
 
        so that input/output processing will work.
 
-       A curses initialization routine such as initscr must be  called  before
+       A curses initialization routine such as initscr must be  called  before
        using any of these functions.

                                                                                                                                      Current Default Values for Field Attributes

                                                                                                                                      -       The  form  library maintains a default value for field attributes.  You
-       can get or  set  this  default  by  calling  the  appropriate  set_  or
-       retrieval  routine  with  a  NULL field pointer.  Changing this default
-       with a set_ function affects  future  field  creations,  but  does  not
+       The  form  library maintains a default value for field attributes.  You
+       can get or  set  this  default  by  calling  the  appropriate  set_  or
+       retrieval  routine  with  a  NULL field pointer.  Changing this default
+       with a set_ function affects  future  field  creations,  but  does  not
        change the rendering of fields already created.

                                                                                                                                      Routine Name Index

                                                                                                                                      -       The  following table lists each form routine and the name of the manual
+       The  following table lists each form routine and the name of the manual
        page on which it is described.  Routines flagged with "*" are  ncurses-
        specific, not present in SVr4.
 
-       curses Routine Name     Manual Page Name
+       curses Routine Name     Manual Page Name
        --------------------------------------------------
-       current_field           form_page(3X)
-       data_ahead              form_data(3X)
-       data_behind             form_data(3X)
-       dup_field               form_field_new(3X)
-       dynamic_field_info      form_field_info(3X)
-       field_arg               form_field_validation(3X)
-       field_back              form_field_attributes(3X)
-       field_buffer            form_field_buffer(3X)
-       field_count             form_field(3X)
-       field_fore              form_field_attributes(3X)
-       field_index             form_page(3X)
-       field_info              form_field_info(3X)
-       field_init              form_hook(3X)
-       field_just              form_field_just(3X)
-       field_opts              form_field_opts(3X)
-       field_opts_off          form_field_opts(3X)
-       field_opts_on           form_field_opts(3X)
-       field_pad               form_field_attributes(3X)
-       field_status            form_field_buffer(3X)
-       field_term              form_hook(3X)
-       field_type              form_field_validation(3X)
-       field_userptr           form_field_userptr(3X)
-
-       form_driver             form_driver(3X)
-       form_driver_w           form_driver(3X)*
-       form_fields             form_field(3X)
-       form_init               form_hook(3X)
-       form_opts               form_opts(3X)
-       form_opts_off           form_opts(3X)
-       form_opts_on            form_opts(3X)
-       form_page               form_page(3X)
-       form_request_by_name    form_requestname(3X)*
-       form_request_name       form_requestname(3X)*
-       form_sub                form_win(3X)
-       form_term               form_hook(3X)
-       form_userptr            form_userptr(3X)
-       form_win                form_win(3X)
-       free_field              form_field_new(3X)
-       free_fieldtype          form_fieldtype(3X)
-       free_form               form_new(3X)
-       link_field              form_field_new(3X)
-       link_fieldtype          form_fieldtype(3X)
-       move_field              form_field(3X)
-       new_field               form_field_new(3X)
-       new_fieldtype           form_fieldtype(3X)
-       new_form                form_new(3X)
-       new_page                form_new_page(3X)
-       pos_form_cursor         form_cursor(3X)
-       post_form               form_post(3X)
-       scale_form              form_win(3X)
-       set_current_field       form_page(3X)
-       set_field_back          form_field_attributes(3X)
-       set_field_buffer        form_field_buffer(3X)
-       set_field_fore          form_field_attributes(3X)
-       set_field_init          form_hook(3X)
-       set_field_just          form_field_just(3X)
-       set_field_opts          form_field_opts(3X)
-       set_field_pad           form_field_attributes(3X)
-       set_field_status        form_field_buffer(3X)
-       set_field_term          form_hook(3X)
-       set_field_type          form_field_validation(3X)
-       set_field_userptr       form_field_userptr(3X)
-       set_fieldtype_arg       form_fieldtype(3X)
-       set_fieldtype_choice    form_fieldtype(3X)
-       set_form_fields         form_field(3X)
-       set_form_init           form_hook(3X)
-       set_form_opts           form_field_opts(3X)
-       set_form_page           form_page(3X)
-       set_form_sub            form_win(3X)
-       set_form_term           form_hook(3X)
-       set_form_userptr        form_userptr(3X)
-       set_form_win            form_win(3X)
-       set_max_field           form_field_buffer(3X)
-       set_new_page            form_new_page(3X)
-       unfocus_current_field   form_page(3X)*
-       unpost_form             form_post(3X)
+       current_field           form_page(3x)
+       data_ahead              form_data(3x)
+       data_behind             form_data(3x)
+       dup_field               form_field_new(3x)
+       dynamic_field_info      form_field_info(3x)
+       field_arg               form_field_validation(3x)
+       field_back              form_field_attributes(3x)
+       field_buffer            form_field_buffer(3x)
+       field_count             form_field(3x)
+       field_fore              form_field_attributes(3x)
+       field_index             form_page(3x)
+       field_info              form_field_info(3x)
+       field_init              form_hook(3x)
+       field_just              form_field_just(3x)
+       field_opts              form_field_opts(3x)
+       field_opts_off          form_field_opts(3x)
+       field_opts_on           form_field_opts(3x)
+       field_pad               form_field_attributes(3x)
+       field_status            form_field_buffer(3x)
+       field_term              form_hook(3x)
+       field_type              form_field_validation(3x)
+       field_userptr           form_field_userptr(3x)
+
+       form_driver             form_driver(3x)
+       form_driver_w           form_driver(3x)*
+       form_fields             form_field(3x)
+       form_init               form_hook(3x)
+       form_opts               form_opts(3x)
+       form_opts_off           form_opts(3x)
+       form_opts_on            form_opts(3x)
+       form_page               form_page(3x)
+       form_request_by_name    form_requestname(3x)*
+       form_request_name       form_requestname(3x)*
+       form_sub                form_win(3x)
+       form_term               form_hook(3x)
+       form_userptr            form_userptr(3x)
+       form_win                form_win(3x)
+       free_field              form_field_new(3x)
+       free_fieldtype          form_fieldtype(3x)
+       free_form               form_new(3x)
+       link_field              form_field_new(3x)
+       link_fieldtype          form_fieldtype(3x)
+       move_field              form_field(3x)
+       new_field               form_field_new(3x)
+       new_fieldtype           form_fieldtype(3x)
+       new_form                form_new(3x)
+       new_page                form_new_page(3x)
+       pos_form_cursor         form_cursor(3x)
+       post_form               form_post(3x)
+       scale_form              form_win(3x)
+       set_current_field       form_page(3x)
+       set_field_back          form_field_attributes(3x)
+       set_field_buffer        form_field_buffer(3x)
+       set_field_fore          form_field_attributes(3x)
+       set_field_init          form_hook(3x)
+       set_field_just          form_field_just(3x)
+       set_field_opts          form_field_opts(3x)
+       set_field_pad           form_field_attributes(3x)
+       set_field_status        form_field_buffer(3x)
+       set_field_term          form_hook(3x)
+       set_field_type          form_field_validation(3x)
+       set_field_userptr       form_field_userptr(3x)
+       set_fieldtype_arg       form_fieldtype(3x)
+       set_fieldtype_choice    form_fieldtype(3x)
+       set_form_fields         form_field(3x)
+       set_form_init           form_hook(3x)
+       set_form_opts           form_field_opts(3x)
+       set_form_page           form_page(3x)
+       set_form_sub            form_win(3x)
+       set_form_term           form_hook(3x)
+       set_form_userptr        form_userptr(3x)
+       set_form_win            form_win(3x)
+       set_max_field           form_field_buffer(3x)
+       set_new_page            form_new_page(3x)
+       unfocus_current_field   form_page(3x)*
+       unpost_form             form_post(3x)

                                                                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                      -       Routines  that  return  pointers return NULL on error, and set errno to
+       Routines  that  return  pointers return NULL on error, and set errno to
        the  corresponding  error-code  returned  by  functions  returning   an
        integer.   Routines  that return an integer return one of the following
        error codes:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_CONNECTED
+       E_CONNECTED
             The field is already connected to a form.
 
-       E_INVALID_FIELD
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
             Contents of a field are not valid.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No fields are connected to the form.
 
-       E_NOT_POSTED
+       E_NOT_POSTED
             The form has not been posted.
 
-       E_NO_ROOM
+       E_NO_ROOM
             Form is too large for its window.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The form is already posted.
 
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
             The form driver could not process the request.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
             The form driver code saw an unknown request code.

                                                                                                                                      NOTES

                                                                                                                                      -       The header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
-       <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
+       The header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
+       <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
 
        In your library list, libform.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
        you want to say "-lform -lncurses", not the  other  way  around  (which
@@ -223,20 +223,20 @@
        These  routines  emulate  the  System  V  forms library.  They were not
        supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 
-       The menu facility was documented in SVr4.2 in Character User  Interface
-       Programming (UNIX SVR4.2).
+       The menu facility was documented in SVr4.2 in Character User  Interface
+       Programming (UNIX SVR4.2).
 
        It is not part of X/Open Curses.
 
        Aside from ncurses, there are few implementations:
 
-       o   systems based on SVr4 source code, e.g., Solaris.
+       o   systems based on SVr4 source code, e.g., Solaris.
 
-       o   NetBSD curses.
+       o   NetBSD curses.
 
        A  few  functions  in  this  implementation  are  extensions  added for
        ncurses,   but   not   provided   by   other   implementations,   e.g.,
-       form_driver_w, unfocus_current_field.
+       form_driver_w, unfocus_current_field.

                                                                                                                                      AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                      @@ -245,14 +245,14 @@

                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                      -       curses(3X) and related pages whose names  begin  "form_"  for  detailed
+       curses(3x) and related pages whose names  begin  "form_"  for  detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                                      form(3X)
+                                                                      form(3x)
                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html index f2a97caf..12ae82e0 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html @@ -35,57 +35,57 @@ -form_cursor 3X +form_cursor 3x -

                                                                                                                                        form_cursor 3X

                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                        form_cursor 3x

                                                                                                                                        -form_cursor(3X)                                                form_cursor(3X)
+form_cursor(3x)                                                form_cursor(3x)

                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                        -       pos_form_cursor - position a form window cursor
+       pos_form_cursor - position a form window cursor

                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                        -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
+       int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);

                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                        -       The  function  pos_form_cursor  restores  the  cursor  to  the position
+       The  function  pos_form_cursor  restores  the  cursor  to  the position
        required for the forms driver to continue processing requests.  This is
-       useful  after curses routines have been called to do screen-painting in
+       useful  after curses routines have been called to do screen-painting in
        response to a form operation.

                                                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                This routine returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_NOT_POSTED
+       E_NOT_POSTED
             The form has not been posted.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                        -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                                        -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                        @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                               form_cursor(3X)
+                                                               form_cursor(3x)
                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html index d7f70e3f..84d50f0e 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html @@ -35,44 +35,44 @@ -form_data 3X +form_data 3x -

                                                                                                                                          form_data 3X

                                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                                          form_data 3x

                                                                                                                                          -form_data(3X)                                                    form_data(3X)
+form_data(3x)                                                    form_data(3x)

                                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                                          -       data_ahead, data_behind - test for off-screen data in given forms
+       data_ahead, data_behind - test for off-screen data in given forms

                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                          -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
-       bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
+       bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
+       bool data_behind(const FORM *form);

                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                          -       The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in
+       The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in
        the given form.  It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
 
-       The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data  behind
+       The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data  behind
        in the given form.  It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).

                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                          -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                          NOTES

                                                                                                                                          -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                          @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 form_data(3X)
+                                                                 form_data(3x)
                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html index e03a6823..2804fabf 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html @@ -34,51 +34,51 @@ -form_driver 3X +form_driver 3x -

                                                                                                                                            form_driver 3X

                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                            form_driver 3x

                                                                                                                                            -form_driver(3X)                                                form_driver(3X)
+form_driver(3x)                                                form_driver(3x)

                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                            -       form_driver, form_driver_w - command-processing loop of the form system
+       form_driver, form_driver_w - command-processing loop of the form system

                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                            -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
-       int form_driver_w(FORM *form, int c, wchar_t wch);
+       int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
+       int form_driver_w(FORM *form, int c, wchar_t wch);

                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                            form_driver

                                                                                                                                                    Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events
-       to it through form_driver.  This routine has three major input cases:
+       to it through form_driver.  This routine has three major input cases:
 
-       o   The input is a form navigation request.  Navigation  request  codes
-           are constants defined in <form.h>, which are distinct from the key-
-           and character codes returned by wgetch(3X).
+       o   The input is a form navigation request.  Navigation  request  codes
+           are constants defined in <form.h>, which are distinct from the key-
+           and character codes returned by wgetch(3x).
 
-       o   The input is a printable character.   Printable  characters  (which
+       o   The input is a printable character.   Printable  characters  (which
            must  be  positive,  less  than  256)  are checked according to the
            program's locale settings.
 
-       o   The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key  associated  with  an  mouse
+       o   The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key  associated  with  an  mouse
            event.

                                                                                                                                            form_driver_w

                                                                                                                                                    This  extension  simplifies  the  use  of  the forms library using wide
        characters.  The input is either a key  code  (a  request)  or  a  wide
-       character returned by get_wch(3X).  The type must be passed as well, to
+       character returned by get_wch(3x).  The type must be passed as well, to
        enable the library  to  determine  whether  the  parameter  is  a  wide
        character or a request.
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

                                                                                                                                            Form-driver requests

                                                                                                                                                    The form driver requests are as follows:
 
-       Name               Description
+       Name               Description
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        REQ_BEG_FIELD      Move to the beginning of the field.
        REQ_BEG_LINE       Move to the beginning of the line.
@@ -160,19 +160,19 @@
        The form driver provides low-level control over  updates  to  the  form
        fields.   The  form driver also provides for validating modified fields
        to ensure that the contents meet whatever  constraints  an  application
-       may attach using set_field_type.
+       may attach using set_field_type.
 
        You  can  validate  a  field  without  making  any  changes to it using
-       REQ_VALIDATION.  The form driver also validates a field in these cases:
+       REQ_VALIDATION.  The form driver also validates a field in these cases:
 
-       o   a call to set_current_field attempts to move to a different field.
+       o   a call to set_current_field attempts to move to a different field.
 
-       o   a call to set_current_page attempts to move to a different page  of
+       o   a call to set_current_page attempts to move to a different page  of
            the form.
 
-       o   a request attempts to move to a different field.
+       o   a request attempts to move to a different field.
 
-       o   a request attempts to move to a different page of the form.
+       o   a request attempts to move to a different page of the form.
 
        In each case, the move fails if the field is invalid.
 
@@ -204,68 +204,68 @@
 
        If you click at an field inside the display area of the form:
 
-          o   the form cursor is positioned to that field.
+          o   the form cursor is positioned to that field.
 
-          o   If  you  double-click  a field, the form cursor is positioned to
-              that field and E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND is returned.  This return value
+          o   If  you  double-click  a field, the form cursor is positioned to
+              that field and E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND is returned.  This return value
               makes sense, because a double click usually means that an field-
               specific action should be returned.  It is exactly  the  purpose
               of  this  return  value  to  signal that an application specific
               command should be executed.
 
-          o   If a translation into a request was  done,  form_driver  returns
+          o   If a translation into a request was  done,  form_driver  returns
               the result of this request.
 
        If  you clicked outside the user window or the mouse event could not be
-       translated into a form request an E_REQUEST_DENIED is returned.
+       translated into a form request an E_REQUEST_DENIED is returned.

                                                                                                                                            Application-defined commands

                                                                                                                                                    If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the  above  pre-
        defined form requests, the driver assumes it is an application-specific
-       command and returns  E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.   Application-defined  commands
-       should  be  defined relative to MAX_COMMAND, the maximum value of these
+       command and returns  E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.   Application-defined  commands
+       should  be  defined relative to MAX_COMMAND, the maximum value of these
        pre-defined requests.

                                                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                            -       form_driver returns one of the following error codes:
+       form_driver returns one of the following error codes:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_NOT_POSTED
+       E_NOT_POSTED
             The form has not been posted.
 
-       E_INVALID_FIELD
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
             Contents of field is invalid.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No fields are connected to the form.
 
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
             The form driver could not process the request.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
             The form driver code saw an unknown request code.

                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                            -       curses(3X),   form(3X),   form_fieldtype(3X),    form_field_buffer(3X),
-       form_field_validation(3X), form_variables(3X), getch(3X).
+       curses(3x),   form(3x),   form_fieldtype(3x),    form_field_buffer(3x),
+       form_field_validation(3x), form_variables(3x), getch(3x).

                                                                                                                                            NOTES

                                                                                                                                            -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header files
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header files
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                            @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                               form_driver(3X)
+                                                               form_driver(3x)
                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html index ded468af..ca07472e 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html @@ -35,82 +35,82 @@ -form_field 3X +form_field 3x -

                                                                                                                                              form_field 3X

                                                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                                                              form_field 3x

                                                                                                                                              -form_field(3X)                                                  form_field(3X)
+form_field(3x)                                                  form_field(3x)

                                                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                                                              -       form_field - make and break connections between fields and forms
+       form_field - make and break connections between fields and forms

                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                              -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
-       FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
-       int field_count(const FORM *form);
-       int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
+       int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
+       FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
+       int field_count(const FORM *form);
+       int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);

                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                              -       The  function  set_form_fields  changes  the field pointer array of the
-       given form.  The array must be terminated by a NULL.
+       The  function  set_form_fields  changes  the field pointer array of the
+       given form.  The array must be terminated by a NULL.
 
-       The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form.
+       The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form.
 
-       The function field_count returns the count of fields in form.
+       The function field_count returns the count of fields in form.
 
-       The  function  move_field  moves  the  given  field  (which   must   be
+       The  function  move_field  moves  the  given  field  (which   must   be
        disconnected) to a specified location on the screen.

                                                                                                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                              -       The  function  form_fields  returns  a pointer (which may be NULL).  It
-       does not set errno.
+       The  function  form_fields  returns  a pointer (which may be NULL).  It
+       does not set errno.
 
-       The function field_count returns ERR if the form parameter is NULL.
+       The function field_count returns ERR if the form parameter is NULL.
 
-       The  functions  set_form_fields  and  move_field  return  one  of   the
+       The  functions  set_form_fields  and  move_field  return  one  of   the
        following codes on error:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_CONNECTED
+       E_CONNECTED
             The field is already connected to a form.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The form is already posted.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                              -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                              NOTES

                                                                                                                                              -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                      These routines emulate the System  V  forms  library.   They  were  not
        supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 
-       The  SVr4  forms  library documentation specifies the field_count error
-       value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).
+       The  SVr4  forms  library documentation specifies the field_count error
+       value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).

                                                                                                                                              AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                              @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                form_field(3X)
+                                                                form_field(3x)
                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html index 92435e8b..0ec75c6c 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html @@ -35,71 +35,71 @@ -form_field_attributes 3X +form_field_attributes 3x -

                                                                                                                                                form_field_attributes 3X

                                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                                form_field_attributes 3x

                                                                                                                                                -form_field_attributes(3X)                            form_field_attributes(3X)
+form_field_attributes(3x)                            form_field_attributes(3x)

                                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                                -       form_field_attributes - color and attribute control for form fields
+       form_field_attributes - color and attribute control for form fields

                                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
-       chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+       chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
 
-       int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
-       chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+       chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
 
-       int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
-       int field_pad(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
+       int field_pad(const FIELD *field);

                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                -       The  function  set_field_fore  sets  the foreground attribute of field.
+       The  function  set_field_fore  sets  the foreground attribute of field.
        This is the highlight used to display the field contents.  The function
-       field_fore   returns   the   foreground   attribute.   The  default  is
-       A_STANDOUT.
+       field_fore   returns   the   foreground   attribute.   The  default  is
+       A_STANDOUT.
 
-       The function set_field_back sets the background attribute of form. This
+       The function set_field_back sets the background attribute of form. This
        is  the  highlight  used to display the extent fields in the form.  The
-       function field_back returns the background attribute.  The  default  is
-       A_NORMAL.
+       function field_back returns the background attribute.  The  default  is
+       A_NORMAL.
 
-       The  function  set_field_pad sets the character used to fill the field.
-       The function field_pad returns the given  form's  pad  character.   The
+       The  function  set_field_pad sets the character used to fill the field.
+       The function field_pad returns the given  form's  pad  character.   The
        default is a blank.

                                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                        These routines return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                -       curses(3X)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+       curses(3x)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.

                                                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                                                -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                     form_field_attributes(3X)
+                                                     form_field_attributes(3x)
                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html index 21fb5bf3..aabd8691 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html @@ -35,117 +35,117 @@ -form_field_buffer 3X +form_field_buffer 3x -

                                                                                                                                                  form_field_buffer 3X

                                                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                                                  form_field_buffer 3x

                                                                                                                                                  -form_field_buffer(3X)                                    form_field_buffer(3X)
+form_field_buffer(3x)                                    form_field_buffer(3x)

                                                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                                                  -       form_field_buffer - field buffer control
+       form_field_buffer - field buffer control

                                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                  -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, int buf, const char *value);
-       char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
+       int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, int buf, const char *value);
+       char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
 
-       int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
-       bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
+       bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
 
-       int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
+       int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);

                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                  -       The  function  set_field_buffer  sets  the numbered buffer of the given
+       The  function  set_field_buffer  sets  the numbered buffer of the given
        field to contain a given string:
 
-          o   Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field.
+          o   Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field.
 
-          o   Other numbered buffers may be allocated by applications  through
-              the  nbuf  argument  of  (see  form_field_new(3X))  but  are not
+          o   Other numbered buffers may be allocated by applications  through
+              the  nbuf  argument  of  (see  form_field_new(3x))  but  are not
               manipulated by the forms library.
 
-       The function field_buffer returns a pointer  to  the  contents  of  the
+       The function field_buffer returns a pointer  to  the  contents  of  the
        given numbered buffer:
 
-          o   The  buffer contents always have the same length, and are padded
+          o   The  buffer contents always have the same length, and are padded
               with trailing spaces as needed to  ensure  this  length  is  the
               same.
 
-          o   The  buffer  may contain leading spaces, depending on how it was
+          o   The  buffer  may contain leading spaces, depending on how it was
               set.
 
-          o   The buffer contents are set with set_field_buffer, or as a  side
+          o   The buffer contents are set with set_field_buffer, or as a  side
               effect of any editing operations on the corresponding field.
 
-          o   Editing  operations  are  based on the window which displays the
-              field, rather than a string.  The window contains only printable
+          o   Editing  operations  are  based on the window which displays the
+              field, rather than a string.  The window contains only printable
               characters,  and  is  filled  with  blanks.  If you want the raw
               data, you must write your own routine that copies the value  out
               of the buffer and removes the leading and trailing spaces.
 
-          o   Because  editing  operations change the content of the buffer to
+          o   Because  editing  operations change the content of the buffer to
               correspond to the window, you should not rely on  using  buffers
               for long-term storage of form data.
 
-       The function set_field_status sets the associated status flag of field;
-       field_status gets the current value.  The  status  flag  is  set  to  a
+       The function set_field_status sets the associated status flag of field;
+       field_status gets the current value.  The  status  flag  is  set  to  a
        nonzero value whenever the field changes.
 
-       The  function  set_max_field sets the maximum size for a dynamic field.
+       The  function  set_max_field sets the maximum size for a dynamic field.
        An argument of 0 turns off any maximum size threshold for that field.

                                                                                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                  -       The field_buffer  function  returns  NULL  on  error.   It  sets  errno
+       The field_buffer  function  returns  NULL  on  error.   It  sets  errno
        according to their success:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       The field_status function returns TRUE or FALSE.
+       The field_status function returns TRUE or FALSE.
 
        The remaining routines return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.

                                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                  -       curses(3X)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+       curses(3x)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.

                                                                                                                                                  NOTES

                                                                                                                                                  -       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header file
+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header file
 
-       When configured for wide characters, field_buffer returns a pointer  to
+       When configured for wide characters, field_buffer returns a pointer  to
        temporary   storage   (allocated   and  freed  by  the  library).   The
        application should not attempt to modify the data.  It will be freed on
-       the next call to field_buffer to return the same buffer.  <curses.h>.
+       the next call to field_buffer to return the same buffer.  <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                  PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                          These  routines  emulate  the  System  V  forms library.  They were not
        supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 
-       The  set_max_field   function   checks   for   an   ncurses   extension
-       O_INPUT_FIELD  which  allows a dynamic field to shrink if the new limit
+       The  set_max_field   function   checks   for   an   ncurses   extension
+       O_INPUT_FIELD  which  allows a dynamic field to shrink if the new limit
        is smaller than the current field size.
 
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                         form_field_buffer(3X)
+                                                         form_field_buffer(3x)
                                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html index 9ac316f6..e107bfde 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html @@ -35,66 +35,66 @@ -form_field_info 3X +form_field_info 3x -

                                                                                                                                                    form_field_info 3X

                                                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                                                    form_field_info 3x

                                                                                                                                                    -form_field_info(3X)                                        form_field_info(3X)
+form_field_info(3x)                                        form_field_info(3x)

                                                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                                                    -       dynamic_field_info, field_info - retrieve field characteristics
+       dynamic_field_info, field_info - retrieve field characteristics

                                                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                    -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int field_info(const FIELD *field,
-                      int *rows, int *cols,
-                      int *frow, int *fcol,
-                      int *nrow, int *nbuf);
+       int field_info(const FIELD *field,
+                      int *rows, int *cols,
+                      int *frow, int *fcol,
+                      int *nrow, int *nbuf);
 
-       int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field,
-                              int *rows, int *cols, int *max);
+       int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field,
+                              int *rows, int *cols, int *max);

                                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                    -       The  function  field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed
+       The  function  field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed
        in to the field at its creation  time.   The  attributes  are:  height,
        width,  row  of  upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number
        off-screen rows, and number of working buffers.
 
-       The function dynamic_field_info returns the actual size of  the  field,
+       The function dynamic_field_info returns the actual size of  the  field,
        and  its  maximum  possible  size.  If the field has no size limit, the
        location addressed by the third argument will be set to 0.  A field can
-       be made dynamic by turning off the O_STATIC option with field_opts_off.
+       be made dynamic by turning off the O_STATIC option with field_opts_off.

                                                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                            These routines return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.

                                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                    -       curses(3X)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+       curses(3x)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.

                                                                                                                                                    NOTES

                                                                                                                                                    -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                    @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                           form_field_info(3X)
+                                                           form_field_info(3x)
                                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html index cd233750..4db92bfa 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html @@ -35,59 +35,59 @@ -form_field_just 3X +form_field_just 3x -

                                                                                                                                                      form_field_just 3X

                                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                                      form_field_just 3x

                                                                                                                                                      -form_field_just(3X)                                        form_field_just(3X)
+form_field_just(3x)                                        form_field_just(3x)

                                                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                                                      -       set_field_just, field_just - retrieve field characteristics
+       set_field_just, field_just - retrieve field characteristics

                                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                      -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
-       int field_just(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
+       int field_just(const FIELD *field);

                                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                      -       The  function  set_field_just  sets  the  justification  attribute of a
-       field; field_just  returns  a  field's  justification  attribute.   The
+       The  function  set_field_just  sets  the  justification  attribute of a
+       field; field_just  returns  a  field's  justification  attribute.   The
        attribute  may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT,
        or JUSTIFY_CENTER.

                                                                                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                      -       The   function   field_just   returns   one    of:    NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+       The   function   field_just   returns   one    of:    NO_JUSTIFICATION,
        JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
 
-       The function set_field_just returns one of the following:
+       The function set_field_just returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.

                                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                      -       curses(3X)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+       curses(3x)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.

                                                                                                                                                      NOTES

                                                                                                                                                      -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                      @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                           form_field_just(3X)
+                                                           form_field_just(3x)
                                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html index d97791aa..03ced380 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html @@ -35,89 +35,89 @@ -form_field_new 3X +form_field_new 3x -

                                                                                                                                                        form_field_new 3X

                                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                                        form_field_new 3x

                                                                                                                                                        -form_field_new(3X)                                          form_field_new(3X)
+form_field_new(3x)                                          form_field_new(3x)

                                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                                        -       new_field,  dup_field, link_field, free_field - create and destroy form
+       new_field,  dup_field, link_field, free_field - create and destroy form
        fields

                                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                        -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
-                        int toprow, int leftcol,
-                        int offscreen, int nbuffers);
-       FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
-       FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
-       int free_field(FIELD *field);
+       FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
+                        int toprow, int leftcol,
+                        int offscreen, int nbuffers);
+       FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+       FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+       int free_field(FIELD *field);

                                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                        -       The function new_field allocates a new field and  initializes  it  from
+       The function new_field allocates a new field and  initializes  it  from
        the  parameters  given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column
        of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of  additional
        working buffers.
 
-       The  function  dup_field  duplicates  a  field at a new location.  Most
+       The  function  dup_field  duplicates  a  field at a new location.  Most
        attributes (including current contents, size, validation  type,  buffer
        count,  growth  threshold,  justification,  foreground, background, pad
        character, options, and user pointer) are copied.  Field status and the
        field page bit are not copied.
 
-       The  function  link_field acts like dup_field, but the new field shares
+       The  function  link_field acts like dup_field, but the new field shares
        buffers with its parent.  Attribute data is separate.
 
-       The function free_field de-allocates storage associated with a field.
+       The function free_field de-allocates storage associated with a field.

                                                                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                        -       The functions new_field, dup_field, link_field return  NULL  on  error.
-       They set errno according to their success:
+       The functions new_field, dup_field, link_field return  NULL  on  error.
+       They set errno according to their success:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
             System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 
-       The function free_field returns one of the following:
+       The function free_field returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_CONNECTED
+       E_CONNECTED
             field is connected.

                                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                        -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                                                        -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                These routines emulate the System  V  forms  library.   They  were  not
        supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 
-       It  may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied by dup_field
+       It  may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied by dup_field
        being portable; the System V  forms  library  documents  are  not  very
        explicit about what gets copied and what does not.
 
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                            form_field_new(3X)
+                                                            form_field_new(3x)
                                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html index 46441b8d..278af87f 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html @@ -35,44 +35,44 @@ -form_field_opts 3X +form_field_opts 3x -

                                                                                                                                                          form_field_opts 3X

                                                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                                                          form_field_opts 3x

                                                                                                                                                          -form_field_opts(3X)                                        form_field_opts(3X)
+form_field_opts(3x)                                        form_field_opts(3x)

                                                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                                                          -       set_field_opts, field_opts_on, field_opts_off, field_opts - set and get
+       set_field_opts, field_opts_on, field_opts_off, field_opts - set and get
        field options

                                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                          -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
-       Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+       Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD *field);
 
-       int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
-       int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+       int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+       int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);

                                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                          -       The function set_field_opts sets all  the  given  field's  option  bits
+       The function set_field_opts sets all  the  given  field's  option  bits
        (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
 
-       The  function  field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+       The  function  field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves
        others alone.
 
-       The function field_opts_off turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+       The function field_opts_off turns off the given option bits, and leaves
        others alone.
 
-       The function field_opts returns the field's current option bits.
+       The function field_opts returns the field's current option bits.
 
        The following standard options are defined (all are on by default):
 
@@ -130,33 +130,33 @@
             to maintain consistent state.
 
        O_INPUT_FIELD
-            The set_max_field function checks for this extension, which allows
+            The set_max_field function checks for this extension, which allows
             a dynamic field to shrink if the new limit  is  smaller  than  the
             current field size.

                                                                                                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                          -       Except for field_opts, each routine returns one of the following:
+       Except for field_opts, each routine returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_CURRENT
+       E_CURRENT
             The field is the current field.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                          -       curses(3X), form(3X).  form_field_just(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).  form_field_just(3x).

                                                                                                                                                          NOTES

                                                                                                                                                          -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                          @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                           form_field_opts(3X)
+                                                           form_field_opts(3x)
                                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html index 15755f99..f134877a 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html @@ -35,28 +35,28 @@ -form_field_userptr 3X +form_field_userptr 3x -

                                                                                                                                                            form_field_userptr 3X

                                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                                            form_field_userptr 3x

                                                                                                                                                            -form_field_userptr(3X)                                  form_field_userptr(3X)
+form_field_userptr(3x)                                  form_field_userptr(3x)

                                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                                            -       set_field_userptr,  field_userptr  -  associate application data with a
+       set_field_userptr,  field_userptr  -  associate application data with a
        form field

                                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                            -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, void *userptr);
-       void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, void *userptr);
+       void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);

                                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                            @@ -66,19 +66,19 @@

                                                                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                            -       The function field_userptr returns a pointer (which may be  NULL).   It
-       does not set errno.
+       The function field_userptr returns a pointer (which may be  NULL).   It
+       does not set errno.
 
-       The function set_field_userptr returns E_OK (success).
+       The function set_field_userptr returns E_OK (success).

                                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                            -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                            NOTES

                                                                                                                                                            -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                            @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                        form_field_userptr(3X)
+                                                        form_field_userptr(3x)
                                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html index 5a917cdc..c2781070 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html @@ -34,70 +34,70 @@ -form_field_validation 3X +form_field_validation 3x -

                                                                                                                                                              form_field_validation 3X

                                                                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                                                                              form_field_validation 3x

                                                                                                                                                              -form_field_validation(3X)                            form_field_validation(3X)
+form_field_validation(3x)                            form_field_validation(3x)

                                                                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                                                                              -       form_field_validation - data type validation for fields
+       form_field_validation - data type validation for fields

                                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                              -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
-       FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
-       int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
+       void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
+       FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
 
        /* predefined field types */
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALNUM;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ENUM;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_INTEGER;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_NUMERIC;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_REGEXP;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALNUM;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ENUM;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_INTEGER;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_NUMERIC;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_REGEXP;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4;

                                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                      By  default, no validation is done on form fields.  You can associate a
-       form with with a field type, making the form library validate input.
+       form with with a field type, making the form library validate input.

                                                                                                                                                              field_arg

                                                                                                                                                              -       Returns a pointer to the field's argument block.  The argument block is
+       Returns a pointer to the field's argument block.  The argument block is
        an  opaque  structure  containing a copy of the arguments provided in a
-       set_field_type call.
+       set_field_type call.

                                                                                                                                                              field_type

                                                                                                                                                              -       Returns a pointer to the field type associated  with  the  form  field,
-       i.e., by calling set_field_type.
+       Returns a pointer to the field type associated  with  the  form  field,
+       i.e., by calling set_field_type.

                                                                                                                                                              set_field_type

                                                                                                                                                              -       The  function  set_field_type associates a field type with a given form
+       The  function  set_field_type associates a field type with a given form
        field.  This is the type checked by validation functions.   Most  field
        types  are  configurable,  via arguments which the caller provides when
-       calling set_field_type.
+       calling set_field_type.
 
        Several field types are predefined by the form library.

                                                                                                                                                              Predefined types

                                                                                                                                                                      It is possible to set up new  programmer-defined  field  types.   Field
-       types  are implemented via the FIELDTYPE data structure, which contains
+       types  are implemented via the FIELDTYPE data structure, which contains
        several pointers to functions.
 
-       See the form_fieldtype(3X) manual page, which describes functions which
+       See the form_fieldtype(3x) manual page, which describes functions which
        can be used to construct a field-type dynamically.
 
        The predefined types are as follows:
@@ -105,21 +105,21 @@
        TYPE_ALNUM
             Alphanumeric data.  Required parameter:
 
-            o   a third int argument, a minimum field width.
+            o   a third int argument, a minimum field width.
 
        TYPE_ALPHA
             Character data.  Required parameter:
 
-            o   a third int argument, a minimum field width.
+            o   a third int argument, a minimum field width.
 
        TYPE_ENUM
             Accept one of a specified set of strings.  Required parameters:
 
-            o   a third (char **) argument pointing to a string list;
+            o   a third (char **) argument pointing to a string list;
 
-            o   a fourth int flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
+            o   a fourth int flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
 
-            o   a  fifth  int flag argument specifying whether a partial match
+            o   a  fifth  int flag argument specifying whether a partial match
                 must be a unique one.  If this flag is off, a  prefix  matches
                 the  first of any set of more than one list elements with that
                 prefix.
@@ -128,49 +128,49 @@
             lives in automatic variables on the stack.
 
        TYPE_INTEGER
-            Integer  data,  parsable  to  an  integer  by  atoi(3).   Required
+            Integer  data,  parsable  to  an  integer  by  atoi(3).   Required
             parameters:
 
-            o   a third int argument controlling the precision,
+            o   a third int argument controlling the precision,
 
-            o   a fourth long argument constraining minimum value,
+            o   a fourth long argument constraining minimum value,
 
-            o   a fifth long constraining maximum value.  If the maximum value
+            o   a fifth long constraining maximum value.  If the maximum value
                 is  less  than  or  equal  to  the minimum value, the range is
                 simply ignored.
 
-            On return, the field buffer is formatted according to  the  printf
+            On return, the field buffer is formatted according to  the  printf
             format  specification  ".*ld",  where  the  "*" is replaced by the
             precision argument.
 
-            For details of the precision handling see printf(3).
+            For details of the precision handling see printf(3).
 
        TYPE_NUMERIC
             Numeric  data  (may  have   a   decimal-point   part).    Required
             parameters:
 
-            o   a third int argument controlling the precision,
+            o   a third int argument controlling the precision,
 
-            o   a fourth double argument constraining minimum value,
+            o   a fourth double argument constraining minimum value,
 
-            o   and a fifth double constraining maximum value.  If your system
+            o   and a fifth double constraining maximum value.  If your system
                 supports locales, the decimal point character must be the  one
                 specified  by  your locale.  If the maximum value is less than
                 or equal to the minimum value, the range is simply ignored.
 
-            On return, the field buffer is formatted according to  the  printf
+            On return, the field buffer is formatted according to  the  printf
             format  specification  ".*f",  where  the  "*"  is replaced by the
             precision argument.
 
-            For details of the precision handling see printf(3).
+            For details of the precision handling see printf(3).
 
        TYPE_REGEXP
             Regular expression data.  Required parameter:
 
-            o   a third argument, a regular expression (char *)  string.   The
+            o   a third argument, a regular expression (char *)  string.   The
                 data is valid if the regular expression matches it.
 
-            Regular expressions are in the format of regcomp and regexec.
+            Regular expressions are in the format of regcomp and regexec.
 
             The  regular  expression  must match the whole field.  If you have
             for example, an eight character wide field, a  regular  expression
@@ -183,10 +183,10 @@
        TYPE_IPV4
             An Internet Protocol Version 4 address.  Required parameter:
 
-            o   none
+            o   none
 
             The  form  library  checks  whether or not the buffer has the form
-            a.b.c.d, where a, b, c, and d are numbers in the range 0  to  255.
+            a.b.c.d, where a, b, c, and d are numbers in the range 0  to  255.
             Trailing  blanks in the buffer are ignored.  The address itself is
             not validated.
 
@@ -195,22 +195,22 @@

                                                                                                                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                              -       The  functions  field_type  and  field_arg  return  NULL on error.  The
-       function set_field_type returns one of the following:
+       The  functions  field_type  and  field_arg  return  NULL on error.  The
+       function set_field_type returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                              -       curses(3X), form(3X), form_fieldtype(3X), form_variables(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x), form_fieldtype(3x), form_variables(3x).

                                                                                                                                                              NOTES

                                                                                                                                                              -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                              @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                     form_field_validation(3X)
+                                                     form_field_validation(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html index 367e48a3..386219b4 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html @@ -35,147 +35,147 @@ -form_fieldtype 3X +form_fieldtype 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                form_fieldtype 3X

                                                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                                                form_fieldtype 3x

                                                                                                                                                                -form_fieldtype(3X)                                          form_fieldtype(3X)
+form_fieldtype(3x)                                          form_fieldtype(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                                                -       form_fieldtype - define validation-field types
+       form_fieldtype - define validation-field types

                                                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
-           bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
-           bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
-       int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
+       FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+           bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
+           bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
+       int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
 
-       int set_fieldtype_arg(
-           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
-           void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
-           void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
-           void  (* const free_arg)(void *));
-       int set_fieldtype_choice(
-           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
-           bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
-           bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
+       int set_fieldtype_arg(
+           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+           void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+           void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+           void  (* const free_arg)(void *));
+       int set_fieldtype_choice(
+           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+           bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
+           bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
 
-       FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
-                                 FIELDTYPE *type2);
+       FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+                                 FIELDTYPE *type2);

                                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                new_fieldtype

                                                                                                                                                                -       The  function  new_fieldtype  creates  a new field type usable for data
+       The  function  new_fieldtype  creates  a new field type usable for data
        validation.  Its parameters are function pointers:
 
-       field_check
+       field_check
             This function checks  the  validity  of  an  entered  data  string
             whenever  the  user  attempts  to  leave  a  field.   It  has  two
             arguments:
 
-            o   The  (FIELD  *)  argument  is  passed  in  so  the  validation
+            o   The  (FIELD  *)  argument  is  passed  in  so  the  validation
                 predicate   can  see  the  field's  buffer,  sizes  and  other
                 attributes.
 
-            o   The second argument  is  an  argument-block  structure,  about
+            o   The second argument  is  an  argument-block  structure,  about
                 which more below.
 
-       char_check
+       char_check
             This function validates input characters as they are entered.  The
             form library passes it the character to be checked and  a  pointer
             to an argument-block structure.

                                                                                                                                                                free_fieldtype

                                                                                                                                                                -       The  free_fieldtype  function  frees  the  space  allocated for a given
-       validation type by new_fieldtype.
+       The  free_fieldtype  function  frees  the  space  allocated for a given
+       validation type by new_fieldtype.

                                                                                                                                                                set_fieldtype_arg

                                                                                                                                                                -       The  function  set_fieldtype_arg  associates  three  storage-management
+       The  function  set_fieldtype_arg  associates  three  storage-management
        functions with a field type:
 
-       make_arg
+       make_arg
             This  function  is  automatically applied to the list of arguments
-            you give set_field_type when attaching validation to a field.   It
+            you give set_field_type when attaching validation to a field.   It
             stores  the  arguments in an allocated argument-block object which
             is used when validating input.
 
-       copy_arg
+       copy_arg
             This function may be used by applications to copy argument-blocks.
 
-       free_arg
+       free_arg
             Frees an argument-block structure.
 
-       You must supply the make_arg function.  The other two are optional: you
+       You must supply the make_arg function.  The other two are optional: you
        may  supply NULL for them.  In this case, the form library assumes that
-       make_arg does not allocate memory but simply loads the argument into  a
+       make_arg does not allocate memory but simply loads the argument into  a
        single scalar value.

                                                                                                                                                                set_fieldtype_choice

                                                                                                                                                                -       The  form  driver  requests  REQ_NEXT_CHOICE and REQ_PREV_CHOICE assume
+       The  form  driver  requests  REQ_NEXT_CHOICE and REQ_PREV_CHOICE assume
        that the possible values of a field form an ordered  set,  and  provide
        the forms user with a way to move through the set.
 
-       The  set_fieldtype_choice  function  allows forms programmers to define
+       The  set_fieldtype_choice  function  allows forms programmers to define
        successor  and  predecessor  functions  for  the  field  type.    These
        functions  take  the  field  pointer and an argument-block structure as
        arguments.

                                                                                                                                                                link_fieldtype

                                                                                                                                                                -       The function link_fieldtype creates a new field type from the two given
+       The function link_fieldtype creates a new field type from the two given
        types.  They are connected by an logical 'OR'.

                                                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                -       The  pointer-valued  routines  return  NULL  on  error.  They set errno
+       The  pointer-valued  routines  return  NULL  on  error.  They set errno
        according to their success:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
             System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 
        The integer-valued routines return one of the following codes on error:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_CONNECTED
+       E_CONNECTED
             The field is already connected to a form.
 
-       E_CURRENT
+       E_CURRENT
             The field is the current field.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                -       curses(3X), form(3X), form_field_validation(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x), form_field_validation(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                            form_fieldtype(3X)
+                                                            form_fieldtype(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html index 916f301d..db129990 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html @@ -35,79 +35,79 @@ -form_hook 3X +form_hook 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                  form_hook 3X

                                                                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                                                                  form_hook 3x

                                                                                                                                                                  -form_hook(3X)                                                    form_hook(3X)
+form_hook(3x)                                                    form_hook(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                                                                  -       form_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
+       form_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

                                                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                  -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_field_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
-       Form_Hook field_init(const FORM *form);
+       int set_field_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+       Form_Hook field_init(const FORM *form);
 
-       int set_field_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
-       Form_Hook field_term(const FORM *form);
+       int set_field_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+       Form_Hook field_term(const FORM *form);
 
-       int set_form_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
-       Form_Hook form_init(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+       Form_Hook form_init(const FORM *form);
 
-       int set_form_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
-       Form_Hook form_term(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+       Form_Hook form_term(const FORM *form);

                                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                          These  functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at
        various points in the automatic processing  of  input  event  codes  by
-       form_driver.
+       form_driver.
 
-       The  function set_field_init sets a hook to be called at form-post time
+       The  function set_field_init sets a hook to be called at form-post time
        and  each  time  the  selected  field  changes  (after   the   change).
-       field_init  returns  the current field init hook, if any (NULL if there
+       field_init  returns  the current field init hook, if any (NULL if there
        is no such hook).
 
-       The function set_field_term sets a hook to  be  called  at  form-unpost
+       The function set_field_term sets a hook to  be  called  at  form-unpost
        time  and  each  time  the  selected field changes (before the change).
-       field_term returns the current field term hook, if any (NULL  if  there
+       field_term returns the current field term hook, if any (NULL  if  there
        is no such hook).
 
-       The  function  set_form_init sets a hook to be called at form-post time
-       and just after a page change once it is posted.  form_init returns  the
-       current form init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+       The  function  set_form_init sets a hook to be called at form-post time
+       and just after a page change once it is posted.  form_init returns  the
+       current form init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
 
-       The function set_form_term sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
-       and just before a page change once it is posted.  form_init returns the
-       current form term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+       The function set_form_term sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
+       and just before a page change once it is posted.  form_init returns the
+       current form term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).

                                                                                                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                  -       Routines  that  return  pointers  return NULL on error.  Other routines
+       Routines  that  return  pointers  return NULL on error.  Other routines
        return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                  -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                  NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                  -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                  PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                  @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 form_hook(3X)
+                                                                 form_hook(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html index 32d87fa5..59b09a03 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html @@ -35,70 +35,70 @@ -form_new 3X +form_new 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                    form_new 3X

                                                                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                                                                    form_new 3x

                                                                                                                                                                    -form_new(3X)                                                      form_new(3X)
+form_new(3x)                                                      form_new(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                                                                    -       new_form, free_form - create and destroy forms
+       new_form, free_form - create and destroy forms

                                                                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                    -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
-       int free_form(FORM *form);
+       FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+       int free_form(FORM *form);

                                                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                    -       The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field
-       pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated).
+       The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field
+       pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated).
 
-       The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and  frees
+       The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and  frees
        the storage allocated for the form.

                                                                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  function  new_form returns NULL on error.  It sets errno according
+       The  function  new_form returns NULL on error.  It sets errno according
        to the function's success:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_CONNECTED
+       E_CONNECTED
             The field is already connected to a form.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
             System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 
-       The function free_form returns one of the following:
+       The function free_form returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The form has already been posted.

                                                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                    -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                    NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                  form_new(3X)
+                                                                  form_new(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html index 856d99ea..7a14ed65 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html @@ -35,56 +35,56 @@ -form_new_page 3X +form_new_page 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                      form_new_page 3X

                                                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                                                      form_new_page 3x

                                                                                                                                                                      -form_new_page(3X)                                            form_new_page(3X)
+form_new_page(3x)                                            form_new_page(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                                                                      -       set_new_page, new_page - form pagination functions
+       set_new_page, new_page - form pagination functions

                                                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                      -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
-       bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
+       bool new_page(const FIELD *field);

                                                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                      -       The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field
+       The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field
        as the beginning of a new page on its form.
 
-       The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks
+       The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks
        a page beginning on its form.

                                                                                                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                      -       The function new_page returns TRUE or FALSE.
+       The function new_page returns TRUE or FALSE.
 
-       The function set_new_page returns one of the following:
+       The function set_new_page returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_CONNECTED
+       E_CONNECTED
             The given field is already connected to a form.

                                                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                      -       curses(3X)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+       curses(3x)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.

                                                                                                                                                                      NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                      -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                      @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                             form_new_page(3X)
+                                                             form_new_page(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html index 0e5bbfc7..3c9d87f8 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html @@ -35,72 +35,72 @@ -form_opts 3X +form_opts 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                        form_opts 3X

                                                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                                                        form_opts 3x

                                                                                                                                                                        -form_opts(3X)                                                    form_opts(3X)
+form_opts(3x)                                                    form_opts(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                                                        -       set_form_opts,  form_opts_on,  form_opts_off,  form_opts  - set and get
+       set_form_opts,  form_opts_on,  form_opts_off,  form_opts  - set and get
        form options

                                                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                        -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_form_opts(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
-       Field_Options form_opts(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_opts(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+       Field_Options form_opts(const FORM *form);
 
-       int form_opts_on(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
-       int form_opts_off(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+       int form_opts_on(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+       int form_opts_off(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);

                                                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                        -       The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits  (form
+       The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits  (form
        option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
 
-       The  function  form_opts_on  turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+       The  function  form_opts_on  turns on the given option bits, and leaves
        others alone.
 
-       The function form_opts_off turns off the given option bits, and  leaves
+       The function form_opts_off turns off the given option bits, and  leaves
        others alone.
 
-       The function form_opts returns the form's current option bits.
+       The function form_opts returns the form's current option bits.
 
        The following options are defined (all are on by default):
 
        O_NL_OVERLOAD
-            Overload  the REQ_NEW_LINE forms driver request so that calling it
+            Overload  the REQ_NEW_LINE forms driver request so that calling it
             at the end of a field goes to the next field.
 
        O_BS_OVERLOAD
-            Overload the REQ_DEL_PREV forms driver request so that calling  it
+            Overload the REQ_DEL_PREV forms driver request so that calling  it
             at the beginning of a field goes to the previous field.

                                                                                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                        -       Except for form_opts, each routine returns one of the following:
+       Except for form_opts, each routine returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                        -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                        -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                        @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 form_opts(3X)
+                                                                 form_opts(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html index 912eed45..a1b3cad4 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html @@ -35,89 +35,89 @@ -form_page 3X +form_page 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                          form_page 3X

                                                                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                                                                          form_page 3x

                                                                                                                                                                          -form_page(3X)                                                    form_page(3X)
+form_page(3x)                                                    form_page(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                                                                          -       form_page - set and get form page number
+       form_page - set and get form page number

                                                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                          -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
-       FIELD *current_field(const FORM *form);
+       int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
+       FIELD *current_field(const FORM *form);
 
-       int unfocus_current_field(FORM *form);
+       int unfocus_current_field(FORM *form);
 
-       int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
-       int form_page(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
+       int form_page(const FORM *form);
 
-       int field_index(const FIELD *field);
+       int field_index(const FIELD *field);

                                                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                          -       The  function  set_current_field  sets  the  current field of the given
-       form; current_field returns the current field of the given form.
+       The  function  set_current_field  sets  the  current field of the given
+       form; current_field returns the current field of the given form.
 
-       The function unfocus_current_field removes the focus from  the  current
-       field  of  the  form.  In such state, inquiries via current_field shall
+       The function unfocus_current_field removes the focus from  the  current
+       field  of  the  form.  In such state, inquiries via current_field shall
        return a NULL pointer.
 
-       The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to page  n
+       The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to page  n
        of the form).
 
-       The function form_page returns the form's current page number.
+       The function form_page returns the form's current page number.
 
-       The  function  field_index  returns the index of the field in the field
-       array of the form it is connected to.  It returns ERR if  the  argument
+       The  function  field_index  returns the index of the field in the field
+       array of the form it is connected to.  It returns ERR if  the  argument
        is the null pointer or the field is not connected.

                                                                                                                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                          -       Except for form_page, each routine returns one of the following:
+       Except for form_page, each routine returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_INVALID_FIELD
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
             Contents of a field are not valid.
 
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
             The form driver could not process the request.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                          -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                          NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                          -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                  These routines emulate the System  V  forms  library.   They  were  not
        supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 
-       The unfocus_current_field function is an ncurses extension.
+       The unfocus_current_field function is an ncurses extension.

                                                                                                                                                                          AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 form_page(3X)
+                                                                 form_page(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html index f663d554..3534f1ea 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html @@ -35,73 +35,73 @@ -form_post 3X +form_post 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                            form_post 3X

                                                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                                                            form_post 3x

                                                                                                                                                                            -form_post(3X)                                                    form_post(3X)
+form_post(3x)                                                    form_post(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                                                            -       post_form,   unpost_form   -  write  or  erase  forms  from  associated
+       post_form,   unpost_form   -  write  or  erase  forms  from  associated
        subwindows

                                                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                            -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int post_form(FORM *form);
-       int unpost_form(FORM *form);
+       int post_form(FORM *form);
+       int unpost_form(FORM *form);

                                                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                            -       The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow.  To
-       trigger  physical  display  of  the  subwindow, use refresh(3X) or some
-       equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an curses
+       The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow.  To
+       trigger  physical  display  of  the  subwindow, use refresh(3x) or some
+       equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an curses
        input request will do).
 
-       The function unpost_form erases form from its associated subwindow.
+       The function unpost_form erases form from its associated subwindow.

                                                                                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                    These routines return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_NOT_POSTED
+       E_NOT_POSTED
             The form has not been posted.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the form.
 
-       E_NO_ROOM
+       E_NO_ROOM
             Form is too large for its window.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The form has already been posted.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                            -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                            NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                            -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                            @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 form_post(3X)
+                                                                 form_post(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html index b7b6a631..91dea4a3 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html @@ -35,58 +35,58 @@ -form_requestname 3X +form_requestname 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                              form_requestname 3X

                                                                                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                                                                                              form_requestname 3x

                                                                                                                                                                              -form_requestname(3X)                                      form_requestname(3X)
+form_requestname(3x)                                      form_requestname(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                                                                                              -       form_request_by_name, form_request_name - handle printable form request
+       form_request_by_name, form_request_name - handle printable form request
        names

                                                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                              -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       const char *form_request_name(int request);
-       int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
+       const char *form_request_name(int request);
+       int form_request_by_name(const char *name);

                                                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                              form_request_name

                                                                                                                                                                              -       The function form_request_name returns the printable  name  of  a  form
+       The function form_request_name returns the printable  name  of  a  form
        request code.

                                                                                                                                                                              form_request_name_by_name

                                                                                                                                                                              -       The  function  form_request_by_name  searches  in  the name-table for a
+       The  function  form_request_by_name  searches  in  the name-table for a
        request with the given name and returns its  request  code.   Otherwise
        E_NO_MATCH is returned.

                                                                                                                                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                              -       form_request_name   returns   NULL   on   error   and   sets  errno  to
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
+       form_request_name   returns   NULL   on   error   and   sets  errno  to
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
 
-       form_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on  error.   It  does  not  set
-       errno.
+       form_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on  error.   It  does  not  set
+       errno.

                                                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                              -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                              NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                              -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                          form_requestname(3X)
+                                                          form_requestname(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html index 6bddc64d..bdc2f2db 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html @@ -35,28 +35,28 @@ -form_userptr 3X +form_userptr 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                form_userptr 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                                                                form_userptr 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                -form_userptr(3X)                                              form_userptr(3X)
+form_userptr(3x)                                              form_userptr(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                -       set_form_userptr, form_userptr - associate application data with a form
+       set_form_userptr, form_userptr - associate application data with a form
        item

                                                                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, void *userptr);
-       void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, void *userptr);
+       void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);

                                                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -66,19 +66,19 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                -       The function form_userptr returns a pointer (which may  be  NULL).   It
-       does not set errno.
+       The function form_userptr returns a pointer (which may  be  NULL).   It
+       does not set errno.
 
-       The function set_form_userptr returns E_OK (success).
+       The function set_form_userptr returns E_OK (success).

                                                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                -       curses(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                              form_userptr(3X)
+                                                              form_userptr(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html index 4c4f10dc..218a09cd 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html @@ -34,38 +34,38 @@ -form_variables 3X +form_variables 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                  form_variables 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                                                                                  form_variables 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                  -form_variables(3X)                                          form_variables(3X)
+form_variables(3x)                                          form_variables(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                  -       TYPE_ALNUM, TYPE_ALPHA, TYPE_ENUM, TYPE_INTEGER, TYPE_IPV4,
-       TYPE_NUMERIC, TYPE_REGEXP - form system global variables
+       TYPE_ALNUM, TYPE_ALPHA, TYPE_ENUM, TYPE_INTEGER, TYPE_IPV4,
+       TYPE_NUMERIC, TYPE_REGEXP - form system global variables

                                                                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                  -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALNUM;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALPHA;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ENUM;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_INTEGER;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_IPV4;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_NUMERIC;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_REGEXP;
+       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALNUM;
+       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALPHA;
+       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ENUM;
+       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_INTEGER;
+       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_IPV4;
+       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_NUMERIC;
+       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_REGEXP;

                                                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                          These are building blocks for the form library,  defining  fields  that
-       can  be  created using the form_fieldtype(3X) functions.  Each provides
+       can  be  created using the form_fieldtype(3x) functions.  Each provides
        functions for field- and character-validation, according to  the  given
        datatype.
 
@@ -99,16 +99,16 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                  PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The  TYPE_IPV4 variable is an extension not provided by older implemen-
+       The  TYPE_IPV4 variable is an extension not provided by older implemen-
        tations of the form library.

                                                                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                  -       form(3X).
+       form(3x).
 
 
 
-                                                            form_variables(3X)
+                                                            form_variables(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html index 8dbb630f..2c870e09 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html @@ -35,78 +35,78 @@ -form_win 3X +form_win 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                    form_win 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                                                                                    form_win 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                    -form_win(3X)                                                      form_win(3X)
+form_win(3x)                                                      form_win(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                    -       form_win - make and break form window and subwindow associations
+       form_win - make and break form window and subwindow associations

                                                                                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                    -       #include <form.h>
+       #include <form.h>
 
-       int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
-       WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
 
-       int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
-       WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
+       WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
 
-       int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
+       int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);

                                                                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                    -       Every  form  has an associated pair of curses windows.  The form window
+       Every  form  has an associated pair of curses windows.  The form window
        displays any title and border associated  with  the  window;  the  form
        subwindow  displays  the items of the form that are currently available
        for selection.
 
        The first four  functions  get  and  set  those  windows.   It  is  not
-       necessary to set either window; by default, the driver code uses stdscr
+       necessary to set either window; by default, the driver code uses stdscr
        for both.
 
-       In the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is treated as though  it
-       were stsdcr.  A form argument of NULL is treated as a request to change
+       In the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is treated as though  it
+       were stsdcr.  A form argument of NULL is treated as a request to change
        the system default form window or subwindow.
 
-       The function scale_form returns  the  minimum  size  required  for  the
-       subwindow of form.
+       The function scale_form returns  the  minimum  size  required  for  the
+       subwindow of form.

                                                                                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                    -       Routines  that  return  pointers  return  NULL on error.  Routines that
+       Routines  that  return  pointers  return  NULL on error.  Routines that
        return an integer return one of the following error codes:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The form has already been posted.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the form.

                                                                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                    -       curses(3X), curs_variables(3X), form(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_variables(3x), form(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                    NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <form.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                  form_win(3X)
+                                                                  form_win(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html index d8d80f92..40b82edc 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html +++ b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html @@ -35,198 +35,198 @@ -@INFOCMP@ 1M +infocmp 1m -

                                                                                                                                                                                      @INFOCMP@ 1M

                                                                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                                                                      infocmp 1m

                                                                                                                                                                                      -infocmp(1M)                                                        infocmp(1M)
+infocmp(1m)                                                        infocmp(1m)

                                                                                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       infocmp - compare or print out terminfo descriptions
+       infocmp - compare or print out terminfo descriptions

                                                                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       infocmp [-1CDEFGIKLTUVWcdegilnpqrtux]
-             [-v n] [-s d| i| l| c] [-Q n] [-R subset]
-             [-w width] [-A directory] [-B directory]
-             [termname...]
+       infocmp [-1CDEFGIKLTUVWcdegilnpqrtux]
+             [-v n] [-s d| i| l| c] [-Q n] [-R subset]
+             [-w width] [-A directory] [-B directory]
+             [termname...]

                                                                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       infocmp  can  be  used  to  compare  a binary terminfo entry with other
-       terminfo entries, rewrite a terminfo description to take  advantage  of
-       the  use=  terminfo field, or print out a terminfo description from the
-       binary file (term) in a variety of formats.  In all cases, the  boolean
+       infocmp  can  be  used  to  compare  a binary terminfo entry with other
+       terminfo entries, rewrite a terminfo description to take  advantage  of
+       the  use=  terminfo field, or print out a terminfo description from the
+       binary file (term) in a variety of formats.  In all cases, the  boolean
        fields  will be printed first, followed by the numeric fields, followed
        by the string fields.

                                                                                                                                                                                      Default Options

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       If no options are specified and zero or one  termnames  are  specified,
-       the -I option will be assumed.  If more than one termname is specified,
-       the -d option will be assumed.
+       If no options are specified and zero or one  termnames  are  specified,
+       the -I option will be assumed.  If more than one termname is specified,
+       the -d option will be assumed.

                                                                                                                                                                                      Comparison Options [-d] [-c] [-n]

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       infocmp  compares  the  terminfo  description  of  the  first  terminal
-       termname  with  each  of  the descriptions given by the entries for the
-       other terminal's termnames.  If a capability is defined for only one of
+       infocmp  compares  the  terminfo  description  of  the  first  terminal
+       termname  with  each  of  the descriptions given by the entries for the
+       other terminal's termnames.  If a capability is defined for only one of
        the   terminals,  the  value  returned  depends  on  the  type  of  the
        capability:
 
-       o   F for missing boolean variables
+       o   F for missing boolean variables
 
-       o   NULL for missing integer or string variables
+       o   NULL for missing integer or string variables
 
-       Use the -q option to show the distinction between absent and  cancelled
+       Use the -q option to show the distinction between absent and  cancelled
        capabilities.
 
        These  options  produce a list which you can use to compare two or more
        terminal descriptions:
 
-       -d   produces a list of each capability that is different  between  two
+       -d   produces a list of each capability that is different  between  two
             entries.   Each  item  in  the list shows ":" after the capability
             name, followed by the capability values, separated by a comma.
 
-       -c   produces a list of each capability that is common between  two  or
+       -c   produces a list of each capability that is common between  two  or
             more entries.  Missing capabilities are ignored.  Each item in the
             list  shows  "="  after  the  capability  name,  followed  by  the
             capability value.
 
-            The  -u  option  provides  a  related  output,  showing  the first
+            The  -u  option  provides  a  related  output,  showing  the first
             terminal description rewritten to use the  second  as  a  building
             block via the "use=" clause.
 
-       -n   produces  a  list  of each capability that is in none of the given
+       -n   produces  a  list  of each capability that is in none of the given
             entries.  Each item in the list shows "!"  before  the  capability
             name.
 
-            Normally only the conventional capabilities are shown.  Use the -x
+            Normally only the conventional capabilities are shown.  Use the -x
             option to add the BSD-compatibility capabilities  (names  prefixed
             with "OT").
 
-            If  no  termnames are given, infocmp uses the environment variable
-            TERM for each of the termnames.
+            If  no  termnames are given, infocmp uses the environment variable
+            TERM for each of the termnames.

                                                                                                                                                                                      Source Listing Options [-I] [-L] [-C] [-r]

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The -I, -L, and -C options will  produce  a  source  listing  for  each
+       The -I, -L, and -C options will  produce  a  source  listing  for  each
        terminal named.
 
-            -I   use the terminfo names
-            -L   use the long C variable name listed in <term.h>
-            -C   use the termcap names
-            -r   when using -C, put out all capabilities in termcap form
-            -K   modifies the -C option, improving BSD-compatibility.
+            -I   use the terminfo names
+            -L   use the long C variable name listed in <term.h>
+            -C   use the termcap names
+            -r   when using -C, put out all capabilities in termcap form
+            -K   modifies the -C option, improving BSD-compatibility.
 
-       If  no  termnames are given, the environment variable TERM will be used
+       If  no  termnames are given, the environment variable TERM will be used
        for the terminal name.
 
-       The source produced by the -C option may be used directly as a  termcap
-       entry,  but not all parameterized strings can be changed to the termcap
-       format.  infocmp will attempt to  convert  most  of  the  parameterized
+       The source produced by the -C option may be used directly as a  termcap
+       entry,  but not all parameterized strings can be changed to the termcap
+       format.  infocmp will attempt to  convert  most  of  the  parameterized
        information,  and  anything not converted will be plainly marked in the
        output and commented out.  These should be edited by hand.
 
-       For best results when converting to termcap format, you should use both
-       -C  and  -r.   Normally a termcap description is limited to 1023 bytes.
-       infocmp trims away less essential parts to make it  fit.   If  you  are
+       For best results when converting to termcap format, you should use both
+       -C  and  -r.   Normally a termcap description is limited to 1023 bytes.
+       infocmp trims away less essential parts to make it  fit.   If  you  are
        converting to one of the (rare) termcap implementations which accept an
-       unlimited size of termcap, you may want to add  the  -T  option.   More
+       unlimited size of termcap, you may want to add  the  -T  option.   More
        often  however,  you  must  help  the  termcap implementation, and trim
-       excess whitespace (use the -0 option for that).
+       excess whitespace (use the -0 option for that).
 
        All padding information for strings  will  be  collected  together  and
-       placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  string  where  termcap expects it.
+       placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  string  where  termcap expects it.
        Mandatory padding (padding information with a trailing "/") will become
        optional.
 
-       All  termcap  variables  no longer supported by terminfo, but which are
-       derivable from other terminfo  variables,  will  be  output.   Not  all
-       terminfo  capabilities  will  be translated; only those variables which
-       were part of termcap will normally be output.  Specifying the -r option
+       All  termcap  variables  no longer supported by terminfo, but which are
+       derivable from other terminfo  variables,  will  be  output.   Not  all
+       terminfo  capabilities  will  be translated; only those variables which
+       were part of termcap will normally be output.  Specifying the -r option
        will  take off this restriction, allowing all capabilities to be output
-       in termcap form.  Normally you would use both the -C  and  -r  options.
+       in termcap form.  Normally you would use both the -C  and  -r  options.
        The  actual  format  used  incorporates  some  improvements for escaped
        characters  from  terminfo  format.   For  a  stricter   BSD-compatible
-       translation, use the -K option rather than -C.
+       translation, use the -K option rather than -C.
 
        Note  that  because  padding  is  collected  to  the  beginning  of the
        capability, not all capabilities are output.  Mandatory padding is  not
-       supported.   Because  termcap  strings  are  not as flexible, it is not
-       always possible  to  convert  a  terminfo  string  capability  into  an
-       equivalent termcap format.  A subsequent conversion of the termcap file
-       back into terminfo format will not necessarily reproduce  the  original
-       terminfo source.
+       supported.   Because  termcap  strings  are  not as flexible, it is not
+       always possible  to  convert  a  terminfo  string  capability  into  an
+       equivalent termcap format.  A subsequent conversion of the termcap file
+       back into terminfo format will not necessarily reproduce  the  original
+       terminfo source.
 
-       Some  common  terminfo  parameter sequences, their termcap equivalents,
+       Some  common  terminfo  parameter sequences, their termcap equivalents,
        and some terminal types which commonly have such sequences, are:
 
-           terminfo                    termcap   Representative Terminals
+           terminfo                    termcap   Representative Terminals
            ---------------------------------------------------------------
-           %p1%c                       %.        adm
-           %p1%d                       %d        hp, ANSI standard, vt100
-           %p1%'x'%+%c                 %+x       concept
-           %i                          %iq       ANSI standard, vt100
-           %p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;    %>xy      concept
-           %p2 is printed before %p1   %r        hp
+           %p1%c                       %.        adm
+           %p1%d                       %d        hp, ANSI standard, vt100
+           %p1%'x'%+%c                 %+x       concept
+           %i                          %iq       ANSI standard, vt100
+           %p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;    %>xy      concept
+           %p2 is printed before %p1   %r        hp

                                                                                                                                                                                      Use= Option [-u]

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The -u option produces a  terminfo  source  description  of  the  first
-       terminal  termname  which  is  relative  to the sum of the descriptions
-       given by the entries for the other terminals termnames.  It  does  this
-       by  analyzing  the differences between the first termname and the other
-       termnames and producing a description with use= fields  for  the  other
+       The -u option produces a  terminfo  source  description  of  the  first
+       terminal  termname  which  is  relative  to the sum of the descriptions
+       given by the entries for the other terminals termnames.  It  does  this
+       by  analyzing  the differences between the first termname and the other
+       termnames and producing a description with use= fields  for  the  other
        terminals.  In this manner, it is possible to retrofit generic terminfo
        entries into a terminal's description.  Or, if  two  similar  terminals
        exist, but were coded at different times or by different people so that
-       each description is a full description, using infocmp  will  show  what
+       each description is a full description, using infocmp  will  show  what
        can be done to change one description to be relative to the other.
 
        A capability will be printed with an at-sign (@) if it no longer exists
-       in the first termname, but one of the other termname entries contains a
+       in the first termname, but one of the other termname entries contains a
        value for it.  A capability's value will be printed if the value in the
-       first termname is not found in any of the other termname entries, or if
-       the  first of the other termname entries that has this capability gives
-       a different value for the capability than that in the first termname.
+       first termname is not found in any of the other termname entries, or if
+       the  first of the other termname entries that has this capability gives
+       a different value for the capability than that in the first termname.
 
-       The order of the other termname  entries  is  significant.   Since  the
-       terminfo  compiler  tic  does a left-to-right scan of the capabilities,
-       specifying two use= entries that contain differing entries for the same
+       The order of the other termname  entries  is  significant.   Since  the
+       terminfo  compiler  tic  does a left-to-right scan of the capabilities,
+       specifying two use= entries that contain differing entries for the same
        capabilities will produce different results depending on the order that
-       the entries are given in.  infocmp will flag any  such  inconsistencies
-       between the other termname entries as they are found.
+       the entries are given in.  infocmp will flag any  such  inconsistencies
+       between the other termname entries as they are found.
 
-       Alternatively, specifying a capability after a use= entry that contains
+       Alternatively, specifying a capability after a use= entry that contains
        that capability will cause the  second  specification  to  be  ignored.
-       Using  infocmp  to recreate a description can be a useful check to make
+       Using  infocmp  to recreate a description can be a useful check to make
        sure that everything was specified correctly  in  the  original  source
        description.
 
        Another  error  that  does not cause incorrect compiled files, but will
-       slow down the compilation time, is specifying extra  use=  fields  that
-       are superfluous.  infocmp will flag any other termname use= fields that
+       slow down the compilation time, is specifying extra  use=  fields  that
+       are superfluous.  infocmp will flag any other termname use= fields that
        were not needed.
 
-   Changing Databases [-A directory] [-B directory]
-       Like  other  ncurses  utilities,  infocmp  looks   for   the   terminal
-       descriptions   in  several  places.   You  can  use  the  TERMINFO  and
-       TERMINFO_DIRS environment variables to override the compiled-in default
-       list of places to search (see curses(3X) for details).
+   Changing Databases [-A directory] [-B directory]
+       Like  other  ncurses  utilities,  infocmp  looks   for   the   terminal
+       descriptions   in  several  places.   You  can  use  the  TERMINFO  and
+       TERMINFO_DIRS environment variables to override the compiled-in default
+       list of places to search (see curses(3x) for details).
 
-       You  can  also use the options -A and -B to override the list of places
+       You  can  also use the options -A and -B to override the list of places
        to search when comparing terminal descriptions:
 
-       o   The -A option sets the location for the first termname
+       o   The -A option sets the location for the first termname
 
-       o   The -B option sets the location for the other termnames.
+       o   The -B option sets the location for the other termnames.
 
        Using these options, it is  possible  to  compare  descriptions  for  a
        terminal  with  the  same name located in two different databases.  For
@@ -235,38 +235,38 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                      Other Options

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       -0   causes the fields to be printed on one line, without wrapping.
+       -0   causes the fields to be printed on one line, without wrapping.
 
-       -1   causes the fields to be printed out one to a line.  Otherwise, the
+       -1   causes the fields to be printed out one to a line.  Otherwise, the
             fields will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of  60
             characters.
 
-       -a   tells  infocmp  to  retain  commented-out capabilities rather than
+       -a   tells  infocmp  to  retain  commented-out capabilities rather than
             discarding them.  Capabilities are  commented  by  prefixing  them
             with a period.
 
-       -D   tells infocmp to print the database locations that it knows about,
+       -D   tells infocmp to print the database locations that it knows about,
             and exit.
 
-       -E   Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as tables,  needed  in
+       -E   Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as tables,  needed  in
             the   C   initializer  for  a  TERMTYPE  structure  (the  terminal
-            capability structure in the <term.h>).  This option is useful  for
+            capability structure in the <term.h>).  This option is useful  for
             preparing  versions  of  the  curses library hardwired for a given
             terminal type.  The tables are all declared static, and are  named
             according  to  the type and the name of the corresponding terminal
             entry.
 
-            Before ncurses 5.0, the split between the -e and  -E  options  was
+            Before ncurses 5.0, the split between the -e and  -E  options  was
             not  needed;  but  support  for extended names required making the
             arrays  of  terminal  capabilities  separate  from  the   TERMTYPE
             structure.
 
-       -e   Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as a C initializer for
+       -e   Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as a C initializer for
             a TERMTYPE structure (the terminal  capability  structure  in  the
-            <term.h>).   This  option  is useful for preparing versions of the
+            <term.h>).   This  option  is useful for preparing versions of the
             curses library hardwired for a given terminal type.
 
-       -F   compare terminfo files.  This assumes that two following arguments
+       -F   compare terminfo files.  This assumes that two following arguments
             are  filenames.   The  files  are  searched  for  pairwise matches
             between entries, with two entries considered to match  if  any  of
             their  names  do.   The  report  printed  to standard output lists
@@ -274,21 +274,21 @@
             than  one match.  For entries with exactly one match it includes a
             difference report.  Normally, to reduce the volume of the  report,
             use  references  are  not resolved before looking for differences,
-            but resolution can be forced by also specifying -r.
+            but resolution can be forced by also specifying -r.
 
-       -f   Display complex terminfo strings which contain  if/then/else/endif
+       -f   Display complex terminfo strings which contain  if/then/else/endif
             expressions indented for readability.
 
-       -G   Display  constant  literals  in  decimal  form  rather  than their
+       -G   Display  constant  literals  in  decimal  form  rather  than their
             character equivalents.
 
-       -g   Display constant character literals in  quoted  form  rather  than
+       -g   Display constant character literals in  quoted  form  rather  than
             their decimal equivalents.
 
-       -i   Analyze  the  initialization (is1, is2, is3), and reset (rs1, rs2,
-            rs3),  strings  in  the  entry,  as  well  as   those   used   for
-            starting/stopping  cursor-positioning  mode (smcup, rmcup) as well
-            as starting/stopping keymap mode (smkx, rmkx).
+       -i   Analyze  the  initialization (is1, is2, is3), and reset (rs1, rs2,
+            rs3),  strings  in  the  entry,  as  well  as   those   used   for
+            starting/stopping  cursor-positioning  mode (smcup, rmcup) as well
+            as starting/stopping keymap mode (smkx, rmkx).
 
             For each string, the code tries to  analyze  it  into  actions  in
             terms  of  the  other capabilities in the entry, certain X3.64/ISO
@@ -344,18 +344,18 @@
             UNDERLINE, BLINK, and REVERSE.  All but  NORMAL  may  be  prefixed
             with
 
-            o   "+" (turn on) or
+            o   "+" (turn on) or
 
-            o   "-" (turn off).
+            o   "-" (turn off).
 
             An  SGR0  designates  an  empty  highlight sequence (equivalent to
             {SGR:NORMAL}).
 
-       -l   Set output format to terminfo.
+       -l   Set output format to terminfo.
 
-       -p   Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings.
+       -p   Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings.
 
-       -Q n Rather than show source  in  terminfo  (text)  format,  print  the
+       -Q n Rather than show source  in  terminfo  (text)  format,  print  the
             compiled  (binary) format in hexadecimal or base64 form, depending
             on the option's value:
 
@@ -366,92 +366,92 @@
                3  hexadecimal and base64
 
             For example, this prints the compiled terminfo value as  a  string
-            which could be assigned to the TERMINFO environment variable:
+            which could be assigned to the TERMINFO environment variable:
 
                 infocmp -0 -q -Q2
 
-       -q   This makes the output a little shorter:
+       -q   This makes the output a little shorter:
 
-            o   Make  the  comparison listing shorter by omitting subheadings,
+            o   Make  the  comparison listing shorter by omitting subheadings,
                 and using "-" for absent capabilities, "@" for canceled rather
                 than "NULL".
 
-            o   However,   show   differences  between  absent  and  cancelled
+            o   However,   show   differences  between  absent  and  cancelled
                 capabilities.
 
-            o   Omit the "Reconstructed from" comment for source listings.
+            o   Omit the "Reconstructed from" comment for source listings.
 
-       -Rsubset
+       -Rsubset
             Restrict output to a given subset.  This option is  for  use  with
             archaic  versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX
             that do not support the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo;  and
             variants  such  as AIX that have their own extensions incompatible
             with SVr4/XSI.
 
-            o   Available terminfo subsets are  "SVr1",  "Ultrix",  "HP",  and
-                "AIX"; see terminfo(5) for details.
+            o   Available terminfo subsets are  "SVr1",  "Ultrix",  "HP",  and
+                "AIX"; see terminfo(5) for details.
 
-            o   You  can  also  choose  the  subset  "BSD"  which selects only
+            o   You  can  also  choose  the  subset  "BSD"  which selects only
                 capabilities with termcap equivalents  recognized  by  4.4BSD.
-                The -C option sets the "BSD" subset as a side-effect.
+                The -C option sets the "BSD" subset as a side-effect.
 
-            o   If  you  select  any  other value for -R, it is the same as no
-                subset, i.e.,  all  capabilities  are  used.   The  -I  option
+            o   If  you  select  any  other value for -R, it is the same as no
+                subset, i.e.,  all  capabilities  are  used.   The  -I  option
                 likewise selects no subset as a side-effect.
 
-       -s [d|i|l|c]
-            The  -s  option sorts the fields within each type according to the
+       -s [d|i|l|c]
+            The  -s  option sorts the fields within each type according to the
             argument below:
 
-            d    leave fields in  the  order  that  they  are  stored  in  the
-                 terminfo database.
+            d    leave fields in  the  order  that  they  are  stored  in  the
+                 terminfo database.
 
-            i    sort by terminfo name.
+            i    sort by terminfo name.
 
-            l    sort by the long C variable name.
+            l    sort by the long C variable name.
 
-            c    sort by the termcap name.
+            c    sort by the termcap name.
 
-            If  the  -s  option  is  not given, the fields printed out will be
-            sorted alphabetically by  the  terminfo  name  within  each  type,
-            except  in  the  case of the -C or the -L options, which cause the
-            sorting to be done by the termcap name  or  the  long  C  variable
+            If  the  -s  option  is  not given, the fields printed out will be
+            sorted alphabetically by  the  terminfo  name  within  each  type,
+            except  in  the  case of the -C or the -L options, which cause the
+            sorting to be done by the termcap name  or  the  long  C  variable
             name, respectively.
 
-       -T   eliminates  size-restrictions  on  the  generated  text.   This is
+       -T   eliminates  size-restrictions  on  the  generated  text.   This is
             mainly  useful  for  testing  and  analysis,  since  the  compiled
             descriptions  are  limited  (e.g.,  1023  for  termcap,  4096  for
             terminfo).
 
-       -t   tells tic to discard commented-out  capabilities.   Normally  when
+       -t   tells tic to discard commented-out  capabilities.   Normally  when
             translating  from terminfo to termcap, untranslatable capabilities
             are commented-out.
 
-       -U   tells infocmp to not  post-process  the  data  after  parsing  the
+       -U   tells infocmp to not  post-process  the  data  after  parsing  the
             source  file.   This  feature  helps  when  comparing  the  actual
             contents of two source files, since  it  excludes  the  inferences
-            that infocmp makes to fill in missing data.
+            that infocmp makes to fill in missing data.
 
-       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
+       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
             exits.
 
-       -v n prints out tracing information on standard error  as  the  program
+       -v n prints out tracing information on standard error  as  the  program
             runs.
 
-            The  optional  parameter  n  is  a number from 1 to 10, inclusive,
+            The  optional  parameter  n  is  a number from 1 to 10, inclusive,
             indicating the desired level of detail of information.  If ncurses
             is  built  without  tracing  support,  the  optional  parameter is
             ignored.
 
-       -W   By itself, the -w  option  will  not  force  long  strings  to  be
-            wrapped.  Use the -W option to do this.
+       -W   By itself, the -w  option  will  not  force  long  strings  to  be
+            wrapped.  Use the -W option to do this.
 
-       -w width
-            changes the output to width characters.
+       -w width
+            changes the output to width characters.
 
-       -x   print information for user-defined capabilities (see user_caps(5).
+       -x   print information for user-defined capabilities (see user_caps(5).
             These are extensions to  the  terminfo  repertoire  which  can  be
-            loaded using the -x option of tic.
+            loaded using the -x option of tic.

                                                                                                                                                                                      FILES

                                                                                                                                                                                      @@ -461,60 +461,60 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                      HISTORY

                                                                                                                                                                                              Although  System  V  Release  2  provided a terminfo library, it had no
        documented tool for decompiling the terminal descriptions.  Tony Hansen
-       (AT&T) wrote the first infocmp in early 1984, for System V Release 3.
+       (AT&T) wrote the first infocmp in early 1984, for System V Release 3.
 
        Eric  Raymond  used  the  AT&T  documentation  in  1995  to  provide an
-       equivalent infocmp for ncurses.   In  addition,  he  added  a  few  new
+       equivalent infocmp for ncurses.   In  addition,  he  added  a  few  new
        features such as:
 
-       o   the   -e   option,   to  support  fallback  (compiled-in)  terminal
+       o   the   -e   option,   to  support  fallback  (compiled-in)  terminal
            descriptions
 
-       o   the -i option, to help with analysis
+       o   the -i option, to help with analysis
 
-       Later, Thomas Dickey added the -x (user-defined  capabilities)  option,
-       and  the  -E  option  to  support  fallback  entries  with user-defined
+       Later, Thomas Dickey added the -x (user-defined  capabilities)  option,
+       and  the  -E  option  to  support  fallback  entries  with user-defined
        capabilities.
 
-       For a complete list, see the EXTENSIONS section.
+       For a complete list, see the EXTENSIONS section.
 
-       In 2010, Roy Marples provided an infocmp program  for  NetBSD.   It  is
+       In 2010, Roy Marples provided an infocmp program  for  NetBSD.   It  is
        less  capable  than  the  SVr4  or ncurses versions (e.g., it lacks the
-       sorting options documented in X/Open), but does include the  -x  option
+       sorting options documented in X/Open), but does include the  -x  option
        adapted from ncurses.

                                                                                                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       X/Open  Curses,  Issue  7 (2009) provides a description of infocmp.  It
+       X/Open  Curses,  Issue  7 (2009) provides a description of infocmp.  It
        does not mention the options used for converting to termcap format.

                                                                                                                                                                                      EXTENSIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The -0, -1, -E, -F, -G, -Q, -R, -T, -V, -a, -e, -f, -g, -i, -l, -p,  -q
-       and -t options are not supported in SVr4 curses.
+       The -0, -1, -E, -F, -G, -Q, -R, -T, -V, -a, -e, -f, -g, -i, -l, -p,  -q
+       and -t options are not supported in SVr4 curses.
 
        SVr4   infocmp  does  not  distinguish  between  absent  and  cancelled
-       capabilities.  Also, it shows missing integer capabilities as  -1  (the
+       capabilities.  Also, it shows missing integer capabilities as  -1  (the
        internal   value   used   to   represent   missing   integers).    This
        implementation shows those as  "NULL",  for  consistency  with  missing
        strings.
 
-       The  -r  option's  notion of "termcap" capabilities is System V Release
+       The  -r  option's  notion of "termcap" capabilities is System V Release
        4's.  Actual BSD curses versions will have a more restricted  set.   To
-       see only the 4.4BSD set, use -r -RBSD.
+       see only the 4.4BSD set, use -r -RBSD.

                                                                                                                                                                                      BUGS

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The -F option of infocmp(1M) should be a toe(1M) mode.
+       The -F option of infocmp(1m) should be a toe(1m) mode.

                                                                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                      -       captoinfo(1M),    infotocap(1M),    tic(1M),    toe(1M),    curses(3X),
-       terminfo(5).  user_caps(5).
+       captoinfo(1m),    infotocap(1m),    tic(1m),    toe(1m),    curses(3x),
+       terminfo(5).  user_caps(5).
 
        https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).

                                                                                                                                                                                      AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                      @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                   infocmp(1M)
+                                                                   infocmp(1m)
                                                                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html index e25458e0..b189b949 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html +++ b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html @@ -35,43 +35,43 @@ -@INFOTOCAP@ 1M +infotocap 1m -

                                                                                                                                                                                        @INFOTOCAP@ 1M

                                                                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                                                                        infotocap 1m

                                                                                                                                                                                        -infotocap(1M)                                                    infotocap(1M)
+infotocap(1m)                                                    infotocap(1m)

                                                                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                        -       infotocap - convert a terminfo description into a termcap description
+       infotocap - convert a terminfo description into a termcap description

                                                                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                        -       infotocap [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file ...
+       infotocap [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file ...

                                                                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                        -       infotocap looks in each given text file for terminfo descriptions.  For
-       each terminfo description found, an equivalent termcap  description  is
-       written  to  standard output.  Terminfo use capabilities are translated
-       directly to termcap tc capabilities.
+       infotocap looks in each given text file for terminfo descriptions.  For
+       each terminfo description found, an equivalent termcap  description  is
+       written  to  standard output.  Terminfo use capabilities are translated
+       directly to termcap tc capabilities.
 
-       -v   print out tracing information on standard  error  as  the  program
+       -v   print out tracing information on standard  error  as  the  program
             runs.
 
-       -V   print  out the version of the program in use on standard error and
+       -V   print  out the version of the program in use on standard error and
             exit.
 
-       -1   cause the fields to print out  one  to  a  line.   Otherwise,  the
+       -1   cause the fields to print out  one  to  a  line.   Otherwise,  the
             fields  will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60
             characters.
 
-       -w   change the output to width characters.
+       -w   change the output to width characters.

                                                                                                                                                                                        FILES

                                                                                                                                                                                        @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                        -       This utility is actually a link to tic, running in -C  mode.   You  can
-       use other tic options such as -f and  -x.
+       This utility is actually a link to tic, running in -C  mode.   You  can
+       use other tic options such as -f and  -x.

                                                                                                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                        @@ -89,9 +89,9 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                        -       infocmp(1M), tic(1M), curses(3X), terminfo(5)
+       infocmp(1m), tic(1m), curses(3x), terminfo(5)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).

                                                                                                                                                                                        AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                        @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 infotocap(1M)
+                                                                 infotocap(1m)
                                                                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html index 91eefe06..9b77b3be 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html @@ -35,26 +35,26 @@ -key_defined 3X +key_defined 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                          key_defined 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                                                                                          key_defined 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                          -key_defined(3X)                                                key_defined(3X)
+key_defined(3x)                                                key_defined(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                          -       key_defined - check if a keycode is defined
+       key_defined - check if a keycode is defined

                                                                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                          -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int key_defined(const char *definition);
+       int key_defined(const char *definition);

                                                                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                          -       define_key(3X).
+       define_key(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                          AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                               key_defined(3X)
+                                                               key_defined(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html index ffd4f290..55f2d003 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html @@ -35,26 +35,26 @@ -keybound 3X +keybound 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                            keybound 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                                                                            keybound 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                            -keybound(3X)                                                      keybound(3X)
+keybound(3x)                                                      keybound(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                            -       keybound - return definition of keycode
+       keybound - return definition of keycode

                                                                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                            -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       char * keybound(int keycode, int count);
+       char * keybound(int keycode, int count);

                                                                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                            @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                            -       The keycode parameter must be greater than zero, else NULL is returned.
+       The keycode parameter must be greater than zero, else NULL is returned.
        If it does not correspond to a defined key, then NULL is returned.  The
-       count  parameter  is  used  to allow the application to iterate through
+       count  parameter  is  used  to allow the application to iterate through
        multiple  definitions,  counting  from  zero.   When  successful,   the
        function returns a string which must be freed by the caller.
 
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                            -       define_key(3X), keyok(3X).
+       define_key(3x), keyok(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                            AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                            @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                  keybound(3X)
+                                                                  keybound(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html index 19e309db..1ce53586 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html @@ -35,39 +35,39 @@ -keyok 3X +keyok 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                              keyok 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                                                                                                              keyok 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                              -keyok(3X)                                                            keyok(3X)
+keyok(3x)                                                            keyok(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                              -       keyok - enable or disable a keycode
+       keyok - enable or disable a keycode

                                                                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                              -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int keyok(int keycode, bool enable);
+       int keyok(int keycode, bool enable);

                                                                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                      This  is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an application
-       to disable specific keycodes, rather than use the  keypad  function  to
+       to disable specific keycodes, rather than use the  keypad  function  to
        disable all keycodes.  Keys that have been disabled can be re-enabled.

                                                                                                                                                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                              -       The  keycode  must  be  greater than zero, else ERR is returned.  If it
-       does not correspond to a defined key, then ERR  is  returned.   If  the
-       enable  parameter  is  true,  then the key must have been disabled, and
-       vice versa.  Otherwise, the function returns OK.
+       The  keycode  must  be  greater than zero, else ERR is returned.  If it
+       does not correspond to a defined key, then ERR  is  returned.   If  the
+       enable  parameter  is  true,  then the key must have been disabled, and
+       vice versa.  Otherwise, the function returns OK.

                                                                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                              -       define_key(3X).
+       define_key(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                              AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                     keyok(3X)
+                                                                     keyok(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html b/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html index 3451f547..5a5a3f0e 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html @@ -35,52 +35,52 @@ -legacy_coding 3X +legacy_coding 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                legacy_coding 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                                                                                legacy_coding 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                -legacy_coding(3X)                                            legacy_coding(3X)
+legacy_coding(3x)                                            legacy_coding(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                -       use_legacy_coding - override locale-encoding checks
+       use_legacy_coding - override locale-encoding checks

                                                                                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int use_legacy_coding(int level);
+       int use_legacy_coding(int level);

                                                                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  use_legacy_coding  function is an extension to the curses library.
-       It allows the caller to change  the  result  of  unctrl,  and  suppress
+       The  use_legacy_coding  function is an extension to the curses library.
+       It allows the caller to change  the  result  of  unctrl,  and  suppress
        related checks within the library that would normally cause nonprinting
        characters to be rendered in visible form.   This  affects  only  8-bit
        characters.
 
-       The level parameter controls the result:
+       The level parameter controls the result:
 
               0    the   library  functions  normally,  rendering  nonprinting
-                   characters as described in unctrl.
+                   characters as described in unctrl.
 
-              1    the  library  ignores  isprintf  for  codes  in  the  range
+              1    the  library  ignores  isprintf  for  codes  in  the  range
                    160-255.
 
-              2    the  library  ignores  isprintf  for  codes  in  the  range
-                   128-255.  It also modifies the output  of  unctrl,  showing
+              2    the  library  ignores  isprintf  for  codes  in  the  range
+                   128-255.  It also modifies the output  of  unctrl,  showing
                    codes in the range 128-159 as is.

                                                                                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                -       If  the  screen has not been initialized, or the level parameter is out
-       of range, the function returns ERR.  Otherwise, it returns the previous
-       level: 0, 1 or 2.
+       If  the  screen has not been initialized, or the level parameter is out
+       of range, the function returns ERR.  Otherwise, it returns the previous
+       level: 0, 1 or 2.

                                                                                                                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                -       unctrl.
+       unctrl.

                                                                                                                                                                                                AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                             legacy_coding(3X)
+                                                             legacy_coding(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html index 15ac9230..36baa10e 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html @@ -35,163 +35,163 @@ -menu 3X +menu 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                  menu 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                                                                                                  menu 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -menu(3X)                                                              menu(3X)
+menu(3x)                                                              menu(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       menu - curses extension for programming menus
+       menu - curses extension for programming menus

                                                                                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>

                                                                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The menu library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
+       The menu library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
        menu systems on character-cell terminals.  The library  includes:  item
        routines,  which create and modify menu items; and menu routines, which
        group items into  menus,  display  menus  on  the  screen,  and  handle
        interaction with the user.
 
-       The menu library uses the curses libraries, and a curses initialization
-       routine such as initscr must  be  called  before  using  any  of  these
-       functions.   To  use  the  menu  library,  link with the options -lmenu
-       -lcurses.
+       The menu library uses the curses libraries, and a curses initialization
+       routine such as initscr must  be  called  before  using  any  of  these
+       functions.   To  use  the  menu  library,  link with the options -lmenu
+       -lcurses.

                                                                                                                                                                                                  Current Default Values for Item Attributes

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The menu library maintains a default value for  item  attributes.   You
-       can  get  or  set  this default by calling the appropriate get_ or set_
-       routine with a NULL item pointer.  Changing this default  with  a  set_
+       The menu library maintains a default value for  item  attributes.   You
+       can  get  or  set  this default by calling the appropriate get_ or set_
+       routine with a NULL item pointer.  Changing this default  with  a  set_
        function  affects  future  item  creations,  but  does  not  change the
        rendering of items already created.

                                                                                                                                                                                                  Routine Name Index

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The following table lists each menu routine and the name of the  manual
+       The following table lists each menu routine and the name of the  manual
        page on which it is described.
 
-       curses Routine Name    Manual Page Name
+       curses Routine Name    Manual Page Name
        --------------------------------------------
-       current_item           mitem_current(3X)
-       free_item              mitem_new(3X)
-       free_menu              menu_new(3X)
-       item_count             menu_items(3X)
-       item_description       mitem_name(3X)
-       item_index             mitem_current(3X)
-       item_init              menu_hook(3X)
-       item_name              mitem_name(3X)
-       item_opts              mitem_opts(3X)
-       item_opts_off          mitem_opts(3X)
-       item_opts_on           mitem_opts(3X)
-       item_term              menu_hook(3X)
-       item_userptr           mitem_userptr(3X)
-       item_value             mitem_value(3X)
-       item_visible           mitem_visible(3X)
-       menu_back              menu_attributes(3X)
-       menu_driver            menu_driver(3X)
-       menu_fore              menu_attributes(3X)
-       menu_format            menu_format(3X)
-       menu_grey              menu_attributes(3X)
-       menu_init              menu_hook(3X)
-       menu_items             menu_items(3X)
-       menu_mark              menu_mark(3X)
-       menu_opts              menu_opts(3X)
-       menu_opts_off          menu_opts(3X)
-       menu_opts_on           menu_opts(3X)
-       menu_pad               menu_attributes(3X)
-       menu_pattern           menu_pattern(3X)
-       menu_request_by_name   menu_requestname(3X)
-       menu_request_name      menu_requestname(3X)
-
-       menu_spacing           menu_spacing(3X)
-       menu_sub               menu_win(3X)
-       menu_term              menu_hook(3X)
-       menu_userptr           menu_userptr(3X)
-       menu_win               menu_win(3X)
-       new_item               mitem_new(3X)
-       new_menu               menu_new(3X)
-       pos_menu_cursor        menu_cursor(3X)
-       post_menu              menu_post(3X)
-       scale_menu             menu_win(3X)
-       set_current_item       mitem_current(3X)
-       set_item_init          menu_hook(3X)
-       set_item_opts          mitem_opts(3X)
-       set_item_term          menu_hook(3X)
-       set_item_userptr       mitem_userptr(3X)
-       set_item_value         mitem_value(3X)
-       set_menu_back          menu_attributes(3X)
-       set_menu_fore          menu_attributes(3X)
-       set_menu_format        menu_format(3X)
-       set_menu_grey          menu_attributes(3X)
-       set_menu_init          menu_hook(3X)
-       set_menu_items         menu_items(3X)
-       set_menu_mark          menu_mark(3X)
-       set_menu_opts          mitem_opts(3X)
-       set_menu_pad           menu_attributes(3X)
-       set_menu_pattern       menu_pattern(3X)
-       set_menu_spacing       menu_spacing(3X)
-       set_menu_sub           menu_win(3X)
-       set_menu_term          menu_hook(3X)
-       set_menu_userptr       menu_userptr(3X)
-       set_menu_win           menu_win(3X)
-       set_top_row            mitem_current(3X)
-       top_row                mitem_current(3X)
-       unpost_menu            menu_post(3X)
+       current_item           mitem_current(3x)
+       free_item              mitem_new(3x)
+       free_menu              menu_new(3x)
+       item_count             menu_items(3x)
+       item_description       mitem_name(3x)
+       item_index             mitem_current(3x)
+       item_init              menu_hook(3x)
+       item_name              mitem_name(3x)
+       item_opts              mitem_opts(3x)
+       item_opts_off          mitem_opts(3x)
+       item_opts_on           mitem_opts(3x)
+       item_term              menu_hook(3x)
+       item_userptr           mitem_userptr(3x)
+       item_value             mitem_value(3x)
+       item_visible           mitem_visible(3x)
+       menu_back              menu_attributes(3x)
+       menu_driver            menu_driver(3x)
+       menu_fore              menu_attributes(3x)
+       menu_format            menu_format(3x)
+       menu_grey              menu_attributes(3x)
+       menu_init              menu_hook(3x)
+       menu_items             menu_items(3x)
+       menu_mark              menu_mark(3x)
+       menu_opts              menu_opts(3x)
+       menu_opts_off          menu_opts(3x)
+       menu_opts_on           menu_opts(3x)
+       menu_pad               menu_attributes(3x)
+       menu_pattern           menu_pattern(3x)
+       menu_request_by_name   menu_requestname(3x)
+       menu_request_name      menu_requestname(3x)
+
+       menu_spacing           menu_spacing(3x)
+       menu_sub               menu_win(3x)
+       menu_term              menu_hook(3x)
+       menu_userptr           menu_userptr(3x)
+       menu_win               menu_win(3x)
+       new_item               mitem_new(3x)
+       new_menu               menu_new(3x)
+       pos_menu_cursor        menu_cursor(3x)
+       post_menu              menu_post(3x)
+       scale_menu             menu_win(3x)
+       set_current_item       mitem_current(3x)
+       set_item_init          menu_hook(3x)
+       set_item_opts          mitem_opts(3x)
+       set_item_term          menu_hook(3x)
+       set_item_userptr       mitem_userptr(3x)
+       set_item_value         mitem_value(3x)
+       set_menu_back          menu_attributes(3x)
+       set_menu_fore          menu_attributes(3x)
+       set_menu_format        menu_format(3x)
+       set_menu_grey          menu_attributes(3x)
+       set_menu_init          menu_hook(3x)
+       set_menu_items         menu_items(3x)
+       set_menu_mark          menu_mark(3x)
+       set_menu_opts          mitem_opts(3x)
+       set_menu_pad           menu_attributes(3x)
+       set_menu_pattern       menu_pattern(3x)
+       set_menu_spacing       menu_spacing(3x)
+       set_menu_sub           menu_win(3x)
+       set_menu_term          menu_hook(3x)
+       set_menu_userptr       menu_userptr(3x)
+       set_menu_win           menu_win(3x)
+       set_top_row            mitem_current(3x)
+       top_row                mitem_current(3x)
+       unpost_menu            menu_post(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       Routines  that  return  pointers  return  NULL on error.  Routines that
+       Routines  that  return  pointers  return  NULL on error.  Routines that
        return an integer return one of the following error codes:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_NO_MATCH
+       E_NO_MATCH
             Character failed to match.
 
-       E_NO_ROOM
+       E_NO_ROOM
             Menu is too large for its window.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the menu.
 
-       E_NOT_POSTED
+       E_NOT_POSTED
             The menu has not been posted.
 
-       E_NOT_SELECTABLE
+       E_NOT_SELECTABLE
             The designated item cannot be selected.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The menu is already posted.
 
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
             The menu driver could not process the request.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
             The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.

                                                                                                                                                                                                  NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
-       <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
+       The header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
+       <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
 
        In your library list, libmenu.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
        you should say "-lmenu -lncurses", not  the  other  way  around  (which
@@ -202,16 +202,16 @@
        These  routines  emulate  the  System  V  menu  library.  They were not
        supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 
-       The menu facility was documented in SVr4.2 in Character User  Interface
-       Programming (UNIX SVR4.2).
+       The menu facility was documented in SVr4.2 in Character User  Interface
+       Programming (UNIX SVR4.2).
 
        It is not part of X/Open Curses.
 
        Aside from ncurses, there are few implementations:
 
-       o   systems based on SVr4 source code, e.g., Solaris.
+       o   systems based on SVr4 source code, e.g., Solaris.
 
-       o   NetBSD curses.
+       o   NetBSD curses.

                                                                                                                                                                                                  AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                                                                                  @@ -220,14 +220,14 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       curses(3X) and related pages whose names  begin  "menu_"  for  detailed
+       curses(3x) and related pages whose names  begin  "menu_"  for  detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                                      menu(3X)
+                                                                      menu(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html index ef8ae135..b98ddd53 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html @@ -35,80 +35,80 @@ -menu_attributes 3X +menu_attributes 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                    menu_attributes 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                                                                                                    menu_attributes 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                    -menu_attributes(3X)                                        menu_attributes(3X)
+menu_attributes(3x)                                        menu_attributes(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       menu_back,     menu_fore,     menu_grey,    menu_pad,    set_menu_back,
-       set_menu_fore,  set_menu_grey,  set_menu_pad  -  color  and   attribute
+       menu_back,     menu_fore,     menu_grey,    menu_pad,    set_menu_back,
+       set_menu_fore,  set_menu_grey,  set_menu_pad  -  color  and   attribute
        control for menus

                                                                                                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
-       chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
-       chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
-       chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
-       int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
+       int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This
-       is the highlight used for selected menu items.  menu_fore  returns  the
-       foreground attribute.  The default is A_REVERSE.
+       The  function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This
+       is the highlight used for selected menu items.  menu_fore  returns  the
+       foreground attribute.  The default is A_REVERSE.
 
-       The  function set_menu_back sets the background attribute of menu. This
+       The  function set_menu_back sets the background attribute of menu. This
        is the highlight used for selectable (but not currently selected)  menu
-       items.   The  function menu_back returns the background attribute.  The
-       default is A_NORMAL.
+       items.   The  function menu_back returns the background attribute.  The
+       default is A_NORMAL.
 
-       The function set_menu_grey sets the grey attribute of menu. This is the
+       The function set_menu_grey sets the grey attribute of menu. This is the
        highlight  used  for un-selectable menu items in menus that permit more
-       than one selection.  The function menu_grey returns the grey attribute.
-       The default is A_UNDERLINE.
+       than one selection.  The function menu_grey returns the grey attribute.
+       The default is A_UNDERLINE.
 
-       The  function  set_menu_pad  sets  the character used to fill the space
-       between the name and  description  parts  of  a  menu  item.   menu_pad
+       The  function  set_menu_pad  sets  the character used to fill the space
+       between the name and  description  parts  of  a  menu  item.   menu_pad
        returns the given menu's pad character.  The default is a blank.

                                                                                                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                            These routines return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.

                                                                                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       curses(3X)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "menu_" for detailed
+       curses(3x)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "menu_" for detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.

                                                                                                                                                                                                    NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                           menu_attributes(3X)
+                                                           menu_attributes(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html index e0645d6e..266542ed 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html @@ -35,57 +35,57 @@ -menu_cursor 3X +menu_cursor 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                      menu_cursor 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                                                                                      menu_cursor 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                      -menu_cursor(3X)                                                menu_cursor(3X)
+menu_cursor(3x)                                                menu_cursor(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       pos_menu_cursor - position a menu's cursor
+       pos_menu_cursor - position a menu's cursor

                                                                                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
+       int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The  function  pos_menu_cursor  restores  the  cursor  to  the  current
+       The  function  pos_menu_cursor  restores  the  cursor  to  the  current
        position associated with the menu's  selected  item.   This  is  useful
-       after  curses  routines  have  been  called  to  do  screen-painting in
+       after  curses  routines  have  been  called  to  do  screen-painting in
        response to a menu select.

                                                                                                                                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                              This routine returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_NOT_POSTED
+       E_NOT_POSTED
             The menu has not been posted.

                                                                                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                      NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                      @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                               menu_cursor(3X)
+                                                               menu_cursor(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html index c2b9b113..f7000ae9 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html @@ -34,41 +34,41 @@ -menu_driver 3X +menu_driver 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                        menu_driver 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                                                                                        menu_driver 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                        -menu_driver(3X)                                                menu_driver(3X)
+menu_driver(3x)                                                menu_driver(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       menu_driver - command-processing loop of the menu system
+       menu_driver - command-processing loop of the menu system

                                                                                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
+       int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);

                                                                                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events
-       to it through menu_driver.  This routine has three major input cases:
+       to it through menu_driver.  This routine has three major input cases:
 
-       o   The input is a form navigation request.  Navigation  request  codes
-           are constants defined in <form.h>, which are distinct from the key-
-           and character codes returned by wgetch(3X).
+       o   The input is a form navigation request.  Navigation  request  codes
+           are constants defined in <form.h>, which are distinct from the key-
+           and character codes returned by wgetch(3x).
 
-       o   The input is a printable character.   Printable  characters  (which
+       o   The input is a printable character.   Printable  characters  (which
            must  be  positive,  less  than  256)  are checked according to the
            program's locale settings.
 
-       o   The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key  associated  with  an  mouse
+       o   The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key  associated  with  an  mouse
            event.
 
        The menu driver requests are as follows:
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 
        If the second argument is a printable character, the code appends it to
        the pattern buffer and attempts to move to the next item  matching  the
-       new pattern.  If there is no such match, menu_driver returns E_NO_MATCH
+       new pattern.  If there is no such match, menu_driver returns E_NO_MATCH
        and deletes the appended character from the buffer.
 
        If the second argument is one of the above  pre-defined  requests,  the
@@ -141,79 +141,79 @@
 
        If you click above the display region of the menu:
 
-       o   a REQ_SCR_ULINE is generated for a single click,
+       o   a REQ_SCR_ULINE is generated for a single click,
 
-       o   a REQ_SCR_UPAGE is generated for a double-click and
+       o   a REQ_SCR_UPAGE is generated for a double-click and
 
-       o   a REQ_FIRST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
+       o   a REQ_FIRST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
 
        If you click below the display region of the menu:
 
-       o   a REQ_SCR_DLINE is generated for a single click,
+       o   a REQ_SCR_DLINE is generated for a single click,
 
-       o   a REQ_SCR_DPAGE is generated for a double-click and
+       o   a REQ_SCR_DPAGE is generated for a double-click and
 
-       o   a REQ_LAST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
+       o   a REQ_LAST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
 
        If you click at an item inside the display area of the menu:
 
-       o   the menu cursor is positioned to that item.
+       o   the menu cursor is positioned to that item.
 
-       o   If you double-click an item  a  REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM  is  generated  and
-           E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND  is  returned.   This  return  value makes sense,
+       o   If you double-click an item  a  REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM  is  generated  and
+           E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND  is  returned.   This  return  value makes sense,
            because a double click usually means that an  item-specific  action
            should be returned.  It is exactly the purpose of this return value
            to signal that an application specific command should be executed.
 
-       o   If a translation into a request was done, menu_driver  returns  the
+       o   If a translation into a request was done, menu_driver  returns  the
            result of this request.
 
        If  you clicked outside the user window or the mouse event could not be
-       translated into a menu request an E_REQUEST_DENIED is returned.
+       translated into a menu request an E_REQUEST_DENIED is returned.

                                                                                                                                                                                                        APPLICATION-DEFINED COMMANDS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the  above  pre-
        defined  menu  requests  or  KEY_MOUSE,  the  drive  assumes  it  is an
-       application-specific    command    and    returns    E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.
-       Application-defined commands should be defined relative to MAX_COMMAND,
+       application-specific    command    and    returns    E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.
+       Application-defined commands should be defined relative to MAX_COMMAND,
        the maximum value of these pre-defined requests.

                                                                                                                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       menu_driver return one of the following error codes:
+       menu_driver return one of the following error codes:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_NOT_POSTED
+       E_NOT_POSTED
             The menu has not been posted.
 
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
             The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
 
-       E_NO_MATCH
+       E_NO_MATCH
             Character failed to match.
 
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
             The menu driver could not process the request.

                                                                                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       curses(3X), getch(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), getch(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       The header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
-       <curses.h>.
+       The header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                        @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                               menu_driver(3X)
+                                                               menu_driver(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html index f067f3d5..da6e4922 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html @@ -35,70 +35,70 @@ -menu_format 3X +menu_format 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                          menu_format 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                                                                                                          menu_format 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                          -menu_format(3X)                                                menu_format(3X)
+menu_format(3x)                                                menu_format(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       set_menu_format, menu_format - set and get menu sizes
+       set_menu_format, menu_format - set and get menu sizes

                                                                                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
-       void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
+       int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
+       void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);

                                                                                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size of the given
+       The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size of the given
        menu.  If this size is too small to display all menu  items,  the  menu
        will  be  made  scrollable.   If  this  size  is  larger than the menus
        subwindow and the subwindow is too small to  display  all  menu  items,
-       post_menu will fail.
+       post_menu will fail.
 
-       The  default format is 16 rows, 1 column.  Calling set_menu_format with
+       The  default format is 16 rows, 1 column.  Calling set_menu_format with
        a null menu pointer will change this default.  A  zero  row  or  column
-       argument  to  set_menu_format is interpreted as a request not to change
+       argument  to  set_menu_format is interpreted as a request not to change
        the current value.
 
-       The function menu_format returns the maximum-size constraints  for  the
-       given menu into the storage addressed by rows and cols.
+       The function menu_format returns the maximum-size constraints  for  the
+       given menu into the storage addressed by rows and cols.

                                                                                                                                                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  These routines returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The menu is already posted.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the menu.

                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                          NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                               menu_format(3X)
+                                                               menu_format(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html index ba8617b1..f7bda227 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html @@ -35,81 +35,81 @@ -menu_hook 3X +menu_hook 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                            menu_hook 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                                                                                            menu_hook 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                            -menu_hook(3X)                                                    menu_hook(3X)
+menu_hook(3x)                                                    menu_hook(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       menu_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
+       menu_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

                                                                                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_item_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
-       Menu_Hook item_init(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_item_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+       Menu_Hook item_init(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int set_item_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
-       Menu_Hook item_term(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_item_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+       Menu_Hook item_term(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
-       Menu_Hook menu_init(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+       Menu_Hook menu_init(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
-       Menu_Hook menu_term(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+       Menu_Hook menu_term(const MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    These  functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at
        various points in the automatic processing  of  input  event  codes  by
-       menu_driver.
+       menu_driver.
 
-       The  function  set_item_init sets a hook to be called at menu-post time
-       and each time the selected item changes (after the change).   item_init
-       returns  the  current  item init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such
+       The  function  set_item_init sets a hook to be called at menu-post time
+       and each time the selected item changes (after the change).   item_init
+       returns  the  current  item init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such
        hook).
 
-       The function set_item_term sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
-       and each time the selected item changes (before the change).  item_term
-       returns the current item term hook, if any (NULL if there  is  no  such
+       The function set_item_term sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
+       and each time the selected item changes (before the change).  item_term
+       returns the current item term hook, if any (NULL if there  is  no  such
        hook).
 
-       The  function  set_menu_init sets a hook to be called at menu-post time
+       The  function  set_menu_init sets a hook to be called at menu-post time
        and just after the top row on the  menu  changes  once  it  is  posted.
-       menu_init  returns the current menu init hook, if any (NULL if there is
+       menu_init  returns the current menu init hook, if any (NULL if there is
        no such hook).
 
-       The function set_menu_term sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
+       The function set_menu_term sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
        and  just  before  the  top  row on the menu changes once it is posted.
-       menu_term returns the current menu term hook, if any (NULL if there  is
+       menu_term returns the current menu term hook, if any (NULL if there  is
        no such hook).

                                                                                                                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       Routines  that  return  pointers  return NULL on error.  Other routines
+       Routines  that  return  pointers  return NULL on error.  Other routines
        return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                            NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                            @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 menu_hook(3X)
+                                                                 menu_hook(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html index 2db1b587..cb0eabac 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html @@ -35,80 +35,80 @@ -menu_items 3X +menu_items 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                              menu_items 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                                                                                                                              menu_items 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                              -menu_items(3X)                                                  menu_items(3X)
+menu_items(3x)                                                  menu_items(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       set_menu_items,  menu_items,  item_count  -  make and break connections
+       set_menu_items,  menu_items,  item_count  -  make and break connections
        between items and menus

                                                                                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
-       ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
-       int item_count(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
+       ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
+       int item_count(const MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given
-       menu.  The array must be terminated by a NULL.
+       The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given
+       menu.  The array must be terminated by a NULL.
 
-       The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu.
+       The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu.
 
-       The function item_count returns the count of items in menu.
+       The function item_count returns the count of items in menu.

                                                                                                                                                                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       The function menu_items returns a pointer (which may be NULL).  It does
-       not set errno.
+       The function menu_items returns a pointer (which may be NULL).  It does
+       not set errno.
 
-       The function item_count returns ERR (the general  curses  error  return
-       value) if its menu parameter is NULL.
+       The function item_count returns ERR (the general  curses  error  return
+       value) if its menu parameter is NULL.
 
-       The  function  set_menu_items  returns  one  of  the following codes on
+       The  function  set_menu_items  returns  one  of  the following codes on
        error:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the menu.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The menu is already posted.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                              NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      These  routines  emulate  the  System  V  menu  library.  They were not
        supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 
-       The SVr4 menu library  documentation  specifies  the  item_count  error
-       value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).
+       The SVr4 menu library  documentation  specifies  the  item_count  error
+       value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).

                                                                                                                                                                                                              AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                menu_items(3X)
+                                                                menu_items(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html index 773d8fa3..84b0db6d 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ -menu_mark 3X +menu_mark 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                menu_mark 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                menu_mark 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                -menu_mark(3X)                                                    menu_mark(3X)
+menu_mark(3x)                                                    menu_mark(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       set_menu_mark, menu_mark - get and set the menu mark string
+       set_menu_mark, menu_mark - get and set the menu mark string

                                                                                                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
-       const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
+       const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -63,40 +63,40 @@
        highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items
        in a menu with a prefix string.
 
-       The  function  set_menu_mark  sets  the mark string for the given menu.
-       Calling set_menu_mark with a null  menu  item  will  abolish  the  mark
+       The  function  set_menu_mark  sets  the mark string for the given menu.
+       Calling set_menu_mark with a null  menu  item  will  abolish  the  mark
        string.   Note  that  changing the length of the mark string for a menu
        while the menu is posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
 
-       The default string is "-" (a dash).  Calling set_menu_mark with a  non-
-       NULL menu argument will change this default.
+       The default string is "-" (a dash).  Calling set_menu_mark with a  non-
+       NULL menu argument will change this default.
 
-       The function menu_mark returns the menu's mark string (or NULL if there
+       The function menu_mark returns the menu's mark string (or NULL if there
        is none).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The function menu_mark returns a pointer (which may be NULL).  It  does
-       not set errno.
+       The function menu_mark returns a pointer (which may be NULL).  It  does
+       not set errno.
 
-       The function set_menu_mark may return the following error codes:
+       The function set_menu_mark may return the following error codes:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 menu_mark(3X)
+                                                                 menu_mark(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html index 99019e89..082882c4 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html @@ -35,68 +35,68 @@ -menu_new 3X +menu_new 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  menu_new 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  menu_new 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -menu_new(3X)                                                      menu_new(3X)
+menu_new(3x)                                                      menu_new(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       new_menu, free_menu - create and destroy menus
+       new_menu, free_menu - create and destroy menus

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
-       int free_menu(MENU *menu);
+       MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
+       int free_menu(MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The  function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item
-       pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated).
+       The  function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item
+       pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated).
 
-       The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array  and  frees
+       The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array  and  frees
        the storage allocated for the menu.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The  function  new_menu returns NULL on error.  It sets errno according
+       The  function  new_menu returns NULL on error.  It sets errno according
        to the function's failure:
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the menu.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
             System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 
-       The function free_menu returns one of the following:
+       The function free_menu returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The menu has already been posted.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                  menu_new(3X)
+                                                                  menu_new(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html index ba7b1a1c..937c4cd4 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html @@ -35,44 +35,44 @@ -menu_opts 3X +menu_opts 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    menu_opts 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    menu_opts 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -menu_opts(3X)                                                    menu_opts(3X)
+menu_opts(3x)                                                    menu_opts(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       set_menu_opts,  menu_opts_on,  menu_opts_off,  menu_opts  - set and get
+       set_menu_opts,  menu_opts_on,  menu_opts_off,  menu_opts  - set and get
        menu options

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
-       Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+       Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
-       int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+       int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+       int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits  (menu
+       The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits  (menu
        option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
 
-       The  function  menu_opts_on  turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+       The  function  menu_opts_on  turns on the given option bits, and leaves
        others alone.
 
-       The function menu_opts_off turns off the given option bits, and  leaves
+       The function menu_opts_off turns off the given option bits, and  leaves
        others alone.
 
-       The function menu_opts returns the menu's current option bits.
+       The function menu_opts returns the menu's current option bits.
 
        The following options are defined (all are on by default):
 
@@ -97,30 +97,30 @@
 
        O_MOUSE_MENU
             If user clicks with  the  mouse  and  it  does  not  fall  on  the
-            currently  active menu, push KEY_MOUSE and the MEVENT data back on
+            currently  active menu, push KEY_MOUSE and the MEVENT data back on
             the queue to allow processing  in  another  part  of  the  calling
             program.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       Except for menu_opts, each routine returns one of the following:
+       Except for menu_opts, each routine returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The menu is already posted.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 menu_opts(3X)
+                                                                 menu_opts(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html index b3dfd5fa..d9ba95cd 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html @@ -34,73 +34,73 @@ -menu_pattern 3X +menu_pattern 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      menu_pattern 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      menu_pattern 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -menu_pattern(3X)                                              menu_pattern(3X)
+menu_pattern(3x)                                              menu_pattern(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       set_menu_pattern, menu_pattern - set and get a menu's pattern buffer
+       set_menu_pattern, menu_pattern - set and get a menu's pattern buffer

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
-       char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
+       char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Every  menu  has  an  associated pattern match buffer.  As input events
        that are printable characters come in, they are appended to this  match
-       buffer and tested for a match, as described in menu_driver(3X).
+       buffer and tested for a match, as described in menu_driver(3x).
 
-       The  function  set_menu_pattern  sets  the pattern buffer for the given
+       The  function  set_menu_pattern  sets  the pattern buffer for the given
        menu and tries to find the first matching item.  If it  succeeds,  that
        item becomes current; if not, the current item does not change.
 
-       The function menu_pattern returns the pattern buffer of the given menu.
+       The function menu_pattern returns the pattern buffer of the given menu.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The  function menu_pattern returns a pointer, which is NULL if the menu
-       parameter is NULL.  Otherwise, it is a pointer to  a  string  which  is
-       empty if no pattern has been set.  It does not set errno.
+       The  function menu_pattern returns a pointer, which is NULL if the menu
+       parameter is NULL.  Otherwise, it is a pointer to  a  string  which  is
+       empty if no pattern has been set.  It does not set errno.
 
-       The function set_menu_pattern may return the following error codes:
+       The function set_menu_pattern may return the following error codes:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to menu.
 
-       E_NO_MATCH
+       E_NO_MATCH
             Character failed to match.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                              menu_pattern(3X)
+                                                              menu_pattern(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html index 15ef640f..2930fb98 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html @@ -35,75 +35,75 @@ -menu_post 3X +menu_post 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        menu_post 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        menu_post 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -menu_post(3X)                                                    menu_post(3X)
+menu_post(3x)                                                    menu_post(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       post_menu,   unpost_menu   -  write  or  erase  menus  from  associated
+       post_menu,   unpost_menu   -  write  or  erase  menus  from  associated
        subwindows

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int post_menu(MENU *menu);
-       int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
+       int post_menu(MENU *menu);
+       int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow.  To
-       trigger  physical  display  of  the  subwindow, use refresh(3X) or some
-       equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an curses
-       input  request  will do).  post_menu resets the selection status of all
+       The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow.  To
+       trigger  physical  display  of  the  subwindow, use refresh(3x) or some
+       equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an curses
+       input  request  will do).  post_menu resets the selection status of all
        items.
 
-       The function unpost_menu erases menu from its associated subwindow.
+       The function unpost_menu erases menu from its associated subwindow.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                These routines return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The menu has already been posted.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_NO_ROOM
+       E_NO_ROOM
             Menu is too large for  its  window.   You  should  consider  using
-            set_menu_format to solve the problem.
+            set_menu_format to solve the problem.
 
-       E_NOT_POSTED
+       E_NOT_POSTED
             The menu has not been posted.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the menu.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 menu_post(3X)
+                                                                 menu_post(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html index e8bbddf3..4d263ed5 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html @@ -35,52 +35,52 @@ -menu_requestname 3X +menu_requestname 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          menu_requestname 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          menu_requestname 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -menu_requestname(3X)                                      menu_requestname(3X)
+menu_requestname(3x)                                      menu_requestname(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       menu_request_by_name, menu_request_name - handle printable menu request
+       menu_request_by_name, menu_request_name - handle printable menu request
        names

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       const char *menu_request_name(int request);
-       int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
+       const char *menu_request_name(int request);
+       int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       The function menu_request_name returns the printable  name  of  a  menu
+       The function menu_request_name returns the printable  name  of  a  menu
        request code.
-       The  function  menu_request_by_name  searches  in  the name-table for a
+       The  function  menu_request_by_name  searches  in  the name-table for a
        request with the given name and returns its  request  code.   Otherwise
        E_NO_MATCH is returned.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       menu_request_name   returns   NULL   on   error   and   sets  errno  to
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
-       menu_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on  error.   It  does  not  set
-       errno.
+       menu_request_name   returns   NULL   on   error   and   sets  errno  to
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
+       menu_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on  error.   It  does  not  set
+       errno.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                          menu_requestname(3X)
+                                                          menu_requestname(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html index 7f4d5595..7e4b4128 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html @@ -35,66 +35,66 @@ -menu_spacing 3X +menu_spacing 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            menu_spacing 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            menu_spacing 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -menu_spacing(3X)                                              menu_spacing(3X)
+menu_spacing(3x)                                              menu_spacing(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       set_menu_spacing,  menu_spacing  -  set  and  get  spacing between menu
+       set_menu_spacing,  menu_spacing  -  set  and  get  spacing between menu
        items.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
-                            int spc_description,
-                            int spc_rows,
-                            int spc_columns);
-       int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
-                        int* spc_description,
-                        int* spc_rows,
-                        int* spc_columns);
+       int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
+                            int spc_description,
+                            int spc_rows,
+                            int spc_columns);
+       int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
+                        int* spc_description,
+                        int* spc_rows,
+                        int* spc_columns);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       The function set_menu_spacing sets  the  spacing  information  for  the
-       menu.   Its  parameter  spc_description  controls  the number of spaces
+       The function set_menu_spacing sets  the  spacing  information  for  the
+       menu.   Its  parameter  spc_description  controls  the number of spaces
        between an item name and an item description.  It must  not  be  larger
-       than  TABSIZE.  The menu system puts in the middle of this spacing area
+       than  TABSIZE.  The menu system puts in the middle of this spacing area
        the pad character.  The remaining parts are filled  with  spaces.   The
-       spc_rows  parameter  controls  the  number of rows that are used for an
+       spc_rows  parameter  controls  the  number of rows that are used for an
        item.  It must not be larger than 3.  The menu system inserts the blank
        lines  between item rows, these lines will contain the pad character in
-       the appropriate positions.   The  spc_columns  parameter  controls  the
+       the appropriate positions.   The  spc_columns  parameter  controls  the
        number  of blanks between columns of items.  It must not be larger than
-       TABSIZE.  A value of 0 for all the spacing values resets  them  to  the
+       TABSIZE.  A value of 0 for all the spacing values resets  them  to  the
        default, which is 1 for all of them.
-       The  function  menu_spacing  passes back the spacing info for the menu.
+       The  function  menu_spacing  passes back the spacing info for the menu.
        If a pointer is NULL, this specific info is simply not returned.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       Both routines return E_OK  on  success.   set_menu_spacing  may  return
-       E_POSTED if the menu is posted, or E_BAD_ARGUMENT if one of the spacing
+       Both routines return E_OK  on  success.   set_menu_spacing  may  return
+       E_POSTED if the menu is posted, or E_BAD_ARGUMENT if one of the spacing
        values is out of range.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       curses(3X), curs_variables(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_variables(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                              menu_spacing(3X)
+                                                              menu_spacing(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html index 561c9248..4a267beb 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html @@ -35,28 +35,28 @@ -menu_userptr 3X +menu_userptr 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              menu_userptr 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              menu_userptr 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -menu_userptr(3X)                                              menu_userptr(3X)
+menu_userptr(3x)                                              menu_userptr(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       set_menu_userptr, menu_userptr - associate application data with a menu
+       set_menu_userptr, menu_userptr - associate application data with a menu
        item

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, void *userptr);
-       void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, void *userptr);
+       void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -66,19 +66,19 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       menu_userptr returns a pointer (which may be NULL).  It  does  not  set
-       errno.
+       menu_userptr returns a pointer (which may be NULL).  It  does  not  set
+       errno.
 
-       set_menu_userptr returns E_OK (success).
+       set_menu_userptr returns E_OK (success).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                              menu_userptr(3X)
+                                                              menu_userptr(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html index ccba3458..6ada6b68 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html @@ -35,78 +35,78 @@ -menu_win 3X +menu_win 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                menu_win 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                menu_win 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -menu_win(3X)                                                      menu_win(3X)
+menu_win(3x)                                                      menu_win(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       menu_win - make and break menu window and subwindow associations
+       menu_win - make and break menu window and subwindow associations

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
-       WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
-       WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
+       WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
+       int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       Every  menu  has an associated pair of curses windows.  The menu window
+       Every  menu  has an associated pair of curses windows.  The menu window
        displays any title and border associated  with  the  window;  the  menu
        subwindow  displays  the items of the menu that are currently available
        for selection.
 
        The first four  functions  get  and  set  those  windows.   It  is  not
-       necessary to set either window; by default, the driver code uses stdscr
+       necessary to set either window; by default, the driver code uses stdscr
        for both.
 
-       In the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is treated as though  it
-       were stsdcr.  A menu argument of NULL is treated as a request to change
+       In the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is treated as though  it
+       were stsdcr.  A menu argument of NULL is treated as a request to change
        the system default menu window or subwindow.
 
-       The function scale_menu returns  the  minimum  size  required  for  the
-       subwindow of menu.
+       The function scale_menu returns  the  minimum  size  required  for  the
+       subwindow of menu.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       Routines  that  return  pointers  return  NULL on error.  Routines that
+       Routines  that  return  pointers  return  NULL on error.  Routines that
        return an integer return one of the following error codes:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_POSTED
+       E_POSTED
             The menu has already been posted.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the menu.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       curses(3X), curs_variables(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), curs_variables(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                  menu_win(3X)
+                                                                  menu_win(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html index 09142b92..df6aadae 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html @@ -35,88 +35,88 @@ -mitem_current 3X +mitem_current 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  mitem_current 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  mitem_current 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -mitem_current(3X)                                            mitem_current(3X)
+mitem_current(3x)                                            mitem_current(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       mitem_current - set and get current_menu_item
+       mitem_current - set and get current_menu_item

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_current_item(MENU *menu, ITEM *item);
-       ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_current_item(MENU *menu, ITEM *item);
+       ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
-       int top_row(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
+       int top_row(const MENU *menu);
 
-       int item_index(const ITEM *item);
+       int item_index(const ITEM *item);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The  function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which
-       the menu cursor is positioned).  current_item returns a pointer to  the
+       The  function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which
+       the menu cursor is positioned).  current_item returns a pointer to  the
        current item in the given menu.
 
-       The function set_top_row sets the top row of the menu to show the given
+       The function set_top_row sets the top row of the menu to show the given
        row (the top row is initially 0, and is reset to  this  value  whenever
-       the  O_ROWMAJOR option is toggled).  The item leftmost on the given row
-       becomes current.  The function top_row returns the number  of  the  top
+       the  O_ROWMAJOR option is toggled).  The item leftmost on the given row
+       becomes current.  The function top_row returns the number  of  the  top
        menu row being displayed.
 
-       The  function item_index returns the (zero-origin) index of item in the
+       The  function item_index returns the (zero-origin) index of item in the
        menu's item pointer list.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       current_item returns a pointer (which may be NULL).  It  does  not  set
-       errno.
+       current_item returns a pointer (which may be NULL).  It  does  not  set
+       errno.
 
-       top_row  and  item_index return ERR (the general curses error value) if
-       their menu parameter is NULL.
+       top_row  and  item_index return ERR (the general curses error value) if
+       their menu parameter is NULL.
 
-       set_current_item and set_top_row return one of the following:
+       set_current_item and set_top_row return one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_BAD_STATE
+       E_BAD_STATE
             Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
 
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
             No items are connected to the menu.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          These  routines  emulate  the  System  V  menu  library.  They were not
        supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 
-       The  SVr4  menu  library  documentation  specifies  the   top_row   and
-       index_item error value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).
+       The  SVr4  menu  library  documentation  specifies  the   top_row   and
+       index_item error value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                             mitem_current(3X)
+                                                             mitem_current(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html index d7f79cd8..637434a0 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html @@ -35,47 +35,47 @@ -mitem_name 3X +mitem_name 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    mitem_name 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    mitem_name 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -mitem_name(3X)                                                  mitem_name(3X)
+mitem_name(3x)                                                  mitem_name(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       item_name, item_description - get menu item name and description fields
+       item_name, item_description - get menu item name and description fields

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
-       const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
+       const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
+       const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The function item_name returns the name part of the given item.
-       The function item_description returns the description part of the given
+       The function item_name returns the name part of the given item.
+       The function item_description returns the description part of the given
        item.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       These routines return a pointer (which may be NULL).  They do  not  set
-       errno.
+       These routines return a pointer (which may be NULL).  They do  not  set
+       errno.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                mitem_name(3X)
+                                                                mitem_name(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html index 6c1685f0..bb3160d8 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html @@ -35,71 +35,71 @@ -mitem_new 3X +mitem_new 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      mitem_new 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      mitem_new 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -mitem_new(3X)                                                    mitem_new(3X)
+mitem_new(3x)                                                    mitem_new(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       new_item, free_item - create and destroy menu items
+       new_item, free_item - create and destroy menu items

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
-       int free_item(ITEM *item);
+       ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
+       int free_item(ITEM *item);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The  function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the
-       name and description pointers.  Please notice that the item stores only
+       The  function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the
+       name and description pointers.  Please notice that the item stores only
        the pointers to the name and description.  Those pointers must be valid
        during the lifetime of the item.  So you should be  very  careful  with
        names or descriptions allocated on the stack of some routines.
-       The  function free_item de-allocates an item.  Please notice that it is
+       The  function free_item de-allocates an item.  Please notice that it is
        the responsibility of the application to release  the  memory  for  the
        name or the description of the item.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The  function  new_item returns NULL on error.  It sets errno according
+       The  function  new_item returns NULL on error.  It sets errno according
        to the function's failure:
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
             System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 
-       The function free_item returns one of the following:
+       The function free_item returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
             Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 
-       E_CONNECTED
+       E_CONNECTED
             Item is connected to a menu.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                 mitem_new(3X)
+                                                                 mitem_new(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html index 0950ddc7..72b0f003 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html @@ -35,66 +35,66 @@ -mitem_opts 3X +mitem_opts 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        mitem_opts 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        mitem_opts 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -mitem_opts(3X)                                                  mitem_opts(3X)
+mitem_opts(3x)                                                  mitem_opts(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       set_item_opts,  item_opts_on,  item_opts_off,  item_opts  - set and get
+       set_item_opts,  item_opts_on,  item_opts_off,  item_opts  - set and get
        menu item options

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
-       Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *item);
+       int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+       Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *item);
 
-       int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
-       int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+       int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+       int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits  (menu
+       The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits  (menu
        option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
 
-       The  function  item_opts_on  turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+       The  function  item_opts_on  turns on the given option bits, and leaves
        others alone.
 
-       The function item_opts_off turns off the given option bits, and  leaves
+       The function item_opts_off turns off the given option bits, and  leaves
        others alone.
 
-       The function item_opts returns the item's current option bits.
+       The function item_opts returns the item's current option bits.
 
-       There  is only one defined option bit mask, O_SELECTABLE.  When this is
+       There  is only one defined option bit mask, O_SELECTABLE.  When this is
        on, the item may be  selected  during  menu  processing.   This  option
        defaults to on.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       Except for item_opts, each routine returns one of the following:
+       Except for item_opts, each routine returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                mitem_opts(3X)
+                                                                mitem_opts(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html index b3bd2364..1e9f29f6 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html @@ -35,28 +35,28 @@ -mitem_userptr 3X +mitem_userptr 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          mitem_userptr 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          mitem_userptr 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -mitem_userptr(3X)                                            mitem_userptr(3X)
+mitem_userptr(3x)                                            mitem_userptr(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       set_item_userptr, item_userptr - associate application data with a menu
+       set_item_userptr, item_userptr - associate application data with a menu
        item

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, void *userptr);
-       void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
+       int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, void *userptr);
+       void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -66,19 +66,19 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       The function item_userptr returns a pointer (possibly NULL).   It  does
-       not set errno.
+       The function item_userptr returns a pointer (possibly NULL).   It  does
+       not set errno.
 
-       The set_item_userptr always returns E_OK (success).
+       The set_item_userptr always returns E_OK (success).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                             mitem_userptr(3X)
+                                                             mitem_userptr(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html index b5c719c1..f900f12c 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html @@ -34,58 +34,58 @@ -mitem_value 3X +mitem_value 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            mitem_value 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            mitem_value 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -mitem_value(3X)                                                mitem_value(3X)
+mitem_value(3x)                                                mitem_value(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       set_item_value, item_value - set and get menu item values
+       set_item_value, item_value - set and get menu item values

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
-       bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
+       int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
+       bool item_value(const ITEM *item);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or
-       menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3X)), the menu becomes multi-valued;  that
+       If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or
+       menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3x)), the menu becomes multi-valued;  that
        is, more than one item may simultaneously be selected.
 
-       In a multi_valued menu, you can used set_item_value to select the given
-       menu item (second  argument  TRUE)  or  deselect  it  (second  argument
-       FALSE).
+       In a multi_valued menu, you can used set_item_value to select the given
+       menu item (second  argument  TRUE)  or  deselect  it  (second  argument
+       FALSE).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       The function set_item_value returns one of the following:
+       The function set_item_value returns one of the following:
 
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
 
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno(3)).
 
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
             The menu driver could not process the request.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                               mitem_value(3X)
+                                                               mitem_value(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html index 06b9d493..5336712d 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html @@ -35,26 +35,26 @@ -mitem_visible 3X +mitem_visible 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              mitem_visible 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              mitem_visible 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -mitem_visible(3X)                                            mitem_visible(3X)
+mitem_visible(3x)                                            mitem_visible(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       mitem_visible - check visibility of a menu item
+       mitem_visible - check visibility of a menu item

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       #include <menu.h>
+       #include <menu.h>
 
-       bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
+       bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -64,12 +64,12 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+       curses(3x), menu(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
-       <curses.h>.
+       The  header  file  <menu.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  file
+       <curses.h>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                             mitem_visible(3X)
+                                                             mitem_visible(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html index 9abe78ab..c0dbf243 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html @@ -35,764 +35,764 @@ -ncurses 3X +ncurses 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                ncurses 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                ncurses 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -ncurses(3X)                                                        ncurses(3X)
+ncurses(3x)                                                        ncurses(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       ncurses - CRT screen handling and optimization package
+       ncurses - CRT screen handling and optimization package

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  ncurses  library  routines  give  the  user a terminal-independent
+       The  ncurses  library  routines  give  the  user a terminal-independent
        method of updating  character  screens  with  reasonable  optimization.
        This  implementation  is  "new  curses"  (ncurses)  and is the approved
        replacement for 4.4BSD classic curses,  which  has  been  discontinued.
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
-       The  ncurses  library emulates the curses library of System V Release 4
+       The  ncurses  library emulates the curses library of System V Release 4
        UNIX, and XPG4 (X/Open Portability Guide) curses  (also  known  as  XSI
        curses).   XSI  stands  for  X/Open  System  Interfaces Extension.  The
-       ncurses library is freely redistributable in source form.   Differences
-       from   the   SVr4  curses  are  summarized  under  the  EXTENSIONS  and
-       PORTABILITY sections below and described in detail  in  the  respective
-       EXTENSIONS, PORTABILITY and BUGS sections of individual man pages.
+       ncurses library is freely redistributable in source form.   Differences
+       from   the   SVr4  curses  are  summarized  under  the  EXTENSIONS  and
+       PORTABILITY sections below and described in detail  in  the  respective
+       EXTENSIONS, PORTABILITY and BUGS sections of individual man pages.
 
-       The  ncurses  library  also  provides  many  useful  extensions,  i.e.,
+       The  ncurses  library  also  provides  many  useful  extensions,  i.e.,
        features which cannot be implemented by a  simple  add-on  library  but
        which require access to the internals of the library.
 
-       A  program  using  these  routines  must  be  linked with the -lncurses
+       A  program  using  these  routines  must  be  linked with the -lncurses
        option, or (if it  has  been  generated)  with  the  debugging  library
-       -lncurses_g.   (Your  system  integrator  may also have installed these
-       libraries under the names  -lcurses  and  -lcurses_g.)   The  ncurses_g
+       -lncurses_g.   (Your  system  integrator  may also have installed these
+       libraries under the names  -lcurses  and  -lcurses_g.)   The  ncurses_g
        library  generates  trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the current
        directory) that describe curses  actions.   See  also  the  section  on
-       ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS.
+       ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS.
 
-       The   ncurses   package   supports:  overall  screen,  window  and  pad
+       The   ncurses   package   supports:  overall  screen,  window  and  pad
        manipulation; output to  windows  and  pads;  reading  terminal  input;
-       control  over terminal and curses input and output options; environment
+       control  over terminal and curses input and output options; environment
        query routines; color manipulation; use of soft  label  keys;  terminfo
        capabilities; and access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Initialization

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The  library uses the locale which the calling program has initialized.
-       That is normally done with setlocale:
+       That is normally done with setlocale:
 
-           setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+           setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
 
        If the locale is not initialized, the library assumes  that  characters
        are  printable  as in ISO-8859-1, to work with certain legacy programs.
        You should initialize the locale and not rely on  specific  details  of
        the library when the locale has not been setup.
 
-       The  function  initscr  or  newterm  must  be  called to initialize the
+       The  function  initscr  or  newterm  must  be  called to initialize the
        library before any of the other routines that  deal  with  windows  and
-       screens  are  used.   The  routine  endwin(3X)  must  be  called before
+       screens  are  used.   The  routine  endwin(3x)  must  be  called before
        exiting.
 
        To get character-at-a-time input  without  echoing  (most  interactive,
        screen  oriented  programs want this), the following sequence should be
        used:
 
-           initscr(); cbreak(); noecho();
+           initscr(); cbreak(); noecho();
 
        Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
 
-           intrflush(stdscr, FALSE);
-           keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
+           intrflush(stdscr, FALSE);
+           keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
 
-       Before a curses program is run, the tab stops of the terminal should be
+       Before a curses program is run, the tab stops of the terminal should be
        set  and  its initialization strings, if defined, must be output.  This
-       can be done  by  executing  the  tput  init  command  after  the  shell
-       environment  variable  TERM  has  been  exported.   tset(1)  is usually
-       responsible for doing this.  [See terminfo(5) for further details.]
+       can be done  by  executing  the  tput  init  command  after  the  shell
+       environment  variable  TERM  has  been  exported.   tset(1)  is usually
+       responsible for doing this.  [See terminfo(5) for further details.]

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Datatypes

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The ncurses library permits manipulation  of  data  structures,  called
-       windows,   which  can  be  thought  of  as  two-dimensional  arrays  of
+       The ncurses library permits manipulation  of  data  structures,  called
+       windows,   which  can  be  thought  of  as  two-dimensional  arrays  of
        characters representing all or part of a CRT screen.  A default  window
-       called  stdscr,  which is the size of the terminal screen, is supplied.
-       Others may be created with newwin.
+       called  stdscr,  which is the size of the terminal screen, is supplied.
+       Others may be created with newwin.
 
-       Note that curses does not handle overlapping windows,  that's  done  by
-       the  panel(3X)  library.   This means that you can either use stdscr or
-       divide the screen into tiled windows  and  not  using  stdscr  at  all.
+       Note that curses does not handle overlapping windows,  that's  done  by
+       the  panel(3x)  library.   This means that you can either use stdscr or
+       divide the screen into tiled windows  and  not  using  stdscr  at  all.
        Mixing the two will result in unpredictable, and undesired, effects.
 
-       Windows  are referred to by variables declared as WINDOW *.  These data
+       Windows  are referred to by variables declared as WINDOW *.  These data
        structures are manipulated with routines described here  and  elsewhere
-       in  the ncurses manual pages.  Among those, the most basic routines are
-       move and addch.  More general versions of these routines  are  included
-       with  names  beginning  with  w, allowing the user to specify a window.
-       The routines not beginning with w affect stdscr.
-
-       After using routines to manipulate a  window,  refresh(3X)  is  called,
-       telling  curses  to  make  the user's CRT screen look like stdscr.  The
-       characters in a window are actually  of  type  chtype,  (character  and
+       in  the ncurses manual pages.  Among those, the most basic routines are
+       move and addch.  More general versions of these routines  are  included
+       with  names  beginning  with  w, allowing the user to specify a window.
+       The routines not beginning with w affect stdscr.
+
+       After using routines to manipulate a  window,  refresh(3x)  is  called,
+       telling  curses  to  make  the user's CRT screen look like stdscr.  The
+       characters in a window are actually  of  type  chtype,  (character  and
        attribute  data) so that other information about the character may also
        be stored with each character.
 
-       Special windows called pads may also be manipulated.  These are windows
+       Special windows called pads may also be manipulated.  These are windows
        which  are not constrained to the size of the screen and whose contents
-       need  not  be  completely  displayed.   See   curs_pad(3X)   for   more
+       need  not  be  completely  displayed.   See   curs_pad(3x)   for   more
        information.
 
        In  addition  to drawing characters on the screen, video attributes and
        colors may be supported, causing the characters  to  show  up  in  such
        modes  as  underlined,  in reverse video, or in color on terminals that
        support such display enhancements.   Line  drawing  characters  may  be
-       specified  to  be  output.   On input, curses is also able to translate
+       specified  to  be  output.   On input, curses is also able to translate
        arrow and function keys that  transmit  escape  sequences  into  single
        values.   The  video  attributes,  line  drawing  characters, and input
-       values use names, defined in <curses.h>, such as A_REVERSE,  ACS_HLINE,
-       and KEY_LEFT.
+       values use names, defined in <curses.h>, such as A_REVERSE,  ACS_HLINE,
+       and KEY_LEFT.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Environment variables

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       If  the  environment  variables  LINES  and  COLUMNS are set, or if the
+       If  the  environment  variables  LINES  and  COLUMNS are set, or if the
        program  is  executing  in  a  window  environment,  line  and   column
        information  in  the  environment  will  override  information  read by
-       terminfo.  This would affect a program running in an  AT&T  630  layer,
+       terminfo.  This would affect a program running in an  AT&T  630  layer,
        for   example,   where   the  size  of  a  screen  is  changeable  (see
-       ENVIRONMENT).
+       ENVIRONMENT).
 
-       If the environment variable TERMINFO  is  defined,  any  program  using
-       curses  checks  for  a local terminal definition before checking in the
-       standard place.  For example, if TERM  is  set  to  att4424,  then  the
+       If the environment variable TERMINFO  is  defined,  any  program  using
+       curses  checks  for  a local terminal definition before checking in the
+       standard place.  For example, if TERM  is  set  to  att4424,  then  the
        compiled terminal definition is found in
 
-           /usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424.
+           /usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424.
 
-       (The  a is copied from the first letter of att4424 to avoid creation of
-       huge directories.)  However,  if  TERMINFO  is  set  to  $HOME/myterms,
-       curses first checks
+       (The  a is copied from the first letter of att4424 to avoid creation of
+       huge directories.)  However,  if  TERMINFO  is  set  to  $HOME/myterms,
+       curses first checks
 
-           $HOME/myterms/a/att4424,
+           $HOME/myterms/a/att4424,
 
        and if that fails, it then checks
 
-           /usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424.
+           /usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424.
 
        This  is  useful  for developing experimental definitions or when write
-       permission in /usr/share/terminfo is not available.
+       permission in /usr/share/terminfo is not available.
 
-       The integer variables LINES and COLS are defined in <curses.h> and will
-       be  filled  in  by  initscr with the size of the screen.  The constants
-       TRUE and FALSE have the values 1 and 0, respectively.
+       The integer variables LINES and COLS are defined in <curses.h> and will
+       be  filled  in  by  initscr with the size of the screen.  The constants
+       TRUE and FALSE have the values 1 and 0, respectively.
 
-       The curses routines also define the WINDOW * variable curscr  which  is
+       The curses routines also define the WINDOW * variable curscr  which  is
        used  for  certain  low-level  operations like clearing and redrawing a
-       screen containing garbage.  The curscr  can  be  used  in  only  a  few
+       screen containing garbage.  The curscr  can  be  used  in  only  a  few
        routines.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Routine and Argument Names

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       Many  curses routines have two or more versions.  The routines prefixed
-       with w require a window argument.  The routines prefixed with p require
-       a pad argument.  Those without a prefix generally use stdscr.
-
-       The  routines  prefixed with mv require a y and x coordinate to move to
-       before performing the appropriate action.  The mv routines imply a call
-       to  move before the call to the other routine.  The coordinate y always
-       refers to the row (of the window), and x always refers to  the  column.
+       Many  curses routines have two or more versions.  The routines prefixed
+       with w require a window argument.  The routines prefixed with p require
+       a pad argument.  Those without a prefix generally use stdscr.
+
+       The  routines  prefixed with mv require a y and x coordinate to move to
+       before performing the appropriate action.  The mv routines imply a call
+       to  move before the call to the other routine.  The coordinate y always
+       refers to the row (of the window), and x always refers to  the  column.
        The upper left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
 
-       The  routines prefixed with mvw take both a window argument and x and y
+       The  routines prefixed with mvw take both a window argument and x and y
        coordinates.  The  window  argument  is  always  specified  before  the
        coordinates.
 
-       In  each case, win is the window affected, and pad is the pad affected;
-       win and pad are always pointers to type WINDOW.
+       In  each case, win is the window affected, and pad is the pad affected;
+       win and pad are always pointers to type WINDOW.
 
-       Option setting routines require a Boolean flag bf with the  value  TRUE
-       or  FALSE;  bf  is always of type bool.  Most of the data types used in
-       the library routines, such as WINDOW,  SCREEN,  bool,  and  chtype  are
-       defined  in  <curses.h>.   Types used for the terminfo routines such as
-       TERMINAL are defined in <term.h>.
+       Option setting routines require a Boolean flag bf with the  value  TRUE
+       or  FALSE;  bf  is always of type bool.  Most of the data types used in
+       the library routines, such as WINDOW,  SCREEN,  bool,  and  chtype  are
+       defined  in  <curses.h>.   Types used for the terminfo routines such as
+       TERMINAL are defined in <term.h>.
 
        This  manual  page  describes  functions  which  may  appear   in   any
        configuration  of  the library.  There are two common configurations of
        the library:
 
-          ncurses
+          ncurses
                the "normal" library,  which  handles  8-bit  characters.   The
                normal   (8-bit)   library   stores  characters  combined  with
-               attributes in chtype data.
+               attributes in chtype data.
 
                Attributes alone (no corresponding character) may be stored  in
-               chtype or the equivalent attr_t data.  In either case, the data
+               chtype or the equivalent attr_t data.  In either case, the data
                is stored in something like an integer.
 
-               Each cell (row and column) in a WINDOW is stored as a chtype.
+               Each cell (row and column) in a WINDOW is stored as a chtype.
 
-          ncursesw
+          ncursesw
                the  so-called  "wide"   library,   which   handles   multibyte
-               characters  (see the section on ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS).  The
+               characters  (see the section on ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS).  The
                "wide" library includes all of  the  calls  from  the  "normal"
                library.   It  adds about one third more calls using data types
                which store multibyte characters:
 
-               cchar_t
-                    corresponds to chtype.  However it is a structure, because
+               cchar_t
+                    corresponds to chtype.  However it is a structure, because
                     more  data  is  stored  than can fit into an integer.  The
                     characters are large enough  to  require  a  full  integer
                     value - and there may be more than one character per cell.
                     The video attributes and  color  are  stored  in  separate
                     fields of the structure.
 
-                    Each  cell  (row  and  column)  in a WINDOW is stored as a
-                    cchar_t.
+                    Each  cell  (row  and  column)  in a WINDOW is stored as a
+                    cchar_t.
 
-                    The setcchar(3X)  and  getcchar(3X)  functions  store  and
-                    retrieve the data from a cchar_t structure.
+                    The setcchar(3x)  and  getcchar(3x)  functions  store  and
+                    retrieve the data from a cchar_t structure.
 
-               wchar_t
-                    stores  a  "wide"  character.  Like chtype, this may be an
+               wchar_t
+                    stores  a  "wide"  character.  Like chtype, this may be an
                     integer.
 
-               wint_t
-                    stores a wchar_t or WEOF - not the same, though  both  may
+               wint_t
+                    stores a wchar_t or WEOF - not the same, though  both  may
                     have the same size.
 
                The  "wide"  library provides new functions which are analogous
                to functions in  the  "normal"  library.   There  is  a  naming
                convention  which  relates  many of the normal/wide variants: a
-               "_w" is inserted into the name.  For  example,  waddch  becomes
-               wadd_wch.
+               "_w" is inserted into the name.  For  example,  waddch  becomes
+               wadd_wch.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Routine Name Index

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  following table lists the curses routines provided in the "normal"
+       The  following table lists the curses routines provided in the "normal"
        and "wide" libraries and the names of the manual pages  on  which  they
        are  described.   Routines  flagged  with "*" are ncurses-specific, not
        described by XPG4 or present in SVr4.
 
-                    curses Routine Name      Manual Page Name
+                    curses Routine Name      Manual Page Name
                     ---------------------------------------------
-                    COLOR_PAIR               curs_color(3X)
-                    PAIR_NUMBER              curs_attr(3X)
-                    add_wch                  curs_add_wch(3X)
-                    add_wchnstr              curs_add_wchstr(3X)
-                    add_wchstr               curs_add_wchstr(3X)
-                    addch                    curs_addch(3X)
-                    addchnstr                curs_addchstr(3X)
-                    addchstr                 curs_addchstr(3X)
-                    addnstr                  curs_addstr(3X)
-                    addnwstr                 curs_addwstr(3X)
-                    addstr                   curs_addstr(3X)
-                    addwstr                  curs_addwstr(3X)
-                    alloc_pair               new_pair(3X)*
-                    assume_default_colors    default_colors(3X)*
-                    attr_get                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    attr_off                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    attr_on                  curs_attr(3X)
-                    attr_set                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    attroff                  curs_attr(3X)
-                    attron                   curs_attr(3X)
-                    attrset                  curs_attr(3X)
-                    baudrate                 curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    beep                     curs_beep(3X)
-                    bkgd                     curs_bkgd(3X)
-                    bkgdset                  curs_bkgd(3X)
-                    bkgrnd                   curs_bkgrnd(3X)
-                    bkgrndset                curs_bkgrnd(3X)
-                    border                   curs_border(3X)
-
-                    border_set               curs_border_set(3X)
-                    box                      curs_border(3X)
-                    box_set                  curs_border_set(3X)
-                    can_change_color         curs_color(3X)
-                    cbreak                   curs_inopts(3X)
-                    chgat                    curs_attr(3X)
-                    clear                    curs_clear(3X)
-                    clearok                  curs_outopts(3X)
-                    clrtobot                 curs_clear(3X)
-                    clrtoeol                 curs_clear(3X)
-                    color_content            curs_color(3X)
-                    color_set                curs_attr(3X)
-                    copywin                  curs_overlay(3X)
-                    curs_set                 curs_kernel(3X)
-                    curses_trace             curs_trace(3X)*
-                    curses_version           curs_extend(3X)*
-                    def_prog_mode            curs_kernel(3X)
-                    def_shell_mode           curs_kernel(3X)
-                    define_key               define_key(3X)*
-                    del_curterm              curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    delay_output             curs_util(3X)
-                    delch                    curs_delch(3X)
-                    deleteln                 curs_deleteln(3X)
-                    delscreen                curs_initscr(3X)
-                    delwin                   curs_window(3X)
-                    derwin                   curs_window(3X)
-                    doupdate                 curs_refresh(3X)
-                    dupwin                   curs_window(3X)
-                    echo                     curs_inopts(3X)
-                    echo_wchar               curs_add_wch(3X)
-                    echochar                 curs_addch(3X)
-                    endwin                   curs_initscr(3X)
-                    erase                    curs_clear(3X)
-                    erasechar                curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    erasewchar               curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    exit_curses              curs_memleaks(3X)*
-                    exit_terminfo            curs_memleaks(3X)*
-                    extended_color_content   curs_color(3X)*
-                    extended_pair_content    curs_color(3X)*
-                    extended_slk_color       curs_slk(3X)*
-                    filter                   curs_util(3X)
-                    find_pair                new_pair(3X)*
-                    flash                    curs_beep(3X)
-                    flushinp                 curs_util(3X)
-                    free_pair                new_pair(3X)*
-                    get_wch                  curs_get_wch(3X)
-                    get_wstr                 curs_get_wstr(3X)
-                    getattrs                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    getbegx                  curs_legacy(3X)*
-                    getbegy                  curs_legacy(3X)*
-                    getbegyx                 curs_getyx(3X)
-                    getbkgd                  curs_bkgd(3X)
-                    getbkgrnd                curs_bkgrnd(3X)
-                    getcchar                 curs_getcchar(3X)
-                    getch                    curs_getch(3X)
-                    getcurx                  curs_legacy(3X)*
-                    getcury                  curs_legacy(3X)*
-                    getmaxx                  curs_legacy(3X)*
-                    getmaxy                  curs_legacy(3X)*
-                    getmaxyx                 curs_getyx(3X)
-                    getmouse                 curs_mouse(3X)*
-                    getn_wstr                curs_get_wstr(3X)
-                    getnstr                  curs_getstr(3X)
-                    getparx                  curs_legacy(3X)*
-                    getpary                  curs_legacy(3X)*
-
-                    getparyx                 curs_getyx(3X)
-                    getstr                   curs_getstr(3X)
-                    getsyx                   curs_kernel(3X)
-                    getwin                   curs_util(3X)
-                    getyx                    curs_getyx(3X)
-                    halfdelay                curs_inopts(3X)
-                    has_colors               curs_color(3X)
-                    has_ic                   curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    has_il                   curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    has_key                  curs_getch(3X)*
-                    has_mouse                curs_mouse(3X)*
-                    hline                    curs_border(3X)
-                    hline_set                curs_border_set(3X)
-                    idcok                    curs_outopts(3X)
-                    idlok                    curs_outopts(3X)
-                    immedok                  curs_outopts(3X)
-                    in_wch                   curs_in_wch(3X)
-                    in_wchnstr               curs_in_wchstr(3X)
-                    in_wchstr                curs_in_wchstr(3X)
-                    inch                     curs_inch(3X)
-                    inchnstr                 curs_inchstr(3X)
-                    inchstr                  curs_inchstr(3X)
-                    init_color               curs_color(3X)
-                    init_extended_color      curs_color(3X)*
-                    init_extended_pair       curs_color(3X)*
-                    init_pair                curs_color(3X)
-                    initscr                  curs_initscr(3X)
-                    innstr                   curs_instr(3X)
-                    innwstr                  curs_inwstr(3X)
-                    ins_nwstr                curs_ins_wstr(3X)
-                    ins_wch                  curs_ins_wch(3X)
-                    ins_wstr                 curs_ins_wstr(3X)
-                    insch                    curs_insch(3X)
-                    insdelln                 curs_deleteln(3X)
-                    insertln                 curs_deleteln(3X)
-                    insnstr                  curs_insstr(3X)
-                    insstr                   curs_insstr(3X)
-                    instr                    curs_instr(3X)
-                    intrflush                curs_inopts(3X)
-                    inwstr                   curs_inwstr(3X)
-                    is_cleared               curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_idcok                 curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_idlok                 curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_immedok               curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_keypad                curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_leaveok               curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_linetouched           curs_touch(3X)
-                    is_nodelay               curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_notimeout             curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_pad                   curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_scrollok              curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_subwin                curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_syncok                curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    is_term_resized          resizeterm(3X)*
-                    is_wintouched            curs_touch(3X)
-                    isendwin                 curs_initscr(3X)
-                    key_defined              key_defined(3X)*
-                    key_name                 curs_util(3X)
-                    keybound                 keybound(3X)*
-                    keyname                  curs_util(3X)
-                    keyok                    keyok(3X)*
-                    keypad                   curs_inopts(3X)
-                    killchar                 curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    killwchar                curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    leaveok                  curs_outopts(3X)
-
-                    longname                 curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    mcprint                  curs_print(3X)*
-                    meta                     curs_inopts(3X)
-                    mouse_trafo              curs_mouse(3X)*
-                    mouseinterval            curs_mouse(3X)*
-                    mousemask                curs_mouse(3X)*
-                    move                     curs_move(3X)
-                    mvadd_wch                curs_add_wch(3X)
-                    mvadd_wchnstr            curs_add_wchstr(3X)
-                    mvadd_wchstr             curs_add_wchstr(3X)
-                    mvaddch                  curs_addch(3X)
-                    mvaddchnstr              curs_addchstr(3X)
-                    mvaddchstr               curs_addchstr(3X)
-                    mvaddnstr                curs_addstr(3X)
-                    mvaddnwstr               curs_addwstr(3X)
-                    mvaddstr                 curs_addstr(3X)
-                    mvaddwstr                curs_addwstr(3X)
-                    mvchgat                  curs_attr(3X)
-                    mvcur                    curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    mvdelch                  curs_delch(3X)
-                    mvderwin                 curs_window(3X)
-                    mvget_wch                curs_get_wch(3X)
-                    mvget_wstr               curs_get_wstr(3X)
-                    mvgetch                  curs_getch(3X)
-                    mvgetn_wstr              curs_get_wstr(3X)
-                    mvgetnstr                curs_getstr(3X)
-                    mvgetstr                 curs_getstr(3X)
-                    mvhline                  curs_border(3X)
-                    mvhline_set              curs_border_set(3X)
-                    mvin_wch                 curs_in_wch(3X)
-                    mvin_wchnstr             curs_in_wchstr(3X)
-                    mvin_wchstr              curs_in_wchstr(3X)
-                    mvinch                   curs_inch(3X)
-                    mvinchnstr               curs_inchstr(3X)
-                    mvinchstr                curs_inchstr(3X)
-                    mvinnstr                 curs_instr(3X)
-                    mvinnwstr                curs_inwstr(3X)
-                    mvins_nwstr              curs_ins_wstr(3X)
-                    mvins_wch                curs_ins_wch(3X)
-                    mvins_wstr               curs_ins_wstr(3X)
-                    mvinsch                  curs_insch(3X)
-                    mvinsnstr                curs_insstr(3X)
-                    mvinsstr                 curs_insstr(3X)
-                    mvinstr                  curs_instr(3X)
-                    mvinwstr                 curs_inwstr(3X)
-                    mvprintw                 curs_printw(3X)
-                    mvscanw                  curs_scanw(3X)
-                    mvvline                  curs_border(3X)
-                    mvvline_set              curs_border_set(3X)
-                    mvwadd_wch               curs_add_wch(3X)
-                    mvwadd_wchnstr           curs_add_wchstr(3X)
-                    mvwadd_wchstr            curs_add_wchstr(3X)
-                    mvwaddch                 curs_addch(3X)
-                    mvwaddchnstr             curs_addchstr(3X)
-                    mvwaddchstr              curs_addchstr(3X)
-                    mvwaddnstr               curs_addstr(3X)
-                    mvwaddnwstr              curs_addwstr(3X)
-                    mvwaddstr                curs_addstr(3X)
-                    mvwaddwstr               curs_addwstr(3X)
-                    mvwchgat                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    mvwdelch                 curs_delch(3X)
-                    mvwget_wch               curs_get_wch(3X)
-                    mvwget_wstr              curs_get_wstr(3X)
-                    mvwgetch                 curs_getch(3X)
-                    mvwgetn_wstr             curs_get_wstr(3X)
-
-                    mvwgetnstr               curs_getstr(3X)
-                    mvwgetstr                curs_getstr(3X)
-                    mvwhline                 curs_border(3X)
-                    mvwhline_set             curs_border_set(3X)
-                    mvwin                    curs_window(3X)
-                    mvwin_wch                curs_in_wch(3X)
-                    mvwin_wchnstr            curs_in_wchstr(3X)
-                    mvwin_wchstr             curs_in_wchstr(3X)
-                    mvwinch                  curs_inch(3X)
-                    mvwinchnstr              curs_inchstr(3X)
-                    mvwinchstr               curs_inchstr(3X)
-                    mvwinnstr                curs_instr(3X)
-                    mvwinnwstr               curs_inwstr(3X)
-                    mvwins_nwstr             curs_ins_wstr(3X)
-                    mvwins_wch               curs_ins_wch(3X)
-                    mvwins_wstr              curs_ins_wstr(3X)
-                    mvwinsch                 curs_insch(3X)
-                    mvwinsnstr               curs_insstr(3X)
-                    mvwinsstr                curs_insstr(3X)
-                    mvwinstr                 curs_instr(3X)
-                    mvwinwstr                curs_inwstr(3X)
-                    mvwprintw                curs_printw(3X)
-                    mvwscanw                 curs_scanw(3X)
-                    mvwvline                 curs_border(3X)
-                    mvwvline_set             curs_border_set(3X)
-                    napms                    curs_kernel(3X)
-                    newpad                   curs_pad(3X)
-                    newterm                  curs_initscr(3X)
-                    newwin                   curs_window(3X)
-                    nl                       curs_inopts(3X)
-                    nocbreak                 curs_inopts(3X)
-                    nodelay                  curs_inopts(3X)
-                    noecho                   curs_inopts(3X)
-                    nofilter                 curs_util(3X)*
-                    nonl                     curs_inopts(3X)
-                    noqiflush                curs_inopts(3X)
-                    noraw                    curs_inopts(3X)
-                    notimeout                curs_inopts(3X)
-                    overlay                  curs_overlay(3X)
-                    overwrite                curs_overlay(3X)
-                    pair_content             curs_color(3X)
-                    pecho_wchar              curs_pad(3X)*
-                    pechochar                curs_pad(3X)
-                    pnoutrefresh             curs_pad(3X)
-                    prefresh                 curs_pad(3X)
-                    printw                   curs_printw(3X)
-                    putp                     curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    putwin                   curs_util(3X)
-                    qiflush                  curs_inopts(3X)
-                    raw                      curs_inopts(3X)
-                    redrawwin                curs_refresh(3X)
-                    refresh                  curs_refresh(3X)
-                    reset_color_pairs        curs_color(3X)*
-                    reset_prog_mode          curs_kernel(3X)
-                    reset_shell_mode         curs_kernel(3X)
-                    resetty                  curs_kernel(3X)
-                    resize_term              resizeterm(3X)*
-                    resizeterm               resizeterm(3X)*
-                    restartterm              curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    ripoffline               curs_kernel(3X)
-                    savetty                  curs_kernel(3X)
-                    scanw                    curs_scanw(3X)
-                    scr_dump                 curs_scr_dump(3X)
-                    scr_init                 curs_scr_dump(3X)
-                    scr_restore              curs_scr_dump(3X)
-
-                    scr_set                  curs_scr_dump(3X)
-                    scrl                     curs_scroll(3X)
-                    scroll                   curs_scroll(3X)
-                    scrollok                 curs_outopts(3X)
-                    set_curterm              curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    set_term                 curs_initscr(3X)
-                    setcchar                 curs_getcchar(3X)
-                    setscrreg                curs_outopts(3X)
-                    setsyx                   curs_kernel(3X)
-                    setupterm                curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    slk_attr                 curs_slk(3X)*
-                    slk_attr_off             curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_attr_on              curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_attr_set             curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_attroff              curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_attron               curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_attrset              curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_clear                curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_color                curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_init                 curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_label                curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_noutrefresh          curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_refresh              curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_restore              curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_set                  curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_touch                curs_slk(3X)
-                    slk_wset                 curs_slk(3X)*
-                    standend                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    standout                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    start_color              curs_color(3X)
-                    subpad                   curs_pad(3X)
-                    subwin                   curs_window(3X)
-                    syncok                   curs_window(3X)
-                    term_attrs               curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    termattrs                curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    termname                 curs_termattrs(3X)
-                    tgetent                  curs_termcap(3X)
-                    tgetflag                 curs_termcap(3X)
-                    tgetnum                  curs_termcap(3X)
-                    tgetstr                  curs_termcap(3X)
-                    tgoto                    curs_termcap(3X)
-                    tigetflag                curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    tigetnum                 curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    tigetstr                 curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    timeout                  curs_inopts(3X)
-                    tiparm                   curs_terminfo(3X)*
-                    touchline                curs_touch(3X)
-                    touchwin                 curs_touch(3X)
-                    tparm                    curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    tputs                    curs_termcap(3X)
-                    tputs                    curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    trace                    curs_trace(3X)*
-                    typeahead                curs_inopts(3X)
-                    unctrl                   curs_util(3X)
-                    unget_wch                curs_get_wch(3X)
-                    ungetch                  curs_getch(3X)
-                    ungetmouse               curs_mouse(3X)*
-                    untouchwin               curs_touch(3X)
-                    use_default_colors       default_colors(3X)*
-                    use_env                  curs_util(3X)
-                    use_extended_names       curs_extend(3X)*
-                    use_legacy_coding        legacy_coding(3X)*
-                    use_tioctl               curs_util(3X)*
-                    vid_attr                 curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    vid_puts                 curs_terminfo(3X)
-
-                    vidattr                  curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    vidputs                  curs_terminfo(3X)
-                    vline                    curs_border(3X)
-                    vline_set                curs_border_set(3X)
-                    vw_printw                curs_printw(3X)
-                    vw_scanw                 curs_scanw(3X)
-                    vwprintw                 curs_printw(3X)
-                    vwscanw                  curs_scanw(3X)
-                    wadd_wch                 curs_add_wch(3X)
-                    wadd_wchnstr             curs_add_wchstr(3X)
-                    wadd_wchstr              curs_add_wchstr(3X)
-                    waddch                   curs_addch(3X)
-                    waddchnstr               curs_addchstr(3X)
-                    waddchstr                curs_addchstr(3X)
-                    waddnstr                 curs_addstr(3X)
-                    waddnwstr                curs_addwstr(3X)
-                    waddstr                  curs_addstr(3X)
-                    waddwstr                 curs_addwstr(3X)
-                    wattr_get                curs_attr(3X)
-                    wattr_off                curs_attr(3X)
-                    wattr_on                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    wattr_set                curs_attr(3X)
-                    wattroff                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    wattron                  curs_attr(3X)
-                    wattrset                 curs_attr(3X)
-                    wbkgd                    curs_bkgd(3X)
-                    wbkgdset                 curs_bkgd(3X)
-                    wbkgrnd                  curs_bkgrnd(3X)
-                    wbkgrndset               curs_bkgrnd(3X)
-                    wborder                  curs_border(3X)
-                    wborder_set              curs_border_set(3X)
-                    wchgat                   curs_attr(3X)
-                    wclear                   curs_clear(3X)
-                    wclrtobot                curs_clear(3X)
-                    wclrtoeol                curs_clear(3X)
-                    wcolor_set               curs_attr(3X)
-                    wcursyncup               curs_window(3X)
-                    wdelch                   curs_delch(3X)
-                    wdeleteln                curs_deleteln(3X)
-                    wecho_wchar              curs_add_wch(3X)
-                    wechochar                curs_addch(3X)
-                    wenclose                 curs_mouse(3X)*
-                    werase                   curs_clear(3X)
-                    wget_wch                 curs_get_wch(3X)
-                    wget_wstr                curs_get_wstr(3X)
-                    wgetbkgrnd               curs_bkgrnd(3X)
-                    wgetch                   curs_getch(3X)
-                    wgetdelay                curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    wgetn_wstr               curs_get_wstr(3X)
-                    wgetnstr                 curs_getstr(3X)
-                    wgetparent               curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    wgetscrreg               curs_opaque(3X)*
-                    wgetstr                  curs_getstr(3X)
-                    whline                   curs_border(3X)
-                    whline_set               curs_border_set(3X)
-                    win_wch                  curs_in_wch(3X)
-                    win_wchnstr              curs_in_wchstr(3X)
-                    win_wchstr               curs_in_wchstr(3X)
-                    winch                    curs_inch(3X)
-                    winchnstr                curs_inchstr(3X)
-                    winchstr                 curs_inchstr(3X)
-                    winnstr                  curs_instr(3X)
-                    winnwstr                 curs_inwstr(3X)
-                    wins_nwstr               curs_ins_wstr(3X)
-                    wins_wch                 curs_ins_wch(3X)
-
-                    wins_wstr                curs_ins_wstr(3X)
-                    winsch                   curs_insch(3X)
-                    winsdelln                curs_deleteln(3X)
-                    winsertln                curs_deleteln(3X)
-                    winsnstr                 curs_insstr(3X)
-                    winsstr                  curs_insstr(3X)
-                    winstr                   curs_instr(3X)
-                    winwstr                  curs_inwstr(3X)
-                    wmouse_trafo             curs_mouse(3X)*
-                    wmove                    curs_move(3X)
-                    wnoutrefresh             curs_refresh(3X)
-                    wprintw                  curs_printw(3X)
-                    wredrawln                curs_refresh(3X)
-                    wrefresh                 curs_refresh(3X)
-                    wresize                  wresize(3X)*
-                    wscanw                   curs_scanw(3X)
-                    wscrl                    curs_scroll(3X)
-                    wsetscrreg               curs_outopts(3X)
-                    wstandend                curs_attr(3X)
-                    wstandout                curs_attr(3X)
-                    wsyncdown                curs_window(3X)
-                    wsyncup                  curs_window(3X)
-                    wtimeout                 curs_inopts(3X)
-                    wtouchln                 curs_touch(3X)
-                    wunctrl                  curs_util(3X)
-                    wvline                   curs_border(3X)
-                    wvline_set               curs_border_set(3X)
+                    COLOR_PAIR               curs_color(3x)
+                    PAIR_NUMBER              curs_attr(3x)
+                    add_wch                  curs_add_wch(3x)
+                    add_wchnstr              curs_add_wchstr(3x)
+                    add_wchstr               curs_add_wchstr(3x)
+                    addch                    curs_addch(3x)
+                    addchnstr                curs_addchstr(3x)
+                    addchstr                 curs_addchstr(3x)
+                    addnstr                  curs_addstr(3x)
+                    addnwstr                 curs_addwstr(3x)
+                    addstr                   curs_addstr(3x)
+                    addwstr                  curs_addwstr(3x)
+                    alloc_pair               new_pair(3x)*
+                    assume_default_colors    default_colors(3x)*
+                    attr_get                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    attr_off                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    attr_on                  curs_attr(3x)
+                    attr_set                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    attroff                  curs_attr(3x)
+                    attron                   curs_attr(3x)
+                    attrset                  curs_attr(3x)
+                    baudrate                 curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    beep                     curs_beep(3x)
+                    bkgd                     curs_bkgd(3x)
+                    bkgdset                  curs_bkgd(3x)
+                    bkgrnd                   curs_bkgrnd(3x)
+                    bkgrndset                curs_bkgrnd(3x)
+                    border                   curs_border(3x)
+
+                    border_set               curs_border_set(3x)
+                    box                      curs_border(3x)
+                    box_set                  curs_border_set(3x)
+                    can_change_color         curs_color(3x)
+                    cbreak                   curs_inopts(3x)
+                    chgat                    curs_attr(3x)
+                    clear                    curs_clear(3x)
+                    clearok                  curs_outopts(3x)
+                    clrtobot                 curs_clear(3x)
+                    clrtoeol                 curs_clear(3x)
+                    color_content            curs_color(3x)
+                    color_set                curs_attr(3x)
+                    copywin                  curs_overlay(3x)
+                    curs_set                 curs_kernel(3x)
+                    curses_trace             curs_trace(3x)*
+                    curses_version           curs_extend(3x)*
+                    def_prog_mode            curs_kernel(3x)
+                    def_shell_mode           curs_kernel(3x)
+                    define_key               define_key(3x)*
+                    del_curterm              curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    delay_output             curs_util(3x)
+                    delch                    curs_delch(3x)
+                    deleteln                 curs_deleteln(3x)
+                    delscreen                curs_initscr(3x)
+                    delwin                   curs_window(3x)
+                    derwin                   curs_window(3x)
+                    doupdate                 curs_refresh(3x)
+                    dupwin                   curs_window(3x)
+                    echo                     curs_inopts(3x)
+                    echo_wchar               curs_add_wch(3x)
+                    echochar                 curs_addch(3x)
+                    endwin                   curs_initscr(3x)
+                    erase                    curs_clear(3x)
+                    erasechar                curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    erasewchar               curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    exit_curses              curs_memleaks(3x)*
+                    exit_terminfo            curs_memleaks(3x)*
+                    extended_color_content   curs_color(3x)*
+                    extended_pair_content    curs_color(3x)*
+                    extended_slk_color       curs_slk(3x)*
+                    filter                   curs_util(3x)
+                    find_pair                new_pair(3x)*
+                    flash                    curs_beep(3x)
+                    flushinp                 curs_util(3x)
+                    free_pair                new_pair(3x)*
+                    get_wch                  curs_get_wch(3x)
+                    get_wstr                 curs_get_wstr(3x)
+                    getattrs                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    getbegx                  curs_legacy(3x)*
+                    getbegy                  curs_legacy(3x)*
+                    getbegyx                 curs_getyx(3x)
+                    getbkgd                  curs_bkgd(3x)
+                    getbkgrnd                curs_bkgrnd(3x)
+                    getcchar                 curs_getcchar(3x)
+                    getch                    curs_getch(3x)
+                    getcurx                  curs_legacy(3x)*
+                    getcury                  curs_legacy(3x)*
+                    getmaxx                  curs_legacy(3x)*
+                    getmaxy                  curs_legacy(3x)*
+                    getmaxyx                 curs_getyx(3x)
+                    getmouse                 curs_mouse(3x)*
+                    getn_wstr                curs_get_wstr(3x)
+                    getnstr                  curs_getstr(3x)
+                    getparx                  curs_legacy(3x)*
+                    getpary                  curs_legacy(3x)*
+
+                    getparyx                 curs_getyx(3x)
+                    getstr                   curs_getstr(3x)
+                    getsyx                   curs_kernel(3x)
+                    getwin                   curs_util(3x)
+                    getyx                    curs_getyx(3x)
+                    halfdelay                curs_inopts(3x)
+                    has_colors               curs_color(3x)
+                    has_ic                   curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    has_il                   curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    has_key                  curs_getch(3x)*
+                    has_mouse                curs_mouse(3x)*
+                    hline                    curs_border(3x)
+                    hline_set                curs_border_set(3x)
+                    idcok                    curs_outopts(3x)
+                    idlok                    curs_outopts(3x)
+                    immedok                  curs_outopts(3x)
+                    in_wch                   curs_in_wch(3x)
+                    in_wchnstr               curs_in_wchstr(3x)
+                    in_wchstr                curs_in_wchstr(3x)
+                    inch                     curs_inch(3x)
+                    inchnstr                 curs_inchstr(3x)
+                    inchstr                  curs_inchstr(3x)
+                    init_color               curs_color(3x)
+                    init_extended_color      curs_color(3x)*
+                    init_extended_pair       curs_color(3x)*
+                    init_pair                curs_color(3x)
+                    initscr                  curs_initscr(3x)
+                    innstr                   curs_instr(3x)
+                    innwstr                  curs_inwstr(3x)
+                    ins_nwstr                curs_ins_wstr(3x)
+                    ins_wch                  curs_ins_wch(3x)
+                    ins_wstr                 curs_ins_wstr(3x)
+                    insch                    curs_insch(3x)
+                    insdelln                 curs_deleteln(3x)
+                    insertln                 curs_deleteln(3x)
+                    insnstr                  curs_insstr(3x)
+                    insstr                   curs_insstr(3x)
+                    instr                    curs_instr(3x)
+                    intrflush                curs_inopts(3x)
+                    inwstr                   curs_inwstr(3x)
+                    is_cleared               curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_idcok                 curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_idlok                 curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_immedok               curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_keypad                curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_leaveok               curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_linetouched           curs_touch(3x)
+                    is_nodelay               curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_notimeout             curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_pad                   curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_scrollok              curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_subwin                curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_syncok                curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    is_term_resized          resizeterm(3x)*
+                    is_wintouched            curs_touch(3x)
+                    isendwin                 curs_initscr(3x)
+                    key_defined              key_defined(3x)*
+                    key_name                 curs_util(3x)
+                    keybound                 keybound(3x)*
+                    keyname                  curs_util(3x)
+                    keyok                    keyok(3x)*
+                    keypad                   curs_inopts(3x)
+                    killchar                 curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    killwchar                curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    leaveok                  curs_outopts(3x)
+
+                    longname                 curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    mcprint                  curs_print(3x)*
+                    meta                     curs_inopts(3x)
+                    mouse_trafo              curs_mouse(3x)*
+                    mouseinterval            curs_mouse(3x)*
+                    mousemask                curs_mouse(3x)*
+                    move                     curs_move(3x)
+                    mvadd_wch                curs_add_wch(3x)
+                    mvadd_wchnstr            curs_add_wchstr(3x)
+                    mvadd_wchstr             curs_add_wchstr(3x)
+                    mvaddch                  curs_addch(3x)
+                    mvaddchnstr              curs_addchstr(3x)
+                    mvaddchstr               curs_addchstr(3x)
+                    mvaddnstr                curs_addstr(3x)
+                    mvaddnwstr               curs_addwstr(3x)
+                    mvaddstr                 curs_addstr(3x)
+                    mvaddwstr                curs_addwstr(3x)
+                    mvchgat                  curs_attr(3x)
+                    mvcur                    curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    mvdelch                  curs_delch(3x)
+                    mvderwin                 curs_window(3x)
+                    mvget_wch                curs_get_wch(3x)
+                    mvget_wstr               curs_get_wstr(3x)
+                    mvgetch                  curs_getch(3x)
+                    mvgetn_wstr              curs_get_wstr(3x)
+                    mvgetnstr                curs_getstr(3x)
+                    mvgetstr                 curs_getstr(3x)
+                    mvhline                  curs_border(3x)
+                    mvhline_set              curs_border_set(3x)
+                    mvin_wch                 curs_in_wch(3x)
+                    mvin_wchnstr             curs_in_wchstr(3x)
+                    mvin_wchstr              curs_in_wchstr(3x)
+                    mvinch                   curs_inch(3x)
+                    mvinchnstr               curs_inchstr(3x)
+                    mvinchstr                curs_inchstr(3x)
+                    mvinnstr                 curs_instr(3x)
+                    mvinnwstr                curs_inwstr(3x)
+                    mvins_nwstr              curs_ins_wstr(3x)
+                    mvins_wch                curs_ins_wch(3x)
+                    mvins_wstr               curs_ins_wstr(3x)
+                    mvinsch                  curs_insch(3x)
+                    mvinsnstr                curs_insstr(3x)
+                    mvinsstr                 curs_insstr(3x)
+                    mvinstr                  curs_instr(3x)
+                    mvinwstr                 curs_inwstr(3x)
+                    mvprintw                 curs_printw(3x)
+                    mvscanw                  curs_scanw(3x)
+                    mvvline                  curs_border(3x)
+                    mvvline_set              curs_border_set(3x)
+                    mvwadd_wch               curs_add_wch(3x)
+                    mvwadd_wchnstr           curs_add_wchstr(3x)
+                    mvwadd_wchstr            curs_add_wchstr(3x)
+                    mvwaddch                 curs_addch(3x)
+                    mvwaddchnstr             curs_addchstr(3x)
+                    mvwaddchstr              curs_addchstr(3x)
+                    mvwaddnstr               curs_addstr(3x)
+                    mvwaddnwstr              curs_addwstr(3x)
+                    mvwaddstr                curs_addstr(3x)
+                    mvwaddwstr               curs_addwstr(3x)
+                    mvwchgat                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    mvwdelch                 curs_delch(3x)
+                    mvwget_wch               curs_get_wch(3x)
+                    mvwget_wstr              curs_get_wstr(3x)
+                    mvwgetch                 curs_getch(3x)
+                    mvwgetn_wstr             curs_get_wstr(3x)
+
+                    mvwgetnstr               curs_getstr(3x)
+                    mvwgetstr                curs_getstr(3x)
+                    mvwhline                 curs_border(3x)
+                    mvwhline_set             curs_border_set(3x)
+                    mvwin                    curs_window(3x)
+                    mvwin_wch                curs_in_wch(3x)
+                    mvwin_wchnstr            curs_in_wchstr(3x)
+                    mvwin_wchstr             curs_in_wchstr(3x)
+                    mvwinch                  curs_inch(3x)
+                    mvwinchnstr              curs_inchstr(3x)
+                    mvwinchstr               curs_inchstr(3x)
+                    mvwinnstr                curs_instr(3x)
+                    mvwinnwstr               curs_inwstr(3x)
+                    mvwins_nwstr             curs_ins_wstr(3x)
+                    mvwins_wch               curs_ins_wch(3x)
+                    mvwins_wstr              curs_ins_wstr(3x)
+                    mvwinsch                 curs_insch(3x)
+                    mvwinsnstr               curs_insstr(3x)
+                    mvwinsstr                curs_insstr(3x)
+                    mvwinstr                 curs_instr(3x)
+                    mvwinwstr                curs_inwstr(3x)
+                    mvwprintw                curs_printw(3x)
+                    mvwscanw                 curs_scanw(3x)
+                    mvwvline                 curs_border(3x)
+                    mvwvline_set             curs_border_set(3x)
+                    napms                    curs_kernel(3x)
+                    newpad                   curs_pad(3x)
+                    newterm                  curs_initscr(3x)
+                    newwin                   curs_window(3x)
+                    nl                       curs_inopts(3x)
+                    nocbreak                 curs_inopts(3x)
+                    nodelay                  curs_inopts(3x)
+                    noecho                   curs_inopts(3x)
+                    nofilter                 curs_util(3x)*
+                    nonl                     curs_inopts(3x)
+                    noqiflush                curs_inopts(3x)
+                    noraw                    curs_inopts(3x)
+                    notimeout                curs_inopts(3x)
+                    overlay                  curs_overlay(3x)
+                    overwrite                curs_overlay(3x)
+                    pair_content             curs_color(3x)
+                    pecho_wchar              curs_pad(3x)*
+                    pechochar                curs_pad(3x)
+                    pnoutrefresh             curs_pad(3x)
+                    prefresh                 curs_pad(3x)
+                    printw                   curs_printw(3x)
+                    putp                     curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    putwin                   curs_util(3x)
+                    qiflush                  curs_inopts(3x)
+                    raw                      curs_inopts(3x)
+                    redrawwin                curs_refresh(3x)
+                    refresh                  curs_refresh(3x)
+                    reset_color_pairs        curs_color(3x)*
+                    reset_prog_mode          curs_kernel(3x)
+                    reset_shell_mode         curs_kernel(3x)
+                    resetty                  curs_kernel(3x)
+                    resize_term              resizeterm(3x)*
+                    resizeterm               resizeterm(3x)*
+                    restartterm              curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    ripoffline               curs_kernel(3x)
+                    savetty                  curs_kernel(3x)
+                    scanw                    curs_scanw(3x)
+                    scr_dump                 curs_scr_dump(3x)
+                    scr_init                 curs_scr_dump(3x)
+                    scr_restore              curs_scr_dump(3x)
+
+                    scr_set                  curs_scr_dump(3x)
+                    scrl                     curs_scroll(3x)
+                    scroll                   curs_scroll(3x)
+                    scrollok                 curs_outopts(3x)
+                    set_curterm              curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    set_term                 curs_initscr(3x)
+                    setcchar                 curs_getcchar(3x)
+                    setscrreg                curs_outopts(3x)
+                    setsyx                   curs_kernel(3x)
+                    setupterm                curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    slk_attr                 curs_slk(3x)*
+                    slk_attr_off             curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_attr_on              curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_attr_set             curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_attroff              curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_attron               curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_attrset              curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_clear                curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_color                curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_init                 curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_label                curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_noutrefresh          curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_refresh              curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_restore              curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_set                  curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_touch                curs_slk(3x)
+                    slk_wset                 curs_slk(3x)*
+                    standend                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    standout                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    start_color              curs_color(3x)
+                    subpad                   curs_pad(3x)
+                    subwin                   curs_window(3x)
+                    syncok                   curs_window(3x)
+                    term_attrs               curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    termattrs                curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    termname                 curs_termattrs(3x)
+                    tgetent                  curs_termcap(3x)
+                    tgetflag                 curs_termcap(3x)
+                    tgetnum                  curs_termcap(3x)
+                    tgetstr                  curs_termcap(3x)
+                    tgoto                    curs_termcap(3x)
+                    tigetflag                curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    tigetnum                 curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    tigetstr                 curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    timeout                  curs_inopts(3x)
+                    tiparm                   curs_terminfo(3x)*
+                    touchline                curs_touch(3x)
+                    touchwin                 curs_touch(3x)
+                    tparm                    curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    tputs                    curs_termcap(3x)
+                    tputs                    curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    trace                    curs_trace(3x)*
+                    typeahead                curs_inopts(3x)
+                    unctrl                   curs_util(3x)
+                    unget_wch                curs_get_wch(3x)
+                    ungetch                  curs_getch(3x)
+                    ungetmouse               curs_mouse(3x)*
+                    untouchwin               curs_touch(3x)
+                    use_default_colors       default_colors(3x)*
+                    use_env                  curs_util(3x)
+                    use_extended_names       curs_extend(3x)*
+                    use_legacy_coding        legacy_coding(3x)*
+                    use_tioctl               curs_util(3x)*
+                    vid_attr                 curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    vid_puts                 curs_terminfo(3x)
+
+                    vidattr                  curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    vidputs                  curs_terminfo(3x)
+                    vline                    curs_border(3x)
+                    vline_set                curs_border_set(3x)
+                    vw_printw                curs_printw(3x)
+                    vw_scanw                 curs_scanw(3x)
+                    vwprintw                 curs_printw(3x)
+                    vwscanw                  curs_scanw(3x)
+                    wadd_wch                 curs_add_wch(3x)
+                    wadd_wchnstr             curs_add_wchstr(3x)
+                    wadd_wchstr              curs_add_wchstr(3x)
+                    waddch                   curs_addch(3x)
+                    waddchnstr               curs_addchstr(3x)
+                    waddchstr                curs_addchstr(3x)
+                    waddnstr                 curs_addstr(3x)
+                    waddnwstr                curs_addwstr(3x)
+                    waddstr                  curs_addstr(3x)
+                    waddwstr                 curs_addwstr(3x)
+                    wattr_get                curs_attr(3x)
+                    wattr_off                curs_attr(3x)
+                    wattr_on                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    wattr_set                curs_attr(3x)
+                    wattroff                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    wattron                  curs_attr(3x)
+                    wattrset                 curs_attr(3x)
+                    wbkgd                    curs_bkgd(3x)
+                    wbkgdset                 curs_bkgd(3x)
+                    wbkgrnd                  curs_bkgrnd(3x)
+                    wbkgrndset               curs_bkgrnd(3x)
+                    wborder                  curs_border(3x)
+                    wborder_set              curs_border_set(3x)
+                    wchgat                   curs_attr(3x)
+                    wclear                   curs_clear(3x)
+                    wclrtobot                curs_clear(3x)
+                    wclrtoeol                curs_clear(3x)
+                    wcolor_set               curs_attr(3x)
+                    wcursyncup               curs_window(3x)
+                    wdelch                   curs_delch(3x)
+                    wdeleteln                curs_deleteln(3x)
+                    wecho_wchar              curs_add_wch(3x)
+                    wechochar                curs_addch(3x)
+                    wenclose                 curs_mouse(3x)*
+                    werase                   curs_clear(3x)
+                    wget_wch                 curs_get_wch(3x)
+                    wget_wstr                curs_get_wstr(3x)
+                    wgetbkgrnd               curs_bkgrnd(3x)
+                    wgetch                   curs_getch(3x)
+                    wgetdelay                curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    wgetn_wstr               curs_get_wstr(3x)
+                    wgetnstr                 curs_getstr(3x)
+                    wgetparent               curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    wgetscrreg               curs_opaque(3x)*
+                    wgetstr                  curs_getstr(3x)
+                    whline                   curs_border(3x)
+                    whline_set               curs_border_set(3x)
+                    win_wch                  curs_in_wch(3x)
+                    win_wchnstr              curs_in_wchstr(3x)
+                    win_wchstr               curs_in_wchstr(3x)
+                    winch                    curs_inch(3x)
+                    winchnstr                curs_inchstr(3x)
+                    winchstr                 curs_inchstr(3x)
+                    winnstr                  curs_instr(3x)
+                    winnwstr                 curs_inwstr(3x)
+                    wins_nwstr               curs_ins_wstr(3x)
+                    wins_wch                 curs_ins_wch(3x)
+
+                    wins_wstr                curs_ins_wstr(3x)
+                    winsch                   curs_insch(3x)
+                    winsdelln                curs_deleteln(3x)
+                    winsertln                curs_deleteln(3x)
+                    winsnstr                 curs_insstr(3x)
+                    winsstr                  curs_insstr(3x)
+                    winstr                   curs_instr(3x)
+                    winwstr                  curs_inwstr(3x)
+                    wmouse_trafo             curs_mouse(3x)*
+                    wmove                    curs_move(3x)
+                    wnoutrefresh             curs_refresh(3x)
+                    wprintw                  curs_printw(3x)
+                    wredrawln                curs_refresh(3x)
+                    wrefresh                 curs_refresh(3x)
+                    wresize                  wresize(3x)*
+                    wscanw                   curs_scanw(3x)
+                    wscrl                    curs_scroll(3x)
+                    wsetscrreg               curs_outopts(3x)
+                    wstandend                curs_attr(3x)
+                    wstandout                curs_attr(3x)
+                    wsyncdown                curs_window(3x)
+                    wsyncup                  curs_window(3x)
+                    wtimeout                 curs_inopts(3x)
+                    wtouchln                 curs_touch(3x)
+                    wunctrl                  curs_util(3x)
+                    wvline                   curs_border(3x)
+                    wvline_set               curs_border_set(3x)
 
        Depending on the configuration, additional sets  of  functions  may  be
        available:
 
-          curs_memleaks(3X) - curses memory-leak checking
+          curs_memleaks(3x) - curses memory-leak checking
 
-          curs_sp_funcs(3X) - curses screen-pointer extension
+          curs_sp_funcs(3x) - curses screen-pointer extension
 
-          curs_threads(3X) - curses thread support
+          curs_threads(3x) - curses thread support
 
-          curs_trace(3X) - curses debugging routines
+          curs_trace(3x) - curses debugging routines

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       Routines  that return an integer return ERR upon failure and an integer
-       value other than ERR upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted
+       Routines  that return an integer return ERR upon failure and an integer
+       value other than ERR upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted
        in the routine descriptions.
 
        As  a  general  rule,  routines  check  for  null  pointers  passed  as
        parameters, and handle this as an error.
 
-       All macros return  the  value  of  the  w  version,  except  setscrreg,
-       wsetscrreg,  getyx,  getbegyx,  and  getmaxyx.   The  return  values of
-       setscrreg, wsetscrreg, getyx,  getbegyx,  and  getmaxyx  are  undefined
+       All macros return  the  value  of  the  w  version,  except  setscrreg,
+       wsetscrreg,  getyx,  getbegyx,  and  getmaxyx.   The  return  values of
+       setscrreg, wsetscrreg, getyx,  getbegyx,  and  getmaxyx  are  undefined
        (i.e.,  these  should  not be used as the right-hand side of assignment
        statements).
 
        Functions with a "mv" prefix first  perform  a  cursor  movement  using
-       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
+       wmove, and return an error if the position is outside the window, or if
        the window pointer  is  null.   Most  "mv"-prefixed  functions  (except
-       variadic  functions  such  as mvprintw) are provided both as macros and
+       variadic  functions  such  as mvprintw) are provided both as macros and
        functions.
 
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                ENVIRONMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The following  environment  symbols  are  useful  for  customizing  the
-       runtime  behavior of the ncurses library.  The most important ones have
+       runtime  behavior of the ncurses library.  The most important ones have
        been already discussed in detail.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                CC command-character

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       When set, change occurrences of the command_character (i.e., the  cmdch
+       When set, change occurrences of the command_character (i.e., the  cmdch
        capability)  of  the  loaded  terminfo  entries  to  the  value of this
        variable.  Very few terminfo entries provide this feature.
 
        Because this name is also used in development environments to represent
-       the C compiler's name, ncurses ignores it if it does not happen to be a
+       the C compiler's name, ncurses ignores it if it does not happen to be a
        single character.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                BAUDRATE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The  debugging  library  checks  this  environment  variable  when  the
        application  has  redirected  output to a file.  The variable's numeric
-       value is used for the baudrate.  If no value  is  found,  ncurses  uses
+       value is used for the baudrate.  If no value  is  found,  ncurses  uses
        9600.  This allows testers to construct repeatable test-cases that take
        into account costs that depend on baudrate.
 
@@ -800,26 +800,26 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                COLUMNS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Specify the width of the screen in characters.  Applications running in
        a  windowing  environment  usually  are able to obtain the width of the
-       window in which they are executing.  If neither the COLUMNS  value  nor
-       the  terminal's  screen  size is available, ncurses uses the size which
-       may be specified in the terminfo database (i.e., the cols capability).
+       window in which they are executing.  If neither the COLUMNS  value  nor
+       the  terminal's  screen  size is available, ncurses uses the size which
+       may be specified in the terminfo database (i.e., the cols capability).
 
        It is important that your  application  use  a  correct  size  for  the
        screen.   This  is  not always possible because your application may be
        running on a host which does not honor NAWS (Negotiations About  Window
        Size),  or  because  you  are  temporarily  running  as  another  user.
-       However, setting COLUMNS and/or LINES overrides the  library's  use  of
+       However, setting COLUMNS and/or LINES overrides the  library's  use  of
        the screen size obtained from the operating system.
 
-       Either  COLUMNS  or LINES symbols may be specified independently.  This
+       Either  COLUMNS  or LINES symbols may be specified independently.  This
        is  mainly  useful  to  circumvent  legacy  misfeatures   of   terminal
        descriptions,  e.g.,  xterm  which commonly specifies a 65 line screen.
-       For best results, lines and cols should not be specified in a  terminal
+       For best results, lines and cols should not be specified in a  terminal
        description for terminals which are run as emulations.
 
-       Use  the  use_env  function  to disable all use of external environment
+       Use  the  use_env  function  to disable all use of external environment
        (but not including system calls) to determine the screen size.  Use the
-       use_tioctl function to update COLUMNS or LINES to match the screen size
+       use_tioctl function to update COLUMNS or LINES to match the screen size
        obtained from system calls or the terminal database.
 
 
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                HOME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       Tells  ncurses where your home directory is.  That is where it may read
+       Tells  ncurses where your home directory is.  That is where it may read
        and write auxiliary terminal descriptions:
 
            $HOME/.termcap
@@ -872,27 +872,27 @@
 
        This variable lets you customize the mouse.  The variable must be three
        numeric digits 1-3 in any order, e.g.,  123  or  321.   If  it  is  not
-       specified, ncurses uses 132.
+       specified, ncurses uses 132.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Override  the compiled-in assumption that the terminal's default colors
-       are  white-on-black  (see  default_colors(3X)).   You   may   set   the
+       are  white-on-black  (see  default_colors(3x)).   You   may   set   the
        foreground  and  background color values with this environment variable
        by proving a 2-element list: foreground,background.   For  example,  to
        tell  ncurses  to  not  assume  anything  about the colors, set this to
        "-1,-1".  To make it green-on-black, set it  to  "2,0".   Any  positive
-       value from zero to the terminfo max_colors value is allowed.
+       value from zero to the terminfo max_colors value is allowed.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NCURSES_CONSOLE2

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        This applies only to the MinGW port of ncurses.
 
-       The  Console2  program's  handling  of  the  Microsoft Console API call
-       CreateConsoleScreenBuffer is defective.  Applications  which  use  this
+       The  Console2  program's  handling  of  the  Microsoft Console API call
+       CreateConsoleScreenBuffer is defective.  Applications  which  use  this
        will hang.  However, it is possible to simulate the action of this call
        by mapping coordinates, explicitly saving and  restoring  the  original
-       screen  contents.   Setting the environment variable NCGDB has the same
+       screen  contents.   Setting the environment variable NCGDB has the same
        effect.
 
 
@@ -900,19 +900,19 @@
        This applies only to ncurses configured to use the GPM interface.
 
        If present, the environment variable is a list of one or more  terminal
-       names  against which the TERM environment variable is matched.  Setting
+       names  against which the TERM environment variable is matched.  Setting
        it to an empty value disables the GPM  interface;  using  the  built-in
        support for xterm, etc.
 
        If the environment variable is absent, ncurses will attempt to open GPM
-       if TERM contains "linux".
+       if TERM contains "linux".

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NCURSES_NO_HARD_TABS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       Ncurses may use tabs as part of the cursor movement  optimization.   In
+       Ncurses may use tabs as part of the cursor movement  optimization.   In
        some  cases,  your  terminal driver may not handle these properly.  Set
        this environment variable to disable the feature.  You can also  adjust
-       your stty settings to avoid the problem.
+       your stty settings to avoid the problem.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NCURSES_NO_MAGIC_COOKIE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -942,19 +942,19 @@
 
        Set  the  NCURSES_NO_PADDING  environment  variable  to disable all but
        mandatory padding.  Mandatory padding is used  as  a  part  of  special
-       control sequences such as flash.
+       control sequences such as flash.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NCURSES_NO_SETBUF

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        This setting is obsolete.  Before changes
 
-          o   started with 5.9 patch 20120825 and
+          o   started with 5.9 patch 20120825 and
 
-          o   continued though 5.9 patch 20130126
+          o   continued though 5.9 patch 20130126
 
-       ncurses  enabled  buffered output during terminal initialization.  This
+       ncurses  enabled  buffered output during terminal initialization.  This
        was done (as in SVr4 curses)  for  performance  reasons.   For  testing
-       purposes,  both  of  ncurses and certain applications, this feature was
+       purposes,  both  of  ncurses and certain applications, this feature was
        made optional.  Setting the NCURSES_NO_SETBUF variable disabled  output
        buffering,  leaving  the output in the original (usually line buffered)
        mode.
@@ -968,17 +968,17 @@
        nonconventional programs would mix ordinary stdio  calls  with  ncurses
        calls  and (usually) work.  This is no longer possible since ncurses is
        not using the buffered standard output but its own output (to the  same
-       file  descriptor).  As a special case, the low-level calls such as putp
+       file  descriptor).  As a special case, the low-level calls such as putp
        still use the standard output.  But high-level curses calls do not.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       During initialization, the ncurses library  checks  for  special  cases
+       During initialization, the ncurses library  checks  for  special  cases
        where VT100 line-drawing (and the corresponding alternate character set
        capabilities) described in  the  terminfo  are  known  to  be  missing.
        Specifically,  when  running  in  a  UTF-8  locale,  the  Linux console
        emulator and the GNU screen program ignore these.  Ncurses  checks  the
-       TERM  environment  variable  for  these.   For other special cases, you
+       TERM  environment  variable  for  these.   For other special cases, you
        should set this environment variable.  Doing this tells ncurses to  use
        Unicode values which correspond to the VT100 line-drawing glyphs.  That
        works for the special cases cited, and is likely to work  for  terminal
@@ -989,8 +989,8 @@
        "linux" and "screen".
 
        As  an  alternative  to the environment variable, ncurses checks for an
-       extended terminfo capability U8.  This is a  numeric  capability  which
-       can be compiled using tic -x.  For example
+       extended terminfo capability U8.  This is a  numeric  capability  which
+       can be compiled using tic -x.  For example
 
           # linux console, if patched to provide working
           # VT100 shift-in/shift-out, with corresponding font.
@@ -1006,62 +1006,62 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NCURSES_TRACE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       During  initialization,  the  ncurses  debugging  library  checks   the
+       During  initialization,  the  ncurses  debugging  library  checks   the
        NCURSES_TRACE  environment  variable.   If  it is defined, to a numeric
-       value, ncurses calls the  trace  function,  using  that  value  as  the
+       value, ncurses calls the  trace  function,  using  that  value  as  the
        argument.
 
-       The  argument  values,  which  are defined in curses.h, provide several
+       The  argument  values,  which  are defined in curses.h, provide several
        types  of  information.   When  running  with  traces   enabled,   your
-       application will write the file trace to the current directory.
+       application will write the file trace to the current directory.
 
-       See curs_trace(3X) for more information.
+       See curs_trace(3x) for more information.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                TERM

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Denotes  your  terminal  type.   Each terminal type is distinct, though
        many are similar.
 
-       TERM is commonly set by terminal emulators to help applications find  a
+       TERM is commonly set by terminal emulators to help applications find  a
        workable   terminal  description.   Some  of  those  choose  a  popular
        approximation, e.g., "ansi", "vt100", "xterm" rather than an exact fit.
        Not  infrequently,  your  application  will  have  problems  with  that
        approach, e.g., incorrect function-key definitions.
 
-       If you set TERM in your environment, it has no effect on the  operation
+       If you set TERM in your environment, it has no effect on the  operation
        of  the  terminal  emulator.  It only affects the way applications work
-       within the terminal.  Likewise, as a general rule (xterm being  a  rare
-       exception),  terminal  emulators  which  allow you to specify TERM as a
+       within the terminal.  Likewise, as a general rule (xterm being  a  rare
+       exception),  terminal  emulators  which  allow you to specify TERM as a
        parameter or configuration value do not change their behavior to  match
        that setting.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                TERMCAP

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       If  the  ncurses  library  has  been  configured  with termcap support,
-       ncurses will check for a terminal's description in termcap form  if  it
+       If  the  ncurses  library  has  been  configured  with termcap support,
+       ncurses will check for a terminal's description in termcap form  if  it
        is not available in the terminfo database.
 
-       The TERMCAP environment variable contains either a terminal description
+       The TERMCAP environment variable contains either a terminal description
        (with newlines  stripped  out),  or  a  file  name  telling  where  the
-       information denoted by the TERM environment variable exists.  In either
-       case, setting it directs ncurses to ignore the  usual  place  for  this
+       information denoted by the TERM environment variable exists.  In either
+       case, setting it directs ncurses to ignore the  usual  place  for  this
        information, e.g., /etc/termcap.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                TERMINFO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       ncurses  can  be  configured  to read from multiple terminal databases.
-       The TERMINFO variable overrides the location for the  default  terminal
+       ncurses  can  be  configured  to read from multiple terminal databases.
+       The TERMINFO variable overrides the location for the  default  terminal
        database.   Terminal  descriptions  (in  terminal format) are stored in
        terminal databases:
 
-       o   Normally these are stored in a directory tree, using subdirectories
+       o   Normally these are stored in a directory tree, using subdirectories
            named by the first letter of the terminal names therein.
 
            This is the scheme used in System V, which legacy Unix systems use,
-           and the TERMINFO variable is used by curses applications  on  those
+           and the TERMINFO variable is used by curses applications  on  those
            systems to override the default location of the terminal database.
 
-       o   If  ncurses  is  built  to use hashed databases, then each entry in
+       o   If  ncurses  is  built  to use hashed databases, then each entry in
            this list may be the path of a hashed database file, e.g.,
 
                /usr/share/terminfo.db
@@ -1075,58 +1075,58 @@
            existence of the directory tree, reading it  directly  rather  than
            using the terminfo library calls.
 
-       o   If  ncurses  is  built  with  a  support  for reading termcap files
+       o   If  ncurses  is  built  with  a  support  for reading termcap files
            directly, then an entry in this list may be the path of  a  termcap
            file.
 
-       o   If the TERMINFO variable begins with "hex:" or "b64:", ncurses uses
+       o   If the TERMINFO variable begins with "hex:" or "b64:", ncurses uses
            the remainder of that variable as a compiled terminal  description.
-           You might produce the base64 format using infocmp(1M):
+           You might produce the base64 format using infocmp(1m):
 
                TERMINFO="$(infocmp -0 -Q2 -q)"
                export TERMINFO
 
            The  compiled description is used if it corresponds to the terminal
-           identified by the TERM variable.
+           identified by the TERM variable.
 
-       Setting TERMINFO is the simplest, but not the only way to set  location
+       Setting TERMINFO is the simplest, but not the only way to set  location
        of  the  default  terminal  database.   The  complete  list of database
        locations in order follows:
 
-          o   the last terminal database to which ncurses wrote,  if  any,  is
+          o   the last terminal database to which ncurses wrote,  if  any,  is
               searched first
 
-          o   the location specified by the TERMINFO environment variable
+          o   the location specified by the TERMINFO environment variable
 
-          o   $HOME/.terminfo
+          o   $HOME/.terminfo
 
-          o   locations listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable
+          o   locations listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable
 
-          o   one  or  more  locations whose names are configured and compiled
+          o   one  or  more  locations whose names are configured and compiled
               into the ncurses library, i.e.,
 
-             o   no  default  value  (corresponding   to   the   TERMINFO_DIRS
+             o   no  default  value  (corresponding   to   the   TERMINFO_DIRS
                  variable)
 
-             o   /usr/share/terminfo (corresponding to the TERMINFO variable)
+             o   /usr/share/terminfo (corresponding to the TERMINFO variable)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                TERMINFO_DIRS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Specifies  a  list  of  locations  to search for terminal descriptions.
        Each location in the list is a terminal database as  described  in  the
-       section  on  the  TERMINFO  variable.   The list is separated by colons
+       section  on  the  TERMINFO  variable.   The list is separated by colons
        (i.e., ":") on Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX.
 
        There is no corresponding feature  in  System  V  terminfo;  it  is  an
-       extension developed for ncurses.
+       extension developed for ncurses.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                TERMPATH

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       If  TERMCAP  does not hold a file name then ncurses checks the TERMPATH
+       If  TERMCAP  does not hold a file name then ncurses checks the TERMPATH
        environment variable.  This is a list of filenames separated by  spaces
        or colons (i.e., ":") on Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX.
 
-       If  the  TERMPATH environment variable is not set, ncurses looks in the
+       If  the  TERMPATH environment variable is not set, ncurses looks in the
        files
 
            /etc/termcap, /usr/share/misc/termcap and $HOME/.termcap,
@@ -1142,62 +1142,62 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Several  different  configurations  are  possible,  depending  on   the
-       configure  script  options used when building ncurses.  There are a few
+       configure  script  options used when building ncurses.  There are a few
        main options whose effects are visible to  the  applications  developer
-       using ncurses:
+       using ncurses:
 
        --disable-overwrite
-            The standard include for ncurses is as noted in SYNOPSIS:
+            The standard include for ncurses is as noted in SYNOPSIS:
 
-                #include <curses.h>
+                #include <curses.h>
 
-            This  option  is  used to avoid filename conflicts when ncurses is
-            not the main implementation of curses of the computer.  If ncurses
+            This  option  is  used to avoid filename conflicts when ncurses is
+            not the main implementation of curses of the computer.  If ncurses
             is  installed  disabling  overwrite,  it  puts  its  headers  in a
             subdirectory, e.g.,
 
-                #include <ncurses/curses.h>
+                #include <ncurses/curses.h>
 
             It also omits a  symbolic  link  which  would  allow  you  to  use
-            -lcurses to build executables.
+            -lcurses to build executables.
 
        --enable-widec
             The   configure   script   renames   the   library   and  (if  the
-            --disable-overwrite option is used) puts the  header  files  in  a
+            --disable-overwrite option is used) puts the  header  files  in  a
             different  subdirectory.   All  of  the  library  names have a "w"
             appended to them, i.e., instead of
 
-                -lncurses
+                -lncurses
 
             you link with
 
-                -lncursesw
+                -lncursesw
 
             You must also enable the wide-character  features  in  the  header
             file  when  compiling  for  the  wide-character library to use the
             extended (wide-character) functions.   The  symbol  which  enables
             these features has changed since XSI Curses, Issue 4:
 
-            o   Originally,  the  wide-character  feature  required the symbol
-                _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED  but  that  was  only  valid  for  XPG4
+            o   Originally,  the  wide-character  feature  required the symbol
+                _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED  but  that  was  only  valid  for  XPG4
                 (1996).
 
-            o   Later,  that was deemed conflicting with _XOPEN_SOURCE defined
+            o   Later,  that was deemed conflicting with _XOPEN_SOURCE defined
                 to 500.
 
-            o   As of mid-2018, none of the features  in  this  implementation
-                require  a  _XOPEN_SOURCE  feature greater than 600.  However,
+            o   As of mid-2018, none of the features  in  this  implementation
+                require  a  _XOPEN_SOURCE  feature greater than 600.  However,
                 X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) recommends defining it to 700.
 
-            o   Alternatively,  you  can  enable  the  feature   by   defining
-                NCURSES_WIDECHAR  with  the caveat that some other header file
-                than curses.h may require a specific value  for  _XOPEN_SOURCE
+            o   Alternatively,  you  can  enable  the  feature   by   defining
+                NCURSES_WIDECHAR  with  the caveat that some other header file
+                than curses.h may require a specific value  for  _XOPEN_SOURCE
                 (or a system-specific symbol).
 
-            The  curses.h  file  which  is  installed  for  the wide-character
+            The  curses.h  file  which  is  installed  for  the wide-character
             library is designed to be compatible  with  the  normal  library's
-            header.   Only  the size of the WINDOW structure differs, and very
-            few applications require more than a pointer to WINDOWs.
+            header.   Only  the size of the WINDOW structure differs, and very
+            few applications require more than a pointer to WINDOWs.
 
             If  the  headers  are  installed  allowing  overwrite,  the  wide-
             character  library's  headers  should  be installed last, to allow
@@ -1207,9 +1207,9 @@
        --with-pthread
             The  configure  script  renames  the  library.  All of the library
             names have a "t"  appended  to  them  (before  any  "w"  added  by
-            --enable-widec).
+            --enable-widec).
 
-            The global variables such as LINES are replaced by macros to allow
+            The global variables such as LINES are replaced by macros to allow
             read-only access.  At the same time, setter-functions are provided
             to  set  these  values.   Some applications (very few) may require
             changes to work with this convention.
@@ -1222,9 +1222,9 @@
 
        --with-profile
             The shared and normal  (static)  library  names  differ  by  their
-            suffixes,  e.g.,  libncurses.so  and  libncurses.a.  The debug and
+            suffixes,  e.g.,  libncurses.so  and  libncurses.a.  The debug and
             profiling libraries add a "_g"  and  a  "_p"  to  the  root  names
-            respectively, e.g., libncurses_g.a and libncurses_p.a.
+            respectively, e.g., libncurses_g.a and libncurses_p.a.
 
        --with-termlib
             Low-level  functions  which do not depend upon whether the library
@@ -1236,22 +1236,22 @@
 
             Those functions are described in these pages:
 
-            o   curs_extend(3X) - miscellaneous curses extensions
+            o   curs_extend(3x) - miscellaneous curses extensions
 
-            o   curs_inopts(3X) - curses input options
+            o   curs_inopts(3x) - curses input options
 
-            o   curs_kernel(3X) - low-level curses routines
+            o   curs_kernel(3x) - low-level curses routines
 
-            o   curs_termattrs(3X) - curses environment query routines
+            o   curs_termattrs(3x) - curses environment query routines
 
-            o   curs_termcap(3X) - curses emulation of termcap
+            o   curs_termcap(3x) - curses emulation of termcap
 
-            o   curs_terminfo(3X) - curses interfaces to terminfo database
+            o   curs_terminfo(3x) - curses interfaces to terminfo database
 
-            o   curs_util(3X) - miscellaneous curses utility routines
+            o   curs_util(3x) - miscellaneous curses utility routines
 
        --with-trace
-            The trace function normally resides in the debug library,  but  it
+            The trace function normally resides in the debug library,  but  it
             is  sometimes  useful  to  configure  this  in the shared library.
             Configure scripts should check for the function's existence rather
             than assuming it is always in the debug library.
@@ -1265,54 +1265,54 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       terminfo(5)  and  related  pages whose names begin "curs_" for detailed
+       terminfo(5)  and  related  pages whose names begin "curs_" for detailed
        routine descriptions.
-       curs_variables(3X)
-       user_caps(5) for user-defined capabilities
+       curs_variables(3x)
+       user_caps(5) for user-defined capabilities

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                EXTENSIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The ncurses library can be compiled with an option (-DUSE_GETCAP)  that
+       The ncurses library can be compiled with an option (-DUSE_GETCAP)  that
        falls  back  to  the  old-style /etc/termcap file if the terminal setup
-       code cannot find a terminfo entry corresponding to TERM.  Use  of  this
+       code cannot find a terminfo entry corresponding to TERM.  Use  of  this
        feature  is  not  recommended,  as  it  essentially  includes an entire
-       termcap compiler in the ncurses startup code, at  significant  cost  in
+       termcap compiler in the ncurses startup code, at  significant  cost  in
        core and startup cycles.
 
-       The  ncurses  library includes facilities for capturing mouse events on
-       certain terminals (including xterm).   See  the  curs_mouse(3X)  manual
+       The  ncurses  library includes facilities for capturing mouse events on
+       certain terminals (including xterm).   See  the  curs_mouse(3x)  manual
        page for details.
 
-       The  ncurses  library  includes  facilities  for  responding  to window
+       The  ncurses  library  includes  facilities  for  responding  to window
        resizing  events,  e.g.,  when  running   in   an   xterm.    See   the
-       resizeterm(3X)  and wresize(3X) manual pages for details.  In addition,
-       the library may be configured with a SIGWINCH handler.
+       resizeterm(3x)  and wresize(3x) manual pages for details.  In addition,
+       the library may be configured with a SIGWINCH handler.
 
-       The ncurses library extends the fixed set of function key  capabilities
+       The ncurses library extends the fixed set of function key  capabilities
        of  terminals by allowing the application designer to define additional
-       key sequences at runtime.  See the define_key(3X) key_defined(3X),  and
-       keyok(3X) manual pages for details.
+       key sequences at runtime.  See the define_key(3x) key_defined(3x),  and
+       keyok(3x) manual pages for details.
 
-       The  ncurses  library  can  exploit the capabilities of terminals which
+       The  ncurses  library  can  exploit the capabilities of terminals which
        implement the ISO-6429 SGR 39 and  SGR  49  controls,  which  allow  an
        application  to  reset  the  terminal  to  its  original foreground and
        background colors.  From the users'  perspective,  the  application  is
        able  to  draw  colored  text  on  a  background  whose  color  is  set
        independently, providing better control over color contrasts.  See  the
-       default_colors(3X) manual page for details.
+       default_colors(3x) manual page for details.
 
-       The  ncurses  library  includes  a  function  for directing application
+       The  ncurses  library  includes  a  function  for directing application
        output  to  a  printer  attached  to  the  terminal  device.   See  the
-       curs_print(3X) manual page for details.
+       curs_print(3x) manual page for details.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  ncurses  library  is intended to be BASE-level conformant with XSI
+       The  ncurses  library  is intended to be BASE-level conformant with XSI
        Curses.   The  EXTENDED  XSI  Curses  functionality  (including   color
        support) is supported.
 
        A  small  number  of local differences (that is, individual differences
-       between the XSI Curses and ncurses calls) are described in  PORTABILITY
+       between the XSI Curses and ncurses calls) are described in  PORTABILITY
        sections of the library man pages.
 
 
@@ -1334,39 +1334,39 @@
        Some  have  been  incorporated  into  other  implementations,  such  as
        PDCurses or NetBSD curses.  Here are a few to consider:
 
-       o   The routine has_key is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
-           See the curs_getch(3X) manual page for details.
+       o   The routine has_key is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
+           See the curs_getch(3x) manual page for details.
 
-       o   The  routine  slk_attr  is  not  part of XPG4, nor is it present in
-           SVr4.  See the curs_slk(3X) manual page for details.
+       o   The  routine  slk_attr  is  not  part of XPG4, nor is it present in
+           SVr4.  See the curs_slk(3x) manual page for details.
 
-       o   The routines getmouse, mousemask,  ungetmouse,  mouseinterval,  and
-           wenclose  relating  to  mouse interfacing are not part of XPG4, nor
-           are they present in SVr4.  See the curs_mouse(3X) manual  page  for
+       o   The routines getmouse, mousemask,  ungetmouse,  mouseinterval,  and
+           wenclose  relating  to  mouse interfacing are not part of XPG4, nor
+           are they present in SVr4.  See the curs_mouse(3x) manual  page  for
            details.
 
-       o   The  routine  mcprint  was  not  present  in  any  previous  curses
-           implementation.  See the curs_print(3X) manual page for details.
+       o   The  routine  mcprint  was  not  present  in  any  previous  curses
+           implementation.  See the curs_print(3x) manual page for details.
 
-       o   The routine wresize is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
-           See the wresize(3X) manual page for details.
+       o   The routine wresize is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
+           See the wresize(3x) manual page for details.
 
-       o   The   WINDOW  structure's  internal  details  can  be  hidden  from
-           application programs.  See curs_opaque(3X) for  the  discussion  of
-           is_scrollok, etc.
+       o   The   WINDOW  structure's  internal  details  can  be  hidden  from
+           application programs.  See curs_opaque(3x) for  the  discussion  of
+           is_scrollok, etc.
 
-       o   This  implementation  can  be  configured  to  provide  rudimentary
-           support for multi-threaded applications.  See curs_threads(3X)  for
+       o   This  implementation  can  be  configured  to  provide  rudimentary
+           support for multi-threaded applications.  See curs_threads(3x)  for
            details.
 
-       o   This  implementation  can  also  be  configured to provide a set of
+       o   This  implementation  can  also  be  configured to provide a set of
            functions which improve the ability  to  manage  multiple  screens.
-           See curs_sp_funcs(3X) for details.
+           See curs_sp_funcs(3x) for details.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Padding differences

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       In  historic  curses  versions, delays embedded in the capabilities cr,
-       ind, cub1, ff and tab activated corresponding delay bits  in  the  UNIX
+       In  historic  curses  versions, delays embedded in the capabilities cr,
+       ind, cub1, ff and tab activated corresponding delay bits  in  the  UNIX
        tty driver.  In this implementation, all padding is done by sending NUL
        bytes.  This  method  is  slightly  more  expensive,  but  narrows  the
        interface  to the UNIX kernel significantly and increases the package's
@@ -1374,8 +1374,8 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Header files

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The header file <curses.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
-       <stdio.h> and <unctrl.h>.
+       The header file <curses.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
+       <stdio.h> and <unctrl.h>.
 
        X/Open Curses has more to say, but does not finish the story:
 
@@ -1384,19 +1384,19 @@
 
        Here is a more complete story:
 
-       o   Starting  with  BSD  curses,  all  implementations  have   included
+       o   Starting  with  BSD  curses,  all  implementations  have   included
            <stdio.h>.
 
            BSD  curses  included  <curses.h>  and  <unctrl.h> from an internal
-           header "curses.ext" ("ext" was a short name for externs).
+           header "curses.ext" ("ext" was a short name for externs).
 
-           BSD curses used <stdio.h> internally (for printw  and  scanw),  but
+           BSD curses used <stdio.h> internally (for printw  and  scanw),  but
            nothing in <curses.h> itself relied upon <stdio.h>.
 
-       o   SVr2  curses  added newterm(3X), which relies upon <stdio.h>.  That
-           is, the function prototype uses FILE.
+       o   SVr2  curses  added newterm(3x), which relies upon <stdio.h>.  That
+           is, the function prototype uses FILE.
 
-           SVr4 curses added putwin and getwin, which also use <stdio.h>.
+           SVr4 curses added putwin and getwin, which also use <stdio.h>.
 
            X/Open Curses documents all three of these functions.
 
@@ -1406,22 +1406,22 @@
 
            As a result, standard <curses.h> will always include <stdio.h>.
 
-       o   X/Open Curses  is  inconsistent  with  respect  to  SVr4  regarding
+       o   X/Open Curses  is  inconsistent  with  respect  to  SVr4  regarding
            <unctrl.h>.
 
-           As   noted  in  curs_util(3X),  ncurses  includes  <unctrl.h>  from
+           As   noted  in  curs_util(3x),  ncurses  includes  <unctrl.h>  from
            <curses.h> (like SVr4).
 
-       o   X/Open's comments about <term.h> and <termios.h> may refer to HP-UX
+       o   X/Open's comments about <term.h> and <termios.h> may refer to HP-UX
            and AIX:
 
-           HP-UX curses includes <term.h> from <curses.h> to declare setupterm
+           HP-UX curses includes <term.h> from <curses.h> to declare setupterm
            in curses.h, but ncurses (and Solaris curses) do not.
 
            AIX curses includes <term.h> and <termios.h>.  Again, ncurses  (and
            Solaris curses) do not.
 
-       o   X/Open  says  that <curses.h> may include <term.h>, but there is no
+       o   X/Open  says  that <curses.h> may include <term.h>, but there is no
            requirement that it do that.
 
            Some  programs  use  functions  declared  in  both  <curses.h>  and
@@ -1434,26 +1434,26 @@
            in  any  order.  But for portability, you should include <curses.h>
            before <term.h>.
 
-       o   X/Open Curses says "may make visible" because  including  a  header
+       o   X/Open Curses says "may make visible" because  including  a  header
            file does not necessarily make all symbols in it visible (there are
            ifdef's to consider).
 
-           For instance, in ncurses <wchar.h> may be included  if  the  proper
+           For instance, in ncurses <wchar.h> may be included  if  the  proper
            symbol  is defined, and if ncurses is configured for wide-character
            support.  If the header  is  included,  its  symbols  may  be  made
-           visible.   That depends on the value used for _XOPEN_SOURCE feature
+           visible.   That depends on the value used for _XOPEN_SOURCE feature
            test macro.
 
-       o   X/Open Curses documents one required header,  in  a  special  case:
-           <stdarg.h>   before  <curses.h>  to  prototype  the  vw_printw  and
-           vw_scanw functions (as  well  as  the  obsolete  the  vwprintw  and
-           vwscanw functions).  Each of those uses a va_list parameter.
+       o   X/Open Curses documents one required header,  in  a  special  case:
+           <stdarg.h>   before  <curses.h>  to  prototype  the  vw_printw  and
+           vw_scanw functions (as  well  as  the  obsolete  the  vwprintw  and
+           vwscanw functions).  Each of those uses a va_list parameter.
 
            The  two  obsolete  functions  were  introduced in SVr3.  The other
            functions were introduced  in  X/Open  Curses.   In  between,  SVr4
            curses  provided  for  the  possibility  that  an application might
            include either <varargs.h> or <stdarg.h>.  Initially, that was done
-           by  using  void*  for the va_list parameter.  Later, a special type
+           by  using  void*  for the va_list parameter.  Later, a special type
            (defined in <stdio.h>) was introduced, to allow for compiler  type-
            checking.  That special type is always available, because <stdio.h>
            is always included by <curses.h>.
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       If  standard  output from a ncurses program is re-directed to something
+       If  standard  output from a ncurses program is re-directed to something
        which is not a tty, screen updates will be directed to standard  error.
        This was an undocumented feature of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
 
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                   ncurses(3X)
+                                                                   ncurses(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html b/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html index d1fc22e0..70953c3c 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html +++ b/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  ncurses6-config 1

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -ncurses6-config(1)          General Commands Manual         ncurses6-config(1)
+ncurses6-config(1)          General Commands Manual         ncurses6-config(1)
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       ncurses6-config [options]
+       ncurses6-config [options]

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  @@ -60,64 +60,64 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  OPTIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       --prefix
+       --prefix
               echos the package-prefix of ncurses
 
-       --exec-prefix
+       --exec-prefix
               echos the executable-prefix of ncurses
 
-       --cflags
+       --cflags
               echos the C compiler flags needed to compile with ncurses
 
-       --libs echos the libraries needed to link with ncurses
+       --libs echos the libraries needed to link with ncurses
 
-       --version
+       --version
               echos the release+patchdate version of ncurses
 
-       --abi-version
+       --abi-version
               echos the ABI version of ncurses
 
-       --mouse-version
+       --mouse-version
               echos the mouse-interface version of ncurses
 
-       --bindir
+       --bindir
               echos the directory containing ncurses programs
 
-       --datadir
+       --datadir
               echos the directory containing ncurses data
 
-       --includedir
+       --includedir
               echos the directory containing ncurses header files
 
-       --libdir
+       --libdir
               echos the directory containing ncurses libraries
 
-       --mandir
+       --mandir
               echos the directory containing ncurses manpages
 
-       --terminfo
+       --terminfo
               echos the $TERMINFO terminfo database path, e.g.,
               /usr/share/terminfo
 
-       --terminfo-dirs
+       --terminfo-dirs
               echos the $TERMINFO_DIRS directory list, e.g.,
               /usr/share/terminfo
 
-       --termpath
+       --termpath
               echos the $TERMPATH termcap list,  if  support  for  termcap  is
               configured.
 
-       --help prints this message
+       --help prints this message

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       curses(3X)
+       curses(3x)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                            ncurses6-config(1)
+                                                            ncurses6-config(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html b/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html index 6702b902..12214bec 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html @@ -35,28 +35,28 @@ -new_pair 3X +new_pair 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    new_pair 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    new_pair 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -new_pair(3X)                                                      new_pair(3X)
+new_pair(3x)                                                      new_pair(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       alloc_pair, find_pair, free_pair - new curses color-pair functions
+       alloc_pair, find_pair, free_pair - new curses color-pair functions

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int alloc_pair(int fg, int bg);
-       int find_pair(int fg, int bg);
-       int free_pair(int pair);
+       int alloc_pair(int fg, int bg);
+       int find_pair(int fg, int bg);
+       int free_pair(int pair);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -68,28 +68,28 @@
        The number of colors may be related to the  number  of  possible  color
        pairs for a given terminal, or it may not:
 
-       o   While  almost  all  terminals  allow  setting  the color attributes
+       o   While  almost  all  terminals  allow  setting  the color attributes
            independently, it is unlikely that  your  terminal  allows  you  to
            modify  the  attributes of a given character cell without rewriting
            it.  That is, the foreground and background colors are applied as a
            pair.
 
-       o   Color  pairs  are  the  curses  library's  way  of managing a color
+       o   Color  pairs  are  the  curses  library's  way  of managing a color
            palette on a terminal.  If the library does not keep track  of  the
-           combinations of colors which are displayed, it will be inefficient.
+           combinations of colors which are displayed, it will be inefficient.
 
-       o   For   simple  terminal  emulators  with  only  a  few  dozen  color
+       o   For   simple  terminal  emulators  with  only  a  few  dozen  color
            combinations, it  is  convenient  to  use  the  maximum  number  of
            combinations as the limit on color pairs:
 
-               COLORS * COLORS
+               COLORS * COLORS
 
-       o   Terminals  which support default colors distinct from "ANSI colors"
+       o   Terminals  which support default colors distinct from "ANSI colors"
            add to the possible combinations, producing this total:
 
-               ( COLORS + 1 ) * ( COLORS + 1 )
+               ( COLORS + 1 ) * ( COLORS + 1 )
 
-       o   An application might use up to a few dozen color pairs to implement
+       o   An application might use up to a few dozen color pairs to implement
            a predefined color scheme.
 
            Beyond  that lies in the realm of programs using the foreground and
@@ -105,28 +105,28 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    alloc_pair

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  alloc_pair  function  accepts  parameters   for   foreground   and
+       The  alloc_pair  function  accepts  parameters   for   foreground   and
        background  color,  and  checks  if  that  color combination is already
        associated with a color pair.
 
-       o   If the combination already exists, alloc_pair returns the  existing
+       o   If the combination already exists, alloc_pair returns the  existing
            pair.
 
-       o   If the combination does not exist, alloc_pair allocates a new color
+       o   If the combination does not exist, alloc_pair allocates a new color
            pair and returns that.
 
-       o   If the table  fills  up,  alloc_pair  discards  the  least-recently
-           allocated entry using free_pair and allocates a new color pair.
+       o   If the table  fills  up,  alloc_pair  discards  the  least-recently
+           allocated entry using free_pair and allocates a new color pair.
 
        All  of  the  color  pairs are allocated from a table of possible color
-       pairs.  The size of the table  is  determined  by  the  terminfo  pairs
-       capability.   The  table  is  shared with init_pair; in fact alloc_pair
-       calls init_pair after updating the ncurses library's fast index to  the
+       pairs.  The size of the table  is  determined  by  the  terminfo  pairs
+       capability.   The  table  is  shared with init_pair; in fact alloc_pair
+       calls init_pair after updating the ncurses library's fast index to  the
        colors versus color pairs.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    find_pair

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The find_pair function accepts parameters for foreground and background
+       The find_pair function accepts parameters for foreground and background
        color, and checks if that color combination is already associated  with
        a  color  pair,  returning  the  pair  number if it has been allocated.
        Otherwise it returns -1.
@@ -137,15 +137,15 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The alloc_pair function returns a color pair  number  in  the  range  1
-       through  COLOR_PAIRS-1, unless it encounters an error updating its fast
+       The alloc_pair function returns a color pair  number  in  the  range  1
+       through  COLOR_PAIRS-1, unless it encounters an error updating its fast
        index to the color pair values, preventing it from allocating  a  color
        pair.  In that case, it returns -1.
 
-       The  find_pair  function returns a color pair number if the given color
+       The  find_pair  function returns a color pair number if the given color
        combination has been associated with a color pair, or -1 if not.
 
-       Likewise, free_pair returns OK unless it encounters an  error  updating
+       Likewise, free_pair returns OK unless it encounters an  error  updating
        the fast index or if no such color pair is in use.
 
 
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       curs_color(3X).
+       curs_color(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                  new_pair(3X)
+                                                                  new_pair(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html index 0ce53c54..673cf3f8 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html @@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -panel 3X +panel 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      panel 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      panel 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -panel(3X)                                                            panel(3X)
+panel(3x)                                                            panel(3x)
 
 
 
@@ -68,172 +68,172 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       #include <panel.h>
+       #include <panel.h>
 
-       cc [flags] sourcefiles -lpanel -lncurses
+       cc [flags] sourcefiles -lpanel -lncurses
 
-       PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
+       PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
 
-       int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
-       int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
-       int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
-       void update_panels(void);
-       int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
+       int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
+       int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
+       int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
+       void update_panels(void);
+       int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
 
-       WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
-       int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *window);
-       int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
-       int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
+       WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
+       int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *window);
+       int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
+       int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
 
-       PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
-       PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
+       PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
+       PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
 
-       int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *ptr);
-       const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
+       int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *ptr);
+       const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
 
-       int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
+       int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
 
        /* ncurses-extensions */
-       PANEL *ground_panel(SCREEN *sp);
-       PANEL *ceiling_panel(SCREEN *sp);
+       PANEL *ground_panel(SCREEN *sp);
+       PANEL *ceiling_panel(SCREEN *sp);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       Panels  are  curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth.  Panel
+       Panels  are  curses(3x) windows with the added feature of depth.  Panel
        functions allow the use  of  stacked  windows  and  ensure  the  proper
-       portions  of  each  window  and  the curses stdscr window are hidden or
+       portions  of  each  window  and  the curses stdscr window are hidden or
        displayed when panels are added, moved, modified or removed.   The  set
-       of  currently visible panels is the stack of panels.  The stdscr window
+       of  currently visible panels is the stack of panels.  The stdscr window
        is beneath all panels, and is not considered part of the stack.
 
        A window is associated with every panel.  The panel routines enable you
        to  create, move, hide, and show panels, as well as position a panel at
        any desired location in the stack.
 
-       Panel routines are a functional layer added to  curses(3X),  make  only
+       Panel routines are a functional layer added to  curses(3x),  make  only
        high-level curses calls, and work anywhere terminfo curses does.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      FUNCTIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      bottom_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       bottom_panel(pan) puts panel pan at the bottom of all panels.
+       bottom_panel(pan) puts panel pan at the bottom of all panels.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ceiling_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       ceiling_panel(sp) acts like panel_below(NULL), for the given SCREEN sp.
+       ceiling_panel(sp) acts like panel_below(NULL), for the given SCREEN sp.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      del_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       del_panel(pan)  removes  the  given  panel  pan  from  the   stack  and
-       deallocates the PANEL structure (but not its associated window).
+       del_panel(pan)  removes  the  given  panel  pan  from  the   stack  and
+       deallocates the PANEL structure (but not its associated window).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ground_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       ground_panel(sp) acts like panel_above(NULL), for the given SCREEN sp.
+       ground_panel(sp) acts like panel_above(NULL), for the given SCREEN sp.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      hide_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       hide_panel(pan) removes the given panel pan from the  panel  stack  and
-       thus  hides  it  from  view.   The  PANEL structure is not lost, merely
+       hide_panel(pan) removes the given panel pan from the  panel  stack  and
+       thus  hides  it  from  view.   The  PANEL structure is not lost, merely
        removed from the stack.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      move_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       move_panel(pan,starty,startx) moves the given  panel  pan's  window  so
-       that  its  upper-left  corner is at starty, startx.  It does not change
+       move_panel(pan,starty,startx) moves the given  panel  pan's  window  so
+       that  its  upper-left  corner is at starty, startx.  It does not change
        the position of the panel in the stack.  Be sure to use this  function,
-       not mvwin(3X), to move a panel window.
+       not mvwin(3x), to move a panel window.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      new_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       new_panel(win)  allocates   a  PANEL structure, associates it with win,
+       new_panel(win)  allocates   a  PANEL structure, associates it with win,
        places the panel on the top of the stack (causes  it to  be   displayed
        above any other panel) and returns a pointer to the new panel.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      panel_above

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       panel_above(pan)  returns  a  pointer  to  the panel above pan.  If the
-       panel argument is (PANEL *)0, it returns a pointer to the bottom  panel
+       panel_above(pan)  returns  a  pointer  to  the panel above pan.  If the
+       panel argument is (PANEL *)0, it returns a pointer to the bottom  panel
        in the stack.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      panel_below

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       panel_below(pan) returns a pointer to the panel just below pan.  If the
-       panel argument is (PANEL *)0, it returns a pointer to the top panel  in
+       panel_below(pan) returns a pointer to the panel just below pan.  If the
+       panel argument is (PANEL *)0, it returns a pointer to the top panel  in
        the stack.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      panel_hidden

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       panel_hidden(pan)  returns TRUE if the panel pan is in the panel stack,
-       FALSE if it is not.  If the panel is a null pointer, return ERR.
+       panel_hidden(pan)  returns TRUE if the panel pan is in the panel stack,
+       FALSE if it is not.  If the panel is a null pointer, return ERR.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      panel_userptr

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       panel_userptr(pan) returns the user pointer for a given panel pan.
+       panel_userptr(pan) returns the user pointer for a given panel pan.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      panel_window

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       panel_window(pan) returns a pointer to the window of  the  given  panel
-       pan.
+       panel_window(pan) returns a pointer to the window of  the  given  panel
+       pan.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      replace_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       replace_panel(pan,window) replaces the current window of panel pan with
-       window This is useful, for example if you want to resize a  panel.   In
-       ncurses,  you  can  call replace_panel to resize a panel using a window
-       resized with wresize(3X).  It does not change the position of the panel
+       replace_panel(pan,window) replaces the current window of panel pan with
+       window This is useful, for example if you want to resize a  panel.   In
+       ncurses,  you  can  call replace_panel to resize a panel using a window
+       resized with wresize(3x).  It does not change the position of the panel
        in the stack.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      set_panel_userptr

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr) sets the panel's user pointer.
+       set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr) sets the panel's user pointer.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      show_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       show_panel(pan)  makes  a  hidden panel visible by placing it on top of
-       the panels in the panel stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.
+       show_panel(pan)  makes  a  hidden panel visible by placing it on top of
+       the panels in the panel stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      top_panel

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       top_panel(pan) puts the given visible panel pan on top of all panels in
-       the stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.
+       top_panel(pan) puts the given visible panel pan on top of all panels in
+       the stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      update_panels

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       update_panels()  refreshes  the virtual screen to reflect the relations
-       between the panels in the stack, but  does  not  call  doupdate(3X)  to
-       refresh the physical screen.  Use this function and not wrefresh(3X) or
-       wnoutrefresh(3X).
+       update_panels()  refreshes  the virtual screen to reflect the relations
+       between the panels in the stack, but  does  not  call  doupdate(3x)  to
+       refresh the physical screen.  Use this function and not wrefresh(3x) or
+       wnoutrefresh(3x).
 
-       update_panels may be called more than once before a call  to  doupdate,
-       but  doupdate  is  the  function  responsible for updating the physical
-       screen.
+       update_panels may be called more than once before a call  to  doupdate,
+       but  doupdate  is  the  function  responsible for updating the physical
+       screen.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      DIAGNOSTICS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       Each routine that returns a pointer returns NULL if  an  error  occurs.
-       Each  routine  that  returns  an  int  value  returns OK if it executes
-       successfully and ERR if not.
+       Each routine that returns a pointer returns NULL if  an  error  occurs.
+       Each  routine  that  returns  an  int  value  returns OK if it executes
+       successfully and ERR if not.
 
-       Except as noted, the pan and window parameters must  be  non-null.   If
+       Except as noted, the pan and window parameters must  be  non-null.   If
        those are null, an error is returned.
 
-       The  move_panel  function  uses  mvwin(3X), and will return an error if
-       mvwin returns an error.
+       The  move_panel  function  uses  mvwin(3x), and will return an error if
+       mvwin returns an error.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      COMPATIBILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Reasonable care has been taken  to   ensure   compatibility  with   the
        native   panel  facility introduced in System V (inspection of the SVr4
        manual pages suggests the programming  interface  is  unchanged).   The
-       PANEL   data  structures  are  merely   similar.   The   programmer  is
-       cautioned not to directly use PANEL fields.
+       PANEL   data  structures  are  merely   similar.   The   programmer  is
+       cautioned not to directly use PANEL fields.
 
-       The  functions  show_panel  and  top_panel  are   identical   in   this
+       The  functions  show_panel  and  top_panel  are   identical   in   this
        implementation,  and work equally well with displayed or hidden panels.
-       In the native System  V  implementation,  show_panel  is  intended  for
-       making  a  hidden panel visible (at the top of the stack) and top_panel
+       In the native System  V  implementation,  show_panel  is  intended  for
+       making  a  hidden panel visible (at the top of the stack) and top_panel
        is intended for making an already-visible panel move to the top of  the
        stack.   You  are  cautioned  to  use  the  correct  function to ensure
        compatibility with native panel libraries.
@@ -246,19 +246,19 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The panel facility was documented in SVr4.2 in Character User Interface
-       Programming (UNIX SVR4.2).
+       The panel facility was documented in SVr4.2 in Character User Interface
+       Programming (UNIX SVR4.2).
 
        It is not part of X/Open Curses.
 
        A few implementations exist:
 
-       o   Systems  based  on  SVr4  source  code, e.g., Solaris, provide this
+       o   Systems  based  on  SVr4  source  code, e.g., Solaris, provide this
            library.
 
-       o   ncurses (since version 0.6 in 1993) and PDCurses (since version 2.2
+       o   ncurses (since version 0.6 in 1993) and PDCurses (since version 2.2
            in 1995) provide a panel library whose common ancestor was a public
-           domain implementation by Warren Tucker published  in  u386mon  2.20
+           domain implementation by Warren Tucker published  in  u386mon  2.20
            (1990).
 
            According  to  Tucker, the SystemV panel library was first released
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
            Several  developers have improved each of these; they are no longer
            the same as Tucker's implementation.
 
-       o   NetBSD 8 (2018) has a panel library  begun  by  Valery  Ushakov  in
+       o   NetBSD 8 (2018) has a panel library  begun  by  Valery  Ushakov  in
            2015.  This is based on the AT&T documentation.
 
 
@@ -279,14 +279,14 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       curses(3X), curs_variables(3X),
+       curses(3x), curs_variables(3x),
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Originally   written   by   Warren   Tucker  <wht@n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>,
-       primarily to assist in porting u386mon  to  systems  without  a  native
+       primarily to assist in porting u386mon  to  systems  without  a  native
        panels library.
 
        Repackaged for ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                     panel(3X)
+                                                                     panel(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html index ff85182e..9a099ea6 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html @@ -35,114 +35,114 @@ -resizeterm 3X +resizeterm 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        resizeterm 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        resizeterm 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -resizeterm(3X)                                                  resizeterm(3X)
+resizeterm(3x)                                                  resizeterm(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       is_term_resized,  resize_term,  resizeterm - change the curses terminal
+       is_term_resized,  resize_term,  resizeterm - change the curses terminal
        size

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       bool is_term_resized(int lines, int columns);
-       int resize_term(int lines, int columns);
-       int resizeterm(int lines, int columns);
+       bool is_term_resized(int lines, int columns);
+       int resize_term(int lines, int columns);
+       int resizeterm(int lines, int columns);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                This is an extension to the curses library.  It provides callers with a
-       hook  into  the  ncurses  data  to resize windows, primarily for use by
+       hook  into  the  ncurses  data  to resize windows, primarily for use by
        programs running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        resizeterm

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       The function resizeterm resizes the standard and current windows to the
+       The function resizeterm resizes the standard and current windows to the
        specified  dimensions,  and  adjusts other bookkeeping data used by the
-       ncurses library that record the window dimensions such as the LINES and
-       COLS variables.
+       ncurses library that record the window dimensions such as the LINES and
+       COLS variables.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        resize_term

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       Most  of the work is done by the inner function resize_term.  The outer
-       function resizeterm adds bookkeeping for the SIGWINCH handler, as  well
-       as repainting the soft-key area (see slk_touch(3X)).
+       Most  of the work is done by the inner function resize_term.  The outer
+       function resizeterm adds bookkeeping for the SIGWINCH handler, as  well
+       as repainting the soft-key area (see slk_touch(3x)).
 
-       When  resizing  the windows, resize_term blank-fills the areas that are
+       When  resizing  the windows, resize_term blank-fills the areas that are
        extended.  The calling application should  fill  in  these  areas  with
        appropriate data.
 
-       The  resize_term function attempts to resize all windows.  However, due
+       The  resize_term function attempts to resize all windows.  However, due
        to the calling convention of pads, it is not possible to  resize  these
        without additional interaction with the application.
 
-       When  resizing  windows,  resize_term  recursively  adjusts subwindows,
+       When  resizing  windows,  resize_term  recursively  adjusts subwindows,
        keeping them within the updated parent window's limits.  If a top-level
        window  happens  to extend to the screen's limits, then on resizing the
-       window, resize_term will keep the window extending to the corresponding
+       window, resize_term will keep the window extending to the corresponding
        limit, regardless of whether the screen has shrunk or grown.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        is_term_resized

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       A support function is_term_resized is provided so that applications can
-       check if the resize_term function would modify the  window  structures.
-       It returns TRUE if the windows would be modified, and FALSE otherwise.
+       A support function is_term_resized is provided so that applications can
+       check if the resize_term function would modify the  window  structures.
+       It returns TRUE if the windows would be modified, and FALSE otherwise.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       Except  as  noted,  these functions return the integer ERR upon failure
-       and OK on success.  They will fail if either of the dimensions are less
+       Except  as  noted,  these functions return the integer ERR upon failure
+       and OK on success.  They will fail if either of the dimensions are less
        than  or  equal  to  zero,  or  if an error occurs while (re)allocating
        memory for the windows.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                While these functions are intended to  be  used  to  support  a  signal
-       handler  (i.e.,  for  SIGWINCH), care should be taken to avoid invoking
-       them in a context where malloc or realloc may  have  been  interrupted,
+       handler  (i.e.,  for  SIGWINCH), care should be taken to avoid invoking
+       them in a context where malloc or realloc may  have  been  interrupted,
        since it uses those functions.
 
-       If ncurses is configured to supply its own SIGWINCH handler,
+       If ncurses is configured to supply its own SIGWINCH handler,
 
-       o   on receipt of a SIGWINCH, the handler sets a flag
+       o   on receipt of a SIGWINCH, the handler sets a flag
 
-       o   which is tested in wgetch(3X) and doupdate,
+       o   which is tested in wgetch(3x) and doupdate,
 
-       o   in turn, calling the resizeterm function,
+       o   in turn, calling the resizeterm function,
 
-       o   which ungetch's a KEY_RESIZE which will be read on the next call to
-           wgetch.
+       o   which ungetch's a KEY_RESIZE which will be read on the next call to
+           wgetch.
 
-           The KEY_RESIZE alerts an  application  that  the  screen  size  has
+           The KEY_RESIZE alerts an  application  that  the  screen  size  has
            changed,  and  that it should repaint special features such as pads
            that cannot be done automatically.
 
-           Calling resizeterm or resize_term directly from a signal handler is
+           Calling resizeterm or resize_term directly from a signal handler is
            unsafe.   This  indirect  method  is  used to provide a safe way to
            resize the ncurses data structures.
 
-       If the environment variables LINES or COLUMNS are set,  this  overrides
+       If the environment variables LINES or COLUMNS are set,  this  overrides
        the  library's  use  of  the  window  size  obtained from the operating
-       system.  Thus, even if a SIGWINCH is received, no  screen  size  change
+       system.  Thus, even if a SIGWINCH is received, no  screen  size  change
        may be recorded.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                It is possible to resize the screen with SVr4 curses, by
 
-       o   exiting curses with endwin(3X) and
+       o   exiting curses with endwin(3x) and
 
-       o   resuming using refresh(3X).
+       o   resuming using refresh(3x).
 
        Doing that clears the screen and is visually distracting.
 
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       curs_getch(3X), curs_variables(3X), wresize(3X).
+       curs_getch(3x), curs_variables(3x), wresize(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                resizeterm(3X)
+                                                                resizeterm(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html b/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html index 3550c4b8..e01ea35a 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html +++ b/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          scr_dump 5

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -scr_dump(5)                   File Formats Manual                  scr_dump(5)
+scr_dump(5)                   File Formats Manual                  scr_dump(5)
 
 
 
@@ -51,25 +51,25 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       scr_dump
+       scr_dump

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  The  curses library provides applications with the ability to write the
-       contents of a window to an external file using scr_dump or putwin,  and
-       read it back using scr_restore or getwin.
+       contents of a window to an external file using scr_dump or putwin,  and
+       read it back using scr_restore or getwin.
 
-       The  putwin  and  getwin  functions  do  the  work;  while scr_dump and
-       scr_restore conveniently save  and  restore  the  whole  screen,  i.e.,
-       stdscr.
+       The  putwin  and  getwin  functions  do  the  work;  while scr_dump and
+       scr_restore conveniently save  and  restore  the  whole  screen,  i.e.,
+       stdscr.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ncurses6

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A  longstanding implementation of screen-dump was revised with ncurses6
        to remedy problems with the earlier approach:
 
-       o   A "magic number" is written to the  beginning  of  the  dump  file,
-           allowing  applications  (such  as file(1)) to recognize curses dump
+       o   A "magic number" is written to the  beginning  of  the  dump  file,
+           allowing  applications  (such  as file(1)) to recognize curses dump
            files.
 
            Because ncurses6 uses a new  format,  that  requires  a  new  magic
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
                0x88888888 (octal "\210\210\210\210")
 
-           This is the pattern  submitted  to  the  maintainers  of  the  file
+           This is the pattern  submitted  to  the  maintainers  of  the  file
            program:
 
                #
@@ -93,21 +93,21 @@
                0    string    \210\210\210\210ncurses    ncurses6 screen image
                #
 
-       o   The screen dumps are written in textual form, so that internal data
+       o   The screen dumps are written in textual form, so that internal data
            sizes are not directly related to the dump-format, and enabling the
            library  to  read  dumps  from  either  narrow-  or wide-character-
            configurations.
 
-           The  narrow  library  configuration  holds  characters  and   video
-           attributes  in  a  32-bit  chtype, while the wide-character library
-           stores this information in the cchar_t  structure,  which  is  much
+           The  narrow  library  configuration  holds  characters  and   video
+           attributes  in  a  32-bit  chtype, while the wide-character library
+           stores this information in the cchar_t  structure,  which  is  much
            larger than 32-bits.
 
-       o   It  is  possible  to  read  a  screen  dump  into a terminal with a
+       o   It  is  possible  to  read  a  screen  dump  into a terminal with a
            different screen-size, because the library truncates or  fills  the
            screen as necessary.
 
-       o   The ncurses6 getwin reads the legacy screen dumps from ncurses5.
+       o   The ncurses6 getwin reads the legacy screen dumps from ncurses5.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ncurses5 (legacy)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -115,13 +115,13 @@
        were fixes and improvements in succeeding years, the basic  scheme  was
        unchanged:
 
-       o   The WINDOW structure was written in binary form.
+       o   The WINDOW structure was written in binary form.
 
-       o   The WINDOW structure refers to lines of data, which were written as
-           an array of binary data following the WINDOW.
+       o   The WINDOW structure refers to lines of data, which were written as
+           an array of binary data following the WINDOW.
 
-       o   When getwin restored the window, it would  keep  track  of  offsets
-           into  the  array of line-data and adjust the WINDOW structure which
+       o   When getwin restored the window, it would  keep  track  of  offsets
+           into  the  array of line-data and adjust the WINDOW structure which
            was read back into memory.
 
        This is similar to Unix SystemV, but does not write a "magic number" to
@@ -129,45 +129,45 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       There  is  no  standard  format for putwin.  This section gives a brief
+       There  is  no  standard  format for putwin.  This section gives a brief
        description of the existing formats.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          X/Open Curses

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       Refer to X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009).
+       Refer to X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009).
 
-       X/Open's documentation for enhanced curses says only:
+       X/Open's documentation for enhanced curses says only:
 
-          The getwin( ) function reads window-related data stored in the  file
-          by  putwin( ).   The  function  then  creates  and initializes a new
+          The getwin( ) function reads window-related data stored in the  file
+          by  putwin( ).   The  function  then  creates  and initializes a new
           window using that data.
 
-          The putwin( ) function writes all data associated with win into  the
-          stdio  stream  to  which  filep points, using an unspecified format.
-          This information can be retrieved later using getwin( ).
+          The putwin( ) function writes all data associated with win into  the
+          stdio  stream  to  which  filep points, using an unspecified format.
+          This information can be retrieved later using getwin( ).
 
        In the mid-1990s when the X/Open Curses  document  was  written,  there
        were  still  systems  using older, less capable curses libraries (aside
        from the BSD curses library which was not relevant to X/Open because it
-       did not meet the criteria for base curses).  The document explained the
+       did not meet the criteria for base curses).  The document explained the
        term "enhanced" as follows:
 
-          o   Shading is used to identify  X/Open  Enhanced  Curses  material,
+          o   Shading is used to identify  X/Open  Enhanced  Curses  material,
               relating to interfaces included to provide enhanced capabilities
               for applications originally written to be  compiled  on  systems
               based  on  the  UNIX  operating system.  Therefore, the features
-              described may not be present on systems that conform to XPG4  or
-              to  earlier  XPG  releases.   The  relevant  reference pages may
+              described may not be present on systems that conform to XPG4  or
+              to  earlier  XPG  releases.   The  relevant  reference pages may
               provide additional or more specific portability  warnings  about
               use of the material.
 
-       In  the foregoing, emphasis was added to unspecified format and to XPG4
-       or to earlier XPG releases, for clarity.
+       In  the foregoing, emphasis was added to unspecified format and to XPG4
+       or to earlier XPG releases, for clarity.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Unix SystemV

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Unix SystemV curses identified the file  format  by  writing  a  "magic
-       number" at the beginning of the dump.  The WINDOW data and the lines of
+       number" at the beginning of the dump.  The WINDOW data and the lines of
        text follow, all in binary form.
 
        The Solaris curses source has these definitions:
@@ -193,23 +193,23 @@
 
             01 35
 
-       After  the magic number, the WINDOW structure and line-data are written
+       After  the magic number, the WINDOW structure and line-data are written
        in binary format.  While the magic number used by the Unix systems  can
-       be seen using od(1), none of the Unix systems documents the format used
+       be seen using od(1), none of the Unix systems documents the format used
        for screen-dumps.
 
        The Unix systems  do  not  use  identical  formats.   While  collecting
-       information  for  for  this  manual  page,  the savescreen test-program
+       information  for  for  this  manual  page,  the savescreen test-program
        produced dumps of different size (all  on  64-bit  hardware,  on  40x80
        screens):
 
-       o   AIX (51817 bytes)
+       o   AIX (51817 bytes)
 
-       o   HPUX (90093 bytes)
+       o   HPUX (90093 bytes)
 
-       o   Solaris 10 (13273 bytes)
+       o   Solaris 10 (13273 bytes)
 
-       o   ncurses5 (12888 bytes)
+       o   ncurses5 (12888 bytes)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Solaris

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -217,12 +217,12 @@
        SVr4 curses.  This is odd since Solaris was the first operating  system
        to pass the SVr4 guidelines.  Solaris has two versions of curses:
 
-       o   The default curses library uses the SVr3 magic number.
+       o   The default curses library uses the SVr3 magic number.
 
-       o   There  is  an  alternate  curses library in /usr/xpg4.  This uses a
+       o   There  is  an  alternate  curses library in /usr/xpg4.  This uses a
            textual format with no magic number.
 
-           According to the copyright notice, the xpg4 Solaris curses  library
+           According to the copyright notice, the xpg4 Solaris curses  library
            was developed by MKS (Mortice Kern Systems) from 1990 to 1995.
 
            Like  ncurses6,  there  is  a  file-header with parameters.  Unlike
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          PDCurses

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  PDCurses added support for screen dumps in version  2.7  (2005).   Like
-       Unix  SystemV  and  ncurses5, it writes the WINDOW structure in binary,
+       Unix  SystemV  and  ncurses5, it writes the WINDOW structure in binary,
        but begins the file with its three-byte identifier "PDC", followed by a
        one-byte version, e.g.,
 
@@ -241,21 +241,21 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NetBSD

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       As  of  April  2017,  NetBSD  curses  does  not  support  scr_dump  and
-       scr_restore (or scr_init, scr_set), although it has putwin and getwin.
+       As  of  April  2017,  NetBSD  curses  does  not  support  scr_dump  and
+       scr_restore (or scr_init, scr_set), although it has putwin and getwin.
 
-       Like ncurses5, NetBSD putwin does not identify its dumps with a  useful
+       Like ncurses5, NetBSD putwin does not identify its dumps with a  useful
        magic number.  It writes
 
-       o   the curses shared library major and minor versions as the first two
+       o   the curses shared library major and minor versions as the first two
            bytes (e.g., 7 and 1),
 
-       o   followed by a binary dump of the WINDOW,
+       o   followed by a binary dump of the WINDOW,
 
-       o   some data for wide-characters referenced by the  WINDOW  structure,
+       o   some data for wide-characters referenced by the  WINDOW  structure,
            and
 
-       o   finally, lines as done by other implementations.
+       o   finally, lines as done by other implementations.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          EXAMPLE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -273,13 +273,13 @@
                start_color();
                init_pair(1, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLUE);
                init_pair(2, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK);
-               bkgd(COLOR_PAIR(1));
+               bkgd(COLOR_PAIR(1));
                move(4, 5);
                attron(A_BOLD);
                addstr("Hello");
                move(5, 5);
                attroff(A_BOLD);
-               attrset(A_REVERSE | COLOR_PAIR(2));
+               attrset(A_REVERSE | COLOR_PAIR(2));
                addstr("World!");
                refresh();
                scr_dump("foo.out");
@@ -315,18 +315,18 @@
        The first four octal escapes are actually nonprinting characters, while
        the remainder of the file is printable text.  You may notice:
 
-       o   The actual color pair values are not written to the file.
+       o   The actual color pair values are not written to the file.
 
-       o   All  characters  are  shown  in  printable form; spaces are "\s" to
+       o   All  characters  are  shown  in  printable form; spaces are "\s" to
            ensure they are not overlooked.
 
-       o   Attributes are written in escaped curly  braces,  e.g.,  "\{BOLD}",
+       o   Attributes are written in escaped curly  braces,  e.g.,  "\{BOLD}",
            and may include a color-pair (C1 or C2 in this example).
 
-       o   The  parameters  in  the  header  are  written out only if they are
+       o   The  parameters  in  the  header  are  written out only if they are
            nonzero.  When reading back, order does not matter.
 
-       Running the same program with Solaris xpg4 curses gives this dump:
+       Running the same program with Solaris xpg4 curses gives this dump:
 
            MAX=10,20
            BEG=0,0
@@ -362,8 +362,8 @@
            9,19,0,0,
            CUR=11,5
 
-       Solaris getwin requires that all parameters are  present,  and  in  the
-       same  order.  The xpg4 curses library does not know about the bce (back
+       Solaris getwin requires that all parameters are  present,  and  in  the
+       same  order.  The xpg4 curses library does not know about the bce (back
        color erase) capability, and does not color the window background.
 
        On the other  hand,  the  SVr4  curses  library  does  know  about  the
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       curs_scr_dump(3X), curs_util(3X).
+       curs_scr_dump(3x), curs_util(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                   scr_dump(5)
+                                                                   scr_dump(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html b/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html index e8c8e700..5d837319 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html +++ b/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html @@ -34,37 +34,37 @@ -@TABS@ 1 +tabs 1 -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            @TABS@ 1

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            tabs 1

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -tabs(1)                     General Commands Manual                    tabs(1)
+tabs(1)                     General Commands Manual                    tabs(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       tabs - set tabs on a terminal
+       tabs - set tabs on a terminal

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       tabs [options]] [tabstop-list]
+       tabs [options]] [tabstop-list]

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       The  tabs program clears and sets tab-stops on the terminal.  This uses
-       the terminfo clear_all_tabs and set_tab  capabilities.   If  either  is
-       absent,  tabs is unable to clear/set tab-stops.  The terminal should be
+       The  tabs program clears and sets tab-stops on the terminal.  This uses
+       the terminfo clear_all_tabs and set_tab  capabilities.   If  either  is
+       absent,  tabs is unable to clear/set tab-stops.  The terminal should be
        configured to use hard tabs, e.g.,
 
            stty tab0
 
-       Like clear(1), tabs writes to the standard output.   You  can  redirect
-       the  standard  output  to  a  file  (which  prevents tabs from actually
-       changing the tabstops), and later cat the file to the  screen,  setting
+       Like clear(1), tabs writes to the standard output.   You  can  redirect
+       the  standard  output  to  a  file  (which  prevents tabs from actually
+       changing the tabstops), and later cat the file to the  screen,  setting
        tabstops at that point.
 
        These   are   hardware   tabs,  which  cannot  be  queried  rapidly  by
@@ -77,42 +77,42 @@
 
            tabs -8
 
-       or  use the reset program, since the normal initialization sequences do
+       or  use the reset program, since the normal initialization sequences do
        not ensure that tab-stops are reset.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            OPTIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            General Options

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       -Tname
-            Tell tabs which terminal type to  use.   If  this  option  is  not
-            given,  tabs  will use the $TERM environment variable.  If that is
-            not set, it will use the ansi+tabs entry.
+       -Tname
+            Tell tabs which terminal type to  use.   If  this  option  is  not
+            given,  tabs  will use the $TERM environment variable.  If that is
+            not set, it will use the ansi+tabs entry.
 
-       -d   The debugging option shows a ruler  line,  followed  by  two  data
+       -d   The debugging option shows a ruler  line,  followed  by  two  data
             lines.   The  first  data line shows the expected tab-stops marked
             with asterisks.  The second data line shows the actual  tab-stops,
             marked with asterisks.
 
-       -n   This  option tells tabs to check the options and run any debugging
+       -n   This  option tells tabs to check the options and run any debugging
             option, but not to modify the terminal settings.
 
-       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
+       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
             exits.
 
-       The tabs program processes a single list of tab stops.  The last option
+       The tabs program processes a single list of tab stops.  The last option
        to be processed which defines a list is the  one  that  determines  the
        list to be processed.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Implicit Lists

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       Use  a  single number as an option, e.g., "-5" to set tabs at the given
+       Use  a  single number as an option, e.g., "-5" to set tabs at the given
        interval (in this case 1, 6, 11, 16, 21, etc.).  Tabs are  repeated  up
        to the right margin of the screen.
 
-       Use "-0" to clear all tabs.
+       Use "-0" to clear all tabs.
 
-       Use "-8" to set tabs to the standard interval.
+       Use "-8" to set tabs to the standard interval.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Explicit Lists

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            @@ -135,46 +135,46 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Predefined Tab-Stops

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    X/Open defines several predefined lists of tab stops.
 
-       -a   Assembler, IBM S/370, first format
+       -a   Assembler, IBM S/370, first format
 
-       -a2  Assembler, IBM S/370, second format
+       -a2  Assembler, IBM S/370, second format
 
-       -c   COBOL, normal format
+       -c   COBOL, normal format
 
-       -c2  COBOL compact format
+       -c2  COBOL compact format
 
-       -c3  COBOL compact format extended
+       -c3  COBOL compact format extended
 
-       -f   FORTRAN
+       -f   FORTRAN
 
-       -p   PL/I
+       -p   PL/I
 
-       -s   SNOBOL
+       -s   SNOBOL
 
-       -u   UNIVAC 1100 Assembler
+       -u   UNIVAC 1100 Assembler

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       IEEE   Std   1003.1/The   Open   Group   Base  Specifications  Issue  7
-       (POSIX.1-2008) describes a tabs utility.  However
+       IEEE   Std   1003.1/The   Open   Group   Base  Specifications  Issue  7
+       (POSIX.1-2008) describes a tabs utility.  However
 
-       o   This standard describes a +m option,  to  set  a  terminal's  left-
+       o   This standard describes a +m option,  to  set  a  terminal's  left-
            margin.   Very  few of the entries in the terminal database provide
-           the  smgl   (set_left_margin)   or   smglp   (set_left_margin_parm)
+           the  smgl   (set_left_margin)   or   smglp   (set_left_margin_parm)
            capability needed to support the feature.
 
-       o   There  is no counterpart in X/Open Curses Issue 7 for this utility,
-           unlike tput(1).
+       o   There  is no counterpart in X/Open Curses Issue 7 for this utility,
+           unlike tput(1).
 
-       The -d (debug) and -n (no-op) options are extensions  not  provided  by
+       The -d (debug) and -n (no-op) options are extensions  not  provided  by
        other implementations.
 
-       A  tabs  utility  appeared in PWB/Unix 1.0 (1977).  There was a reduced
-       version of the tabs utility in Unix 7th edition  and  in  3BSD  (1979).
+       A  tabs  utility  appeared in PWB/Unix 1.0 (1977).  There was a reduced
+       version of the tabs utility in Unix 7th edition  and  in  3BSD  (1979).
        The  latter supported a single "-n" option (to cause the first tab stop
        to be set on the left margin).  That option is not documented by POSIX.
 
-       The PWB/Unix tabs utility, which was included  in  System  III  (1980),
+       The PWB/Unix tabs utility, which was included  in  System  III  (1980),
        used  built-in  tables  rather than the terminal database, to support a
        half-dozen terminal types.  It also had built-in logic to  support  the
        left-margin,  as  well as a feature for copying the tab settings from a
@@ -182,36 +182,36 @@
 
        Later versions of Unix, e.g., SVr4,  added  support  for  the  terminal
        database,   but  kept  the  tables,  as  a  fallback.   In  an  earlier
-       development effort, the tab-stop initialization provided by tset (1982)
-       and incorporated into tput uses the terminal database,
+       development effort, the tab-stop initialization provided by tset (1982)
+       and incorporated into tput uses the terminal database,
 
        POSIX  documents  no  limits on the number of tab stops.  Documentation
        for other implementations states that there is a limit on the number of
-       tab  stops (e.g., 20 in PWB/Unix's tabs utility).  While some terminals
+       tab  stops (e.g., 20 in PWB/Unix's tabs utility).  While some terminals
        may not accept an arbitrary number of tab  stops,  this  implementation
        will  attempt to set tab stops up to the right margin of the screen, if
        the given list happens to be that long.
 
-       The Rationale section of the POSIX documentation goes into some  detail
-       about  the  ways the committee considered redesigning the tabs and tput
+       The Rationale section of the POSIX documentation goes into some  detail
+       about  the  ways the committee considered redesigning the tabs and tput
        utilities, without proposing an improved solution.  It comments that
 
             no known historical version of tabs  supports  the  capability  of
             setting arbitrary tab stops.
 
-       However,  the  Explicit  Lists  described  in  this  manual  page  were
+       However,  the  Explicit  Lists  described  in  this  manual  page  were
        implemented in PWB/Unix.   Those  provide  the  capability  of  setting
        abitrary tab stops.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       infocmp(1M), tset(1), curses(3X), terminfo(5).
+       infocmp(1m), tset(1), curses(3x), terminfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                                       tabs(1)
+                                                                       tabs(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.5.html b/doc/html/man/term.5.html index 1b4c2e51..c2bf0eb8 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/term.5.html +++ b/doc/html/man/term.5.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              term 5

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -term(5)                       File Formats Manual                      term(5)
+term(5)                       File Formats Manual                      term(5)
 
 
 
@@ -51,36 +51,36 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       term
+       term

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              STORAGE LOCATION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Compiled   terminfo   descriptions   are  placed  under  the  directory
-       /usr/share/terminfo.  Two configurations are supported  (when  building
-       the ncurses libraries):
+       /usr/share/terminfo.  Two configurations are supported  (when  building
+       the ncurses libraries):
 
-       directory tree
+       directory tree
             A two-level scheme is used to avoid a linear search of a huge UNIX
-            system directory: /usr/share/terminfo/c/name  where  name  is  the
-            name of the terminal, and c is the first character of name.  Thus,
-            act4  can  be  found  in  the   file   /usr/share/terminfo/a/act4.
+            system directory: /usr/share/terminfo/c/name  where  name  is  the
+            name of the terminal, and c is the first character of name.  Thus,
+            act4  can  be  found  in  the   file   /usr/share/terminfo/a/act4.
             Synonyms  for  the same terminal are implemented by multiple links
             to the same compiled file.
 
-       hashed database
+       hashed database
             Using Berkeley database, two types  of  records  are  stored:  the
             terminfo  data  in  the  same format as stored in a directory tree
             with the terminfo's primary name as a key, and records  containing
             only aliases pointing to the primary name.
 
-            If  built  to  write  hashed  databases,  ncurses  can  still read
+            If  built  to  write  hashed  databases,  ncurses  can  still read
             terminfo databases organized as a directory tree, but cannot write
             entries  into  the  directory  tree.   It  can  write (or rewrite)
             entries in the hashed database.
 
-            ncurses  distinguishes  the  two  cases  in   the   TERMINFO   and
+            ncurses  distinguishes  the  two  cases  in   the   TERMINFO   and
             TERMINFO_DIRS  environment  variable  by assuming a directory tree
             for entries that correspond to an existing directory,  and  hashed
             database otherwise.
@@ -91,37 +91,37 @@
        An 8 or more bit  byte  is  assumed,  but  no  assumptions  about  byte
        ordering or sign extension are made.
 
-       The  compiled  file  is  created  with the tic program, and read by the
-       routine setupterm(3X).  The file is divided into six parts:
+       The  compiled  file  is  created  with the tic program, and read by the
+       routine setupterm(3x).  The file is divided into six parts:
 
-            a) header,
+            a) header,
 
-            b) terminal names,
+            b) terminal names,
 
-            c) boolean flags,
+            c) boolean flags,
 
-            d) numbers,
+            d) numbers,
 
-            e) strings, and
+            e) strings, and
 
-            f) string table.
+            f) string table.
 
-       The header section begins the file.  This section  contains  six  short
+       The header section begins the file.  This section  contains  six  short
        integers in the format described below.  These integers are
 
-            (1) the magic number (octal 0432);
+            (1) the magic number (octal 0432);
 
-            (2) the size, in bytes, of the terminal names section;
+            (2) the size, in bytes, of the terminal names section;
 
-            (3) the number of bytes in the boolean flags section;
+            (3) the number of bytes in the boolean flags section;
 
-            (4) the number of short integers in the numbers section;
+            (4) the number of short integers in the numbers section;
 
-            (5) the number of offsets (short integers) in the strings section;
+            (5) the number of offsets (short integers) in the strings section;
 
-            (6) the size, in bytes, of the string table.
+            (6) the size, in bytes, of the string table.
 
-       The  capabilities  in  the boolean flags, numbers, and strings sections
+       The  capabilities  in  the boolean flags, numbers, and strings sections
        are in the same order as the file <term.h>.
 
        Short integers are signed, in the range  -32768  to  32767.   They  are
@@ -134,51 +134,51 @@
        little-endian value.
 
        Numbers  in  a  terminal  description,  whether they are entries in the
-       numbers or strings table, are positive  integers.   Boolean  flags  are
+       numbers or strings table, are positive  integers.   Boolean  flags  are
        treated  as  positive  one-byte integers.  In each case, those positive
        integers represent a terminal capability.  The  terminal  compiler  tic
        uses  negative  integers  to handle the cases where a capability is not
        available:
 
-       o   If a capability is absent from this terminal, tic stores  a  -1  in
+       o   If a capability is absent from this terminal, tic stores  a  -1  in
            the corresponding table.
 
            The integer value -1 is represented by two bytes 0377, 0377.
            Absent boolean values are represented by the byte 0 (false).
 
-       o   If  a capability has been canceled from this terminal, tic stores a
+       o   If  a capability has been canceled from this terminal, tic stores a
            -2 in the corresponding table.
 
            The integer value -2 is represented by two bytes 0377, 0376.
            The boolean value -2 is represented by the byte 0376.
 
-       o   Other negative values are illegal.
+       o   Other negative values are illegal.
 
-       The terminal names section comes after the  header.   It  contains  the
+       The terminal names section comes after the  header.   It  contains  the
        first  line  of the terminfo description, listing the various names for
-       the terminal, separated by  the  "|"  character.   The  terminal  names
+       the terminal, separated by  the  "|"  character.   The  terminal  names
        section is terminated with an ASCII NUL character.
 
-       The  boolean  flags  section  has  one  byte  for  each  flag.  Boolean
+       The  boolean  flags  section  has  one  byte  for  each  flag.  Boolean
        capabilities are either 1 or 0 (true or false) according to whether the
        terminal supports the given capability or not.
 
-       Between  the  boolean flags section and the number section, a null byte
-       will be inserted, if necessary,  to  ensure  that  the  number  section
+       Between  the  boolean flags section and the number section, a null byte
+       will be inserted, if necessary,  to  ensure  that  the  number  section
        begins  on  an even byte This is a relic of the PDP-11's word-addressed
        architecture, originally designed to avoid traps induced by  addressing
        a  word  on  an odd byte boundary.  All short integers are aligned on a
        short word boundary.
 
-       The numbers section is similar to  the  boolean  flags  section.   Each
+       The numbers section is similar to  the  boolean  flags  section.   Each
        capability  takes  up two bytes, and is stored as a little-endian short
        integer.
 
-       The strings section is also similar.  Each capability is  stored  as  a
-       short integer.  The capability value is an index into the string table.
+       The strings section is also similar.  Each capability is  stored  as  a
+       short integer.  The capability value is an index into the string table.
 
-       The string table is the last section.  It contains all of the values of
-       string capabilities referenced in the strings section.  Each string  is
+       The string table is the last section.  It contains all of the values of
+       string capabilities referenced in the strings section.  Each string  is
        null-terminated.  Special characters in ^X or \c notation are stored in
        their interpreted  form,  not  the  printing  representation.   Padding
        information  $<nn>  and  parameter  information %x are stored intact in
@@ -191,11 +191,11 @@
        binary format is used in all modern UNIX systems.  Each system  uses  a
        predefined set of boolean, number or string capabilities.
 
-       The ncurses libraries and applications support extended terminfo binary
+       The ncurses libraries and applications support extended terminfo binary
        format, allowing users to  define  capabilities  which  are  loaded  at
        runtime.   This  extension  is made possible by using the fact that the
        other implementations stop reading the terminfo  data  when  they  have
-       reached  the  end  of the size given in the header.  ncurses checks the
+       reached  the  end  of the size given in the header.  ncurses checks the
        size, and if it exceeds that due to the predefined data,  continues  to
        parse according to its own scheme.
 
@@ -212,9 +212,9 @@
             (5)  size of the extended string table in bytes
 
        The  count-  and  size-values for the extended string table include the
-       extended capability names as well as extended capability values.
+       extended capability names as well as extended capability values.
 
-       Using the counts and sizes, ncurses allocates arrays and reads data for
+       Using the counts and sizes, ncurses allocates arrays and reads data for
        the extended capabilities in the same order as the header information.
 
        The  extended  string  table  contains  values for string capabilities.
@@ -223,36 +223,36 @@
        finally strings.
 
        Applications which manipulate terminal data  can  use  the  definitions
-       described  in  term_variables(3X)  which  associate the long capability
-       names with members of a TERMTYPE structure.
+       described  in  term_variables(3x)  which  associate the long capability
+       names with members of a TERMTYPE structure.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              EXTENDED NUMBER FORMAT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       On occasion, 16-bit signed integers are not large enough.  With ncurses
+       On occasion, 16-bit signed integers are not large enough.  With ncurses
        6.1,  a new format was introduced by making a few changes to the legacy
        format:
 
-       o   a different magic number (octal 01036)
+       o   a different magic number (octal 01036)
 
-       o   changing the type for the number array from signed 16-bit  integers
+       o   changing the type for the number array from signed 16-bit  integers
            to signed 32-bit integers.
 
        To   maintain   compatibility,  the  library  presents  the  same  data
-       structures to direct users of the TERMTYPE  structure  as  in  previous
+       structures to direct users of the TERMTYPE  structure  as  in  previous
        formats.   However,  that  cannot  provide  callers  with  the extended
        numbers.   The  library  uses  a  similar  but  hidden  data  structure
-       TERMTYPE2 to provide data for the terminfo functions.
+       TERMTYPE2 to provide data for the terminfo functions.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              setupterm

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       Note  that  it  is  possible for setupterm to expect a different set of
+       Note  that  it  is  possible for setupterm to expect a different set of
        capabilities than  are  actually  present  in  the  file.   Either  the
-       database  may  have  been  updated  since setupterm has been recompiled
+       database  may  have  been  updated  since setupterm has been recompiled
        (resulting in extra unrecognized entries in the file)  or  the  program
        may  have  been  recompiled more recently than the database was updated
-       (resulting in missing entries).  The routine setupterm must be prepared
+       (resulting in missing entries).  The routine setupterm must be prepared
        for  both  possibilities  -  this  is  why  the  numbers  and sizes are
        included.  Also, new capabilities must always be added at  the  end  of
        the lists of boolean, number, and string capabilities.
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
        terminfo  (under  HP-UX,  AIX,  and OSF/1) which diverged from System V
        terminfo after SVr1, and  have  added  extension  capabilities  to  the
        string  table that (in the binary format) collide with System V and XSI
-       Curses extensions.  See terminfo(5) for detailed discussion of terminfo
+       Curses extensions.  See terminfo(5) for detailed discussion of terminfo
        source compatibility issues.
 
        This  implementation  is by default compatible with the binary terminfo
@@ -283,24 +283,24 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Magic codes

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      The  magic  number  in a binary terminfo file is the first 16-bits (two
        bytes).  Besides making it more reliable for the library to check  that
-       a  file  is terminfo, utilities such as file also use that to tell what
+       a  file  is terminfo, utilities such as file also use that to tell what
        the file-format is.  System V defined more than one magic number,  with
-       0433, 0435 as screen-dumps (see scr_dump(5)).  This implementation uses
+       0433, 0435 as screen-dumps (see scr_dump(5)).  This implementation uses
        01036 as a continuation of that sequence, but with  a  different  high-
        order byte to avoid confusion.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              The TERMTYPE structure

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       Direct  access  to  the  TERMTYPE  structure  is  provided  for  legacy
-       applications.  Portable  applications  should  use  the  tigetflag  and
-       related  functions  described in curs_terminfo(3X) for reading terminal
+       Direct  access  to  the  TERMTYPE  structure  is  provided  for  legacy
+       applications.  Portable  applications  should  use  the  tigetflag  and
+       related  functions  described in curs_terminfo(3x) for reading terminal
        capabilities.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Mixed-case terminal names

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A small number of terminal descriptions  use  uppercase  characters  in
        their  names.   If  the  underlying  filesystem  ignores the difference
-       between  uppercase  and  lowercase,  ncurses  represents   the   "first
+       between  uppercase  and  lowercase,  ncurses  represents   the   "first
        character"  of  the  terminal  name used as the intermediate level of a
        directory tree in (two-character) hexadecimal form.
 
@@ -347,16 +347,16 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              LIMITS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Some limitations:
 
-       o   total  compiled  entries  cannot  exceed  4096  bytes in the legacy
+       o   total  compiled  entries  cannot  exceed  4096  bytes in the legacy
            format.
 
-       o   total compiled entries cannot exceed 32768 bytes  in  the  extended
+       o   total compiled entries cannot exceed 32768 bytes  in  the  extended
            format.
 
-       o   the name field cannot exceed 128 bytes.
+       o   the name field cannot exceed 128 bytes.
 
        Compiled  entries  are  limited to 32768 bytes because offsets into the
-       strings table use two-byte integers.   The  legacy  format  could  have
+       strings table use two-byte integers.   The  legacy  format  could  have
        supported  32768-byte  entries, but was limited a virtual memory page's
        4096 bytes.
 
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       curses(3X), terminfo(5).
+       curses(3x), terminfo(5).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                       term(5)
+                                                                       term(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.7.html b/doc/html/man/term.7.html index efabcb1d..8bb02199 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/term.7.html +++ b/doc/html/man/term.7.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                term 7

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -term(7)                Miscellaneous Information Manual                term(7)
+term(7)                Miscellaneous Information Manual                term(7)
 
 
 
@@ -51,13 +51,13 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  environment variable TERM should normally contain the type name of
+       The  environment variable TERM should normally contain the type name of
        the terminal, console or  display-device  type  you  are  using.   This
        information  is  critical  for  all screen-oriented programs, including
        your editor and mailer.
 
-       A default TERM value  will  be  set  on  a  per-line  basis  by  either
-       /etc/inittab  (e.g.,  System-V-like  UNIXes) or /etc/ttys (BSD UNIXes).
+       A default TERM value  will  be  set  on  a  per-line  basis  by  either
+       /etc/inittab  (e.g.,  System-V-like  UNIXes) or /etc/ttys (BSD UNIXes).
        This will nearly  always  suffice  for  workstation  and  microcomputer
        consoles.
 
@@ -67,19 +67,19 @@
        the prevalence of DEC VT100-compatible terminals and  personal-computer
        emulators.
 
-       Modern  telnets pass your TERM environment variable from the local side
+       Modern  telnets pass your TERM environment variable from the local side
        to the remote one.  There can be problems if  the  remote  terminfo  or
        termcap  entry  for  your  type  is not compatible with yours, but this
        situation is rare and  can  almost  always  be  avoided  by  explicitly
        exporting  "vt100"  (assuming  you  are  in fact using a VT100-superset
        console, terminal, or terminal emulator.)
 
-       In any case, you are free to override the system TERM setting  to  your
-       taste in your shell profile.  The tset(1) utility may be of assistance;
+       In any case, you are free to override the system TERM setting  to  your
+       taste in your shell profile.  The tset(1) utility may be of assistance;
        you can give it a set of rules for deducing or  requesting  a  terminal
        type based on the tty device and baud rate.
 
-       Setting  your  own  TERM value may also be useful if you have created a
+       Setting  your  own  TERM value may also be useful if you have created a
        custom entry incorporating options (such as  visual  bell  or  reverse-
        video)  which  you  wish  to  override the system default type for your
        line.
@@ -91,21 +91,21 @@
             toe | more
 
        from your shell.   These  capability  files  are  in  a  binary  format
-       optimized for retrieval speed (unlike the old text-based termcap format
-       they replace); to examine  an  entry,  you  must  use  the  infocmp(1M)
+       optimized for retrieval speed (unlike the old text-based termcap format
+       they replace); to examine  an  entry,  you  must  use  the  infocmp(1m)
        command.  Invoke it as follows:
 
-            infocmp entry_name
+            infocmp entry_name
 
-       where  entry_name  is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the
+       where  entry_name  is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the
        name of its capability file  the  subdirectory  of  /usr/share/terminfo
        named  for  its first letter).  This command dumps a capability file in
-       the text format described by terminfo(5).
+       the text format described by terminfo(5).
 
-       The first line of a terminfo(5) description gives the  names  by  which
+       The first line of a terminfo(5) description gives the  names  by  which
        terminfo  knows a terminal, separated by "|" (pipe-bar) characters with
        the last name field terminated by a comma.  The first name field is the
-       type's primary name, and is the one to use when setting TERM.  The last
+       type's primary name, and is the one to use when setting TERM.  The last
        name field (if distinct from the first) is actually  a  description  of
        the  terminal  type  (it  may contain blanks; the others must be single
        words).  Name fields between  the  first  and  last  (if  present)  are
@@ -129,23 +129,23 @@
        name; some historical terminfo names use it.
 
        The root name for a terminal or workstation console type should  almost
-       always  begin  with a vendor prefix (such as hp for Hewlett-Packard, wy
-       for Wyse, or att for AT&T terminals), or a common name of the  terminal
-       line  (vt  for  the  VT  series  of  terminals from DEC, or sun for Sun
-       Microsystems workstation  consoles,  or  regent  for  the  ADDS  Regent
+       always  begin  with a vendor prefix (such as hp for Hewlett-Packard, wy
+       for Wyse, or att for AT&T terminals), or a common name of the  terminal
+       line  (vt  for  the  VT  series  of  terminals from DEC, or sun for Sun
+       Microsystems workstation  consoles,  or  regent  for  the  ADDS  Regent
        series.   You  can  list  the  terminfo  tree  to see what prefixes are
        already in common use.  The root name prefix should  be  followed  when
-       appropriate by a model number; thus vt100, hp2621, wy50.
+       appropriate by a model number; thus vt100, hp2621, wy50.
 
        The  root  name for a PC-Unix console type should be the OS name, i.e.,
-       linux, bsdos, freebsd, netbsd.  It should not be console or  any  other
+       linux, bsdos, freebsd, netbsd.  It should not be console or  any  other
        generic that might cause confusion in a multi-platform environment!  If
        a model number follows, it should indicate either the OS release  level
        or the console driver release level.
 
        The  root name for a terminal emulator (assuming it does not fit one of
        the standard ANSI or vt100 types) should  be  the  program  name  or  a
-       readily recognizable abbreviation of it (i.e., versaterm, ctrm).
+       readily recognizable abbreviation of it (i.e., versaterm, ctrm).
 
        Following  the  root name, you may add any reasonable number of hyphen-
        separated feature suffixes.
@@ -183,15 +183,15 @@
        Conventionally, if your terminal type is a variant intended to  specify
        a  line  height,  that  suffix should go first.  So, for a hypothetical
        FuBarCo model 2317 terminal in 30-line mode with  reverse  video,  best
-       form would be fubar-30-rv (rather than, say, "fubar-rv-30").
+       form would be fubar-30-rv (rather than, say, "fubar-rv-30").
 
        Terminal  types  that are written not as standalone entries, but rather
-       as components to be plugged into other entries  via  use  capabilities,
+       as components to be plugged into other entries  via  use  capabilities,
        are distinguished by using embedded plus signs rather than dashes.
 
        Commands which use a terminal type to control display often accept a -T
        option that accepts a terminal name  argument.   Such  programs  should
-       fall  back  on  the  TERM  environment  variable  when  no -T option is
+       fall  back  on  the  TERM  environment  variable  when  no -T option is
        specified.
 
 
@@ -212,11 +212,11 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       curses(3X), terminfo(5), term(5).
+       curses(3x), terminfo(5), term(5).
 
 
 
-                                                                       term(7)
+                                                                       term(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html b/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html index 74364cb7..a61911be 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html @@ -34,63 +34,63 @@ -term_variables 3X +term_variables 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  term_variables 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  term_variables 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -term_variables(3X)                                          term_variables(3X)
+term_variables(3x)                                          term_variables(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       SP, acs_map, boolcodes, boolfnames, boolnames, cur_term, numcodes,
-       numfnames, numnames, strcodes, strfnames, strnames, ttytype - curses
+       SP, acs_map, boolcodes, boolfnames, boolnames, cur_term, numcodes,
+       numfnames, numnames, strcodes, strfnames, strnames, ttytype - curses
        terminfo global variables

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       #include <curses.h>
-       #include <term.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <term.h>
 
-       chtype acs_map[];
+       chtype acs_map[];
 
-       SCREEN * SP;
+       SCREEN * SP;
 
-       TERMINAL * cur_term;
+       TERMINAL * cur_term;
 
-       char ttytype[];
+       char ttytype[];
 
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const boolcodes[];
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const boolfnames[];
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const boolnames[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const boolcodes[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const boolfnames[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const boolnames[];
 
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const numcodes[];
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const numfnames[];
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const numnames[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const numcodes[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const numfnames[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const numnames[];
 
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const strcodes[];
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const strfnames[];
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const strnames[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const strcodes[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const strfnames[];
+       NCURSES_CONST char * const strnames[];

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       This  page  summarizes  variables provided by the curses library's low-
+       This  page  summarizes  variables provided by the curses library's low-
        level terminfo interface.  A more complete description is given in  the
-       curs_terminfo(3X) manual page.
+       curs_terminfo(3x) manual page.
 
        Depending  on  the  configuration,  these  may  be actual variables, or
-       macros (see curs_threads(3X)) which provide read-only access  to  curs-
-       es's state.  In either case, applications should treat them as read-on-
+       macros (see curs_threads(3x)) which provide read-only access  to  curs-
+       es's state.  In either case, applications should treat them as read-on-
        ly to avoid confusing the library.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Alternate Character Set Mapping

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       After initializing the curses or terminfo interfaces, the acs_map array
-       holds  information  used to translate cells with the A_ALTCHARSET video
+       After initializing the curses or terminfo interfaces, the acs_map array
+       holds  information  used to translate cells with the A_ALTCHARSET video
        attribute into line-drawing characters.
 
        The encoding of the information in this array has changed periodically.
@@ -102,64 +102,64 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Current Terminal Data

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       After initializing the curses or terminfo interfaces, the cur_term con-
+       After initializing the curses or terminfo interfaces, the cur_term con-
        tains data describing the current terminal.  This variable is also  set
-       as a side-effect of set_term(3X) and delscreen(3X).
+       as a side-effect of set_term(3x) and delscreen(3x).
 
-       It  is possible to save a value of cur_term for subsequent use as a pa-
-       rameter to set_term, for switching between screens.  Alternatively, one
-       can  save  the  return  value from newterm or setupterm(3X) to reuse in
-       set_term.
+       It  is possible to save a value of cur_term for subsequent use as a pa-
+       rameter to set_term, for switching between screens.  Alternatively, one
+       can  save  the  return  value from newterm or setupterm(3x) to reuse in
+       set_term.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Terminfo Names

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The tic(1) and infocmp(1) programs use lookup tables for the  long  and
+       The tic(1) and infocmp(1) programs use lookup tables for the  long  and
        short  names  of  terminfo  capabilities,  as well as the corresponding
        names for termcap capabilities.  These are available to other  applica-
        tions,  although the hash-tables used by the terminfo and termcap func-
        tions are not available.
 
        The long terminfo capability names use a  "l"  (ell)  in  their  names:
-       boolfnames, numfnames, and strfnames.
+       boolfnames, numfnames, and strfnames.
 
-       These  are  the  short names for terminfo capabilities: boolnames, num-
-       names, and strnames.
+       These  are  the  short names for terminfo capabilities: boolnames, num-
+       names, and strnames.
 
-       These are the corresponding names used for termcap descriptions:  bool-
-       codes, numcodes, and strcodes.
+       These are the corresponding names used for termcap descriptions:  bool-
+       codes, numcodes, and strcodes.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Terminal Type

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          A terminal description begins with one or more terminal names separated
        by "|" (vertical bars).  On initialization of the  curses  or  terminfo
-       interfaces,  setupterm(3X)  copies the terminal names to the array tty-
-       type.
+       interfaces,  setupterm(3x)  copies the terminal names to the array tty-
+       type.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Terminfo Names

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       In addition to the variables, <term.h> also defines a symbol  for  each
-       terminfo  capability  long name.  These are in terms of the symbol CUR,
+       In addition to the variables, <term.h> also defines a symbol  for  each
+       terminfo  capability  long name.  These are in terms of the symbol CUR,
        which is defined
 
        #define CUR ((TERMTYPE *)(cur_term))->
 
        These symbols provide a faster method of accessing  terminfo  capabili-
-       ties than using tigetstr(3X), etc.
+       ties than using tigetstr(3x), etc.
 
-       The  actual definition of CUR depends upon the implementation, but each
+       The  actual definition of CUR depends upon the implementation, but each
        terminfo library provides these long names defined to  point  into  the
        current terminal description loaded into memory.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       The  low-level  terminfo  interface is initialized using setupterm(3X).
+       The  low-level  terminfo  interface is initialized using setupterm(3x).
        The upper-level curses interface uses the low-level terminfo interface,
        internally.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       X/Open Curses does not describe any of these except for cur_term.  (The
-       inclusion of cur_term appears to be an oversight, since other  compara-
+       X/Open Curses does not describe any of these except for cur_term.  (The
+       inclusion of cur_term appears to be an oversight, since other  compara-
        ble low-level information is omitted by X/Open).
 
        Other  implementations may have comparable variables.  Some implementa-
@@ -167,16 +167,16 @@
        header files.
 
        All  implementations  which provide terminfo interfaces add definitions
-       as described in the Terminfo Names section.  Most, but  not  all,  base
-       the definition upon the cur_term variable.
+       as described in the Terminfo Names section.  Most, but  not  all,  base
+       the definition upon the cur_term variable.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -       curses(3X), curs_terminfo(3X), curs_threads(3X), terminfo(5).
+       curses(3x), curs_terminfo(3x), curs_threads(3x), terminfo(5).
 
 
 
-                                                            term_variables(3X)
+                                                            term_variables(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    diff --git a/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html index 3e9b57c0..6894f996 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html +++ b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    terminfo 5 File Formats

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -terminfo(5)                      File Formats                      terminfo(5)
+terminfo(5)                      File Formats                      terminfo(5)
 
 
 
@@ -95,44 +95,44 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       Terminfo  is  a data base describing terminals, used by screen-oriented
-       programs  such  as  nvi(1),  lynx(1),   mutt(1),   and   other   curses
-       applications,  using  high-level calls to libraries such as curses(3X).
+       Terminfo  is  a data base describing terminals, used by screen-oriented
+       programs  such  as  nvi(1),  lynx(1),   mutt(1),   and   other   curses
+       applications,  using  high-level calls to libraries such as curses(3x).
        It is also used via low-level calls by  non-curses  applications  which
-       may  be  screen-oriented  (such  as  clear(1))  or  non-screen (such as
-       tabs(1)).
+       may  be  screen-oriented  (such  as  clear(1))  or  non-screen (such as
+       tabs(1)).
 
-       Terminfo describes terminals by giving a set of capabilities which they
+       Terminfo describes terminals by giving a set of capabilities which they
        have, by specifying how to perform screen operations, and by specifying
        padding requirements and initialization sequences.
 
-       This manual describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This manual describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Terminfo Entry Syntax

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       Entries in terminfo consist of a sequence of fields:
+       Entries in terminfo consist of a sequence of fields:
 
-       o   Each field ends with a comma "," (embedded commas  may  be  escaped
+       o   Each field ends with a comma "," (embedded commas  may  be  escaped
            with a backslash or written as "\054").
 
-       o   White space between fields is ignored.
+       o   White space between fields is ignored.
 
-       o   The first field in a terminfo entry begins in the first column.
+       o   The first field in a terminfo entry begins in the first column.
 
-       o   Newlines  and  leading  whitespace (spaces or tabs) may be used for
+       o   Newlines  and  leading  whitespace (spaces or tabs) may be used for
            formatting entries for readability.  These are removed from  parsed
            entries.
 
-           The  infocmp  -f and -W options rely on this to format if-then-else
+           The  infocmp  -f and -W options rely on this to format if-then-else
            expressions, or  to  enforce  maximum  line-width.   The  resulting
-           formatted terminal description can be read by tic.
+           formatted terminal description can be read by tic.
 
-       o   The  first  field for each terminal gives the names which are known
+       o   The  first  field for each terminal gives the names which are known
            for the terminal, separated by "|" characters.
 
            The first name given  is  the  most  common  abbreviation  for  the
            terminal  (its  primary name), the last name given should be a long
-           name fully identifying the terminal  (see  longname(3X)),  and  all
+           name fully identifying the terminal  (see  longname(3x)),  and  all
            others  are  treated as synonyms (aliases) for the primary terminal
            name.
 
@@ -145,11 +145,11 @@
            it allows that to be both an alias and a  verbose  name  (but  will
            warn about this ambiguity).
 
-       o   Lines  beginning  with  a  "#"  in  the first column are treated as
+       o   Lines  beginning  with  a  "#"  in  the first column are treated as
            comments.
 
-           While comment lines are legal at any point, the output of captoinfo
-           and  infotocap  (aliases  for tic) will move comments so they occur
+           While comment lines are legal at any point, the output of captoinfo
+           and  infotocap  (aliases  for tic) will move comments so they occur
            only between entries.
 
        Terminal names (except for the last, verbose entry)  should  be  chosen
@@ -160,9 +160,9 @@
        suffix.   Thus,  a  vt100  in  132-column  mode  would be vt100-w.  The
        following suffixes should be used where possible:
 
-            Suffix                  Meaning                   Example
-            -nn      Number of lines on the screen            aaa-60
-            -np      Number of pages of memory                c100-4p
+            Suffix                  Meaning                   Example
+            -nn      Number of lines on the screen            aaa-60
+            -np      Number of pages of memory                c100-4p
             -am      With automargins (usually the default)   vt100-am
             -m       Mono mode; suppress color                ansi-m
             -mc      Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting   wy30-mc
@@ -175,25 +175,25 @@
             -vb      Use visible bell instead of beep         wy370-vb
             -w       Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132)    vt100-w
 
-       For more on terminal naming conventions, see the term(7) manual page.
+       For more on terminal naming conventions, see the term(7) manual page.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Terminfo Capabilities Syntax

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The terminfo entry consists of  several  capabilities,  i.e.,  features
+       The terminfo entry consists of  several  capabilities,  i.e.,  features
        that  the  terminal  has,  or  methods  for  exercising  the terminal's
        features.
 
        After the first field (giving the name(s) of the terminal entry), there
-       should be one or more capability fields.  These are boolean, numeric or
+       should be one or more capability fields.  These are boolean, numeric or
        string names with corresponding values:
 
-       o   Boolean capabilities are true  when  present,  false  when  absent.
+       o   Boolean capabilities are true  when  present,  false  when  absent.
            There is no explicit value for boolean capabilities.
 
-       o   Numeric  capabilities  have  a  "#"  following  the  name,  then an
+       o   Numeric  capabilities  have  a  "#"  following  the  name,  then an
            unsigned decimal integer value.
 
-       o   String capabilities have a "=" following the name, then  an  string
+       o   String capabilities have a "=" following the name, then  an  string
            of characters making up the capability value.
 
            String  capabilities  can be split into multiple lines, just as the
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
            within a string value are retained, except for leading blanks on  a
            line.
 
-       Any  capability  can  be  canceled,  i.e., suppressed from the terminal
+       Any  capability  can  be  canceled,  i.e., suppressed from the terminal
        entry, by following its name with "@" rather than a capability value.
 
 
@@ -210,30 +210,30 @@
        If there are two very similar  terminals,  one  (the  variant)  can  be
        defined   as  being  just  like  the  other  (the  base)  with  certain
        exceptions.  In the definition of the variant,  the  string  capability
-       use can be given with the name of the base terminal:
+       use can be given with the name of the base terminal:
 
-       o   The  capabilities  given before use override those in the base type
-           named by use.
+       o   The  capabilities  given before use override those in the base type
+           named by use.
 
-       o   If there are multiple use capabilities, they are merged in  reverse
-           order.   That  is,  the rightmost use reference is processed first,
+       o   If there are multiple use capabilities, they are merged in  reverse
+           order.   That  is,  the rightmost use reference is processed first,
            then the one to its left, and so forth.
 
-       o   Capabilities given explicitly in the entry override  those  brought
-           in by use references.
+       o   Capabilities given explicitly in the entry override  those  brought
+           in by use references.
 
-       A  capability  can  be  canceled  by placing xx@ to the left of the use
-       reference that imports it, where xx is the  capability.   For  example,
+       A  capability  can  be  canceled  by placing xx@ to the left of the use
+       reference that imports it, where xx is the  capability.   For  example,
        the entry
 
               2621-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621,
 
-       defines a 2621-nl that does not have the smkx or rmkx capabilities, and
+       defines a 2621-nl that does not have the smkx or rmkx capabilities, and
        hence does not turn on the function key labels  when  in  visual  mode.
        This  is  useful  for  different modes for a terminal, or for different
        user preferences.
 
-       An entry included via use can contain canceled capabilities, which have
+       An entry included via use can contain canceled capabilities, which have
        the  same  effect as if those cancels were inline in the using terminal
        entry.
 
@@ -243,22 +243,22 @@
        terminfo  description  block  and available to terminfo-using code.  In
        each line of the table,
 
-       The variable is the name by  which  the  programmer  (at  the  terminfo
+       The variable is the name by  which  the  programmer  (at  the  terminfo
        level) accesses the capability.
 
-       The  capname is the short name used in the text of the database, and is
+       The  capname is the short name used in the text of the database, and is
        used by a person updating the database.   Whenever  possible,  capnames
        are chosen to be the same as or similar to the ANSI X3.64-1979 standard
        (now superseded by  ECMA-48,  which  uses  identical  or  very  similar
        names).    Semantics   are   also   intended  to  match  those  of  the
        specification.
 
-       The termcap code is the old termcap capability name (some  capabilities
+       The termcap code is the old termcap capability name (some  capabilities
        are new, and have names which termcap did not originate).
 
        Capability  names have no hard length limit, but an informal limit of 5
        characters has been adopted to keep them short and to allow the tabs in
-       the source file Caps to line up nicely.
+       the source file Caps to line up nicely.
 
        Finally,  the description field attempts to convey the semantics of the
        capability.  You may find some codes in the description field:
@@ -266,23 +266,23 @@
        (P)    indicates that padding may be specified
 
        #[1-9] in the description field indicates that  the  string  is  passed
-              through tparm(3X) with parameters as given (#i).
+              through tparm(3x) with parameters as given (#i).
 
               If  no  parameters  are  listed  in the description, passing the
-              string through tparm(3X) may give unexpected results,  e.g.,  if
+              string through tparm(3x) may give unexpected results,  e.g.,  if
               it contains percent (%%) signs.
 
        (P*)   indicates  that  padding may vary in proportion to the number of
               lines affected
 
-       (#i)   indicates the ith parameter.
+       (#i)   indicates the ith parameter.
 
 
        These are the boolean capabilities:
 
 
-                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
-                  Booleans            name      Code
+                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
+                  Booleans            name      Code
 
 
 
@@ -374,8 +374,8 @@
        These are the numeric capabilities:
 
 
-                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
-                   Numeric            name      Code
+                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
+                   Numeric            name      Code
           columns                     cols      co     number of columns in
                                                        a line
           init_tabs                   it        it     tabs initially every
@@ -418,8 +418,8 @@
 
 
 
-                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
-                   Numeric            name      Code
+                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
+                   Numeric            name      Code
           bit_image_entwining         bitwin    Yo     number of passes for
                                                        each bit-image row
           bit_image_type              bitype    Yp     type of bit-image
@@ -465,8 +465,8 @@
        These are the string capabilities:
 
 
-                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
-                   String             name      Code
+                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
+                   String             name      Code
           acs_chars                   acsc      ac     graphics charset
                                                        pairs, based on
                                                        vt100
@@ -1026,8 +1026,8 @@
        structure, but were originally not documented in the man page.
 
 
-                  Variable            Cap-       TCap      Description
-                   String             name       Code
+                  Variable            Cap-       TCap      Description
+                   String             name       Code
           alt_scancode_esc            scesa      S8     Alternate escape
                                                         for scancode
                                                         emulation
@@ -1108,14 +1108,14 @@
 
         The  XSI Curses standard added these hardcopy capabilities.  They were
         used in some post-4.1 versions of System V curses, e.g.,  Solaris  2.5
-        and  IRIX  6.x.  Except for YI, the ncurses termcap names for them are
+        and  IRIX  6.x.  Except for YI, the ncurses termcap names for them are
         invented.  According to the XSI Curses standard, they have no  termcap
         names.   If  your compiled terminfo entries use these, they may not be
         binary-compatible with System V terminfo entries after SVr4.1; beware!
 
 
-                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
-                   String             name      Code
+                  Variable            Cap-      TCap       Description
+                   String             name      Code
           enter_horizontal_hl_mode    ehhlm     Xh     Enter horizontal
                                                        highlight mode
           enter_left_hl_mode          elhlm     Xl     Enter left highlight
@@ -1139,29 +1139,29 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    User-Defined Capabilities

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The preceding section listed the predefined  capabilities.   They  deal
+       The preceding section listed the predefined  capabilities.   They  deal
        with  some special features for terminals no longer (or possibly never)
        produced.  Occasionally there are special features of  newer  terminals
        which  are awkward or impossible to represent by reusing the predefined
        capabilities.
 
-       ncurses   addresses   this   limitation   by   allowing    user-defined
-       capabilities.   The  tic and infocmp programs provide the -x option for
-       this purpose.  When -x is set, tic treats unknown capabilities as user-
-       defined.   That  is,  if tic encounters a capability name which it does
+       ncurses   addresses   this   limitation   by   allowing    user-defined
+       capabilities.   The  tic and infocmp programs provide the -x option for
+       this purpose.  When -x is set, tic treats unknown capabilities as user-
+       defined.   That  is,  if tic encounters a capability name which it does
        not recognize, it infers its type (boolean, number or string) from  the
        syntax  and  makes  an  extended  table entry for that capability.  The
-       use_extended_names(3X) function makes  this  information  conditionally
+       use_extended_names(3x) function makes  this  information  conditionally
        available  to  applications.   The  ncurses  library  provides the data
        leaving most of the behavior to applications:
 
-       o   User-defined capability strings whose  name  begins  with  "k"  are
+       o   User-defined capability strings whose  name  begins  with  "k"  are
            treated as function keys.
 
-       o   The  types  (boolean,  number,  string)  determined  by  tic can be
-           inferred by successful calls on tigetflag, etc.
+       o   The  types  (boolean,  number,  string)  determined  by  tic can be
+           inferred by successful calls on tigetflag, etc.
 
-       o   If the capability name happens to be two characters, the capability
+       o   If the capability name happens to be two characters, the capability
            is also available through the termcap interface.
 
        While  termcap  is  said  to  be  extensible  because it does not use a
@@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A Sample Entry

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            The   following   entry,   describing  an  ANSI-standard  terminal,  is
-       representative of what a terminfo entry for a modern terminal typically
+       representative of what a terminfo entry for a modern terminal typically
        looks like.
 
        ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color,
@@ -1213,51 +1213,51 @@
 
        Entries  may continue onto multiple lines by placing white space at the
        beginning of each line except the first.  Comments may be  included  on
-       lines beginning with "#".  Capabilities in terminfo are of three types:
+       lines beginning with "#".  Capabilities in terminfo are of three types:
 
-       o   Boolean  capabilities  which  indicate  that  the terminal has some
+       o   Boolean  capabilities  which  indicate  that  the terminal has some
            particular feature,
 
-       o   numeric capabilities giving the size of the terminal or the size of
+       o   numeric capabilities giving the size of the terminal or the size of
            particular delays, and
 
-       o   string  capabilities,  which  give  a sequence which can be used to
+       o   string  capabilities,  which  give  a sequence which can be used to
            perform particular terminal operations.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Types of Capabilities

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            All capabilities have names.  For instance, the fact that ANSI-standard
-       terminals  have  automatic margins (i.e., an automatic return and line-
+       terminals  have  automatic margins (i.e., an automatic return and line-
        feed when the end of a line is reached) is indicated by the  capability
-       am.   Hence  the description of ansi includes am.  Numeric capabilities
+       am.   Hence  the description of ansi includes am.  Numeric capabilities
        are followed by the character "#" and  then  a  positive  value.   Thus
-       cols, which indicates the number of columns the terminal has, gives the
+       cols, which indicates the number of columns the terminal has, gives the
        value "80" for ansi.  Values for numeric capabilities may be  specified
        in  decimal,  octal  or  hexadecimal,  using the C programming language
        conventions (e.g., 255, 0377 and 0xff or 0xFF).
 
-       Finally, string valued capabilities, such as el (clear to end  of  line
+       Finally, string valued capabilities, such as el (clear to end  of  line
        sequence)  are  given  by  the  two-character  code, an "=", and then a
        string ending at the next following ",".
 
        A number  of  escape  sequences  are  provided  in  the  string  valued
        capabilities for easy encoding of characters there:
 
-       o   Both \E and \e map to an ESCAPE character,
+       o   Both \E and \e map to an ESCAPE character,
 
-       o   ^x maps to a control-x for any appropriate x, and
+       o   ^x maps to a control-x for any appropriate x, and
 
-       o   the sequences
+       o   the sequences
 
-             \n, \l, \r, \t, \b, \f, and \s
+             \n, \l, \r, \t, \b, \f, and \s
 
            produce
 
-             newline, line-feed, return, tab, backspace, form-feed, and space,
+             newline, line-feed, return, tab, backspace, form-feed, and space,
 
            respectively.
 
-       X/Open Curses does not say what "appropriate x" might be.  In practice,
+       X/Open Curses does not say what "appropriate x" might be.  In practice,
        that is a printable ASCII graphic character.  The special case "^?"  is
        interpreted  as  DEL (127).  In all other cases, the character value is
        AND'd with 0x1f, mapping to ASCII control codes in the range 0  through
@@ -1265,19 +1265,19 @@
 
        Other escapes include
 
-       o   \^ for ^,
+       o   \^ for ^,
 
-       o   \\ for \,
+       o   \\ for \,
 
-       o   \, for comma,
+       o   \, for comma,
 
-       o   \: for :,
+       o   \: for :,
 
-       o   and \0 for null.
+       o   and \0 for null.
 
-           \0 will produce \200, which does not terminate a string but behaves
+           \0 will produce \200, which does not terminate a string but behaves
            as a null character on most terminals, providing CS7 is  specified.
-           See stty(1).
+           See stty(1).
 
            The  reason  for  this quirk is to maintain binary compatibility of
            the compiled terminfo files with other implementations,  e.g.,  the
@@ -1286,70 +1286,70 @@
            require  a  new  binary  format,  which  would  not work with other
            implementations.
 
-       Finally, characters may be given as three octal digits after a \.
+       Finally, characters may be given as three octal digits after a \.
 
        A delay in milliseconds may appear anywhere  in  a  string  capability,
-       enclosed  in  $<..>  brackets, as in el=\EK$<5>, and padding characters
-       are supplied by tputs(3X) to provide this delay.
+       enclosed  in  $<..>  brackets, as in el=\EK$<5>, and padding characters
+       are supplied by tputs(3x) to provide this delay.
 
-       o   The delay must be a number  with  at  most  one  decimal  place  of
+       o   The delay must be a number  with  at  most  one  decimal  place  of
            precision; it may be followed by suffixes "*" or "/" or both.
 
-       o   A  "*"  indicates  that the padding required is proportional to the
+       o   A  "*"  indicates  that the padding required is proportional to the
            number of lines affected by the operation, and the amount given  is
            the  per-affected-unit  padding  required.   (In the case of insert
-           character, the factor is still the number of lines affected.)
+           character, the factor is still the number of lines affected.)
 
-           Normally, padding is advisory if the device has the xon capability;
+           Normally, padding is advisory if the device has the xon capability;
            it is used for cost computation but does not trigger delays.
 
-       o   A  "/"  suffix indicates that the padding is mandatory and forces a
+       o   A  "/"  suffix indicates that the padding is mandatory and forces a
            delay of the given number of milliseconds even on devices for which
-           xon is present to indicate flow control.
+           xon is present to indicate flow control.
 
        Sometimes  individual  capabilities must be commented out.  To do this,
        put a period before the capability name.  For example, see  the  second
-       ind in the example above.
+       ind in the example above.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Fetching Compiled Descriptions

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The  ncurses  library  searches  for  terminal  descriptions in several
+       The  ncurses  library  searches  for  terminal  descriptions in several
        places.  It uses only the first description found.  The library  has  a
        compiled-in  list  of  places  to  search  which  can  be overridden by
-       environment variables.  Before starting to search,  ncurses  eliminates
+       environment variables.  Before starting to search,  ncurses  eliminates
        duplicates in its search list.
 
-       o   If  the  environment variable TERMINFO is set, it is interpreted as
+       o   If  the  environment variable TERMINFO is set, it is interpreted as
            the pathname of a directory containing the compiled description you
            are working on.  Only that directory is searched.
 
-       o   If  TERMINFO is not set, ncurses will instead look in the directory
-           $HOME/.terminfo for a compiled description.
+       o   If  TERMINFO is not set, ncurses will instead look in the directory
+           $HOME/.terminfo for a compiled description.
 
-       o   Next, if the environment variable  TERMINFO_DIRS  is  set,  ncurses
+       o   Next, if the environment variable  TERMINFO_DIRS  is  set,  ncurses
            will  interpret  the  contents of that variable as a list of colon-
            separated directories (or database files) to be searched.
 
            An empty directory name (i.e., if the variable begins or ends  with
            a  colon, or contains adjacent colons) is interpreted as the system
-           location /usr/share/terminfo.
+           location /usr/share/terminfo.
 
-       o   Finally, ncurses searches these compiled-in locations:
+       o   Finally, ncurses searches these compiled-in locations:
 
-           o   a list of directories (no default value), and
+           o   a list of directories (no default value), and
 
-           o   the  system  terminfo   directory,   /usr/share/terminfo   (the
+           o   the  system  terminfo   directory,   /usr/share/terminfo   (the
                compiled-in default).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Preparing Descriptions

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            We  now  outline  how  to  prepare descriptions of terminals.  The most
        effective way to prepare a terminal description  is  by  imitating  the
-       description  of  a  similar  terminal  in  terminfo  and  to build up a
-       description gradually, using partial descriptions with vi or some other
+       description  of  a  similar  terminal  in  terminfo  and  to build up a
+       description gradually, using partial descriptions with vi or some other
        screen-oriented  program to check that they are correct.  Be aware that
        a very unusual terminal may expose deficiencies in the ability  of  the
-       terminfo file to describe it or bugs in the screen-handling code of the
+       terminfo file to describe it or bugs in the screen-handling code of the
        test program.
 
        To get the padding for insert line right (if the terminal  manufacturer
@@ -1361,57 +1361,57 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Basic Capabilities

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            The number of columns on each line for the terminal  is  given  by  the
-       cols  numeric capability.  If the terminal is a CRT, then the number of
-       lines on the screen is given by the lines capability.  If the  terminal
+       cols  numeric capability.  If the terminal is a CRT, then the number of
+       lines on the screen is given by the lines capability.  If the  terminal
        wraps  around  to  the  beginning  of the next line when it reaches the
-       right margin, then it should have the am capability.  If  the  terminal
+       right margin, then it should have the am capability.  If  the  terminal
        can  clear  its  screen,  leaving the cursor in the home position, then
-       this is  given  by  the  clear  string  capability.   If  the  terminal
+       this is  given  by  the  clear  string  capability.   If  the  terminal
        overstrikes (rather than clearing a position when a character is struck
-       over) then it should have the os capability.   If  the  terminal  is  a
-       printing terminal, with no soft copy unit, give it both hc and os.  (os
+       over) then it should have the os capability.   If  the  terminal  is  a
+       printing terminal, with no soft copy unit, give it both hc and os.  (os
        applies to storage scope terminals, such as TEKTRONIX 4010  series,  as
        well  as  hard copy and APL terminals.)  If there is a code to move the
-       cursor to the left edge of the current row, give this as cr.  (Normally
+       cursor to the left edge of the current row, give this as cr.  (Normally
        this  will  be  carriage  return,  control/M.)   If  there is a code to
-       produce an audible signal (bell, beep, etc) give this as bel.
+       produce an audible signal (bell, beep, etc) give this as bel.
 
        If there is a code to move the cursor one position to the left (such as
-       backspace)  that  capability should be given as cub1.  Similarly, codes
-       to move to the right, up, and down should be given as cuf1,  cuu1,  and
-       cud1.   These  local cursor motions should not alter the text they pass
-       over, for example, you would not  normally  use  "cuf1= "  because  the
+       backspace)  that  capability should be given as cub1.  Similarly, codes
+       to move to the right, up, and down should be given as cuf1,  cuu1,  and
+       cud1.   These  local cursor motions should not alter the text they pass
+       over, for example, you would not  normally  use  "cuf1= "  because  the
        space would erase the character moved over.
 
        A very important point here is that the local cursor motions encoded in
-       terminfo are undefined at the left and top edges  of  a  CRT  terminal.
+       terminfo are undefined at the left and top edges  of  a  CRT  terminal.
        Programs should never attempt to backspace around the left edge, unless
-       bw is given, and never attempt to go up locally off the top.  In  order
+       bw is given, and never attempt to go up locally off the top.  In  order
        to  scroll  text up, a program will go to the bottom left corner of the
-       screen and send the ind (index) string.
+       screen and send the ind (index) string.
 
        To scroll text down, a program goes to  the  top  left  corner  of  the
-       screen and sends the ri (reverse index) string.  The strings ind and ri
+       screen and sends the ri (reverse index) string.  The strings ind and ri
        are undefined when not on their respective corners of the screen.
 
-       Parameterized versions of the scrolling  sequences  are  indn  and  rin
-       which  have  the same semantics as ind and ri except that they take one
+       Parameterized versions of the scrolling  sequences  are  indn  and  rin
+       which  have  the same semantics as ind and ri except that they take one
        parameter, and scroll that many lines.  They are also undefined  except
        at the appropriate edge of the screen.
 
-       The  am capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the right edge of
+       The  am capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the right edge of
        the screen when text is output, but this does not necessarily apply  to
-       a  cuf1  from  the last column.  The only local motion which is defined
-       from the left edge is if bw is given, then a cub1 from  the  left  edge
-       will  move  to the right edge of the previous row.  If bw is not given,
+       a  cuf1  from  the last column.  The only local motion which is defined
+       from the left edge is if bw is given, then a cub1 from  the  left  edge
+       will  move  to the right edge of the previous row.  If bw is not given,
        the effect is undefined.  This is useful for drawing a box  around  the
        edge of the screen, for example.  If the terminal has switch selectable
-       automatic margins, the terminfo file usually assumes that this  is  on;
-       i.e.,  am.   If  the  terminal  has  a command which moves to the first
-       column of the next line, that command can be given  as  nel  (newline).
+       automatic margins, the terminfo file usually assumes that this  is  on;
+       i.e.,  am.   If  the  terminal  has  a command which moves to the first
+       column of the next line, that command can be given  as  nel  (newline).
        It  does  not matter if the command clears the remainder of the current
-       line, so if the terminal has no cr and lf it may still be  possible  to
-       craft a working nel out of one or both of them.
+       line, so if the terminal has no cr and lf it may still be  possible  to
+       craft a working nel out of one or both of them.
 
        These  capabilities  suffice  to  describe  hard-copy  and  "glass-tty"
        terminals.  Thus the model 33 teletype is described as
@@ -1429,110 +1429,110 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Parameterized Strings

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Cursor  addressing  and  other  strings  requiring  parameters  in  the
        terminal  are  described  by  a  parameterized  string capability, with
-       printf-like escapes such as %x in it.   For  example,  to  address  the
-       cursor,  the cup capability is given, using two parameters: the row and
+       printf-like escapes such as %x in it.   For  example,  to  address  the
+       cursor,  the cup capability is given, using two parameters: the row and
        column to address to.  (Rows and columns are  numbered  from  zero  and
        refer  to  the  physical  screen visible to the user, not to any unseen
        memory.)  If the terminal has memory relative cursor  addressing,  that
-       can be indicated by mrcup.
+       can be indicated by mrcup.
 
-       The  parameter mechanism uses a stack and special % codes to manipulate
+       The  parameter mechanism uses a stack and special % codes to manipulate
        it.  Typically a sequence will push one  of  the  parameters  onto  the
        stack  and  then  print  it  in  some  format.  Print (e.g., "%d") is a
        special case.  Other operations, including "%t" pop their operand  from
        the  stack.   It  is  noted  that  more  complex  operations  are often
-       necessary, e.g., in the sgr string.
+       necessary, e.g., in the sgr string.
 
-       The % encodings have the following meanings:
+       The % encodings have the following meanings:
 
-       %%   outputs "%"
+       %%   outputs "%"
 
-       %[[:]flags][width[.precision]][doxXs]
-            as in printf(3), flags are [-+#] and space.  Use a  ":"  to  allow
+       %[[:]flags][width[.precision]][doxXs]
+            as in printf(3), flags are [-+#] and space.  Use a  ":"  to  allow
             the next character to be a "-" flag, avoiding interpreting "%-" as
             an operator.
 
-       %c   print pop() like %c in printf
+       %c   print pop() like %c in printf
 
-       %s   print pop() like %s in printf
+       %s   print pop() like %s in printf
 
-       %p[1-9]
-            push i'th parameter
+       %p[1-9]
+            push i'th parameter
 
-       %P[a-z]
-            set dynamic variable [a-z] to pop()
+       %P[a-z]
+            set dynamic variable [a-z] to pop()
 
-       %g[a-z]/
-            get dynamic variable [a-z] and push it
+       %g[a-z]/
+            get dynamic variable [a-z] and push it
 
-       %P[A-Z]
-            set static variable [a-z] to pop()
+       %P[A-Z]
+            set static variable [a-z] to pop()
 
-       %g[A-Z]
-            get static variable [a-z] and push it
+       %g[A-Z]
+            get static variable [a-z] and push it
 
             The terms "static" and "dynamic"  are  misleading.   Historically,
             these are simply two different sets of variables, whose values are
-            not reset between calls to tparm(3X).  However, that fact  is  not
+            not reset between calls to tparm(3x).  However, that fact  is  not
             documented in other implementations.  Relying on it will adversely
             impact portability to other implementations.
 
-       %'c' char constant c
+       %'c' char constant c
 
-       %{nn}
-            integer constant nn
+       %{nn}
+            integer constant nn
 
-       %l   push strlen(pop)
+       %l   push strlen(pop)
 
-       %+, %-, %*, %/, %m
-            arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop())
+       %+, %-, %*, %/, %m
+            arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop())
 
-       %&, %|, %^
-            bit operations (AND, OR and exclusive-OR): push(pop() op pop())
+       %&, %|, %^
+            bit operations (AND, OR and exclusive-OR): push(pop() op pop())
 
-       %=, %>, %<
-            logical operations: push(pop() op pop())
+       %=, %>, %<
+            logical operations: push(pop() op pop())
 
-       %A, %O
+       %A, %O
             logical AND and OR operations (for conditionals)
 
-       %!, %~
-            unary operations (logical and bit complement): push(op pop())
+       %!, %~
+            unary operations (logical and bit complement): push(op pop())
 
-       %i   add 1 to first two parameters (for ANSI terminals)
+       %i   add 1 to first two parameters (for ANSI terminals)
 
-       %? expr %t thenpart %e elsepart %;
-            This forms an if-then-else.  The %e elsepart is optional.  Usually
-            the  %?  expr  part  pushes a value onto the stack, and %t pops it
+       %? expr %t thenpart %e elsepart %;
+            This forms an if-then-else.  The %e elsepart is optional.  Usually
+            the  %?  expr  part  pushes a value onto the stack, and %t pops it
             from the stack, testing if it is nonzero (true).  If  it  is  zero
-            (false), control passes to the %e (else) part.
+            (false), control passes to the %e (else) part.
 
             It is possible to form else-if's a la Algol 68:
-            %? c1 %t b1 %e c2 %t b2 %e c3 %t b3 %e c4 %t b4 %e %;
+            %? c1 %t b1 %e c2 %t b2 %e c3 %t b3 %e c4 %t b4 %e %;
 
             where ci are conditions, bi are bodies.
 
-            Use  the  -f  option of tic or infocmp to see the structure of if-
-            then-else's.  Some strings, e.g., sgr can be very complicated when
-            written  on  one line.  The -f option splits the string into lines
+            Use  the  -f  option of tic or infocmp to see the structure of if-
+            then-else's.  Some strings, e.g., sgr can be very complicated when
+            written  on  one line.  The -f option splits the string into lines
             with the parts indented.
 
        Binary operations are in postfix form with the operands  in  the  usual
-       order.   That  is,  to  get  x-5  one would use "%gx%{5}%-".  %P and %g
+       order.   That  is,  to  get  x-5  one would use "%gx%{5}%-".  %P and %g
        variables are persistent across escape-string evaluations.
 
        Consider the HP2645, which, to get to row 3 and column 12, needs to  be
        sent  \E&a12c03Y padded for 6 milliseconds.  Note that the order of the
        rows and columns is inverted here, and that  the  row  and  column  are
-       printed    as    two    digits.     Thus    its   cup   capability   is
+       printed    as    two    digits.     Thus    its   cup   capability   is
        "cup=6\E&%p2%2dc%p1%2dY".
 
        The Microterm ACT-IV needs the current row and column sent preceded  by
-       a   ^T,   with   the   row   and   column  simply  encoded  in  binary,
+       a   ^T,   with   the   row   and   column  simply  encoded  in  binary,
        "cup=^T%p1%c%p2%c".  Terminals which  use  "%c"  need  to  be  able  to
-       backspace  the cursor (cub1), and to move the cursor up one line on the
-       screen (cuu1).  This is necessary because it  is  not  always  safe  to
-       transmit  \n ^D and \r, as the system may change or discard them.  (The
+       backspace  the cursor (cub1), and to move the cursor up one line on the
+       screen (cuu1).  This is necessary because it  is  not  always  safe  to
+       transmit  \n ^D and \r, as the system may change or discard them.  (The
        library routines dealing with terminfo set tty modes so that  tabs  are
        never  expanded, so \t is safe to send.  This turns out to be essential
        for the Ann Arbor 4080.)
@@ -1548,71 +1548,71 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Cursor Motions

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor (to very  upper  left
-       corner  of screen) then this can be given as home; similarly a fast way
-       of getting to the lower left-hand corner can be given as ll;  this  may
-       involve going up with cuu1 from the home position, but a program should
-       never do this itself (unless ll does) because it can make no assumption
+       corner  of screen) then this can be given as home; similarly a fast way
+       of getting to the lower left-hand corner can be given as ll;  this  may
+       involve going up with cuu1 from the home position, but a program should
+       never do this itself (unless ll does) because it can make no assumption
        about  the  effect  of moving up from the home position.  Note that the
        home position is the same as addressing  to  (0,0):  to  the  top  left
        corner  of  the  screen,  not of memory.  (Thus, the \EH sequence on HP
-       terminals cannot be used for home.)
+       terminals cannot be used for home.)
 
        If the terminal has row or column absolute cursor addressing, these can
-       be  given  as  single  parameter  capabilities hpa (horizontal position
-       absolute) and vpa (vertical position absolute).   Sometimes  these  are
+       be  given  as  single  parameter  capabilities hpa (horizontal position
+       absolute) and vpa (vertical position absolute).   Sometimes  these  are
        shorter  than  the  more  general  two  parameter sequence (as with the
-       hp2645)  and  can  be  used  in  preference  to  cup.   If  there   are
-       parameterized  local  motions  (e.g., move n spaces to the right) these
-       can be given as  cud,  cub,  cuf,  and  cuu  with  a  single  parameter
+       hp2645)  and  can  be  used  in  preference  to  cup.   If  there   are
+       parameterized  local  motions  (e.g., move n spaces to the right) these
+       can be given as  cud,  cub,  cuf,  and  cuu  with  a  single  parameter
        indicating  how many spaces to move.  These are primarily useful if the
-       terminal does not have cup, such as the TEKTRONIX 4025.
+       terminal does not have cup, such as the TEKTRONIX 4025.
 
        If the terminal needs to be in a special mode when  running  a  program
        that uses these capabilities, the codes to enter and exit this mode can
-       be given as smcup and rmcup.  This arises, for example, from  terminals
+       be given as smcup and rmcup.  This arises, for example, from  terminals
        like  the  Concept  with more than one page of memory.  If the terminal
        has only memory relative cursor  addressing  and  not  screen  relative
        cursor  addressing,  a  one  screen-sized window must be fixed into the
        terminal for cursor addressing to work properly.  This is also used for
-       the  TEKTRONIX  4025,  where smcup sets the command character to be the
-       one used by terminfo.  If the  smcup  sequence  will  not  restore  the
-       screen  after  an  rmcup  sequence  is  output  (to  the state prior to
-       outputting rmcup), specify nrrmc.
+       the  TEKTRONIX  4025,  where smcup sets the command character to be the
+       one used by terminfo.  If the  smcup  sequence  will  not  restore  the
+       screen  after  an  rmcup  sequence  is  output  (to  the state prior to
+       outputting rmcup), specify nrrmc.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Area Clears

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            If the terminal can clear from the current position to the end  of  the
-       line,  leaving  the cursor where it is, this should be given as el.  If
+       line,  leaving  the cursor where it is, this should be given as el.  If
        the terminal can clear from the beginning of the line  to  the  current
        position  inclusive,  leaving  the  cursor  where it is, this should be
-       given as el1.  If the terminal can clear from the current  position  to
-       the  end  of  the display, then this should be given as ed.  Ed is only
+       given as el1.  If the terminal can clear from the current  position  to
+       the  end  of  the display, then this should be given as ed.  Ed is only
        defined from the first column of a line.  (Thus, it can be simulated by
-       a  request  to  delete  a  large  number  of lines, if a true ed is not
+       a  request  to  delete  a  large  number  of lines, if a true ed is not
        available.)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Insert/delete line and vertical motions

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            If the terminal can open a new blank line before  the  line  where  the
-       cursor  is,  this  should  be  given as il1; this is done only from the
+       cursor  is,  this  should  be  given as il1; this is done only from the
        first position of a line.  The cursor must then  appear  on  the  newly
        blank  line.   If  the terminal can delete the line which the cursor is
-       on, then this should be given as dl1; this is done only from the  first
-       position on the line to be deleted.  Versions of il1 and dl1 which take
+       on, then this should be given as dl1; this is done only from the  first
+       position on the line to be deleted.  Versions of il1 and dl1 which take
        a single parameter and insert or delete that many lines can be given as
-       il and dl.
+       il and dl.
 
        If  the  terminal  has a settable scrolling region (like the vt100) the
-       command to set this can be described with  the  csr  capability,  which
+       command to set this can be described with  the  csr  capability,  which
        takes two parameters: the top and bottom lines of the scrolling region.
        The cursor position is, alas, undefined after using this command.
 
-       It is possible to get the effect of insert or delete line using csr  on
-       a  properly  chosen  region;  the  sc  and rc (save and restore cursor)
+       It is possible to get the effect of insert or delete line using csr  on
+       a  properly  chosen  region;  the  sc  and rc (save and restore cursor)
        commands may be useful for ensuring that your synthesized insert/delete
-       string  does  not  move the cursor.  (Note that the ncurses(3X) library
+       string  does  not  move the cursor.  (Note that the ncurses(3x) library
        does  this  synthesis  automatically,   so   you   need   not   compose
-       insert/delete strings for an entry with csr).
+       insert/delete strings for an entry with csr).
 
        Yet  another  way  to  construct  insert  and  delete might be to use a
        combination of  index  with  the  memory-lock  feature  found  on  some
@@ -1620,36 +1620,36 @@
        insert/delete).
 
        Inserting lines at the top or bottom of the screen  can  also  be  done
-       using  ri  or  ind on many terminals without a true insert/delete line,
+       using  ri  or  ind on many terminals without a true insert/delete line,
        and is often faster even on terminals with those features.
 
-       The boolean non_dest_scroll_region should  be  set  if  each  scrolling
+       The boolean non_dest_scroll_region should  be  set  if  each  scrolling
        window  is  effectively  a view port on a screen-sized canvas.  To test
        for this capability, create a scrolling region in  the  middle  of  the
        screen,  write something to the bottom line, move the cursor to the top
-       of the region, and do ri followed by dl1 or ind.  If the data  scrolled
-       off  the  bottom  of the region by the ri re-appears, then scrolling is
-       non-destructive.  System V and XSI Curses expect that  ind,  ri,  indn,
-       and  rin  will  simulate  destructive  scrolling;  their  documentation
-       cautions you not to define  csr  unless  this  is  true.   This  curses
+       of the region, and do ri followed by dl1 or ind.  If the data  scrolled
+       off  the  bottom  of the region by the ri re-appears, then scrolling is
+       non-destructive.  System V and XSI Curses expect that  ind,  ri,  indn,
+       and  rin  will  simulate  destructive  scrolling;  their  documentation
+       cautions you not to define  csr  unless  this  is  true.   This  curses
        implementation  is  more  liberal  and  will  do  explicit erases after
-       scrolling if ndsrc is defined.
+       scrolling if ndsrc is defined.
 
        If the terminal has the ability to define a window as part  of  memory,
        which  all  commands  affect,  it  should be given as the parameterized
-       string wind.  The four parameters are the starting and ending lines  in
+       string wind.  The four parameters are the starting and ending lines  in
        memory and the starting and ending columns in memory, in that order.
 
-       If the terminal can retain display memory above, then the da capability
-       should be given; if display memory  can  be  retained  below,  then  db
+       If the terminal can retain display memory above, then the da capability
+       should be given; if display memory  can  be  retained  below,  then  db
        should  be given.  These indicate that deleting a line or scrolling may
-       bring non-blank lines up from below or that scrolling back with ri  may
+       bring non-blank lines up from below or that scrolling back with ri  may
        bring down non-blank lines.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Insert/Delete Character

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            There  are  two  basic  kinds  of intelligent terminals with respect to
-       insert/delete character which can be  described  using  terminfo.   The
+       insert/delete character which can be  described  using  terminfo.   The
        most   common   insert/delete  character  operations  affect  only  the
        characters on the current line and shift characters off the end of  the
        line  rigidly.  Other terminals, such as the Concept 100 and the Perkin
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@
        does  not  distinguish  between  blanks  and untyped positions.  If the
        "abc" shifts over to the "def" which then move together around the  end
        of  the  current  line  and  onto  the next as you insert, you have the
-       second type of terminal, and  should  give  the  capability  in,  which
+       second type of terminal, and  should  give  the  capability  in,  which
        stands for "insert null".
 
        While  these  are  two  logically  separate attributes (one line versus
@@ -1677,88 +1677,88 @@
 
        Terminfo can describe both terminals which have  an  insert  mode,  and
        terminals  which send a simple sequence to open a blank position on the
-       current line.  Give as smir the sequence to get into insert mode.  Give
-       as  rmir  the  sequence  to  leave  insert  mode.  Now give as ich1 any
+       current line.  Give as smir the sequence to get into insert mode.  Give
+       as  rmir  the  sequence  to  leave  insert  mode.  Now give as ich1 any
        sequence needed to be sent just before  sending  the  character  to  be
-       inserted.   Most  terminals with a true insert mode will not give ich1;
+       inserted.   Most  terminals with a true insert mode will not give ich1;
        terminals which send a sequence to open a screen position  should  give
        it here.
 
-       If  your  terminal has both, insert mode is usually preferable to ich1.
+       If  your  terminal has both, insert mode is usually preferable to ich1.
        Technically, you should not give  both  unless  the  terminal  actually
        requires  both to be used in combination.  Accordingly, some non-curses
        applications get confused if both are present; the symptom  is  doubled
        characters  in  an  update using insert.  This requirement is now rare;
-       most ich sequences do not require previous smir, and most  smir  insert
-       modes  do  not  require ich1 before each character.  Therefore, the new
-       curses actually assumes this is the case and uses either  rmir/smir  or
-       ich/ich1  as appropriate (but not both).  If you have to write an entry
+       most ich sequences do not require previous smir, and most  smir  insert
+       modes  do  not  require ich1 before each character.  Therefore, the new
+       curses actually assumes this is the case and uses either  rmir/smir  or
+       ich/ich1  as appropriate (but not both).  If you have to write an entry
        to be used under new curses for a terminal old  enough  to  need  both,
-       include the rmir/smir sequences in ich1.
+       include the rmir/smir sequences in ich1.
 
        If post insert padding is needed, give this as a number of milliseconds
-       in ip (a string option).  Any other sequence which may need to be  sent
-       after an insert of a single character may also be given in ip.  If your
+       in ip (a string option).  Any other sequence which may need to be  sent
+       after an insert of a single character may also be given in ip.  If your
        terminal needs both to be placed into an "insert mode"  and  a  special
-       code  to  precede each inserted character, then both smir/rmir and ich1
-       can be given, and both will be used.   The  ich  capability,  with  one
-       parameter, n, will repeat the effects of ich1 n times.
+       code  to  precede each inserted character, then both smir/rmir and ich1
+       can be given, and both will be used.   The  ich  capability,  with  one
+       parameter, n, will repeat the effects of ich1 n times.
 
        If  padding  is  necessary between characters typed while not in insert
-       mode, give this as a number of milliseconds padding in rmp.
+       mode, give this as a number of milliseconds padding in rmp.
 
        It is occasionally necessary to move around while  in  insert  mode  to
        delete  characters  on the same line (e.g., if there is a tab after the
        insertion position).  If your terminal allows motion  while  in  insert
-       mode  you  can  give  the  capability mir to speed up inserting in this
-       case.  Omitting mir will affect only speed.   Some  terminals  (notably
-       Datamedia's)  must  not  have  mir because of the way their insert mode
+       mode  you  can  give  the  capability mir to speed up inserting in this
+       case.  Omitting mir will affect only speed.   Some  terminals  (notably
+       Datamedia's)  must  not  have  mir because of the way their insert mode
        works.
 
-       Finally, you can specify dch1 to delete a single  character,  dch  with
-       one  parameter,  n,  to  delete n characters, and delete mode by giving
-       smdc and rmdc to enter and exit delete  mode  (any  mode  the  terminal
-       needs to be placed in for dch1 to work).
+       Finally, you can specify dch1 to delete a single  character,  dch  with
+       one  parameter,  n,  to  delete n characters, and delete mode by giving
+       smdc and rmdc to enter and exit delete  mode  (any  mode  the  terminal
+       needs to be placed in for dch1 to work).
 
-       A  command  to  erase  n  characters (equivalent to outputting n blanks
-       without moving the cursor) can be given as ech with one parameter.
+       A  command  to  erase  n  characters (equivalent to outputting n blanks
+       without moving the cursor) can be given as ech with one parameter.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Highlighting, Underlining, and Visible Bells

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            If your terminal has one or more kinds of display attributes, these can
        be  represented  in  a number of different ways.  You should choose one
-       display form as standout mode,  representing  a  good,  high  contrast,
+       display form as standout mode,  representing  a  good,  high  contrast,
        easy-on-the-eyes,  format  for  highlighting  error  messages and other
        attention getters.  (If you have a choice,  reverse  video  plus  half-
        bright  is  good,  or reverse video alone.)  The sequences to enter and
-       exit standout mode are given as smso and rmso,  respectively.   If  the
+       exit standout mode are given as smso and rmso,  respectively.   If  the
        code  to  change  into  or  out of standout mode leaves one or even two
        blank spaces on the screen, as the TVI 912 and Teleray  1061  do,  then
-       xmc should be given to tell how many spaces are left.
+       xmc should be given to tell how many spaces are left.
 
-       Codes to begin underlining and end underlining can be given as smul and
-       rmul respectively.  If the terminal has a code to underline the current
+       Codes to begin underlining and end underlining can be given as smul and
+       rmul respectively.  If the terminal has a code to underline the current
        character  and  move  the  cursor  one  space to the right, such as the
-       Microterm Mime, this can be given as uc.
+       Microterm Mime, this can be given as uc.
 
-       Other capabilities to enter various highlighting  modes  include  blink
-       (blinking)  bold  (bold or extra bright) dim (dim or half-bright) invis
-       (blanking or invisible text) prot (protected) rev (reverse video)  sgr0
-       (turn  off  all  attribute  modes) smacs (enter alternate character set
-       mode) and rmacs (exit alternate character set mode).  Turning on any of
+       Other capabilities to enter various highlighting  modes  include  blink
+       (blinking)  bold  (bold or extra bright) dim (dim or half-bright) invis
+       (blanking or invisible text) prot (protected) rev (reverse video)  sgr0
+       (turn  off  all  attribute  modes) smacs (enter alternate character set
+       mode) and rmacs (exit alternate character set mode).  Turning on any of
        these modes singly may or may not turn off other modes.
 
        If  there  is  a  sequence to set arbitrary combinations of modes, this
-       should be given as sgr (set attributes),  taking  9  parameters.   Each
+       should be given as sgr (set attributes),  taking  9  parameters.   Each
        parameter  is either 0 or nonzero, as the corresponding attribute is on
        or off.  The 9 parameters are, in order: standout, underline,  reverse,
        blink,  dim,  bold,  blank,  protect, alternate character set.  Not all
-       modes need be supported by sgr,  only  those  for  which  corresponding
+       modes need be supported by sgr,  only  those  for  which  corresponding
        separate attribute commands exist.
 
        For example, the DEC vt220 supports most of the modes:
 
-               tparm parameter      attribute        escape sequence
+               tparm parameter      attribute        escape sequence
 
                none                 none             \E[0m
                p1                   standout         \E[0;1;7m
@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@
 
        Writing out the above sequences, along with their dependencies yields
 
-            sequence             when to output      terminfo translation
+            sequence             when to output      terminfo translation
 
             \E[0                 always              \E[0
             ;1                   if p1 or p6         %?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;
@@ -1809,32 +1809,32 @@
        string.  The only drawback to adding an sgr string is that termcap also
        assumes that sgr0 does not exit alternate character set mode.
 
-       Terminals   with  the  "magic  cookie"  glitch  (xmc)  deposit  special
+       Terminals   with  the  "magic  cookie"  glitch  (xmc)  deposit  special
        "cookies" when they receive mode-setting sequences,  which  affect  the
        display  algorithm  rather  than  having extra bits for each character.
        Some terminals, such as the HP 2621, automatically leave standout  mode
        when  they  move  to  a  new line or the cursor is addressed.  Programs
        using standout mode should exit standout mode before moving the  cursor
-       or  sending a newline, unless the msgr capability, asserting that it is
+       or  sending a newline, unless the msgr capability, asserting that it is
        safe to move in standout mode, is present.
 
        If the terminal has a way of flashing the screen to indicate  an  error
-       quietly  (a  bell replacement) then this can be given as flash; it must
+       quietly  (a  bell replacement) then this can be given as flash; it must
        not move the cursor.
 
        If the cursor needs to be made more visible than normal when it is  not
        on the bottom line (to make, for example, a non-blinking underline into
        an easier to find block or blinking underline) give  this  sequence  as
-       cvvis.  If there is a way to make the cursor completely invisible, give
-       that as civis.  The capability cnorm should be given which  undoes  the
+       cvvis.  If there is a way to make the cursor completely invisible, give
+       that as civis.  The capability cnorm should be given which  undoes  the
        effects of both of these modes.
 
        If  your  terminal  correctly  generates underlined characters (with no
        special codes needed) even though it  does  not  overstrike,  then  you
-       should  give  the  capability  ul.  If a character overstriking another
-       leaves both characters on the screen, specify the  capability  os.   If
+       should  give  the  capability  ul.  If a character overstriking another
+       leaves both characters on the screen, specify the  capability  os.   If
        overstrikes are erasable with a blank, then this should be indicated by
-       giving eo.
+       giving eo.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Keypad and Function Keys

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -1842,70 +1842,70 @@
        pressed,  this  information can be given.  Note that it is not possible
        to handle terminals where the keypad only works in local (this applies,
        for  example, to the unshifted HP 2621 keys).  If the keypad can be set
-       to transmit or not  transmit,  give  these  codes  as  smkx  and  rmkx.
+       to transmit or not  transmit,  give  these  codes  as  smkx  and  rmkx.
        Otherwise the keypad is assumed to always transmit.
 
        The  codes  sent  by the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, down arrow,
-       and home keys can be given as kcub1, kcuf1,  kcuu1,  kcud1,  and  khome
+       and home keys can be given as kcub1, kcuf1,  kcuu1,  kcud1,  and  khome
        respectively.  If there are function keys such as f0, f1, ..., f10, the
-       codes they send can be given as kf0, kf1, ...,  kf10.   If  these  keys
+       codes they send can be given as kf0, kf1, ...,  kf10.   If  these  keys
        have  labels  other  than the default f0 through f10, the labels can be
-       given as lf0, lf1, ..., lf10.
+       given as lf0, lf1, ..., lf10.
 
        The codes transmitted by certain other special keys can be given:
 
-       o   kll (home down),
+       o   kll (home down),
 
-       o   kbs (backspace),
+       o   kbs (backspace),
 
-       o   ktbc (clear all tabs),
+       o   ktbc (clear all tabs),
 
-       o   kctab (clear the tab stop in this column),
+       o   kctab (clear the tab stop in this column),
 
-       o   kclr (clear screen or erase key),
+       o   kclr (clear screen or erase key),
 
-       o   kdch1 (delete character),
+       o   kdch1 (delete character),
 
-       o   kdl1 (delete line),
+       o   kdl1 (delete line),
 
-       o   krmir (exit insert mode),
+       o   krmir (exit insert mode),
 
-       o   kel (clear to end of line),
+       o   kel (clear to end of line),
 
-       o   ked (clear to end of screen),
+       o   ked (clear to end of screen),
 
-       o   kich1 (insert character or enter insert mode),
+       o   kich1 (insert character or enter insert mode),
 
-       o   kil1 (insert line),
+       o   kil1 (insert line),
 
-       o   knp (next page),
+       o   knp (next page),
 
-       o   kpp (previous page),
+       o   kpp (previous page),
 
-       o   kind (scroll forward/down),
+       o   kind (scroll forward/down),
 
-       o   kri (scroll backward/up),
+       o   kri (scroll backward/up),
 
-       o   khts (set a tab stop in this column).
+       o   khts (set a tab stop in this column).
 
        In addition, if the keypad has a 3 by 3 array  of  keys  including  the
-       four  arrow  keys,  the  other five keys can be given as ka1, ka3, kb2,
-       kc1, and kc3.  These keys are useful when the  effects  of  a  3  by  3
+       four  arrow  keys,  the  other five keys can be given as ka1, ka3, kb2,
+       kc1, and kc3.  These keys are useful when the  effects  of  a  3  by  3
        directional pad are needed.
 
-       Strings to program function keys can be given as pfkey, pfloc, and pfx.
-       A string to program screen labels should be specified as pln.  Each  of
+       Strings to program function keys can be given as pfkey, pfloc, and pfx.
+       A string to program screen labels should be specified as pln.  Each  of
        these  strings takes two parameters: the function key number to program
        (from 0 to 10) and the string to program it with.  Function key numbers
        out  of  this  range may program undefined keys in a terminal dependent
-       manner.  The difference between the capabilities is that  pfkey  causes
+       manner.  The difference between the capabilities is that  pfkey  causes
        pressing  the  given  key  to  be the same as the user typing the given
-       string; pfloc causes the string to  be  executed  by  the  terminal  in
-       local; and pfx causes the string to be transmitted to the computer.
+       string; pfloc causes the string to  be  executed  by  the  terminal  in
+       local; and pfx causes the string to be transmitted to the computer.
 
-       The  capabilities  nlab,  lw  and  lh define the number of programmable
+       The  capabilities  nlab,  lw  and  lh define the number of programmable
        screen labels and their width and height.  If  there  are  commands  to
-       turn  the  labels  on  and  off,  give  them in smln and rmln.  smln is
+       turn  the  labels  on  and  off,  give  them in smln and rmln.  smln is
        normally output after one or more pln sequences to make sure  that  the
        change becomes visible.
 
@@ -1913,22 +1913,22 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Tabs and Initialization

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            A few capabilities are used only for tabs:
 
-       o   If  the  terminal  has hardware tabs, the command to advance to the
-           next tab stop can be given as ht (usually control/I).
+       o   If  the  terminal  has hardware tabs, the command to advance to the
+           next tab stop can be given as ht (usually control/I).
 
-       o   A "back-tab" command which moves leftward to the preceding tab stop
-           can be given as cbt.
+       o   A "back-tab" command which moves leftward to the preceding tab stop
+           can be given as cbt.
 
            By  convention,  if the teletype modes indicate that tabs are being
            expanded by the computer rather than being sent  to  the  terminal,
-           programs  should  not use ht or cbt even if they are present, since
+           programs  should  not use ht or cbt even if they are present, since
            the user may not have the tab stops properly set.
 
-       o   If the terminal has hardware tabs which are initially set  every  n
-           spaces when the terminal is powered up, the numeric parameter it is
+       o   If the terminal has hardware tabs which are initially set  every  n
+           spaces when the terminal is powered up, the numeric parameter it is
            given, showing the number of spaces the tabs are set to.
 
-           The it capability is normally used by the tset command to determine
+           The it capability is normally used by the tset command to determine
            whether  to set the mode for hardware tab expansion, and whether to
            set the tab stops.  If the terminal has tab stops that can be saved
            in  non-volatile  memory,  the terminfo description can assume that
@@ -1936,86 +1936,86 @@
 
        Other capabilities include
 
-       o   is1, is2, and is3, initialization strings for the terminal,
+       o   is1, is2, and is3, initialization strings for the terminal,
 
-       o   iprog, the path name of a program  to  be  run  to  initialize  the
+       o   iprog, the path name of a program  to  be  run  to  initialize  the
            terminal,
 
-       o   and if, the name of a file containing long initialization strings.
+       o   and if, the name of a file containing long initialization strings.
 
        These  strings  are  expected to set the terminal into modes consistent
        with the rest of the terminfo description.  They are normally  sent  to
-       the  terminal,  by  the  init option of the tput program, each time the
+       the  terminal,  by  the  init option of the tput program, each time the
        user logs in.  They will be printed in the following order:
 
               run the program
-                     iprog
+                     iprog
 
               output
-                     is1 and
-                     is2
+                     is1 and
+                     is2
 
               set the margins using
-                     mgc or
-                     smglp and smgrp or
-                     smgl and smgr
+                     mgc or
+                     smglp and smgrp or
+                     smgl and smgr
 
               set tabs using
-                     tbc and hts
+                     tbc and hts
 
               print the file
-                     if
+                     if
 
               and finally output
-                     is3.
+                     is3.
 
-       Most initialization is done with is2.  Special terminal  modes  can  be
+       Most initialization is done with is2.  Special terminal  modes  can  be
        set  up  without duplicating strings by putting the common sequences in
-       is2 and special cases in is1 and is3.
+       is2 and special cases in is1 and is3.
 
        A set of sequences that does a harder  reset  from  a  totally  unknown
-       state can be given as rs1, rs2, rf and rs3, analogous to is1 , is2 , if
-       and is3 respectively.  These strings are  output  by  reset  option  of
-       tput,  or  by  the reset program (an alias of tset), which is used when
+       state can be given as rs1, rs2, rf and rs3, analogous to is1 , is2 , if
+       and is3 respectively.  These strings are  output  by  reset  option  of
+       tput,  or  by  the reset program (an alias of tset), which is used when
        the terminal gets into a wedged state.  Commands are normally placed in
-       rs1, rs2 rs3 and rf only if they produce annoying effects on the screen
+       rs1, rs2 rs3 and rf only if they produce annoying effects on the screen
        and are not necessary when logging in.  For example, the command to set
-       the  vt100  into  80-column  mode would normally be part of is2, but it
+       the  vt100  into  80-column  mode would normally be part of is2, but it
        causes an annoying glitch of the screen  and  is  not  normally  needed
        since the terminal is usually already in 80-column mode.
 
-       The  reset  program  writes  strings including iprog, etc., in the same
-       order as the init program, using rs1, etc., instead of  is1,  etc.   If
-       any  of  rs1, rs2, rs3, or rf reset capability strings are missing, the
-       reset  program  falls  back  upon  the   corresponding   initialization
+       The  reset  program  writes  strings including iprog, etc., in the same
+       order as the init program, using rs1, etc., instead of  is1,  etc.   If
+       any  of  rs1, rs2, rs3, or rf reset capability strings are missing, the
+       reset  program  falls  back  upon  the   corresponding   initialization
        capability string.
 
        If  there are commands to set and clear tab stops, they can be given as
-       tbc (clear all tab stops) and hts (set a tab stop in the current column
+       tbc (clear all tab stops) and hts (set a tab stop in the current column
        of  every  row).   If a more complex sequence is needed to set the tabs
-       than can be described by this, the sequence can be placed in is2 or if.
+       than can be described by this, the sequence can be placed in is2 or if.
 
-       The tput reset command uses the same capability strings  as  the  reset
-       command,  although  the two programs (tput and reset) provide different
+       The tput reset command uses the same capability strings  as  the  reset
+       command,  although  the two programs (tput and reset) provide different
        command-line options.
 
        In  practice,  these  terminfo  capabilities  are  not  often  used  in
-       initialization of tabs (though they are required for the tabs program):
+       initialization of tabs (though they are required for the tabs program):
 
-       o   Almost all hardware terminals (at least those which supported tabs)
-           initialized those to every eight columns:
+       o   Almost all hardware terminals (at least those which supported tabs)
+           initialized those to every eight columns:
 
            The only exception was the AT&T 2300  series,  which  set  tabs  to
-           every five columns.
+           every five columns.
 
-       o   In  particular,  developers  of  the  hardware  terminals which are
+       o   In  particular,  developers  of  the  hardware  terminals which are
            commonly used as models  for  modern  terminal  emulators  provided
-           documentation demonstrating that eight columns were the standard.
+           documentation demonstrating that eight columns were the standard.
 
-       o   Because of this, the terminal initialization programs tput and tset
-           use  the  tbc  (clear_all_tabs)  and  hts  (set_tab)   capabilities
-           directly  only when the it (init_tabs) capability is set to a value
-           other than eight.
+       o   Because of this, the terminal initialization programs tput and tset
+           use  the  tbc  (clear_all_tabs)  and  hts  (set_tab)   capabilities
+           directly  only when the it (init_tabs) capability is set to a value
+           other than eight.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Delays and Padding

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -2026,61 +2026,61 @@
 
        If the terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking for flow control (that is, it
        automatically emits ^S back to the host  when  its  input  buffers  are
-       close  to  full),  set xon.  This capability suppresses the emission of
+       close  to  full),  set xon.  This capability suppresses the emission of
        padding.  You  can  also  set  it  for  memory-mapped  console  devices
        effectively that do not have a speed limit.  Padding information should
        still be included so that routines  can  make  better  decisions  about
        relative costs, but actual pad characters will not be transmitted.
 
-       If pb (padding baud rate) is given, padding is suppressed at baud rates
-       below the value of pb.  If the entry has no  padding  baud  rate,  then
-       whether padding is emitted or not is completely controlled by xon.
+       If pb (padding baud rate) is given, padding is suppressed at baud rates
+       below the value of pb.  If the entry has no  padding  baud  rate,  then
+       whether padding is emitted or not is completely controlled by xon.
 
        If  the  terminal requires other than a null (zero) character as a pad,
-       then this can be given as pad.  Only the first  character  of  the  pad
+       then this can be given as pad.  Only the first  character  of  the  pad
        string is used.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Status Lines

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Some  terminals  have an extra "status line" which is not normally used
-       by software (and thus not counted in the terminal's lines capability).
+       by software (and thus not counted in the terminal's lines capability).
 
        The simplest case is a status line which is cursor-addressable but  not
        part of the main scrolling region on the screen; the Heathkit H19 has a
        status line of this kind, as would  a  24-line  VT100  with  a  23-line
        scrolling region set up on initialization.  This situation is indicated
-       by the hs capability.
+       by the hs capability.
 
        Some terminals with status lines need special sequences to  access  the
        status  line.  These may be expressed as a string with single parameter
-       tsl which takes the cursor to a given zero-origin column on the  status
-       line.   The  capability  fsl  must  return  to  the  main-screen cursor
-       positions before the last tsl.  You may need to embed the string values
-       of  sc  (save  cursor)  and  rc  (restore  cursor)  in  tsl  and fsl to
+       tsl which takes the cursor to a given zero-origin column on the  status
+       line.   The  capability  fsl  must  return  to  the  main-screen cursor
+       positions before the last tsl.  You may need to embed the string values
+       of  sc  (save  cursor)  and  rc  (restore  cursor)  in  tsl  and fsl to
        accomplish this.
 
        The status line is normally assumed to be the same width as  the  width
        of  the  terminal.   If  this  is  untrue,  you can specify it with the
-       numeric capability wsl.
+       numeric capability wsl.
 
-       A command to erase or blank the status line may be specified as dsl.
+       A command to erase or blank the status line may be specified as dsl.
 
-       The boolean capability eslok specifies  that  escape  sequences,  tabs,
+       The boolean capability eslok specifies  that  escape  sequences,  tabs,
        etc., work ordinarily in the status line.
 
-       The  ncurses implementation does not yet use any of these capabilities.
+       The  ncurses implementation does not yet use any of these capabilities.
        They are documented here in case they ever become important.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Line Graphics

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Many terminals have alternate character sets useful for  forms-drawing.
-       Terminfo  and  curses  have  built-in  support  for most of the drawing
+       Terminfo  and  curses  have  built-in  support  for most of the drawing
        characters supported by the VT100, with some characters from  the  AT&T
        4410v1  added.   This  alternate  character set may be specified by the
-       acsc capability.
+       acsc capability.
 
-         Glyph                       ACS            Ascii     acsc     acsc
-         Name                        Name           Default   Char     Value
+         Glyph                       ACS            Ascii     acsc     acsc
+         Name                        Name           Default   Char     Value
          --------------------------------------------------------------------
          arrow pointing right        ACS_RARROW     >         +        0x2b
          arrow pointing left         ACS_LARROW     <         ,        0x2c
@@ -2118,135 +2118,135 @@
 
        A few notes apply to the table itself:
 
-       o   X/Open Curses incorrectly states that the mapping  for  lantern  is
+       o   X/Open Curses incorrectly states that the mapping  for  lantern  is
            uppercase  "I"  although Unix implementations use the lowercase "i"
            mapping.
 
-       o   The DEC VT100 implemented graphics using  the  alternate  character
-           set  feature, temporarily switching modes and sending characters in
-           the range 0x60 (96) to 0x7e (126) (the acsc  Value  column  in  the
+       o   The DEC VT100 implemented graphics using  the  alternate  character
+           set  feature, temporarily switching modes and sending characters in
+           the range 0x60 (96) to 0x7e (126) (the acsc  Value  column  in  the
            table).
 
-       o   The AT&T terminal added graphics characters outside that range.
+       o   The AT&T terminal added graphics characters outside that range.
 
            Some  of  the  characters  within the range do not match the VT100;
-           presumably they were used in the AT&T terminal:  board  of  squares
-           replaces  the  VT100  newline symbol, while lantern symbol replaces
-           the VT100 vertical tab symbol.  The other VT100 symbols for control
-           characters  (horizontal tab, carriage return and line-feed) are not
+           presumably they were used in the AT&T terminal:  board  of  squares
+           replaces  the  VT100  newline symbol, while lantern symbol replaces
+           the VT100 vertical tab symbol.  The other VT100 symbols for control
+           characters  (horizontal tab, carriage return and line-feed) are not
            (re)used in curses.
 
        The best way to define a new device's graphics set is to add  a  column
        to  a  copy of this table for your terminal, giving the character which
-       (when emitted between smacs/rmacs switches) will  be  rendered  as  the
+       (when emitted between smacs/rmacs switches) will  be  rendered  as  the
        corresponding graphic.  Then read off the VT100/your terminal character
        pairs right to left in sequence; these become the ACSC string.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Color Handling

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       The curses library functions init_pair and  init_color  manipulate  the
-       color   pairs   and   color  values  discussed  in  this  section  (see
-       curs_color(3X) for details on these and related functions).
+       The curses library functions init_pair and  init_color  manipulate  the
+       color   pairs   and   color  values  discussed  in  this  section  (see
+       curs_color(3x) for details on these and related functions).
 
        Most color terminals are either "Tektronix-like" or "HP-like":
 
-       o   Tektronix-like terminals have a predefined set of N colors (where N
+       o   Tektronix-like terminals have a predefined set of N colors (where N
            is usually 8), and can set character-cell foreground and background
-           characters independently, mixing them into N * N color-pairs.
+           characters independently, mixing them into N * N color-pairs.
 
-       o   On HP-like  terminals,  the  user  must  set  each  color  pair  up
+       o   On HP-like  terminals,  the  user  must  set  each  color  pair  up
            separately   (foreground   and  background  are  not  independently
-           settable).  Up to M color-pairs may be set up  from  2*M  different
+           settable).  Up to M color-pairs may be set up  from  2*M  different
            colors.  ANSI-compatible terminals are Tektronix-like.
 
        Some basic color capabilities are independent of the color method.  The
-       numeric capabilities colors and pairs specify the  maximum  numbers  of
-       colors  and  color-pairs  that can be displayed simultaneously.  The op
+       numeric capabilities colors and pairs specify the  maximum  numbers  of
+       colors  and  color-pairs  that can be displayed simultaneously.  The op
        (original pair) string resets foreground and background colors to their
-       default  values  for  the terminal.  The oc string resets all colors or
+       default  values  for  the terminal.  The oc string resets all colors or
        color-pairs to their default values for the terminal.   Some  terminals
        (including  many  PC  terminal  emulators)  erase screen areas with the
        current background color rather than the power-up  default  background;
-       these should have the boolean capability bce.
+       these should have the boolean capability bce.
 
-       While  the  curses  library  works  with  color  pairs  (reflecting the
+       While  the  curses  library  works  with  color  pairs  (reflecting the
        inability of some devices  to  set  foreground  and  background  colors
        independently),  there  are  separate  capabilities  for  setting these
        features:
 
-       o   To  change  the  current  foreground  or  background  color  on   a
-           Tektronix-type  terminal, use setaf (set ANSI foreground) and setab
-           (set ANSI background)  or  setf  (set  foreground)  and  setb  (set
+       o   To  change  the  current  foreground  or  background  color  on   a
+           Tektronix-type  terminal, use setaf (set ANSI foreground) and setab
+           (set ANSI background)  or  setf  (set  foreground)  and  setb  (set
            background).  These take one parameter, the color number.  The SVr4
-           documentation describes only setaf/setab; the XPG4 draft says  that
+           documentation describes only setaf/setab; the XPG4 draft says  that
            "If  the  terminal supports ANSI escape sequences to set background
-           and  foreground,  they  should  be  coded  as  setaf   and   setab,
+           and  foreground,  they  should  be  coded  as  setaf   and   setab,
            respectively.
 
-       o   If  the  terminal supports other escape sequences to set background
-           and  foreground,  they  should  be  coded   as   setf   and   setb,
-           respectively.   The  vidputs  and the refresh(3X) functions use the
-           setaf and setab capabilities if they are defined.
+       o   If  the  terminal supports other escape sequences to set background
+           and  foreground,  they  should  be  coded   as   setf   and   setb,
+           respectively.   The  vidputs  and the refresh(3x) functions use the
+           setaf and setab capabilities if they are defined.
 
-       The setaf/setab  and  setf/setb  capabilities  take  a  single  numeric
-       argument each.  Argument values 0-7 of setaf/setab are portably defined
+       The setaf/setab  and  setf/setb  capabilities  take  a  single  numeric
+       argument each.  Argument values 0-7 of setaf/setab are portably defined
        as follows (the middle column is the symbolic #define available in  the
-       header  for the curses or ncurses libraries).  The terminal hardware is
+       header  for the curses or ncurses libraries).  The terminal hardware is
        free to map these as it likes,  but  the  RGB  values  indicate  normal
        locations in color space.
 
-                    Color       #define       Value       RGB
-                    black     COLOR_BLACK       0     0, 0, 0
-                    red       COLOR_RED         1     max,0,0
-                    green     COLOR_GREEN       2     0,max,0
-                    yellow    COLOR_YELLOW      3     max,max,0
-                    blue      COLOR_BLUE        4     0,0,max
-                    magenta   COLOR_MAGENTA     5     max,0,max
-                    cyan      COLOR_CYAN        6     0,max,max
-                    white     COLOR_WHITE       7     max,max,max
-
-       The argument values of setf/setb historically correspond to a different
+                    Color       #define       Value       RGB
+                    black     COLOR_BLACK       0     0, 0, 0
+                    red       COLOR_RED         1     max,0,0
+                    green     COLOR_GREEN       2     0,max,0
+                    yellow    COLOR_YELLOW      3     max,max,0
+                    blue      COLOR_BLUE        4     0,0,max
+                    magenta   COLOR_MAGENTA     5     max,0,max
+                    cyan      COLOR_CYAN        6     0,max,max
+                    white     COLOR_WHITE       7     max,max,max
+
+       The argument values of setf/setb historically correspond to a different
        mapping, i.e.,
 
-                    Color       #define       Value       RGB
-                    black     COLOR_BLACK       0     0, 0, 0
-                    blue      COLOR_BLUE        1     0,0,max
-                    green     COLOR_GREEN       2     0,max,0
-                    cyan      COLOR_CYAN        3     0,max,max
-                    red       COLOR_RED         4     max,0,0
-                    magenta   COLOR_MAGENTA     5     max,0,max
-                    yellow    COLOR_YELLOW      6     max,max,0
-                    white     COLOR_WHITE       7     max,max,max
+                    Color       #define       Value       RGB
+                    black     COLOR_BLACK       0     0, 0, 0
+                    blue      COLOR_BLUE        1     0,0,max
+                    green     COLOR_GREEN       2     0,max,0
+                    cyan      COLOR_CYAN        3     0,max,max
+                    red       COLOR_RED         4     max,0,0
+                    magenta   COLOR_MAGENTA     5     max,0,max
+                    yellow    COLOR_YELLOW      6     max,max,0
+                    white     COLOR_WHITE       7     max,max,max
 
        It is important to not confuse the  two  sets  of  color  capabilities;
        otherwise red/blue will be interchanged on the display.
 
-       On  an  HP-like terminal, use scp with a color-pair number parameter to
+       On  an  HP-like terminal, use scp with a color-pair number parameter to
        set which color pair is current.
 
-       Some terminals allow the color values to be modified:
+       Some terminals allow the color values to be modified:
 
-       o   On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability ccc may be present  to
-           indicate  that colors can be modified.  If so, the initc capability
-           will take a color number (0 to colors - 1)and three more parameters
+       o   On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability ccc may be present  to
+           indicate  that colors can be modified.  If so, the initc capability
+           will take a color number (0 to colors - 1)and three more parameters
            which  describe the color.  These three parameters default to being
            interpreted as RGB (Red,  Green,  Blue)  values.   If  the  boolean
-           capability hls is present, they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness,
+           capability hls is present, they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness,
            Saturation) indices.  The ranges are terminal-dependent.
 
-       o   On an HP-like terminal, initp may give a capability for changing  a
+       o   On an HP-like terminal, initp may give a capability for changing  a
            color-pair  value.   It  will  take  seven parameters; a color-pair
-           number (0 to max_pairs -  1),  and  two  triples  describing  first
+           number (0 to max_pairs -  1),  and  two  triples  describing  first
            background  and  then  foreground colors.  These parameters must be
            (Red, Green, Blue) or (Hue,  Lightness,  Saturation)  depending  on
-           hls.
+           hls.
 
        On  some  color  terminals,  colors  collide  with highlights.  You can
-       register these collisions with the ncv capability.  This is a  bit-mask
+       register these collisions with the ncv capability.  This is a  bit-mask
        of   attributes   not   to  be  used  when  colors  are  enabled.   The
-       correspondence with the attributes understood by curses is as follows:
+       correspondence with the attributes understood by curses is as follows:
 
-                  Attribute              Bit   Decimal      Set by
+                  Attribute              Bit   Decimal      Set by
                   A_STANDOUT             0     1            sgr
                   A_UNDERLINE            1     2            sgr
                   A_REVERSE              2     4            sgr
@@ -2266,9 +2266,9 @@
 
        For example, on many IBM PC consoles, the underline attribute  collides
        with  the  foreground  color  blue  and is not available in color mode.
-       These should have an ncv capability of 2.
+       These should have an ncv capability of 2.
 
-       SVr4 curses does nothing with ncv, ncurses recognizes it and  optimizes
+       SVr4 curses does nothing with ncv, ncurses recognizes it and  optimizes
        the output in favor of colors.
 
 
@@ -2276,77 +2276,77 @@
        If  the  terminal requires other than a null (zero) character as a pad,
        then this can be given as pad.  Only the first  character  of  the  pad
        string is used.  If the terminal does not have a pad character, specify
-       npc.  Note that ncurses implements the termcap-compatible PC  variable;
+       npc.  Note that ncurses implements the termcap-compatible PC  variable;
        though  the  application  may  set this value to something other than a
-       null, ncurses will test npc first and use napms if the terminal has  no
+       null, ncurses will test npc first and use napms if the terminal has  no
        pad character.
 
        If  the terminal can move up or down half a line, this can be indicated
-       with hu (half-line up) and hd  (half-line  down).   This  is  primarily
+       with hu (half-line up) and hd  (half-line  down).   This  is  primarily
        useful  for  superscripts  and subscripts on hard-copy terminals.  If a
        hard-copy terminal can eject to the next page (form feed), give this as
-       ff (usually control/L).
+       ff (usually control/L).
 
        If  there  is  a  command to repeat a given character a given number of
        times  (to  save  time  transmitting  a  large  number   of   identical
-       characters)  this  can  be indicated with the parameterized string rep.
+       characters)  this  can  be indicated with the parameterized string rep.
        The first parameter is the character to be repeated and the  second  is
        the number of times to repeat it.  Thus, tparm(repeat_char, 'x', 10) is
        the same as "xxxxxxxxxx".
 
        If the terminal has a settable command character, such as the TEKTRONIX
-       4025,  this can be indicated with cmdch.  A prototype command character
+       4025,  this can be indicated with cmdch.  A prototype command character
        is chosen which is used in all capabilities.  This character  is  given
-       in  the  cmdch  capability to identify it.  The following convention is
+       in  the  cmdch  capability to identify it.  The following convention is
        supported on some UNIX systems: The environment is to be searched for a
-       CC  variable,  and if found, all occurrences of the prototype character
+       CC  variable,  and if found, all occurrences of the prototype character
        are replaced with the character in the environment variable.
 
        Terminal descriptions that do not represent a specific  kind  of  known
-       terminal,  such  as  switch, dialup, patch, and network, should include
-       the gn (generic) capability so that programs can complain that they  do
+       terminal,  such  as  switch, dialup, patch, and network, should include
+       the gn (generic) capability so that programs can complain that they  do
        not  know how to talk to the terminal.  (This capability does not apply
-       to virtual terminal descriptions for which  the  escape  sequences  are
+       to virtual terminal descriptions for which  the  escape  sequences  are
        known.)
 
        If the terminal has a "meta key" which acts as a shift key, setting the
        8th bit of any character transmitted, this fact can be  indicated  with
-       km.   Otherwise, software will assume that the 8th bit is parity and it
+       km.   Otherwise, software will assume that the 8th bit is parity and it
        will usually be cleared.  If strings exist to turn this "meta mode"  on
-       and off, they can be given as smm and rmm.
+       and off, they can be given as smm and rmm.
 
        If the terminal has more lines of memory than will fit on the screen at
-       once, the number of lines of memory can be indicated with lm.  A  value
-       of lm#0 indicates that the number of lines is not fixed, but that there
+       once, the number of lines of memory can be indicated with lm.  A  value
+       of lm#0 indicates that the number of lines is not fixed, but that there
        is still more memory than fits on the screen.
 
        If the terminal is one of those supported by the UNIX virtual  terminal
-       protocol, the terminal number can be given as vt.
+       protocol, the terminal number can be given as vt.
 
        Media  copy strings which control an auxiliary printer connected to the
-       terminal can be given as mc0: print the contents of  the  screen,  mc4:
-       turn  off  the printer, and mc5: turn on the printer.  When the printer
+       terminal can be given as mc0: print the contents of  the  screen,  mc4:
+       turn  off  the printer, and mc5: turn on the printer.  When the printer
        is on, all text sent to the terminal will be sent to the  printer.   It
        is  undefined whether the text is also displayed on the terminal screen
-       when the printer is on.  A variation  mc5p  takes  one  parameter,  and
+       when the printer is on.  A variation  mc5p  takes  one  parameter,  and
        leaves  the  printer  on  for  as  many  characters as the value of the
        parameter, then turns the printer off.  The parameter should not exceed
-       255.   All  text, including mc4, is transparently passed to the printer
-       while an mc5p is in effect.
+       255.   All  text, including mc4, is transparently passed to the printer
+       while an mc5p is in effect.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Glitches and Braindamage

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow "~" characters to be  displayed
-       should indicate hz.
+       should indicate hz.
 
-       Terminals  which  ignore a line-feed immediately after an am wrap, such
-       as the Concept and vt100, should indicate xenl.
+       Terminals  which  ignore a line-feed immediately after an am wrap, such
+       as the Concept and vt100, should indicate xenl.
 
-       If el is required to get rid of standout  (instead  of  merely  writing
-       normal text on top of it), xhp should be given.
+       If el is required to get rid of standout  (instead  of  merely  writing
+       normal text on top of it), xhp should be given.
 
        Teleray terminals, where tabs turn all characters moved over to blanks,
-       should indicate xt (destructive tabs).  Note: the  variable  indicating
+       should indicate xt (destructive tabs).  Note: the  variable  indicating
        this   is   now  "dest_tabs_magic_smso";  in  older  versions,  it  was
        teleray_glitch.  This glitch is also taken  to  mean  that  it  is  not
        possible  to  position  the  cursor on top of a "magic cookie", that to
@@ -2354,13 +2354,13 @@
        line.  The ncurses implementation ignores this glitch.
 
        The  Beehive Superbee, which is unable to correctly transmit the escape
-       or control/C characters, has xsb, indicating that the f1  key  is  used
+       or control/C characters, has xsb, indicating that the f1  key  is  used
        for  escape  and  f2  for control/C.  (Only certain Superbees have this
        problem, depending on the ROM.)  Note that in older terminfo  versions,
        this capability was called "beehive_glitch"; it is now "no_esc_ctl_c".
 
        Other  specific  terminal  problems  may  be  corrected  by adding more
-       capabilities of the form xx.
+       capabilities of the form xx.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Pitfalls of Long Entries

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -2370,12 +2370,12 @@
        (to 1023 bytes), thus termcap translations of long terminfo entries can
        cause problems.
 
-       The man pages for 4.3BSD and older versions  of  tgetent  instruct  the
+       The man pages for 4.3BSD and older versions  of  tgetent  instruct  the
        user  to  allocate a 1024-byte buffer for the termcap entry.  The entry
        gets null-terminated by the termcap library, so that makes the  maximum
        safe  length  for a termcap entry 1k-1 (1023) bytes.  Depending on what
        the application and the termcap library being used does, and  where  in
-       the  termcap  file  the terminal type that tgetent is searching for is,
+       the  termcap  file  the terminal type that tgetent is searching for is,
        several bad things can happen.
 
        Some termcap libraries print a warning message or exit if they find  an
@@ -2392,24 +2392,24 @@
        The  "before tc expansion" length is the most important one, because it
        affects more than just users of that particular terminal.  This is  the
        length  of the entry as it exists in /etc/termcap, minus the backslash-
-       newline pairs, which tgetent strips out while reading it.  Some termcap
+       newline pairs, which tgetent strips out while reading it.  Some termcap
        libraries strip off the final newline, too (GNU termcap does not).  Now
        suppose:
 
-       o   a termcap entry before expansion is more than 1023 bytes long,
+       o   a termcap entry before expansion is more than 1023 bytes long,
 
-       o   and the application has only allocated a 1k buffer,
+       o   and the application has only allocated a 1k buffer,
 
-       o   and the termcap library (like the one in BSD/OS 1.1 and GNU)  reads
+       o   and the termcap library (like the one in BSD/OS 1.1 and GNU)  reads
            the  whole entry into the buffer, no matter what its length, to see
            if it is the entry it wants,
 
-       o   and tgetent is searching for a terminal type  that  either  is  the
+       o   and tgetent is searching for a terminal type  that  either  is  the
            long  entry,  appears  in the termcap file after the long entry, or
-           does not appear in the file at all (so that tgetent has  to  search
+           does not appear in the file at all (so that tgetent has  to  search
            the whole termcap file).
 
-       Then  tgetent  will  overwrite  memory, perhaps its stack, and probably
+       Then  tgetent  will  overwrite  memory, perhaps its stack, and probably
        core  dump  the  program.   Programs  like  telnet   are   particularly
        vulnerable;  modern  telnets  pass  along values like the terminal type
        automatically.  The results are almost as undesirable  with  a  termcap
@@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@
 
        The "after tc expansion" length will  have  a  similar  effect  to  the
        above, but only for people who actually set TERM to that terminal type,
-       since tgetent only does "tc" expansion once it is  found  the  terminal
+       since tgetent only does "tc" expansion once it is  found  the  terminal
        type it was looking for, not while searching.
 
        In  summary,  a termcap entry that is longer than 1023 bytes can cause,
@@ -2430,8 +2430,8 @@
        terminal  types  and  users whose TERM variable does not have a termcap
        entry.
 
-       When in -C (translate to termcap) mode, the ncurses  implementation  of
-       tic(1M)  issues  warning  messages  when the pre-tc length of a termcap
+       When in -C (translate to termcap) mode, the ncurses  implementation  of
+       tic(1m)  issues  warning  messages  when the pre-tc length of a termcap
        translation is too long.  The -c (check) option  also  checks  resolved
        (after tc expansion) lengths.
 
@@ -2446,36 +2446,36 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EXTENSIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       Searching   for   terminal   descriptions   in   $HOME/.terminfo    and
+       Searching   for   terminal   descriptions   in   $HOME/.terminfo    and
        TERMINFO_DIRS is not supported by older implementations.
 
-       Some  SVr4  curses  implementations,  and  all previous to SVr4, do not
+       Some  SVr4  curses  implementations,  and  all previous to SVr4, do not
        interpret the %A and %O operators in parameter strings.
 
-       SVr4/XPG4 do not specify whether msgr licenses  movement  while  in  an
+       SVr4/XPG4 do not specify whether msgr licenses  movement  while  in  an
        alternate-character-set  mode  (such modes may, among other things, map
        CR and NL to characters  that  do  not  trigger  local  motions).   The
-       ncurses  implementation  ignores  msgr in ALTCHARSET mode.  This raises
+       ncurses  implementation  ignores  msgr in ALTCHARSET mode.  This raises
        the  possibility  that  an  XPG4  implementation  making  the  opposite
-       interpretation  may need terminfo entries made for ncurses to have msgr
+       interpretation  may need terminfo entries made for ncurses to have msgr
        turned off.
 
-       The ncurses library handles insert-character and insert-character modes
+       The ncurses library handles insert-character and insert-character modes
        in  a  slightly  non-standard way to get better update efficiency.  See
-       the Insert/Delete Character subsection above.
+       the Insert/Delete Character subsection above.
 
-       The parameter substitutions for set_clock  and  display_clock  are  not
+       The parameter substitutions for set_clock  and  display_clock  are  not
        documented  in  SVr4 or the XSI Curses standard.  They are deduced from
        the documentation for the AT&T 505 terminal.
 
-       Be careful assigning the kmous capability.  The ncurses  library  wants
-       to  interpret  it as KEY_MOUSE, for use by terminals and emulators like
+       Be careful assigning the kmous capability.  The ncurses  library  wants
+       to  interpret  it as KEY_MOUSE, for use by terminals and emulators like
        xterm that can return mouse-tracking information in the  keyboard-input
        stream.
 
        X/Open  Curses  does  not  mention italics.  Portable applications must
        assume that  numeric  capabilities  are  signed  16-bit  values.   This
-       includes  the  no_color_video  (ncv)  capability.  The 32768 mask value
+       includes  the  no_color_video  (ncv)  capability.  The 32768 mask value
        used for italics with ncv can be confused with an absent  or  cancelled
        ncv.   If  italics  should work with colors, then the ncv value must be
        specified, even if it is zero.
@@ -2484,24 +2484,24 @@
        subsets  of  the  XSI  Curses  standard  and  (in some cases) different
        extension sets.  Here is a summary, accurate as of October 1995:
 
-       o   SVR4, Solaris, ncurses -- These support all SVr4 capabilities.
+       o   SVR4, Solaris, ncurses -- These support all SVr4 capabilities.
 
-       o   SGI -- Supports the SVr4 set, adds one undocumented extended string
-           capability (set_pglen).
+       o   SGI -- Supports the SVr4 set, adds one undocumented extended string
+           capability (set_pglen).
 
-       o   SVr1,  Ultrix  --  These  support  a  restricted subset of terminfo
-           capabilities.  The booleans end with xon_xoff;  the  numerics  with
-           width_status_line; and the strings with prtr_non.
+       o   SVr1,  Ultrix  --  These  support  a  restricted subset of terminfo
+           capabilities.  The booleans end with xon_xoff;  the  numerics  with
+           width_status_line; and the strings with prtr_non.
 
-       o   HP/UX  --  Supports  the  SVr1  subset,  plus the SVr[234] numerics
-           num_labels,  label_height,  label_width,  plus  function  keys   11
-           through  63,  plus  plab_norm,  label_on,  and label_off, plus some
+       o   HP/UX  --  Supports  the  SVr1  subset,  plus the SVr[234] numerics
+           num_labels,  label_height,  label_width,  plus  function  keys   11
+           through  63,  plus  plab_norm,  label_on,  and label_off, plus some
            incompatible extensions in the string table.
 
-       o   AIX -- Supports the SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11 through  63,
+       o   AIX -- Supports the SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11 through  63,
            plus a number of incompatible string table extensions.
 
-       o   OSF -- Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.
+       o   OSF -- Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    FILES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -2509,9 +2509,9 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -       infocmp(1M),     tabs(1),    tic(1M),    curses(3X),    curs_color(3X),
-       curs_variables(3X),    printf(3),     term_variables(3X).      term(5).
-       user_caps(5).
+       infocmp(1m),     tabs(1),    tic(1m),    curses(3x),    curs_color(3x),
+       curs_variables(3x),    printf(3),     term_variables(3x).      term(5).
+       user_caps(5).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    AUTHORS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    @@ -2520,7 +2520,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                   terminfo(5)
+                                                                   terminfo(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      diff --git a/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html index fa7288a9..05776837 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html +++ b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html @@ -34,122 +34,122 @@ -@TIC@ 1M +tic 1m -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      @TIC@ 1M

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      tic 1m

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -tic(1M)                                                                tic(1M)
+tic(1m)                                                                tic(1m)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       tic - the terminfo entry-description compiler
+       tic - the terminfo entry-description compiler

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       tic  [-01CDGIKLNTUVWacfgqrstx]  [-e names] [-o dir] [-Q[n]] [-R subset]
-       [-v[n]] [-w[n]] file
+       tic  [-01CDGIKLNTUVWacfgqrstx]  [-e names] [-o dir] [-Q[n]] [-R subset]
+       [-v[n]] [-w[n]] file

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       The tic command translates a terminfo  file  from  source  format  into
+       The tic command translates a terminfo  file  from  source  format  into
        compiled  format.   The  compiled  format is necessary for use with the
-       library routines in ncurses(3X).
+       library routines in ncurses(3x).
 
-       As described in term(5), the database may be either  a  directory  tree
+       As described in term(5), the database may be either  a  directory  tree
        (one  file  per  terminal  entry)  or a hashed database (one record per
-       entry).  The tic command writes only one type of  entry,  depending  on
+       entry).  The tic command writes only one type of  entry,  depending  on
        how it was built:
 
-       o   For    directory    trees,    the    top-level   directory,   e.g.,
+       o   For    directory    trees,    the    top-level   directory,   e.g.,
            /usr/share/terminfo, specifies the location of the database.
 
-       o   For hashed databases, a filename is needed.  If the given  file  is
+       o   For hashed databases, a filename is needed.  If the given  file  is
            not  found  by  that  name,  but  can be found by adding the suffix
            ".db", then that is used.
 
            The default name for the hashed database is the same as the default
            directory name (only adding a ".db" suffix).
 
-       In  either  case  (directory  or  hashed database), tic will create the
+       In  either  case  (directory  or  hashed database), tic will create the
        container if it does not exist.  For a directory,  this  would  be  the
        "terminfo" leaf, versus a "terminfo.db" file.
 
        The  results  are  normally  placed  in  the  system  terminfo database
-       /usr/share/terminfo.  The compiled terminal description can  be  placed
+       /usr/share/terminfo.  The compiled terminal description can  be  placed
        in a different terminfo database.  There are two ways to achieve this:
 
-       o   First,  you  may override the system default either by using the -o
-           option,  or  by  setting  the  variable  TERMINFO  in  your   shell
+       o   First,  you  may override the system default either by using the -o
+           option,  or  by  setting  the  variable  TERMINFO  in  your   shell
            environment to a valid database location.
 
-       o   Secondly,  if  tic  cannot  write  in  /usr/share/terminfo  or  the
+       o   Secondly,  if  tic  cannot  write  in  /usr/share/terminfo  or  the
            location specified using your TERMINFO variable, it looks  for  the
-           directory  $HOME/.terminfo (or hashed database $HOME/.terminfo.db);
+           directory  $HOME/.terminfo (or hashed database $HOME/.terminfo.db);
            if that location exists, the entry is placed there.
 
        Libraries  that  read  terminfo  entries  are  expected  to  check   in
        succession
 
-       o   a location specified with the TERMINFO environment variable,
+       o   a location specified with the TERMINFO environment variable,
 
-       o   $HOME/.terminfo,
+       o   $HOME/.terminfo,
 
-       o   directories listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable,
+       o   directories listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable,
 
-       o   a compiled-in list of directories (no default value), and
+       o   a compiled-in list of directories (no default value), and
 
-       o   the system terminfo database (/usr/share/terminfo).
+       o   the system terminfo database (/usr/share/terminfo).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ALIASES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              This  is the same program as infotocap and captoinfo; usually those are
        linked to, or copied from this program:
 
-       o   When invoked as infotocap, tic sets the -I option.
+       o   When invoked as infotocap, tic sets the -I option.
 
-       o   When invoked as captoinfo, tic sets the -C option.
+       o   When invoked as captoinfo, tic sets the -C option.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      OPTIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       -0     restricts the output to a single line
+       -0     restricts the output to a single line
 
-       -1     restricts the output to a single column
+       -1     restricts the output to a single column
 
-       -a     tells tic  to  retain  commented-out  capabilities  rather  than
+       -a     tells tic  to  retain  commented-out  capabilities  rather  than
               discarding  them.   Capabilities are commented by prefixing them
-              with a period.  This sets the -x option, because it  treats  the
+              with a period.  This sets the -x option, because it  treats  the
               commented-out  entries  as user-defined names.  If the source is
               termcap, accept the 2-character names  required  by  version  6.
               Otherwise these are ignored.
 
-       -C     Force  source translation to termcap format.  Note: this differs
-              from the -C option of infocmp(1M) in that  it  does  not  merely
+       -C     Force  source translation to termcap format.  Note: this differs
+              from the -C option of infocmp(1m) in that  it  does  not  merely
               translate capability names, but also translates terminfo strings
               to termcap format.  Capabilities that are not  translatable  are
               left  in  the entry under their terminfo names but commented out
               with two preceding dots.  The actual  format  used  incorporates
               some  improvements  for escaped characters from terminfo format.
-              For a stricter BSD-compatible translation, add the -K option.
+              For a stricter BSD-compatible translation, add the -K option.
 
-              If this is combined with -c,  tic  makes  additional  checks  to
+              If this is combined with -c,  tic  makes  additional  checks  to
               report  cases  where  the  terminfo  values do not have an exact
               equivalent in termcap form.  For example:
 
-              o   sgr usually will not  convert,  because  termcap  lacks  the
+              o   sgr usually will not  convert,  because  termcap  lacks  the
                   ability  to  work with more than two parameters, and because
                   termcap lacks many of the arithmetic/logical operators  used
                   in terminfo.
 
-              o   capabilities  with more than one delay or with delays before
+              o   capabilities  with more than one delay or with delays before
                   the end of the string will not convert completely.
 
-       -c     tells tic to  only  check  file  for  errors,  including  syntax
-              problems  and  bad  use-links.  If you specify -C (-I) with this
+       -c     tells tic to  only  check  file  for  errors,  including  syntax
+              problems  and  bad  use-links.  If you specify -C (-I) with this
               option, the code will print warnings about entries which,  after
               use  resolution, are more than 1023 (4096) bytes long.  Due to a
               fixed buffer length in older termcap libraries, as well as buggy
@@ -157,58 +157,58 @@
               terminfo),  these  entries  may  cause  core  dumps  with  other
               implementations.
 
-              tic  checks  string  capabilities  to  ensure  that  those  with
+              tic  checks  string  capabilities  to  ensure  that  those  with
               parameters will be valid expressions.  It does this  check  only
               for  the predefined string capabilities; those which are defined
-              with the -x option are ignored.
+              with the -x option are ignored.
 
-       -D     tells tic to print the database locations that it  knows  about,
+       -D     tells tic to print the database locations that it  knows  about,
               and exit.  The first location shown is the one to which it would
-              write compiled terminal descriptions.  If tic  is  not  able  to
+              write compiled terminal descriptions.  If tic  is  not  able  to
               find  a  writable  database  location  according  to  the  rules
               summarized above, it will print a diagnostic and  exit  with  an
               error rather than printing a list of database locations.
 
-       -e names
+       -e names
               Limit  writes  and translations to the following comma-separated
               list of terminals.  If any name or alias of a  terminal  matches
               one  of  the  names  in  the  list, the entry will be written or
               translated as normal.  Otherwise no output will be generated for
               it.   The  option  value is interpreted as a file containing the
               list if it contains a '/'.  (Note:  depending  on  how  tic  was
-              compiled, this option may require -I or -C.)
+              compiled, this option may require -I or -C.)
 
-       -f     Display     complex     terminfo     strings    which    contain
+       -f     Display     complex     terminfo     strings    which    contain
               if/then/else/endif expressions indented for readability.
 
-       -G     Display constant literals in  decimal  form  rather  than  their
+       -G     Display constant literals in  decimal  form  rather  than  their
               character equivalents.
 
-       -g     Display  constant  character literals in quoted form rather than
+       -g     Display  constant  character literals in quoted form rather than
               their decimal equivalents.
 
-       -I     Force source translation to terminfo format.
+       -I     Force source translation to terminfo format.
 
-       -K     Suppress some longstanding ncurses extensions to termcap format,
+       -K     Suppress some longstanding ncurses extensions to termcap format,
               e.g., "\s" for space.
 
-       -L     Force  source  translation  to  terminfo format using the long C
-              variable names listed in <term.h>
+       -L     Force  source  translation  to  terminfo format using the long C
+              variable names listed in <term.h>
 
-       -N     Disable smart defaults.  Normally, when translating from termcap
+       -N     Disable smart defaults.  Normally, when translating from termcap
               to  terminfo,  the  compiler makes a number of assumptions about
-              the   defaults    of    string    capabilities    reset1_string,
-              carriage_return,  cursor_left, cursor_down, scroll_forward, tab,
-              newline, key_backspace, key_left, and key_down, then attempts to
+              the   defaults    of    string    capabilities    reset1_string,
+              carriage_return,  cursor_left, cursor_down, scroll_forward, tab,
+              newline, key_backspace, key_left, and key_down, then attempts to
               use  obsolete termcap capabilities to deduce correct values.  It
               also normally suppresses output of obsolete termcap capabilities
-              such  as bs.  This option forces a more literal translation that
+              such  as bs.  This option forces a more literal translation that
               also preserves the obsolete capabilities.
 
-       -odir  Write compiled entries to given  database  location.   Overrides
+       -odir  Write compiled entries to given  database  location.   Overrides
               the TERMINFO environment variable.
 
-       -Qn    Rather  than  show  source  in terminfo (text) format, print the
+       -Qn    Rather  than  show  source  in terminfo (text) format, print the
               compiled  (binary)  format  in  hexadecimal  or   base64   form,
               depending on the option's value:
 
@@ -218,52 +218,52 @@
 
                3  hexadecimal and base64
 
-       -q     Suppress  comments  and  blank  lines  when  showing  translated
+       -q     Suppress  comments  and  blank  lines  when  showing  translated
               source.
 
-       -Rsubset
+       -Rsubset
               Restrict output to a given subset.  This option is for use  with
               archaic  versions  of  terminfo  like  those on SVr1, Ultrix, or
               HP/UX that do not  support  the  full  set  of  SVR4/XSI  Curses
               terminfo; and outright broken ports like AIX 3.x that have their
               own extensions incompatible with  SVr4/XSI.   Available  subsets
-              are "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", "BSD" and "AIX"; see terminfo(5) for
+              are "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", "BSD" and "AIX"; see terminfo(5) for
               details.
 
-       -r     Force  entry  resolution  (so  there   are   no   remaining   tc
+       -r     Force  entry  resolution  (so  there   are   no   remaining   tc
               capabilities)  even  when  doing  translation to termcap format.
               This may be needed if you are preparing a  termcap  file  for  a
               termcap  library (such as GNU termcap through version 1.3 or BSD
               termcap  through  4.3BSD)  that  does  not  handle  multiple  tc
               capabilities per entry.
 
-       -s     Summarize  the  compile  by  showing  the database location into
+       -s     Summarize  the  compile  by  showing  the database location into
               which entries are written, and the number of entries  which  are
               compiled.
 
-       -T     eliminates  size-restrictions  on  the  generated text.  This is
+       -T     eliminates  size-restrictions  on  the  generated text.  This is
               mainly useful for  testing  and  analysis,  since  the  compiled
               descriptions  are  limited  (e.g.,  1023  for  termcap, 4096 for
               terminfo).
 
-       -t     tells tic to discard commented-out capabilities.  Normally  when
+       -t     tells tic to discard commented-out capabilities.  Normally  when
               translating    from    terminfo   to   termcap,   untranslatable
               capabilities are commented-out.
 
-       -U   tells tic to not post-process the data after  parsing  the  source
+       -U   tells tic to not post-process the data after  parsing  the  source
             file.  Normally, it infers data which is commonly missing in older
             terminfo data, or in termcaps.
 
-       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
+       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
             exits.
 
-       -vn  specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace
-            information showing tic's progress.
+       -vn  specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace
+            information showing tic's progress.
 
-            The optional parameter n is a number  from  1  to  10,  inclusive,
+            The optional parameter n is a number  from  1  to  10,  inclusive,
             indicating the desired level of detail of information.  If ncurses
             is built  without  tracing  support,  the  optional  parameter  is
-            ignored.   If  n  is  omitted,  the  default  level is 1.  If n is
+            ignored.   If  n  is  omitted,  the  default  level is 1.  If n is
             specified and greater than 1, the level of detail is increased.
 
             The debug flag levels are as follows:
@@ -282,19 +282,19 @@
 
             9      All values computed in construction of the hash table
 
-            If the debug level n is not given, it is taken to be one.
+            If the debug level n is not given, it is taken to be one.
 
-       -W   By itself, the -w  option  will  not  force  long  strings  to  be
-            wrapped.  Use the -W option to do this.
+       -W   By itself, the -w  option  will  not  force  long  strings  to  be
+            wrapped.  Use the -W option to do this.
 
-            If  you specify both -f and -W options, the latter is ignored when
-            -f has already split the line.
+            If  you specify both -f and -W options, the latter is ignored when
+            -f has already split the line.
 
-       -wn  specifies the width of the output.  The parameter is optional.  If
+       -wn  specifies the width of the output.  The parameter is optional.  If
             it is omitted, it defaults to 60.
 
-       -x   Treat  unknown  capabilities  as  user-defined (see user_caps(5)).
-            That is, if you supply  a  capability  name  which  tic  does  not
+       -x   Treat  unknown  capabilities  as  user-defined (see user_caps(5)).
+            That is, if you supply  a  capability  name  which  tic  does  not
             recognize, it will infer its type (boolean, number or string) from
             the syntax and make an  extended  table  entry  for  that.   User-
             defined  capability strings whose name begins with "k" are treated
@@ -302,29 +302,29 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      PARAMETERS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       file   contains one or more terminfo terminal  descriptions  in  source
-              format   [see   terminfo(5)].   Each  description  in  the  file
+       file   contains one or more terminfo terminal  descriptions  in  source
+              format   [see   terminfo(5)].   Each  description  in  the  file
               describes the capabilities of a particular terminal.
 
-              If file is "-", then the data is read from the  standard  input.
-              The file parameter may also be the path of a character-device.
+              If file is "-", then the data is read from the  standard  input.
+              The file parameter may also be the path of a character-device.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      PROCESSING

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       All  but  one  of  the capabilities recognized by tic are documented in
-       terminfo(5).  The exception is the use capability.
+       All  but  one  of  the capabilities recognized by tic are documented in
+       terminfo(5).  The exception is the use capability.
 
-       When a use=entry-name field is discovered in a terminal entry currently
-       being  compiled,  tic  reads  in the binary from /usr/share/terminfo to
-       complete the entry.  (Entries created from file  will  be  used  first.
-       tic  duplicates  the  capabilities in entry-name for the current entry,
+       When a use=entry-name field is discovered in a terminal entry currently
+       being  compiled,  tic  reads  in the binary from /usr/share/terminfo to
+       complete the entry.  (Entries created from file  will  be  used  first.
+       tic  duplicates  the  capabilities in entry-name for the current entry,
        with the exception of those capabilities that explicitly are defined in
        the current entry.
 
-       When  an  entry, e.g., entry_name_1, contains a use=entry_name_2 field,
-       any  canceled  capabilities  in  entry_name_2  must  also   appear   in
-       entry_name_1  before  use=  for  these  capabilities  to be canceled in
-       entry_name_1.
+       When  an  entry, e.g., entry_name_1, contains a use=entry_name_2 field,
+       any  canceled  capabilities  in  entry_name_2  must  also   appear   in
+       entry_name_1  before  use=  for  these  capabilities  to be canceled in
+       entry_name_1.
 
        Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes.  The name field cannot
        exceed  512  bytes.   Terminal names exceeding the maximum alias length
@@ -334,54 +334,54 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      HISTORY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       System V Release 2 provided  a  tic  utility.   It  accepted  a  single
-       option:  -v  (optionally  followed  by  a  number).   According to Ross
-       Ridge's comment in mytinfo, this version of tic was unable to represent
+       System V Release 2 provided  a  tic  utility.   It  accepted  a  single
+       option:  -v  (optionally  followed  by  a  number).   According to Ross
+       Ridge's comment in mytinfo, this version of tic was unable to represent
        cancelled capabilities.
 
-       System  V  Release 3 provided a different tic utility, written by Pavel
-       Curtis, (originally named "compile" in pcurses).  This added an  option
-       -c  to check the file for errors, with the caveat that errors in "use="
+       System  V  Release 3 provided a different tic utility, written by Pavel
+       Curtis, (originally named "compile" in pcurses).  This added an  option
+       -c  to check the file for errors, with the caveat that errors in "use="
        links would not be reported.  System  V  Release  3  documented  a  few
-       warning  messages  which  did not appear in pcurses.  While the program
+       warning  messages  which  did not appear in pcurses.  While the program
        itself was changed  little  as  development  continued  with  System  V
-       Release  4,  the  table  of capabilities grew from 180 (pcurses) to 464
+       Release  4,  the  table  of capabilities grew from 180 (pcurses) to 464
        (Solaris).
 
        In early development of ncurses (1993), Zeyd Ben-Halim used  the  table
-       from  mytinfo  to  extend  the  pcurses  table to 469 capabilities (456
+       from  mytinfo  to  extend  the  pcurses  table to 469 capabilities (456
        matched SVr4, 8 were only in SVr4, 13 were not in SVr4).  Of those  13,
        11  were  ultimately  discarded  (perhaps  to match the draft of X/Open
-       Curses).  The exceptions were memory_lock_above and memory_unlock  (see
-       user_caps(5)).
+       Curses).  The exceptions were memory_lock_above and memory_unlock  (see
+       user_caps(5)).
 
-       Eric  Raymond  incorporated  parts of mytinfo into ncurses to implement
+       Eric  Raymond  incorporated  parts of mytinfo into ncurses to implement
        the termcap-to-terminfo source conversion, and extended that  to  begin
        development of the corresponding terminfo-to-termcap source conversion,
        Thomas Dickey completed that development over  the  course  of  several
        years.
 
-       In  1999,  Thomas  Dickey  added  the -x option to support user-defined
+       In  1999,  Thomas  Dickey  added  the -x option to support user-defined
        capabilities.
 
-       In 2010, Roy Marples provided a tic program and  terminfo  library  for
+       In 2010, Roy Marples provided a tic program and  terminfo  library  for
        NetBSD.   That  implementation  adapts  several  features from ncurses,
-       including tic's -x option.
+       including tic's -x option.
 
-       The -c option tells tic to check for problems in  the  terminfo  source
+       The -c option tells tic to check for problems in  the  terminfo  source
        file.  Continued development provides additional checks:
 
-       o   pcurses had 8 warnings
+       o   pcurses had 8 warnings
 
-       o   ncurses in 1996 had 16 warnings
+       o   ncurses in 1996 had 16 warnings
 
-       o   Solaris (SVr4) curses has 28 warnings
+       o   Solaris (SVr4) curses has 28 warnings
 
-       o   NetBSD tic in 2019 has 19 warnings.
+       o   NetBSD tic in 2019 has 19 warnings.
 
-       o   ncurses in 2019 has 96 warnings
+       o   ncurses in 2019 has 96 warnings
 
-       The checking done in ncurses' tic helps with the conversion to termcap,
+       The checking done in ncurses' tic helps with the conversion to termcap,
        as well as pointing out errors and inconsistencies.  It is also used to
        ensure  consistency  with the user-defined capabilities.  There are 527
        distinct capabilities in ncurses' terminal database; 128 of  those  are
@@ -389,20 +389,20 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       X/Open  Curses, Issue 7 (2009) provides a brief description of tic.  It
-       lists one option: -c.  The omission of -v is  unexpected.   The  change
+       X/Open  Curses, Issue 7 (2009) provides a brief description of tic.  It
+       lists one option: -c.  The omission of -v is  unexpected.   The  change
        history  states  that  the  description  is  derived  from True64 UNIX.
-       According to its manual  pages,  that  system  also  supported  the  -v
+       According to its manual  pages,  that  system  also  supported  the  -v
        option.
 
        Shortly  after  Issue  7  was  released, Tru64 was discontinued.  As of
-       2019, the surviving implementations of tic are  SVr4  (AIX,  HP-UX  and
-       Solaris), ncurses and NetBSD curses.  The SVr4 tic programs all support
-       the -v option.  The NetBSD tic program follows X/Open's  documentation,
-       omitting the -v option.
+       2019, the surviving implementations of tic are  SVr4  (AIX,  HP-UX  and
+       Solaris), ncurses and NetBSD curses.  The SVr4 tic programs all support
+       the -v option.  The NetBSD tic program follows X/Open's  documentation,
+       omitting the -v option.
 
-       The  X/Open  rationale  states  that  some  implementations of tic read
-       terminal descriptions from the standard input if the file parameter  is
+       The  X/Open  rationale  states  that  some  implementations of tic read
+       terminal descriptions from the standard input if the file parameter  is
        omitted.   None of these implementations do that.  Further, it comments
        that some  may  choose  to  read  from  "./terminfo.src"  but  that  is
        obsolescent  behavior  from SVr2, and is not (for example) a documented
@@ -410,58 +410,58 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      COMPATIBILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       There is  some  evidence  that  historic  tic  implementations  treated
+       There is  some  evidence  that  historic  tic  implementations  treated
        description  fields with no whitespace in them as additional aliases or
-       short names.  This tic  does  not  do  that,  but  it  does  warn  when
+       short names.  This tic  does  not  do  that,  but  it  does  warn  when
        description fields may be treated that way and check them for dangerous
        characters.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EXTENSIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       Unlike the SVr4 tic command, this implementation can  actually  compile
+       Unlike the SVr4 tic command, this implementation can  actually  compile
        termcap  sources.   In fact, entries in terminfo and termcap syntax can
-       be mixed in a single source file.  See  terminfo(5)  for  the  list  of
+       be mixed in a single source file.  See  terminfo(5)  for  the  list  of
        termcap names taken to be equivalent to terminfo names.
 
-       The  SVr4  manual  pages  are not clear on the resolution rules for use
-       capabilities.   This  implementation  of  tic  will  find  use  targets
+       The  SVr4  manual  pages  are not clear on the resolution rules for use
+       capabilities.   This  implementation  of  tic  will  find  use  targets
        anywhere  in  the  source  file, or anywhere in the file tree rooted at
-       TERMINFO (if TERMINFO is defined), or  in  the  user's  $HOME/.terminfo
+       TERMINFO (if TERMINFO is defined), or  in  the  user's  $HOME/.terminfo
        database  (if  it  exists),  or (finally) anywhere in the system's file
        tree of compiled entries.
 
-       The error messages from this tic have the same format as  GNU  C  error
+       The error messages from this tic have the same format as  GNU  C  error
        messages, and can be parsed by GNU Emacs's compile facility.
 
-       Aside from -c and -v, options are not portable:
+       Aside from -c and -v, options are not portable:
 
-       o   Most of tic's options are not supported by SVr4 tic:
+       o   Most of tic's options are not supported by SVr4 tic:
 
-           -0 -1 -C -G -I -N -R -T -V -a -e -f -g -o -r -s -t -x
+           -0 -1 -C -G -I -N -R -T -V -a -e -f -g -o -r -s -t -x
 
-       o   The NetBSD tic  supports a few of the ncurses options
+       o   The NetBSD tic  supports a few of the ncurses options
 
-           -a -o -x
+           -a -o -x
 
-           and  adds  -S  (a feature which does the same thing as infocmp's -e
-           and -E options).
+           and  adds  -S  (a feature which does the same thing as infocmp's -e
+           and -E options).
 
-       The SVr4 -c mode does not report bad "use=" links.
+       The SVr4 -c mode does not report bad "use=" links.
 
        System V does  not  compile  entries  to  or  read  entries  from  your
-       $HOME/.terminfo database unless TERMINFO is explicitly set to it.
+       $HOME/.terminfo database unless TERMINFO is explicitly set to it.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      FILES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
+       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
             Compiled terminal description database.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -       captoinfo(1M),   infocmp(1M),   infotocap(1M),   toe(1M),   curses(3X),
-       term(5).  terminfo(5).  user_caps(5).
+       captoinfo(1m),   infocmp(1m),   infotocap(1m),   toe(1m),   curses(3x),
+       term(5).  terminfo(5).  user_caps(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                       tic(1M)
+                                                                       tic(1m)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        diff --git a/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html index cf0b5981..83e7084a 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html +++ b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html @@ -34,49 +34,49 @@ -@TOE@ 1M +toe 1m -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        @TOE@ 1M

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        toe 1m

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -toe(1M)                                                                toe(1M)
+toe(1m)                                                                toe(1m)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       toe - table of (terminfo) entries
+       toe - table of (terminfo) entries

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       toe [-v[n]] [-ahsuUV] file...
+       toe [-v[n]] [-ahsuUV] file...

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       With no options, toe lists all available terminal types by primary name
+       With no options, toe lists all available terminal types by primary name
        with descriptions.   File  arguments  specify  the  directories  to  be
        scanned;  if  no  such  arguments  are  given,  your  default  terminfo
-       directory is scanned.  If you also specify the -h option,  a  directory
+       directory is scanned.  If you also specify the -h option,  a  directory
        header will be issued as each directory is entered.
 
        There are other options intended for use by terminfo file maintainers:
 
-       -a     report  on  all  of  the  terminal databases which ncurses would
+       -a     report  on  all  of  the  terminal databases which ncurses would
               search, rather than only the first one that it finds.
 
-              If the -s is also given,  toe  adds  a  column  to  the  report,
-              showing (like conflict(1)) which entries which belong to a given
+              If the -s is also given,  toe  adds  a  column  to  the  report,
+              showing (like conflict(1)) which entries which belong to a given
               terminal database.  An "*" marks entries which differ,  and  "+"
               marks equivalent entries.
 
-              Without  the -s option, toe does not attempt to merge duplicates
+              Without  the -s option, toe does not attempt to merge duplicates
               in its report
 
-       -s     sort the output by the entry names.
+       -s     sort the output by the entry names.
 
-       -u file
+       -u file
               says  to  write  a  report  to  the  standard  output,   listing
               dependencies  in  the  given  terminfo/termcap source file.  The
               report condenses the "use" relation: each line consists  of  the
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
               of all terminals which occur in those use capabilities, followed
               by a newline
 
-       -U file
+       -U file
               says to write a report to the standard output,  listing  reverse
               dependencies  in  the  given  terminfo/termcap source file.  The
               report reverses the "use" relation: each line  consists  of  the
@@ -94,20 +94,20 @@
               primary names of all terminals which depend on it, followed by a
               newline.
 
-       -vn    specifies that (verbose) output be written  to  standard  error,
-              showing toe's progress.
+       -vn    specifies that (verbose) output be written  to  standard  error,
+              showing toe's progress.
 
-              The  optional  parameter n is a number from 1 to 10, interpreted
-              as for tic(1M).  If ncurses is built  without  tracing  support,
+              The  optional  parameter n is a number from 1 to 10, interpreted
+              as for tic(1m).  If ncurses is built  without  tracing  support,
               the optional parameter is ignored.
 
-       -V     reports  the  version of ncurses which was used in this program,
+       -V     reports  the  version of ncurses which was used in this program,
               and exits.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        EXAMPLES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       Without sorting, the -a option reports all of the names found in all of
-       the   terminal  databases  found  by  the  TERMINFO  and  TERMINFO_DIRS
+       Without sorting, the -a option reports all of the names found in all of
+       the   terminal  databases  found  by  the  TERMINFO  and  TERMINFO_DIRS
        environment variables:
 
            MtxOrb162      16x2 Matrix Orbital LCD display
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
            qansi-t        QNX ansi without console writes
            . . .
 
-       Use the -a  and  -s  options  together  to  show  where  each  terminal
+       Use the -a  and  -s  options  together  to  show  where  each  terminal
        description was found:
 
            --> /usr/local/ncurses/share/terminfo
@@ -144,38 +144,38 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        FILES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
+       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
             Compiled terminal description database.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        HISTORY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                This  utility  is  not  provided by other implementations.  There is no
-       relevant X/Open or POSIX standard for toe.
+       relevant X/Open or POSIX standard for toe.
 
        The program name refers to a developer's pun:
 
-       o   tic,
+       o   tic,
 
-       o   tac (now tack),
+       o   tac (now tack),
 
-       o   toe.
+       o   toe.
 
-       It replaced a -T option which was  briefly  supported  by  the  ncurses
-       infocmp utility in 1995.
+       It replaced a -T option which was  briefly  supported  by  the  ncurses
+       infocmp utility in 1995.
 
-       The  -a  and -s options were added to toe several years later (2006 and
+       The  -a  and -s options were added to toe several years later (2006 and
        2011, respectively).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -       captoinfo(1M),   infocmp(1M),   infotocap(1M),   tic(1M),   curses(3X),
-       terminfo(5).
+       captoinfo(1m),   infocmp(1m),   infotocap(1m),   tic(1m),   curses(3x),
+       terminfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                                       toe(1M)
+                                                                       toe(1m)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          diff --git a/doc/html/man/tput.1.html b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html index ef21a0d3..de9a4f3e 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/tput.1.html +++ b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html @@ -35,91 +35,91 @@ -@TPUT@ 1 +tput 1 -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          @TPUT@ 1

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          tput 1

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -tput(1)                     General Commands Manual                    tput(1)
+tput(1)                     General Commands Manual                    tput(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       tput, reset - initialize a terminal or query terminfo database
+       tput, reset - initialize a terminal or query terminfo database

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       tput [-Ttype] capname [parameters]
-       tput [-Ttype] [-x] clear
-       tput [-Ttype] init
-       tput [-Ttype] reset
-       tput [-Ttype] longname
-       tput -S  <<
-       tput -V
+       tput [-Ttype] capname [parameters]
+       tput [-Ttype] [-x] clear
+       tput [-Ttype] init
+       tput [-Ttype] reset
+       tput [-Ttype] longname
+       tput -S  <<
+       tput -V

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       The  tput  utility  uses  the  terminfo  database to make the values of
+       The  tput  utility  uses  the  terminfo  database to make the values of
        terminal-dependent capabilities and information available to the  shell
-       (see  sh(1)),  to  initialize or reset the terminal, or return the long
+       (see  sh(1)),  to  initialize or reset the terminal, or return the long
        name of the requested terminal  type.   The  result  depends  upon  the
        capability's type:
 
           string
-               tput  writes  the  string  to the standard output.  No trailing
+               tput  writes  the  string  to the standard output.  No trailing
                newline is supplied.
 
           integer
-               tput writes the decimal value to the standard  output,  with  a
+               tput writes the decimal value to the standard  output,  with  a
                trailing newline.
 
           boolean
-               tput  simply sets the exit code (0 for TRUE if the terminal has
-               the capability, 1 for FALSE if it does not), and writes nothing
+               tput  simply sets the exit code (0 for TRUE if the terminal has
+               the capability, 1 for FALSE if it does not), and writes nothing
                to the standard output.
 
        Before  using  a value returned on the standard output, the application
-       should test the exit code (e.g., $?, see sh(1)) to be  sure  it  is  0.
-       (See  the EXIT CODES and DIAGNOSTICS sections.)  For a complete list of
-       capabilities and the capname associated with each, see terminfo(5).
+       should test the exit code (e.g., $?, see sh(1)) to be  sure  it  is  0.
+       (See  the EXIT CODES and DIAGNOSTICS sections.)  For a complete list of
+       capabilities and the capname associated with each, see terminfo(5).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Options

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       -S     allows more than one capability per  invocation  of  tput.   The
-              capabilities  must  be  passed  to  tput from the standard input
+       -S     allows more than one capability per  invocation  of  tput.   The
+              capabilities  must  be  passed  to  tput from the standard input
               instead of from  the  command  line  (see  example).   Only  one
-              capname  is allowed per line.  The -S option changes the meaning
-              of the 0 and 1 boolean and string exit codes (see the EXIT CODES
+              capname  is allowed per line.  The -S option changes the meaning
+              of the 0 and 1 boolean and string exit codes (see the EXIT CODES
               section).
 
-              Because  some capabilities may use string parameters rather than
-              numbers, tput uses a table and the presence of parameters in its
-              input  to  decide whether to use tparm(3X), and how to interpret
+              Because  some capabilities may use string parameters rather than
+              numbers, tput uses a table and the presence of parameters in its
+              input  to  decide whether to use tparm(3x), and how to interpret
               the parameters.
 
-       -Ttype indicates  the  type  of  terminal.   Normally  this  option  is
+       -Ttype indicates  the  type  of  terminal.   Normally  this  option  is
               unnecessary,  because  the default is taken from the environment
-              variable TERM.  If -T is specified,  then  the  shell  variables
-              LINES and COLUMNS will also be ignored.
+              variable TERM.  If -T is specified,  then  the  shell  variables
+              LINES and COLUMNS will also be ignored.
 
-       -V     reports  the  version of ncurses which was used in this program,
+       -V     reports  the  version of ncurses which was used in this program,
               and exits.
 
-       -x     do not attempt to clear the terminal's scrollback  buffer  using
+       -x     do not attempt to clear the terminal's scrollback  buffer  using
               the extended "E3" capability.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Commands

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       A few commands (init, reset and longname) are special; they are defined
-       by the tput program.  The others are the names of capabilities from the
-       terminal  database  (see  terminfo(5)  for  a list).  Although init and
-       reset resemble capability names,  tput  uses  several  capabilities  to
+       A few commands (init, reset and longname) are special; they are defined
+       by the tput program.  The others are the names of capabilities from the
+       terminal  database  (see  terminfo(5)  for  a list).  Although init and
+       reset resemble capability names,  tput  uses  several  capabilities  to
        perform these special functions.
 
-       capname
+       capname
               indicates the capability from the terminal database.
 
               If  the  capability  is  a  string  that  takes  parameters, the
@@ -127,393 +127,393 @@
               for the string.
 
               Most  parameters  are numbers.  Only a few terminal capabilities
-              require string parameters; tput uses a table to decide which  to
-              pass  as  strings.   Normally tput uses tparm(3X) to perform the
+              require string parameters; tput uses a table to decide which  to
+              pass  as  strings.   Normally tput uses tparm(3x) to perform the
               substitution.  If no parameters are given  for  the  capability,
-              tput writes the string without performing the substitution.
+              tput writes the string without performing the substitution.
 
-       init   If  the terminal database is present and an entry for the user's
-              terminal exists (see -Ttype, above), the following will occur:
+       init   If  the terminal database is present and an entry for the user's
+              terminal exists (see -Ttype, above), the following will occur:
 
-              (1)  first, tput retrieves the current  terminal  mode  settings
+              (1)  first, tput retrieves the current  terminal  mode  settings
                    for your terminal.  It does this by successively testing
 
-                   o   the standard error,
+                   o   the standard error,
 
-                   o   standard output,
+                   o   standard output,
 
-                   o   standard input and
+                   o   standard input and
 
-                   o   ultimately "/dev/tty"
+                   o   ultimately "/dev/tty"
 
                    to   obtain  terminal  settings.   Having  retrieved  these
-                   settings, tput remembers which file descriptor to use  when
+                   settings, tput remembers which file descriptor to use  when
                    updating settings.
 
               (2)  if  the  window  size cannot be obtained from the operating
                    system, but the terminal description (or environment, e.g.,
-                   LINES  and  COLUMNS  variables  specify  this),  update the
+                   LINES  and  COLUMNS  variables  specify  this),  update the
                    operating system's notion of the window size.
 
               (3)  the terminal modes will be updated:
 
-                   o   any delays (e.g., newline) specified in the entry  will
+                   o   any delays (e.g., newline) specified in the entry  will
                        be set in the tty driver,
 
-                   o   tabs  expansion  will  be turned on or off according to
+                   o   tabs  expansion  will  be turned on or off according to
                        the specification in the entry, and
 
-                   o   if tabs are not expanded, standard  tabs  will  be  set
+                   o   if tabs are not expanded, standard  tabs  will  be  set
                        (every 8 spaces).
 
               (4)  if  present,  the terminal's initialization strings will be
-                   output as detailed in the terminfo(5) section on  Tabs  and
-                   Initialization,
+                   output as detailed in the terminfo(5) section on  Tabs  and
+                   Initialization,
 
               (5)  output is flushed.
 
               If  an  entry does not contain the information needed for any of
               these activities, that activity will silently be skipped.
 
-       reset  This is similar to init, with two differences:
+       reset  This is similar to init, with two differences:
 
               (1)  before any other initialization, the terminal modes will be
                    reset to a "sane" state:
 
-                   o   set cooked and echo modes,
+                   o   set cooked and echo modes,
 
-                   o   turn off cbreak and raw modes,
+                   o   turn off cbreak and raw modes,
 
-                   o   turn on newline translation and
+                   o   turn on newline translation and
 
-                   o   reset  any  unset  special  characters to their default
+                   o   reset  any  unset  special  characters to their default
                        values
 
-              (2)  Instead  of  putting  out   initialization   strings,   the
-                   terminal's  reset  strings  will be output if present (rs1,
-                   rs2, rs3, rf).  If the reset strings are not  present,  but
-                   initialization strings are, the initialization strings will
+              (2)  Instead  of  putting  out   initialization   strings,   the
+                   terminal's  reset  strings  will be output if present (rs1,
+                   rs2, rs3, rf).  If the reset strings are not  present,  but
+                   initialization strings are, the initialization strings will
                    be output.
 
-              Otherwise, reset acts identically to init.
+              Otherwise, reset acts identically to init.
 
-       longname
+       longname
               If the terminal database is present and an entry for the  user's
-              terminal  exists  (see  -Ttype above), then the long name of the
+              terminal  exists  (see  -Ttype above), then the long name of the
               terminal will be put out.  The long name is the last name in the
-              first  line  of  the  terminal's  description  in  the  terminfo
-              database [see term(5)].
+              first  line  of  the  terminal's  description  in  the  terminfo
+              database [see term(5)].

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Aliases

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       tput handles the clear, init and reset commands  specially:  it  allows
+       tput handles the clear, init and reset commands  specially:  it  allows
        for the possibility that it is invoked by a link with those names.
 
-       If  tput  is invoked by a link named reset, this has the same effect as
-       tput reset.  The  tset(1)  utility  also  treats  a  link  named  reset
+       If  tput  is invoked by a link named reset, this has the same effect as
+       tput reset.  The  tset(1)  utility  also  treats  a  link  named  reset
        specially.
 
        Before ncurses 6.1, the two utilities were different from each other:
 
-       o   tset  utility  reset the terminal modes and special characters (not
-           done with tput).
+       o   tset  utility  reset the terminal modes and special characters (not
+           done with tput).
 
-       o   On the other hand, tset's repertoire of terminal  capabilities  for
-           resetting  the terminal was more limited, i.e., only reset_1string,
-           reset_2string and reset_file  in  contrast  to  the  tab-stops  and
+       o   On the other hand, tset's repertoire of terminal  capabilities  for
+           resetting  the terminal was more limited, i.e., only reset_1string,
+           reset_2string and reset_file  in  contrast  to  the  tab-stops  and
            margins which are set by this utility.
 
-       o   The  reset  program  is  usually an alias for tset, because of this
+       o   The  reset  program  is  usually an alias for tset, because of this
            difference with resetting terminal modes and special characters.
 
-       With the changes made for ncurses 6.1, the reset  feature  of  the  two
+       With the changes made for ncurses 6.1, the reset  feature  of  the  two
        programs is (mostly) the same.  A few differences remain:
 
-       o   The  tset  program  waits  one  second  when  resetting, in case it
+       o   The  tset  program  waits  one  second  when  resetting, in case it
            happens to be a hardware terminal.
 
-       o   The two programs  write  the  terminal  initialization  strings  to
-           different  streams  (i.e.,  the  standard  error  for  tset and the
-           standard output for tput).
+       o   The two programs  write  the  terminal  initialization  strings  to
+           different  streams  (i.e.,  the  standard  error  for  tset and the
+           standard output for tput).
 
-           Note:  although  these  programs  write   to   different   streams,
+           Note:  although  these  programs  write   to   different   streams,
            redirecting  their output to a file will capture only part of their
            actions.  The changes to the terminal modes  are  not  affected  by
            redirecting the output.
 
-       If  tput  is  invoked by a link named init, this has the same effect as
-       tput init.  Again, you are less likely to use that link because another
-       program named init has a more well-established use.
+       If  tput  is  invoked by a link named init, this has the same effect as
+       tput init.  Again, you are less likely to use that link because another
+       program named init has a more well-established use.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Terminal Size

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       Besides  the  special  commands  (e.g.,  clear),  tput  treats  certain
-       terminfo  capabilities  specially:  lines   and   cols.    tput   calls
-       setupterm(3X) to obtain the terminal size:
+       Besides  the  special  commands  (e.g.,  clear),  tput  treats  certain
+       terminfo  capabilities  specially:  lines   and   cols.    tput   calls
+       setupterm(3x) to obtain the terminal size:
 
-       o   first, it gets the size from the terminal database (which generally
+       o   first, it gets the size from the terminal database (which generally
            is not provided for terminal emulators which do not  have  a  fixed
            window size)
 
-       o   then  it  asks  the operating system for the terminal's size (which
+       o   then  it  asks  the operating system for the terminal's size (which
            generally works, unless connecting via a serial line which does not
-           support NAWS: negotiations about window size).
+           support NAWS: negotiations about window size).
 
-       o   finally,  it  inspects  the environment variables LINES and COLUMNS
+       o   finally,  it  inspects  the environment variables LINES and COLUMNS
            which may override the terminal size.
 
-       If the -T option is given tput ignores  the  environment  variables  by
-       calling   use_tioctl(TRUE),  relying  upon  the  operating  system  (or
+       If the -T option is given tput ignores  the  environment  variables  by
+       calling   use_tioctl(TRUE),  relying  upon  the  operating  system  (or
        finally, the terminal database).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          EXAMPLES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       tput init
+       tput init
             Initialize the terminal according to the type of terminal  in  the
-            environmental  variable  TERM.  This command should be included in
-            everyone's .profile after the environmental variable TERM has been
-            exported, as illustrated on the profile(5) manual page.
+            environmental  variable  TERM.  This command should be included in
+            everyone's .profile after the environmental variable TERM has been
+            exported, as illustrated on the profile(5) manual page.
 
-       tput -T5620 reset
+       tput -T5620 reset
             Reset  an  AT&T  5620 terminal, overriding the type of terminal in
-            the environmental variable TERM.
+            the environmental variable TERM.
 
-       tput cup 0 0
-            Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 0, column 0 (the upper
+       tput cup 0 0
+            Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 0, column 0 (the upper
             left  corner  of  the  screen,  usually known as the "home" cursor
             position).
 
-       tput clear
+       tput clear
             Echo the clear-screen sequence for the current terminal.
 
-       tput cols
+       tput cols
             Print the number of columns for the current terminal.
 
-       tput -T450 cols
+       tput -T450 cols
             Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal.
 
-       bold=`tput smso` offbold=`tput rmso`
-            Set the shell variables bold, to begin  stand-out  mode  sequence,
-            and  offbold,  to  end  standout  mode  sequence,  for the current
-            terminal.  This might be followed by a prompt: echo "${bold}Please
-            type in your name: ${offbold}\c"
+       bold=`tput smso` offbold=`tput rmso`
+            Set the shell variables bold, to begin  stand-out  mode  sequence,
+            and  offbold,  to  end  standout  mode  sequence,  for the current
+            terminal.  This might be followed by a prompt: echo "${bold}Please
+            type in your name: ${offbold}\c"
 
-       tput hc
+       tput hc
             Set  exit  code to indicate if the current terminal is a hard copy
             terminal.
 
-       tput cup 23 4
+       tput cup 23 4
             Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 23, column 4.
 
-       tput cup
+       tput cup
             Send the terminfo string for cursor-movement, with  no  parameters
             substituted.
 
-       tput longname
-            Print  the  long  name  from the terminfo database for the type of
-            terminal specified in the environmental variable TERM.
+       tput longname
+            Print  the  long  name  from the terminfo database for the type of
+            terminal specified in the environmental variable TERM.
 
-            tput -S <<!
-            > clear
-            > cup 10 10
-            > bold
-            > !
+            tput -S <<!
+            > clear
+            > cup 10 10
+            > bold
+            > !
 
-            This example shows tput processing  several  capabilities  in  one
+            This example shows tput processing  several  capabilities  in  one
             invocation.   It  clears  the screen, moves the cursor to position
             10, 10 and turns  on  bold  (extra  bright)  mode.   The  list  is
-            terminated by an exclamation mark (!) on a line by itself.
+            terminated by an exclamation mark (!) on a line by itself.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          FILES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       /usr/share/terminfo
+       /usr/share/terminfo
               compiled terminal description database
 
-       /usr/share/tabset/*
+       /usr/share/tabset/*
               tab  settings  for some terminals, in a format appropriate to be
               output to the terminal (escape sequences that  set  margins  and
-              tabs);  for  more  information, see the Tabs and Initialization,
-              section of terminfo(5)
+              tabs);  for  more  information, see the Tabs and Initialization,
+              section of terminfo(5)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          EXIT CODES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       If the -S option is used, tput checks for errors from each line, and if
+       If the -S option is used, tput checks for errors from each line, and if
        any  errors  are  found, will set the exit code to 4 plus the number of
-       lines with errors.  If no errors are found, the exit  code  is  0.   No
-       indication  of which line failed can be given so exit code 1 will never
-       appear.  Exit codes 2, 3, and 4 retain their usual interpretation.   If
-       the  -S  option  is  not  used,  the  exit  code depends on the type of
-       capname:
-
-          boolean
-                 a value of 0 is set for TRUE and 1 for FALSE.
-
-          string a value of 0 is set  if  the  capname  is  defined  for  this
-                 terminal  type  (the value of capname is returned on standard
-                 output); a value of 1 is set if capname is  not  defined  for
-                 this terminal type (nothing is written to standard output).
-
-          integer
-                 a value of 0 is always set, whether or not capname is defined
-                 for this terminal type.  To determine if capname  is  defined
-                 for  this terminal type, the user must test the value written
-                 to standard output.  A value of -1 means that capname is  not
-                 defined for this terminal type.
-
-          other  reset  or  init  may fail to find their respective files.  In
-                 that case, the exit code is set to 4 + errno.
+       lines with errors.  If no errors are found, the exit  code  is  0.   No
+       indication  of which line failed can be given so exit code 1 will never
+       appear.  Exit codes 2, 3, and 4 retain their usual interpretation.   If
+       the  -S  option  is  not  used,  the  exit  code depends on the type of
+       capname:
+
+          boolean
+                 a value of 0 is set for TRUE and 1 for FALSE.
+
+          string a value of 0 is set  if  the  capname  is  defined  for  this
+                 terminal  type  (the value of capname is returned on standard
+                 output); a value of 1 is set if capname is  not  defined  for
+                 this terminal type (nothing is written to standard output).
+
+          integer
+                 a value of 0 is always set, whether or not capname is defined
+                 for this terminal type.  To determine if capname  is  defined
+                 for  this terminal type, the user must test the value written
+                 to standard output.  A value of -1 means that capname is  not
+                 defined for this terminal type.
+
+          other  reset  or  init  may fail to find their respective files.  In
+                 that case, the exit code is set to 4 + errno.
 
        Any other exit code indicates an error; see the DIAGNOSTICS section.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          DIAGNOSTICS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       tput prints the following error messages  and  sets  the  corresponding
+       tput prints the following error messages  and  sets  the  corresponding
        exit codes.
 
        exit code   error message
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       0           (capname  is a numeric variable that is not specified in
-                   the terminfo(5) database for this  terminal  type,  e.g.
-                   tput -T450 lines and tput -T2621 xmc)
-       1           no error message is printed, see the EXIT CODES section.
-       2           usage error
-       3           unknown terminal type or no terminfo database
-       4           unknown terminfo capability capname
-       >4          error occurred in -S
+       0           (capname  is a numeric variable that is not specified in
+                   the terminfo(5) database for this  terminal  type,  e.g.
+                   tput -T450 lines and tput -T2621 xmc)
+       1           no error message is printed, see the EXIT CODES section.
+       2           usage error
+       3           unknown terminal type or no terminfo database
+       4           unknown terminfo capability capname
+       >4          error occurred in -S
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          HISTORY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       The  tput  command  was begun by Bill Joy in 1980.  The initial version
+       The  tput  command  was begun by Bill Joy in 1980.  The initial version
        only cleared the screen.
 
-       AT&T System V provided a different tput command, whose init  and  reset
+       AT&T System V provided a different tput command, whose init  and  reset
        subcommands  (more  than  half  the program) were incorporated from the
-       reset feature of BSD tset written by Eric Allman.
+       reset feature of BSD tset written by Eric Allman.
 
-       Keith Bostic  replaced  the  BSD  tput  command  in  1989  with  a  new
-       implementation  based on the AT&T System V program tput.  Like the AT&T
-       program, Bostic's version accepted some parameters named  for  terminfo
-       capabilities  (clear,  init,  longname and reset).  However (because he
-       had only termcap  available),  it  accepted  termcap  names  for  other
-       capabilities.   Also, Bostic's BSD tput did not modify the terminal I/O
-       modes as the earlier BSD tset had done.
+       Keith Bostic  replaced  the  BSD  tput  command  in  1989  with  a  new
+       implementation  based on the AT&T System V program tput.  Like the AT&T
+       program, Bostic's version accepted some parameters named  for  terminfo
+       capabilities  (clear,  init,  longname and reset).  However (because he
+       had only termcap  available),  it  accepted  termcap  names  for  other
+       capabilities.   Also, Bostic's BSD tput did not modify the terminal I/O
+       modes as the earlier BSD tset had done.
 
        At the same time, Bostic added a shell script named "clear", which used
-       tput to clear the screen.
+       tput to clear the screen.
 
        Both   of   these   appeared  in  4.4BSD,  becoming  the  "modern"  BSD
-       implementation of tput.
+       implementation of tput.
 
-       This implementation of tput began from a different source than AT&T  or
-       BSD:  Ross  Ridge's  mytinfo package, published on comp.sources.unix in
+       This implementation of tput began from a different source than AT&T  or
+       BSD:  Ross  Ridge's  mytinfo package, published on comp.sources.unix in
        December 1992.  Ridge's program made  more  sophisticated  use  of  the
        terminal  capabilities  than  the  BSD program.  Eric Raymond used that
-       tput program (and other parts of mytinfo)  in  ncurses  in  June  1995.
+       tput program (and other parts of mytinfo)  in  ncurses  in  June  1995.
        Using  the  portions  dealing with terminal capabilities almost without
        change,  Raymond  made  improvements  to  the  way   the   command-line
        parameters were handled.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       This  implementation  of  tput  differs from AT&T tput in two important
+       This  implementation  of  tput  differs from AT&T tput in two important
        areas:
 
-       o   tput capname writes to the standard output.  That  need  not  be  a
+       o   tput capname writes to the standard output.  That  need  not  be  a
            regular   terminal.   However,  the  subcommands  which  manipulate
            terminal modes may not use the standard output.
 
-           The AT&T implementation's init  and  reset  commands  use  the  BSD
-           (4.1c)   tset   source,   which  manipulates  terminal  modes.   It
+           The AT&T implementation's init  and  reset  commands  use  the  BSD
+           (4.1c)   tset   source,   which  manipulates  terminal  modes.   It
            successively tries standard output, standard error, standard  input
            before falling back to "/dev/tty" and finally just assumes a 1200Bd
            terminal.  When updating terminal modes, it ignores errors.
 
-           Until changes made after ncurses 6.0, tput did not modify  terminal
-           modes.  tput now uses a similar scheme, using functions shared with
-           tset (and ultimately based on the 4.4BSD tset).  If it is not  able
-           to open a terminal, e.g., when running in cron, tput will return an
+           Until changes made after ncurses 6.0, tput did not modify  terminal
+           modes.  tput now uses a similar scheme, using functions shared with
+           tset (and ultimately based on the 4.4BSD tset).  If it is not  able
+           to open a terminal, e.g., when running in cron, tput will return an
            error.
 
-       o   AT&T tput guesses the type of its capname operands by seeing if all
+       o   AT&T tput guesses the type of its capname operands by seeing if all
            of the characters are numeric, or not.
 
-           Most implementations which provide support for capname operands use
-           the tparm function to  expand  parameters  in  it.   That  function
-           expects  a mixture of numeric and string parameters, requiring tput
+           Most implementations which provide support for capname operands use
+           the tparm function to  expand  parameters  in  it.   That  function
+           expects  a mixture of numeric and string parameters, requiring tput
            to know which type to use.
 
            This implementation uses a table to determine the  parameter  types
-           for the standard capname operands, and an internal library function
-           to analyze nonstandard capname operands.
+           for the standard capname operands, and an internal library function
+           to analyze nonstandard capname operands.
 
-       This  implementation  (unlike  others)  can  accept  both  termcap  and
-       terminfo  names for the capname feature, if termcap support is compiled
-       in.  However, the  predefined  termcap  and  terminfo  names  have  two
-       ambiguities in this case (and the terminfo name is assumed):
+       This  implementation  (unlike  others)  can  accept  both  termcap  and
+       terminfo  names for the capname feature, if termcap support is compiled
+       in.  However, the  predefined  termcap  and  terminfo  names  have  two
+       ambiguities in this case (and the terminfo name is assumed):
 
-       o   The  termcap  name  dl corresponds to the terminfo name dl1 (delete
+       o   The  termcap  name  dl corresponds to the terminfo name dl1 (delete
            one line).
-           The terminfo name dl corresponds to the termcap name DL  (delete  a
+           The terminfo name dl corresponds to the termcap name DL  (delete  a
            given number of lines).
 
-       o   The  termcap  name  ed  corresponds  to the terminfo name rmdc (end
+       o   The  termcap  name  ed  corresponds  to the terminfo name rmdc (end
            delete mode).
-           The terminfo name ed corresponds to the termcap name cd  (clear  to
+           The terminfo name ed corresponds to the termcap name cd  (clear  to
            end of screen).
 
-       The  longname  and  -S options, and the parameter-substitution features
-       used in the cup example,  were  not  supported  in  BSD  curses  before
+       The  longname  and  -S options, and the parameter-substitution features
+       used in the cup example,  were  not  supported  in  BSD  curses  before
        4.3reno (1989) or in AT&T/USL curses before SVr4 (1988).
 
        IEEE   Std   1003.1/The   Open   Group   Base  Specifications  Issue  7
-       (POSIX.1-2008) documents only the operands for clear, init  and  reset.
+       (POSIX.1-2008) documents only the operands for clear, init  and  reset.
        There are a few interesting observations to make regarding that:
 
-       o   In  this implementation, clear is part of the capname support.  The
-           others  (init  and  longname)  do  not   correspond   to   terminal
+       o   In  this implementation, clear is part of the capname support.  The
+           others  (init  and  longname)  do  not   correspond   to   terminal
            capabilities.
 
-       o   Other  implementations  of  tput  on  SVr4-based  systems  such  as
+       o   Other  implementations  of  tput  on  SVr4-based  systems  such  as
            Solaris, IRIX64 and HPUX as well as others such as  AIX  and  Tru64
-           provide support for capname operands.
+           provide support for capname operands.
 
-       o   A few platforms such as FreeBSD recognize termcap names rather than
-           terminfo capability names in their respective tput commands.  Since
-           2010,  NetBSD's  tput  uses  terminfo names.  Before that, it (like
+       o   A few platforms such as FreeBSD recognize termcap names rather than
+           terminfo capability names in their respective tput commands.  Since
+           2010,  NetBSD's  tput  uses  terminfo names.  Before that, it (like
            FreeBSD) recognized termcap names.
 
-           Beginning in 2021, FreeBSD uses the ncurses  tput,  configured  for
+           Beginning in 2021, FreeBSD uses the ncurses  tput,  configured  for
            both terminfo (tested first) and termcap (as a fallback).
 
-       Because (apparently) all of the certified Unix systems support the full
+       Because (apparently) all of the certified Unix systems support the full
        set of capability names, the reasoning for documenting only a  few  may
        not be apparent.
 
-       o   X/Open  Curses Issue 7 documents tput differently, with capname and
+       o   X/Open  Curses Issue 7 documents tput differently, with capname and
            the other features used in this implementation.
 
-       o   That is, there are two standards for tput:  POSIX  (a  subset)  and
+       o   That is, there are two standards for tput:  POSIX  (a  subset)  and
            X/Open  Curses (the full implementation).  POSIX documents a subset
            to avoid the  complication  of  including  X/Open  Curses  and  the
            terminal capabilities database.
 
-       o   While  it  is  certainly  possible  to write a tput program without
+       o   While  it  is  certainly  possible  to write a tput program without
            using  curses,  none  of  the   systems   which   have   a   curses
-           implementation  provide  a  tput utility which does not provide the
-           capname feature.
+           implementation  provide  a  tput utility which does not provide the
+           capname feature.
 
        X/Open  Curses  Issue  7  (2009)  is  the  first  version  to  document
        utilities.  However that part of X/Open Curses does not follow existing
        practice (i.e., Unix features documented in SVID 3):
 
-       o   It assigns exit code 4 to "invalid operand", which may be the  same
-           as  unknown capability.  For instance, the source code for Solaris'
+       o   It assigns exit code 4 to "invalid operand", which may be the  same
+           as  unknown capability.  For instance, the source code for Solaris'
            xcurses uses the term "invalid" in this case.
 
-       o   It assigns exit  code  255  to  a  numeric  variable  that  is  not
+       o   It assigns exit  code  255  to  a  numeric  variable  that  is  not
            specified in the terminfo database.  That likely is a documentation
-           error, confusing the -1 written  to  the  standard  output  for  an
+           error, confusing the -1 written  to  the  standard  output  for  an
            absent or cancelled numeric value versus an (unsigned) exit code.
 
        The  various  Unix systems (AIX, HPUX, Solaris) use the same exit-codes
@@ -524,13 +524,13 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          -       clear(1), stty(1), tabs(1), tset(1), curs_termcap(3X), terminfo(5).
+       clear(1), stty(1), tabs(1), tset(1), curs_termcap(3x), terminfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                                       tput(1)
+                                                                       tput(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            diff --git a/doc/html/man/tset.1.html b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html index 72a31023..91bbe14d 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/tset.1.html +++ b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html @@ -34,25 +34,25 @@ -@TSET@ 1 +tset 1 -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            @TSET@ 1

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            tset 1

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -tset(1)                     General Commands Manual                    tset(1)
+tset(1)                     General Commands Manual                    tset(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       tset, reset - terminal initialization
+       tset, reset - terminal initialization

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       tset [-IQVcqrsw] [-] [-e ch] [-i ch] [-k ch] [-m mapping] [terminal]
-       reset [-IQVcqrsw] [-] [-e ch] [-i ch] [-k ch] [-m mapping] [terminal]
+       tset [-IQVcqrsw] [-] [-e ch] [-i ch] [-k ch] [-m mapping] [terminal]
+       reset [-IQVcqrsw] [-] [-e ch] [-i ch] [-k ch] [-m mapping] [terminal]

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            @@ -60,36 +60,36 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            tset - initialization

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    This program initializes terminals.
 
-       First,  tset  retrieves  the  current  terminal  mode settings for your
+       First,  tset  retrieves  the  current  terminal  mode settings for your
        terminal.  It does this by successively testing
 
-       o   the standard error,
+       o   the standard error,
 
-       o   standard output,
+       o   standard output,
 
-       o   standard input and
+       o   standard input and
 
-       o   ultimately "/dev/tty"
+       o   ultimately "/dev/tty"
 
-       to obtain terminal settings.  Having  retrieved  these  settings,  tset
+       to obtain terminal settings.  Having  retrieved  these  settings,  tset
        remembers which file descriptor to use when updating settings.
 
-       Next,  tset  determines  the type of terminal that you are using.  This
+       Next,  tset  determines  the type of terminal that you are using.  This
        determination is done as follows, using the first terminal type found.
 
-       1. The terminal argument specified on the command line.
+       1. The terminal argument specified on the command line.
 
-       2. The value of the TERM environmental variable.
+       2. The value of the TERM environmental variable.
 
        3. (BSD systems only.) The terminal type associated with  the  standard
-       error  output  device  in the /etc/ttys file.  (On System-V-like UNIXes
-       and systems using that convention, getty does this job by setting  TERM
-       according to the type passed to it by /etc/inittab.)
+       error  output  device  in the /etc/ttys file.  (On System-V-like UNIXes
+       and systems using that convention, getty does this job by setting  TERM
+       according to the type passed to it by /etc/inittab.)
 
        4. The default terminal type, "unknown".
 
-       If  the  terminal  type  was  not specified on the command-line, the -m
-       option mappings are then applied (see the section TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
+       If  the  terminal  type  was  not specified on the command-line, the -m
+       option mappings are then applied (see the section TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
        for  more  information).   Then,  if  the  terminal  type begins with a
        question mark ("?"), the user  is  prompted  for  confirmation  of  the
        terminal  type.   An empty response confirms the type, or, another type
@@ -100,111 +100,111 @@
 
        Once the terminal description is retrieved,
 
-       o   if  the  "-w"  option  is  enabled,  tset may update the terminal's
+       o   if  the  "-w"  option  is  enabled,  tset may update the terminal's
            window size.
 
            If the window size cannot be obtained from  the  operating  system,
-           but  the  terminal  description  (or  environment,  e.g., LINES and
-           COLUMNS variables specify this), use  this  to  set  the  operating
+           but  the  terminal  description  (or  environment,  e.g., LINES and
+           COLUMNS variables specify this), use  this  to  set  the  operating
            system's notion of the window size.
 
-       o   if  the  "-c"  option is enabled, the backspace, interrupt and line
+       o   if  the  "-c"  option is enabled, the backspace, interrupt and line
            kill characters (among many other things) are set
 
-       o   unless  the  "-I"  option  is  enabled,  the   terminal   and   tab
-           initialization  strings  are sent to the standard error output, and
-           tset waits one second (in case a hardware reset was issued).
+       o   unless  the  "-I"  option  is  enabled,  the   terminal   and   tab
+           initialization  strings  are sent to the standard error output, and
+           tset waits one second (in case a hardware reset was issued).
 
-       o   Finally, if the erase, interrupt  and  line  kill  characters  have
+       o   Finally, if the erase, interrupt  and  line  kill  characters  have
            changed,  or  are not set to their default values, their values are
            displayed to the standard error output.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            reset - reinitialization

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       When invoked as reset, tset sets the terminal modes to "sane" values:
+       When invoked as reset, tset sets the terminal modes to "sane" values:
 
-       o   sets cooked and echo modes,
+       o   sets cooked and echo modes,
 
-       o   turns off cbreak and raw modes,
+       o   turns off cbreak and raw modes,
 
-       o   turns on newline translation and
+       o   turns on newline translation and
 
-       o   resets any unset special characters to their default values
+       o   resets any unset special characters to their default values
 
        before doing the terminal initialization described above.  Also, rather
-       than  using  the  terminal initialization strings, it uses the terminal
-       reset strings.
+       than  using  the  terminal initialization strings, it uses the terminal
+       reset strings.
 
-       The reset command is useful after a program dies leaving a terminal  in
+       The reset command is useful after a program dies leaving a terminal  in
        an abnormal state:
 
-       o   you may have to type
+       o   you may have to type
 
-               <LF>reset<LF>
+               <LF>reset<LF>
 
            (the line-feed character is normally control-J) to get the terminal
            to work, as carriage-return may no  longer  work  in  the  abnormal
            state.
 
-       o   Also, the terminal will often not echo the command.
+       o   Also, the terminal will often not echo the command.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            OPTIONS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    The options are as follows:
 
-       -c   Set control characters and modes.
+       -c   Set control characters and modes.
 
-       -e   Set the erase character to ch.
+       -e   Set the erase character to ch.
 
-       -I   Do  not  send  the  terminal  or tab initialization strings to the
+       -I   Do  not  send  the  terminal  or tab initialization strings to the
             terminal.
 
-       -i   Set the interrupt character to ch.
+       -i   Set the interrupt character to ch.
 
-       -k   Set the line kill character to ch.
+       -k   Set the line kill character to ch.
 
-       -m   Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal.  See the section
-            TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING for more information.
+       -m   Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal.  See the section
+            TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING for more information.
 
-       -Q   Do  not  display any values for the erase, interrupt and line kill
-            characters.   Normally  tset  displays  the  values  for   control
+       -Q   Do  not  display any values for the erase, interrupt and line kill
+            characters.   Normally  tset  displays  the  values  for   control
             characters which differ from the system's default values.
 
-       -q   The  terminal  type  is  displayed to the standard output, and the
+       -q   The  terminal  type  is  displayed to the standard output, and the
             terminal is not initialized in any way.  The option "-" by  itself
             is equivalent but archaic.
 
-       -r   Print the terminal type to the standard error output.
+       -r   Print the terminal type to the standard error output.
 
-       -s   Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize the environment
-            variable TERM to the standard output.  See the section SETTING THE
-            ENVIRONMENT for details.
+       -s   Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize the environment
+            variable TERM to the standard output.  See the section SETTING THE
+            ENVIRONMENT for details.
 
-       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
+       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and
             exits.
 
-       -w   Resize the window to match the  size  deduced  via  setupterm(3X).
-            Normally  this  has  no  effect,  unless  setupterm is not able to
+       -w   Resize the window to match the  size  deduced  via  setupterm(3x).
+            Normally  this  has  no  effect,  unless  setupterm is not able to
             detect the window size.
 
-       The arguments for the -e, -i, and -k options may either be  entered  as
+       The arguments for the -e, -i, and -k options may either be  entered  as
        actual  characters  or by using the "hat" notation, i.e., control-h may
        be specified as "^H" or "^h".
 
-       If neither -c or -w is given, both options are assumed.
+       If neither -c or -w is given, both options are assumed.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    It is often desirable to enter the terminal type and information  about
        the terminal's capabilities into the shell's environment.  This is done
-       using the -s option.
+       using the -s option.
 
-       When the -s option is specified, the commands to enter the  information
+       When the -s option is specified, the commands to enter the  information
        into  the  shell's  environment are written to the standard output.  If
-       the SHELL environmental variable ends in "csh", the  commands  are  for
-       csh,  otherwise, they are for sh.  Note, the csh commands set and unset
-       the shell variable noglob, leaving it unset.  The following line in the
-       .login or .profile files will initialize the environment correctly:
+       the SHELL environmental variable ends in "csh", the  commands  are  for
+       csh,  otherwise, they are for sh.  Note, the csh commands set and unset
+       the shell variable noglob, leaving it unset.  The following line in the
+       .login or .profile files will initialize the environment correctly:
 
            eval `tset -s options ... `
 
@@ -212,16 +212,16 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    When  the  terminal  is  not  hardwired into the system (or the current
        system information is incorrect) the terminal  type  derived  from  the
-       /etc/ttys  file  or  the TERM environmental variable is often something
-       generic like network, dialup, or unknown.   When  tset  is  used  in  a
+       /etc/ttys  file  or  the TERM environmental variable is often something
+       generic like network, dialup, or unknown.   When  tset  is  used  in  a
        startup  script  it is often desirable to provide information about the
        type of terminal used on such ports.
 
-       The -m options maps from some set of conditions  to  a  terminal  type,
-       that is, to tell tset "If I'm on this port at a particular speed, guess
+       The -m options maps from some set of conditions  to  a  terminal  type,
+       that is, to tell tset "If I'm on this port at a particular speed, guess
        that I'm on that kind of terminal".
 
-       The argument to the -m option consists of an  optional  port  type,  an
+       The argument to the -m option consists of an  optional  port  type,  an
        optional  operator,  an  optional  baud rate specification, an optional
        colon (":") character and a terminal type.  The port type is  a  string
        (delimited  by  either  the  operator  or  the  colon  character).  The
@@ -231,149 +231,149 @@
        compared  with  the speed of the standard error output (which should be
        the control terminal).  The terminal type is a string.
 
-       If the terminal type is not specified  on  the  command  line,  the  -m
+       If the terminal type is not specified  on  the  command  line,  the  -m
        mappings  are  applied to the terminal type.  If the port type and baud
        rate match the mapping, the terminal  type  specified  in  the  mapping
        replaces  the current type.  If more than one mapping is specified, the
        first applicable mapping is used.
 
-       For example, consider the following  mapping:  dialup>9600:vt100.   The
+       For example, consider the following  mapping:  dialup>9600:vt100.   The
        port type is dialup , the operator is >, the baud rate specification is
        9600, and the terminal type is vt100.  The result of this mapping is to
-       specify  that  if  the  terminal  type  is dialup, and the baud rate is
-       greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of vt100 will be used.
+       specify  that  if  the  terminal  type  is dialup, and the baud rate is
+       greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of vt100 will be used.
 
        If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type  will  match  any  baud
        rate.   If  no port type is specified, the terminal type will match any
-       port type.  For example, -m dialup:vt100  -m  :?xterm  will  cause  any
+       port type.  For example, -m dialup:vt100  -m  :?xterm  will  cause  any
        dialup port, regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal type vt100,
        and any non-dialup port type to match the terminal type ?xterm.   Note,
        because  of  the  leading  question mark, the user will be queried on a
        default port as to whether they are actually using an xterm terminal.
 
-       No whitespace characters are  permitted  in  the  -m  option  argument.
+       No whitespace characters are  permitted  in  the  -m  option  argument.
        Also,  to avoid problems with meta-characters, it is suggested that the
-       entire -m option argument be placed within single quote characters, and
-       that   csh   users  insert  a  backslash  character  ("\")  before  any
+       entire -m option argument be placed within single quote characters, and
+       that   csh   users  insert  a  backslash  character  ("\")  before  any
        exclamation marks ("!").

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            HISTORY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       A reset command appeared in 2BSD (April 1979), written by Kurt  Shoens.
-       This  program set the erase and kill characters to ^H (backspace) and @
+       A reset command appeared in 2BSD (April 1979), written by Kurt  Shoens.
+       This  program set the erase and kill characters to ^H (backspace) and @
        respectively.  Mark Horton improved that in 3BSD (October 1979), adding
-       intr,  quit,  start/stop  and  eof  characters  as well as changing the
+       intr,  quit,  start/stop  and  eof  characters  as well as changing the
        program to avoid modifying any user settings.
 
-       Later in 4.1BSD (December 1980), Mark Horton added a call to  the  tset
-       program  using  the  -I and -Q options, i.e., using that to improve the
-       terminal modes.  With those options, that version of reset did not  use
+       Later in 4.1BSD (December 1980), Mark Horton added a call to  the  tset
+       program  using  the  -I and -Q options, i.e., using that to improve the
+       terminal modes.  With those options, that version of reset did not  use
        the termcap database.
 
-       A separate tset command was provided in 2BSD by Eric Allman.  While the
-       oldest published source (from  1979)  provides  both  tset  and  reset,
+       A separate tset command was provided in 2BSD by Eric Allman.  While the
+       oldest published source (from  1979)  provides  both  tset  and  reset,
        Allman's  comments  in the 2BSD source code indicate that he began work
        in October 1977, continuing development over the next few years.
 
-       In September 1980, Eric Allman modified tset, adding the code from  the
-       existing  "reset"  feature when tset was invoked as reset.  Rather than
-       simply copying the existing program, in this merged version, tset  used
+       In September 1980, Eric Allman modified tset, adding the code from  the
+       existing  "reset"  feature when tset was invoked as reset.  Rather than
+       simply copying the existing program, in this merged version, tset  used
        the  termcap  database  to  do  additional  (re)initialization  of  the
        terminal.  This version appeared in 4.1cBSD, late in 1982.
 
        Other developers (e.g., Keith Bostic and Jim Bloom) continued to modify
-       tset until 4.4BSD was released in 1993.
+       tset until 4.4BSD was released in 1993.
 
-       The  ncurses implementation was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources
+       The  ncurses implementation was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources
        for a terminfo environment by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            COMPATIBILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Neither IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open  Group  Base  Specifications  Issue  7
-       (POSIX.1-2008) nor X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents tset or reset.
+       (POSIX.1-2008) nor X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents tset or reset.
 
-       The  AT&T  tput utility (AIX, HPUX, Solaris) incorporated the terminal-
+       The  AT&T  tput utility (AIX, HPUX, Solaris) incorporated the terminal-
        mode manipulation as well as termcap-based features such  as  resetting
-       tabstops  from  tset  in  BSD  (4.1c), presumably with the intention of
-       making tset obsolete.  However, each of those  systems  still  provides
-       tset.   In fact, the commonly-used reset utility is always an alias for
-       tset.
+       tabstops  from  tset  in  BSD  (4.1c), presumably with the intention of
+       making tset obsolete.  However, each of those  systems  still  provides
+       tset.   In fact, the commonly-used reset utility is always an alias for
+       tset.
 
-       The  tset  utility  provides  for   backward-compatibility   with   BSD
-       environments  (under  most modern UNIXes, /etc/inittab and getty(1) can
-       set TERM appropriately for each dial-up line; this  obviates  what  was
-       tset's  most  important  use).  This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
-       tset, with a few exceptions specified here.
+       The  tset  utility  provides  for   backward-compatibility   with   BSD
+       environments  (under  most modern UNIXes, /etc/inittab and getty(1) can
+       set TERM appropriately for each dial-up line; this  obviates  what  was
+       tset's  most  important  use).  This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
+       tset, with a few exceptions specified here.
 
-       A few options are different because the TERMCAP variable is  no  longer
-       supported under terminfo-based ncurses:
+       A few options are different because the TERMCAP variable is  no  longer
+       supported under terminfo-based ncurses:
 
-       o   The  -S  option  of  BSD  tset  no longer works; it prints an error
+       o   The  -S  option  of  BSD  tset  no longer works; it prints an error
            message to the standard error and dies.
 
-       o   The -s option only sets TERM, not TERMCAP.
+       o   The -s option only sets TERM, not TERMCAP.
 
-       There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking tset via a  link
+       There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking tset via a  link
        named  "TSET"  (or  via  any  other  name  beginning with an upper-case
        letter) set the terminal to use upper-case only.  This feature has been
        omitted.
 
-       The -A, -E, -h, -u and -v options were deleted from the tset utility in
+       The -A, -E, -h, -u and -v options were deleted from the tset utility in
        4.4BSD.  None of them were documented in 4.3BSD and all are of  limited
-       utility  at  best.   The  -a,  -d,  and  -p  options  are similarly not
+       utility  at  best.   The  -a,  -d,  and  -p  options  are similarly not
        documented or useful, but  were  retained  as  they  appear  to  be  in
        widespread  use.   It  is  strongly recommended that any usage of these
-       three options be changed to use the -m option instead.  The -a, -d, and
-       -p options are therefore omitted from the usage summary above.
+       three options be changed to use the -m option instead.  The -a, -d, and
+       -p options are therefore omitted from the usage summary above.
 
        Very  old  systems,  e.g., 3BSD, used a different terminal driver which
        was replaced in 4BSD in the early 1980s.  To  accommodate  these  older
-       systems,  the  4BSD  tset  provided a -n option to specify that the new
+       systems,  the  4BSD  tset  provided a -n option to specify that the new
        terminal driver should be used.  This implementation does  not  provide
        that choice.
 
-       It  is  still permissible to specify the -e, -i, and -k options without
+       It  is  still permissible to specify the -e, -i, and -k options without
        arguments, although it is strongly recommended that such usage be fixed
        to explicitly specify the character.
 
-       As  of 4.4BSD, executing tset as reset no longer implies the -Q option.
-       Also, the interaction between the - option and the terminal argument in
-       some historic implementations of tset has been removed.
+       As  of 4.4BSD, executing tset as reset no longer implies the -Q option.
+       Also, the interaction between the - option and the terminal argument in
+       some historic implementations of tset has been removed.
 
-       The  -c  and  -w  options  are  not  found  in earlier implementations.
+       The  -c  and  -w  options  are  not  found  in earlier implementations.
        However, a different window size-change feature was provided in 4.4BSD.
 
-       o   In 4.4BSD, tset uses the window size from the  termcap  description
-           to  set  the  window  size if tset is not able to obtain the window
+       o   In 4.4BSD, tset uses the window size from the  termcap  description
+           to  set  the  window  size if tset is not able to obtain the window
            size from the operating system.
 
-       o   In ncurses, tset obtains the window size using setupterm, which may
-           be  from  the  operating  system, the LINES and COLUMNS environment
+       o   In ncurses, tset obtains the window size using setupterm, which may
+           be  from  the  operating  system, the LINES and COLUMNS environment
            variables or the terminal description.
 
        Obtaining the window size from the terminal description  is  common  to
        both  implementations,  but considered obsolescent.  Its only practical
        use is for hardware terminals.  Generally speaking, a window size would
        be  unset  only if there were some problem obtaining the value from the
-       operating system (and setupterm would still fail).   For  that  reason,
-       the  LINES  and COLUMNS environment variables may be useful for working
+       operating system (and setupterm would still fail).   For  that  reason,
+       the  LINES  and COLUMNS environment variables may be useful for working
        around window-size problems.  Those  have  the  drawback  that  if  the
        window  is  resized, those variables must be recomputed and reassigned.
-       To do this more easily, use the resize(1) program.
+       To do this more easily, use the resize(1) program.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            ENVIRONMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       The tset command uses these environment variables:
+       The tset command uses these environment variables:
 
        SHELL
-            tells tset whether to initialize TERM using sh or csh syntax.
+            tells tset whether to initialize TERM using sh or csh syntax.
 
        TERM Denotes your terminal  type.   Each  terminal  type  is  distinct,
             though many are similar.
 
        TERMCAP
             may  denote  the  location of a termcap database.  If it is not an
-            absolute pathname, e.g., begins  with  a  "/",  tset  removes  the
+            absolute pathname, e.g., begins  with  a  "/",  tset  removes  the
             variable  from  the  environment  before  looking for the terminal
             description.
 
@@ -388,14 +388,14 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            -       csh(1),   sh(1),   stty(1),   curs_terminfo(3X),  tty(4),  terminfo(5),
-       ttys(5), environ(7)
+       csh(1),   sh(1),   stty(1),   curs_terminfo(3x),  tty(4),  terminfo(5),
+       ttys(5), environ(7)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210612).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.2 (patch 20210626).
 
 
 
-                                                                       tset(1)
+                                                                       tset(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              diff --git a/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html b/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html index f241ea03..0fd1f15d 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html +++ b/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              user_caps 5

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -user_caps(5)                  File Formats Manual                 user_caps(5)
+user_caps(5)                  File Formats Manual                 user_caps(5)
 
 
 
@@ -51,40 +51,40 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       tic -x, infocmp -x
+       tic -x, infocmp -x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Background

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       Before  ncurses  5.0,  terminfo  databases  used  a fixed repertoire of
+       Before  ncurses  5.0,  terminfo  databases  used  a fixed repertoire of
        terminal capabilities designed for the SVr2 terminal database in  1984,
        and  extended  in  stages  through SVr4 (1989), and standardized in the
        Single Unix Specification beginning in 1995.
 
-       Most of the extensions in this fixed repertoire were additions  to  the
+       Most of the extensions in this fixed repertoire were additions  to  the
        tables of boolean, numeric and string capabilities.  Rather than change
        the meaning of an existing capability,  a  new  name  was  added.   The
        terminfo  database  uses  a  binary  format;  binary  compatibility was
        ensured by using a header which gave the number of items in the  tables
        for each type of capability.  The standardization was incomplete:
 
-       o   The  binary  format  itself  is  not described in the X/Open Curses
-           documentation.  Only the source format is described.
+       o   The  binary  format  itself  is  not described in the X/Open Curses
+           documentation.  Only the source format is described.
 
            Library developers rely upon the SVr4 documentation,  and  reverse-
            engineering the compiled terminfo files to match the binary format.
 
-       o   Lacking a standard for the binary format, most implementations copy
+       o   Lacking a standard for the binary format, most implementations copy
            the SVr2 binary format, which uses 16-bit signed integers,  and  is
            limited to 4096-byte entries.
 
            The  format  cannot  represent very large numeric capabilities, nor
            can it represent large numbers of special keyboard definitions.
 
-       o   The tables of capability names differ between implementations.
+       o   The tables of capability names differ between implementations.
 
-           Although they may provide all of the standard capability names, the
+           Although they may provide all of the standard capability names, the
            position  in the tables differs because some features were added as
            needed, while others were added  (out  of  order)  to  comply  with
            X/Open Curses.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
            configured with tables which match the terminal databases for  AIX,
            HP-UX or OSF/1, rather than the default Solaris-like configuration.
 
-       o   In  SVr4  curses  and  ncurses, the terminal database is defined at
+       o   In  SVr4  curses  and  ncurses, the terminal database is defined at
            compile-time using a text file which lists the  different  terminal
            capabilities.
 
@@ -115,60 +115,60 @@
                     (box1) box characters primary set
 
            The memory lock/unlock capabilities were included because they were
-           used in  the  X11R6  terminal  description  for  xterm.   The  box1
+           used in  the  X11R6  terminal  description  for  xterm.   The  box1
            capability  is  used  in  tic  to  help  with terminal descriptions
            written for AIX.
 
        During the 1990s, some users were reluctant to use terminfo in spite of
        its performance advantages over termcap:
 
-       o   The  fixed  repertoire  prevented  users  from  adding features for
+       o   The  fixed  repertoire  prevented  users  from  adding features for
            unanticipated terminal improvements  (or  required  them  to  reuse
            existing capabilities as a workaround).
 
-       o   The  limitation  to  16-bit  signed  integers  was  also mentioned.
+       o   The  limitation  to  16-bit  signed  integers  was  also mentioned.
            Because termcap stores everything as a string, it  could  represent
            larger numbers.
 
        Although  termcap's  extensibility  was  rarely  used (it was never the
-       speaker who had actually used the feature), the criticism had a  point.
+       speaker who had actually used the feature), the criticism had a  point.
        ncurses   5.0  provided  a  way  to  detect  nonstandard  capabilities,
        determine their type and optionally store and retrieve them  in  a  way
        which did not interfere with other applications.  These are referred to
-       as user-defined capabilities because no modifications to the  toolset's
+       as user-defined capabilities because no modifications to the  toolset's
        predefined capability names are needed.
 
-       The  ncurses  utilities tic and infocmp have a command-line option "-x"
+       The  ncurses  utilities tic and infocmp have a command-line option "-x"
        to  control  whether  the  nonstandard  capabilities  are   stored   or
-       retrieved.   A  library function use_extended_names is provided for the
+       retrieved.   A  library function use_extended_names is provided for the
        same purpose.
 
-       When compiling a terminal database, if "-x" is set, tic  will  store  a
+       When compiling a terminal database, if "-x" is set, tic  will  store  a
        user-defined  capability  if  the  capability  name  is  not one of the
        predefined names.
 
        Because ncurses provides  a  termcap  library  interface,  these  user-
        defined capabilities may be visible to termcap applications:
 
-       o   The   termcap  interface  (like  all  implementations  of  termcap)
+       o   The   termcap  interface  (like  all  implementations  of  termcap)
            requires that the capability names are 2-characters.
 
            When  the  capability  is  simple  enough  for  use  in  a  termcap
            application, it is provided as a 2-character name.
 
-       o   There  are  other user-defined capabilities which refer to features
+       o   There  are  other user-defined capabilities which refer to features
            not usable in termcap, e.g., parameterized strings  that  use  more
            than two parameters or use more than the trivial expression support
            provided by termcap.  For these, the terminfo database should  have
            only capability names with 3 or more characters.
 
-       o   Some terminals can send distinct strings for special keys (cursor-,
+       o   Some terminals can send distinct strings for special keys (cursor-,
            keypad-  or  function-keys)  depending  on  modifier  keys  (shift,
            control,  etc.).   While  terminfo  and  termcap  have  a set of 60
            predefined function-key names, to which a series  of  keys  can  be
            assigned,   that  is  insufficient  for  more  than  a  dozen  keys
            multiplied by more than a couple  of  modifier  combinations.   The
-           ncurses  database  uses  a  convention  based  on  xterm to provide
+           ncurses  database  uses  a  convention  based  on  xterm to provide
            extended special-key names.
 
            Fitting that into termcap's limitation of 2-character  names  would
@@ -181,28 +181,28 @@
        terminfo  database  may  have  other extensions, ncurses makes explicit
        checks for these:
 
-          AX boolean, asserts that the terminal interprets SGR 39 and  SGR  49
+          AX boolean, asserts that the terminal interprets SGR 39 and  SGR  49
              by  resetting  the foreground and background color, respectively,
              to the default.
 
-             This is a feature recognized by the screen program as well.
+             This is a feature recognized by the screen program as well.
 
-          E3 string, tells how to  clear  the  terminal's  scrollback  buffer.
-             When present, the clear(1) program sends this before clearing the
+          E3 string, tells how to  clear  the  terminal's  scrollback  buffer.
+             When present, the clear(1) program sends this before clearing the
              terminal.
 
-             The command "tput clear" does the same thing.
+             The command "tput clear" does the same thing.
 
           RGB
-             boolean, number or string, to assert  that  the  set_a_foreground
-             and  set_a_background  capabilities  correspond to direct colors,
+             boolean, number or string, to assert  that  the  set_a_foreground
+             and  set_a_background  capabilities  correspond to direct colors,
              using an RGB (red/green/blue) convention.  This capability allows
-             the  color_content  function to return appropriate values without
-             requiring the application to initialize colors using init_color.
+             the  color_content  function to return appropriate values without
+             requiring the application to initialize colors using init_color.
 
              The capability type determines the values which ncurses sees:
 
-             boolean
+             boolean
                 implies that the number of bits for red, green  and  blue  are
                 the  same.   Using  the maximum number of colors, ncurses adds
                 two, divides that sum by three, and assigns the result to red,
@@ -212,50 +212,50 @@
                 multiple of three, the blue (and  green)  components  lose  in
                 comparison to red.
 
-             number
+             number
                 tells  ncurses  what result to add to red, green and blue.  If
                 ncurses runs out of bits, blue (and green) lose just as in the
-                boolean case.
+                boolean case.
 
-             string
+             string
                 explicitly  list  the  number  of bits used for red, green and
                 blue components as a slash-separated list of decimal integers.
 
              Because there are several  RGB  encodings  in  use,  applications
              which  make  assumptions  about  the number of bits per color are
              unlikely to work reliably.  As a trivial case, for  example,  one
-             could  define  RGB#1 to represent the standard eight ANSI colors,
+             could  define  RGB#1 to represent the standard eight ANSI colors,
              i.e., one bit per color.
 
-          U8 number, asserts that ncurses must use Unicode  values  for  line-
+          U8 number, asserts that ncurses must use Unicode  values  for  line-
              drawing  characters,  and  that  it  should  ignore the alternate
              character set capabilities when the locale uses  UTF-8  encoding.
-             For  more  information, see the discussion of NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS
-             in ncurses(3X).
+             For  more  information, see the discussion of NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS
+             in ncurses(3x).
 
              Set this capability to a nonzero value to enable it.
 
-          XM string, override ncurses's built-in string which enables/disables
-             xterm mouse mode.
+          XM string, override ncurses's built-in string which enables/disables
+             xterm mouse mode.
 
              ncurses  sends a character sequence to the terminal to initialize
              mouse mode, and when the user clicks the  mouse  buttons  or  (in
              certain  modes) moves the mouse, handles the characters sent back
              by the terminal to tell it what was done with the mouse.
 
-             The mouse protocol  is  enabled  when  the  mask  passed  in  the
-             mousemask  function  is nonzero.  By default, ncurses handles the
+             The mouse protocol  is  enabled  when  the  mask  passed  in  the
+             mousemask  function  is nonzero.  By default, ncurses handles the
              responses for the X11 xterm mouse protocol.  It also knows  about
-             the  SGR  1006  xterm mouse protocol, but must to be told to look
+             the  SGR  1006  xterm mouse protocol, but must to be told to look
              for this specifically.  It will not be able to guess  which  mode
              is  used,  because  the  responses  are  enough  alike  that only
              confusion would result.
 
-             The XM capability has a single parameter.  If nonzero, the  mouse
+             The XM capability has a single parameter.  If nonzero, the  mouse
              protocol  should  be enabled.  If zero, the mouse protocol should
              be disabled.  ncurses inspects this capability if it is  present,
              to  see whether the 1006 protocol is used.  If so, it expects the
-             responses to use the SGR 1006 xterm mouse protocol.
+             responses to use the SGR 1006 xterm mouse protocol.
 
              The xterm mouse protocol is used  by  other  terminal  emulators.
              The  terminal database uses building-blocks for the various xterm
@@ -263,29 +263,29 @@
              descriptions.
 
              The terminal database building blocks for this mouse feature also
-             have  an  experimental  capability  xm.   The   "xm"   capability
+             have  an  experimental  capability  xm.   The   "xm"   capability
              describes  the mouse response.  Currently there is no interpreter
              which would use  this  information  to  make  the  mouse  support
              completely data-driven.
 
-             xm shows the format of the mouse responses.  In this experimental
+             xm shows the format of the mouse responses.  In this experimental
              capability, the parameters are
 
-               p1   y-ordinate
+               p1   y-ordinate
 
-               p2   x-ordinate
+               p2   x-ordinate
 
-               p3   button
+               p3   button
 
-               p4   state, e.g., pressed or released
+               p4   state, e.g., pressed or released
 
-               p5   y-ordinate starting region
+               p5   y-ordinate starting region
 
-               p6   x-ordinate starting region
+               p6   x-ordinate starting region
 
-               p7   y-ordinate ending region
+               p7   y-ordinate ending region
 
-               p8   x-ordinate ending region
+               p8   x-ordinate ending region
 
              Here are  examples  from  the  terminal  database  for  the  most
              commonly used xterm mouse protocols:
@@ -310,17 +310,17 @@
        combinations of modified special keys.  There is no standard  for  what
        those keys can send.
 
-       Since 1999, xterm has supported shift, control, alt, and meta modifiers
+       Since 1999, xterm has supported shift, control, alt, and meta modifiers
        which produce distinct special-key strings.  In a terminal description,
        ncurses  has  no special knowledge of the modifiers used.  Applications
-       can use the naming convention  established  for  xterm  to  find  these
+       can use the naming convention  established  for  xterm  to  find  these
        special keys in the terminal description.
 
-       Starting  with  the curses convention that key names begin with "k" and
+       Starting  with  the curses convention that key names begin with "k" and
        that shifted special keys are  an  uppercase  name,  ncurses'  terminal
        database defines these names to which a suffix is added:
 
-            Name   Description
+            Name   Description
             ---------------------------------------------------------------
             kDC    special form of kdch1 (delete character)
             kDN    special form of kcud1 (cursor down)
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
 
        These are the suffixes used to denote the modifiers:
 
-            Value   Description
+            Value   Description
             ----------------------------------
             2       Shift
             3       Alt
@@ -352,32 +352,32 @@
             15      Meta + Ctrl + Alt
             16      Meta + Ctrl + Alt + Shift
 
-       None  of these are predefined; terminal descriptions can refer to names
-       which ncurses will allocate at runtime to key-codes.  To use these keys
+       None  of these are predefined; terminal descriptions can refer to names
+       which ncurses will allocate at runtime to key-codes.  To use these keys
        in an ncurses program, an application could do this:
 
-       o   using  a  list  of  extended  key names, ask tigetstr(3X) for their
+       o   using  a  list  of  extended  key names, ask tigetstr(3x) for their
            values, and
 
-       o   given the list of values,  ask  key_defined(3X)  for  the  key-code
-           which would be returned for those keys by wgetch(3X).
+       o   given the list of values,  ask  key_defined(3x)  for  the  key-code
+           which would be returned for those keys by wgetch(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              PORTABILITY

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       The  "-x"  extension  feature  of  tic  and infocmp has been adopted in
+       The  "-x"  extension  feature  of  tic  and infocmp has been adopted in
        NetBSD curses.  That implementation stores  user-defined  capabilities,
        but makes no use of these capabilities itself.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              -       infocmp(1M), tic(1M).
+       infocmp(1m), tic(1m).
 
-       The  terminal  database  section  NCURSES  USER-DEFINABLE  CAPABILITIES
+       The  terminal  database  section  NCURSES  USER-DEFINABLE  CAPABILITIES
        summarizes commonly-used user-defined capabilities which  are  used  in
        the  terminal  descriptions.   Some  of those features are mentioned in
-       screen(1) or tmux(1).
+       screen(1) or tmux(1).
 
-       XTerm Control Sequences  provides  further  information  on  the  xterm
+       XTerm Control Sequences  provides  further  information  on  the  xterm
        features which are used in these extended capabilities.
 
 
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                  user_caps(5)
+                                                                  user_caps(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                diff --git a/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html index d1f3f9be..d02a0a47 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html +++ b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html @@ -35,46 +35,46 @@ -wresize 3X +wresize 3x -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                wresize 3X

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                +

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                wresize 3x

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -wresize(3X)                                                        wresize(3X)
+wresize(3x)                                                        wresize(3x)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NAME

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       wresize - resize a curses window
+       wresize - resize a curses window

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                SYNOPSIS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <curses.h>
 
-       int wresize(WINDOW *win, int lines, int columns);
+       int wresize(WINDOW *win, int lines, int columns);

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                DESCRIPTION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        This is an extension to the curses library.  It reallocates storage for
-       an ncurses window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values.  If
+       an ncurses window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values.  If
        either  dimension  is larger than the current values, the window's data
        is filled with blanks that have the current  background  rendition  (as
-       set by wbkgdset) merged into them.
+       set by wbkgdset) merged into them.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                RETURN VALUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       The  function  returns  the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
+       The  function  returns  the integer ERR upon failure and OK on success.
        It will fail if either of the dimensions less than or equal to zero, or
        if an error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the window.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                NOTES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The  only  restriction placed on the dimensions is that they be greater
-       than zero.  The dimensions are not compared to curses screen dimensions
-       to  simplify  the logic of resizeterm.  The caller must ensure that the
+       than zero.  The dimensions are not compared to curses screen dimensions
+       to  simplify  the logic of resizeterm.  The caller must ensure that the
        window's dimensions fit within the actual screen dimensions.
 
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                SEE ALSO

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                -       resizeterm(3X).
+       resizeterm(3x).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                AUTHOR

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-                                                                   wresize(3X)
+                                                                   wresize(3x)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  diff --git a/include/nc_access.h b/include/nc_access.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d86dfa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/nc_access.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/**************************************************************************** + * Copyright 2021 Thomas E. Dickey * + * * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the * + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including * + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, * + * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell * + * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is * + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: * + * * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included * + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. * + * * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF * + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. * + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, * + * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR * + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR * + * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * + * * + * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright * + * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the * + * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written * + * authorization. * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/* $Id: nc_access.h,v 1.1 2021/06/26 21:38:47 tom Exp $ */ + +#ifndef NC_ACCESS_included +#define NC_ACCESS_included 1 +/* *INDENT-OFF* */ + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * Turn off this symbol to limit access to environment variables when root. + */ +#ifdef USE_ROOT_ENVIRON + +#define use_terminfo_vars() 1 + +#else + +#define use_terminfo_vars() _nc_env_access() +extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_env_access (void); + +#endif + +/* + * Turn off this symbol to limit access to files when running setuid. + */ +#ifdef USE_ROOT_ACCESS + +#define safe_fopen(name,mode) fopen(name,mode) +#define safe_open3(name,flags,mode) open(name,flags,mode) + +#else + +#define safe_fopen(name,mode) fopen(name,mode) +#define safe_open3(name,flags,mode) open(name,flags,mode) +extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FILE *) _nc_safe_fopen (const char *, const char *); +extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_safe_open3 (const char *, int, mode_t); + +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* *INDENT-ON* */ + +#endif /* NC_ACCESS_included */ diff --git a/include/ncurses_defs b/include/ncurses_defs index 111256a5..115f982a 100644 --- a/include/ncurses_defs +++ b/include/ncurses_defs @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncurses_defs,v 1.96 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncurses_defs,v 1.97 2021/06/26 18:56:32 tom Exp $ ############################################################################## # Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey # # Copyright 2000-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # @@ -143,6 +143,7 @@ HAVE_SCR_DUMP 1 HAVE_SELECT HAVE_SETBUF HAVE_SETBUFFER +HAVE_SETFSUID HAVE_SETENV HAVE_SETUPTERM 1 HAVE_SETVBUF diff --git a/misc/terminfo.src b/misc/terminfo.src index 7bcbed50..a28b0843 100644 --- a/misc/terminfo.src +++ b/misc/terminfo.src @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Report bugs and new terminal descriptions to # bug-ncurses@gnu.org # -# $Revision: 1.872 $ -# $Date: 2021/03/20 21:45:39 $ +# $Revision: 1.876 $ +# $Date: 2021/06/26 18:47:42 $ # # The original header is preserved below for reference. It is noted that there # is a "newer" version which differs in some cosmetic details (but actually @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ pccon+sgr+acs|sgr and default ASCII pseudographics for OpenBSD PC console, pccon+colors|ANSI colors for OpenBSD PC console, bce, colors#8, ncv#2, pairs#64, - op=\E[47;30m, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, + op=\E[49;39m, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, pccon+base|base capabilities for OpenBSD PC console, am, km, mc5i, msgr, npc, nxon, xenl, xon, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, @@ -6620,6 +6620,56 @@ hpterm-color|HP X11 terminal emulator with color, initp=\E&v%p2%da%p3%db%p4%dc%p5%dx%p6%dy%p7%dz%p1%dI, op=\E&v0S, scp=\E&v%p1%dS, use=hpterm, +# http://bitsavers.trailing-edge.com/pdf/hp/9000_hpux/1986/97089-90081_198611_Facilities_for_Series_200_300_and_500.pdf +# http://bitsavers.trailing-edge.com/pdf/hp/9000_hpux/1987/97089-90081_198709_Facilities_for_Series_200_300_and_500_HP-UX_Concepts_and_Tutorials.pdf +# +# This article does not cover the HP 46020A keyboard that is used by the Model +# 217 and 237 computers. For information on this keyboard read the article, +# "The Series 300 ITE as System Console" found in the manual, HP-UX Concepts +# and Tutorials, Vol. 7. +# +# Possibly: +# http://bitsavers.trailing-edge.com/pdf/hp/9000_hpux/1986/97089-90042_198608_HP-UX_Concepts_and_Tutorials.pdf +# +# HP300_Series_ITE.pdf +# +# This version, which came from Martin Trusler, was tested with lynx using +# ncurses 5.4 +hpterm-color2|X-hpterm-color2|hp X11 terminal emulator with color, + OTbs, am, ccc, da, db, km, mir, xhp, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#8, + pairs#8, xmc#0, + acsc=+>\,<-\^.v0\374``a\374f\372g\376h\374j+k+l+m+n+o-q-s-t+ + u+v+w+x|y{*|!}\273~\362, + bel=^G, bold=\E&dD, cbt=\Ei, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=\r, cub1=^H, + cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, + dch1=\EP, dim=\E&dH, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ$<1>, el=\EK, + home=\E&a0y0C, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, + ind=\ES, + initp=\E&v0m%?%p2%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p2%d%;a%?%p3%{1000}%=%t1%e. + %p3%d%;b%?%p4%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p4%d%;c%?%p5%{1000}%=%t1 + %e.%p5%d%;x%?%p6%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p6%d%;y%?%p7%{1000}%= + %t1%e.%p7%d%;z%p1%dI, + is1=\EH\EJ, kbs=^H, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, + kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, + kf8=\Ew, khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, + kll=\EF, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, + meml=\El, memu=\Em, + oc=\E&v0m1a1b1c0I\E&v1a1I\E&v1b2I\E&v1a1b3I\E&v1c4I\E&v1a1c5 + I\E&v1b1c6I\E&v1x1y7I, + op=\E&v0S, pfkey=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfloc=\E&f1a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfx=\E&f2a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pln=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dd0L%p2%s, rev=\E&dB, ri=\ET, + rmacs=^O, rmam=\E&s1C, rmcup=\E&s0A, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, + rmln=\E&j@, rmm=\E&k0I, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, rs1=\EE, + scp=\E&v%p1%dS, + sgr=\E&d%p1%p3%|%{2}%*%p2%p6%|%{4}%*%+%p5%{8}%*%+%{64}%+%c%? + %p9%t%'\016'%c%e%'\017'%c%;, + sgr0=\E&d@\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E&s0C, smcup=\E&s1A, + smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smln=\E&jB, smm=\E&k1I, smso=\E&dB, + smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, #### EMU # This is for the extensible terminal emulator on the X11R6 contrib tape. # It corresponds to emu's internal emulation: @@ -9764,6 +9814,44 @@ hp98550|hp98550a|HP 9000 Series 300 color console, rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + +# From: Martin Trusler +hp98550-color|hp98550a-color|HP 9000 Series 300 color console, + OTbs, am, ccc, da, db, km, mir, xhp, + colors#8, cols#128, it#8, lh#2, lines#49, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#8, + pairs#8, xmc#0, + acsc=+>\,<-\^.v0\374``a\374f\372g\376h\374j+k+l+m+n+o-q-s-t+ + u+v+w+x|y{*|!}\273~\362, + bel=^G, bold=\E&dD, cbt=\Ei, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=\r, cub1=^H, + cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, + dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\E&a0y0C, + hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, ind=\ES, + initp=\E&v0m%?%p2%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p2%d%;a%?%p3%{1000}%=%t1%e. + %p3%d%;b%?%p4%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p4%d%;c%?%p5%{1000}%=%t1 + %e.%p5%d%;x%?%p6%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p6%d%;y%?%p7%{1000}%= + %t1%e.%p7%d%;z%p1%dI, + is1=\EH\EJ, kbs=^H, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, + kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, + kf8=\Ew, khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, + kll=\EF, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, + meml=\El, memu=\Em, + oc=\E&v0m1a1b1c0I\E&v1a1I\E&v1b2I\E&v1a1b3I\E&v1c4I\E&v1a1c5 + I\E&v1b1c6I\E&v1x1y7I, + op=\E&v0S, pfkey=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfloc=\E&f1a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfx=\E&f2a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pln=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dd0L%p2%s, rev=\E&dB, ri=\ET, + rmacs=^O, rmam=\E&s1C, rmcup=\E&s0A, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, + rmln=\E&j@, rmm=\E&k0I, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, rs1=\EE, + scp=\E&v%p1%dS, + sgr=\E&d%p1%p3%|%{2}%*%p2%p6%|%{4}%*%+%{64}%+%c%?%p9%t%' + \016'%c%e%'\017'%c%;, + sgr0=\E&d@\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E&s0C, smcup=\E&s1A, + smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smln=\E&jB, smm=\E&k1I, smso=\E&dB, + smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, u6=\Ea%dc%dR\r, u7=\Ea, + u8=\E%[0123456789/], u9=\E*s1\^, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + # From: Victor Duchovni # (hp700-wy: removed obsolete ":nl=^J:"; # replaced /usr/share/tabset/hp700-wy with std because , -- esr) @@ -14746,19 +14834,20 @@ aaa+unk|aaa-unk|ann arbor ambassador (internal - don't use this directly), vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, use=ansi+rep, aaa+rv|ann arbor ambassador in reverse video, - blink=\E[5;7m, bold=\E[1;7m, invis=\E[7;8m, - is1=\E[7m\E7\E[H\E9\E8, rev=\E[m, rmso=\E[7m, rmul=\E[7m, + blink=\E[5;7m, bold=\E[1;7m, enacs=\E(B\E)0, + invis=\E[7;8m, is1=\E[7m\E7\E[H\E9\E8, rev=\E[m, + rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[7m, rmul=\E[7m, rs1=\E[H\E[7m\E[J$<156>, sgr=\E[%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;%?%p1%p2%|%p3%!%|%t7 - ;%;%?%p7%t8;%;m\016, - sgr0=\E[7m\016, smso=\E[m, smul=\E[4;7m, + ;%;%?%p7%t8;%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[7m\017, smacs=^N, smso=\E[m, smul=\E[4;7m, # Ambassador with the DEC option, for partial vt100 compatibility. aaa+dec|ann arbor ambassador in dec vt100 mode, acsc=aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}, - csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, enacs=\E(0, rmacs=^N, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, enacs=\E(B\E)0, rmacs=^O, sgr=\E[%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;%?%p1%p3%|%!%t7;%;%? - %p7%t8;%;m%?%p9%t\017%e\016%;, - smacs=^O, + %p7%t8;%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + smacs=^N, aaa-18|ann arbor ambassador/18 lines, lines#18, is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;18p\E8, @@ -26948,4 +27037,9 @@ v3220|LANPAR Vision II model 3220/3221/3222, # 2021-03-20 # + add hterm, hterm-256color (Mike Frysinger) # +# 2021-06-26 +# + use default colors in pccon "op" -TD +# + correct rmacs/smacs in aaa+dec, aaa+rv -TD +# + add hpterm-color2 and hp98550-color (Martin Trusler) +# ######## SHANTIH! SHANTIH! SHANTIH! diff --git a/ncurses/base/lib_screen.c b/ncurses/base/lib_screen.c index 6afba661..67fb421c 100644 --- a/ncurses/base/lib_screen.c +++ b/ncurses/base/lib_screen.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /**************************************************************************** - * Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey * + * Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * * Copyright 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * * * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #define CUR SP_TERMTYPE #endif -MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_screen.c,v 1.100 2020/05/25 22:48:41 tom Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_screen.c,v 1.101 2021/06/26 20:43:19 tom Exp $") #define MAX_SIZE 0x3fff /* 16k is big enough for a window or pad */ @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_restore) (NCURSES_SP_DCLx const char *file) T((T_CALLED("scr_restore(%p,%s)"), (void *) SP_PARM, _nc_visbuf(file))); if (_nc_access(file, R_OK) >= 0 - && (fp = fopen(file, BIN_R)) != 0) { + && (fp = safe_fopen(file, BIN_R)) != 0) { delwin(NewScreen(SP_PARM)); NewScreen(SP_PARM) = getwin(fp); #if !USE_REENTRANT @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ scr_dump(const char *file) T((T_CALLED("scr_dump(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file))); if (_nc_access(file, W_OK) < 0 - || (fp = fopen(file, BIN_W)) == 0) { + || (fp = safe_fopen(file, BIN_W)) == 0) { result = ERR; } else { (void) putwin(newscr, fp); @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_init) (NCURSES_SP_DCLx const char *file) FILE *fp = 0; if (_nc_access(file, R_OK) >= 0 - && (fp = fopen(file, BIN_R)) != 0) { + && (fp = safe_fopen(file, BIN_R)) != 0) { delwin(CurScreen(SP_PARM)); CurScreen(SP_PARM) = getwin(fp); #if !USE_REENTRANT diff --git a/ncurses/curses.priv.h b/ncurses/curses.priv.h index 179adfbf..55446a89 100644 --- a/ncurses/curses.priv.h +++ b/ncurses/curses.priv.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ ****************************************************************************/ /* - * $Id: curses.priv.h,v 1.641 2021/04/03 22:12:56 tom Exp $ + * $Id: curses.priv.h,v 1.642 2021/06/26 20:23:20 tom Exp $ * * curses.priv.h * @@ -206,17 +206,6 @@ extern int errno; # define NCURSES_PATHSEP ';' #endif -/* - * If desired, one can configure this, disabling environment variables that - * point to custom terminfo/termcap locations. - */ -#ifdef USE_ROOT_ENVIRON -#define use_terminfo_vars() 1 -#else -#define use_terminfo_vars() _nc_env_access() -extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_env_access (void); -#endif - /* * Not all platforms have memmove; some have an equivalent bcopy. (Some may * have neither). @@ -1728,6 +1717,7 @@ extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(SIG_ATOMIC_T) _nc_have_sigwinch; #define FreeAndNull(p) do { free(p); p = 0; } while (0) #include +#include /* * Use these for tic/infocmp malloc failures. Generally the ncurses library diff --git a/ncurses/tinfo/access.c b/ncurses/tinfo/access.c index 15593688..2445e0e0 100644 --- a/ncurses/tinfo/access.c +++ b/ncurses/tinfo/access.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /**************************************************************************** - * Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey * + * Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * * Copyright 1998-2011,2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * * * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -35,9 +35,17 @@ #include +#ifndef USE_ROOT_ACCESS +#if HAVE_SETFSUID +#include +#else +#include +#endif +#endif + #include -MODULE_ID("$Id: access.c,v 1.27 2020/08/29 16:22:03 juergen Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: access.c,v 1.29 2021/06/26 23:50:02 tom Exp $") #define LOWERCASE(c) ((isalpha(UChar(c)) && isupper(UChar(c))) ? tolower(UChar(c)) : (c)) @@ -169,6 +177,32 @@ _nc_is_file_path(const char *path) return result; } +#if HAVE_ISSETUGID +#define is_elevated() issetugid() +#elif HAVE_GETEUID && HAVE_GETEGID +#define is_elevated() \ + (getuid() != geteuid() \ + || getgid() != getegid()) +#else +#define is_elevated() FALSE +#endif + +#if HAVE_SETFSUID +#define lower_privileges() \ + int save_err = errno; \ + setfsuid(getuid()); \ + setfsgid(getgid()); \ + errno = save_err +#define resume_elevation() \ + save_err = errno; \ + setfsuid(geteuid()); \ + setfsgid(getegid()); \ + errno = save_err +#else +#define lower_privileges() /* nothing */ +#define resume_elevation() /* nothing */ +#endif + #ifndef USE_ROOT_ENVIRON /* * Returns true if we allow application to use environment variables that are @@ -177,15 +211,50 @@ _nc_is_file_path(const char *path) NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_env_access(void) { -#if HAVE_ISSETUGID - if (issetugid()) - return FALSE; -#elif HAVE_GETEUID && HAVE_GETEGID - if (getuid() != geteuid() - || getgid() != getegid()) - return FALSE; + int result = TRUE; + + if (is_elevated()) { + result = FALSE; + } else if ((getuid() != ROOT_UID) && (geteuid() != ROOT_UID)) { + result = FALSE; + } + return result; +} +#endif /* USE_ROOT_ENVIRON */ + +#ifndef USE_ROOT_ACCESS +/* + * Limit privileges if possible; otherwise disallow access for updating files. + */ +NCURSES_EXPORT(FILE *) +_nc_safe_fopen(const char *path, const char *mode) +{ + FILE *result = NULL; +#if HAVE_SETFSUID + lower_privileges(); + result = fopen(path, mode); + resume_elevation(); +#else + if (!is_elevated() || *mode == 'r') { + result = fopen(path, mode); + } #endif - /* ...finally, disallow root */ - return (getuid() != ROOT_UID) && (geteuid() != ROOT_UID); + return result; } + +NCURSES_EXPORT(int) +_nc_safe_open3(const char *path, int flags, mode_t mode) +{ + int result = -1; +#if HAVE_SETFSUID + lower_privileges(); + result = open(path, flags, mode); + resume_elevation(); +#else + if (!is_elevated() || (flags & O_RDONLY)) { + result = open(path, flags, mode); + } #endif + return result; +} +#endif /* USE_ROOT_ENVIRON */ diff --git a/ncurses/tinfo/read_entry.c b/ncurses/tinfo/read_entry.c index 1948a198..41ef0d0a 100644 --- a/ncurses/tinfo/read_entry.c +++ b/ncurses/tinfo/read_entry.c @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #include -MODULE_ID("$Id: read_entry.c,v 1.160 2021/06/17 21:11:08 tom Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: read_entry.c,v 1.161 2021/06/26 19:43:17 tom Exp $") #define TYPE_CALLOC(type,elts) typeCalloc(type, (unsigned)(elts)) @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ _nc_read_file_entry(const char *const filename, TERMTYPE2 *ptr) int code; if (_nc_access(filename, R_OK) < 0 - || (fp = fopen(filename, BIN_R)) == 0) { + || (fp = safe_fopen(filename, BIN_R)) == 0) { TR(TRACE_DATABASE, ("cannot open terminfo %s (errno=%d)", filename, errno)); code = TGETENT_NO; } else { diff --git a/ncurses/tinfo/read_termcap.c b/ncurses/tinfo/read_termcap.c index 675f470a..418dc3f8 100644 --- a/ncurses/tinfo/read_termcap.c +++ b/ncurses/tinfo/read_termcap.c @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #include #include -MODULE_ID("$Id: read_termcap.c,v 1.100 2021/06/17 21:11:08 tom Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: read_termcap.c,v 1.101 2021/06/26 19:43:17 tom Exp $") #if !PURE_TERMINFO @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ _nc_read_termcap_entry(const char *const tn, TERMTYPE2 *const tp) TR(TRACE_DATABASE, ("Looking for %s in %s", tn, termpaths[i])); if (_nc_access(termpaths[i], R_OK) == 0 - && (fp = fopen(termpaths[i], "r")) != (FILE *) 0) { + && (fp = safe_fopen(termpaths[i], "r")) != (FILE *) 0) { _nc_set_source(termpaths[i]); /* diff --git a/ncurses/tinfo/write_entry.c b/ncurses/tinfo/write_entry.c index 5bb7aee7..763ddd72 100644 --- a/ncurses/tinfo/write_entry.c +++ b/ncurses/tinfo/write_entry.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /**************************************************************************** - * Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey * + * Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * * Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * * * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ #define TRACE_NUM(n) /* nothing */ #endif -MODULE_ID("$Id: write_entry.c,v 1.116 2020/08/29 16:22:03 juergen Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: write_entry.c,v 1.117 2021/06/26 20:43:19 tom Exp $") static int total_written; static int total_parts; @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ write_file(char *filename, TERMTYPE2 *tp) _nc_warning("entry is larger than %u bytes", limit); } else { FILE *fp = ((_nc_access(filename, W_OK) == 0) - ? fopen(filename, BIN_W) + ? safe_fopen(filename, BIN_W) : 0); size_t actual; diff --git a/ncurses/trace/lib_trace.c b/ncurses/trace/lib_trace.c index 48d3524a..9acbd471 100644 --- a/ncurses/trace/lib_trace.c +++ b/ncurses/trace/lib_trace.c @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ #include -MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_trace.c,v 1.98 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_trace.c,v 1.99 2021/06/26 20:44:59 tom Exp $") NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(unsigned) _nc_tracing = 0; /* always define this */ @@ -118,8 +118,9 @@ curses_trace(unsigned tracelevel) _nc_STRCAT(MyPath, ".log", sizeof(MyPath)); } } +#define SAFE_MODE (O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_RDWR) if (_nc_access(MyPath, W_OK) < 0 - || (MyFD = open(MyPath, O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_RDWR, 0600)) < 0 + || (MyFD = safe_open3(MyPath, SAFE_MODE, 0600)) < 0 || (MyFP = fdopen(MyFD, BIN_W)) == 0) { ; /* EMPTY */ } diff --git a/package/debian-mingw/changelog b/package/debian-mingw/changelog index eb26c651..b74ce664 100644 --- a/package/debian-mingw/changelog +++ b/package/debian-mingw/changelog @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -ncurses6 (6.2+20210619) unstable; urgency=low +ncurses6 (6.2+20210626) unstable; urgency=low * latest weekly patch - -- Thomas E. Dickey Thu, 17 Jun 2021 20:20:32 -0400 + -- Thomas E. Dickey Sat, 26 Jun 2021 07:41:07 -0400 ncurses6 (5.9-20131005) unstable; urgency=low diff --git a/package/debian-mingw64/changelog b/package/debian-mingw64/changelog index eb26c651..b74ce664 100644 --- a/package/debian-mingw64/changelog +++ b/package/debian-mingw64/changelog @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -ncurses6 (6.2+20210619) unstable; urgency=low +ncurses6 (6.2+20210626) unstable; urgency=low * latest weekly patch - -- Thomas E. Dickey Thu, 17 Jun 2021 20:20:32 -0400 + -- Thomas E. Dickey Sat, 26 Jun 2021 07:41:07 -0400 ncurses6 (5.9-20131005) unstable; urgency=low diff --git a/package/debian/changelog b/package/debian/changelog index cc2b1af6..72c1fd97 100644 --- a/package/debian/changelog +++ b/package/debian/changelog @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -ncurses6 (6.2+20210619) unstable; urgency=low +ncurses6 (6.2+20210626) unstable; urgency=low * latest weekly patch - -- Thomas E. Dickey Thu, 17 Jun 2021 20:20:32 -0400 + -- Thomas E. Dickey Sat, 26 Jun 2021 07:41:07 -0400 ncurses6 (5.9-20120608) unstable; urgency=low diff --git a/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi b/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi index fcc3d85d..6d16d030 100644 --- a/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi +++ b/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -; $Id: mingw-ncurses.nsi,v 1.463 2021/06/19 13:03:39 tom Exp $ +; $Id: mingw-ncurses.nsi,v 1.464 2021/06/26 11:41:07 tom Exp $ ; TODO add examples ; TODO bump ABI to 6 @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ !define VERSION_MAJOR "6" !define VERSION_MINOR "2" !define VERSION_YYYY "2021" -!define VERSION_MMDD "0619" +!define VERSION_MMDD "0626" !define VERSION_PATCH ${VERSION_YYYY}${VERSION_MMDD} !define MY_ABI "5" diff --git a/package/mingw-ncurses.spec b/package/mingw-ncurses.spec index 35c0946b..f17fc355 100644 --- a/package/mingw-ncurses.spec +++ b/package/mingw-ncurses.spec @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Summary: shared libraries for terminal handling Name: mingw32-ncurses6 Version: 6.2 -Release: 20210619 +Release: 20210626 License: X11 Group: Development/Libraries Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz diff --git a/package/ncurses.map b/package/ncurses.map index 0b2a1ab2..cf08f55a 100644 --- a/package/ncurses.map +++ b/package/ncurses.map @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncurses.map,v 1.52 2020/05/27 19:26:59 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncurses.map,v 1.53 2021/06/26 20:31:59 tom Exp $ # script for shared library symbol-versioning using ld # # This file was generated by ncu-mapsyms @@ -1210,6 +1210,8 @@ NCURSES_TINFO_6.2.20200212 { NCURSES_TINFO_6.2.current { global: + _nc_safe_fopen; + _nc_safe_open3; _nc_tiparm; local: _*; diff --git a/package/ncurses.spec b/package/ncurses.spec index 55773e3d..701512d6 100644 --- a/package/ncurses.spec +++ b/package/ncurses.spec @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Summary: shared libraries for terminal handling Name: ncurses6 Version: 6.2 -Release: 20210619 +Release: 20210626 License: X11 Group: Development/Libraries Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz diff --git a/package/ncurses.sym b/package/ncurses.sym index d9f8b937..ae798071 100644 --- a/package/ncurses.sym +++ b/package/ncurses.sym @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncurses.sym,v 1.35 2019/12/14 22:40:34 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncurses.sym,v 1.36 2021/06/26 20:31:59 tom Exp $ # script for shared library symbol-visibility using libtool # # This file was generated by ncu-mapsyms @@ -192,6 +192,8 @@ _nc_retrace_void_ptr _nc_retrace_win _nc_ripoffline _nc_rootname +_nc_safe_fopen +_nc_safe_open3 _nc_safe_strcat _nc_safe_strcpy _nc_screen_chain @@ -220,6 +222,7 @@ _nc_tic_written _nc_timed_wait _nc_tinfo_fkeys _nc_tinfo_fkeysf +_nc_tiparm _nc_tparm_analyze _nc_tparm_err _nc_tputs_trace diff --git a/package/ncursest.map b/package/ncursest.map index ed8f4e19..6887edf7 100644 --- a/package/ncursest.map +++ b/package/ncursest.map @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncursest.map,v 1.50 2020/05/27 19:29:10 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncursest.map,v 1.51 2021/06/26 20:31:59 tom Exp $ # script for shared library symbol-versioning using ld # # This file was generated by ncu-mapsyms @@ -489,6 +489,8 @@ NCURSES_TINFO_6.2.20200212 { NCURSES_TINFO_6.2.current { global: + _nc_safe_fopen; + _nc_safe_open3; _nc_tiparm; local: _*; diff --git a/package/ncursest.spec b/package/ncursest.spec index 3f367bae..0dd04155 100644 --- a/package/ncursest.spec +++ b/package/ncursest.spec @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Summary: Curses library with POSIX thread support. Name: ncursest6 Version: 6.2 -Release: 20210619 +Release: 20210626 License: X11 Group: Development/Libraries Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz diff --git a/package/ncursest.sym b/package/ncursest.sym index 021b8191..53964f7b 100644 --- a/package/ncursest.sym +++ b/package/ncursest.sym @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncursest.sym,v 1.39 2019/12/14 22:42:32 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncursest.sym,v 1.40 2021/06/26 20:36:37 tom Exp $ # script for shared library symbol-visibility using libtool # # This file was generated by ncu-mapsyms @@ -199,6 +199,8 @@ _nc_retrace_void_ptr _nc_retrace_win _nc_ripoffline _nc_rootname +_nc_safe_fopen +_nc_safe_open3 _nc_safe_strcat _nc_safe_strcpy _nc_screen @@ -234,6 +236,7 @@ _nc_tic_written _nc_timed_wait _nc_tinfo_fkeys _nc_tinfo_fkeysf +_nc_tiparm _nc_tparm_analyze _nc_tparm_err _nc_trace_buf diff --git a/package/ncursestw.map b/package/ncursestw.map index 61104704..84b8ad30 100644 --- a/package/ncursestw.map +++ b/package/ncursestw.map @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncursestw.map,v 1.53 2021/05/22 20:41:12 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncursestw.map,v 1.54 2021/06/26 20:31:59 tom Exp $ # script for shared library symbol-versioning using ld # # This file was generated by ncu-mapsyms @@ -496,6 +496,8 @@ NCURSES_TINFO_6.2.20200212 { NCURSES_TINFO_6.2.current { global: _nc_tiparm; + _nc_safe_fopen; + _nc_safe_open3; erasewchar_sp; killwchar_sp; local: diff --git a/package/ncursestw.sym b/package/ncursestw.sym index 899c60dc..2322b690 100644 --- a/package/ncursestw.sym +++ b/package/ncursestw.sym @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncursestw.sym,v 1.39 2021/05/22 20:43:17 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncursestw.sym,v 1.40 2021/06/26 20:31:59 tom Exp $ # script for shared library symbol-visibility using libtool # # This file was generated by ncu-mapsyms @@ -199,6 +199,8 @@ _nc_retrace_void_ptr _nc_retrace_win _nc_ripoffline _nc_rootname +_nc_safe_fopen +_nc_safe_open3 _nc_safe_strcat _nc_safe_strcpy _nc_screen @@ -234,6 +236,7 @@ _nc_tic_written _nc_timed_wait _nc_tinfo_fkeys _nc_tinfo_fkeysf +_nc_tiparm _nc_tparm_analyze _nc_tparm_err _nc_trace_buf diff --git a/package/ncursesw.map b/package/ncursesw.map index efcfbea2..5d214cde 100644 --- a/package/ncursesw.map +++ b/package/ncursesw.map @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncursesw.map,v 1.56 2021/05/22 20:41:21 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncursesw.map,v 1.57 2021/06/26 20:31:59 tom Exp $ # script for shared library symbol-versioning using ld # # This file was generated by ncu-mapsyms @@ -490,6 +490,8 @@ NCURSES_TINFO_6.2.20200212 { NCURSES_TINFO_6.2.current { global: _nc_tiparm; + _nc_safe_fopen; + _nc_safe_open3; erasewchar_sp; killwchar_sp; local: diff --git a/package/ncursesw.sym b/package/ncursesw.sym index 694e458b..6fbc2368 100644 --- a/package/ncursesw.sym +++ b/package/ncursesw.sym @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: ncursesw.sym,v 1.38 2021/05/22 20:42:46 tom Exp $ +# $Id: ncursesw.sym,v 1.39 2021/06/26 20:31:59 tom Exp $ # script for shared library symbol-visibility using libtool # # This file was generated by ncu-mapsyms @@ -188,6 +188,8 @@ _nc_retrace_void_ptr _nc_retrace_win _nc_ripoffline _nc_rootname +_nc_safe_fopen +_nc_safe_open3 _nc_safe_strcat _nc_safe_strcpy _nc_screen_chain @@ -215,6 +217,7 @@ _nc_tic_expand _nc_tic_written _nc_timed_wait _nc_tinfo_fkeys +_nc_tiparm _nc_tparm_analyze _nc_tparm_err _nc_tputs_trace diff --git a/progs/progs.priv.h b/progs/progs.priv.h index 3dc177d0..32f4e4e8 100644 --- a/progs/progs.priv.h +++ b/progs/progs.priv.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /**************************************************************************** - * Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey * + * Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * * Copyright 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * * * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997-on * ****************************************************************************/ /* - * $Id: progs.priv.h,v 1.52 2020/09/05 19:35:06 tom Exp $ + * $Id: progs.priv.h,v 1.53 2021/06/26 20:43:19 tom Exp $ * * progs.priv.h * @@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ extern int optind; #include #include +#include #if HAVE_NC_FREEALL #undef ExitProgram diff --git a/progs/reset_cmd.c b/progs/reset_cmd.c index d4420b7d..886d0825 100644 --- a/progs/reset_cmd.c +++ b/progs/reset_cmd.c @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ #include #endif -MODULE_ID("$Id: reset_cmd.c,v 1.25 2021/03/20 18:23:14 tom Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: reset_cmd.c,v 1.26 2021/06/26 19:44:08 tom Exp $") /* * SCO defines TIOCGSIZE and the corresponding struct. Other systems (SunOS, @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ cat_file(char *file) bool sent = FALSE; if (file != 0) { - if ((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == 0) + if ((fp = safe_fopen(file, "r")) == 0) failed(file); while ((nr = fread(buf, sizeof(char), sizeof(buf), fp)) != 0) { diff --git a/progs/tic.c b/progs/tic.c index 775889d6..283201af 100644 --- a/progs/tic.c +++ b/progs/tic.c @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ #include #include -MODULE_ID("$Id: tic.c,v 1.295 2021/04/17 15:18:02 tom Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: tic.c,v 1.296 2021/06/26 19:44:08 tom Exp $") #define STDIN_NAME "" @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ open_tempfile(char *filename) } #else if (tmpnam(filename) != 0) - result = fopen(filename, "w"); + result = safe_fopen(filename, "w"); #endif return result; } @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ copy_input(FILE *source, const char *filename, char *alt_file) * the one that we were writing on before starting to read from the * second stream. */ - result = fopen(alt_file, "r+"); + result = safe_fopen(alt_file, "r+"); fclose(target); to_remove = strdup(alt_file); } @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ open_input(const char *filename, char *alt_file) fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s is not a file\n", _nc_progname, filename); ExitProgram(EXIT_FAILURE); } else { - fp = fopen(filename, "r"); + fp = safe_fopen(filename, "r"); if (fp == 0) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: Can't open %s\n", _nc_progname, filename); diff --git a/progs/toe.c b/progs/toe.c index 8fd98d00..643038f6 100644 --- a/progs/toe.c +++ b/progs/toe.c @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ #include #endif -MODULE_ID("$Id: toe.c,v 1.81 2021/04/03 22:54:52 tom Exp $") +MODULE_ID("$Id: toe.c,v 1.82 2021/06/26 19:44:08 tom Exp $") #define isDotname(name) (!strcmp(name, ".") || !strcmp(name, "..")) @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ typelist(int eargc, char *eargv[], if (verbosity) (void) printf("#\n#%s:\n#\n", eargv[i]); - if ((fp = fopen(eargv[i], "r")) != 0) { + if ((fp = safe_fopen(eargv[i], "r")) != 0) { while (fgets(buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp) != 0) { if (*buffer == '#') continue; -- 2.44.0